Skip to main content

Full text of "Los Angeles from the mountains to the sea : with selected biography of actors and witnesses to the period of growth and achievement"

See other formats


M3 


CS 


:n 


EAUOG^ 


ALLEN  COUNTY  PUBLIC  LIBRARY     

IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII 
3  1833  01115  5683 


Los  Angeles 

From  the  Mountains  to  the  Sea 


JOHN  STEVEN  McGROARTY 


WITH  SELECTED  BIOGRAPHY  OF  ACTORS  AND  WITNESSES 
OF  THE  PERIOD  OF  GROWTH  AND  ACHIEVEMENT 


ILLUSTRATED 


THE  AMERICAN  HISTORICAL  SOCIETY 

CHICAGO  AND  NEW  YORK 

1921 


COPYRIGHT,    1921, 

BY 

AMERICAN  HISTORICAL  SOCIETY 


1131982 
PREFACE 


It  seems  that,  as  a  general  custom,  centuries  old,  a  book 
must  have  what  is  known  as  a  "Preface."  In  former  times, 
when  a  book  was  nothing  if  not  ponderous,  the  Preface  was 
a  thing  to  daunt  the  reader  at  the  very  start;  it  was  so  big 
and  so  heavy,  and  it  had  such  a  serious  countenance. 

For  my  part,  I  could  never  quite  see  the  use  of  a  Preface 
at  all.  If  a  man  is  to  tell  a  story — and  every  book,  especially 
a  narrative  of  history,  is  a  story — why  not  begin  at  once  with 
it,  without  any  "hems"  or  "haws,"  as  the  saying  is? 

Still,  there  are  times  and  instances  when  a  Preface  may 
well  serve  a  good  purpose;  and  it  may  be  that  this  story  of 
the  "Wonder  City  of  Los  Angeles  is  a  case  in  point.  Anyway, 
the  publishers,  eager  and  anxious  that  nothing  should  be  left 
undone,  have  a  serious  conviction  that  there  should  be  a 
Preface  to  this  book,  no  matter  what  argument  there  might 
be  as  to  any  other. 

So,  we  must  have  a  Preface  to  the  Book  of  the  Wonder  City. 
But  it  will  be  a  short  Preface;  it  will  be  brief  and  with  as  little 
waste  of  words  and  time  as  possible,  because  no  matter  into 
whose  hands  whatever  this  book  falls,  he  will  be  keen  to  get 
at  it,  and  with  as  few  by-paths  as  possible  to  travel. 

And  what  I  have  to  say,  therefore,  prefatory  to  the  book, 
is  that  it  is  the  true  story  of  a  great  City  that  was  founded 
"by  order  of  the  King,"  in  the  old  days  when  the  Western 
World  was  new.  It  is  the  story  of  a  City  that,  for  a  century 
of  time  after  its  birth,  showed  few  signs  of  promise,  but  which 
has  now  come  to  be  the  Greatest  City  of  Western  America  and 
the  metropolis  of  California— the  "Land  o'  Heart's  Desire." 

The  history  of  any  city  that  can  be  named  almost,  is  a 
story  of  its  fortune  that  came  from  location  or  other  accident 
to  make  it  great.  But  Los  Angeles  is  a  City  that  was  made 
great  by  the  people,  who.  one  day  found  it  sleeping  in  the 


iv  PREFACE 

sun,  oblivious  to  its  destiny.  They  were,  for  the  most  part, 
people  who  came  from  far  regions  of  America,  seeking  a  more 
agreeable  climate  than  that  to  which  they  had  been  accus- 
tomed.   This  is  the  truth  of  the  matter. 

They  were  a  vigorous  and  an  ambitious  people,  notwith- 
standing their  desire  for  friendlier  skies  and  more  sunshine. 
And  they  took  hold  of  Los  Angeles,  and  they  put  life  into  it. 
All  that  they  did  constitutes  one  of  the  most  thrilling  chron- 
icles in  human  history.  And  the  record  of  it  is  set  forth  in  the 
pages  of  this  book. 

This,  I  would  think,  is  enough  to  say  by  way  of  a  Preface. 
The  rest  that  is  to  be  told  awaits  you  here,  at  the  turn  of 
you  hand.  It  is  a  good  book,  because  it  tells  a  good  story 
that  Time  composed.    And  Time  is  the  best  author  of  books. 

John  S.  McGkoaety. 
Los  Angeles,  California,  Dec.  15, 1920. 


CONTENTS 


CHAPTER  I 
As  It  Was  in  the  Beginning 1 

CHAPTER  II 

The  Mother  of  Los  Angeles 12 

CHAPTER  III 
The  Founding  of  the  Pueblo 24 

CHAPTER  IV 

The  First  Uncertain  Steps 33 

CHAPTER  V 

Life  in  Old  Los  Angeles 46 

CHAPTER  VI 

Old  Timers  and  Old  Times 62 

CHAPTER  VII 

Kaleidoscope  of  the  Years 93 

CHAPTER  VIII 

From  the  Spaniard  to  the  American 146 

CHAPTER  IX 

When  Uncle  Sam  Stepped  In 159 

v 


vi  CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  X 
Pioneers  of  Trade  and  Commerce 183 

CHAPTER  XI 

The  Port  o'  Ships 203 

CHAPTER  XII 
The  Aqueduct 226 

CHAPTER  XIII 

The  Glory  of  the  Schools 238 

CHAPTER  XIV 
The  Medicine  Men 265 

CHAPTER  XV 

Religion  and  the  Churches 293 

CHAPTER  XVI 

The  Laws  and  the  Courts 323 

CHAPTER  XVII 

The  City  's  Breathing  Spots 367 

CHAPTER  XVIII 

Music  and  Art 376 

CHAPTER  XIX 

A  Great  Organization 388 

CHAPTER  XX 

Modern  Los  Angeles 402 


INDEX 


Abila,  Antonio  Ignacio,  I,  74 

Abila,   Enrique,   I,   165,  189 

Abila,  Juan,  I,  189 

Ada  Hancock,  great  loss  of  life  by  ex- 
plosion of   (1863),  I,  106 

Adair,  Joseph  A.,  II,  333 

Adams,  Charles  S.,  I,  309 

Adcock,  Robert  J.,  II,  388 

Agricultural  and  horticultural  prog- 
ress: history  of,  I,  70,  71;  in  the 
early  50 's,  78 

Agricultural  Park,  I,  87 

Agriculture  aud  horticulture:  early 
fruit  growers,  I,  189;  grape  and 
orange  cultivation  in  the  early  50 's 
190  . 

Aguirre,  Martin  C,  III,  737 

Alcalde:  I,  34;  created  and  duties  de- 
fined,  by   the   Laws   of   the   Indies, 
329;  chief  judicial  officer.  337,  330; 
functions  defined  by  Spanish  Cortes 
(1812),   331-33-34 
Alemany,  Jose  Sadoc,  second  Catholic 
bishop   of   California,  sketch  of,  I, 
304 
Alexander  and  Banning,  I,  184 
Alexander  and  Melius,  I,  184 


Alexander,  Henrv  N.,  I,  365 

Alfred,  Charles  j.,  II,  269 

Allen,  Charles  H.,  I,  262 

Allen,  Gabriel,  I,  365 

Allen,  John  C,  III,  698 

Alvarado,  Francisco  Maria,  I,  301 

Alvarado,  Juan  Bautista,  I,  152 

Amat,  Tadeo  (Thaddeus),  Bishop  of 
Monterey,  I,  305,  318 

American-Hawaiian  Steamship  Com- 
pany, I,  212 

Amestov,  Domingo,  II,  342 

Amestoy,  John  B.,  II,  343 

Amestov,  Michael  F.,  II,  343 

Amestoy,  Peter  D,  II,  343 

Anderson,  James  A.,  II,  325 

Anderson,  William  H.,  II,  326 

Andrews,  A.  V.,  Ill,  839 

Andrews,  Lewis  W.,  Ill,  825 

Andrews,  Willedd,  II,  414 

Angel,  Henry,  I,  314 

Angell,  Henry  J.,  Ill,  914 


Antonio,  Juan,  In. Man  chief    I    72 
Apollo  Club,  I,  379 
Arcadia  Block,  I,  101,  193 
Arguello,  Jose,  I,  147 
Arnold,  Balph,  III,  752 
Atherton,  Isaac   W.,   I,  312,  320 
Austin,  John  C,  III,  747 
Averill,  Kathleen  A.,  Ill,  601 
Avery,  Moses  N.,  Ill,  712 

Babeock,  Mrs.  George,  II,  280 
Bachnian  &  Company,  I,  187 
Bacon,  Francis  E.,  II,  106 
"Bacon  Tract"  (Oneonta  Park),  I,  89 
Bagby,  E.  H,  III,  500 
Bain,  Ferdinand  R,,  II,  92 
Baker,  Danford  M.,  II,  330 
Baker,  Fred  L.,  II,  28 
Baker,  Milo  A.,  II,  29 
Baker,  Milo  S.,  II,  26 
Baker  Block,  I,  83,  118 
Balch,  A.  C,  II,  67 
Baldwin,  Anita  M.,  II,  140 
Baldwin,  Elias  J.  (Luckv),  I,  91    116 
117;  II,  139 


Balfour,  Constance,  HI,  746 

Ball.  William  F.,  II,  332 

Ballard,  Russell  H.,  Ill,  505 

Bancroft,  Hubert  H.,  I,  58 

Bandini,  Juan,  I,  42;  sketch  of,  67,  151 

Bank    of    California,    San    Francisco, 

failure  of,  I,  91,  117 
Banks,  Llewellyn  A.,  HI,  669 
Banks:  In  1875,  I,  80;  first  opened  in 

1868,  108 
Banning,  Anne,  II,  15 
Banning,  Hancock,  II,  14 
Banning,  Phineas,  1,  101,  102,  106    190: 

II,  13 
Banning,  William  L.,  I,  365 
Barham,  Guy  B.,  Ill,  692 
Barker,  Charles  II.,  Ill,  657 
Barker,  Lillian  G.,  Ill,  725 
Barker,  Obadiah  T.,  III.  653 
Barker,  O.  J.,  Ill,  658 
Barker,   William  A.,  III.  657 
Barker  Brothers,  III,  655 
Barnard   Brothers,  I,  113 
Barneson,  Lionel  T.,  II,  162 


Barrett,  Elliott  H.,  II,  291 

Barriseale,  Bessie,  HI,  817 

Barrows,  H.  D.:  His  reminiscences  of 
the   '50s,  I,  74,  272 

Barry,  Patrick  H.,  II,  155 

Bartlett,  Albert.  G.,  Ill,  451 

Bartlett,  Alfred  L.,  n,  423 

Bartlett,  Oswald,  III,  647 

Barton,  James  B.,  I,  365 

Baruch,  Herman,  II,  226 

Bashor,  Ernest  G.,  Ill,  725 

Bashor,  Horace  A.,  Ill,  725 

Bauchet,  Louis,  I,  37 

Baum,  L.  Frank,  III,  553 

Baum,  Maud  G.,  Ill,  554 

Beall,  B.,  I,  72 

Bean,  J.  H.,  death  of,  I,  72 

Bear  Flag,  hoisted  at  Sonoma  (1846), 
I,  155 

Beaudry,  Prudent,  I,  187 

Beaudry's  Block,  I,  187 

Beckett,  Wesley  W.,  in,  854 

Beebe,  George,  III,  526 

Behn,  John  I,  183 

Behrendt,  Sam,  II,  421 

Behymer,  Lynden  E.  (Bee):  Great 
musical  figure  of  Los  Angeles,  I, 
381;  sketch  of,  382;  II,  359 

Belgian  Hare  craze,  I,  137 

Bell,  Alexander,  I,  1S3,  191 

Bell,  Charles  B.,  II,  412 

Bell,  Horace,  I,  345 

Bell,  Mary  K.,  Ill,  519 

Bella  Union,  I,  82 

Bench   and  Bar:    Courts   of   Southern 
California   district    (early   50 's),  I, 
77;  the  old  courthouse,  85;  Spanish 
projection  of  the  Roman  law  over 
America,   323;    Spanish   laws   fixing 
high  grade  of  colonial  officials,  327; 
chain  of  Spanish  and  Mexican  laws 
replaced  by  common  law  of  England 
(1850),    328;    military    officers    and 
governors  as  judges,  330;  courts  at 
time  of  American  occupation,   333; 
courts  under  Mexican  Republic,  334- 
38;  litigation  over  land  grants,  338; 
great  lawyers  identified  with   Cali- 
fornia land-grant   cases,  342;   early 
days   of    (in   California   statehood), 
343;  lawyers  of  1875,  344;  interest- 
ing  cases,   346-357;   lawyers   of  the 
40 's  and  50  's,  361;  lawyers  arriving 
in  the  '50s  and  '60s,  362;  judges  and 
court  officers  since  1850,  364-66 
Benjamin,  Judah  P.,  I,  342 
Bennett,  James  S.,  Ill,  509 
Benton,  city  of  (?),  I,  202 
Benton,  Frank  W.,  Ill,  735 
Benton,  F.  Weber,  in,  735 
Beteller,  Dionision,  I,  365 
Bicknell,  John  D.,  I,  245 


Bicksler,  W.  Scott,  II,  286 
Bigler,  John,  I,  181 
Bilic-ke,  Albert  C,  n,  104 
Billings,  F.,  I,  362 
Binklev,  Robah  J.,  II,  296 
Birdsail,  Elias,  I,  311;  death  of,  319 
Bishop,  Frank  C,  in,  638 
Bissell,  E.  C,  I,  312 
Bixby,  Jotham  W„  III,  624 
Bixbv,  Lewellyn,  II.  192 
Black,  Jeremiah  S.,  I,  342,  366 
Blackstone,  Nathaniel  B.,  Ill,  706 
Blair,  Cassius  D.,  II,  245 
Blake  George  R,,  I,  72 
Blakeslee,  Raymond  I.,  II,  295 
Bland,  Adam,  I,  318 
Blankenhorn,  David,  II,  367 
Bledsoe,  Benjamin  F.,  Ill,  590 
Blodget,  Lewis  W.,  II,  85 
Blodget,  Rush  M.,  II,  85 
Blodget,  Spencer  L.  II,  84 
Blodget  &  Blodget,  II,  85 
Bluett,  Alice,  n,  31 
Bluett,  William  C,  II,  30 
Board  of  Education,  changes  in  selec- 
tion of  members,  1853-1903,  I,  245 
Board  of  Health,  created  (1873),  I,  290 
Board   of   Land   Commissioners   work 

in  Los  Angeles   (1855),  I,  99 
Board  of  Public  Works  takes  charge 
of  aqueduct  project,  I,  233 

Board  of   Trade   organized    (1873),  I, 

113 
Board  of  Water  Commissioners,  I,  230 

Boardman,  William  E.,  I,  310,  311,  319 

Bonynge,  W.  A.,  II,  96 

Book,  Charles  K.,  HI,  673 

Book,  Ida  L,,  Ill,  673 

Bordwell,  Walter,  III,  594 

Bouchet,  Louis,  I,  70 

Bovard,  M.  M.,  I,  320 

Bowen,  John  M.,  Ill,  855 

Bowen,  William  M.,  Ill,  496 

Bowman,  Joaquin,  I,  37,  65 

Boyle,  Robert  L.,  Ill,  482 

Brainerd,  E.  R.,  I,  373 

Branciforte  (pueblo)  founded,  I,  11 

Brent,  J.  Lancaster,  I,   242,  362,   364 

Bresee,  Mrs.  Phineas  W.,  Ill,  573 

Bridge,  Norman,  H,  425 

Brier,  J.  W.,  I,  307,  319 

Brigham,  Harrv  B.,  in,  725 

Brigham,  W.  Curtis,  III,  725 

Brinckerhoff,  John,  I,  281 

Broadwav,  I,  134 

Broadwefl,  Elizabeth,  III,  712 

Broadwell,  Harold  B.,  Ill,  711 

Brooks,  Helen  A.,  Ill,  440 

Brown,  Eltinge  T.,  UI,  556 

Brown,  Harrington,  II,  357 

Brown,  Herbert  C,  III,  527 

Brown,  Luther  G.,  Ill,  476 


INDEX 


Brown,  Seth  K.,  Ill,  469 

Brown,  Thomas  B.,  Ill,  555 

Brown,  Walter  E.,  Ill,  868 

Brunson,  Anson,  I,  349 

Brunswig,  Lueien  N.,  Ill,  704 

Brunton, 'Robert,   III,   7S0 

Brush  Electric  Lighting  Company,  I, 

120 
Bryson,  John,  I,  122 
Buelna,  Maria  del  Pilar,  I,  337 
Buffum,  Asa  M.,  II,  56 
Buffum,  Rebecca,  II,  56 
Buffum,  William  M.,  II,  54 
Bull,  Ingall  W.,  II,  285 
Bulla,  Robert  N.,  Ill,  512 
Bullock,  Georgia  P.,  Ill,  489 
Bullock,  John  G.,  Ill,  911 
Bundy,  Charles  L.,  II,  115 
Bureau  of  Aqueduct  Power,  I,  235 
Burke,  Carleton  F.,  II,  206 
Burke,  Samuel  E.,  II,  136 
Burke,  Wellington  C,  II,  132 
Burke,  William  R.,  II,  205 
Burnell,  Charles  S.,  II,  287 
Burnett,  Peter  H.,  I,  180 
Burnham,  Rufus  W.,  Ill,  521 
Burns,  James  F.,  I,  365 
Burr,  Ebenezer,  III,  489 
Burrill,   George   T.,  I,  360,  364 
Burton,  G.  W.,  I,  320 
Burton,  H.  S.,  sketch  of,  I,  164 
Bushnell,  John  B.,  II,  126 
Bustamente,  Francisco,  I,  241 
Butler,  John  L.,  Ill,  527 
Butron,  Manuel,  I,  339 
Butte,  William  P.,  II,  69 

Cable,  Bertha  L.,  Ill,  803 
Cabrillo,  Carlos  Antonio,  I,  152 
Cabrillo,  Jose  Antonio,  I,  150,  151 
Cabrillo,    Juan    Rodriguez:      His    log 
book,   1542,  I,  4;    death   of,  8;   real 
discoverers  of  California,  38,  204 
Cain,  S.  F.,  in,  591 
California:     division     of,     attempted 
(1881),   I,   120;    conflict   of   author- 
ity   between    General    Kearny    and 
Commodore    Stockton,   177;   conflict 
of  authority  between  Fremont  and 
Kearny,   178;    conflict   of   authority 
between     Fremont     and     Governor 
Mason,   180;   harbors  made   famous 
by    Richard    Henry    Dana's    "Two 
Years  before  the  Mast,"  205;  first 
doctor    in,    266;    grand    and    light 
opera  in,   379 
California  Family  Medical  Instructor, 

I,  282 
California   Fruit    Growers    Exchange, 
III,  463 


California  horses  of  the  early  days,  I, 
48 

California  Mission  of  Latter  Day 
Saints,  II,  345 

California  Pacific  Steamship  Company, 
I,  212 

Cambon,  Benitos,  I,  14 

Camero,  Manuel,   I,   30 

Camp  Grounds  (for  automobilists),  I, 
373 

Campbell,  Patrick   C,  III,   729 

Campbell,  S.  R.,  sketch  of,  I,  363 

Campbell,  Thompson,  I,  366 

Campbell,  Thornton  P.,  I,  363 

Campbell,  Walter  M.,"II,  424 

Canfield,  Charles  A.,  in,  880. 

Cannell,  S.  Bartley,  III,  935 

Canning  Industry,  I,  396 

Cantwell,  John  j.,  II,  208 

Carduno,  Emanuel  Posada  y,  Arch- 
bishop of  the  Metropolitan  Mexican 
Church,  I,  298 

Cardwell,  H.  C,  I,  71,  78,  317 

Carey,  John   G.,  II,   299 

Carhart,  Henry  S.,  Ill,  858 

Carmel  Mission,  I,  383 

Carpenter,  Lemuel,  I,  65 

Carrier  pigeon  service,  I,  112 

Carrillo,  Jose  Antonio,  I,  38,  361 

Carrillo,  Jose  Maria:  runs  lively  Con- 
gressional campaign,  I,  41;  success- 
ful campaign  and  revolution,  42 

Carrillo,  Pedro  C,  I,  353,  365 

Carson,  Moses,  I,  65 

Carter,  Marshall  L.,  II,  178 

Carter,  Mathew,  I,  311 

Case,  Fred  H.,  Ill,  578 

Casper,  Christian  J.,  Ill,  608 

Cass,  Bruce  H.,  II,  237 

Castles,  Alfred  G.   R.,  II,  275 

Cates,  Alton  M.,  ni,  492 

Cates,  Horace  G.,  Ill,  492 

Cathedral  of  Santa  Vibiana,  I,  117 

Cawston,  Edwin,  I,  123 

Cawston  Ostrich  Farm,  I,  123 

Central  Baptist  Church,  I,  312 

Central  Ice  house  established,  I,  108 

Central  Pacific  Railroad  completed 
(1869),  I,  109 

Central  Presbyterian  Church,  I,  310, 
311 

Central  Southern  Pacific  (Arcade) 
Station,  I,  129 

Cerro  Gordo  lead  and  silver  mines, 
I,  109 

Ceruti,  E.  Burton,  II,  265 

Chamber  of  Commerce:  Genesis  of 
(18S8),  I,  398;  great  public  works 
initiated  and  fostered  by,  400;  its 
four  homes,  I,  401 

Chamberlain,  E.  Kirby,  I,  1S1 


INDEX 


Chance,  Frank,  III,  766 

Chandler,  Charles  U,  III,  580 

Chandler,  Harry,  IH,  844 

Chandler,  Louis  C,  HI,  725 

Chapman,  A.  B.,  I,  89,  345,  365 

Chapman,  John  S.,  I,  356,  358 

Chapman,  Joseph,  I,  37;  first  Los  An- 
geles American,  152 

Chard.  William,  I,  65 

Chase,  Lucius  K.,  II,  262 

Chase,  Mildred,  II,  328 

Chavez,  Estanislao  V.,  n,  405 

Chaves,  Julian,  I,  64,  165,  288 

Cheney,  William  A.,  Ill,  646 

Chesebro,  Eay  L.,  Ill,  485 

Chichester,  W.  J.,  I,  320 

Chico,  Mariano,  worst  governor  of 
California,  I,  151 

Childs,  Emeline  H.,  II,  19 

Childs,  Ozro  W.,  I,  71,  78;  secures 
valuable   citv  propertv,  101;  U,  19 

Christie,  Alfred  E.,  in,  460 

Christie,  Charles  H.,  Ill,  460 

Christie  Brothers,  III,  460 

Christie  Film  Company,  II,  460 

Churches:  First  Protestant  chapel 
(1852),  I,  96;  Episcopalians  estab- 
lished in  Los  Angeles  (1865),  107; 
Cathedral  of  Santa  Vibiana  opened 
(April  9,  1876),  117;  the  Chapel  and 
old  Plaza  Church  (1784-1815),  293; 
cornerstone  laid  of  St.  Vibiana  Ca- 
thedral,Los  Angeles  (1869),  305; first 
Protestant  service  held  in  Los  An- 
geles (1850),  307;  First  Protestant 
Society  of  Los  Angeles,  308;  Pres- 
byterian, 310;  Protestant  Episcopal 
and  Congregational,  311;  Baptist, 
314;  Christian  (Disciples  of  Christ) 
and  Unitarian,  315;  Congregation  of 
B'nai  B'rith,  316;  early  Protestant 
ministers,  318. 

Cienega  ranch,  famous  duck  grounds, 
I,   90 

"Cinema  art"  (motion  picture  indus- 
try),  I,   386 

Citrus   industry,  I,  122 

City  Hall  commenced,  I,  132 

City  School  Library,  I,  259 

City  of  Paris  (dry  goods  store),  I,  82 

Civic  center  planned,  I,  142 
Civil    War:     First    year's    effect    on 
Los  Angeles,  I,  104 

Clampitt,  Edward  A.,  Ill,  716 
Clampitt,  Margaret  M.  W.,  Ill,  717 

Clark,  A.  J.,  Ill,  914 
Clark,  Eli  P.,  I,  138;  II,  189 
Clark,  W.  A.,  I,  134 
Clark,  W.  A.  Jr.,  I,  381 
Clarke,  Robert  M.,  II,  67 
Clayton  vineyard,  I,  190 


Clifford,   John   J.,  II,  149 

Cline,  John  C,  II,  38 

Coate,  Henry  B.,  II,  234 

Cochran,  George  I.,  II,  59 

Code,  William  H.,  II,  36 

Code  of  Spanish  Laws,  I,  325 

Coffev,  Titian  J.,  I,  342 

Coffin,  John  E.,  II,  240 

Cohen,  Gertrude,  III,  853 

Cohn,  Kaspare,  III,  777 

Coit,  Edward  W.,  HI,  536 

Coit,  Henry  A.,  in,  537 

Cole,  Cornelius,  III,  718 

Cole,  Elmer  E.,  in,  699 

Cole,  Mrs.  Girali  D.,  I,  379 

Cole,  John  D.,  II,  428 

Collier,  Frank  C,  II,  96 

Collings,  Lewis  D.,  U,  364 

Colony    from   Mexico   City    (1834),  I, 

360 
Colton,  Walter,  I,  54 
Commerce  and  trade:  Early  American 
traders  to  Los  Angeles  (1826-1831), 
I,  63;  Los  Angeles  center  of  early 
New  Mexican  trade,  64;  shipment  of 
oranges  and  lemons  by  the  all-water 
route,  219;  cotton  trade  with  Japan, 
221;    imports   from   the   orient   and 
Mexico,  222 
Commercial  Bank,  I,  116 

Comstock    mines,    effect    on    Los    An- 
geles, I,  116 

Conaty,  Francis  J.,  II,  157 

Conatv,  Thomas  J.,  n,  156 

Condon,  Mabel,  HI,  758 

Congregational  churches,  I,  311 

Conklin,  Leon  E.,  HI,  727 

Conlee,  Monroe  H.,  m,  545 

Conrad,  Albert  B.,  II,  201 

Conroy,  Charles  C,  II,  223 

Constantian,  Samuel  M.,  Ill,  865 

Conwav,  J.  E.,  I,  360 

Cook,  Philip  S.,  I,  163 

Coonev,  Wright  M.,  Ill,  775 

Cooper,  Milton  G.,  H,  219 

Coplen,  John  D.,  HI,  764 

Copp,  Andrew  J.,  Jr.,  HI,  593 

Coronado,  Francisco  Vasquez,  I,  7 

Coronel,   Antonio   Franco,   I,   95,   360, 
365 

Coronel,  Ignacio,   I,   241,   360;   sketch 
of,  I,  361 

Coronel,  Manuel,  I,  360 

Coronel,  Eosa,  I,  73 

Coronel,  Soledad,  I,  241 

Coronel,  Ygnacio,  I,  165 

Costa,  Guillermo,  I,  151 

Cota,  Antonio,  I,  183 

Cota,  Francisco,  I,  160 

Cota,  Leonardo,  I,  189 

Coulter,  B.  F.,  I,  315 


INDEX 


County  clerks,  I,  364-66 

County  courthouse  commenced,  I,  132 

Countv  hospital,  I,  289 

County  judges,  I,  364-66 

Court  of  First  Instance  (Mexican  sys- 
tem), I,  33,1 

Court  of  Second  Instance  (Mexican 
system),  I,  335 

Court  of  Third  Instance  (Mexican 
svstem),  I,  335 

Couts,  Cave  J.,  I,  67;  III,  894 

Couts,  William  B.,  Ill,  896 

Cowan,  H.  R.,  Ill,  847 

Cox,  S.  Bolivar,  I,  72 

Coyne,  D.  Joseph,  III,  470 

Covne,  John  P.,  II,  295 

Crabb,  Henry  A.,  I,  100 

Craig,  Mrs.  Nancy  T.,  Ill,  837 

Craig,   William   T.,  Ill,  445 

Crane,  George  C,  III,  826 

Cravens,  John  S.,  II,  128 

Creciat  Family,  III,  563 

Creeiat,  Louisa  A.,  Ill,  563 

Crisler,  Lewis  A.,  Sr.,  Ill,  545 

Criswell,  Ralph  L.,  Ill,  735 

Crittenden,  John  J.,  I,  342 

Cross,  Henson  H.,  Ill,  687 

Cross,   Kearnie,   III,  686 

Crump,  Guy  R.,  Ill,  514 

Cullen.  Charles  B.,  I,  360 

Cullen,  Charles  R.,  sketch  of,  I,  275 

Culloden,   Henry   A.,   II,   430 

Cumnock  School,  III,  440 

Cunningham,  Frank  L.,  Ill,  725 

Cunningham,  F.  M.,  I,  310 

Curtis,  William  D.,  Ill,  660 

Gushing,   Caleb,  I,  342 

Gushing,  Charles  P.,  I,  405 

Daggett,  Frank  S.,  Ill,  820 

Daggett,  Lela  A.,  Ill,  821 

Daley,  J.  A.,  Ill,  864 

Dalton,  Henry,  I,  202 

Daly,  Patrick,  II,  115 

Damon,  William   H.,   Ill,   579 

Dana,  Richard  H.,  I,  49 

Dana,  Viola,  III,  860 

Danziger,  Mrs.  J.  M.,  Ill,  883 

Daum,  William  H.,  Ill,  642 

Davis,  Charles  C,  I,  245 

Davis,  Ferman  E.,  Ill,  561 

Davis,  John,  I,  37 

Davis,  LeCompte,  II,  49 

Davis,  Thomas,  III,  440 

Davis,  T.  N.,  I,  310 

Dead  Man's  Island,  I,  209 

De  Celis,  Eulogio,  I,  74 

De  Echeandia,  Jose  Maria,  I,  40 

De   Garza,   Lazaro,  Bishop  of  Sonora 

(1840),  I,   296 
Dehail,  Ildevert  I.,  II,  351 


De  la  Guerra,  Pablo,  I,  77,  364;  sketch 

of,  365,  366 
De  Laguna,  Frederica,  II,  198 
Del  Valle,  Ignacio,  I,  60,  66,  189,  360, 

365 
Del  Valle,  Reginaldo  F.,  Ill,  745 
Doming,  Wilford  E.,  I,  260 
Don.    Richard   S.,   I,   277;    sketch   of, 

279,  281 
De    Neve,    Felipe:    Founder    of    Los 
Angeles,    I,    24,   27;    sketch    of,    25; 
death  of,  26,  75,  330,  404 
Dennen,  Jeanne  W.,  Ill,  454 
De  Ponti,  Ernestine,  III,  857 
De  Portola,  Don  Gaspar,  California's 

first  governor,  I,  13,  25,  265 
De  Roulet,  Marie  Louise,  II,  290 
Desmond,  C.  C,  I,  350 
Desmond,  Daniel,  I,  350 
Desmond,  Joe,  I,  350 
De  Tononi  Giaeomo,  II,  331 
De  Tononi,  Isabel  R,,  II,  331 
Dickinson,  William  R„  III,  712 
Dickson,  Edward  A.,  in,  623 
Diego,  Francisco  Garcia,  named  bishop 
of  diocese  of  California  bv  Gregorv 
XVI  (1840),  I,  300;  arrives  at  Sail 
Diego    (December,   1841),  and   takes 
charge    of    diocese,    301;    deatli    of, 
303 
Dillon  &  Keneally,  I,  87 
Dimmick,  Kimball  H.,  362,  364,  365 
Diocese   of  California,   as  created   by 
Pope   Gregory   XVI   in    1840,   sepa- 
rated from  the  diocese  of  Sonora,  I, 
295-300 
District  Judges,  I,  364-66 
Dockweiler,  Isidore  B.,  II,  29 
Doheny,  Edward  L.,  I,  135,  II,  10 
Doheny,  Edward  L.,  Jr.,  II,  12 
Doherty,   Frank   P.,   Ill,   494 
Domestic  Science  introduced  into  pub- 
lic schools  (1889),  I,  248 
Dominican  Sisters,  II,  416 
Domingo,  Juan,  I,  70,  183,  184 
Dominguez,  Don  M.,  III.  699 
Dominguez,  Juan  Jose,   I,   148 
Dominguez,  Xasario,  I,  189 
Donahoe,  George,  II,  205 
Donavan,  James  G.,  II,  316 
Dorn,  Fred  R.,  Ill,  874 
Dorsey,  H.  P.,  I,  71 
Dorsey,  P.  W.,  I,  314 
Dorsey,  Susan  M.,  Ill,  621 
Double,  Edward,  III,  76S 
Downey,  John  G.,  I,  86,  89,  102,  108, 

111,  281,  356 
Drake,  Charles  R.,  Ill,  786 
Drake,  James  C,  II,  12S 
Drown,  Ezra,  I,  362.  .165 


Drum  Camp:  established  at  Wilming- 
ton (1861),  I,  104;  abandonment  of, 
108 

Drvden,  W.  G.,  I,  77,  364;  sketch  of, 
366 

Dulin,  Edgar  S.,  II,  102 

Dulin,  Garrettson,  II,  353 

Dunlap,   Frank   E.,  II,  86 

Dupuv,  Joseph,  I,  379,  381 

Dustin.  George  P.,  II,  306 

Dyas,  B.  H.,  Ill,  773 

Earl,  Edwin   T.,  HI,  906 

Earl.  Jacob  W.,  II,  206 

Eastman,  James  G.,  I,  352 

Eaton,  B.  S.,  I,  72 

Eaton,  Fred,  suggests  Owens  river  as 
source  of  water  supply,  I.  229,  231 

Eckstrom,  Albert  A.,  Ill,  535 

Eckstrom.  Daisy  W.,  Ill,  535 

Edgar,  William  P.,  II,  186 

Edison   Company,  I,  396 

Education:  Los  Angeles  schools  in 
1904,  I.  75;  first  public  school  of 
Los  Angeles  (1855),  96;  Los  Ange- 
les Board  organized  (1869),  109; 
pioneer  schools  and  teaching  in 
pueblo,  238;  Mexican  governor  advo- 
cates girls'  school  (1844),  240;  first 
American  school  (1851),  241;  first 
organized  school  system  and  public 
school  (1854-55),  242;  progress  in 
1855-70,  243;  Los  Angeles's  first 
high  school  (1872),  244;  first  high 
school  graduating  class.  245;  modern 
expansion  of  system,  246 :  industrial 
and  technical  high  schools,  247; 
"ungraded"  classes  for  backward 
and  defective  children,  248;  classes 
for  the  deaf  and  blind,  and  the 
health  and  development  department, 
established,  1905-07,  249;  physical 
and  manual  training  introduced. 
1909-10,  250;  work  of  the  "neigh- 
borhood schools, ' '  251 ;  specialties  of 
city  high  schools,  253;  intermediate 
schools,  252;  World  War  work  of 
public  schools,  255;  school  libraries, 
258;  vocational  training,  259;  part- 
time  school  attendance,  261;  pro- 
vision for,  at  missions,  360 

Edwards.  Albert  E.,  Ill,  683 

Edwards,  Hazel  L.  W.,  Ill,  684 

Eichelberger,  Elizabeth  J.,  Ill,  807 

Eiehelberger,  Harry,  III,  808 

Eisner,  Fred  E.,  HI,  580 

Electric  Interurban  car  system,  I,  138 

Electric  Power  introduced  (1892),  I, 
394 

Elliott,  J.  M.,  I,  116 

Ellis,  J.  W.,  I,   310,  320 

Ellis,  T.  J.,  I,  365 


Ellis  Club,  I,  379,  381 
El  Monte,  I.  89 
Elmendorf,  Charles  H.,  II,  239 
Elwell,  James  F.,  in,  583 
Elysian  Park,  I,  122,  370 
Emerson,  Bonnie  O.,  Ill,  762 
Emerson,  Willis  G.,  Ill,  761 
Emory,   W.    H.,    diary    describes    cam- 
paign against.  Flores,  I,  168 
Encina  ranch,  I,  149 
Enderlv,  Mae   S.,  in,   720 
Engelhardt,   Zephyrin,   I,  301 
Estudillo,  Jose  Antonio,  I,  301 
Etchemendy,  Jean,  II,  111 
Etchmendv.  Madeleine,  II,  112 
Evarts,  William  M.,  I,  342 
Evy,   Edward,  I,  365 
Exposition  Park,  I,  143,  372 

Fairbanks,  Douglas,  III,  821 

Falls,  M.  M.,  I,  257 

Fargo,  Duane  W.,  II,  379 

Faris,  William  A.,  II,  69 

Farmers   and  Merchants  Bank,  I,  80, 

95,  111 
Farnham,  Lewis  M.,  LI,  317 
Fay,   Eli,   I,    315 ;    good   minister   and 

judge  of  real  estate,  320 
Fay,  John  J.,  Jr.,  Ill,  776 
Fazenda,  Louise  M.,  Ill,  811 
Feast    of    Corpus    Christi    (1858),    I, 

Federal  Building  site  perfected  (1905- 

7),  I,  140 
Fee,  William  R.,  II,  175 
Feitshans,  Frederick  E,,  LEI,  904 
Felix,  Vincenti,  I,  34,  35;  acting  eom- 

isionado,  148 
Ferguson,  Jessie,  I,  37 
Ferrel,  William  C,  I,  365 
Figueroa,  Jose,  best  of  all  governors, 

I,  151     . 
Filson,  Al  W.,  II,  369 
First  Baptist  Church,  I,  314 
First    book    printed    in    Los    Angeles 

(William  Money,  author),  I,  283 
First  bricks  made,  I,  192 
First  California  Code  of  Laws  (1779), 

I,  26 
First  cement  pavement,  I,  118 
First.    Chinese    riot    in    Los    Angeles 

(1871),  I,  112 
First  city  directory,  I,  110 
First   commercial   wireless   system,  I, 

140 
First    conveyance    of    crown    land    to 

Californian,  I,  339 
First    election    under    State    govern- 
ment (1850),  I,  360 
First  electrical  lighting,  I,  122 
First  four  wheel  vehicles,  I,  184 


INDEX 


First  Grand  Opera  in  California 
(1847),  I,  378 

First  Harbor  Board,  I,  143 

First  Judicial  District  (Mexican  sys- 
tem). I,  337 

First  justice  of  the  peace,  I,  361 

First  known  American  ship  at  San 
Pedro  (1805),  I,  149 

First  National  Bank,  Los  Angeles,  I, 

First     organized     immigration     party 

(1841),  I,  154 
First  ostrich  farm,  I,  123 
First   Protestant   sermon   preached   in 

Los  Angeles,  I,  319 
First  Protestant   Society  of  the  City 
of    Los    Angeles,    its    Constitution 
(1859),  I,  309,  319 
First  Presbyterian  Church,  I,  310 
First  public  structures,  I,  147 
First  real  piano  recital  in  San  Fran- 
cisco, I,   378 
First  school  in  Los  Angeles,  I,  238 
First  street  pavement  laid,  I,  132 
First  substantial  bridge,  I,  110 
First    successful    water    power    grist 

mill,  I,  152 
First  teachers'  institute,  I,  243 
First  telephones  in  Los  Angeles,  I,  120 
First  vicar  general  of  the  diocese,  I, 

317 
First  white  child  born  in  Los  Angeles 

of  American   parents,  I,  95 
First   Wilmington  railwav   car,  I,   1S4 
First  woolen  mill,  I,  113 
Fish,  Charles  W.,  Ill,  908 
Fish     harbor     created     on     Terminal 

Island,  I,  212 
Fisher,   William,   I,   37 
Fitzgerald,    E.    H.,    death    of,    I,    72 

364 
Fitzgerald,  George,  I,  72 
Flagg,  Edwin  H.,  Ill,  833 
Fleckles,  M.,  Ill,  791 
Fleming,  Edward  J.,  Ill,  685 
Fleming,  Thomas  J.,  Ill,  834 
Fletcher,  J.  C,  I,  276 
Fletcher,  William  H.,  Ill,  704 
Floods  of  1815  and  1825,  I,  150 
Flores,  Jose  Maria,  I,   156,   158,   160; 
sketch  of,  I,  163,  171,  173;  flees  to 
Sonora   (January,  1846),  174;  turns 
over  command  to  Andres  Pico,  177 
Flower,  Samuel,  I,  366 
Flugge,  Charles  W.,  I,  183 
Foord,  James,  I,  89 
Forbes,  Frank  S.,  Ill,  519 
Forbes,  Harry  W.,  Ill,  910 
Foreman,  L.  O.,  Ill,  915 
Foreman  &  Clark,  III,  914 
Forman,  Charles,  II,  75 
Forman,  Eloise,  II,  77 


Forman,  Mary  A.,  II,  76 

Fort  Moore,  completed  (July  4,  1847), 
I,  164;  ground  broken  for  (January 
12,   1846),   175  J 

Forve,  Philip,  II,  109 

Foster,  John,  I,  74 

Foster,  Stephen  C,  I,  66,  96,  165,  167 
242 

Foster,  Thomas  T.,  I,  281,  309 

Foster,  Timothy,  I,  365 

Foy,  Sam  C,  I,  198 

Francis,  John  F.,  Ill,  700 

Frank,  Herman   W.,  Ill,  742 

Frank,  Lawrence  L.,  Ill,  485 

Franz,  Otto  B.,  II,  575 

Fredericks,  John  D.,  II,  212 

Freebey,  Grace  A.,  Ill,  477 

Freeman,  Daniel,  ll,  123 

Fremont,  Jessie  Benton,  III,  441 

Fremont,  John  C,  his  visit  to  Los 
Angeles,  I,  73;  refuses  to  leave  Cali- 
fornia (1846),  154;  marches  into  Los 
Angeles,  160;  receives  capitulation 
of  Californians  from  Andres  Pico, 
176,  177,  179;  placed  under  arrest 
at  Fort  Leavenworth,  180;   III,  441 

Friday  Morning  Club,  I,  135 

Friedlander,  Samuel  H.,'  Ill,  675 

Friends  Church,  I,  316 

Frost,  Charles  H.,  Ill,  461 

Frost,  Howard,  III,  461 

Fuller,  Clarence  M.,  Ill,  792 

Fuller,  George,  III,  836 

Fuller,  Ysidora  C,  III,  837 

Gaffey,  John  T.,  Ill,  898 

Gaffnev,  Robert  J.,  II,  300 

Gage,  John  H.,  Ill,  484 

Galbraith,  Isaac,   I,   37 

Gale,  Herbert  D.,  II,  323 

Gale,  T.  C,  I,  290 

Gallagher,  John  J.,  II,  159 

Gallardo,  Rafael,  I,  165 

Galpin,  Lloy,  II,  354 

Galusha,  Elon  G.,  Ill,  459 

Gambling,  licensed  houses  in  Los  An- 
geles, I,  94 

Ganahl,  Frank,  I,  345,  348 

Gard,  George  E.,  I,  365 

Garden  of  Paradise,  I,  193 

Garfias,  Manuel,  I,  360,  365 

Garland,  William  M.,  Ill,  879 

Garra,  Antonio,  Indian  chief,  1,  72; 
executed  for  insurrection  and  mur- 
der (1851),  73 

Garsse,  Leo  G.,  Ill,  501 

Gates,  Addie,  I,  245 

Gaylord,  J.  W.,  I,  281 
Gearing,  Harry,  II,  336 
Geibel,  Martin  E.,  II,  394 
General  Petroleum  Company,  I,  212 
Gerberding,  C.   O.,  I,  275 


Germain,  Eugene,  III,  682 

Germain,  Marc  L.,  Ill,  682 

Gesell,  F.  A.,  Ill,  897 

Getman,  W.  C.,  I,  94,  365 

Getty,  George  F.,  II,  220 

Getz,  Milton  E.,  HE,  775 

Gibbon,  Thomas  E.,  II,  51 

Gibbs,  George  C,  I,  365 

Gibbs,  Robert  A.,  II,  293 

Giesler,  H.  L.,  Ill,  791 

Gilbert,  Aletha  M.,  II,  402 

Gilbert,  William  I.,  Ill,  524 

Gilbert     &     Sullivan's     "Pinafore," 

first  produced  in  the  West,  I,  389 
Gilfillan,  Sennet  W.,  II,  163 
Gillett,  J.  W.,  I,  365 
Gilligan,  John  J.,  Ill,  457 
Gillis,  Robert  C,  III,  846 
Girls'  Collegiate  School,  III,  453 
Gish,  Dorothy,  III,  886 
Gish,  Lillian,  "ill,  885 
Gish,  Mary,  III,  885 
Gitchell,  j.  R.,  I,  309,  310,  362,  366 
Glass,  Joseph  S.,  Ill,  738 
Glassell,  Andrew,  Sr.,  I,  344;  III,  730 
Glassell,  Andrew  V,  III,  733 
Globe   Milling  Company,  I,   216 
Gold  excitement  of  1855,  I,  99 
Gold   Hunter,   first   steamer   into   San 

Pedro  Harbor,  I,  93 
Golden    Gate,    so    called    bv    John    C. 

Fremont,  I,  203 
Gooden,  Robert  B.,  II,  195 
Goodfellow,  Ferd,  III,  725 
Goodfellow,  Walter  "V.,  m,  725 
Goodyear  Tire  Company,  I,  396 
Gordon,  Frederick  V.,  II,  321 
Goudge,  Herbert  J.,  II,  338 
Gould,  Norma,  III,  789 
Gould,  Will  D.,  I,  345 
Governor   fares   forth    from   San   Ga- 
briel to  found  Royal  City,  I,  31 
Graham,  Montgomery  P.,  I,  167 
Granger,  Louis,  I,  69,  242,  361 
Grass,  Joseph  F.,  II,  207 
Graves,   Jackson   A.,   I,    80,    116;    his 

reminiscences,   343;   III,   534 
Grav.  Alice,  III,  691 
Grav,  J.  B.,  I,  320 
Gray,  William  H.,  I,  365 
Great    Salt    Lake    Express,    from   Los 

Angeles  to  Salt  Lake,  I,  99 
Great   Southern   Distribution   of   Real 

Estate    and    Personal    Property,    I, 

202 
Green,  B.  F.,  HI,  845 
Greenbow,  Robert,  I,  366 
Gregory,  XVI,  I,  295 
Greer,  Paul  E.,  HI,  677 
Gregson,  Frederick  P.,  Ill,  733 
Griffin,  John  S.,  I,  87,  277;  sketch  of, 

2S0,  281 


Griffith,  Griffith  J.,  I,  139,  372 
Griffith    Park,   I,   139;    sceond   largest 

municipal  park  in  the  United  States, 

372 
Grimsley,  Oma  L.,  Ill,  491 
Grove  Play  of  the  Bohemian  Club  of 

San  Francisco,  I,  379 
Groves,  Benjamin  F.,  in,  501 
Grundv,  C.  Fred,  m,  454 
Gude,  Albert  L.,  II,  162 
Guerrero,  Jose  Vincente,  I,  165 
Guinn,  J.  M.,  I,  199,  243,  278 
Guinn,  S.  M.,  I,  245 
Guinn 's   "History   of  California,"  I, 

125 

Haas,  Walter  F.,  II,  224 
Haggartv,  John  J.,  II,  108 
Hahn,  Benjamin  W.,  II,  145 
Haight,  Fletcher  M.,  I,  366 
Haley,  John,  I,  37 
Hall,*  Hiland,  I,  366 
Halleck,  H.  W.,  I,  362 
Halsted,  Abel  S.,  in,  718 
Hamburger,  A.,  I,  120 
Hamilton,  Alle  S.,  IH,  676 
Hamilton,  John  J.,  n,  272 
Hammon,  Percy  V.,  ni,  540 
Hammond,  T.  H.,  I,  164 
Hampton,  William  E.,  IH,  673 
Hanby,  J.  Walter,  III,  514 
Hancock,  Allan,  I,  95 
Hancock,  George  A.,  II,  82 
Hancock,  Henrv,  I,  95;  II,  80 
Hancock,  Winfield  S.,  I,  72,  104 
Handley,  Lorin  A.,  n,  370 
Hanna,"  Byron  C,  n,  213 
Hanna,  George,  II,  373 
Hannon,  J.   C,  I,  365 
Hansen,  Andrew  C,  H,  378 
Hansen,  George  I,  85 
Hansen,  Homer  A.,  HI,  606 
Harbert,  William  S.,  Ill,  679 
Harbor  of  Los  Angeles,  I,  208 
Hardacre,  Ralph  B.,  Ill,  572 
Harding,  W.  C,  I,  310 
Hardy,  Carlos  S.,  II,  377 
Harker,  Rosamond  C,  III,  548 
Harmon,  William  P.,  II,   103 
Harris,  Emil,  I,  365 
Harris,  Nick,  III,  471 
Harrison,  Harry  W.,  II,  435 
Hartman,  Isaac,  I,  366 
Hartranft,  Marshall  V.,  Ill,  767 
Hartsook,  Fred,  III,  760 
Harvard    School    for    Bovs,    The,    II. 

193 
Haskins,  Samuel  M.,  II,  32 
Hauser,  H.  J.,  ni,  601 
Hauser,  Julius,  III,  600 
Hawlev,  Wanda,  III,  866 
Hav,  John  C,  I,  315 


INDEX 


Hay,  W.  H.,  Ill,  576 

Hayes,  Benjamin,  I,  62    77,  360,  361, 

364 
Hayes,   Louisa,   first    woman    teacher, 

I,  243 
Hayes,  R.  T.,  I,  281 
Hayward,  Henderson,  II,  101 
Hayward,  J.  A.,  I,  108 
Hazard,  Henry  T.,  I,  353,  362 
Hazzard  Pavilion,  I,  381 
Heffner,  Harry  L.,  Ill,  512 
Heinsch,  Herman,  III,  540 
Heinsch,  Rudolph  C.,  III,  541 
Hellman,  Herman  W.,  Ill,  617 
Hellman,  Irving  H.,  Ill,  525 
Hellman,  I.  W.,  I,  86,  95,  186,  345 
Hellman,  Marco  H.,  Ill,  618 
Hellman,  Haas  &  Company,  I,  83 
Hellman,   Temple   &   Company,  I,   108 
Helm,  Lynn,  II,  278 
Helms,  William   T.,   Ill,   751 
Henry,  Mrs.  John  H.,  Ill,  748 
Hepburn,  II.  P.,  I,  362 
Herman,  Fred  H.,  Ill,  481 
Hertz,  Alfred.  I,  381 
Hertz,  Henri,  I,  378 
Hewitt,  Elbridge  E.,  Ill,  572 
Hiatt,  John  C,  III,  671 
Hiatt,  William  M.,  Ill,  672 
Hiekeox,   Ross   T.,   Ill,   728 
Higgins,  Thomas,  II,  151 
Hijar,  Jose  Maria,  I,  360 
Hill,  Louis  C,  II,  37 
Hill,  W.  H.,  I,  320 
Hiuehman,  A.  F.,  I,  95 
Hines,  George,  I,  365 
"History   of   the   Bench    and   Bar   of 

Southern  California, ' '  by  Willough 

by  Rodman,  I,  325 
Hoak,  E.  K.,  II,  399 
Hobbs,  William,  I,  314 
Hodgdon,  Marie  C,  III,  695 
Hodges,  A.  P.,  I,  280,  281 
Hole,  Willitts  J.,  II,  164 
Hollenbeck,  Elizabeth,  I,  372 
Hollenbeck,  Mrs.  J.  E.,  I,  135 
Hollenbeck    Home    for    Aged    People, 

I,   135 
Hollenbeck  Park,  I,  135,  372 
Holliday,  Ben,  I,  184 
Hollisters  of  Santa  Barbara,  I,  78 
Hollywood  Cemetery,  III,  552 
Hohnes,  Gene  C.,"IH,  786 
Holmes    Disappearing    Bed    Company, 

III,  785 
Holterhoff,  Godfrey,  Jr.,  Ill,  598 
Holton,  George  L.,  II,  226 
Home,  George  K.,  Ill,  547 
Hooker,  John  D.,  Ill,  586 
Hoover,  Juan  L.,  I,  190 
Hoover,  Vincent,  I,  190 
Hoover  Art  Company,  The,  II,  102 


Hope,  A.  W.,  I,  280,  281 

Hope,  Mav  M.,  II,  264 

Hopper,  Charles  B.,  Ill,  641 

Horn,  Carl  F.,  II,  436 

Horning,  Benjamin,  I,  384 

Horse  races,  famous,  I,  67-69 

Hosick,  James,  II,  292 

Hospital  of  the  Good  Samaritan  Stu 

dent  Body  Government,  III,  624 
Hospitals  first   founded   (1857),  I,  100 
Hotchkiss,  A.  B.,  I,  356 
Hotel  Nadeau,  I,   120 
Hough,  A.  M.,  I,  319 
Howard,  Edward  A.,  Ill,  819 
Howard,  Fred  W.,  Ill,  794 
Howard,  Fredrick  P.,  Ill,  754 
Howard,  J.  G.   (Jim),  T,  345,  346,  362 
Howard,  Ozora  W.,  Ill,  755 
Howard,  Paul  J.,  Ill,  877 
Howard,  Volney  E.,  I,  345,  350,  365, 
'  366 

Howard,  William  F.,  II,  223 
Howdershell,  Bedford  J.,  Ill,  610 
Howland,   Charles   H.,  II,  124 
Howland,  F.  H.,  I,  120 
Huber,  Joseph,  I,  190 
Hudson,  Rodney,  I,  365 
Hughes,   Thomas,   III,   856 
Hughes,  W.  E.,  I,  398 
Hunsaker,  William  J.,  I,  356;  II,  221 
Hunt,  Fred  L.,  II,  414 
Hunter,   Edward,   I,   366 
Hunter,  Jesse  D.,  I,  163,  192 
Hunter,  Robert  E.,  II,  130 
Huntington,  Collis  P.,  I,  113 
Huntington,  Henrv  E.,  I,  89,   140;  II, 

43 
Hutchins,  C.  J.,  I,  320 
Hutton,   Aurelius  W.,  II,   230 
Hyatt,  Chauncev  W.,  II,  283 
Hyatt,  Mary  J.,  II,  284 

Ihmseu,  Maximilian  F.,  II,  181 
Illustrations:  Nature  near  San  Gabriel 
before  man  appeared,  I,  3;  irrigat- 
ing an  orange  grove  by  present- 
day  growers,  28;  San  Pedro  (Los 
Angeies)  a  "Real  Harbor,"  39; 
Old  Los  Angeles  contrasted  with 
new:  Pershing  Square,  47;  Avalon, 
Santa  Catalina  Island,  57;  modern 
schools  of  Southern  California,  Pas- 
adena, 76;  Colorado  Street  bridge, 
81;  Old  Court  House,  84;  buildings 
now  covering  old  Pasadena,  88; 
"Real"  hotel  of  today  on  Long 
Beach,  94;  Los  Angeles  in  1854  look- 
ing eastward,  97;  Los  Angeles 
about  1857,  100;  Los  Angeles  Har- 
bor in  1858,  103;  Los  Angeles  Har- 
bor in  1860,  105;  corner  of  Palisade 
Park,   Santa   Monica,   111;   opening 


of  first  electric  line  (1885),  115; 
Plaza  Mission  and  Workman 's 
Rancho,  119;  Los  Angeles  in  the 
80 's,  121;  Cawston's  ostrich  farm  in 
still  life,  124;  Main  Street  in  the 
80 's  looking  north  and  northeast, 
126;  Southern  California  Bungalow 
Court,  128;  Los  Angeles  views  in 
the  early  80 's,  131;  Los  Angeles 
thirty  years  ago  and  today,  133; 
oil  field  in  Los  Angeles,  136;  Mount 
Lowe  astronomical  observatorv, 
138;  Main  Street  in  1898,  139;  Los 
Angeles  in  1900,  141;  Broadway 
looking  south  from  Sixth  Street  in 
1920,  143;  entrance  to  Museum  of 
History,  Science  and  Art,  144;  old 
mill  at  San  Gabriel  Mission,  153; 
present  appearance  of  Commodore 
Stockton 's  headquarters  near  the 
Plaza,  161;  sunny,  beautiful  Pasa- 
dena of  today,  172;  looking  west  on 
Temple  Street  of  today,  188;  view 
on  the  present  Main  Street,  the 
Los  Angeles  reservoir,  194;  the 
Plaza,  Pico  House  and  old  gas 
works,  198;  Los  Angeles  harbor, 
gateway  to  the  Far  East,  207;  Los 
Angeles  harbor  as  a  lumber  receiv- 
ing port,  211;  fish  headquarters,  Los 
Angeles  harbor,  213;  great  oil 
tankers  plying  in  and  out  of  the 
harbor,  215;  steamship  unloading 
wheat  from  Australia,  218;  great 
shipbuilding  company  preparing  for 
the  future,  220;  sliding  out  of  Los 
Angeles  harbor,  225;  headwaters  of 
Owens  River,  source  of  Los  Ange- 
les's water  supply,  227;  Los 
Angeles,  the  southwestern  metrop- 
olis, 236;  Los  Angeles  High  School, 
239;  old  High  School  site  of  the 
present  courthouse,  244;  the  Poly- 
technic High  School,  254;  a  church 
district  of  Los  Angeles,  294;  Young 
Men's  Christian  Association  Build- 
ing, 313;  the  law's  dignity  of  to- 
day, 324;  along  the  Los  Angeles 
ocean  front,  369;  on  the  beach  at 
Ocean  Park,  371;  Pershing  Square 
in  miniature,  374;  Temple  Audi- 
torium, Los  Angeles,  377;  Trinity 
Auditorium,  386;  scenes  in  Los 
Angeles  of  today,  389;  a  great  pub- 
lic institution — the  Los  Angeles 
Terminal  Market,  393;  Launching 
of  the  "Angeles,"  395;  Goodyear 
Tire  and  Rubber  Company  at  Ver- 
non, 397;  the  Federal  building  and 
vicinity,  399;  Main  and  Temple 
streets,  opposite  present  postoffice, 
399;    Spring    Street    looking    south 


from  Second  Street  in  1899,  403; 
beautiful  bungalows  of  the  modern 
city,  406;  scenes  in  downtown  Los 
Angeles,  408;  Spring  Street  looking 
north  from  Third  Street,  1900,  409; 
City  Hall  at  San  Pedro  and  Los 
Angeles  Harbor,  411;  Pacific  Mutual 
building,  413 

Immaculate  Heart  College,  n,  358 

Immaculate  Heart  of  Marv  Church, 
III,  591 

Imperial  Valley  cotton,  I,  221 

Independent  Steamship  Company,  I, 
212 

Indians:  Native  villages  of  California, 
I,  2;  uprisings  of,  1850-51,  71;  pro- 
tected under  Spanish  laws,  326 

Industries:  Origin  of  navel  orange 
industry  (1873),  I,  113;  Drought  of 
1876-77  devastates  sheep  industry 
of  Southern  California,  118;  citrus 
industry  saved  (1889),  by  the 
"lady-bug,"  122;  oil,  of  Los  An- 
geles district,  135;  Hemp  raising 
(1806-10),  149;  grape  culture  and 
wine  making  (1851-56),  190;  wine 
producers  of  1856-61,  191;  fish  and 
oil  sections  of  Los  Angeles  harbor, 
212;  industries  located  at  Los  An- 
geles harbor — stone  quarry,  ship- 
building yards,  fish  canning,  refrig- 
erating and  ice  making,  vegetable 
oil  refining,  214;  fine  sites  for  fac- 
tories in  San  Pedro  and  Wilmington 
districts,  224;  deciding  factors  in 
development  of,  237;  oil  and  elec- 
tricity as  stimulants  to,  394;  oil  in 
the  Los  Angeles  district,  410 

Ingraham,  Irving  E.,  Ill,  592 

Innes,  Stephen,  II,  363 

Ireland,  William  F.,  II,   63 

Irvin,  Edward  S.,  II,  277 


Jackling,  Frances,  II,  209 
Jackson,  Helen  Hunt,  I,  120 
Jacobs,  Jay  B.,  II,   375 
Jacobson,  Nils,  III,  567 
Jarchow,  Joachim  H.  F.,  HI,  493 
Jarchow,  Johanna  K.,  Ill,  494 
Jauch,  Joseph  W.,  Ill,   762 
Jenkins,  George  S.,  Ill,  531 
Jenkins,  John  J.,  Ill,  530 
Jess,  Stoddard,  I,  143 
Joachim,  Sister   M.,  in,  624 
Joliansing,  Harry  G.,  II,  411 
Johnson,   C.  R.,  I,  364 
Johnson,  Gail  B.,  II,  60 
Johnson,  Hancock,  I,  87 
Johnson,  Joseph  H.,  II,   171 
Johnson,  Milbank,  II,  349 
Johnson,  Reverdy,  I,  342 
Johnston,  Albert  S.,  I,  104 


INDEX 


xvii 


Jonathan   Club,  III,  610 

Jones     (Commodore)     Catesby,    takes 

possession   of  Monterey,  I,  154 
Jones,   C.  K.,  I,   315 
Jones,  Edward  B.,  Ill,  937 
Jones,  E.  W.,  I,  398,  400 
Jones,  Frederic  H.,  Ill,  587 
Jones,  John  H.,  in,  930 
Jones,  John  M.,  I,  366 
Jones,  John   P.,   I,   80;   III,   886 
Jones,  John  T.,  I,  242 
Jones,  Johnstone,  II,  195 
Jones,  Mattison  B.,  Ill,  520 
Jones,  William  C,  I,   362 
Jones,  Wilson  W.,  I,  281,  364 
Joney,  William  C,  I,  362 
Jovner,  Frank  H.,  II,  396 
Junior  "R.  O.  T.  C,"  I,  257 
Kabierske,  Henry,  I,  382 
Kahn,   John,   III,   714 
Karr,  Frank,  II,  429 
Kayser,  Emil,  HI,  782 
Kearny,    Stephen    W.,    I,     155,    160; 

sketch  of,  168;  leaves  Monterey  for 

Washington,   180 
Keetch,  Arthur,  III,  495 
Keleher,  Timothy  J.,  Ill,  883 
Keller,  Matthew,  I,  190,  344 
Keller,  Will  E.,  II,  73 
Kellogg,  Fred  E.,  Ill,  827 
Kelly,  Frank  A.,  Ill,  869 
Kennard,  Edwin  H.,  Ill,  623 
Kennedv,   Samuel  M.,  Ill,  559 
Kerckhoff,  William  G.,  I,  89;  II,  34 
Kern  county  gold  excitement,  I,  99 
Kerr,  John'A.  H.,  Ill,  793 
Kewen,  E.  J.  C,  I,  89,  347 
Kewen  &  Howard,  I,  347 
Kidd,  W.  H.  A.,  I,  365 
Kimball,  Mrs.  Jesse  Y.,  II,  409 
King,  A.  J.,  I,  309,  364 
King,  James,  I,  275,  276 
Kingslev,  John  A.,  II,  397 
Kingston,  Winifred,  III,  812 
Kinney,   Albert,  I,   118 
Kip,  William  I.,  I,   107 
Kirchhoffer,    Mary    Elizabeth    Y.,    Ill, 

Kirchhoffer,  Eichard  B.,  IH,  725 

Koeberle,  John  E.,  Ill,  488 

Koebig,  Adolph  H.,  II,  371 

Kreider,  Samuel  L.,  Ill,  750 

Kremer,  Morice,  I,  365 

Kuhn,  Christopher,  I,  185 

Kurtz,  Joseph,  I,  365 

Kuster,  Edward  G.,  Ill,  631 

"La  Boheme, "  sung  for  the  first  time 

in  America,  I,  380 
LaBrea  Eancho,  I,  95 
Lackey,  Bertram  D,  II,  99 
Lacy,  Eichard  H.,  Ill,  765 


La  Estrella  de  Los  Angeles  (The  Los 
Angeles  Star),  I,  96 

Lafayette  Park,  I,  373 

Lake,  Delos,  I,  348 

Lake  Vineyard,  I,  185 

Lamson,   George  F.,  I,  197 

Land  grants:  Old  Spanish,  I,  338;  by- 
Mexican  governors,  340;  by  Mexican 
Government,  I,  341 ;  investigation  of, 
in  Southern  Military  District  of  Cal- 
ifornia  (1847),  I,  343 

Landers,  J.  H.,  sketch  of,  I,  363 

Landes,  Mrs.  Henry  B.,  Ill,  620 

Lanfranco,  Juan  T.,  I,  187 

Lanfranco  Block,  I,  83 

Langdon,  Frederick  C,  III,  709 

Lankershim,  Isaac,  I,  109 

Lara,   Josede,  I,   30 

Larkin,  Thomas  O.,  I,  179 

Larrabee,  Mrs.  M.  A.,  I,  379 

Larronde,  Juana  E.,  II,  112 

Larronde,  Pierre,  II,  112 

Lasher,  George  W.,  I,  268 

Lauer,  Mrs.  Emanuel  H.,  Ill,  676 

Laughlin,  Homer,  II,   175 

Laughlin,  Richard,  I,  37,  64 

Lawlor,  William  I,  243 

Lawrence,  Joseph  V.,  I,  37 

Lavne  and  Bowler  Corporation,  III, 
480 

Lazard,  Solomon,  I,  71,  187 

Lazard  store,  I,  193 

Lazarovich-Hrebrelnnovich,  I,  382 

Leach,  Martin  A.,  HI,  928 

Leach,  Wallace,  I,  355 

Leandrv,  J.  B.,  I,  37 

Leek,  Henry,  I,  245 

Lee,  Bradner  W.,  Ill,  542 

Legislature  of  a  Thousand  Drinks,  I, 

Lehman,  George,  I,  193 

Lelia    Byrd,    first    American    ship    to 

arrive  at  San  Pedro,  I,  149 
Lemoreau,  Louis,  I,   70 
Leonis,  Miguel,  I,  348 
Lestrade,   Anacleto,  I,  317 
Letts,  Arthur,  I,  139;  II,  117 
Levi,   Simon,   II,   374 
Levy,   Al,   III,   445 
Levy,  Isaac   O.,   II,   261 
Lewis,  August  E.,  Ill,  443 
Lewis,  S.  B.,  I,  398 
Lewis,  Thomas  A.,  I,  400 
Libraries,  School,  I,  258 
Library  Association  organized  (1859), 

I,  102 
Lichtenberger,  Louis,  I,  85 
Lillie,  Arthur  C,  II,  436 
Lincoln  Park,  I,  373 
Lincoln's    assassination,    news    of,    in 

Los  Angeles,  I,  106 
Lindley,  Milton,  III,  603 


XV111 


INDEX 


Lindley,  Walter,  I,  290;  III,  004 

Linnard,  D.  M.,  Ill,  890 

Linton,  G.  W.,  I,  315 

Lippincott,  J.  B.,  I,  231 

Live  Stock:  Introduction  of  Ohio  im- 
proved sheep  (1854),  I,  78;  cattle 
trade  in  1850-60,  187;  statistics  for 
1865,  1875,  1876,  189 

Llewellvn,  John,  III,  801 

Lloyd,  Ralph  B.,  II,  131 

Loeb,  Adrien,  II,  161 

Loewenthal,  Max,   III,  475 

Longvear,  Willis  D.,  Ill,  802 

Loop,  C.  F.,  I,  320 

Lorenzana,  Apolinaria,  I,  36 

Loring  Club,  I,  379 

Los  Angeles  (El  Pueblo  La  Senora 
de  la  Reina  Los  Angeles):  Founded, 
I,  11 ;  owes  water  supply  to  San 
Gabriel,  18;  pioneer  settlers  of,  29; 
its  twelve  historic  families,  30; 
mothered  by  San  Gabriel,  31;  as 
fixed  by  Gobernador  Felipe  de  Neve, 
32;  its  population  in  1790,  33;  its 
first  mayor  and  grand  high  com- 
missioner, 34;  rise  of  landed  barons, 
35;  as  a  health  resort,  36;  its  first 
church  (Plaza)  founded,  37;  a  bad 
young  town,  38;  population  2, Olio 
(1835),  41;  its  original  "booster," 
41!;  becomes  city  and  California's 
capital,  43;  California's  capital  only 
in  name,  44;  its  old  days  and  mas- 
ters of  hospitality,  40;  famous  horse 
center,  4S;  old  Calif  ornians  of,  tem- 
perate in  all  things,  51;  its  women 
in  olden  times,  55;  old  life  centered 
around  Plaza,  59;  rare  old  history 
of,  02;  traders  of  (1826-1831),  63; 
California  center  of  New  Mexican 
trade,  64 ;  early  traders  become 
settlers  of,  65;  posses  from  Mexi- 
can city  rule,  66;  its  first  three 
American  families,  69;  its  "town 
farms"  (1847-48),  70;  description 
of.  in  1854,  74;  population  and 
schools  in  1904,  75;  a  court  center 
of  the  Southern  California  district 
(early  50 's),  77;  conditions  in  1875, 
SO;  leading  residences  and  orange 
groves  in  1875,  86;  favorite  drives 
in  1875,  87;  population  in  1875,  1880, 
19H0,  1920,  90;  first  passenger  road 
opened  to  San  Pedro  harbor  (1849), 
93;  gambling  houses  licensed  (1850), 
94;  city  affairs  and  arrivals  in  early 
50 's,  95;  headquarters  for  filibus- 
ters and  bandits  (1857),  100;  im- 
provements of  1857-58  and  new  port 
inaugurated,  101;  news  to,  bj'  pony 
express  (1860-61),  102;  first  yeaV 
of    Civil    War    in,    104;    leases    city 


water  works  to  Los  Angeles  City 
Water  Co.,  108;  her  centenary  cele- 
brated, 120;  secures  Santa  Fe  rail- 
road connection  (1885),  123;  cheap 
gas  boom  collapses,  127;  new  city 
charter  adopted,  132;  her  unequaled 
electric  interurban  system,  138;  its 
fiesta,  138;  takes  over  water  works, 
140;  consolidation  of,  with  San 
Pedro  and  Wilmington  (1909),  142; 
original  pueblo  of  (1781),  146;  first 
governed  by  comisionado,  147;  land 
grants  and 'progress,  1785-1800,  148; 
progress  from  1810  to  1820,  149; 
changes  in  its  local  administration, 
150;  storm  center  in  Mexican  poli- 
tics (1822-47),  151;  occupation  of 
by  American  troops  described  by 
native  writer,  159;  surrenders  to 
American  forces  (January  10, 
1846),  173;  center  of  Mexico-Cali- 
fornia (January,  1846),  175;  incor- 
porated as  city  (April  4,  1850), 
180;  "Ord's  survey"  and  city  map 
of,  181;  merchants  of  1844-49, 
183;  merchants  of  1847-53,  185; 
merchants  of  1854-06,  186;  stores 
of  1850,  195;  how  its  pioneer  mer- 
chants advertised,  199;  port  of  San 
Pedro  becomes  its  harbor,  208;  re- 
ceives State  title  of  Wilmington 
harbor  lands  and  extends  corporate 
boundaries,  209;  Board  of  Harbor 
Commissioners  created  (1907),  209; 
harbor  districts  absorbed  (1909), 
great  extension  of  works,  210;  great 
seaport  of  the  Southwest,  217; 
gateway  to  the  Orient  and  western 
South  America,  223;  grand  source 
of  its  water  supply,  226-37 ;  ad- 
vantages as  industrial  city,  237;  its 
first  school  under  American  rule 
(1851),  241;  public  school  system 
organized,  242;  changes  in  educa- 
tional system,  1853-1903,  245;  its 
night  schools,  246;  present  status 
of  public  schools,  261;  its  early 
sanitary  measures  (1847),  288;  sani- 
tary measures,  1850-68,  289;  public 
measures  relating  to  contagious  dis- 
eases, 290;  becomes  part  of  Roman 
Catholic  diocese  of  California,  295; 
incorporation  as  city,  329;  its  parks, 
370-75;  opera  in,  380;  world  center 
of  "movies,"  386;  "City  (The) 
Advertising  Built,"  391;  popula- 
tion, 1781-1920,  404;  rise  as  a  cos- 
mopolitan city,  402;  middle  west 
chief  contributor  to  growth,  405; 
general  progress  of  decade,  1900-10, 
407;  transportation  center  of  Pacific 
Coast,  410;  bird's-eye  view  of,  411 


INDEX 


Los   Angeles   Athletic   Club   organized 

(1879),  I,  123 
Los  Angeles  Aqueduct,  I,  391 
Los  Angeles  Board  of  Education  sells 

valuable  city  property,  I,  122 
Los   Angeles   Board   of  'Trade,   I,   111, 

137 
Los    Angeles    Chamber    of    Commerce 
(see    also    Los    Angeles    Board    of 
Trade),  I,  137,  388,  401 
Los  Angeles  City  Water  Company,  I, 

108 
Los  Angeles  Clinical  Group  of  Physi- 
cians and  Surgeons,  III,  721 
Los  Angeles  County  Bank,  I,  80,  114 
Los  Angeles  Examiner,  II,  181 
Los  Angeles  Furniture  Company,  I,  83 
Los  Angeles   Gas  Company,  I,   129 
Los    Angeles    Harbor    (See    also    San 
Pedro)   as  a  cotton  port  and  indus- 
trial  center,   I,   214;    as   home   port 
of  Pacific  Squadron   (U.  S.  Navy), 
and      leading      station      of      Pacific 
steamship    lines,    216;    building    of, 
at   small   expense,  218;   shipment   of 
citrus     fruits     from,     by     all-water 
route,  219;  official  designation,  143 
Los  Angeles  Infirmary,  I,  101 
Los  Angeles  Mounted  Rifles,  I,  104 
Los  Angeles-Pacific   Navigation  Com- 
pany, I,  212 
Los  Angeles  Shipbuilding  Company,  I, 

396 
Los    Angeles    Star:     first    newspaper 

(1851),  I,  96,  199,  312,  368 
Los  Angeles  State  Normal  School,  I, 

262,  263 
Los   Angeles   Symphony  Orchestra,  I, 

381 
Los  Angeles  Theatre,  I,  380 
Los  Angeles  Water  Company,  I,  118 
Los  Angeles  and  San  Pedro  Railroad, 
I,   108;   opened    (October  26,   1869), 
110,  208 
Los    Angeles,    San    Pedro    and    Salt 
Lake    Railroad    completed     (1905), 
I,  142 
Lott,  Melvina  A.,  Ill,  515 
Lowe,  T.  S.  C,  I,  127,  137 
Lucky,  W.  T.,  I,  244 
Lugo,     Antonio     Maria:     California's 
most    famous    horseman,    I,    48;    an 
ideal  host,  49,  74;   death  of,  167 
Lugo,  Felipe,  I,  189 
Lugo,  Vicente,  I,  60,  189 
Lugo  Raneho,  site  of  present  Los  An- 
geles, I,  48 
Lummis,  Charles  F.,  I,  323,  378 
Lutz,  Walter  H.,  Ill,  703 
Lyon,  Charles  W.,  II,  248 
Lyric  Club,  I,  379,  381 
Lytell,  Bert,  III,  899 


Macauley,  Charles  R.,  Ill,  932 

Macdonald,   J.   Wiseman,   III,   513 

Mace,  W.  H.,  I,  345,  349 

MacGregor,  Norval,  I,  384 

Machado,  Augustin,  I,  189 

Maclellan,  D.  W.,  I,  365 

Mack,  George,  III,  453 

Macneil,  Louise,  III,  819 

Macneil,  Sayre,  II,  57 

Macpherson,  Jeanie  C,  III,  65S 

Mac   Rae,  Henry,  III,  874 

Magdalen,  Sister  Mary,  III,  358 

Mahoney,  Timothy,  III,  462 

Makinson,  Emma  P.,  II,  380 

Mallard,  J.  S.,  I,  69,  361 

Manual  training  introduced  into  pub- 
lic  schools   (1910),  I,  250 

Maple  Avenue  Evening  High  School, 
I,  247 

Marine   Railway.    1,   216 

Marsh,  John,  I,"  64,  277,  L'TH 

Marsh,  Robert,  III,  805 

Marshutz,  Siegfried  G.,  Ill,  522 

Martin,  Albert  C,  II,  33 

Martin,   Norman   R.,  II,   116 

Martin,   William   A.,   Ill,   634 

Martindale,  Emory  D.,  Ill,  627 

Martinez,  Incarnaeion,  death  of,  I,  73 

Mascarel,  Jose,  I,  95,  183 

Mason,  Dean,  III,  926 

Mason,  George,  III,  925 

Mason,  Richard  B.,  I,  165,  179;  re- 
quests justice  of  peace  not  to  marry 
Catholics  to  Protestants  (1847), 
304 

Mason  Opera   House,  I,  386 

Masons:    first   meeting   at   the   Botica, 
I,   73;    first   lodge   chartered    (1854), 
98 
Mathews,  William  B.,  Ill,  504 
Maynard,  Rea  E.,  II,  159 
McAllister,  Hall,  I,  342 
McArthur,  Anna,  I,  243 
McCan,  Martha  N.,  Ill,  596 
McCarthy,  Daniel  O.,   Ill,  664 
McCarthv,  E.  Avery,  III,  610 
McCarthy,  John  M.,  Ill,  465 
McCarthv,   Mary  B.,  Ill,  668 
McCarthy,   Neil  S.,  Ill,  848 
McCollough,  Alexander  M.  F.,  Ill,  684 
McCollough,  Emma  A.  M.,  Ill,  685 
McCollough,  Vernon  C,  III,  685 
McComas,  Alice  M.,  Ill,  689 
McComas,  Charles  C,  III,  688 
McCoy,  John  O,  II,  431 
McCoy,  Mary  H.  R.,  II,  432 
McCov,   Thomas  J.,  Ill,  669 
McDonald,  Estelle  C,  III,  703 
McDonald,  Robert  W.,  Ill,  701 
McDonnell,   Mary,  III,   630 
McEntire,  Walter  F.,  II,  437 
McFadden,  William  M.,  I,  243 


MoFarland,  J.  P.,  I,  281 
McGarry,  Daniel    F.,  II,  384 
McGarry,  Daniel  M.,  II,  383 
McGarry,  J.  A.,  Ill,  636 
McGarry,  J.  F.,  Ill,  856 
McGarry,  Michael  J.,  II,  90 
McGarry,  Patrick  J.,  II,  88 
McGarvin,  Don  C,  III,  692 
McGrath,  Patrick  J.,  II,  138 
McGroarty,  Ida  L.,  I,  383 
McGroarty,  John  S.,  Ill,  938 
McKee,  J.  H.,  I,  290 
McKee,  William,  I,  309,  310 
McKune,  J.  H.,  I,  366 
McLaren,  D.,  I,  309 
McLaren,  Malcom,  III,  588 
McManus,  Joseph,  II,  106 
McMullen,  William  C,  III,  458 
MeMurrin,  Joseph  W.,  II,  347 
McNair,  David,  III,  619 
McNealy,  W.  R.,  I,  357 
McQuigg,  Martin  V.,  HI,  455 
McVay,  William  E.,  II,  138 
Meade,  Agnes  S.,  II,  279 
Meade,  G.  Walter,  II,  279 
Medical  fees   (1850),  I,  273 
Medina,  Guadalupe,  I,  240,  241 
Melius,  Francis,  sketch  of,  I,  186,  242 
Melius,  Henry,  I,   193 
Mennillo,  Frank  A.,  II,  46 
Menondez,  Jose  Antonio,  I,  183 
Mercantile  Place,  I,  122 
Merrill,  Edward  S.,  Ill,  725 
Merrv,  Arthur  L.,  Ill,  581 
Mesa",  Antonio,  I,  30 
Mesmer,  Joseph,  III,  798 
Messenger,  H.  H.,  I,  320 
Metcalf,  John  N.,  Ill,  743 
Methodist  College  established   (1880), 

I,  118 
Meyer,  Mendel,  I,  84,  187 
Meyers,  Lillian  M.,  II,  436 
Mexican     National     Assembly     (Cali- 
fornia representative),  I,  150 
Mexican  War:  Declared  by  American 
Congress,  I,  155;  Los  Angeles  occu- 
pied by  American  forces,  156;   pro- 
nunciamento     issued     by     Mexican 
commander,    157;    battle    at    "Pieo 
Crossing,"   160;    after   close,   ayun- 
tamiento    (town   council)    dissolved 
by    military    governor,    165;     local 
American  officials  gain  favor,  Amer- 
ican   army    departs,    166;    news    of 
treaty      of      Guadalupe      Hidalago 
reaches    Los    Angeles    (August    15, 
1848),    167;    battle    of    January    8, 
1846,    169;    battle    of    January    9, 
1846,    171;    treaty    of    capitulation 
signed  (January  13,  1847),  176 
Mieheltorena,  Emmanuel,  I,  152 
Midway  Gas  Company,  II,  318 


Miles,  Charles  E.,  I,  365 

Miller,  A.  Blanehard,  III,  779 

Miller,  Eleanor,  in,  611 

Miller,  John  B.,  II,  254 

Milliken,  Lillian,  I,  245 

Milliron,  Clark  J.,  II   235 

Millspaugh  Hall,  I,  263 

Minzer,  Leo,  II,  53 

Miranda,  Antonio,  I,  30 

Mission  orchard  of  San  Gabriel,  I,  189 

Mission  Play,  I,  382;   synopsis  of  its 

three  acts,  383 
Missions:    Franciscan,  I,   10-23;    Cali- 
fornia  secularized  bv  Spanish  Cor- 
tes (1813),  21;  confiscated  by  Mexi- 
can Government   (1833),  22 
Mitchel.  Adelaide  P.,  II,  290 
Mitchell,  Alexander,  II,  213 
Mitchell.  Beatrice,  II,  314 
Mitchell,  H.  Milner,  I,  365 
Modini-Wood,  C,  I,  379 
Molony,  Clement,  II,  146 
Money,   William,   I,   282,   283;    argues 
five    years    with     Catholic     clergy 
(1834-40),   286;    fate    of   his    dispu- 
tants, 287;   death  of,  288 
Money's    (Wm.)    "Discovery    of   the 

Ocean,"  I,  284 
Money  and  money  lending   (1854),  I, 
98;    effect   of   Civil   war   on    green- 
backs, 106 
Monnette,  Mervin  J.,  II   203 
Monnette,  Orra  E.,  II,  204 
Monterey:    Protests   against   Los   An- 
geles   as   California   capital,   I,   43; 
refuses  to  capitulate  as  capital,  44; 
a  court  center  of  the  Southern  Cali- 
fornia district  (early  50 's),  77,  179 
Montgomery,  Ernest  A.,  II,  211 
Montgomery,  Francis  S.,  Ill,  891 
Montgomery,  George  A.,  II    312 
Montgomery,  Gertrude,  III,  892 
Montgomery,  James  A.,  II,  308 
Montgomery,     Los    Angeles     "aristo- 
cratic ' '  gambling  house,  I,  94 
Moody,  Elmer  I,  III,  471 
Moohr,  Clara  M.,  II,  423 
Moore,  Ben,  I,  164 
Moore,  C.  I.  D.,  Ill,  616 
Moore,  Ernest  C,  I,  263 
Moore,  Harry  E.,  Ill,  607 
Moore,  Ira,  I,  262 
Moore,  Walter  S.,  Ill,  566 
Moore,  William  H,  Jr.,  Ill,  736 
Morales,  Francisco,  I,  38 
Moran,  Robert  B.,  Ill,  913 
Moreland,  Watt  L.,  II,  100 
Moreno,  Jose  Matias,  I,  167 
Moreno,  Juan  Bautista,  I,  160 
Morosco,  Oliver,  a   dominating  figure 
in  the  theatrical  world,  I,  385 


INDEX 


Morris,  Oscar  M.,  Ill,  507 

Morrison,  Murrav,  I,  364;  sketch  of, 
366 

Morrow,  William  S.,  I,  309 

Morton,  Harold  C,  II,  399 

Moses,  Betsey  B.  C,  II,  353 

Moses,  Cassius  M.,  II,  351 

Mosier,  Martin  H„  III   808 

Mott,  John  G.,  Ill,  439 

Mott,  Stephen  H.,  I,  364 

Mott,  Thomas*  D.,  I,  364 

Mount  Lowe  astronomical  observa- 
tory, I,  138 

"Movies,"  Los  Angeles  as  world  cen- 
ter of,  I,  386 

Mudd,  Seeley  W.,  Ill,  478 

Mueller,  Oscar  C,  II,  422 

Muhleman,  Frank  L.,  II,  310 

Mulholland,  William,  I.  118,  231; 
sketch  of,  232,  233,  235;  II,  229 

Mullaly,  Porter  &  Ayers,  I,  193 

Mullen,  Andrew,  II,  134 

Mullen,  Edward  F.,  II,  135 

Mullen,  Mary  D.,  II,  135 

Municipal  building  erected,  I,  122 

Mulqueeney,  Patrick  C.,  Ill,  840 

Munro,  John,  II,  236 

Murphv,  Florence  C,  III,  646 

Murphy,  Thomas  C,  III,  645 

Murphy,  William  K.,  II,  309 

Murray,  John  E.,  II,  314 

Museum  of  History,  Science  and  Art, 
I,  145 

Mushet,   William   C,  II,   173 

Music  and  Art;  From  Greece  to  the 
Pacific  Coast,  I,  376,  377;  from  In- 
dian music  to  grand  opera,  378; 
early  history  of  choral  music  in  Los 
Angeles,  379;  opera  in  Los  Angeles, 
I,  380 ;  Los  Angeles  world  center  of 


Musser,  Henry  L.,  Ill,  632 
Mvers,  Charles  L.,  II,  302 
Myers,  John  S.,  II,  400 
Mvers,  Louis  W.,  Ill,  793 
Myles  Place,  I,  89 

Nadeau,  George  A.,  Ill,  519 
Nadeau,  Remi,  I,  120,  III,  518 
Navarro,  Jose  Antonio,  I,  30 
Navel     Orange     industry     established 

(1873),  I,  113 
Neighborhood  schools,  I,  250 
Neuman,  Edward,  I,  187 
New  Church   (Swedenborgian),  I,  316 
New  Mexican  trade,  I,  64 
Newlin,  Thomas  E.,  Ill,  479 
Newmark,  Harris,  I,  60,  198;  III,  449 
Newmark,    Maurice    H.,    I,    143;    III, 

450 
Newport,  Fred  P.,  Ill,  900 
Nichols,  John  G.,  I,  69,  95,  274 


Nigger  Alley,  I,  94 

Night  schools,  I,  246 

Nisbet,  James,  I,  276 

Xordholdt,  William,  I,  72 

Xordlinger,  Louis  S.,  II,  250 

Nordlinger,  Simon,  II,  249 

Norton,  Myron,   I,  72;   sketch  of,  363, 

364 
Noted  events  of  1851,  I,  73 

Oakley,  Franc  R.,  Ill,  828 

Oakley,  James,  III,  828 

Occidental    (Presbyterian)   College,  I, 

O'Connor,  J.  Robert,  III,  486 

O  'Conor,  Charles,  I,  342 

Odell,  Satnuel  W.,  II,  356 

O'Donoghue,  Patrick,  II,  200 

Ogden,  William  B.,  Ill,  482 

Ogier,  Isaac  S.  K.,  I,  77,  309,  310,  365; 

sketch  of,  366 
O  'Gorman,  Michael,  II,  95 
Oil  boom  of  1892-1904,  I,  135 
Oil  industry,  I,   394 
Olcovich,  Emil,  II,  282 
Old  jail,  I,  85 
Old  courthouse,  I.  85 
Oldfield,  Barney,  III,  832 
Old  Plaza  Church,  II,  167 
Old  Soldiers  Home,  Sawtelle,  I,  132 
Olvera,   Agustin,   sketches  of,  I,   159. 

360,  361 
O'Melveny,   H.   K.   S.,  I,   85,   86,   346, 

364 
O'Melveny,  Henry,  I,  245 
O  'Melveny,  Henry  W.,  II,  25 
O  'Neil,  Patrick  H.,  Ill,  558 
O'Neil,  Mrs.  Richard,  III,  567 
Oneonta  Park,  I,  89 
Orange  county,  carved  from  Los  Ange- 
les, I,  135  " 
Orcutt,  Leafie  S.,  II,  385 
Ord,  Pacifieus,  I,  366 
Orfila,  Antonio,  II,  180 
Orme,  H.  S.,  I,  268,  289 
Orpheus  Club,  I,  379,  381 
Ortega,  Concepcion  D.,  II,  186 
Ortega,  Emilio  C,  II,  184 
Osborne,  Henrv  Z.,   Ill,   506 
Osborne,  W.  B.,  I,  78,  281 
Osbourn,    Guillermo    B.,   sketch    of,   I, 

273 
Osbourne,  George,  I,  384 
Osteopathy  in  California,  III,  909 
Otis,  Harrison  G.,  I,  120,  139,  398;  in, 

840 
"Our  Italy,"  by  Charles  D.  Warner, 

I,   135 
Overell,  Arthur  O.,  Ill,  780 
Overns,  Hugo,  I,  242 
Overstreet,  Dr.,  I,  281 


INDEX 


Overton,  Paul,  II,  91 

Owen,  E.  H.,  I,  365 

Owens  River,  I,  229 

Owens  River  Acqueduct,  story  of  the 

I,  226-37 
Owens,  Timon  E.,  Ill,  570 

Pacific  Coast  Oil  Company,  I,  90 

Pacific  Electric  building,  I,  140 

Pacific  Steamship  Company,  I,  212 

Pacific  Steamship  lines  operating  from 
Los  Angeles,  I,  216 

Packard,  Albert,  I,  183 

Packard,  D.  T.,  I,  320 

Padres,  Jose  Maria,  I,  360 

Page,  Benjamin  E.,  n,  94 

Page  Military  Academy,  II,  293 

Pahl,  Harriet  W.,  II,  225 

Palethorpe,  William  J.,  II,  59 

Palmer,  Charles  H.,  Jr.,  II,  349 

Palmer,  Frederick,  II,  122 

Palomares,  Jose,  I,  150 

Palou,  Francisco:  Serra's  successor  as 
father  president  of  missions,  I,  15; 
literary  works  on  Franciscan  mis- 
sions and  missionaries,  16 

Parent-Teachers  Association,  I,  255 

Parker,  Alexander,  I,  312,  320 

Parker,  Claude  I.,  II,  327 

Parker  (Horatio)  prize  opera,  I,  381 

Parker,  I  N.,  I,  314 

Parker,  O.  K.,  I,  231 

Parkinson,  John,  II,  221 

Parks,  I,  370-75 

Parochial  and  private  schools,  I,  263 

Parsons,  Elias  H.,  Ill,  769 

Parsons,  Mary  A.,  Ill,   772 

Pasadena:  Settlement  commenced  in 
1875,  I,  89,  138 

Pasadena  Military  Academy,  III,  748 

Pasadena  Rose  Tournament  first  held, 
I,  135 

Pascal,  Julian,  III,  694 

Patton,  George  S.,  I,  345;  II,  391 

Patton,  George  S.,  Jr.  Ill,  II,  392 

Paulding,  Joseph,  I,  65 

Paulsen,  Robert  E.,  I,  379 

Payne,  Herbert  A.,  Ill,  502 

Peaehv,  A.  O,  I,  362 

Pearson,  Benjamin  F.,  Ill,  533 

Peck,  Arthur  R.,  II,  218 

Peck,  Earl  C,  III,  734 

Peek,  George  H.,  II,  120 

Peckham,  George  C,  IP,  406 

Pelanconi,  Antonio,  II,  332 

Pelanconi,  Lorenzo  A.,  II,  332 

Pelanconi,  Petra,  II,  332 

Pellissier,  Germain,  II,  289 

Pellissier,  Marie  Julie,  II,  290 

Penelon,  Henri,  I,  192,  317 

Penton,  Joseph  T.,  Ill,  677 

Pershing  Square,  I,  373 


Pesthouse  built,  I,  289 

Pettebone,  Henry  W.,  II,  171 

Pettingell,  Frank  H.,  II,  149 

Pettit,  Fred  E.,  Jr.,  Ill,  903 

Petty,  F.  Fern,  III,  725 

Philharmonic    Orchestra,   I,   381,   382 

Phillips,  Lee  A.,  II,  20 

Phillips,  Louis,  I,  356 

Philp,  Harry  G.  R.,  II,  192 

Physicians  and  Surgeons:  California's 
first,  I,  266;  Spanish  laws  regulat- 
ing the  practice  of  medicine  and  sur- 
gery, 327 

Pickarts,  Albert  J.,  IU,  851 

Pickrell,  A.  J.,  II,  215 

Pico,  Andres,  I,  48,  156,  162;  com 
mander  of  California  forces  capita 
lates  to  Fremont,  176,  189 

Pico,  Pio,  I,  42,  60,  74;  deposes  Man 
uel  Victoria  as  governor,  151;  last 
governor  under  Mexico,  152,  165; 
returns  from  Mexico,  167,  189,  301; 
last  of  the  Mexican  governors,  341 

Pico  House,  I,  80,  82 

Piel,  Jessie,  I,  245 

Pierce,  Albert  P.,  Ill,  469 

Pillsbury,  Bertha  A.,  Ill,  509 

Pillsbury,  George  E.,  Ill,  509 

Pina,  Maxima,  I,  238 

Pioneer  auction  house  of   1850,   T,   197 

Pioneer  barber,  I,  201 

Pioneer  photographer  of  Los  Angeles. 
I,  317 

Plaza,  I,  59;  sixty-five  years  ago,  60, 
118;  as  originally  laid  out,  147; 
memories  of  the,  367 

Plaza  Church  founded  (1814),  I,  37; 
in  1814-22,  150,  305;  dedicated 
(1822),  306;  oldest  parish  church 
on  Pacific  Coast,  307,  316 

Politics:  Jose  Maria  Carrillo  runs  for 
Mexican  Congress,  I,  41 ;  Carrillo 's 
successful  Congressional  campaign 
and  revolution,  42;  Los  Angeles 
storm    center    (1822  47),    151 

Polytechnic  High  School,  I,  247 

Ponet,  Ellen  J.,  Ill,  893 

Ponet,  Victor,  III,  892 

Port  of  San  Pedro,  I,  208 

Porter,  "William  J..  I,  325 

Post,  Hoyt,  Jr.,  Ill,  662 

Pottenger,  Francis  M.,  Ill,  806 

Potter,  N.  A.,  I,  309,  310 

Potts,  A.  W.,  I,  364 

Poulin,  J.  B.,  I,  379 

Poulin,  J.  P.,  I,  381 

Powell,  George  H.,  Ill,  462 

Powell,  N.  T.,  II,  216 

Powell,  Robert  J.,  II,  311 

Power,  Tyrone,  I,  384 

Powers,  John  F.,  II,  154 

Powers,  L.  M.,  I,  288 


INDEX 


xxin 


Prat,  Pedro,  I,  265 ;  California 's  first 
doctor,  266 

Prather,  Will  C,  II,  417 

Prehoda,  Frank  J.,  II,  378 

Presbyterian   churches,   I,   310 

Press:  Los  Angeles  newspapers  of  the 
'50s,  I,  79;  first  Los  Angeles  news- 
paper (1851),  96;  Daily  Times  first 
issued  (December  4,  1881),  120 

Price,  Frank  T.,  II,  310 

Pryor,  Miguel  N.,  I,  70,  165 

Pryor,  Nathaniel,  I,  64 

Property  holders  of  1851,  I,  74 

Protestant   Episcopal  churches,   I,   311 

Providencia   Rancho   (Burbank),  I,  90 

Pruitt,  Drew,  II,   114 

Pueblos;  how  they  differed  from 
American  municipalities,  I,  340 

Puente,  I,  89 

Pure  Food  laws  of  1538   I,  328 

Purviance,  Edna,  III,  801 

Putnam,  Charles  E.,  II,  365 

Quinby,  E.   Collins,  II,  110 
Quintero,  Luis,  I,  30 
Quinton,  John  H.,  II,  35 
Quinton,  Code  &  Hill,  II,  35 

Radford,  Joseph  D.,  II,  168 

Raho,  Bias,  I,  317 

Railroads:  Status  of  Southern  Pacific 
in  1875,  I,  80;  opening  of  Los  Ange- 
les and  San  Pedro  Railroad  (Octo- 
ber 26,  1869),  100;  Civil  War  blocks 
building  of,  104,  opposition  to 
(1866),  107;  city  and  county  votes 
to  aid  Los  Angeles  &  San  Pedro 
R.  R.,  108;  Central  Pacific  Railroad 
completed  (1869),  109;  extension 
of  Southern  Pacific  (1872),  112;  di- 
rect connection  of  Los  Angeles  with 
Southern  Pacific  through  San  Fer- 
nando tunnel,  118;  Santa  Fe  reaches 
Los  Angeles  (1885),  123;  first 
through  service  of  Southern  Pacific 
Railroad  inaugurated  (August, 
1887),  I,  132;  Santa  Fe  branch 
from  Los  Angeles  to  San  Diego  com- 
pleted in  1891,  I,  134;  steam,  electri- 
cized,  I,  138;  Los  Angeles  attempts 
adjustment  of  rates  with,  I,  140; 
connections  between  Los  Angeles, 
San  Pedro  and  Wilmington,  I,  208 

Ralphs,  Albert  G.,  Jr.,  II,  271 

Ralphs,  George  A.,  II,  270 

Ralston,  W.  C,  death  of,  I,  91 

Ralston,  W.  C,  I,  117 

Ramirez,  Jose  Antonio,  I,  37 

Rancherias    (Native    Indian    Villages), 

Rand,   June,   II,   168 
Randall,  Charles  H.,  Ill,  597 
Ransford,  John  E.,  Ill,  466 


Ransom,   Adrian  C,  III,  653 

Ransom,  Don  E.,  Ill,  653 

Ransom,  William  E.,  Ill,  652 

Read,  Helen  B.,  Ill,  757 

Reardon,  James  A.,  II,  174 

Recopilacion  de  las  Indias  (code  of 
Spanish  colonial  laws),  I,  325;  de- 
fines duties  of  alcaldes  in  Spanish 
colonies,  329 

Red  Cross  Shop,  II,  15 

Redick,  John  L.,  I,  400 

Redlands  Company,  I,  396 

Reed,  John.  I,  64 

Reeve,   Sidney  N.,  II,  113 

1 '  Reform  of  the  New  Testament 
Church,"  by  William  Money  (1854), 

Reglamento  (California's  first  code 
of  laws),  I,  26 

Reid,  George  E.,  II,  369 

Reid,  Wallace,  III,  796 

Reid,  William  W.,  Ill,  796 

Reorganized  Church  of  Latter  Day 
Saints  (Mormon),  I,  316 

Resa,  Andrew,  II,  166 

Requena,  Manuel,  I,  242 

Reyes,  Francisco,   I,   149 

Revnolds,  S.  F.,  I,  362 

Reynolds,  Thomas  S.,  II,  72 

Rhoades,  Nelson  O.,  II,  337 

Rhodes,  Allin  L.,  Ill,  629 

Rhodes,  Joseph  F.,  Ill,  574 

Rice,  George,  I,  37,  152 

Rice,  Paran  F.,  Ill,  643 

Richardt,  Theophilus,  II,  99 

Richardson,   Solomon,   I,   89 

Richardson,  W.  A.,  I,  37 

Richardson,  William  H.,  Ill,  523 

Riddle,  Adeline,  II,  209 

Riddle,  Julia,  II,  209 

Riley,  Bennett,  I,  66 

Rios,  Joaquin  de  los  Rios  y,  I,  360 

Rittersbaeher,  Charles,  II,  93 

Rittersbaeher,  Laura  K.,  II,  94 

Rivera,  I,  89 

Riverside  County,  iron  deposits  in,  I, 
398 

Roads:  Passenger  road  opened  be- 
tween San  Pedro  harbor  and  Los 
Angeles  (1849),  I,  93;  great  stage 
lines  and  express,  with  Los  Angeles 
as  station   (early  50 's),  99 

Robertson,  Mrs.   Matthew  S.,  Ill,  885 

Robinson,   Alfred,   I,   193 

Robinson,  Charles  M.,  I,  142 

Robinson,  Henry  M.,  Ill,  901 

Robinson,  Joseph  E.,  II,  347 

Robinson,  Mrs.  M.  Hennion,  III,  804 

Robinson,  Clare,  III,  691 

Rodman,  Willoughby,  I,  325 

Rodriguez,  Pablo,  I,  30 

Roger,  Wilfred,  I,  384 

Rogers,  Robert  I.,  Ill,  571 


Rohe,  Clifford  A.,  II,  410 

Rojo,  Manuel  C,  I,  361;  sketch  of,  363 

Poland,  Fred,  I,  37 

Roland,  John,  I,  74.  189 

Roland,  W.  R.,  I,  365' 

Rolfe,  H.   C,  I,   72 

Roman,  John,  III,  446 

Roman  Catholic  Churches:  diocese  of 
California  created  by  Gregory  XVI, 
I,  295;  Bishop  Diego  journeys  to 
Santa  Barbara,  his  episcopal  resi- 
dence, 302;  contest  with  Governor 
Pico  over  secularization  of  missions, 
303:  Upper  California  erected  into 
a  diocese  with  Santa  Barbara  as 
episcopal  city,  305 ;  diocese  of  Mon- 
terey, 305 

Romero,  Dona  Guadalupe,  I,  69 

Roodhouse,  Robert,  III,  548 

Rosas,  Alejandro,  I,  30 

Rosas,  Basilio,  I,  30 

Rose,  Andrew  H.,  II,  341 

Rose,  L.  J.,  I,  89,  111,   116 

Rose,   (L.  J.)  place,  (Sunny  Slope),  I, 

Rose,  W.  H..  I,  243 
Rosenberg.  Carl  E.,  Ill,  878 
Ross,  E.  M..  I,  85,  345 
Ross,   Ida   H.,  II,   80 
Ross,   N.    A.,   Ill,   447 
Rossiter,  John  G.,  II,  322 
Rossetti.  Victor  H..  II,  179 
Rothwell,  Walter  H.,  I,  381 
Rowan,  George  D.,  II,  304 
Rowan,  Robert  A.,  II,  152 
Rowan,  T.  E.,  I,  365 
Rowland,  Charlotte  M.,  II,  77 
Row'and,  John,  I,  64;  III,  924 
Rowland,  William  R.,  Ill,  925 
Rowlev,  Edwin  S.,  II,  90 
Rowntree,  John  T.,  II,  266 
Rubottom,  William,  I,  71 
Rush,  Judson  R.,  II,  50 
Russell,  John  N.,  Jr.,  II,  420 
Rvan,-  Andrew.  I,  365 
Ryan,  M.,  I,  365 

Sabichi,  Frank,  II,  312 

Sabichi,  G.  Carlos,  III,  848 

Snl.iohi,  William  W.,  II,  314 

Sackett,  Russell,  I,  361 

Sacred  Heart  Academy,  II,  416 

Safford,  George  S.,  Ill',  614 

Saflford,  Mae  C,  III,  615 

Salandie,  Madame,  I,  183 

Salazar,  Jose,  I,  165 

Salt  Lake  Railroad,  I,  134 

San  Antonio  de  Padua,  I,  13 

San  Antonio  Light  and  Power  Com- 
pany, I,  396 

San  Bernardino  County;  source  of 
poultry  and  dairy  supplies  (1853), 
I.   96  * 


San  Bueno  Ventura,  I,   13 

San  Carlos  Mission  (Monterey),  I,  13 

San  Diego:  Founded,  I,  13,  i34,  155; 
established  as  episcopal  city  by 
Gregory  XVI  (1840),  297;  "insig- 
nificant town"    (1841),   301,   302 

Sau  Diego  Bay:  Fray  Junipero  Serra 
arrives  at,  I,  10,  203 

San  Fernando  Faun  Association,  I, 
109 

San  Fernando  Rancho,  great  wheat 
farm,  now  part  of  Los  Angeles,  I, 
109 

San  Fernando  tunnel,  I,  80,  233 

San  Gabriel,  Mother  of  Los  Angeles, 
I,  12,  14;  mission  founded  (Septem- 
ber, 1771),  near  site  of  present,  15; 
Palou's  account  of  its  founding,  16; 
Queen  of  the  Missions,  18;  its  indus- 
trial and  normal  schools,  center  of 
hospitality,  19;  founders  of  Los  An- 
geles issue  from,  31;  in  1875,  89,  228 

San  Gabriel  Vineyard,  I,  190 

San  Joaquin  Light  &  Power  Corpora- 
tion, II,  320 

San  Jose   (pueblo)   founded,  I,  11 

San  Juan  de  Arguello  (pueblo),  I,  361 

San  Pascual,  I,  164,  177 

San  Pedro:  Harbor  first  viewed  by 
white  men,  I,  4;  as  whaler's  fitting- 
out  post,  106;  or  San  Miguel,  204 

San  Pedro  Harbor,  I,  38;  closed  by 
Mexican  government,  (1828),  40, 
02;  in  1875,  80;  first  steamer  into 
(1849),  93;  government  first  im- 
proves (1871),  111;  becomes  (offi- 
cially) Los  Angeles  Harbor,  143; 
first  known  American  ship  to  arrive 
at,  149;  trading  vessels  of,  183; 
first  steamers  to,  184;  port  of  Los 
Angeles,  204;  described  in  1835,  205 

San  Rafael  Rancho  (Glendale),  I,  90, 
148 

Sanchez,  Mattias,  I,  117 

Sanchez,  Thomas  A.,  I,  365 

Sanford,  W.  T.  B.,  I,  242 

Sanitary  inspectors  created,  I,  291 

Sansevaine,  Jean  L.,  I,  71,  190 

Santa  Anita  Rancho,  I,  116 

Santa  Barbara,  receives  new  Catholic 
bishop  of  the  Californias,  I,  302 

Santa  Catalina  Island,  center  of  early 
Yankee  trade,  I,  58,  111,  129,  205 

Santa  Fe  Railroad:  Enters  Los  An- 
geles (1885),  I,  123;  branch  from 
Los  Angeles  to  San  Diego  completed 
(1891),  134 

Santa  Monica,  I,  111,  138,  208 

Santa  Monica  bay,  described  in  1542, 
I,  6 

Sargent,  Edwin  W.,  II,  177 

Sartori,  Joseph  F.,  II,  31 

Saunders,  J.  H.,  I,  362 


XXV 


Sawyer  School  of  Secretaries,  The,  II, 

209 
Saxon,  Thomas  A.,  I,  365 
Scarborough,  James  G.,  II,  415 
Scarborough,  William  B.,  II,  355 
Schenck,  Paul  W.,  Ill,  577 
Schertzinger,  Victor  L.,  Ill,  867 
Schmidt,  Edward,  II,  412 
School  Libraries,  I,  258 
Schumacher,  John,  I,  185 
Schumacher,  John  J.,  II,  366 
Schwartz,  Hyman,  II,  262 
Scott,   Jonathan   R.,   sketch   of,  I,  361 
Scott,  Joseph,  I,  245;   III,  783 
Scott,  Ralph  J.,  II,  359 
Scott,  William  B.,  Ill,  872 
Scott,  Winfield,  I,  314 
Searles,  Moses,  I,  273 
Seaver,  Everett  H.,  II,  217 
Seco,  Arroyo,  I,  87   ■ 
Second  Dragoons,  Fort  Tejon,  I,  72 
Sellers,  Edgar  E.,  II,  263 
Sentous,  L,ouis,  Jr.,  II,  103 
Sepulveda,  Andronico  E.,  I,  365 
Sepulveda,  Diego,  I,  160 
Sepulveda,  Fernando,  I,  189 
Sepulveda,  Ignacio,  I,  364;   sketch  of, 

365 
Sepulveda,  Jose  Andras,  I,  60,  74 
Sepulveda,  Jose  Diego,  III,  936 
Sepulveda,  Maria  F.,  Ill,  936 
Sepulveda,  Ygnacio,  I,  77,  85 
Sepulveda  family,  I,  58 
Serra,  Fray  Junipero,  arrives  at  San 

Diego   Bay    (July   1,    1769),   I,    10; 

death  of,  15;  names  San  Francisco, 

203,  226,  228,  265,  383 
Serrano,  Jose,  I,  190 
Seventh   Dav   Adventists,  I,  316 
Severance,  T.  E.,  I,  315 
Sewer  system  established,  I,  291 
Seyler,  Charles,  Jr.,  II,  111 
Seyler,  Charles,  Sr.,  II,  111 
Shatto,  Clara  R.,  I,  373 
Shawn,  Ted,  III,  861 
Shenk,  John  W.,  Ill,  788 
Sherer,  Albert  J.,  Ill,  606 
Sherer,  Edward  T.,  II,  401 
Sherman,  M.  H.,  I,  138 
Sherman,  Moses  H.,  Ill,  649 
Shiels,  Albert,  I,  255;  II,  273 
Shinn,  Charles  H.,  I,  58 
Shirley,  Ira  W.,  II,  382 
Shirley,  Nellie  B.,  II,  383 
Shoestring  Strip  annexed  to  the  City 

(1909),  I,  142 
Shontz,  Orfa  J.,  Ill,  691 
Shorb  Ranch,  I,  89 
Shore,  John  W.,  I,  364 
Shore,  William,  I,  311 
Shore,  William   H.,  I,  309,  310 
Shoults,  Tracy  E.,  Ill,  9.27 


Shoup,  Paul,  III,  562 

Shubrick,  W.  Branford,  I,  179 

Sims,  C,  I,  309 

Simpson,  Frank,  III,  795 

Sinclair,  John,  III,  568 

Sinclair,  Martha  R.,  Ill,  568 

Sirova,  Jose  Francisco,  I,  148 

Sisters  of  Charity,  I,  100 

Sisters  of  Mercy,  III,  623 

Sixth  Judicial  Circuit  of  the  Mexican 
Republic,  I,  334 

Slauson,  Jonathan  S.,  I,  80,  245 

Slauson,  Sarah  R.,  Ill,  819 

Sloan-Oreutt,  Leafie,  I,  375 

Slusher,  Margaret  F.,  II,  146 

Smallman,  John,  I,  379 

Smallpox  epidemics,   I,   106,  289 

Smith,  A.  J.,  I,  163 

Smith,  Clarence  F.,  Ill,  584 

Smith,  George  H.,  I,  344 

Smith,  Harry  B.,  Ill,  937 

Smith,  Jedediah  S.,  I,  63,  65 

Smith,  Laura  G.,  I,  238 

Smith,  Oscar  C,  II,  355 

Smith,  Spencer  II.,  Ill,  726 

Smith,  Thomas  H.,  I,  345 

Smith.   W.   J.   A.,  I,  315 

Smith-Hughes  Act,  I,  247,  253,  259 

Smithers,   A.   C,  I,   315 

Smurr,  Charles  R.,  II,  427 

Snooks,  Joseph,  I,  70 

Snyder,  Edward  R,,  II,  158 

Snyder,  Meredith  P.,  II,  394 

Social  life:  Hospitality  of  old  Cali- 
-fornians,  I,  46;  -old  Californians 
temperate,  51 ;  filial  reverence,  54; 
customs  of  women  in  olden  times, 
55;  entertainments  of  the  '50s,  79; 
the  "Fandango,"  98;  horse  racing, 
166;  marriages  between  Catholics 
and  Protestants,  303 

Soler,  Pablo,  I,  267 

Solomon,  Fred  H.,  Ill,  595 

Somera,  Angel,  I,  14 

Sonoratown,  I,  94 

South  Park,  I,  373 

South  Pasadena,  a  sheep  pasture  in 
1875,  I,  89 

Southern  Branch  of  the  State  Univer- 
sity, I,  263 

Southern  California,  worst  rain  in 
(1859),  I,  102;  its  sheep  industry 
devastated,  118;  its  "Big  Boom," 
125;  described  by  Charles  Dudley 
Warner  as  "Our  Italy,"  135;  bene- 
fits of  its  climate  to  invalids,  268- 
71 

Southern  California  Edison  Company, 
II,  256 

Southern  California  Gas  Company,  II, 


XXVI 


INDEX 


Southern  California  Power  Company, 
I,  396 

Southern  California  products  exhibit, 
I,  391 

Southern  District  Agricultural  So- 
ciety, I,  111 

Southern  Pacific  Railroad,  status  of, 
in  1875,  I,  80;  extension  of  (1872), 
112;  San  Fernando  tunnel  of,  com- 
pleted (1876),  118;  through  service 
inaugurated  (1887),  132;  adjusts 
rates  favoring  Los  Angeles  (1910- 
12),  140 

Southwest  Society  of  the  Archaeolog- 
ical  Institute   of   America,   I,  140 

Southwestern    University,   II,  366 

Spanish-American  War    1,  139 

Spellacy,  Timothy,  II,  88 

Spence,  E.  F.,  I,  91,  116 

Spence,  E.  M.,  I,  365 

Spencer.  Charles  H.,  Ill,  627 

Spill,  William  A.,  II,  403 

Spires,  Joseph   H.,  II,  340 

.Spires,  Mary  H.,   II.  34] 

Springer.  Isaac,  III,  562 

Sproul,  Joseph  P.,  Ill,  564 

Stage  and  freight  lines,  I,  184 

Stagg,  Raymond  M.,  IT,  71 

Standard  Oil  Company,  I,  212 

Stanford,  Leland,  I,  113 

Stanley,  Mme.  Coman,  III,  678 

Stanton,  Edwin  M.,  I,  342 

Stanton,  Philip  A.,  II,  112 

Stearns,  Abel,  I,  70,  74;  sketch  of, 
66,  101,  151,  152;  his  sumptuous 
home  ("Palace  of  Don  Abel 
Stearns"),  154,  183,  189,  193,  196, 
200,  241,  361 

Steckel,  George,  III,  876 

Steindorff,  Paul,  I,  379 

Stephens,  William   D.,  Ill,  710 

Stern,  Jacob,  III,  528 

Stern  Realty  Company,  III,  528 

Stevenson,  Jonathan  D.,  I,  163;  leaves 
for  San  Francisco,  167;  investigates 
land  grants  in  military  district 
(1847),  343 

Stevenson,  Matthew  R.,  I,  163 

Stevenson,  Walter  R.,  Ill,  544 

Stockton,  Robert  F.  (Commodore),  ar- 
rives at  San  Pedro,  I,  155;  takes 
possession  of  Los  Angeles  and  de- 
clares California  U.  S.  Territory, 
156;  sketch  of,  167,  179 

Stockton,  William  M.,  I,  190 

Stockton  fire  of  1851,  I,  73 

Stone,  Duke,  II,  242 

Stoneman,  G.,  I,  89 

Story,  Walter  P.,  Ill,  630 

Stra*ssberger,  Carl  C,  III,  557 

Street  car  lines:  First  in  Los  Angeles 
(1874),   I,   90,   114;    first   cable   and 


electric  (1884-85),  123;  consolidation 
of  various  systems  (1888-91),  132; 
electric  interurban  car  system  of 
Los  Angeles,  138;  development  of 
Huntington  interurban  electric  sys- 
tems,  140 

Strode,   C.  B.,  I,  362 

Strong,  Frank   R.,  Ill,   608 

Strother,  William  M.,  II,  285 

Strover,  William,  II,  344 

Stump.  J.  H.,  T,  319 

St.  Athanasius  (St.  Paul's)  Church. 
I,  311,  319 

St.  Charles  Hotel,  I,  82 

St.  Denis,  Ruth,  III,  861 

St.  Joseph's  Catholic  Parish,  II,  97 

St.   Luke's   Parish,    I,   311 

St.  Paul's  Church.  I,  311 

St.  Thomas  The  Apostle  Church,  II. 
149 

St.    Vincent's   College,   II,   183 

Sullivan,  Anna  C,  II,  42 

Sullivan,  Dennis,  II,  42 

Sullivan,  John  E.,  HI,  444 

Summerfield,  John  W.,  Ill,  499 

Summerland.  Estelle,  III.  811 

Summerland.  Theodore,  III,  810 

Sumner,  Edwin  V.,  I,  104 

Sunny  Slope,  I,  191 

Superintendents  of  schools;  changes 
in  modes  of  selection,  1853-81,  I.  245 

Superior  Court  (Mexican  system),  1. 
336 

Supreme  Court  of  California  draws 
distinction  between  pueblos  and 
American  municipalities.  I,  339 

Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States: 
On  difficulty  of  locating  Mexican 
land  grants,  I,  341 

Sutherland,  Byron  C,  III,  644 

Sutherland,  Thomas  W.,  I,  364  , 

Sycamore  Grove,  I,  373 


Taft,  Frederick  H.,  II,  253 

Taft,  Stephen  H.,  II,  251 

Talbot,  J.  J.,  I,  319;   pitiful  victim  of 

drink,  320 
Talmadge,  Margaret,  III,  744 
Tatlow,  Joseph  B.,  II,  429 
Tatum,  C.  C.  C,  II,  306 
Tatum,  Frank  D.,  Ill,  613 
Tavlor,  Frank  W.,  Ill,  569 
Taylor,  June   R„  II.   168 
Taylor,   Minnie  C,   III,  569 
Taylor,  Nelson,  I,  163 
Tebbetts,  Francis  W.,  Ill,  696 
Tebbetts,  Hiram  W.,  Ill,  695 
Telegraphic     communication    between 

Los     Angeles     and     San    Francisco 

(1860),  I,  104 
Temple  Block,  I,  80,  193 
Temple  estate,  I,  95 


Franc-is    P.    F.,    I,    305;    III, 


917 


Temple,  Jonathan,  III,  916 

Temple,  John,  I,  37,  71,  74,  152,   182, 

183,  187,  189 
Temple,  John  H.,  Ill,  919 
Temple,  T.  P.  F.,  I,  91 
Temple  &  Workman   bank,  failure  of 

(1875),  I,  90,  91,  117 
Tesehemaker,  H.  F.,  I,  71 
Teter,  Harry  E.,  II,  127 
Thalhammer,  Karl  W.,  II,  334 
"The  Higher  Christian  Life,"  by  W. 

E.  Boardman,  I,  319 
Thee,  E.  J.,  Ill,  725 
Thorn,  Cameron  E.,  I,  86,  305,  366 
Thorn   Block,  I,  86 
Thomas,  Theodore,  I,  379 
Thompson,  Ira  F.,  II,  400 
Thomson,  David  M.,  II,  135 
Thome,  Edwin  C,  II,  241 
Thornton,  Harry.  I,  366 
Thornton,  Tom  C,  II,  191 
Thorpe,  Helena  B.,  II,  67 
Thorpe,  Spencer  R.,  II,  60 
Tibbetts,  L.  C,  I,  113 
Tidings,  The,  II,  222 
Times  building  dynamited,  with  great 

loss    of    life    (October    1,    1910),    T, 

142 
Titeomb,  H.  B.,  II,  54 
Titus  Ranch   (Dew  Drop).  I,  89 
Tivoli,  San  Francisco,  I,  380 
Toberman,  Charles  E.,  II,  409 
Toland,  Thomas  O.,  Ill,  910 
Toll,  Charles  H.,  II,  148 
Tomlinson,  J.  J.,  I,  184 
Tompkins,  P.  W.,  I,  362 
Tonner,  P.  C,  I,  243 
Tononi,  Isabel   R.,   331 
Tononi,  Giacomo,  II,  331 
Toplitzky,   Joseph,   III,   886 
Torres,  Francisco,  I,  360 
Townsend,  James  R.,  Ill,  503 
Trafford,  John,  I,  365 
Treble  Clef  Club,  I,  379 
Turner,  George  H,  III,  763 
Turner,  Joel,  I,  109 
Treaty  of  Guadalupe   Hidalgo,  I,  167, 

342 
"Two   Years  Before   the   Mast,"   bv 

Richard  Henry  Dana  (1835),  I,  205 
Union  Oil  Company,  I,  212 
United  States  Hotel,  I,  83 
Universal  City,  III,   791 
University  of  Southern  California  (see 

also  Methodist  College),  I,  lis 
Upham  &  Rea,  I,  82 
Urban  Military  School,  III,  629 

Valdez,  Antonio,  I,  69 
Valdez,  Lucian,  I,  238 


\  r:l-Iez   fai-.iilv    I    189 

Valentine,  Louis  H.,   II,  419 

Valentine,  William  L.,  II,  165 

Vance,  Arlyn  T.,  Ill,  813 

Vance,  Champ  S.,  Ill,  012 

Vance,  Jessica  S.,  II,  199 

Van  de  Kamp,  Theodore  J.,  II,  348 

Vanegas,  Jose,  first  mayor  of  Los  An- 
geles, I,   30,  34,  147,"  148 

Van  Loan,  Charles  E.,  Ill,  097 

Van  Nuys,  I.  N.,  I,  89,  109,  118 

Vasquez,  Tiburcio,  noted  bandit.  I, 
113;  hanged.  114 

Veitch,  Arthur  L.,  II,  214 

Vejar,  Ricardo,  I,  74,  189 

Verdugo,  .lose  Maria,  I,  148 

Verdugo,  Manuel,  I,  301 

Victoria,  Emanuel,  I,  42,  151 

Vignes,  Louis,  first  orange  planter  of 
Los  Angeles,  T,  70,  175,   189,   L90 

Vilavieencio,  Antonio  (Felix),  I,  30 

Viscano,  Sebastian,  I,  204 

Vocational  training,  I,  259,  200,  201 

Volunteer  Fire  Company  organized 
(1873),   I,   113 

Vordermark,  John  F.,  IT,  188 

Vosburg,  Kate,  III,  819 

Wade.   Charles  J.,   IT,   227 

Wade,  Franklin  S.,  II,  228 

Wagner,  Charles  D.,  II,  413 

Walker,  George  W.,  II,  121 

Walker,  Mrs.  Horatio,  dr.,  Ill,  020 

Walker,  Lillian,  III,  929 

Wallace,  Albert  J.,  II,  240 

Wallace,  Ernest  L.,  IT,  337 

Walton,  Charles  S.,  I,  379 

War  Industries  Board,  Chamber  of 
Commerce,   I,   390 

Warde,  Frederick,  I,  384 

Warde,  Marion,  III,  637 

Warner,  Charles  D.,  I,  135 

Warner,  J.  J.,  I,  02,  65 

Washburn,  Bryant,  III,  870 

Washburn,  Franklin  B.,  Ill,  870 

Washburn,  W.  J.,  I,  245 

Water  supply:  Irrigating  and  domes- 
tie  (1854),  I,  97;  first  distributing 
"system"  in  Los  Angeles  (1805), 
107;  first  iron  pipes  laid  and  city 
"water  works"  leased  (1868),  108; 
irrigation  system  reconstructed  by 
American  alcalde,  165;  first  water- 
way in  Mission  Valley,  226;  predica- 
ment of  Los  Angeles  in  1905,  228; 
Fred  Eaton  suggests  Owens  River  as 
source  of,  229 

Waterman,  J.  M.,  II,  243 

Waters,  Arthur  J.,  II,  25 

Waters,  Frank  A.,  Ill,  714 

Waters,  Russell  J.,  II,  22 

Watson,  Harry  W.,  Ill,  551 


INDEX 


Watson,  James  A.,  I,  362;   sketch  of, 

363 
Watson,  Joseph  E.,  Ill,  725 
Watson,  Mabel,  III,  902 
Watson,   Samuel  H.,  Ill,  549 
Weaver,  Sylvester  L.,  Ill,  573 
Weber,  Lois,  III,  883 
Weeks,  Henry,  I,  242 
Weik,  Fred  G.,  Ill,  635 
Weil,  Julius  B.,  Ill,  565 
Welch,  William,  I,  37 
Weller,  Dana  E.,  II,  417 
Wells,  Arthur  G.,  II,  259 
Wells,  A.  J.,  I,  320 
Wells,  Fargo  &  Company,  I,  97 
West   Sixth   Street   highway   of  trade 

(1868),  I,  109 
Westlake  Military  School,  II,  344 
Westlake  Park,  I,  107,  373 
Westlake    School    for    Girls,    The,   II, 

198 
Wetherby,  F.  Bruce,  III,  621 
Wharton,  L.  R.,  II,  418 
Wheeler,  Alfred,  I,  366 
Wheeler,  Fred  C,  II,  387 
Wheeler,  J.  0.,  I,  284 
Wheeler  &  Johnson,  I,  199,  200 
Wheeler  &  Morgan,  I,  185 
Whitaker,  Melville  T.,  II,  105 
White,  A.  F.,  I,  320 
White,  Charles  H.,  Ill,  736 
White,  F.  A.,  I,  310 
White,  Stephen  M.,  sketch  of,  I,  116, 

White,  T.  J.,  I,  281,  311 
White,  Thomas  P.,  II,  268 
Whitley,  H.  J.,  Ill,  814 
Wickersham,   Frederick   A.,   II,   237- 
Widney,  Erwin  W.,  II,  65 
Widnev,  J.  P.,  I,  62,  268 
Widney,  R.  M.,  I,  90,  364 
Wiggin,  Kate  Douglas,  I,  246 
Wiggins,  Frank,  Secretary  Chamber  of 

Commerce,  I,   391;    II,'  71 
Wilbur,  Elizabeth  A.,  Ill,  467 
Wildey,  Otto  G.,  Ill,  620 
Wilhart,  Louis,  I,  190 
Willard,  Charles,  I,  407 
Willard,  Raymond   EC,  III,  458 
Willebrandt,  Mabel  W.,  II,  78 
Williams,  Blanche,  III,  804 
Williams,  Camillus  J.,  II,  303 
Williams,  Charles  N.,  Ill,  599 
Williams,  G.   Edwin,  II,  407 
Williams,  Isaac,  I,  65,  74 
Williams,  Philip,  II,  133 
Williams,  Warren  L.,  II,  281 
Williams-Dhnond  Line,  I,  212 
Wills,  J.  T.,  I,  320 
Wilmington   (New  San  Pedro),  I,  101; 

as  whalers'  fitting-out  post,  106,  111, 


112,  208;  Federal  and  railroad  im- 
provements at,  209 

Wilson,  Benjamin  D.,  I,  64,  89,  154, 
183,  185,  310,  319,  360,  364;  II,  389 

Wilson,  Emmett  H.,  I,  245 

Wilson,  George  J.,  II,  222 

Wilson,  Grace,  III,  778 

Wilson,  John  K.,  Ill,  707 

Wilson  and  Packard,  I,  184 

Wine  of  the  country  ' '  delicious, ' '  I, 
175 

Winnett,  P.  G.,  Ill,  603 

Winsel,  Charles  F.  J.,  Ill,  651 

Winston,  James  B.,  I,  281 

Winston   home,  I,  89 

Wireless  telegraph  communication  es- 
tablished  (1911),  I,  143 

Witherby,  Oliver  S.,  I,  364 

Wolfelt,   C.  H.,  II,  247 

Wolfskill,  John,  I,  74 

Wolfskill,  John  R,,  III,  851 

Wolfskill,  William,  I,  63,  70,  71,  74, 
189,  193;   III,  849 

Wood,  Carolyne,  III,  838 

Woode,  Piche,  III,  852 

Woodford,  Asa  W.,  Ill,  638 

Woodford,  Gregory  S.,  Ill,  640 

Woodlev,  Frank  E.,  II,  298 

Woods,' D.  W.,  II,  339 

Woods,  James,  I,  310,  318 

Woodward,  Agnes,  III,  539 

Wool  boom  of  1871-72,  I,  112 

Woollacott,  A.  H.,  II,  329 

Woolwine,  Clare,  III,  790 

Woolwine,  Thomas  L.,  Ill,  708 

Workman,  Boyle,  II,  8 

Workman,  William,  I,  64,  154,  189; 
III,   921 

Workman,  William  H.,  I,  83,  135,  372, 
400;  II,  3 

Workman,  William  H.,  Jr.,  II,  137 

Works,  Lewis  R.,  II,  335 

World  War,  public  school  work  in,  I, 
255-258 

Wright,  Gilbert  S.,  II,  40 

Wyatt,  W.  T.,  I,  386 

Yarnall,  George  S.,  II,  199 
Yarnell,  B.  F.,  Ill,  696 
Yarnell,  Esther,  II,  409 
Yarnell,   Jesse,  II,   408 
Yarnell,  Laura  A.  G.,  Ill,  696 
Yarrow   (old  "Cuarto  Ojos"  or  Four 

Eyes),  I,  197 
Yorba,  Bernardo,  I,  74,  189 
Yorba,  Jose  Antonio,  I,  165 
Yorba,   Teodosio,  I,   189 
York,  M.  Jessie,  III,  739 
York,  Waldo  M.,  Ill,  740 
Youle,  William  E.,  II,  47 
Young,  Clara  Kimball,  III,  830 


INDEX  jc 

Young,  Edward  R.,  in,  443  Zanja  Madre  (mother  ditch),  I,  97 

Young,  Ewing,  I,  63,  65  Zanjas   (open  ditches),  I,  97 

Young,  John  D.,  I,  365  Zoellner,  Helena  S.,  Ill,  829 

Youngworth,  Leo  V.,  II,  288  Zoellner  Quartet,  III,  828 
Yutahs,  uprisings  of,  I,  71 


Los  Angeles 

From  the  Mountains  to  the  Sea 


CHAPTER  I 
AS  IT  WAS  IN  THE  BEGINNING 

It  would  seem  that  Los  Angeles  has  been  a  habitation  of 
man  as  long  as  any  other  place  on  the  earth  has  been  a  dwell- 
ing place  for  human  beings.  After  the  envelope  of  water  in 
which  the  earth  was  originally  enclosed  had  evaporated  and 
dry  land  appeared,  and  the  animal  kingdom  came  into  exist- 
ence, it  seems  as  likely  as  not  that  man  appeared  in  the  place 
where  Los  Angeles  is  now  quite  as  early  as  he  appeared  any- 
where else. 

This,  of  course,  is  mere  theory,  but  as  far  as  that  is  con- 
cerned, all  the  rest  of  it  is  nothing  more  than  theory. 

Remains  of  prehistoric  beasts  like  the  saber-toothed  tiger 
have  been  found  in  the  asphaltum  beds  of  Los  Angeles  show- 
ing inclusively  the  existence  of  life  here  at  a  time  that  must 
have  been  contemporaneous  with  life  in  other  parts  of  the 
world  at  the  dawn  of  the  world. 

We  have,  however,  no  record  of  human  existence  here  until 
the  first  white  men  came  to  California  and  that  was  a  long 
time  ago,  too,  as  far  as  history  is  reckoned  in  America.  It  was 
only  fifty  years  after  the  discovery  of  America  by  Columbus 
that  California  was  discovered.  This  was  in  the  year  1542, 
when  Juan  Rodriguez  Cabrillo,  a  Portuguese  sailor,  voyag- 
ing in  Spanish  ships  and  under  the  flag  of  Spain,  sailed  up 
from  Natividad  in  Old  Mexico  and  steered  the  prows  of  his 
daring  little  fleet  of  galleons  into  the  harbor  of  San  Diego. 

And  since  now  Los  Angeles  has  come  to  be  in  many  ways 

Vol.  I— i  i 


2  LOS  ANGELES 

the  first  city  of  California — being  certainly  the  first  city  as 
far  as  population  is  concerned — and  since  California,  although 
one  of  the  states  of  the  Union  only,  is  at  the  same  time  a 
distinct  and  separate  country  of  itself,  made  so  by  the  fact 
that  it  has  a  distinct  entity  geographically,  climatically  and  in 
a  thousand  other  ways,  it  is  essential  in  telling  the  story  of 
Los  Angeles  to  begin  by  telling  briefly  the  greater  story  of 
California  itself.  For  it  helps  to  make  a  story  not  only  easier 
to  understand,  but  vastly  more  interesting,  if  we  shall  begin 
at  the  beginning  as  every  good  story  must  do. 

Now,  when  Cabrillo  and  the  first  white  men  found  Califor- 
nia, nearly  500  years  ago — and  that's  a  long,  long  time — they 
found  the  country  inhabited  by  a  native  race  of  Indians  who 
had  villages  of  their  own  up  and  down  the  coast  and  far  back 
in  the  mountains,  and  where  they  lived  in  separate  clans  and 
families.     The  Spaniards  called  these  villages  "  rancherias. " 

The  whole  race  may  be  regarded  as  having  been  like  one 
tribe  because  they  were  exactly  alike  everywhere  in  appear- 
ance and  in  their  mode  of  living.  But  there  was  one  very 
strange  thing  about  them,  and  this  was  that  when  separated 
at  distances  of  sometimes  not  more  than  twenty  miles  apart, 
they  spoke  an  entirely  different  language,  the  one  from  the 
other.  For  instance,  the  natives  at  San  Diego  were  not  able 
to  converse  in  words  with  the  Indians  at  San  Juan  Capistrano, 
nor  were  the  Indians  at  San  Juan  Capistrano  able  to  converse 
with  the  Indians  of  San  Gabriel.  And  so  it  went  throughout 
all  California  from  one  end  of  it  to  the  other.  There  were 
Indians  on  Santa  Catalina  and  other  islands  off  the  coast, 
but  when  brought  to  the  mainland  they  did  not  understand 
one  word  that  other  Indians  spoke.  It  has  been  stated  on 
authority  that  more  than  two-thirds  of  all  the  Indian  lan- 
guages spoken  within  the  present  borders  of  the  United  States 
were  found  in  California. 

The  California  Indian  differed  in  many  other  ways  from 
the  other  Indians  of  America.  The  admiration  universally 
accorded  the  great  Algonquin  family  on  the  Atlantic  seaboard 
and  to  the  great  war-like  tribes  of  the  western  plains,  does  not 
seem  to  have  had  serious  application  here.  The  California 
Indian  was  not  much  of  a  man  to  admire.    He  was  lazy,  stu- 


4  LOS  ANGELES 

pid  and  exceedingly  careless  of  his  morals.  He  did  not  take 
trouble  to  build  for  himself  any  kind  of  shelter  worthy  of  the 
name  of  a  house,  and,  consequently,  he  was  a  man  who  had  no 
conception  of  the  meaning  of  home.  He  toiled  not,  neither 
did  he  spin.  He  was  without  modesty,  he  had  no  traditions ; 
neither  knowing  nor  caring  from  whence  he  had  come  nor 
whither  he  might  drift. 

But  perhaps  we  can  consistently  make  excuses  for  him. 
Why  should  he  go  to  the  wholly  unnecessary  trouble  to  work 
when  everything  that  he  needed  had  been  furnished  to  his 
hand  by  Nature's  bounty?  His  country  teemed  with  wild 
game  and  with  wild  fruits  and  honey.  If  he  were  hungry  he 
had  but  to  reach  out  his  hand  for  endless  food  of  almost 
every  description  that  was  everywhere  around  him.  And  why 
should  he  take  also  the  unnecessary  trouble  to  clothe  himself 
when  there  were  always  places  where  the  sun  shone  warm 
and  he  could  be  comfortable  without  clothing!  In  other  words, 
California  was  an  Indian  paradise  as  it  is  now  a  paradise  on 
earth  for  the  white  man. 

Cabrillo,  the  Discoverer,  was  the  first  white  man  to  visit 
Los  Angeles.  After  he  had  spent  a  happy  six  days  in  San 
Diego  and  was  loath  to  leave  it  as  everybody  is,  even  to  this 
day,  he  felt,  evidently,  that  he  must  be  on  his  way  to  do  the 
work  that  was  cut  out  for  him,  and  so  he  sailed  into  the  harbor 
of  San  P»dro,  which  is  now  a  part  of  the  City  of  Los  Angeles. 
This  w«.f  on  the  28th  day  of  September  in  the  year  of  our 
Lord  1M2-  almost  exactly  377  years  before  the  day  that  these 
words  we*"**  written  for  this  book. 

It  is  fascinating  to  know  what  impression  the  harbor  of 
Los  Angelas  made  on  the  first  white  man  who  ever  saw  it,  if 
we  are  to  depend  on  the  historic  records,  and  in  order  to  know 
what  that  impression  was,  we  can  do  nothing  better  than  to 
turn  back  to  the  Log  Book  of  old  Juan  Bodriguez  and  read 
what  was  there  written  at  the  time.    This  is  what  it  says : 

"The  Thursday  following  they  proceeded  about  six 
leagues,  [This  was  after  they  had  left  San  Diego]  by  a  coast 
running  northwest  and  discovered  a  port  enclosed  and  very 
good,  to  which  they  gave  the  name  of  San  Miguel.  [This  was 
the  Bay  of  San  Pedro.]     It  is  in  34  1/3  degrees,  and  after  an- 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA        5 

choring  in  it  they  went  on  shore.  It  had  people,  three  of  whom 
remained  and  all  others  fled.  To  these  they  gave  some  pres- 
ents, and  they  said  by  signs  that  in  the  interior  had  passed 
people  like  the  Spaniards.    They  manifested  much  fear. 

"This  same  day  at  night  they  went  on  shore  from  the  ships 
to  fish  with  a  net ;  and  it  appears  that  there  were  here  some 
Indians,  and  they  began  to  discharge  arrows  and  wounded 
three  men. 

' '  The  next  day  in  the  morning  they  entered  further  within 
the  port,  which  is  large,  with  a  boat  and  brought  out  two  boys 
who  understood  nothing  but  signs;  and  they  gave  them  both 
shirts  and  immediately  sent  them  away. 

"And  in  the  following  day  in  the  morning  there  came  to 
the  ship  three  large  Indians ;  and  by  signs  they  said  that  there 
were  travelling  in  the  interior,  men  like  us,  with  beards,  and 
clothed  and  armed  like  those  of  the  ships,  and  they  made 
signs  that  they  carried  cross  bows  and  swords,  and  made 
gestures  with  the  right  arm  as  if  they  were  throwing  lances, 
and  went  running  in  a  posture  as  if  riding  on  horseback,  and 
made  signs  that  they  killed  many  of  the  native  Indians  and 
that  for  this  they  were  afraid.  This  people  are  well-disposed 
and  advanced ;  they  go  covered  with  the  skins  of  animals.  Be- 
ing in  this  boat  there  passed  a  very  great  tempest;  but  on 
account  of  the  port's  being  good  they  suffered  nothing.  It 
was  a  violent  storm  from  the  southwest.  This  is  the  first 
storm  which  they  have  experienced.  They  were  in  this  port 
until  the  following  Tuesday. 

' '  The  following  Tuesday  on  the  third  day  of  the  month  of 
October,  they  departed  from  this  port  of  San  Miguel;  and 
Wednesday  and  Thursday  and  Friday,  they  proceeded  on 
their  course  about  eighteen  leagues,  fifty-four  miles  along  the 
coast,  on  which  they  saw  many  valleys,  and  level  ground  and 
many  large  smokes,  and,  in  the  interior,  Sierras.  They  were 
at  dusk  near  some  islands  which  are  about  seven  leagues  from 
the  main  land ;  and  because  the  wind  was  becalmed  they  could 
not  reach  them  this  night, 

' '  Saturday,  the  seventh  day  of  the  month  of  October,  they 
arrived  at  the  island  at  day  break  which  they  named  San  Sal- 
vador  [San  Clemente],  La  Vittoria   [Santa  Catalina]  ;  and 


6  LOS  ANGELES 

they  anchored  off  one  of  them  and  they  went  with  the  boat  on 
shore  to  see  if  there  were  people  there ;  and  as  the  boat  came 
near,  there  issued  a  great  quantity  of  Indians  from  among 
the  bushes  and  grass,  yelling  and  dancing  and  making  signs 
that  they  should  come  ashore.  And  they  saw  that  the  women 
were  running  away;  and  from  the  boats  they  made  signs 
that  they  should  have  no  fear ;  and  immediately  they  assumed 
confidence  and  laid  on  the  ground  their  bows  and  arrows,  and 
they  launched  a  canoe  in  the  water  which  held  eight  or  ten 
Indians  and  they  came  to  the  ships.  They  gave  them  beads 
and  little  presents,  with  which  they  were  delighted  and  they 
presently  went  away.  The  Spaniards  afterwards  went  ashore 
and  were  very  secure,  they  and  the  Indian  women  and  all, 
where  an  old  Indian  made  signs  to  them  that  on  the  main  land, 
men  were  journeying  clothed  and  with  beards  like  the  Span- 
iards.   They  were  in  this  island  only  until  noon. 

"The  following  Sunday  on  the  eighth  of  the  said  month, 
they  came  near  the  main  land  in  a  great  bay  which  they 
named  La  Bahia  de  Los  Fumos  [Santa  Monica  Bay]  on  ac- 
count of  the  numerous  smokes  which  they  saw  upon  it,  where 
they  held  intercourse  with  some  Indians  whom  they  took  in  a 
canoe,  who  made  signs  that  towards  the  north  there  were 
Spaniards  like  them.  This  bay  is  in  35  degrees ;  and  it  is  a 
good  port;  and  the  country  is  good  with  many  valleys  and 
plains  and  trees. ' ' 

There  is  one  thing  more  than  another,  perhaps,  that  will 
strike  the  reader  of  Cabrillo  's  Log  in  these  centuries  so  long 
after  it  was  written,  and  that  is  to  wonder  who  these  white 
men  could  have  been  that  were  here  before  Cabrillo.  The 
most  popular  theory  is  that  the  Indians  in  the  interior  of  the 
country,  probably  as  far  inland  as  Arizona  and  New  Mexico, 
and  who  saw  Coronado  and  his  expedition  in  that  part  of  the 
world  two  years  before  Cabrillo 's  discovery  of  California, 
passed  the  word  along  across  the  Colorado  and  over  the 
mountains  and  the  deserts  to  the  Indians  here  on  the  coast, 
that  they  had  seen  white  men. 

There  isn  't  the  slightest  probability,  however,  that  the  In- 
dians here  ever  themselves  saw  white  men  until  they  saw 
the  people  of  Cabrillo 's  daring  enterprise.    And  following  the 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA        7 

theory  up,  it  is  easy  to  suppose  that  word  would  have  come 
over  vast  distances  among  the  Indian  tribes  concerning  the 
appearance  of  Coronado  and  his  men  in  the  interior.  It  is 
true  that  there  were  no  newspapers  in  those  days  and  no  tel- 
egraph lines,  not  to  speak  of  the  wireless  telegraph,  there  were 
no  aeroplanes  or  telephones  or  any  other  modern  vehicle  for 
the  swift  and  even  instantaneous  conveyance  of  news,  but  it 
is  astonishing  how  rapidly  news  traveled  in  those  times,  just 
the  same,  among  the  Indian  peoples. 

The  same  is  true  among  them  to  this  day.  Let  a  man  ap- 
pear for  any  special  reason  among  the  Indians  of  Soboba,  and 
the  next  day,  or  in  two  or  three  days  at  most,  his  presence 
will  become  known  in  some  magic  way  among  all  the  Indian 
peoples  of  the  reservations  of  Southern  California.  Even 
will  it  be  known  among  the  lonely  huts  of  Laguna  in  the  far 
silences  of  the  Cuyamacas. 

And  certainly  this  wonderful  old  swash-buckling  explorer 
Francisco  Vasquez  Coronado  must  have  made  a  vivid  impres- 
sion on  the  primitive  mind  of  the  territory  that  he  covered. 
When  he  set  out  from  Old  Mexico  in  1540,  he  had  with  him 
200  mounted  lancers  in  armor  and  1,000  mounted  horse- 
men in  all,  which  was  a  very  respectable  force  to  be  assem- 
bled under  similar  circumstances  in  any  age  of  the  world. 
The  commander  himself  and  his  officers  and  their  mounts  were 
gorgeous  with  gay  trappings.  They  had  golden  swords  and 
silken  banners;  their  advance  was  heralded  with  a  blare  of 
trumpets. 

It  was  to  find  the  famous  fabled  seven  golden  cities  of 
Cibola  that  Coronado  and  his  men  had  set  out  from  Mexico. 
It  seems  assured  that  they  traveled  as  far  north  as  the  center 
of  our  present  State  of  Kansas,  and  that  they  came  over  into 
New  Mexico,  where  they  found  that  the  much-vaunted  seven 
cities  of  gold  were  nothing  more  than  the  pueblos  of  the  Zunis, 
and  after  all  they  found  their  quest  to  be  a  failure.  There  is 
no  doubt  that  the  country  was  considerably  stirred  up  by  this 
wonderful  pageant  that  passed  through  it,  and  was  not  long 
until  every  aborigine  within  a  radius  of  1,000  miles  and  more 
had  been  told  the  news  of  it. 

All  this  record  of  historv  and  recital  of  tradition  is  here 


8  LOS  ANGELES 

recalled  only  for  what  it  may  be  worth,  and  mainly  for  the 
reason  to  fix  in  the  reader's  mind  the  established  fact  that  the 
real  discoverer  of  California  wTas  Juan  Rodriguez  Cabrillo, 
and  that  to  him  and  to  him  alone  the  credit  belongs. 

Another  thing  that  impresses  one  in  reading  Cabrillo 's 
Log,  is  that  he  mentions  the  fact  that  here  were  many  trees 
in  this  part  of  the  world  in  the  early  times.  Southern  Cali- 
fornia is  so  invariably  referred  to  by  writers  as  a  "treeless 
land"  that  the  impression  has  gone  abroad  that  it  was  always 
a  treeless  land.  But  we  see  from  the  absolutely  reliable  re- 
port of  Cabrillo  that  it  was  a  land  of  many  trees,  indeed,  when 
the  white  men  first  saw  it.  It  is  difficult  to  imagine  that  the 
country  around  San  Pedro  and  Point  Loma  at  San  Diego 
were  once  covered  with  dense  forests,  but  such  is  undoubt- 
edly the  fact,  and  the  task  before  the  people  of  Southern  Cal- 
ifornia now  is  to  restore  these  forests,  especially  on  the  moun- 
tain slopes.  For,  if  they  shall  fail  to  do  this,  all  that  they  have 
builded  through  a  century  past — their  cities  and  towns,  their 
farms,  their  orchards — are  at  the  mercy  of  flood  and  storm 
that  may  some  day  bury  them  as  deep  under  the  mud  and 
sands  of  oblivion  as  Babylon  was  buried. 

The  one  last  thing  concerning  Juan  Rodriguez  Cabrillo 
that  fascinates  the  mind  now  is  that  it  seems  to  have  been 
ordained  by  Providence  that  he  should  never  leave  the  bright 
new  land  which  he  was  the  first  of  all  the  civilized  men  of  the 
earth  to  see.  When  doubling  back  from  Cape  Mendocino  to 
which  he  had  sailed,  in  order  that  he  might  seek  again  the 
shelter  of  the  Santa  Barbara  channel,  the  great  admiral  fell 
sick  of  a  fever  and  died.  His  sailors  buried  him  on  the  sunny 
little  isle  of  San  Miguel,  where  still  he  sleeps  reckless  of  wind 
and  wave  and  tide — the  immortal  Portuguese  who  was  first  to 
find  the  land  of  heart's  desire. 

Cabrillo 's  expedition  continued  north  again  after  his 
death,  probably  sailing  as  far  as  the  present  southern  line 
of  Oregon.  But  it  then  returned  to  Old  Mexico  without  having 
achieved  anything  more  than  to  have  proclaimed  to  the  world 
the  actual  existence  of  the  long-dreamed  of  and  storied  land  of 
endless  summers.  But  this  was  surely  achievement  enough. 
Sixty  years  passed  before  white  men  came  again  to  California, 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA        9 

and  again  they  came  merely  to  explore  the  coast  and  to  return, 
and  it  was  not  until  227  years  after  the  discovery  had  passed 
that  any  attempt  was  made  to  settle  and  to  colonize  the 
country. 

And  it  was  239  years  after  the  discovery  of  California  that 
Los  Angeles,  now  one  of  the  wonder  cities  of  the  world,  was 
founded. 

This  brings  us  to  another  story — one  of  the  greatest  of 
all  the  stories  ever  told — the  story  of  how  the  white  man's 
religion  and  civilization  were  brought  to  a  heathen  land  and 
there  rooted  never  to  wither  or  die.  It  is  a  story  which  enfolds 
in  its  wondrous  glamour  Los  Angeles  and  all  the  country  that 
lies  on  either  side  of  it  between  the  mountains  and  the  sea. 

The  fateful  year  of  1769  must  remain  forever  immortal 
in  the  annals  of  California.  It  was  the  year  in  which  Califor- 
nia began,  when  civilization  was  planted  upon  its  shores, 
when  the  cross  of  Christianity,  symbol  of  the  Religion  of  Re- 
demption, was  reared  in  its  sunny  valleys  and  upon  its  shining 
mountain  tops.  And  it  is  also  then  that  we  first  hear  of  the 
renowned  and  venerable  Fray  Junipero  Serra,  the  great  Fran- 
ciscan who  laid  the  corner  stones  of  our  commonwealth  and 
by  whose  hands  was  erected  the  fabric  of  our  Empire  of  the 
Sun.  There  can  never  be  anything  written  or  anything  said 
that  has  to  do  with  California  and  it  glamorous  history  with- 
out the  inclusion  of  the  name  of  this  most  remarkable  and 
wonderful  man. 

Spain  waited  a  long  time  indeed — more  than  two  centuries 
and  a  quarter — to  take  full  advantage  of  its  wonderful  pos- 
sessions on  the  western  shores  of  Northern  America.  But  it 
is  plain,  for  all  that,  that  Spain  never  held  lightly  in  its  esti- 
mation California's  worth.  It  is  perhaps  only  because  the 
throne  of  Castile  and  Leon  was  so  tremendously  engaged  with 
the  stupendous  task  of  exploiting  the  new  half  of  the  earth 
that  had  fallen  into  its  hands  that  it  waited  so  long  to  col- 
onize California,  which,  as  we  now  know,  was  the  brightest 
jewel  in  its  crown.  But,  however  it  may  be,  the  fact  remains 
that  it  was  not  until  full  227  years  had  passed  that  the  Spanish 
king  decided  to  add  California  to  the  civilized  possessions  of 
the  world. 


10  LOS  ANGELES 

It  is  a  long  story  if  we  were  to  tell  all  that  led  up  to  the 
expedition  of  1769  which  brought  Fray  Junipero  Serra  and 
his  brown-robed  Franciscan  companions  to  the  shores  of  the 
Bay  of  San  Diego,  where  they  arrived  on  the  first  day  of  July 
of  that  forever  memorable  year.  Suffice  it  to  say  that  the 
intent  and  purpose  of  this  expedition  was  to  accomplish  at 
one  stroke  the  Christianization  of  the  native  Indians  and  to 
colonize  California  as  a  Spanish  province. 

The  plan  that  Spain  had  in  mind  was  a  three-fold  plan, 
namely,  that  missions  should  be  established  in  which  the  na- 
tives were  to  be  instructed  and  trained  in  the  Christian  re- 


Typical,  Old  Spanish  Mission 

ligion  and  taught  to  do  a  white  man's  work;  second,  that 
presidios  or  garrisons  were  to  be  established  throughout  the 
length  of  California  in  order  not  only  that  the  missions  might 
be  under  military  protection  but  also  that  the  country  itself 
might  be  in  a  condition  to  repel  probable  foreign  invasion,  and 
third,  that  pueblos  were  to  be  founded  in  favorable  places  so 
that  an  urban  population  might  be  established  to  co-operate 
with  the  vast  agricultural  interests  planned. 

It  was  a  wise  and  far-sighted  plan  in  every  way,  and  it 
was  carried  out  to  a  great  extent,  especially  as  regarded  the 
missions.    The  agricultural  scheme  also  made  wide  progress. 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  11 

The  only  feature  of  the  three-fold  plan  that  materialized  un- 
importantly was  the  scheme  of  the  pueblos.  All  told,  only 
three  of  these  pueblos  were  ever  founded,  as  follows :  one  at 
Branciforte,  which  was  founded  where  the  present  City  of 
Santa  Cruz  stands.  Not  a  trace  of  Branciforte  remains. 
Another  pueblo  was  founded  and  named  San  Jose  in  honor 
of  Saint  Joseph,  the  patron  saint  of  California.  It  still  exists 
and  flourishes  as  the  present  beautiful  and  important  city  of 
San  Jose  in  the  white-blossomed  valley  of  Santa  Clara.  The 
third  and  last  of  the  pueblos — the  one  that  at  first  was  the 
least  hopeful  and  that  remained  the  longest  the  most  squalid, 
the  least  promising  of  all — was  our  present  great  City  of  Los 
Angeles. 

Los  Angeles  was  therefore  a  pre-ordained  city.  It  is  not 
a  city  that  just  happened.  It  was  founded  by  order  of  the 
king  with  both  military  and  religious  pomp  with  the  swing- 
ing of  censors  and  the  burning  of  incense  and  the  stately 
music  of  the  Te  Deum. 

And  they  named  it  in  the  music  of  Castilian  speech  "El 
Pueblo  La  Senora  de  la  Beina  Los  Angeles. ' '  It  means  the 
"City  of  Our  Lady,  the  Queen  of  the  Angels." 


CHAPTER  II 
THE  MOTHER  OF  LOS  ANGELES 

It  is  to  be  reasonably  supposed  that  in  the  same  way  and 
from  the  same  desire  that  a  man  would  like  to  know  every- 
thing possible  concerning  his  own  mother,  a  city  that  had  a 
mother  would  also  wish  to  be  informed  concerning  her.  Well, 
the  mother  of  Los  Angeles  was  San  Gabriel.  And  now,  at 
the  outset  of  the  story  of  Los  Angeles,  let  us  see  what  there 
is  to  know  about  that  romantic  and  ancient  habitation  from 
which  Los  Angeles  sprang  and  came  into  being. 

It  is  not  improbable  that  before  rnany  years  have  passed 
Los  Angeles  will  come  to  mean  all  the  territory  lying  between 
the  mountains  and  the  sea  on  either  side  of  the  center  of  the 
city  for  many  miles  of  distances.  And  this,  of  course,  will 
bring  old  San  Gabriel  into  the  fold.  So,  in  telling  the  story  of 
San  Gabriel,  we  are  really  telling  a  part — the  first  and  in  many 
ways  the  most  important  part — of  the  story  of  Los  Angeles 
itself.  And  we  are  further  justified  by  the  fact  that  it  is  a 
tale  that  reads  like  fiction  and  is  stranger  than  fiction,  as  the 
truth  often  is. 

In  order  to  ascertain  how  San  Gabriel  came  to  be,  we  must 
go  back  again  to  that  great  Franciscan  enterprise  of  which 
Fray  Junipero  Serra  was  the  soul,  because  this  it  was  that 
set  things  going  here  at  the  start  and  that  has  left  an  influ- 
ence upon  the  country  that  time  has  been  futile  to  obliterate. 
Nor  is  it  probable  that  time  will  ever  be  able  to  obliterate  Fray 
Junipero 's  spirit.  And  this  is  well,  for  happy  is  that  land 
which  has  a  definite  ideal. 

When  Father  Serra  left  Mexico  to  establish  the  white 
man's  Christianity  and  civilization  in  California,  his  instruc- 
tions were  to  found  and  erect  three  mission  establishments. 
The  first  was  to  be  at  San  Diego,  the  second  at  Monterey,  and 
the  third  at  a  place  between  to  be  called  San  Buena  Ventura. 
12 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAIN'S  TO  THE  SEA  13 

It  is  to  be  supposed,  of  course,  that  after  these  three  missions 
were  established,  others  would  be  built.  Anyway,  it  turned 
out  that  way.  Serra  and  the  expedition  with  which  he  came, 
and  which  was  under  the  command  and  direction  of  the  great 
Don  Gaspar  de  Portola,  California's  first  governor  and  im- 
mortal as  the  discoverer  of  San  Francisco  Bay,  the  greatest 
of  all  the  world's  harbors,  reached  San  Diego,  as  before  men- 
tioned, in  July,  1769,  and  it  was  on  the  sixteenth  day  of  that 
month  in  that  year  that  the  mission  of  San  Diego  was  founded 
and  the  roof  of  the  first  white  man 's  habitation  on  the  western 
shores  of  America  erected. 

As  soon  as  this  had  been  done,  Serra  went  to  Monterey, 
and  in  the  following  year,  1770,  he  founded  there  the  mission 
of  San  Carlos,  which  he  made  hie  headquarters  and  which 
remained  as  such  during  his  lifetime.  In  the  same  year  he 
founded  at  his  own  initiative  the  mission  of  San  Antonio  de 
Padua,  seventy-five  miles  east  of  Monterey,  where  its  ex- 
quisitely beautiful  ruins  are  still  to  be  seen  by  the  traveler 
who  has  the  wisdom  to  turn  aside  from  the  beaten  tracks  of 
traffic  and  travel. 

The  mission  of  San  Bueno  Ventura,  which  was  to  have 
been  the  third  mission,  had  to  wait  a  long  time  to  come  into 
existence.  Fray  Juniper o  was  by  this  time  aflame  with  en- 
thusiasm, and  his  restless  energies  blazed  forth  upon  the 
entire  length  of  California.  He  seemed  to  have  had  a  desire 
to  build  missions  as  if  by  magic,  and  was  impatient  to  bring 
the  native  Indians  into  the  Christian  fold  and  to  teach  their 
hands  to  know  the  glory  and  the  joy  of  work.  So  he  dis- 
patched orders  to  San  Diego  to  the  mission  fathers  and  the 
soldiers  of  the  garrisons  there  to  set  out  without  further 
delay  to  found  the  fourth  mission  in  that  mighty  chain  which 
ultimately  stretched  700  miles  along  the  golden  vistas  of  the 
King's  Highway  between  San  Diego  and  Sonoma. 

The  founding  of  a  Franciscan  mission  in  California  was  a 
notable  event  in  those  old  days  that  are  passed  away  now 
forever,  and  each  foundation  was  distinguished,  as  it  happens, 
by  extraordinary  incidents  which  come  down  to  us  now  golden 
with  the  glamour  of  romance.  And  it  may  be  said  that  of  all 
the  twenty-one  missions  which  the  Franciscans  founded  in 


14  LOS  ANGELES 

California  between  1769  and  1823,  the  events  which  attended 
the  founding  of  San  Gabriel  are  perhaps  the  most  dramatic 
of  any. 

The  fathers  at  San  Diego  who  were  assigned  to  found  this 
first  mission  were  Padres  Benitos  Cambon  and  Angel  Somera. 
Fired  with  the  same  zeal  that  inspired  their  great  leader, 
Junipero,  these  two  brown-robed  priests  were  eager  for  the 
new  conquest  which  they  were  about  to  achieve,  but  it  ap- 
pears that  they  had  a  difficult  time  to  get  an  expedition  in 
shape.  It  was  only  after  the  most  urgent  pleadings  that  the 
military  authorities  consented  to  let  them  have  ten  soldiers 
as  an  escort.  They  were  also  able  at  last  to  get  together  the 
necessary  supplies  and  pack  animals  and  to  bring  with  them 
a  few  of  the  Christianized  Indians  who  had  been  brought  up 
from  Mexico. 

It  was  upon  August  6,  1771,  that  the  expedition  left  San 
Diego,  and  after  traveling  forty-six  leagues  they  came  to  the 
place  that  had  been  selected  for  the  site  of  the  new  mission. 

As  we  look  backward  now  in  imagination  we  can  picture 
with  what  fascinated  interest  these  wonderful  pioneers  must 
have  made  the  journey  from  San  Diego  to  the  place  which 
was  to  be  known  ever  afterward  as  San  Gabriel.  They  passed 
by  the  wonder  of  the  sunset  sea  with  its  white  shore  of  glory, 
through  the  live  oak  groves  of  the  mountain  passes,  up  and 
down  the  brown  sunlit  hills,  across  the  shimmering  waters  of 
the  Santa  Margarita  and  other  dimpled  streams ;  camping  at 
night  under  the  canopy  of  the  soft  summer  stars. 

One  night  they  camped  on  the  banks  of  the  Santa  Ana, 
which  Father  Crespi,  who  had  made  the  same  journey  with 
Portola  two  years  before,  had  called  the  River  of  the  Tem- 
blores,  because  of  the  earthquake  shocks  that  they  had  expe- 
rienced there.  The  Indians  they  met  on  the  way  were  friendly 
and  hospitable  and  were  profuse  in  their  invitations  for  the 
travelers  to  remain  with  them.  But  the  expedition  pushed 
forward  until  it  at  length  arrived  at  the  sought-for  spot  on  a 
beautiful  hill  above  a  river,  now  in  these  modern  times  a  wil- 
derness of  oil  derricks. 

It  seemed  that  the  conquest  was  to  be  a  happy  and  a  most 
peaceful  one,  but  just  as  the  padres  and  the  other  members 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  15 

of  the  expedition  were  congratulating  themselves  upon  this 
belief,  they  were  suddenly  horrified  to  behold  the  approach 
of  a  great  horde  of  savages  armed  with  bows  and  arrows  bear- 
ing down  upon  them  with  wild  cries,  bent  upon  no  other  pur- 
pose than  to  annihilate  the  strangers.  Never  was  tragedy 
more  imminent  than  at  that  moment.  It  was  apparent  that 
only  the  interception  of  the  hand  of  Providence  could  save 
the  missionaries  and  their  companions.  And  it  seems  tbat 
Providence  did  intervene.  At  least,  we  may  accept  what  hap- 
pened as  supernatural  or  else  decline  to  accept  any  other 
'  event  attributed  in  history  or  tradition  to  the  intervention  of 
the  Divine  Power. 

And  what  happened  was  this :  When  the  missionary  fathers 
saw  that  great,  wild,  savage  mob  of  bloodthirsty  creatures 
bearing  down  upon  them,  they  unfurled  to  the  winds  a  banner 
on  which  was  painted  an  image  of  Mary,  the  mother  of  Christ. 
The  effect  was  magical,  if  not  miraculous.  The  savages  in- 
stantly halted  and,  gazing  in  awe  upon  the  holy  image,  they 
threw  down  their  bows  and  arrows,  fell  upon  their  knees,  and 
in  deepest  contrition  made  signs  to  the  padres  that  they  de- 
sired to  submit  themselves  to  them. 

And  so,  after  all,  the  mission  of  San  Gabriel  was  founded 
in  peace  and  safety.  The  date  was  September  8,  1771.  This 
original  mission,  it  is  well  to  state,  was  not  erected  on  the  site 
of  the  present  mission  of  San  Gabriel  familiar  now  to  us  all 
and  famous  the  world  over.  The  original  site  was  about  two 
miles  distant  and  was  abandoned  five  years  after  its  foun- 
dation for  the  present  location  on  account  of  the  disastrous 
floods  of  the  river. 

We  have  a  vivid  picture  of  the  original  foundation  of  the 
mission  of  San  Gabriel  from  the  pen  of  Fray  Francisco  Palou, 
the  great  first-source  of  all  reliable  information  concerning 
the  beginning  of  things  in  California. 

Palou  was  the  intimate  friend  and  the  beloved  companion  of 
Fray  Junipero  Serra,  and  when  the  grand  old  founder  of  our 
civilization  gave  up  the  ghost  and  was  laid  in  his  quiet  grave 
beside  Juan  Crespi  in  beautiful  Carmel,  Palou  for  a  time 
served  as  Serra 's  successor  in  the  office  of  father  president 
of  the  missions.    He  then  retired  to  the  mother  house  of  the 


16  LOS  ANGELES 

Franciscan  order  in  Mexico,  the  college  of  San  Fernando,  and 
there  devoted  the  remaining  years  of  his  useful  life  to  writ- 
ing not  only  the  history  of  the  Franciscan  missionary  enter- 
prise in  California,  but  also  writing  a  life  and  biography  of 
Father  Junipero.  Both  of  these  works,  the  first  commonly 
known  as  the  "Xoticias"  and  the  second  as  the  "Vida,"  are 
not  only  invaluable  as  authentic  records  and  chronicles,  but 
are  exquisite  also  as  literary  clashes. 

And  this  is  the  account  of  the  founding  of  the  first  mission 
of  Gabriel  the  Arcangel  as  written  by  Francisco  Palou : 

"The  Fathers  who  were  a:oins:  to  establish  the  mission  of 


San  Gabriel  arrived  at  the  Kio  de  Los  Temblores.  they  ex- 
amined its  banks,  it  did  not  suit  them,  they  went  onward  to 
the  valley  of  San  Miguel  and  near  the  river  of  this  name,  not 
very  far  from  its  source,  seemed  to  them  more  suitable  for  the 
mission,  thus  they  determined  to  found  it  on  a  hill  extending 
from  said  valley,  at  the  foot  of  which  ran  good  ditches  of 
water  with  which  they  could  irrigate  the  fine  lands  distant 
from  the  river  about  one  half  a  league.  The  said  ditches  were 
wooded  with  cotton  woods,  willows  and  other  trees  and  much 
bramble  and  innumberable  wild  vines.    About  a  league  from 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  17 

the  said  place  there  is  a  great  wood  of  oaks  with  many  ditches 
of  running  water. 

"Appreciating  all  these  points  they  commenced  the  foun- 
dation of  the  eighth  day  of  September  of  the  said  year  of 
1771,  day  of  the  birth  of  our  Lady,  they  were  raising  the  holy 
cross,  standard  of  our  redemption,  on  a  little  bower  which  for 
the  present  served  for  a  church  that  celebrated  the  first 
mass  giving  a  beginning  to  this  mission  dedicated  to  the 
arcangel,  San  Gabriel." 

The  first  few  years  of  the  existence  of  the  new  mission" 
of  San  Gabriel  were  filled  with  trials  and  difficulties.  The 
fathers  met  with  discouragements  sufficient  to  have  dismayed 
men  of  any  other  caliber.  And  it  was  all  because  of  the  dis- 
reputable Catalonian  soldiers  who  had  been  assigned  to  act 
as  the  military  guardians  of  the  place.  These  soldiers  were 
unspeakably  immoral,  and  the  outrages  they  committed 
against  the  Indian  women  were  so  frequent  and  of  such  a  foul 
nature  as  to  have  aroused  the  bitterest  hatred  in  the  hearts 
of  the  natives. 

The  most  notorious  incident  was  the  case  of  a  soldier  tak- 
ing the  wife  of  an  Indian  chief.  "When  the  chief  resented 
the  indignity,  the  soldiers  killed  him,  cut  his  head  off,  and 
stuck  it  on  a  pole  in  front  of  the  mission  gates.  It  was  only 
by  the  exercise  of  almost  miraculous  power  that  the  mission- 
aries were  able  to  keep  the  Indians  in  hand  when  this  incident 
occurred.  All  through  the  history  of  the  missions  we  find 
that  the  greatest  obstacles  which  the  fathers  had  to  surmount 
was  the  immoral  example  of  the  Spanish  soldiers. 

And  that  the  mission  fathers  succeeded  despite  all  this  is 
evidenced  not  alone  by  the  fact  that  they  finally  brought  the 
whole  race  of  California  Indians  into  the  fold  of  the  faith, 
but  it  is  also  well  illustrated  by  many  specific  and  eloquent  in- 
stances. One  of  these  instances  concerns  the  great  Fray 
Junipero  himself. 

It  is  related  that  one  time  he  came  up  from  San  Juan 
Capistrano,  when  that  mission  was  being  builded,  to  secure 
provisions  and  cattle  for  it  from  San  Gabriel,  which  had  then 
come  to  be  a  flourishing  establishment.  Only  one  soldier  and 
one  of  the  San  Gabriel  Indians  accompanied  Father  Junipero. 


18  LOS  ANGELES 

On  the  way  the  three  were  attacked  by  a  band  of  painted, 
hostile  savages  armed  with  bows  and  poisoned  arrows.  When 
the  faithful  San  Gabriel  Indian  saw  the  danger  and  realized 
that  Father  Junipero  would  undoubtedly  be  killed  if  some- 
thing were  not  quickly  done  in  his  defense,  he  cried  out  to  the 
savages  that  a  great  company  of  soldiers  was  following  and 
was  near  at  hand,  and  that  if  they  did  not  turn  and  flee  at 
once  the  soldiers  would  kill  them.  The  stratagem  worked 
like  a  charm.  But  what  it  proves  more  than  anything  else  is 
that  the  Indians,  when  Christianized,  loved  the  padres  and 
were  devoted  to  them,  and  that  they  were  also  able  to  dis- 
criminate between  the  goodness  of  the  missionary  fathers  and 
the  wickedness  of  the  soldiers. 

After  the  first  few  difficult  years,  however,  San  Gabriel 
flourished  amazingly  and  finally  came  to  be  quite  the  greatest 
of  all  the  missions.  Indeed  it  was  called  the  "Queen  of  the 
Missions."  Thousands  and  thousands  of  Indian  neophytes 
were  housed  and  taught  within  its  great  walls.  It  became 
famous  for  its  grapes  and  wines,  and  it  had  an  orange  grove 
and  beautiful  gardens  and  great  pastures  for  the  almost 
countless  herds  and  flocks  of  the  field;  and  there  came  even 
a  time  when  a  ship  was  builded  there.  They  went  back  into 
the  mountain  canyon,  cut  down  great  trees,  hewed  them  into 
planks  and  brought  them  to  the  mission  where  they  framed  the 
vessel,  and  they  then  carried  it  in  pieces  to  the  harbor  of  San 
Pedro  and  launched  it  there. 

Los  Angeles  is  a  city  builded  on  a  desert,  and  wherever 
there  is  an  instance  of  this  kind  in  history,  we  find,  of  course, 
that  the  great  problem  to  contend  with  as  population  in- 
creased was  a  water  supply  both  for  domestic  and  irrigation 
purposes,  and  as  we  go  back  through  the  dusty  pages  of  his- 
tory, we  discover  that  it  was  from  San  Gabriel,  the  mother 
of  Los  Angeles,  that  Los  Angeles  learned  all  that  it  has  ever 
known  down  to  this  day  concerning  water  supply.  Even  now, 
after  a  century  and  a  half  of  time  has  passed  away,  the  re- 
mains of  the  great  aqueduct  at  San  Gabriel  are  still  to  be 
seen,  the  ditches  that  were  builded  with  such  sturdy  masonry 
still  refusing  to  crumble. 

What  wonderful  men  they  were,  these  first  Franciscan 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  19 

pioneers  of  California!  They  were  engineers  and  craftsmen 
of  the  first  order.  They  knew  all  the  trades  that  civilized 
men  of  their  time  knew,  and  the  work  they  taught  the  Indians 
to  perform  was  of  such  an  enduring  character  that  the  rain 
and  sun  of  150  years  of  neglect  and  decay  have  been  futile 
to  break  it  down.  The  strongest  dynamite  was  necessary  to 
break  the  old  irrigation  ditches  and  head-gates  that  still 
remain  at  San  Gabriel. 

There  are  a  lot  of  things  of  which  we  boast  as  new  in  our 
modern  California  which  are  really  old.  And  in  this  regard 
we  might  mention  our  manual  arts  schools  and  our  normal 
schools.  Every  mission  was  a  manual  arts  school — great 
industrial  schools  in  which  the  natives  were  taught  to  be 
skilled  in  more  than  half  a  hundred  trades.  When  we  look 
upon  the  great  manual  training  schools  of  modern  Los  An- 
geles, it  is  interesting  to  know  that  there  was  a  manual  train- 
ing school  in  San  Gabriel  a  century  and  a  half  ago.  And 
when  we  regard  with  satisfaction,  as  we  should,  the  great 
normal  schools  of  the  state,  it  will  help  us  the  more  to  admire 
those  who  went  before  us  in  the  distant  past,  to  know  that  they 
did  also  these  same  things  and  did  them  as  well  as  we  are 
doing  them  now  and  under  incomparably  more  difficult  cir- 
cumstances. There  was  a  normal  school  in  the  old  times  at 
San  Gabriel  mission  to  which  were  sent  young  Indian  men 
from  all  the  surrounding  country  to  be  trained  as  school 
teachers  for  their  people. 

Long  before  Los  Angeles  was  dreamed  of,  San  Gabriel 
was  an  important  place.  Besides,  it  was  a  happy  place,  filled 
with  peace  and  plenty,  joyous  with  the  day's  work  and  holy 
with  the  voice  of  prayer.  On  the  great  feast  days,  when  the 
population  gave  itself  over  to  recreation  and  enjoyment,  the 
old  plaza  of  San  Gabriel,  a  great  sunlit  quadrangle  now  pit- 
iably narrowed  and  shut  in,  was  the  scene  of  many  notable 
celebrations. 

In  addition  to  the  busy  yet  happy  life  that  it  led  within 
itself  in  its  own  bright  little  world,  San  Gabriel  was  a  hospice 
in  the  land.  It  was  there  that  the  travelers  up  and  down  the 
King's  Highway  stopped  for  shelter  and  for  food.  And  there 
came  to  its  great  oaken  doors  also — the  great  doors  that 


20  LOS  ANGELES 

swung  ever  inward  with  welcome  for  whosoever  might  come — 
the  caravans  that  toiled  their  way  on  the  inland  trails  up  from 
Sonora  to  the  capital  at  Monterey.  And  in  the  days  of  the 
Argonauts,  when  the  plains  and  the  deserts  were  filled  with 
gold-seekers  on  their  way  to  sudden  and  unparalleled  fortune, 
San  Gabriel  was  the  wayside  inn  that  sheltered  many  a  weary 
head.  There  never  was  a  price  to  pay,  and  it  did  not  matter 
who  the  man  might  he  or  what  his  creed  or  nation,  he  was 
welcome  to  shelter  and  food  and  rest  at  San  Gabriel  though 
he  had  not  a  penny  in  his  pocket. 

San  Gabriel  was  also  the  half-way  house  in  that  empire 
which  the  Spanish  king  had  flung  from  the  heart  of  Mexico 
up  across  the  hills  and  valleys  to  the  Bay  of  San  Francisco. 
In  short,  before  ever  a  stake  was  driven  in  the  chaparral 
where  Los  Angeles  stands  today,  San  Gabriel  built  its  mile 
posts  on  the  high-roads  of  civilization.  Its  bells,  that  still  ring 
the  music  of  the  Angelus  across  the  great  green  valley  and 
up  to  the  echoing  hills,  were  ringing  in  their  gray  watch 
towers  long  before  the  Liberty  Bell  in  Philadelphia  rang  its 
fateful  message  across  the  world. 

For  almost  three-quarters  of  a  century  San  Gabriel  thrived 
and  prospered.  Then  came  the  day  of  its  doom.  And  the  way 
of  it  was  this : 

When  nearly  fifty  years  of  time  had  passed  after  the  foun- 
dation of  the  first  Franciscan  mission  at  San  Diego  by  Fray 
Junipero  Serra,  and  when  these  great  establishments  had 
grown  strong  and  rich  through  the  labor  of  the  Indians  and 
the  marvelous  management  of  the  padres,  the  politicians  in 
civil  life  and  the  camp-followers  of  kings  came  to  look  with 
greedy  eyes  upon  all  this  wealth  which  had  been  acquired 
solely  for  the  betterment,  the  prosperity  and  happiness  of  the 
Indians. 

As  to  the  missionary  fathers,  the  Franciscans,  the  mere 
material  wealth  of  the  missions  had  no  appeal  to  them  what- 
ever. The  Franciscan  friar  is  wedded  to  poverty.  He  can 
own  no  more  than  the  rough  brown  robe  on  his  back  and  the 
sandals  on  his  feet.  So,  when  the  missions  were  confiscated  by 
the  civil  power,  it  was  not  the  friars  who  were  robbed,  be- 
cause how  can  you  rob  a  man  of  something  that  he.  does  not 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  21 

have?  It  was  the  Indians  who  were  despoiled;  and  it  is  a 
bitter,  black  story. 

In  the  year  1813  the  Spanish  Cortes  promulgated  a  decree 
which  set  forth  that  the  Indian  missions  in  California  be 
"secularized."  This  was  a  polite  way  of  saying  that  they 
should  be  seized  and  confiscated. 

Now,  this  move  of  secularization  would  have  been  dis- 
honest under  any  circumstances,  but  it  was  doubly  so  in  view 
of  the  fact  that  it  was  not  the  Spanish  Government  or  the 
Republic  of  Mexico  that  furnished  one  pemiy  of  the  money 
through  which  the  Franciscans  were  enabled  to  begin  and 
carry  on  the  work  of  the  missions  with  such  marvelous  suc- 
cess. The  money  was  contributed  by  private  persons  in  Spain 
and  Old  Mexico,  and  the  fund  which  was  thus  accumulated 
came  to  be  known  as  the  "Pious  Fund"  for  the  reason,  it  is 
to  be  supposed,  that  it  was  money  contributed  by  pious  indi- 
viduals eager  for  the  spread  of  the  gospel  and  the  glory  of 
the  church. 

This  fact,  however,  was  airily  and  very  brazenly  ignored 
by  the  Spanish  Cortes,  and  the  decree  declared  that  the  Fran- 
ciscan friars  should  be  put  out  of  the  mission  and  their 
places  taken  by  secular  clergy,  which  is  to  say  by  priests 
who  did  not  belong  to  either  the  Franciscan  order  or  any  of 
the  other  orders  of  the  church.  It  was  declared  that  the  mis- 
sions should  be  converted  into  parishes,  and  that  it  was  time 
for  the  Indian  to  stand  alone  and  to  throw  off  the  friars' 
gentle  yoke. 

The  idea  was  a  fearfully  mistaken  one,  and  any  disinter- 
ested person  would  not  have  hesitated  to  say  that  its  results 
would  prove  tragically  disastrous.  The  Indian  had  not 
reached  that  stature  where  he  could  stand  alone.-  It  was  true 
thafhe  had  learned  to  do  a  white  man's  work,  that  he  could 
sing  and  say  his  prayers  and  play  upon  musical  instruments, 
paint  pictures  and  carve  on  wood  and  speak  the  Spanish 
tongue,  and  that  he  could  read  and  write.  But  he  was  still  a 
child,  no  more  fit  to  stand  alone  than  a  child  would  be,  and 
the  events  which  ensued  after  secularization  really  took  place 
amply  proves  the  truth  of  these  statements. 

Happily,  however,  the  decree  of  the  Spanish  Cortes  in  1813 


22  LOS  ANGELES 

was  never  actually  carried  out,  and  San  Gabriel  and  all  the 
other  missions  up  and  down  the  sunny  stretches  of  El  Camino 
Real  went  on,  happy  and  prosperous,  oblivious  to  the  impend- 
ing doom. 

Came  then  a  time  when  Mexico  threw  off  the  yoke  of  Spain 
and  took  its  place  among  the  free  republics  of  tbe  world.  Cal- 
ifornia, that  was  always  before  a  Spanish  territory,  then 
became  a  territory  of  Mexico.  And  the  lazy,  shiftless  pol- 
iticians of  both  Mexico  and  California,  whose  numbers  were 
countless,  seeing  the  great  mission  establishments  with 
bursting  granaries  and  countless  herds  and  flocks,  with  or- 
chards and  vineyards,  richer  with  every  passing  year,  be- 
thought themselves  of  this  old  decree  of  the  Spanish  Cortes, 
and  immediately  they  took  pains  to  have  it  actually  carried 
into  effect. 

In  the  year  1830  the  territorial  deputation  in  California, 
which  was  a  sort  of  a  local  legislature,  adopted  a  plan  of 
legislation  through  which,  under  cover  of  civil  authority,  the 
old  scheme  of  1813  could  be  realized  with  many  additional 
advantages  to  the  confiscators.  Three  years  afterward,  in 
1833,  the  Mexican  Congress  passed  an  act  putting  the  wheels 
of  confiscation  in  actual  motion.  It  was  ordered  that  the  Gov- 
ernment should  seize  the  missions.  But,  as  though  to  make  a 
show  of  justice,  glittering  assurances  were  given  the  church 
that  it  should  be  well  cared  for  out  of  the  spoils.  It  is  need- 
less to  say  that  these  promises  were  never  kept.  The  typical 
Mexican  politician  was  a  shifty  man  who  did  not  allow  a 
promise  made  to  haunt  him  or  to  keep  him  awake  at  night. 

And  so  the  dirty  deed  was  done.  The  brown-robed  priests 
that  had  come  to  the  desolation  of  a  wilderness,  giving  up 
their  beautiful  lives  for  the  sake  of  God's  most  wretched 
creatures,  and  who,  through  infinite  patience  and  sacrifice 
and  toil  had  taught  the  Indian  to  labor  and  to  pray  and  to 
make  the  desert  blossom  as  the  rose,  were  driven  forth  like 
dogs  from  the  stately  arches  and  the  great  rafters  which  they 
had  reared.  And  the  Indian,  suddenly  deprived  of  the  padres' 
fatherly  care,  went  back  to  the  hills,  dazed  and  helpless,  to 
starve  and  to  die. 

The  missions,  one  after  the  other,  were  auctioned  off  by 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  23 

their  despoilers,  each  one  for  a  song  to  whoever  had  the  voice 
to  sing,  and  among  them  was  San  Gabriel,  queen  of  them  all 
— the  mother  of  Los  Angeles.  And  so,  with  no  one  to  do  the 
work  that  was  to  be  done,  no  hand  at  the  plow,  no  herder  for 
the  flocks,  no  one  to  garner  the  grain  or  the  fruit  of  the  fig 
tree  and  the  vine,  a  silence  lonelier  by  far  than  death  fell 
upon  the  gray  mission  tower  and  over  all  its  far-flung  walls 
and  fields.  The  old  joyous  life  that  once  was  there,  the  music, 
the  song  and  laughter,  the  ring  of  the  anvil  and  whir  of  the 
loom,  departed  never  to  return. 

But  it  was  before  the  day  of  doom — and  long  before  it — ■ 
that  San  Gabriel  became  the  mother  of  Los  Angeles.  On  a 
sunny  morning  in  the  year  1781  the  Gobernador  came  down 
from  Monterey  with  a  troop  of  cavalry  to  San  Gabriel,  and 
the  next  day  he  rode  out  with  his  horsemen  and  the  neophytes 
and  the  padres  and  the  pobladores.  They  marched  three 
leagues  eastward  toward  the  sea  and  the  setting  sun.  And 
they  came  to  a  place  which  is  now  the  old  plaza  of  Los  Angeles, 
but  where  there  was  then  not  even  the  footprints  of  a  man. 
And  they  reared  a  cross,  fired  volleys  of  musketry,  sang  the 
Te  Deum  and  read  to  the  multitude  the  proclamation  of  Carlos 
III,  King  of  Aragon  and  Castile,  Emperor  of  the  Indies  and 
Master  of  half  the  world,  wherein  it  was  decreed  that  there 
on  that  spot  a  city  should  be  laid  and  that  they  should  fashion 
its  name  in  honor  of  the  Mother  of  God. 


CHAPTER  III 
THE  FOUNDING  OF  THE  PUEBLO 

Wherever  a  city  in  America  or  elsewhere  can  identify  its 
founder,  it  never  fails  to  do  so  with  feeling  of  pride.  We 
suppose  the  sentiment  is  the  same  that  influences  an  individ- 
ual to  trace  back  his  family  history  to  an  original  ancestor. 
Los  Angeles,  of  course,  is  no  exception  to  this  rule,  and  it 
enjoys  the  good  fortune  of  knowing  well  who  its  founder  was 
and  what  manner  of  man  he  was. 

Taking  him  by  and  large  he  was  a  fairly  good  man,  too,  and 
in  some  ways  he  was  also  a  great  man.  He  had  his  faults,  it 
is  true,  but  all  men,  great  or  small,  also  have  had  their  faults, 
and  it  is  not  to  be  expected  that  there  will  ever  be  a  man 
without  some  weakness  or  other  of  character  so  long  as  hu- 
man nature  remains  as  it  is  and  we  are  clothed  in  the  weak- 
ness of  flesh  and  blood. 

The  name  of  the  founder  of  Los  Angeles  was  Felipe  de 
Neve,  and  he  was  the  third  governor  of  California.  There 
have  been  a  great  many  governors  of  California  from  the  first 
one  down  to  the  present  time,  and  it  is  with  no  small  degree 
of  satisfaction  that  we  find  Don  Felipe  de  Neve  holding  his 
own  among  them  in  history  as  an  executive  of  consequence 
and  of  parts.  Wherefore,  our  city  of  wonder  may  look  back 
to  its  flesh  and  blood  ancestor  with  some  smugness  of  con- 
tent, and  certainly  with  little  or  nothing  of  which  to  be 
ashamed. 

The  great  seal  of  the  City  of  Los  Angeles — one  of  the 
most  artistic  and  beautiful  of  all  municipal  seals — relates  in 
its  colorful  heraldry  that  the  city  has  passed,  so  far,  under  the 
dominion  of  four  flags.  It  was  first  a  city  of  a  province  of 
Spain;  then  a  city  of  a  territory  of  the  Republic  of  Mexico; 
again,  after  a  very  brief  but  thrilling  and  immortal  period,  a 
city  of  the  Republic  of  California,  popularly  known  as  the 
24 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  25 

"Bear  Flag  Republic";  and  it  is  now,  as  it  shall  doubtless 
remain  until  the  end  of  all  time,  a  city  of  the  United  States  of 
America. 

There  were,  in  all,  ten  Spanish  governors  of  California, 
beginning  with  Don  Gaspar  de  Portola,  who  came  in  com- 
mand of  the  expedition  of  1769  that  brought  Fray  Junipero 
and  his  brown-robed  Franciscan  companions  to  found  the 
white  man's  civilization  and  Christianity  on  these  sunset 
shores,  and  to  colonize  California  for  Spain.  Among  these 
Spanish  governors  there  was  none  unworthy  of  attention 
and  a  lasting  place  in  history,  and  there  were  at  least  three 
among  them  who  stand  out  as  extraordinary  persons.  And 
we  think  it  is  safe  to  say  that  Don  Felipe  de  Neve,  the  founder 
of  Los  Angeles,  was  one  of  these  three. 

Felipe  de  Neve  was,  first  of  all  and  essentially,  a  soldier. 
But,  as  the  case  has  sometimes  been  with  other  soldiers,  he 
had  also  the  making  of  a  statesman  in  him  had  his  career 
turned  early  to  civil  instead  of  military  administrations. 
When  he  received  his  appointment  as  governor  of  California 
from  the  Spanish  viceroy  in  Mexico,  de  Neve  was  a  cavalry 
officer  at  Queretaro.  He  arrived  at  Monterey,  the  capital,  in 
February,  1777,  and  found  conditions  in  the  province  far  from 
being  satisfactory  from  any  point  of  view  whatever.  The 
great  trouble  with  everything  had  its  source  in  the  bad  feeling 
which  existed  between  the  missionaries  and  the  military  au- 
thorities. Each  was  extremely  jealous  of  prerogatives.  Look- 
ing back  at  it  now,  however,  in  the  calm  and  unprejudiced 
view  of  history,  it  seems  clear  enough  that  the  friars  were 
the  ones  who  could  most  justly  feel  aggrieved.  They  were 
engaged  in  this  superhuman  task  of  lifting  the  native  Indian 
out  of  heathen  darkness  into  the  light  of  Christianity  and  to 
teach  him  at  the  same  time  to  abandon  his  ancient  traditions 
of  idleness  and  shiftlessness,  and  to  bend  his  back  to  toil. 

The  missionaries  in  their  stupendous  trial  needed  and 
should  have  been  accorded  every  possible  help,  assistance  and 
sympathy  from  everybody  around  them.  But,  instead  of  re- 
ceiving this  sympathy  and  assistance  from  the  military  au- 
thorities and  the  soldiers  of  the  garrisons,  they  received,  in- 
stead, rebuffs  at  every  turn  that  was  made,  and  every  con- 


26  LOS  ANGELES 

ceivable  and  unwarranted  obstacle  that  could  be  imagined  was 
spitefully  and  even  viciously  thrown  in  their  path.  The  friars 
complained  unceasingly  to  the  viceroy  in  Mexico,  and  even 
got  word  to  the  king  himself  in  Spain  of  their  difficulties,  but 
it  does  not  seem  to  have  availed  them  much. 

Now,  when  Felipe  de  Neve  came  to  Monterey  and  found 
these  to  be  the  conditions,  he  did  what  seems  to  us  to  have 
been  a  move  in  the  right  direction,  and  one  that  only  a  man 
of  right  impulses  and  good  heart  would  make,  which  was, 
namely,  to  at  once  make  the  most  friendly  advances  to  Fray 
Junipero,  the  father  president  of  the  missions.  And  we  are 
glad  to  find  that  Fray  Junipero  met  these  advances  in  the 
spirit  in  which  they  were  made,  and  that  ever  afterward  while 
de  Neve  continued  as  governor  of  the  province,  he  lived  at 
peace  with  the  friars  except  for  two  or  three  incidents  that 
perhaps  neither  side  could  be  blamed  for. 

We  find,  further,  that  during  his  term  of  office  as  governor 
of  the  province,  Don  Felipe  composed  and  caused  to  be  pro- 
mulgated in  the  year  1779  a  code  of  laws  for  California  which 
stand  today  as  the  work  of  a  real  statesman.  This  code  was 
called  the  "  Reglamento, "  and  it  made  provision,  among  other 
things,  for  the  manner  in  which  California  should  be  col- 
onized ;  laying  down  laws  for  not  only  the  establishment  but 
also  for  the  government  of  towns;  outlining  the  procedure 
that  should  promote  stock-raising  and  agriculture  and  the 
progress  of  the  industries ;  and  it  also  contained  a  very  pre- 
cise and  exhaustive  regulation  for  the  various  procedures  and 
conduct  of  the  troops  occupying  the  province. 

De  Neve  was  governor  of  California  during  a  period  be- 
tween October,  1774,  and  September,  1782.  Upon  his  retire- 
ment from  office  the  king  bestowed  a  high  decoration  upon 
him  and  promoted  him  to  be  inspector  general  of  all  the  mil- 
itary establishments  of  new  Spain  north  of  Sonora  in  Mexico, 
and  including  New  Mexico,  Texas  and  California.  He  made 
his  headquarters  at  Chihuahua  with  the  rank  of  general.  He 
died  in  Chihuahua  toward  the  end  of  the  year  1784. 

As  far  as  Los  Angeles  is  concerned,  however,  we  take  it 
that  it  will  continue  to  regard  its  own  foundation  as  the  great- 
est achievement  of  the  life  of  Don  Felipe  de  Neve.    And  this 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  27 

brings  us  to  that  memorable  and  fateful  event.  We  find 
that  the  governor  was  at  the  Mission  San  Gabriel,  the  mother 
of  Los  Angeles,  in  August,  1781,  having  journeyed  from  Mon- 
terey, the  capital,  with  an  escort  of  troopers  and  the  necessary 
entourage.  And  it  was  while  enjoying  the  hospitality  of  the 
padres  at  the  mission  that  he  formulated  there  in  some  now 
long  lost  room  of  that  once  vast  establishment  the  way  in 
which  the  new  city  was  to  be  founded  and  the  laws  and  rules 
by  which  it  should  be  guided  and  governed.  It  is  so  intensely 
interesting  to  know  the  manner  in  which  Don  Felipe  went 
about  the  great  work  he  had  in  hand  that  we  are  sure  we 
should  make  a  somewhat  exhaustive  record  of  it  here. 

First  of  all,  we  find  from  the  governor's  instructions  for 
the  founding  of  Los  Angeles  (the  paper  bearing  date  of  Au- 
gust 26,  1781,  at  San  Gabriel),  that  after  selecting  a  spot  for 
a  dam  and  a  ditch  by  which  the  land  was  to  be  irrigated,  the 
next  step  was  to  choose  a  site  for  the  town,  which  was  to  be 
on  high  ground  commanding  a  view  of  the  farm  lands,  but, 
at  the  same  time,  some  distance  from  the  river ;  the  houses  to 
be  exposed  to  the  north  and  south  winds. 

It  seems  that  Don  Felipe  was  very  much  concerned  about 
the  winds  at  the  place  where  the  new  city  was  to  be.  He 
evidently  thought  that  the  people  might  be  distressed  by  them. 
But  we  know  now,  of  course,  that  his  fears  were  groundless. 
Los  Angeles  is  remarkably  free  from  wind  storms,  and  it  is 
only  on  a  day  now  and  then  throughout  the  whole  year  that 
they  are  noticeable  at  all. 

There  was  to  be  a  plaza,  which  was  afterwards  duly  laid 
out,  its  four  corners  to  face  the  cardinal  points  of  the  com- 
pass, the  streets  running  from  each  of  the  four  sides  of  the 
square.  Thus,  said  Don  Felipe,  "no  street  would  be  swept 
by  the  winds,"  always  supposing  that  the  winds  would  con- 
fine their  action  to  the  cardinal  points,  but  I  think  the  Los 
Angeles  winds  have  not  always  been  obedient  in  this  respect. 

Now  we  see  that  the  plan  that  the  governor  had  for  the 
new  city  was  a  very  good  plan  in  that  day.  Indeed,  it  would 
be  a  very  good  plan  today  or  in  any  day  for  a  new  town  any- 
where. The  square,  or  plaza  as  the  Spaniards  called  it,  is  a 
fine  focus  from  which  to  survey  a  town.    So,  Felipe  de  Neve 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  29 

made  a  good  beginning  in  surveying  his  new  city  by  beginning 
with  an  open  square. 

Abutting  on  the  square  he  laid  out  house  lots,  each  one 
about  60  by  120  feet  in  size,  and  the  number  of  these  town  lots 
was  to  be  more  than  double  the  number  of  people  who  were 
to  compose  the  first  population.  The  eastern  side  of  the  plaza 
was  set  aside  for  public  buildings.  The  first  settlers  were  to 
draw  lots,  and  did  do  so,  for  choice  of  the  farming  lands, 
which  was  fair  enough,  as  everybody  must  admit. 

We  come  now  to  a  very  important  record  in  the  history 
of  Los  Angeles,  namely,  the  list  of  its  first  inhabitants.  As 
we  have  already  learned,  Los  Angeles  was  what  might  be 
called  a  premeditated  town.  In  these  times  it  would  be  called 
a  "come-a-long"  town,  that  is  to  say,  it  was  first  laid  out  in 
streets  and  residential  spots  and  then  the  people  were  called 
to  come  and  occupy  it. 

Everybody  living  today  in  our  wonder  city  must  have  some 
time  or  other  asked  himself  who  were  the  first  families  of 
Los  Angeles?  "Who  were  the  first  "Four  Hundred,"  as  one 
might  say.  Fortunately,  we  have  their  names,  their  standing 
in  life,  the  racial  blood  that  was  in  their  veins,  and,  by  a  very 
slight  exercise  of  the  imagination,  we  can  picture  what  kind 
of  people  they  must  have  been  socially,  and  what  strata  they 
occupied  in  human  society. 

It  is  probably  to  be  feared  that  a  lineal  descendant  of  any 
of  the  first  residents  of  Los  Angeles  living  today,  if  such  there 
be,  will  not  be  found  boastful  of  his  antecedents.  Maybe,  in 
all  the  essentials  and  fundamentals  of  life,  these  first  settlers 
were  the  best  of  men  and  the  best  of  women;  they  may  have 
been  honest  though  poor,  and  eager  to  make  their  way  in  the 
world  by  the  performance  of  honorable  deeds,  but  they  were 
not  of  aristocratic  birth,  and  a  descendant  of  theirs  would 
find  small  reason  for  vanity  in  the  fact  that  his  ancestry  was 
so  constituted. 

There  is  one  thing  about  them,  however,  which  cannot 
fail  to  impress  the  mind  of  whoever  digs  into  the  musty  cel- 
lars of  the  past  and  thumbs  the  dim  pages  of  history,  and  this 
is  that  the  Los  Angeles  of  today  is  a  city  composed  of  people 
in  whose  veins  course  the  blood  of  all  the  races  of  the  earth ; 


30  LOS  ANGELES 

and  the  same  thing  is  to  he  said  of  the  first  inhabitants. 
Therefore,  the  original  settlers  of  the  city  may  be  said  to 
have  been  prophetic  of  the  day  that  was  to  be  when  the  little 
pueblo  should  have  sprung  out  of  its  squalor  and  obscurity  to 
take  its  place  among  the  great  cities  of  the  earth. 

The  historic  first  families  of  Los  Angeles  were  twelve  in 
number,  mustering  among  them  in  all,  counting  men,  women 
and  children,  forty-six  human  beings.  The  blood  of  the  four 
great  races  was  in  their  veins — red  men,  black  men,  yellow 
men  and  white  men.  Can  the  most  exacting  cosmopolite  ask 
more  ? 

Moreover,  who  so  dull  of  curiosity  that  he  would  not  like 
to  know  the  very  names  of  the  heads  of  these  twelve  first  fam- 
ilies ?  Are  they  not  now  immortal,  although  in  their  day  and 
time  they  walked  humbly  on  the  earth  unhonored  and  unsung 
and  quite  unknown?  Is  it  not  something  far  beyond  the  ordi- 
nary to  have  been  the  first  man  to  live  in  a  place  where  now 
every  man  in  the  world  longs  to  live?  Indeed,  yes.  Where- 
fore, let  us  set  down  the  names.    They  were  as  follows : 

Josede  Lara,  Spaniard,  50  years  of  age,  wife  Indian,  3 
children;  Jose  Antonio  Navarro,  mestizo,  42  years,  wife 
mulattress,  3  children;  Basilio  Rosas,  Indian,  68  years,  wife 
mulattress,  6  children;  Antonio  Mesa,  negro,  38  years,  wife 
a  mulattress,  2  children;  Antonio  (Felix)  Vilavicencio,  Span- 
iard, 30  years,  wife  Indian;  Jose  Vanegas,  Indian,  28  years, 
wife  Indian,  1  child ;  Alejandro  Rosas,  Indian,  19  years,  wife 
coyote  (Indian) ;  Pablo  Rodriguez,  Indian,  25  years,  wife  In- 
dian, 1  child ;  Mamuel  Camero,  mulatto,  30  years,  wife  mulat- 
tress ;  Luis  Quintero,  negro,  55  years,  wife  mulattress,  5  chil- 
dren; Jose  Moreno,  mulatto,  22  years,  wife  mulattress;  An- 
tonio Miranda,  chino,  50  years,  1  child. 

In  this  list  there  would  seem  to  be  satisfaction  for  every- 
body. We  have  now  a  large  negro  population  in  Los  Angeles, 
and  it  is  a  class  that  has  done  its  share  to  build  the  city.  It 
must  be  a  matter  of  pride,  therefore,  to  members  of  the  negro 
race,  that  they  were  represented  among  the  first  families  of 
Los  Angeles.  The  same  may  be  said  of  the  Chinese  of  our 
present  population,  although  historians  dispute  among  them- 
selves as  to  whether  Antonio  Miranda,  who  was  listed  as  a 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  31 

"chino,"  was  a  Chinaman.  The  great  Bancroft,  who  would 
be  infallible  if  it  were  not  that  he  also  made  errors,  declares 
that  Miranda  was  not  a  Chinaman.  And  maybe  he  wasn't, 
but  we  like  to  think  that  he  was,  because  it  is  desirable  that 
the  great  Mongolian  race  should  have  had  its  hand  in  start- 
ing Los  Angeles,  as  well  as  a  hand  in  pushing  it  along  after 
it  was  started. 

Reading  between  the  lines  of  original  documents,  we  some- 
how get  the  impression  that  these  first  twelve  families  were, 
in  a  way,  conscripted.  But,  even  at  that,  it  would  seem  that 
they  had  no  real  grounds  for  complaint  against  fate.  The 
government  made  very  generous  provisions  for  them,  indeed. 
They  were  equipped,  without  expense  to  themselves,  to  pros- 
ecute the  work  of  life.  Each  family  received  a  subsidy  of  $10 
per  month  for  a  period  of  three  years,  and  in  addition  a  ration 
of  one  meal  per  day  for  ten  years.  They  had  a  town  residence 
and  each  family  a  farm,  the  water  ditched  to  the  farms  and 
doorways  that  faced  the  morning  sun.  What  more  could  a 
reasonable  man  ask  in  those  days,  or  in  these  days,  either? 

And  yet  they  were  not  all  satisfied.  Then,  as  now,  there 
were  men  upon  whom  favor  might  be  heaped  without  stint, 
and  yet  they  will  grumble.  The  very  next  year  after  the 
pueblo  was  founded  three  of  the  families  were  drummed  out 
of  town  because  they  were  useless  to  their  neighbors  and  to 
themselves.  Don  Felipe  de  Neve  was  so  indignant  he  had 
their  property  taken  away  from  them  and  ordered  them  dis- 
missed from  the  community. 

It  appears  that  Don  Felipe,  the  governor,  spent  about  ten 
days  as  the  guest  of  the  padres  at  San  Gabriel,  after  he  had 
come  down  from  Monterey,  before  he  was  ready  to  fare  forth 
with  his  troopers  to  carry  out  the  orders  of  the  king  and  found 
the  new  city  of  destiny.  But  all  was  in  readiness  at  last  and 
on  the  fourth  day  of  September  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  1781, 
the  reveille  of  trumpets  sounded  at  sunrise  in  the  old  mission 
that  morning,  reverberating  among  the  far-flung  adobe  walls 
and  arousing  the  sleeping  community  into  action.  The  day 
of  fate  had  dawned. 

It  must  have  been  a  sight  to  remember  that  morning  in 
the  old  plaza  of  San  Gabriel  as  the  governor  mounted  his  steed 
and  the  winds  set  the  gay  plumage  of  his  hat  dancing.    And 


32  LOS  ANGELES 

when  his  feet  were  in  the  stirrups,  and  the  troopers  in  their 
leather  jackets,  with  sword  and  lance  and  shield,  fell  in  be- 
hind him,  and  the  padres  in  their  brown  robes  and  sandals, 
and  the  Christian  Indians  and  the  new  settlers  and  all  were 
lined  in  a  great  procession,  it  must  have  been  a  stirring  scene. 
It  is  a  pity  that  there  was  no  painter  there  to  limn  the  picture ; 
that  the  day  did  not  have  its  Homer  to  write  the  epic. 

There  is  no  human  soul  breathing  the  breath  of  life  today 
that  saw  Don  Felipe  de  Neve  and  his  cavalcade  march  out 
through  the  great  arches  of  the  mission  of  San  Gabriel  the 
Arcangel  to  found  a  new  city. 

Forth  they  fared  along  the  dusty  stretches  of  El  Camino 
Real  that  led  from  San  Gabriel  and  was  lost  in  the  green 
chaparral  of  the  Ventura  hills — trudging  steadily  forward 
until  they  had  covered  perhaps  four  leagues  of  distance  be- 
fore a  halt  was  made  and  the  gobernador  dismounted  and  un- 
sheathed his  sword  and  stuck  its  point  into  the  soft  warm 
ground,  saying :  ' '  Here  in  the  name  of  God  and  our  Sovereign 
King  we  will  found  the  Pueblo  of  our  Lady  the  Queen  of  the 
Angels." 

It  was  the  site  of  the  ancient  Indian  village  of  Yank-na. 
The  waters  of  the  fountain  in  the  plaza  of  Los  Angeles  leap 
and  sparkle  today  quite  upon  that  very  spot.  It  will  be  the 
better  marked,  perhaps,  some  day,  when  the  people  shall 
erect  there  a  heroic  statue  of  old  Don  Felipe  to  proclaim  his 
deeds. 

No  doubt  the  governor  made  a  speech  upon  the  occasion. 
"We  cannot  imagine  that  any  governor,  ancient  or  modern, 
would  permit  so  fair  an  opportunity  for  oratory  to  pass  with- 
out taking  advantage  of  it,  And  it  is  to  be  regretted  that  we 
have  not  a  stenographer's  report  of  what  the  governor  said. 
It  might  prove  a  good  model  for  the  speeches  of  California 
governors  in  general;  and  certainly  it  would  be  of  great  in- 
terest after  nearly  a  century  and  a  half  of  time  has  passed. 

A  cross  was  reared  under  the  blue  September  skies ;  the 
bright  blue  silken  banner  of  our  Lady  of  the  Angels  rustled 
softly  in  the  gentle  breeze ;  the  Te  Deum  was  sung ;  the  sol- 
diers fired  three  volleys  of  musketry;  and  one  more  city 
took  its  place  among  the  cities  of  the  world  to  work  out  its 
own  destinv  and  to  meet  what  fate  might  be  in  store  for  it. 


CHAPTER  IV 
THE  FIRST  UNCERTAIN  STEPS 

We  have  seen  that  the  City  of  Los  Angeles  began  its  earthly 
career  on  a  bright  September  morning  of  the  year  1781.  We 
are  now  to  follow  it  in  its  first  uncertain  steps  when,  like 
other  infants,  it  was  learning  to  walk.  We  have  seen,  also, 
that  the  original  population,  provided  by  conscription,  was 
not  composed  of  persons  who  might  be  called  peculiarly  de- 
sirable. However,  they  had  at  least  one  virtue,  which  was  that 
they  were  "stayers."  All  but  three  or  four  of  them  settled 
down  in  their  new  habitations  and  appear  to  have  been  ordi- 
narily industrious.  They  built  adobe  houses  in  which  to  live, 
and  inclosed  the  pueblo  in  an  adobe  wall.  Either  this  was 
done  to  repel  human  invasions  or  to  keep  out  jack  rabbits 
and  coyotes.  It  is  difficult  now  to  decide,  but  it  is  probable 
that  they  built  the  wall  mainly  for  the  reason  that  it  was  the 
fashion  to  do  so  in  those  times. 

In  the  year  1790,  nine  years  after  the  foundation  of  the 
city,  a  census  was  made,  the  details  of  which  cannot  fail  to  be 
of  interest  to  the  present  day  resident  of  Los  Angeles,  when 
Don  Felipe  de  Neve's  little  "come-along"  town  is  pushing  its 
population  toward  the  million  mark  and  confident  of  making 
it  many  times  more  as  the  rushing  years  go  on. 

The  census  of  the  year  1790  showed  that  the  total  popu- 
lation of  Los  Angeles  consisted  of  exactly  141  souls.  As  to 
sex,  there  were  65  males  and  66  females.  Forty-four  were 
married  and  91  unmarried,  and  there  were  six  of  them 
widowed.  Forty-seven  were  under  7  years  of  age,  33  under 
16  years,  12  under  29  years,  27  under  40  years,  13  under 
90  years,  and  9  over  90  years.  There  was  one  who  was  put 
down  as  having  come  vaguely  from  somewhere  in  Europe. 
Seventy-two  were  Spaniards,  7  Indians,  22  mulattoes  and  39 
vol.  i-s  33 


34  LOS  ANGELES 

whose  racial  blood  was  a  mixture  of  Spanish,  Indian  and 
negro. 

It  must  be  admitted  that  this  was  an  exceedingly  slow 
growth  for  a  new  town  to  make  in  nine  years,  but  the  fact  is 
that  for  many  times  nine  years  Los  Angeles  was  very  slow 
to  grow.  In  1890,  100  years  after  the  first  census  was  taken, 
the  population  had  reached  only  50,000.  It  was  about  that 
time,  however,  that  Los  Angeles  really  began  to  jump.  The 
place  didn't  have  a  very  good  name  at  the  beginning,  or  for 
a  long  time  afterward.  For  years  and  years  it  was  nothing 
more  than  a  dirty,  squalid  little  village  whose  people  had  a 
bad  reputation  throughout  the  whole  province. 

And  it  seems  that  the  reputation  they  had  was  by  no 
means  a  calumny  on  them.  The  men  were  nearly  all  ex- 
soldiers,  and  the  soldiers  of  Spain  and  Mexico  sent  to  Califor- 
nia in  those  times  were  usually  the  products  of  prison  pens, 
and  they  were  sent  here  really  in  penal  servitude.  It  will  do 
no  harm  to  admit  the  unpleasant  truth  of  this  fact  now,  when 
Los  Angeles  has  come  to  be  not  only  one  of  the  largest  cities 
of  America,  but  also  one  of  the  most  law-abiding  and  best- 
behaved. 

In  the  early  days  the  population  included  so  many  dis- 
reputable characters  that  it  was  even  difficult  to  find  a  good 
man  to  serve  in  the  office  of  mayor.  Jose  Vanegas,  the  first 
mayor,  or  "alcalde"  as  he  was  called,  appears  to  have  made 
such  a  poor  fist  of  his  job  that  Governor  Fages  felt  impelled 
to  put  a  boss  6ver  him  and  over  the  magistrate  of  the  pueblo 
as  well.  This  village  dictator  is  a  man  whom  we  should  re- 
member gratefully  and  with  pride.  His  name  was  Vincente 
Felix,  and  the  first  we  hear  of  him  is  in  his  capacity  as  the 
corporal  of  the  guard  at  the  presidio  of  San  Diego. 

Governor  Fages  called  Corporal  Felix  up  to  Los  Angeles 
to  be  a  sort  of  city  commissioner  with  a  free  hand,  apparently, 
to  run  things  as  he  thought  they  should  be  run,  and  especially 
to  see  that  the  mayor  maintained  good  order,  justice,  and 
morality;  that  the  magistrate  should  hold  the  scales  of  justice 
with  an  even  hand ;  that  the  settlers  performed  all  the  duties 
required  of  them,  while  being  deprived  of  none  of  their  privi- 
leges, and  also  that  the  native  Indians  be  treated  fairly  and 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  35 

with  respect  to  the  dignity  of  life.  And  the  thing  to  re- 
member about  Corporal  Vicente  Felix  is  that  he  saw  to  it 
that  all  these  instructions  were  faithfully  fulfilled.  Los  An- 
geles was  a  better  town  during  the  time  that  he  ruled  over  it, 
and  all  the  records  go  to  show  that  he  was  honest  and  fearless 
and  just.  And  it  is  a  pleasure  to  make  this  record  of  him 
here — to  recall  the  name  of  a  good  man  out  of  the  mists  of 
time ;  a  good  man  who  did  the  work  that  was  cut  out  for  him. 

The  historians  tell  us,  and  a  search  of  the  record  bears 
them  out  in  what  they  say,  that  very  little  is  known  concern- 
ing Los  Angeles  between  the  years  1790  and  1800.  Perhaps  it 
was  an  era  of  dull  times  when  there  was  little  doing  anywhere 
between  San  Diego's  harbor  of  the  sun  and  Sonoma's  valley 
of  the  seven  moons.  But  there  is  sufficient  information  at 
hand  to  show  that  while  the  pueblo  was  not  going  ahead  by 
leaps  and  bounds,  it  still  was  by  no  means  slipping  back.  The 
population  had  increased  from  141  to  315.  Not  much  of  an 
increase,  it  is  true,  but  the  fine  thing  about  it  is  that  it  camo 
about  through  the  birth  rate  and  not  by  any  invasion  from 
without.  No  town  that  has  a  pride  in  growing  children  is 
without  hope,  and  everything  points  to  the  fact  that  Los 
Angeles  took  a  special  pride  in  having  children  then,  the  same 
as  now.  Also,  the  number  of  horses  and  cattle  had  increased 
from  3,000  to  12,500,  and  there  was  a  plentiful  crop  of  grain. 

The  pueblo  offered  to  supply  the  market  with  over  3,000 
bushels  of  wheat  in  the  year  1800  at  the  price  of  $1.66  per 
bushel.  It  was  about  this  time  also  that  the  fortunes  of  some 
Los  Angeles  families  were  created  by  means  of  land  grants, 
which  Governor  Fages  made.  The  great  holdings  of  the 
Verdugos  were  created  at  that  time  as  well  as  the  Los  Nietos 
holdings,  and  also  the  famous  Dominguez  ranch.  There  were 
also  several  other  grants  which  became  famous  and  remain  so 
to  this  day.  1131982 

We  learn,  too,  that  there  was  some  little  excitement  in 
the  pueblo  about  that  time,  caused  by  the  cutting  off  of  the 
water  supply  by  the  padres  of  San  Gabriel  Mission.  Just 
how  this  could  be  it  is  difficult  to  figure  out,  but  the  old  records 
make  mention  of  it.  Certainly  Los  Angeles  was  not  depend- 
ent on  San  Gabriel  for  its  water  supply,  but  it  may  be  that 


36  LOS  ANGELES 

the  padres  had  something  to  say  about  water  wherever  water 
was. 

There  is  another  thing  that  crops  up  among  the  scant 
records  of  the  year  1800  and  the  decade  following  it  which 
may  be  regarded  as  a  coincidence.  It  was  that  Los  Angeles 
was  then,  as  now,  highly  favored  as  a  health  resort.  Invalids 
from  various  places  in  the  province  came  here  then  for  the 
benefit  of  their  health.  There  were  so  many  of  them,  indeed, 
that  Governor  Arrillaga  was  impelled  to  say  that  "If  it  were 
not  for  the  invalids,  Los  Angeles  would  not  amount  to  any- 
thing. ' ' 

But  every  night  has  its  star,  and  every  town,  no  matter 
how  squalid  it  may  be,  has  its  saint.  The  saint  of  Los  Angeles 
in  those  times  was  a  girl  named  Apolinaria  Lorenzana.  She 
spent  her  life  in  tending  the  sick,  teaching  the  children  and 
luring  from  the  squalid  pathways  of  sin  the  wayward  and 
erring.  Her's  is  another  name  that  should  not  be  forgotten, 
and  it  is  again  a  pleasure  to  us  to  set  down  here  even  so 
slight  a  record  of  her  good  deeds. 

It  seems  a  strange  thing  that  Los  Angeles  should  have 
remained  without  a  church  for  a  period  of  thirty-three  years 
after  its  foundation.  The  population  was  wholly  composed 
of  Roman  Catholics  and  of  a  race  of  people  who,  wherever 
we  find  them  organizing  settlements  and  communities,  built  a 
church  for  themselves  almost  before  they  did  anything  else. 
That  Los  Angeles  should  have  proved  an  exception  to  this 
rule  would  appear  at  first  glance  to  be  extraordinary.  The 
explanation,  however,  is  doubtless  that  the  people  of  the 
pueblo  were  well  aware  that,  even  if  they  had  a  church,  they 
would  not  be  able  to  procure  ministers  to  attend  it.  They 
were  short  of  priests  at  San  Gabriel,  where  the  little  handful 
of  padres  had  more  than  they  were  able  to  do  in  the  mission 
without  taking  the  responsibility  of  Los  Angeles  on  their 
shoulders.  So,  the  way  it  was,  if  anyone  in  Los  Angeles  felt 
the  need  of  attending  divine  service,  the  only  thing  he  could 
do  would  be  to  saddle  his  horse  or  hitch  up  his  ox  cart  and 
make  the  pilgrimage  to  San  Gabriel.  And  this  the  people 
did  with  more  or  less  persistence  for  thirty-three  long  years 
before  thev  had  a  church  of  their  own. 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  37 

At  last,  on  the  fifteenth  day  of  August,  the  feast  of  the 
Assumption,  in  the  year  1814,  the  cornerstone  of  the  Plaza 
Church,  still  standing  as  the  first  house  of  divine  worship  in 
Los  Angeles,  was  laid.  But  for  four  years  more  that  was  all 
that  was  done — the  laying  of  the  cornerstone.  The  people 
appealed  again  to  the  authorities  to  give  them  a  church. 
Many  of  the  king's  veterans  were  spending  their  declining 
years  in  the  pueblo,  and  they  protested  that  it  was  unjust  to 
them  that  they  should  be  deprived  of  the  consolation  of  re- 
ligion. Then  the  citizens  of  the  town  showed  their  good  will 
by  subscribing  500  head  of  cattle,  the  proceeds  of  the  sale  of 
which  they  offered  to  devote  to  a  fund  to  help  build  the  church. 
The  padres  at  San  Gabriel  gave  seven  barrels  of  brandy 
worth  $575  to  the  fund,  which  fact  may  cause  some  surprise 
in  these  times.  But  we  are  to  learn  that  things  were  different 
in  the  days  of  which  we  speak.  There  was  no  prejudice 
against  brandy  in  this  part  of  the  world  100  years  ago.  Any- 
way, in  1821,  seven  years  after  the  cornerstone  of  the  Plaza 
Church  was  laid,  its  walls  had  been  builded  as  high  as  its 
window  arches,  and  in  one  way  and  another  the  church  was 
finally  completed.  The  architect  was  Jose  Antonio  Ramirez, 
and  the  church  was  builded  by  Indians  from  San  Gabriel  and 
San  Luis  Rev,  who  received  twenty-five  cents  each  per  day 
for  their  labor.  The  pueblo  also  had  a  village  school  then 
and  the  people  paid  the  schoolmaster  $140  a  year  salary. 

Still  following  the  first  uncertain  steps  of  the  Pueblo  of 
Los  Angeles,  we  are  a  little  surprised  to  find  that  fifty  years 
after  it  was  founded  it  still  had  a  population  of  only  one 
thousand  souls,  and  that  fully  three  hundred  and  fifty  of 
these  were  Indians.  There  were  also  some  Portuguese  who 
were  always  regarded  as  foreigners.  And  besides — more  in- 
teresting to  us  than  other  items — there  were  in  this  neighbor- 
hood in  that  time,  of  the  Anglo  Saxon  race  the  following 
named  persons :  Joseph  Chapman,  W.  A.  Richardson,  Joseph 
V.  Lawrence,  Isaac  Galbraith,  William  Welch,  J.  Bowman, 
J.  B.  Leandry,  John  Temple,  George  Rice,  William  Fisher, 
Jessie  Ferguson,  John  Haley,  John  Davis,  Richard  Laughlin, 
Fred  Roland,  and  Louis  Bauchet,  every  name  of  which  has  a 
familiar  ring  in  the  life  of  the  Los  Angeles  of  today. 


38  LOS  ANGELES 

And  yet  the  town  had  not  acquired  a  very  good  name,  for 
we  find  Father  Payeres  saying  then  that  "if  the  citizens  of 
Los  Angeles  would  give  their  attention  to  other  productions 
of  industry  than  wine  and  brandy,  it  would  be  better  for  both 
the  province  and  the  pueblo."  Also  we  learn  from  the  dusty 
old  records  of  the  time  that  the  citizens  of  the  town  publicly 
declared  they  would  not  recognize  any  military  authority; 
that  Jose  Antonio  Carrillo  was  holding  the  office  of  mayor 
illegally;  that  a  certain  citizen  was  prosecuted  for  "habitual 
rape;"  that  the  secretary  of  the  town  council,  Francisco 
Morales,  was  removed  from  office  for  incompetency.  Permit 
us  also  to  quote  from  the  police  regulations  of  Los  Angeles 
for  the  year  1827,  the  following : 

"All  offenders  against  the  Roman  Apostolic  religion  will 
be  punished  with  the  utmost  severity.  Failing  to  enter 
church,  entering  disrespectfully,  lounging  at  the  church  door, 
standing  at  the  corners  or  remaining  on  horseback  when  pro- 
cessions were  out,  will  be  punished,  first  with  fines,  and  then 
with  imprisonment.  Purchasing  articles  of  servants,  idleness 
and  vagrancy,  swindling,  gambling,  prostitution,  scandalous 
assemblages,  obscenity,  and  blasphemy,  also  riding  at  speed 
in  the  streets  at  unusual  hours  or  without  lawful  cause,  will 
be  dealt  with  according  to  law." 

Mayor  Carrillo  added  to  the  excitement  of  the  time  by 
accusing  the  president  of  the  town  council  with  smuggling. 

The  total  city  revenues,  as  shown  by  the  record  of  munici- 
pal receipts  for  the  year  1827,  were  $859,  and  the  expenditures 
$763,  thus  leaving  a  small  but  important  balance  in  favor  of 
the  city. 

One  might  not  think  it,  but  it  is  a  fact  that  there  was 
considerable  maritime  activity  in  these  parts  100  years  ago. 
The  harbor  of  San  Pedro  is  regarded  today  as  a  new  harbor 
which  the  enterprise  of  recent  peoples  caused  to  be  made  into, 
a  port.  But  the  truth  is  that  San  Pedro  was  always  more  or 
less  of  a  harbor,  and  there  were  many  worse.  We  have 
related  in  this  book  the  fact  that  one  Juan  Rodriguez  Carrillo, 
the  discoverer  of  California,  sailed  his  ships  into  San  Pedro 
in  1542,  and  on  the  map  he  made  put  itvdown  as  a  real  harbor. 

Now  it  was  about  the  vear  1828  that  Mexico,  of  which 


1 

-L    '■     It  4 

in?         Hi 

j'J^ 

San  Pedro  (Los  Angeles)  a  "Real.  Harbor' 


40  LOS  ANGELES 

California  was  then  a  province,  was  obsessed  with  the  fear 
that  foreign  powers  were  bent  upon  an  invasion  of  our  terri- 
tory with  a  view  to  seizing  it  for  themselves.  Consequently, 
the  Mexican  government  issued  orders  closing  the  "embarca- 
deros,"  as  the  coast  ports  were  called,  against  foreign  vessels, 
of  which  there  appeared  to  have  been  quite  a  number  plying 
in  this  neighborhood  at  that  time.  The  order  included  San 
Pedro,  and  it  was  declared  that  the  coast  trade  could  be 
carried  on  only  by  Mexican  shippers.  It  is  interesting  to  note 
that  among  the  foreign  shippers  that  were  effected  by  this 
order  there  were  Eussian,  English,  American  and  Hawaiian 
vessels.  Don  Jose  Maria  de  Echeandia,  then  the  Mexican 
Governor  of  California,  was  the  man  on  whom  it  devolved  to 
keep  foreigners  out  of  the  province,  and  it  must  be  said  for 
him  that  he  made  a  very  determined  effort  indeed  to  fulfill 
his  task.  Looking  back  at  it  all  in  the  light  of  the  knowledge 
of  today,  this  course  of  exclusion  of  foreign  trade  by  the 
Mexican  government  was  extremely  stupid  and  ill  advised. 
But  that  is  neither  here  nor  there  as  far  as  Governor  Echean- 
dia was  concerned.  His  business  was  to  see  that  the  laws  of 
his  government  were  executed,  and  this  he  did  do  to  the 
utmost  extent  of  his  ability.  We  must  give  him  credit  for 
that.  A  man  who  does  his  duty  as  he  sees  it  must  always  be 
regarded  as  a  good  man. 

From  all  we  can  learn,  however,  the  law  aimed  at  the 
exclusion  of  the  foreign  trade,  like  many  another  law  enacted 
before  it  and  since,  not  only  by  Mexico  but  by  all  other  gov- 
ernments, was  possible  of  evasion.  The  traders  that  came 
with  silks  and  satins  and  jewels  to  trade  them  for  the  hides 
and  tallow  of  the  ranchos  and  the  missions  found  it  quite 
easy  to  make  connections.  The  governor  could  not  be  at 
every  point  of  the  California  coast,  1,000  miles  long,  at  the 
same  time.  And  with  the  exception  of  the  governor  there  was 
no  one  here  who  had  the  slightest  desire  or  intention  of  obey- 
ing the  law.  It  was  a  foolish  law,  anyway,  and  perhaps  the 
people  displayed  good  sense  in  ignoring  it. 

Nevertheless,  the  foreign  vessels  that  came  to  this  coast 
then  to  trade,  did  so  illegally  and  in  reality  put  themselves  in 
the  class  of  smugglers,  and  this  is  what  thev  were,  of  course. 


FKOM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  41 

But  they  seemed  to  enjoy  it  and  managed  to  extract  a  great 
deal  of  profit  from  it.  We  suppose  that  poor  old  Don  Jose 
Maria,  the  governor,  was  very  much  distraught  by  it  all  and 
constantly  at  his  wit's  ends  to  know  what  to  do,  but  that  is 
something  tbat  can  not  be  helped  now. 

By  the  time  that  the  year  1835  had  rolled  around  and  Los 
Angeles  had  been  a  pueblo,  or  town,  for  a  space  of  fifty-four 
years,  it  was  able  to  boast  of  a  population  of  about  2,000. 
There  are  a  number  of  persons  who  were  living  in  Los  An- 
geles then  who  are  living  in  it  still,  at  the  time  this  book  is 
being  written,  and  when  Los  Angeles  has  a  population  of 
considerably  more  than  a  half  million  and  ranks  as  the  tenth 
city  of  the  United  States. 

But  in  the  year  1835  a  California  town  with  a  population 
of  2,000  had  as  much  right  to  boast  as  one  of  our  towns  now 
has  to  boast  of  a  population  of  hundreds  of  thousands,  and 
it  seems  that  when  Los  Angeles  awoke  one  morning  from  its 
dreams — or  maybe  it  was  one  evening  that  it  awoke,  for  it 
had  a  habit  of  sleeping  a  good  deal  in  the  day  time,  too — and 
possibly  fearing  the  effect  of  the  presence  of  forty  resident 
Americans  who  did  not  sleep  so  much  and  had  a  way  of 
stirring  around,  the  pueblo  became  suddenly  ambitious  and 
determined  to  make  a  spurt.  In  a  population  of  2,000  there 
were  about  600  Indians,  leaving  only  about  1,400  white  people 
and  near  white  people.  But  we  must  not  overlook  the  forty 
Americans.  They  were  the  ginger  in  the  cake.  Then  as  now, 
forty  live  Americans  are  sufficient  to  bring  any  dead  town 
to  life. 

I  somehow  find  myself  believing  that  it  was  at  the  instiga- 
tion of  the  Americans,  although  their  movements  may  have 
been  insidious,  that  Don  Jose  Maria  Carrillo  was  induced  to 
run  for  Congress — for  member  of  the  Mexican  Congress,  bear 
in  mind,  because  California  was  destined  to  wait  still  another 
fifteen  years  or  more  before  it  could  send  men  to  the  Congress 
at  Washington. 

This  Don  Jose  Maria  Carrillo  was  a  very  prominent  man 
in  Los  Angeles  at  that  time,  and  a  very  influential  man.  He 
also  had  a  restless  spirit.  He  was  what  is  usually  called  a 
"plotter."    Doubtless  he  had  good  reason  for  his  plots,  since 


42  LOS  ANGELES 

they  were  always  directed  against  the  territorial  government, 
and  there  was  nothing  that  any  territorial  government  in 
California  in  those  days  needed  so  much  as  to  be  kicked  out 
and  another  territorial  government  put  in  its  place. 

When  Governor  Echeandia  was  summarily  deposed  from 
office  by  whoever  it  was  that  was  running  things  down  in  old 
Mexico,  and  the  old  fire-eating  swashbuckles,  Emanuel  Vic- 
toria, sent  up  to  take  the  governor's  chair  from  Echeandia 
and  sit  in  it  himself,  which  he  certainly  did,  Jose  Maria  Car- 
rillo  formed  a  combination  with  two  other  prominent  persons 
hereabouts,  namely,  Don  Pio  Pico  and  Don  Juan  Bandini,  and 
fomented  a  revolution  to  prevent  Victoria  from  exercising  the 
functions  of  the  office  of  governor  of  California. 

There  was  a  lot  of  trouble  about  it  and  a  fight  which  is 
called  the  "Battle  of  San  Fernando,"  or  something  like  that, 
and  in  which  two  men  were  killed  and  probably  fifty  others, 
who  composed  the  membership  of  the  armies  on  both  sides, 
were  badly  scared.  Victoria  himself  was  wounded  severely, 
and  if  it  had  not  been  for  the  presence  of  an  English  doctor 
at  San  Gabriel  Mission,  where  the  governor  was  taken  after 
the  fight  was  over,  old  Emanuel  Victoria  might  have  died 
from  his  wounds.  Victoria  didn't  want  any  more  of  Cali- 
fornia after  that.  So  he  abdicated  and  got  back  to  Mexico 
as  fast  as  he  could. 

Thus  the  revolution  may  be  said  to  have  been  successful, 
and  Carrillo,  Pico  and  Bandini,  who  were  already  prominent, 
now  became  famous.  Carrillo,  as  above  stated,  ran  for  Con- 
gress and  was  elected.  He  had  an  elegant  adobe  house  near 
the  old  Plaza  on  ground  where  the  celebrated  hotel  called  the. 
Pico  House  was  afterward  erected,  and  we  have  no  doubt 
that  just  before  he  departed  for  Mexico  to  take  his  seat  in 
Congress,  his  American  neighbors  pointed  out  to  him  that 
he  could  do  a  great  deal  down  there  to  boost  Los  Angeles. 
And  it  turns  out  that  Carrillo  did  that  very  thing.  I  regard 
Jose  Maria  Carrillo  as  the  original  Los  Angeles  booster,  the 
progenitor  and  the  father  of  all  the  various,  innumerable, 
immortal  boosters  who  have  followed  him  through  the  chang- 
ing years  down  to  this  clay. 

What  Carrillo  did  to  help  Los  Angeles  when  he  got  to 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA       43 

Mexico  as  a  member  of  Congress,  and  what  lie  did  to  put  all 
the  other  towns  of  California  in  the  shade,  so  to  speak,  was 
what  might  be  called  "plenty;"  for  the  first  thing  that  Cali- 
fornia knew  there  came  an  order  from  the  Government  of 
Mexico  declaring  Los  Angeles  to  be  no  longer  a  pueblo,  but  a 
first-class  city.  And,  furthermore,  it  was  ordered  and  di- 
rected that  Los  Angeles  become  henceforth  the  capital  of 
California,  instead  of  Monterey.  It  is  not  recorded  that  the 
other  little  sleepy  pueblos  of  the  province  paid  the  slightest 
attention  to  the  matter.  San  Diego,  Santa  Barbara,  San 
Francisco  and  the  mission  settlements  appear  to  have  never 
awakened  from  their,  slumbers  to  pay  the  slightest  attention 
to  the  matter.  But  Monterey  broke  out  into  a  fury.  And  no 
wonder.  From  the  very  beginning  it  had  been  the  capital. 
The  king  himself  had  so  designated  it,  and  from  the  time  that 
Don  Gaspar  de  Portola  and  Fray  Juipero  Serra  first  set  foot 
in  it,  in  1769,  it  had  been  from  that  moment  until  Jose  An- 
tonio Maria  Carrillo  exploded  this  bomb,  the  focus  and  the 
center  of  all  authority,  civil,  military  and  religious,  as  well 
as  the  shrine  of  fashion,  art  and  culture  in  California. 

Monterey  made  a  tremendous  protest  against  the  change, 
and  it  put  its  protest  into  eloquent  words  which  were  for- 
warded to  the  government  in  Mexico,  the  language  being  as 
follows : 

"Monterey  has  been  the  capital  for  more  than  seventy 
years;  Calif ornians  and  foreigners  have  learned  to  regard  it 
as  the  capital ;  interests  have  been  developed  which  should  not 
be  ignored ;  and  a  change  would  engender  dangerous  rivalries. 
The  capital  of  a  maritime  country  should  be  a  port,  and  not 
an  inland  place.  Monterey  has  a  secure,  well-known,  and 
frequented  port,  well  provided  with  wood,  water,  and  pro- 
visions; where  a  navy  yard  and  dock  may  be  constructed. 
Monterey  has  a  larger  population  than  Los  Angeles;  the 
people  are  more  moral  and  cultured;  and  the  prospects  for 
advancement  are  superior.  Monterey  has  decent  buildings 
for  government  uses,  to  build  which  at  Los  Angeles  will  cost 
$30,000 ;  and  besides,  some  documents  may  be  lost  in  moving 
the  archives.  Monterey  has  center  position,  mild  climate, 
fertile  soil,  developed  agriculture;  here,  women,  plants,  and 


44  LOS  ANGELES 

useful  auimals  are  very  productive !  Monterey  is  nearer  the 
northern  frontier,  and  therefore  better  fitted  for  defense.  It 
would  be  unjust  to  compel  the  majority  to  go  so  far  on  gov- 
ernment business.  It  would  be  impossible  to  assemble  a 
quorum  of  the  Legislature  at  Los  Angeles.  The  sensible 
people,  even  of  the  south,  acknowledge  the  advantages  of 
Monterey.  Monterey  has  done  no  wrong  to  be  deprived  of 
its  honor,  although  unrepresented  in  Congress ;  while  the  last 
three  deputies  have  had  personal  and  selfish  interests  in  favor 
of  the  South. ' ' 

We  commend  a  careful  reading  of  this  Monterey  protest 
to  our  leaders.  It  is  one  of  those  vivid  flashes  of  the  past 
which  provides  us  with  the  ability  to  see  things  as  they  were. 
To  the  mind  of  the  writer  it  furnishes  a  picture  invaluable 
for  the  things  that  it  makes  clear  and  which  would  otherwise 
be  very  dim  or  impossible  entirely  to  the  vision. 

Now  there  was  a  funny  thing  about  this  first  attempt  to 
take  the  capital  away  from  Monterey  and  bring  it  to  Los 
Angeles,  where  it  never  came  except  for  one  little  space  of 
time  under  Pio  Pico,  which  was  altogether  illegal.  They 
finally  managed  to  take  the  capital  away  from  Monterey,  and 
it  was  a  very  wrong  thing  to  do,  but  it  didn't  do  Los  Angeles 
any  good. 

The  funny  thing  about  it  was  that  when  the  Honorable 
Don  Jose  Maria  Carrillo  returned  to  his  home  town,  the  City 
of  the  Angels,  after  having  filled  his  seat  in  the  Mexican 
Congress,  he  was  surprised  to  find  that  Los  Angeles  wasn't 
any  more  the  capital  of  California  than  it  had  ever  been. 
The  fact  was  that  Monterey  simply  declined  to  cease  to  be 
the  capital,  and  seiwed  notice  on  Don  Jose  Maria  Carrillo  and 
Don  Pio  Pico  and  Don  Juan  Bandini  and  the  forty  Americans, 
the  1,400  white  people  and  near  white  people,  the  600  Indians 
and  all  concerned,  including  jack  rabbits  and  coyotes,  that 
if  Los  Angeles  thought  it  was  the  capital  of  California  it  had 
' '  another  think  coming. ' ' 

So  that's  all  there  was  to  it  for  a  long  time  afterwards. 
Los  Angeles  regularly  demanded  that  Monterey  cease  its 
function  as  the  capital  and  Monterey  as  regularly,  but  politely 
and  firmly,  refused  to  do  so.    It  seems  that  in  due  time  the 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  45 

matter  was  forgotten.  Maybe  everybody  felt  themselves  to 
be  more  or  less  weary  by  the  exertion,  and  decided  it  was  time 
to  take  a  long-  rest. 

It  was  in  these  ways  of  slow  growth  and  mild  seasons, 
with  here  and  there  a  flare  in  the  night,  and  now  and  then  a 
shot  or  two  and  a  clank  of  rusty  sabres,  living  out  its  sorrows 
and  its  joys,  christening  its  new-bom  and  burying  its  dead, 
playing  as  best  it  could  at  the  game  of  Empire,  and  never 
without  some  kind  of  feast  and  the  dance  and  the  song  and 
the  music  that  went  with  it — it  was  so  that  Los  Angeles  took 
its  first  uncertain  steps  on  the  great  high-road  of  destiny 
where  now  it  towers  like  a  young  giant  in  shining  armor. 


CHAPTER  V 
LIFE  IN  OLD  LOS  ANGELES 

The  golden  age  of  California  was  not  truly  "the  days  of 
old,  the  days  of  gold,  the  clays  of  '49."  It  was  long  before 
that  time,  and  it  was  like  the  golden  age  of  Greece.  In  those 
old  days  when  the  land  was  inhabited  by  the  people  of  the 
Spanish  race,  and  the  rulers  of  the  land  were  the  patriarchal 
owners  of  the  great  ranchos,  California  was  the  happiest 
country  in  all  the  world. 

In  those  days  a  man  could  travel  from  San  Diego  to 
Sonoma  without  a  penny  in  his  pocket  and  never  lack  for 
food  or  shelter.  Not  only  were  the  great  open  doors  of  the 
missions— which  were  the  hospices  of  the  land — swung  ever 
inward  with  welcome,  but  there  was  the  same  welcome  also 
at  every  other  door.  To  the  stranger  who  sought  shelter  or 
food  the  answer  at  the  door  was  always  the  same:  "Enter, 
friend,  it  is  your  own  house. ' ' 

In  the  diary  of  an  American  who  wandered  into  California 
in  the  old  times  when  Americans  here  were  few  and  far  be- 
tween, we  find  the  following  entry,  which  is  both  eloquent 
and  illuminating. 

"Receiving  so  much  kindness  from  the  native  Calif or- 
nians,  I  arrived  at  the  conclusion  that  there  was  no  place  in 
the  world  where  I  could  enjoy  more  true  happiness  and  true 
friendship  than  among  them.  There  were  no  courts,  no 
juries,  no  lawyers  nor  any  need  of  them.  The  people  were 
honest  and  hospitable,  and  their  word  was  as  good  as  their 
bond ;  indeed,  bonds  and  notes  of  hand  were  entirely  unknown 
among  the  natives. ' ' 

Hospitality  was  a  religion  with  the  people  of  the  old  Los 
Angeles,  as  it  was  with  all  the  people  of  California  before  it 
was  invaded  by  strangers  and  railroads. 

As  a  type  of  the  men  of  Los  Angeles  of  the  old  times,  let 
46 


48  LOS  ANGELES 

us  take  the  Don  Antonio  Maria  Lugo,  whose  great  rancho 
once  extended  from  the  Mountain  of  the  Arrowhead  at  San 
Bernardino  to  the  Bay  of  Santa  Monica.  It  is  upon  this 
great  Lugo  rancho  that  the  present  City  of  Los  Angeles 
stands.  And  it  is  likewise  upon  lands  that  were  granted  to 
Don  Antonio  by  the  Spanish  king  that  all  the  bright  and 
vibrant  cities  between  the  mountains  and  the  sea  are  standing 
today. 

Don  Antonio  had  been  a  soldier  of  the  king.  And  he  must 
have  been  well  beloved,  for  the  king  richly  rewarded  him. 
Of  course  the  King  of  Spain  had  plenty  of  land  to  give  away ; 
the  Pope  had  given  him  one-half  the  earth  to  give  away ;  but 
the  fact  remains  that  the  king  did  not  give  either  lands  or 
anything  else  to  those  who  did  not  in  some  way  earn  them. 
Don  Antonio  Maria  Lugo  earned  his  land  by  loyal  service. 

He  was  the  most  famous  horseman  of  his  day  in  Cali- 
fornia, and  in  his  day  California  was  famous  for  its  horsemen 
and  its  horses.  Everybody  that  was  anybody  had  a  horse. 
Indeed,  everybody  had  many  horses.  It  might  be  said,  to  put 
the  situation  clearly,  that  anybody  that  wanted  a  horse  had 
nothing  to  do  but  go  out  and  lasso  one  wherever  he  might 
find  it.  The  California  horse  of  those  days  was  a  cross 
between  the  wild  native  horse  and  the  Arabian.  It  was  indeed 
a  most  wonderful  creature,  and  the  favorite  horse  of  a  man 
in  those  times  was  more  wonderful  still. 

If  Los  Angeles  be  famous  now  for  its  automobiles — and 
it  surely  is,  because  there  are  more  automobiles  per  capita 
here  than  in  any  other  city  in  the  world — it  was  once  upon  a 
time,  in  the  old  days,  equally  famous  for  its  horses. 

Gen.  Andres  Pico,  the  famous  brother  of  the  illustrious 
Don  Pio  Pico,  last  of  the  Mexican  governors  of  California, 
commanding  a  band  of  California  horsemen,  armed  only  with 
lances,  defeated  Gen.  Steven  Watts  Kearney  and  a  body  of 
American  troops  at  the  battle  of  San  Pasqual  wholly  through 
expert  horsemanship,  although  the  American  troops  were 
armed  with  firearms  and  supported  by  cannon. 

So,  when  it  is  said  that  Don  Antonio  Maria  Lugo  was  the 
most  famous  horseman  of  his  day  in  California,  it  is  saying  a 
great  deal.    But  it  appears  to  be  the  truth.    It  is  related  of 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  49 

him  that  he  once  rode  from  Los  Angeles  to  Monterey  to  visit 
his  sister  who  lived  there.  His  sister  was  a  very  old  woman 
and  was  seated  upon  the  piazza  of  her  house  dreaming  of  old 
conquests  no  doubt,  when  a  horseman  was  spied  way  in  the 
distance  cantering  through  the  dust  of  the  king's  highway. 
The  old  lady  on  the  piazza  exclaimed,  "Yonder  rides  my 
brother  Don  Antonio."  Her  sharp-eyed  grandchildren  who 
were  seated  with  her  protested  that  it  was  impossible  for 
anyone,  and  particularly  for  an  old  lady  whose  sight  was 
failing,  to  detect  the  identity  of  a  horseman  at  that  distance. 
But  the  old  lady  replied :  "I  am  sure  it  is  my  brother,  Don 
Antonio,  because  there  is  no  other  man  in  California  who 
rides  like  that."    And  she  was  right.    It  was  Don  Antonio. 

Well,  let  us  get  back  to  the  subject  of  hospitality  as  it 
was  in  the  Los  Angeles  of  the  old  clays.  And  let  us  take  Don 
Antonio  Maria  Lugo  as  an  example,  as  we  promised  to  do  at 
the  beginning  of  this  chapter.  Let  us  suppose  that  Don  An- 
tonio sent  word  by  one  of  his  Indian  servants  to  a  friend  to 
come  and  dine  with  him  at  his  great  ranch  house  a  little  ways 
beyond  the  boundaries  of  the  city.  The  friend,  of  course, 
would  gladly  accept.  He  would  not  decline  the  invitation  on 
any  excuse,  real  or  concocted.  He  had  plenty  of  time  to  go, 
and  he  took  the  time.  "Time  was  made  for  slaves,"  was  a 
saying  they  had  in  those  days. 

On  the  appointed  day  that  Don  Antonio's  friend  was  to 
dine,  he  would  saddle  and  accouter  his  favorite  horse,  groomed 
to  glossy  silkiness  by  its  Indian  care-taker.  And  the  saddle 
and  the  bridle,  exquisitely  wrought  upon  with  silver  and  gold, 
would  be  worth  a  king's  ransom.  And  the  man  himself  would 
be  splendidly  arrayed.  He  would  have  a  sombrero  with  a 
gold  band  around  it  and  the  rim  of  it  lined  with  silk ;  a  bolero 
jacket  of  green  or  blue  or  purple,  gorgeously  embroidered 
with  gold  or  silver,  his  trousers  of  velveteen  or  broadcloth 
and  slashed  below  the  knees;  beautifully  ornamented  shoes 
of  deer  skin;  and  a  scarlet  sash  around  his  waist  to  mark 
his  rank  as  a  gentleman. 

Faring  forth  to  the  appointed  place,  the  honored  guest 
would  be  sure  to  meet  another  horseman  before  he  was  a  mile 
upon  the  road.    "It  seems  to  me,"  said  Richard  Henry  Dana, 


50  LOS  ANGELES 

who  wrote  the  first  famous  modern  book  on  Calif ornia,  "that 
everybody  I  see  in  this  countiy  is  riding  a  horse." 

Now,  these  two  horsemen  would  halt  for  a  word  of  greet- 
ing at  least,  and  when  it  would  evolve  that  the  first  man  was 
on  his  way  to  dine  with  Don  Antonio,  the  second  man,  to 
whom  this  information  had  been  conveyed,  would  without 
hesitation  wheel  his  horse  about  and  this  is  what  he  would 
say: 

"  So  ?  Then  I  shall  join  you  and  dine  also  with  Don  An- 
tonio. ' ' 

And  as  they  journeyed  along  they  would  meet  another 
horseman,  and  another,  and  another,  and  many  more,  all  of 
whom  would  suddenly  determine  to  "also  dine  with  Don  An- 
tonio." 

After  a  pleasant  journey  across  the  ford  of  streams  and 
up  and  down  dale,  the  cavalcade  would  come  at  length  to  the 
great  house  of  Don  Antonio 's  rancho.  Indian  servants  would 
flock  to  take  the  horses  in  charge,  and  then  the  guests — the 
one  invited  and  all  the  others  uninvited — would  step  with 
much  pleasant  clamour  upon  the  wide  piazza.  Don  Antonio 
himself,  garbed  much  in  the  fashion  of  his  callers,  would  then 
appear  in  his  sunny  doorway,  pretending  to  be  much  sur- 
prised by  the  presence  of  the  gathering.  And  then  he  would 
throw  his  great  brown  arms  around  the  one  guest  who  had 
been  specifically  invited,  and  he- would  say  to  him:  "0,  friend 
of  mine,  I  know  now  you  love  me  well  indeed,  because  you 
have  not  only  come  yourself  to  dine  with  me,  but  you  have 
brought  all  these  other  dear  friends  with  you  also." 

The  dinner  would  be  waiting,  the  board  groaning  with  its 
savory  weight,  and  it  would  be  a  feast  for  heroes.  Every- 
thing that  the  palate  of  the  epicure  could  desire  would  be 
upon  that  table.  And,  since  eating  has  been  a  subject  of 
interest  to  all  peoples  in  all  times,  as  it  is  now  and  doubtless 
will  continue  to  be,  it  will  interest  us  to  know  in  what  manner 
they  dined  who  lived  and  had  their  being  in  the  old  Los  An- 
geles. 

First,  there  would  be  broth  cooked  in  the  Spanish  way 
with  rice,  vermicelli,  tallarines,  macaroni,  punteta,  which  was 
a  small  dumpling  of  wheatened  flour.     And  with  this  broth, 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  51 

bread  or  tortillas  made  of  corn  would  be  served.  The  next 
course  would  be  the  puchero,  which  is  to  say  the  meat  and 
vegetables.  Tbere  would  be  a  sauce  of  green  peppers  and  to- 
matoes, onions,  and  parsley  or  garlic.  There  would  be  a  sweet 
dessert  called  "dulce"  and  sweetmeats. 

The  Californians  of  those  days  were  great  meat  eaters, 
and  at  Don  Antonio's  dinner — the  dinner  that  we  are  taking 
as  an  example  of  a  dinner  in  any  gentleman's  house  of  those 
times — would  be  many  kinds  of  meat.  They  had  every  kind 
there  ever  was  and  plenty  of  it  and  to  spare,  not  to  speak 
of  every  species  of  wild  game,  all  cooked  as  only  the  Spanish 
women  of  the  old  days  knew  how  to  cook. 

It  goes  without  saying,  of  course,  that  there  would  be  wine 
at  the  table,  and  this  would  come  from  Mission  San  Gabriel, 
where  the  best  wine  was  made.  And  after  dinner  there  would 
be  noggin  of  brandy  for  all,  handed  around  every  now  and 
then  as  the  evening  wore  along,  and  this  brandy  would  come 
from  the  Mission  San  Fernando,  not  far  away,  and  where  the 
best  brandy  in  the  old  days  was  made. 

They  would  dine  well — dine  as  only  kings  have  dined.  But 
with  all  that  they  were  not  gourmands,  these  old  Californians 
of  the  old  Los  Angeles,  nor  were  they  drunkards.  They  ate, 
drank  and  were  merry ;  they  loved  wine,  women  and  song ;  but 
they  were  men,  it  is  a  pleasure  now  to  say,  who  held  them- 
selves within  decent  bounds  both  physically  and  morally.  One 
of  the  seven  deadly  sins  is  gluttony,  and  this  is  a  sin  that  they 
did  not  commit.  Another  of  the  seven  deadly  sins  is  lust,  and 
this  is  also  a  sin  which  they  did  not  commit.  No  class  of  men 
in  the  world's  long  history  honored  and  revered  women  more 
than  did  these  fine  old  caballeros  of  the  early  days. 

There  would  be  no  hurry  in  the  disposition  of  that  dinner. 
It  would  be  eaten  slowly,  it  would  be  spiced  with  pleasantries 
and  good-natured  railleries.  And  the  hour  would  be  late 
before  the  frijoles  and  the  dulce  had  been  finished.  And  we 
are  to  remember  that  there  were  always  frijoles.  If  you 
dined  with  a  gentleman  of  the  day  you  would  sit  at  his  table. 
If  you  dined  with  poor  folk,  peons  of  the  land,  Christianized 
Indians  or  even  "cholos,"  there  would  be  no  table  and  you 
would  dine  seated  in  a  poor  kitchen  or  out  upon  the  ground. 


52  LOS  ANGELES 

But  there  would  be  frijoles  then,  just  the  same.  There  were 
always  frijoles. 

If  you  were  to  have  searched  the  pockets  of  Don  Antonio 's 
guests  at  dinner  that  night,  it  is  doubtful  that  you  would  find 
money  in  their  pockets  sufficient  to  throw  at  a  beggar  upon 
the  roadside.  In  the  old  Los  Angeles,  as  life  was  then  lived, 
the  people  had  little  money  and  often  none.  But  it  was  a  thing 
they  did  not  need.  They  had  everything  that  money  could 
buy,  and  when  a  man  is  situated  like  that  he  has  no  need  for 
money.  It  might  be  fortunate  if  such  were  the  case  again, 
and  that  the  condition  would  remain  and  never  change,  for  it 
is  true  always  that ' '  the  love  of  money  is  the  root  of  all  evil. ' ' 

At  length  the  hour  would  grow  late ;  and  the  chief  guest — 
the  only  guest,  indeed,  who  had  been  specifically  invited,  but 
who  was  for  all  that  no  more  welcome  than  any  of  the  others 
— would  rise  and  say  that  the  time  had  come  for  himself  and 
his  companions  to  depart  and  make  their  ways  homeward. 

Then  it  was  that  Don  Antonio  would  open  the  door  of  the 
great  room  and  look  out  into  the  night,  closing  it  again  sol- 
emnly and  facing  his  guests  to  say : 

"Friends,  the  night  is  very  dark,  and  worse  than  that,  I 
have  been  hearing  lately  disquieting  rumors  of  the  presence 
of  pirates  landed  at  the  harbour  of  San  Pedro  who  are  in- 
festing the  high-roads  of  the  country  in  banditry.  I  could  not 
think  of  permitting  you,  my  friends,  to  invite  the  danger  that 
lurks  without  upon  such  a  night  as  this.  You  must  remain, 
where  you  are  and  do  my  poor  house  the  great  honor  of  ac- 
cepting its  humble  shelter." 

There  would  be  no  murmur  against  this.  The  guests  did 
not  fear  for  themselves,  for  they  were  brave  men  and  able  to 
give  good  accounts  of  themselves  under  any  and  all  circum- 
stances. But  they  were  gentlemen  in  a  gentleman's  house, 
and  it  was  out  of  the  question  to  decline  the  hospitality  he 
offered,  no  matter  how  far-reaching  it  might  be. 

So,  they  would  remain  all  night  in  Don  Antonio's  house. 
And  the  next  morning  and  all  that  day  he  would  have  many 
things  of  interest  to  show  them  on  his  vast  raneho.  There 
would  be  new  herds  of  blooded  cattle  to  inspect,  new  flocks 
of  sheep,  new  granaries  and,  last  but  not  least,  a  dozen  or 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  53 

more  of  new  grandchildren  that  had  come  to  bless  the  world 
with  their  grace  and  beauty  since  the  last  visit  of  Don  An- 
tonio's friends. 

The  day  would  wear  away  happily,  as  only  days  can  be 
in  a  happy  land  in  its  golden  age,  and  the  glory  of  the  sunset 
would  paint  the  skies;  and  the  long  twilight,  which  in  Cali- 
fornia is  not  twilight,  but  the  after-glow  of  day,  would  follow, 
and  then  it  would  be  time  to  dine  again.  And  they  would  dine 
again,  as  sumptuously  and  perhaps  more  so  than  on  the  night 
before,  and  the  night  would  be  darker  than  ever,  and  the 
pirates  worse  than  ever,  and  so  they  would  stay  that  night 
and  the  next  day  and  the  next  night  and  day,  until  the  upshot 
of  that  whole  business  would  be  this :  That  one  man  who  had 
been  invited  to  spend  a  couple  of  hours  at  dinner  as  the  guest 
of  a  friend,  brought  a  dozen  others  with  him  and  they  all 
stayed  two  weeks. 

"Time  was  made  for  slaves,"  they  said.  And  it  was  made 
for  slaves.  And  it  is  only  the  man  who  can  flout  time  and 
make  it  serve  him  as  it  may  please  him,  and  who  does  nor. 
permit  it  to  bid  him  come  and  go,  to  eat  or  drink,  to  sleep  or 
wake,  only  as  he  shall  himself  decide — it  is  only  this  man  who 
is  not  the  slave  of  time. 

Thus  we  are  informed  as  to  the  history  of  dinner  parties 
in  the  old  Los  Angeles.  But  we  shall  also  desire  to  know  how 
the  people  lived  at  home  in  their  ordinary  course  of  life.  It  is 
unnecessary  to  concern  ourselves  as  to  the  manner  in  which 
the  poor  lived.  The  poor  always  lived  in  the  same  way,  not 
only  in  the  old  Los  Angeles,  but  in  old  Babylon  and  old  Rome, 
and  the  whole  world  over.  If  a  man  be  poor  he  must  live  as 
best  he  can.    And  may  God  help  him  to  do  so. 

It  is,  therefore,  the  manner  of  life  which  the  well-to-do 
and  wealthy  people  of  the  old  Los  Angeles  lived  that  it  is  our 
business  to  record.  To  begin  with,  there  was  one  high  thing 
that  characterized  the  life  of  the  people  in  the  old  Los  An- 
geles. That  high  thing  was  courtesy.  And  it  is  a  thing  of 
which  we  are  having  always  less  and  less,  the  more 's  the  pity. 
In  the  old  Los  Angeles  there  was  always  time  to  be  polite; 
there  was  always  time  to  be  well-mannered. 

More  than  seventy  years  ago  a  Philadelphia  Protestant 


54  LOS  ANGELES 

clergyman,  Eev.  Walter  Colton,  who  was  a  chaplain  in  the 
United  States  Navy,  visited  California.  He  spent  three  years 
here  among  the  people  and  went  away  with  the  kindest  memo- 
ries of  them  all.  He  kept  a  diary  which  he  later  published  in 
a  book,  and  in  tbat  book  he  says  this : 

"The  courtesies  characteristic  of  the  Spanish  linger  in 
California,  and  seem,  as  you  encounter  them  amid  the  least 
observant  habits  of  the  emigrant,  like  golden-tinted  leaves  of 
autumn  still  trembling  on  their  stems  in  the  rushing  verdure 
of  spring.  They  exhibit  themselves  in  every  phase  of  society 
and  every  walk  of  life.  You  encounter  them  in  the  church, 
at  the  fandango,  at  the  bridal  altar,  and  the  hearse.  They 
adorn  youth  and  take  from  age  its  chilling  severity.  They 
are  trifles  in  themselves,  but  they  refine  social  intercourse  and 
soften  its  alienations.  They  may  seem  to  verge  upon  extremes, 
but  even  then  they  carry  some  sentiment  with  them,  some 
sign  of  deference  to  humanity. ' ' 

Here  is  unimpeachable  testimony  concerning  the  people  of 
the  old  Los  Angeles  on  a  most  important  phase  of  character. 
Mr.  Colton  was  a  stranger  among  the  people,  and  his  view- 
point was  exactly  the  same  as  ours  must  be  now  who  look 
back  upon  life  in  the  old  Los  Angeles  in  these  after-times, 
with  that  life  long  since  passed  away  forever. 

But  for  fear  tbat  we  might  get  the  impression  that  life  as 
it  was  lived  in  the  old  Los  Angeles  displayed  its  courtesy  out- 
wardly only  and  to  the  stranger  only,  there  is  much  written 
evidence  to  prove  that  within  the  privacy  of  the  home  the 
same  high  social  virtue  was  maintained. 

An  English  traveler  named  Simpson  has  written  of  the 
great  respect  and  even  reverence  that  children  maintain 
toward  their  parents.  "A  son,"  says  he,  "though  himself 
the  head  of  a  family,  never  presumes  to  sit,  or  smoke  or  re- 
main uncovered  in  presence  of  his  father ;  nor  does  the  daugh- 
ter, whether  married  or  unmarried,  enter  into  too  great  famil- 
iarity with  the  mother." 

I  have  myself  heard  from  the  lips  of  very  old  people  of 
these  things,  and  they  corroborate  all  that  I  had  read.  These 
old  people  told  me  that  when  bedtime  came  the  children 
invariably  knelt  before  the  father  and  the  mother  and  asked 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  55 

their  blessing  before  going  to  sleep.  It  was  a  beautiful  cus- 
tom, and  its  practice  resulted  in  the  growth  of  noble  men  and 
virtuous  women.  Don  Pio  Pico,  the  last  of  the  Mexican  Gov- 
ernors of  California,  and  who  was  still  a  familiar  figure  in 
the  street  of  Los  Angeles  forty  years  ago,  is  quoted  as  stating 
that  until  he  was  twenty-six  years  of  age  he  was  in  complete 
subjection  to  his  mother,  his  father  being  dead. 

"When  younger,"  said  Don  Pio,  "I  could  repeat  the  whole 
catechism  from  beginning  to  end,  and  my  mother  would  often 
send  for  me  to  do  so  for  the  edification  of  strangers." 

The  reference  made  by  Don  Pio  to  his  mother  brings  us  to 
the  subject  of  women  in  the  old  Los  Angeles,  and  women  who 
read  this  book  will  want  to  know  how  their  sisters,  now  long 
dead  and  gone,  managed  to  make  the  best  of  life  in  the  old 
Los  Angeles.  Fortunately,  I  have  before  me  the  testimony 
of  one  of  them — a  woman  who  was  a  girl  in  California  ninety 
years  ago. 

When  she  was  a  girl,  she  says,  "Ladies  were  rarely  seen 
in  the  street,  except  very  early  in  the  morning  on  their  way  to 
church.  We  used  to  go  there  attended  by  our  servants,  who 
carried  small  mats  for  us  to  kneel  upon,  as  there  were  no 
seats.  A  tasteful  little  rug  was  considered  an  indispensable 
part  of  our  belongings  and  every  young  lady  embroidered 
her  own.  The  church  floors  were  cold,  hard,  and  damp,  and 
even  the  poorer  classes  managed  to  use  mats  of  some  kind, 
usually  of  tule  woven  by  the  Indians. 

"The  dress  worn  in  the  mornings  at  church  was  not  very 
becoming;  the  rebozo  and  the  petticoat  being  black,  always 
of  cheap  stuff  and  made  up  in  much  the  same  way.  All  classes 
wore  the  same ;  the  padres  told  us  that  we  must  never  forget 
that  all  ranks  of  men  and  women  were  equal  in  the  presence 
of  the  Creator,  and  so  at  the  morning  service,  it  was  the  cus- 
tom to  wear  no  finery  whatever.  One  mass  was  celebrated 
before  sunrise  for  those  whose  duties  compelled  them  to  be 
at  work  early;  later  masses  took  place  every  hour  of  the 
morning.  Every  woman  went  daily  to  church,  but  the  men 
were  content  to  go  once  a  week. 

"For  home  wear  and  for  company  we  had  many  expensive 
dresses,  some  of  silk,  or  of  velvet,  others  of  laces,  often  of 


56  LOS  ANGELES 

our  own  making,  which  were  much  liked.  In  some  families 
were  imported  laces  that  were  very  old  and  valuable.  The 
rivalry  between  beauties  of  high  rank  was  as  great  as  it  could 
be  in  any  country.  And  much  of  it  turned  upon  attire,  so 
that  those  who  had  small  means  often  underwent  many  priva- 
tions in  order  to  equal  the  splendor  of  the  rich. 

"Owing  to  the  unsettled  state  of  affairs  for  a  generation 
in  Mexico  and  in  all  the  province,  and  the  great  difficulty  of 
obtaining  teachers,  most  of  the  girls  of  the  time  had  scanty 
educations.  Some  of  my  playmates  could  speak  English  well, 
and  quite  a  number  knew  something  of  French.  One  of  the 
gallants  of  the  time  said  that,  'Dancing,  music,  religion,  and 
amiability  were  the  orthodox  occupations  of  the  ladies  of  Cali- 
fornia.' Visitors  from  other  countries  have  said  many 
charming  things  about  the  manners,  good  health  and  comeli- 
ness of  these  ladies,  but  it  is  hardly  right  for  any  of  us  to 
praise  ourselves.  The  ladies  of  the  province  are  born  and 
educated  here ;  here  they  lived  and  died  in  complete  ignorance 
of  the  outside  world.  We  were  in  many  ways  like  grown  up 
children. 

"Our  servants  were  faithful,  agreeable,  and  easy  to  man- 
age. They  often  slept  on  mats  on  the  earthen  floor,  or,  in  the 
summer  time,  in  the  court-yards.  When  they  waited  on  us 
at  meals  we  often  let  them  hold  conversation  with  us,  and 
laugh  without  restraint.  As  we  used  to  say,  a  good  servant 
knew  when  to  be  silent  and  when  to  put  in  his  cuchara  (or 
spoon)." 

When  a  woman  married  and  became  the  mother  of  chil- 
dren she  stepped  into  the  most  sacred  niche  in  all  the  walls 
of  her  well-loved  house.  She  managed  her  household  with 
care  and  dignity.  The  servants  came  and  went  at  her  beck 
and  call.  The  wool  of  the  sheep  was  woven  under  her  eyes. 
The  reverence  of  her  children  and  her  children's  children 
never  failed  her  until  at  last  her  eyes  were  closed  and  they 
laid  her  away  to  sleep  with  the  countless  dead. 

The  stranger  in  the  old  Los  Angeles  never  failed  to  marvel 
at  the  finery  worn  by  both  women  and  men,  and  which  the  lady 
whom  we  have  just  quoted  made  reference  to.  And  the  people 
of  today  may  find  it  a  source  of  wonderment  as  to  how  these 


58  LOS  ANGELES 

silks  and  satins  and  brocades  were  acquired  by  tbe  people  in 
a  country  where  such  things  were  not  manufactured. 

The  explanation  is  that  the  Californians  traded  hides  and 
tallow,  grain,  brandy  and  wine,  and  other  native  products, 
to  the  ships  that  touched  on  this  coast  on  their  way  from 
the  Orient  to  New  England  and  other  parts  of  the  world.  One 
time  when  the  laws  of  Mexico  prohibited  foreign  ships  from 
entering  the  ports  of  California,  Yankee  traders  used  to 
anchor  at  Santa  Catalina  Island  and  from  that  point  surrep- 
titiously carry  on  an  exchange  with  the  mainland. 

Speaking  at  one  time  of  the  people  of  the  old  days  here,  a 
member  of  the  well-known  Sepulveda  family  of  Los  Angeles 
said:  "Settled  in  a  remote  part  from  the  center  of  govern- 
ment, isolated  from  and  almost  unaided  by  the  rest  of  the 
Mexican  states,  and  with  very  rare  chance  of  communication 
with  the  rest  of  the  world,  they  in  time  formed  a  society  whose 
habits,  customs,  and  manners  differed  in  many  essential  par- 
ticulars from  the  other  people  of  Mexico.  The  character  of 
the  new  settlers  assumed,  I  think,  a  milder  form,  more  inde- 
pendence, and  less  of  the  restless  spirit  which  their  brothers 
in  Old  Mexico  possesed.  To  this  the  virtuous,  intelligent 
missionaries  doubtless  contributed  greatly." 

Even  Hubert  Howe  Bancroft,  the  great  historian  of  Cali- 
fornia, and  who  would  rank  among  great  historians  anywhere 
were  it  not  for  the  fact  that  he  habitually  befouled  his  own 
work  by  crude  and  inexcusable  innuendo,  and  who  made  it  a 
habit  to  qualify  almost  every  good  thing  he  said  of  Califor- 
nians with  a  personal  sneer  of  his  own,  has  this  to  say  of  the 
people  of  the  old  Los  Angeles : 

"Living  surrounded  by  scenes  of  natural  beauty,  amidst 
olive  orchards  and  vineyards,  ever  looking  forth  from  sunny 
slopes  on  the  bright  waters  of  bay  and  sea,  living  so  much  in 
the  open  air  with  high  exhilaration  and  healthful  exercise, 
many  a  young  woman  glowed  in  her  lustrous  beauty  and 
many  a  young  man  unfolded  perfect  as  Apollo.  Even  the  old 
were  cheerful,  strong,  and  young  in  spirit." 

Charles  Howard  Shinn,  writing  of  the  old  days,  states  that 
there  was  then  not  a  hotel  in  California.  He  did  not,  of 
course,  consider  the  missions  as  hotels,  although  they  were 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  59 

for  many  a  year  really  such  as  far  as  any  stranger  was  con- 
cerned, except  that  there  was  no  bill  to  pay,  no  charge  made, 
and  this  fact  forces  them  out  of  the  hotel  class  hopelessly. 
The  stranger  in  the  land  offered  an  indignity  to  a  house — any 
house — if  he  passed  it  without  stopping.  And  when  he  found 
it  necessary  to  leave,  there  was  a  fresh  horse  awaiting  him 
instead  of  his  own.  In  the  room  where  he  slept  there  was  a 
sum  of  money  uncounted,  and  unless  he  were  totally  ignorant 
of  the  custom  of  the  country,  he  understood  that  if  he  were 
in  need  of  funds  he  was  to  help  himself  freely  to  what  he 
found.  And  if  it  appeared  that  some  of  the  money  were  taken 
by  the  stranger-guest  to  meet  his  needs,  the  people  of  the 
house  never  under  any  circumstances  counted  what  remained 
after  the  stranger  had  departed.  They  not  only  never  per- 
mitted any  one  of  themselves  in  the  community  to  suffer,  but 
extended  the  same  charity  and  boundless  generosity  to  the 
stranger  as  well. 

We  have  said  that  there  was  not  much  money  among  the 
people  of  the  old  Los  Angeles,  which  is  true.  But  what  there 
was  it  was  gladly  shared. 

But  it  seems  that  if  the  people  at  large  were  not  of  ple- 
thoric purse,  the  missions,  at  least  at  one  time  in  their  history, 
were  well-stocked  with  silver  and  gold  as  a  result  of  the  tire- 
less industry  of  their  establishments,  and  it  is  related  that  a 
man  came  down  from  Santa  Barbara  to  Los  Angeles  once  to 
borrow  money,  but  without  success.  He  was  an  American  and 
had  married  into  the  Ortega  family.  By  the  time  he  had 
returned  to  his  home,  a  priest  of  one  of  the  missions  heard 
of  the  man's  trouble,  and  so,  without  the  slightest  hesitation 
or  without  asking  the  scratch  of  a  pen  in  acknowledgment, 
he  sent  the  man  a  tule  basket  of  the  capacity  of  four  gallons 
filled  with  gold. 

"You  ought  to  come  to  your  priest  when  you  need  help," 
said  the  padre  in  the  message  that  he  sent  with  the  basket 
of  gold. 

Life  in  the  old  Los  Angeles  centered  around  the  Plaza, 
where  Don  Felipe  de  Neve  drove  the  first  stakes  of  the  pueblo 
and  laid  out  its  four  corners.  The  growth  of  Los  Angeles  has 
been  so  sensationally  rapid  during  the  recent  years  that  it  is 


60  LOS  ANGELES 

easy  to  form  the  impression  that  it  must  have  heen  in  very 
ancient  times  indeed  that  the  old  Plaza  was  the  center  of 
everything,  social,  religious  and  commercial.  But  there  are 
many  men,  not  yet  so  very  old,  who  can  remember  when  this 
was  the  case. 

I  am  indebted  to  an  old  friend,  the  late  Harris  Newmark, 
for  reliable  recollections  of  the  old  Plaza  as  it  was  sixty-five 
years  or  more  ago.  Mr.  Newmark  was  a  young  man  here  at 
that  time,  a  merchant  and  a  factor  in  the  life  of  the  town. 
Before  he  died  he  published  a  book  of  his  memoirs  which  con- 
stitutes a  valuable  contribution  to  Los  Angeles  history.  Mr. 
Xewmark  states  that  the  homes  of  many  of  those  who  were 
uppermost  in  the  social  scale,  clustered  about  the  old  Plaza, 
and  that  Jose  Andras  Sepulveda  has  a  beautiful  old  adobe 
house  in  that  vicinity.  Don  Ignacio  del  Valle  lived  there 
prior  to  his  residence  at  Camulos.  The  Coronels,  Aguilars, 
Carrillos,  the  Sanchez  family,  Vicente  Lugo,  the  Abileas  and 
Don  Agustin  Olivera  also. 

"Don  Vicente  Lugo,"  says  Mr.  Newmark,  "wTas  the  Beau 
Brummel  of  Los  Angeles  in  the  early  days.  His  wardrobe 
was  made  exclusively  of  the  fanciest  patterns  of  Mexican 
type ;  his  home  one  of  the  few  two-story  houses  in  the  pueblo. 
He  was  the  owner  of  twenty-five  hundred  head  of  cattle.  His 
mother-in-law,  Maria  Ballestero,  lived  near  him." 

Not  only  was  the  Plaza  the  center  of  everything  because 
of  these  great  people  who  lived  there  in  the  old  days,  but  it 
was  the  municipal  headquarters  and  everybody  of  note  in  any 
part  of  California  who  came  to  Los  Angeles  for  any  reason 
has  been  seen  where  the  old  Plaza  stands. 

Also  it  is  not  to  be  forgotten  that  the  Picos  lived  there, 
and  that  it  was  the  home  of  both  Don  Pio  and  Don  Andres, 
each  of  them  renowned  in  California's  annals. 

It  seems  that  nothing  can  be  written  concerning  Los  An- 
geles without  reference  to  the  name  of  Pico.  Don  Pio  was  the 
last  big  man  of  California  under  the  flag  of  Mexico.  Mr. 
Newmark,  in  his  memoirs,  recalls  Don  Pio  and  says  that  "As 
long  as  he  lived,  or  at  least  until  the  tide  of  his  fortune  turned 
and  he  was  forced  to  sell  his  most  treasured  personal  effects, 
he  invariably  adorned  himself  with  massive  jewelry  of  much 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA       61 

value;  and  as  a  further  conceit,  be  frequently  wore  on  his 
bosom  Mexican  decorations  that  had  been  bestowed  upon  him 
for  past  official  service. ' ' 

We  shall  have  more  to  say  of  Pio  Pico  in  another  chapter, 
but  since  it  has  been  mentioned  that  his  fortunes  turned,  I 
remember  hearing  a  man  of  unimpeachable  character  stating 
that  it  got  to  be  so  bad  with  Don  Pio  at  last  that  a  constable 
took  his  sombrero  from  his  head  and  seized  it  for  debt  one  day 
on  the  streets  of  Los  Anaeles. 


CHAPTER  VI 
OLD  TIMERS  AND  OLD  TIMES 

About  fifty  years  ago  the  folks  in  Los  Angeles  came  to 
the  conclusion  that  a  book  ought  to  be  printed  about  their 
city  and  the  people  who  had  been  and  still  were  at  that  time 
a  part  of  it.  So  it  appears  that  a  "Literary  Committee"  was 
organized  for  the  purpose  of  getting  out  a  publication  of  this 
character,  and  we  find  that  the  work  of  compilation  and  his- 
torical research  was  entrusted  to  Messrs.  J.  J.  Warner,  Ben- 
jamin Hayes  and  J.  P.  Widney,  with  the  result  that,  in  due 
course  of  time,  a  most  interesting  and  valuable  booklet  was 
printed  and  bound  and  published  by  a  now  long-forgotten  firm 
of  the  name  of  Louis  Lewin  and  Company,  the  booklet  bearing 
the  imprint  of  the  "Mirror  Printing,  Ruling  and  Binding 
House." 

Copies  of  this  booklet  are  now  extremely  rare.  From  it 
we  are  able  to  gather  much  valuable  information  concerning 
the  old  timers  of  Los  Angeles  and  the  old  times.  And  in  this 
chapter  of  this  book  we  are  using  with  a  free  hand  the  data 
we  find  in  the  old  publication  referred  to. 

Among  other  things  we  find  the  following: 

After  the  independence  of  Mexico,  and  the  opening  of  its 
ports  to  foreign  trade,  the  port  of  San  Pedro  was  one  of  the 
chief  points  on  the  coast  of  California  for  the  shipping  of  the 
products  of  the  country,  and  for  the  landing  of  goods,  wares 
and  merchandise  from  abroad.  The  three  missions  in  what 
was  then  Los  Angeles  County,  and  the  owners  of  stock-farms, 
and  the  inhabitants  of  Los  Angeles,  disposed  of  their  products 
and  manufactures  in  payment. 

Between  the  people  of  Sonora,  or  of  New  Mexico,  and 

those  of  California,  there  was  comparatively  no  intercourse 

until  about  1830.    The  intercourse  between  those  places  and 

California,  which  commenced  about  that  time,  was  mainly 

62 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  63 

brought  about  through  the  enterprise  of  American  trappers 
or  beaver  hunters. 

Jedediah  S.  Smith,  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  Fur  Company, 
and  a  leader  of  trapping  parties,  came  into  California  with  a 
party  of  trappers  from  the  Yellowstone  River  in  1825,  and 
again  in  1826.  Through  him  and  his  men,  others  engaged  in 
trapping  beaver  in  the  Rocky  Mountains  learned  something 
of  California. 

In  1828-29  Ewing  Young,  of  Tennessee,  who  had  for  some 
seasons  been  engaged  in  trapping  beaver  in  and  north  of 
New  Mexico,  made  a  hunt  in  the  Tulare  Valley  and  on  the 
waters  of  the  San  Joaquin.  He  had  in  his  party  some  natives 
of  New  Mexico.  He  passed  through  Los  Angeles  on  his  way 
back  from  his  hunting  fields  to  New  Mexico.  His  men  on 
their  return  to  New  Mexico,  in  the  summer  of  1830,  spread 
their  reports  of  California  over  the  northern  part  of  that 
territory. 

In  1830  William  AVolfskill,  a  native  of  Kentucky  but  from 
Missouri,  fitted  out,  in  conjunction  with  Mr.  Young,  a  trapping 
party  at  Taos,  New  Mexico,  to  hunt  the  waters  of  the  San 
Joaquin  and  Sacramento  valleys.  Failing,  in  the  winter  of 
1830-31,  to  get  over  the  mountains  between  Virgin  River  and 
those  rivers  discharging  into  the  Bay  of  San  Francisco,  and 
his  men  becoming  demoralized  and  impatient  from  their  suf- 
ferings of  cold,  he  changed  his  line  of  travel  and  came  with 
his  party  into  Los  Angeles  in  February,  1831. 

With  Mr.  Wolfskill's  party  there  were  a  number  of  New 
Mexicans,  some  of  whom  had  taken  serapes  and  fresadas 
(woolen  blankets)  with  them  for  the  purpose  of  trading  them 
to  the  Indians  in  exchange  for  beaver  skins.  On  their  arrival 
in  California  they  advantageously  disposed  of  their  blankets 
to  the  rancheros  in  exchange  for  mules.  These  New  Mexicans 
mostly  returned  to  Santa  Fe  in  the  summer  of  1831,  with  the 
mules  they  had  obtained  in  California.  The  appearance  of 
these  mules  in  New  Mexico,  owing  to  their  large  size  com- 
pared with  those  at  that  time  used  in  the  Missouri  and  Santa 
Fe  trade,  and  their  very  fine  form,  as  well  as  the  price  at 
which  they  had  been  bought  in  barter  for  blankets,  caused 
quite  a  sensation  in  New  Mexico,  out  of  which  sprang  up  a 


64  LOS  ANGELES 

trade,  carried  on  by  means  of  caravans  or  pack  animals, 
between  the  two  sections  of  the  same  country  which  flourished 
for  some  ten  or  twelve  years.  These  caravans  reached  Cali- 
fornia yearly  during  the  before  mentioned  time.  They 
brought  the  woolen  fabrics  of  New  Mexico,  and  carried  back 
mules,  and  silk  and  other  Chinese  goods. 

Los  Angeles  was  the  central  point  in  California  of  this 
New  Mexican  trade.  Coming  by  the  northern  or  Green  and 
Virgin  River  routes,  the  caravans  came  through  the  Cajon 
Pass  and  reached  Los  Angeles.  From  thence  they  scattered 
themselves  over  the  country  from  San  Diego  to  San  Jose, 
and  across  the  bay  to  Sonoma  and  San  Rafael.  Having  bar- 
tered and  disposed  of  the  goods  brought  and  procured  such 
as  they  wished  to  carry  back,  and  what  mules  they  could 
drive,  they  concentrated  at  Los  Angeles  for  their  yearly 
return. 

Between  1831  and  1844  a  considerable  number  of  native 
New  Mexicans  and  some  foreign  residents  of  that  territory 
came  through  with  the  trading  caravans  in  search  of  homes  in 
this  country.  Some  of  them  became  permanent  citizens,  or 
residents  of  this  county.  Julian  Chaves  of  this  city,  and  who 
has  served  many  terms  as  county  supervisor  or  common  coun- 
cilman of  the  city,  was  among  the  first  immigrants.  The 
Martinezes,  of  San  Jose,  and  the  Trujillos,  and  others,  were 
also  among  these  immigrants.  Of  foreigners,  who  were  resi- 
dents of  New  Mexico,  and  came  during  this  period  and  located 
in  this  county,  were  John  Rowland,  AVilliam  Workman,  John 
Reed,  all  of  whom  are  dead,  and  the  Hon.  B.  D.  Wilson,  and 
David  W.  Alexander,  heretofore  the  sheriff  of  this  county. 
Dr.  John  Marsh  also  came  to  California  in  company  with 
these  traders,  and  after  residing  in  Los  Angeles  some  years, 
he  located  near  Mount  Diablo,  where  he  continued  to  live  until 
he  was  murdered. 

Other  parties  of  Americans  found  their  way  from  New 
Mexico  to  California  at  different  times  in  the  third  and  fourth 
decades  of  the  nineteenth  century,  numbers  of  whom  became 
permanent  residents  of  Los  Angeles. 

Richard  Laughlin  and  Nathaniel  Pryor,  both  of  whom  died 
in  Los  Angeles,  and  Jesse  Ferguson,  who  lived  here  many 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  65 

years,  came  from  New  Mexico,  by  the  way  of  the  Gila  River, 
in  1828.  In  1831,  a  Mr.  Jackson,  who  had  been  one  of  the 
firm  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  Fur  Company,  and  a  partner  of 
Jedediah  S.  Smith,  came  to  Los  Angeles  from  Santa  Fe  for 
the  purpose  of  buying  mules  for  the  Louisiana  market.  He 
returned  to  New  Mexico  with  the  mules  he  purchased.  With 
him  came  J.  J.  Warner,  who  remained  in  this  place.  A  Mr. 
Bowman,  known  here  as  Joaquin  Bowman,  was  one  of  J.  S. 
Smith's  men.  He  died  at  San  Gabriel,  after  having  been  the 
miller  at  the  Mission  Mill  for  many  years. 

In  the  winter  of  1832-33  a  small  party  of  Americans  from 
New  Mexico  came  over  the  Gila  River  route  into  Los  Angeles. 
In  this  small  party  came  Joseph  Paulding,  who,  in  1833  and 
1834,  made  the  first  two  billiard  tables  of  mahogany  wood 
made  in  California.  The  first  was  made  for  George  Rice,  and 
the  second  for  John  Rhea,  both  Americans.  Mr.  Rice  came 
to  California  about  1827,  from  the  Sandwich  Islands.  Mr. 
Rhea  was  from  North  Carolina,  and  came  with  Mr.  Wolfskill. 

Lemuel  Carpenter,  of  Missouri,  was  also  of  this  party,  and 
established  a  soap  manufactory  on  the  right  bank  of  the  San 
Gabriel  River,  not  far  from  the  present  road  to  Los  Nietos. 
Subsequently  he  became  the  proprietor  of  the  Santa  Gertrudes 
Ranch,  where  he  died.  Wm.  Chard  was  also  of  this  party. 
After  residing  in  this  city  some  years  and  planting  a  vine- 
yard, he  removed  to  the  Sacramento  Valley.  A  Mr.  Sill,  who 
also  settled  in  the  Sacramento  Valley,  was  of  this  party. 

Ewing  Young  came  into  Los  Angeles  from  New  Mexico  in 
March,  1832,  with  a  trapping  party  of  about  thirty  men.  On 
this  occasion  he  came  down  the  Gila  River.  With  him  in 
this  party  came  a  number  of  men  who  took  up  their  residence 
in  California ;  of  which  number  Isaac  Williams  was  a  promi- 
nent citizen  of  Los  Angeles  City  for  about  ten  years,  when 
he  established  himself  at  the  Chino  Ranch  as  a  farmer  and 
stock-breeder.  He  continued  to  reside  there  until  his  death 
in  September,  1856.  Moses  Carson,  a  brother  of  the  renowned 
Kit  Carson,  came  with  Young  at  this  time.  After  residing 
here  a  number  of  years,  he  removed  to  Russian  River  in 
this  state. 

The  Town  of  Los  Angeles,  from  its  settlement  onward,  for 


66  LOS  ANGELES 

more  than  fifty  years,  had  a  population  greater  than  any  other 
of  the  towns  of  California.  The  first  census  of  which  there 
are  any  records  was  taken  in  1836,  and  the  sum  total  of  in- 
habitants of  the  city  and  country  over  which  the  authorities 
of  the  city  exercised  jurisdiction,  which  country  included  the 
whole  of  the  old  County  of  Los  Angeles,  except  San  Juan 
Capistrano,  which  at  that  time  was  attached  to  the  District 
of  San  Diego,  was  2,228.  Of  this  number  553  were  domesti- 
cated Indians. 

This  census  gives  the  number  of  forty-six  of  the  residents 
of  Los  Angeles  as  foreigners,  and  of  these  twenty-one  are 
classed  as  Americans. 

In  the  list  of  the  officers  of  the  last  "Ayuntamiente,"  or 
city  government,  of  Los  Angeles  under  Mexican  rule,  we  find 
the  following  distinguished  names:  First  alcalde  and  presi- 
dent, Abel  Stearns;  second  alcalde,  Ignacio  del  Valle;  regi- 
dores,  David  W.  Alexander,  Benjamin  D.  Wilson,  Jose  L. 
Sepulveda,  Manuel  Garfias;  sindico,  Francisco  Figueroa; 
secretary,  Jesus  Guirado. 

LTpon  going  out  of  office  as  alcalde  in  1849,  Stephen  C. 
Foster  was  appointed  prefect  by  Governor  Bennett  Riley. 
This  was  a  stormy  period  for  officers  of  the  city;  the  records 
show  that  their  duty  was  well  performed.  To  the  care  of 
Prefect  Foster  and  Alcalde  Stearns  then — and  to  the  first 
named  gentleman  since — are  we  much  indebted  for  the  pres- 
ervation of  the  city  and  county  archives,  and  for  the  admirable 
order  of  arrangement  in  which  they  are  found. 

From  the  year  1836,  or  a  year  or  two  before,  Abel  Stearns 
had  always  figured  through  their  local  administrations,  in 
one  manner  or  another,  beneficially  to  the  people.  He  was 
born  at  Salem,  Massachusetts;  spent  considerable  time  in 
Mexico;  came  to  Los  Angeles  in  1828;  his  business  a  mer- 
chant. His  fortune  seems  to  have  begun  about  1842.  He 
obtained  several  large  grants  of  land  in  this  county  and 
elsewhere.  He  was  a  member  of  the  Constitutional  Conven- 
tion of  1849,  and  of  the  State  Legislature ;  always  a  prominent 
and  useful  citizens  until  his  death  at  San  Francisco,  August 
23,  1871,  at  the  age  of  seventy-two  years.  He  married  Dona 
Arcadia,  daughter  of  Don  Juan  Bandini. 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA       67 

Dona  Ysidora,  also  a  daughter  of  Don  Juan  Bandini,  was 
married  to  Col.  Cave  J.  Couts,  April  4,  1851.  Colonel  Couts 
is  before  mentioned  as  lieutenant  in  Major  Graham's  com- 
mand. He  resigned  his  commission  in  November  following; 
established  the  Rancho  of  Guajome,  in  San  Diego  County.  He 
died  wealthy,  at  the  City  of  San  Diego,  June  10,  1874,  leaving 
his  widow,  four  daughters  and  four  sons. 

Don  Juan  Bandini  came  to  California  in  1819,  and  for 
many  years  filled  a  considerable  space  in  the  public  view.  He 
was  administrator  of  the  Mission  San  Gabriel  in  1839 ;  one  of 
the  Ayuntamiento  of  Los  Angeles  in  1844;  a  member  of  the 
Departmental  Assembly  at  its  suspension,  on  the  approach 
of  the  United  States  forces,  August  10,  1846,  but  at  that  date 
was  at  home  in  San  Diego.  He  had  partly  written  a  history 
of  California  at  the  time  of  his  death,  which  took  place  at 
this  city  November  2,  1859,  at  the  age  of  fifty-nine  years.  He 
was  a  profound  thinker,  a  clear,  forcible  writer.  Don  Juan 
was  twice  married;  his  first  wife,  Dona  Dolores  Estudillo, 
daughter  of  Don  Jose  Estudillo,  formerly  the  distinguished 
military  commander  of  Monterey;  his  second,  Dona  Refugio 
Arguello.  Both  ladies  possessed  singular  beauty.  Of  the 
first  marriage  were  Mrs.  Robert  S.  Baker,  Mrs.  Couts,  Mrs. 
Pedro  C.  Carillo,  and  two  sons,  Jose  Maria  Bandini  and 
Juanito  Bandini.  Of  the  second  were  Mrs.  Charles  R.  John- 
son, Mrs.  Dr.  James  B.  Winston,  and  three  sons,  Juan  de  la 
Cruz  Bandini,  Alfredo  Bandini,  and  Arturo  Bandini. 

From  an  old  record  also  we  rescue  another  pleasant  nar- 
rative that  runs  something  as  follows: 

"With  the  people  of  Los  Angeles  1850  was  a  year  of  en- 
joyment, rather  than  of  earnest  pursuit  of  riches.  Money 
was  abundant.  All  sought  to  make  the  most  of  the  pleasures 
of  life,  as  it  seemed.  They  were  passionately  fond  of  the  turf. 
They  might  justly  boast  of  their  horses,  which  had  sometimes 
drawn  applause  at  the  capital  of  Mexico. 

August  16,  1851,  Don  Pio  Pico  and  Compadre  Teodosio 
Yorba  gave  their  printed  challenge  "to  the  North"  with  bold 
defiance — "The  glove  is  thrown  down,  let  him  who  will  take 
it  up" — for  a  nine-mile  race,  or  four  and  a  half  and  repeat, 
the  stake  IDOO  bead  of  cattle  worth  $20  per  head,  and  $2,000 


68  LOS  ANGELES 

in  money;  with  a  codicil,  as  it  were,  for  two  other  races,  one 
of  two  leagues  out  and  back,  the  other  of  500  varas — $2,000 
and  200  head  of  full  grown  cattle  bet  on  each  race.  March 
21st  following,  the  nine  mile  heat  was  run  two  miles  south  of 
the  city,  between  the  Sydney  mare,  Black  Swan,  backed  by 
Don  Jose  Sepulveda,  and  the  California  horse,  Sarco,  staked 
by  Don  Pio  Pico  and  Don  Teodosio,  the  challengers.  The 
mare  won  by  75  yards  in  19  minutes  and  20  seconds.  Sarco, 
the  previous  spring,  had  run  9  Mexican  miles  in  18  minutes 
46  seconds.    Not  less  than  $50,000  must  have  changed  hands. 

More  deserves  to  be  said  of  what  the  Californians  tell  of 
this  exciting  race.  April  2d  the  American  mare,  Nubbins,  beat 
the  American  horse,  Bear  Meat,  on  the  Wolfskin  track  by  10 
feet — distance  400  yards — for  400  cows.  The  year  before  Don 
Jose  Sepulveda's  California  horse  beat  Don  Pio's  American 
horse  half  a  length,  for  $2,000  in  money  and  500  head  of  cattle. 
Probably  the  carera  is  still  talked  of  at  Santa  Barbara,  when 
Francisco  Noriega's  horse,  Buev  de  Tango,  beat  Alfred  Rob- 
inson's horse,  Old  Breeches,  with  a  change  of  $20,000  among 
hands. 

In  1852  Don  Andres  Pico  and  Don  Jose  Sepulveda  had 
two  races,  one  for  $1,000,  the  other  for  $1,600  and  300  head 
of  cattle.  October  20th  Avas  the  exciting  day  of  Don  Jose's 
favorite,  Canelo,  backed  by  Don  Fernando  Sepulveda,  and  of 
Alisan,  a  Santa  Barbara  horse,  backed  by  Don  Andres  Pico — 
for  300  head  of  cattle  and  $1,600  a  side ;  400  yards ;  Canelo 
came  out  winner  half  a  length. 

The  New  Years'  ball  at  Don  Abel  Stearns,  "where  all  the 
beauty  and  elegance  of  the  city,"  says  the  editor  in  melliflu- 
ous Spanish,  "contributed  that  night  to  give  splendor  to  the 
dance,"  was  followed  on  the  tenth  by  two  races.  The  end  of 
Lent,  and  all  the  grander  festivals  were  partly  enjoyed  in 
this  way. 

In  1853  was  to  be  run  the  race  of  Ito,  brought  700  miles, 
against  Fred  Coy,  stake  $10,000.  The  natives  were  cautious 
and  it  was  forfeited;  but  in  March  Moore  &  Brady's  horse, 
John  Smith,  beat  Powell's  mare,  Sarah  Jane,  for  $2,100,  by 
about  a  length.  In  February,  1857,  Don  Jose  Sepulveda's 
horse,   Pinto,  easily  beat  Don  Pio's  Dick  Johnson  at   San 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  69 

Gabriel,  for  $3,000;  and  March  5th,  Don  Jose  beat  the  Gon- 
zales brothers  at  San  Fernando  for  $2,000. 

Through  the  later  years  heavier  stakes  than  any  we  have 
mentioned  were  lost  and  won  by  Don  Juan  Aliba  and  others, 
except,  perhaps,  that  of  Black  Swan  and  Sarco.  Of  a  very 
early  day  some  of  the  races  occupy  many  pages  of  the  ar- 
chives. One  tasked  the  best  ability,  as  alcalde,  of  the  ven- 
erable Don  Manuel  Dominguez:  one  drew  out  a  profound 
decision  of  Don  Jose  Antonio  Carrillo,  of  the  Supreme  Court. 
The  governor  did  not  disdain  to  lay  down  rules  for  racing. 
In  his  manuscript  diary  we  have  the  authority  of  Mr.  Francis 
Melius,  visiting  Los  Angeles  from  one  of  the  Boston  ships 
at  San  Pedro,  for  the  race  of  Moses  Carson,  brother  of  Kit 
Carson,  on  January  20,  1840.  Mose  had  a  heavy  bet  on  two 
races  for  that  day.  The  first  he  won,  despite  the  salt  that — 
for  luck — had  been  put  in  all  the  holes  of  the  stakes  on  the 
course,  and  of  the  little  bag  of  salt  and  wax  candle  and  silk 
cotton  astutely  concealed  in  the  mane  of  the  opposing  horse. 
But  it  ruined  Mose's  reputation,  and  mayhap  damaged  his 
purse.  He  was  set  down  as  an  hechicero  (sorcerer)  by  his 
Sonoranian  antagonist,  and  the  second  race  fell  through. 

The  first  three  American  families  permanently  settled  in 
the  city,  in  1850,  were  those  of  J.  G.  Nichols,  J.  S.  Mallard 
and  Louis  Granger.  John  Gregg,  son  of  Mr.  Nichols,  was  the 
first  American  boy  born — April  15,  1851. 

Among  the  novelties  of  a  strange  region,  emigrants  could 
not  fail  to  notice  the  vivacity  and  robustness  of  the  native- 
born  children,  and  the  large  proportion  of  persons  of  an  ad- 
vanced age.  April  24,  1858,  died  at  Santa  Ana,  Dona  Guada- 
lupe Romero,  aged  115  years,  leaving  a  son,  in  the  city, 
upwards  of  75  years.  She  came  here  in  1771,  wife  of  a  soldier 
named  Moreno. 

Where  Downey  Block  stands,  we  miss  the  time  worn,  little 
old  gentleman  who  was  wont  to  sit  there  all  day  before  the 
humble  adobe — cared  for  by  two  faithful  daughters,  after  the 
mother  had  left  the  scene.  A  soldier  of  by-gone  days,  to  judge 
from  the  antique  dress  which  he  delighted  to  wear;  in  the 
same  he  was  buried,  at  the  age  of  ninety-two  years,  July  29, 
1859.    This  was  Don  Antonio  Valdez,  who  had  served  at  San 


70  LOS  ANGELES 

Diego,  San  Gabriel  and  Santa  Barbara,  and  in  many  an  In- 
dian cbase  or  combat. 

The  men  appeared  to  fine  advantage  in  showy  old  style 
ranchero  attire,  on  their  gay  and  spirited  horses.  Of  the 
ladies,  few  words  might  scarce  reflect  the  true  judgment  of 
a  stranger;  certes,  it  was  admiration  of  elegance  and  naivete 
and  kindness,  all  with  good  sense  and  wit  so  happily  blended, 
by  some  rare  gift  of  Nature.  That  venerable  religious  pile 
on  the  Plaza  did  not  have  pews.  To  see  the  ladies  kneeling  in 
vari-colored  silks  of  that  time — and  their  rebosas — what  gor- 
geous garden  imaginable  of  dahlia  and  tulip  of  every  hue 
could  charm  half  so  much?  Then  a  perpetual  baile — but  1850 
is  gone — or  fashions  have  changed  perhaps. 

Of  the  103  proprietors  of  town  farms  in  1848,  before  re- 
ferred to,  eight  were  foreigners :  Abel  Stearns,  Louis  Bou- 
chet,  Louis  Vignes,  Juan  Domingo,  Miguel  N.  Pryor,  Wm. 
Wolfskill,  Louis  Lemoreau,  Joseph  Snooks — an  Englishman, 
a  German,  three  French,  three  "Yankees" — so  has  the  city 
ever  been,  cosmopolitan. 

Under  the  sound  policy  adopted  at  the  beginning  for  the 
disposition  of  pueblo  lands,  the  natural  course  of  business 
and  family  changes,  the  proprietorship  of  real  property  is 
much  altered.  Those  of  Spanish  origin,  who  numbered  3,000 
souls  within  the  city,  and  about  an  equal  number  outside  in 
the  county,  retained  good  agricultural  tracts.  Within  the 
patent  of  the  city  were  17,752  acres.  The  increase  of  culture 
of  fruit  trees — and  ornamental  too — was  remarkable.  In  1847 
probably  were  set  out  200  young  walnut  trees;  only  three 
bearing  are  remembered — one  on  the  east  side  of  Don  Louis 
Vignes'  place,  one  larger  in  the  middle  of  the  Pryor  Vine- 
yard, another,  very  large,  of  Claudio  Lopez.  The  almond 
was  unknown. 

San  Fernando  and  San  Gabriel  had  a  few  olives.  Long 
before  1840,  the  Californians  had  the  fig,  apricot,  peach,  pear 
and  quince. 

The  county  surveyor's  report  of  January  1,  1876,  gives 
fruit  trees  as  follows :  Quince,  1,425 ;  apricot,  2,600 ;  fig,  3,600 ; 
pear,  5,800;  apple,  8,590;  peach,  14,200;  olive,  2,170;  English 
walnut,  6,000 ;  plum,  300 ;  there  were  also  cherries. 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  71 

The  value  of  the  fruit  crop  of  1875  was  $525,000. 

Plums  were  introduced  by  0.  W.  Childs.  Seeds  of  the 
sweet  almond,  in  1855,  were  first  planted  by  William  Wolf- 
skill,  which  were  brought  from  the  Mediterranean  by  H.  F. 
Teschemaker  of  San  Francisco.  In  January,  1875,  this  county 
had  1,100  trees.  Compared  with  the  meager  agricultural  crops 
from  1847  to  1855,  the  return  for  1875  is:  Beans,  24,400 
bushels;  onions,  28,350;  buckwheat,  1,350;  rye,  11,760;  wheat, 
20,000 ;  barley,  415,950 ;  corn,  639,000 ;  and  a  respectable  show- 
ing of  hops,  tobacco,  etc.  Hay  amounted  to  10,250  tons.  The 
enclosed  land  was  47,500  acres;  total  in  cultivation  64,500 
acres,  of  which  4,950  were  in  grape  vines.  Add,  of  honey, 
571,230  pounds.  O.  W.  Childs,  in  1856,  introduced  bees.  He 
paid  $100,  in  San  Francisco,  for  one  hive  and  swarm. 

In  1850  there  was  one  pepper  tree,  lofty  and  wide-branch- 
ing, over  the  adobe  house  of  an  old  lady  living  near  the  hills 
a  short  distance  north  of  the  Plaza,  the  seeds  of  which  came 
from  a  tree  in  the  court  of  the  Mission  of  San  Luis  Rey.  In 
1861  John  Temple  planted  a  row  of  pepper  trees  in  front  of 
his  Main  Street  store.  This  the  utilitarian  woodman  has  not 
spared.  But  all  the  city  is  adorned  with  this  graceful  tree; 
and  flowers  of  every  name  and  clime— to  rival  an  undying 
fragrance  of  the  solitary  Rose  of  Castile  twenty  years  and 
more  ago. 

Of  other  trees  that  flourish  now  splendidly,  William  Ru- 
bottom  of  Spadra  introduced  pecans ;  William  Wolf  skill,  per- 
simmons ;  O.  W.  Childs,  in  1856,  black  walnut — the  seed  from 
New  York.  About  the  same  time  H.  P.  Dorsey  planted  black 
walnut  successfully  at  San  Gabriel.  In  1855  Solomon  Lazard 
imported  seeds  of  the  Italian  chestnut  from  Bourdeaux, 
France,  which  Wm.  Wolfskill  planted  at  his  homestead,  and 
afterward  gave  two  of  the  trees  to  H.  C.  Cardwell.  These 
trees,  afterward  large  and  productive,  were  long  seen  at 
O.  W.  Childs'  place.  J.  L.  Sansevaine  also  brought  chestnut 
seeds  from  France,  about  1855. 

As  in  older  times,  every  full  moon  in  1850  the  country  was 
invaded  by  the  Yutahs,  under  their  famous  chief,  Walker,  to 
steal  horses.  Expeditions  sent  after  him  were  in  general  un- 
successful, now  and  then  unfortunate;  as  happened  in  June, 


72  LOS  ANGELES 

when  he  took  off  seventy  odd  of  the  hest  horses  of  Don  Jose 
Maria  Lugo,  near  the  present  Town  of  Colton.  One  of  the 
pursuing  party  was  killed  by  him.  Before  that  the  New  Mex- 
icans of  Agua  Mansa  had  been  a  barrier  to  the  incursions  of 
these  Indians,  without  always  preventing  them.  In  this  year 
a  volunteer  company  was  raised  by  General  Bean,  owing  to 
hostile  demonstrations  by  the  Cahuillas  of  San  Gorgonio. 
About  June  the  "Irving  party"  of  eleven  men  were  killed  by 
the  Indians  in  the  cahada  of  Doha  Maria  Armenta.  One  only 
of  the  original  twelve  escaped,  in  the  friendly  shelter  of  some 
bushes.  Juan  Antonio,  chief,  had  the  boldness  to  offer  fight 
to  Bean. 

The  rising  of  Antonio  Garra,  chief  of  the  Agua  Caliente, 
in  the  fall  of  1851,  spread  fear  through  Los  Angeles  of  a  gen- 
eral insurrection,  from  San  Diego  to  Tulare.  The  danger 
soon  passed  away.  The  regulars  and  San  Diego  volunteers 
were  under  Capt.  George  Fitzgerald.  Gen.  J.  H.  Bean  com- 
manded the  Los  Angeles  volunteers;  Myron  Norton,  colonel 
and  chief  of  staff;  S.  Bolivar  Cox  and  B.  S.  Eaton,  corporals. 
Hon.  H.  C.  Rolfe,  Wm.  Nordholdt — and  many  who  are  dead 
—were  in  service  on  the  occasion. 

Estimable  for  many  virtues,  General  Bean  met  an  un- 
timely end  at  San  Gabriel,  September  9,  1852.  Our  exposed 
position  for  a  long  time  thereafter,  in  the  Kern  River  and 
Mojave  wars,  and  other  troubles,  kept  amongst  us  officers 
of  the  IT.  S.  army;  and  not  seldom  in  active  service.  They 
possessed  the  regard  of  the  people — Col.  B.  Beall,  Majors 
E.  H.  Fitzgerald  and  George  R.  Blake,  Captains  Davidson  and 
Lovell  and  Gen.  Winfield  Scott  Hancock. 

Lively  recollections  there  are  of  the  splendid  band  of  the 
Second  Dragoons,  Fort  Tejon,  that  made  more  joyous  the 
"Fourth  of  July,  1855,"  with  General  Banning  as  orator  of 
the  clay;  again,  when  Hon.  Myron  Norton,  in  1857,  stirred  up 
patriotic  feelings.  The  day  had  been  kept  from  the  beginning. 
Maj.  E.  H.  Fitzgerald  lies  in  the  Catholic  Cemetery,  Los  An- 
geles.   He  died  January  9,  1860,  of  consumption. 

A  quarter  of  a  century,  whereof  reminiscences  come  invol- 
untarily, is  worthy  of  review.  A  record  of  crime  must  have 
attended  this  progress  in  manners  and  government.    For  one 


FKOM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  73 

reason  or  another  the  people  felt  compelled  often  ' '  to  take  the 
law  into  their  own  hands."  Those  moral  tempests  which 
agitated  the  community  to  its  depths,  slumber,  we  trust,  to 
rise  no  more,  in  this  better  social  condition. 

Let  us  make  a  diary  of  a  year  or  two :  1851,  May  24th, 
came  news  of  the  Stockton  fire,  on  the  14th ;  loss  over  $1,000,- 
000.  June  11th,  Col.  J.  C.  Fremont's  visit  created  an  agreeable 
sensation;  17th,  died,  Miss  Rosa  Coronel;  19th,  feast  of  Cor- 
pus Christi  was  celebrated  with  great  pomp;  July  Fourth 
passed  off  with  great  enthusiasm;  July  6th,  Elder  Parley 
P.  Pratt  held  forth  at  the  courthouse ;  19th,  witnessed  a  per- 
formance of  "The  Rough  and  Ready  Theater,"  Herr  Ritter, 
manager,  and  the  critic  observes — "When  Richmond  was  con- 
quered and  laid  off  for  dead,  the  spectators  gave  the  King  a 
smile  of  decided  approval. ' '  August  23d,  Hon.  "W.  M.  Gwinn, 
U.  S.  Senator,  was  sojourning  amongst  us.  September  1st,  city 
lots  sold  at  auction  at  from  $20  to  $31  each,  purchaser  to 
have  choice.  September  2d,  died,  Dona  Maria  Ignacio  Ama- 
dor, aged  ninety-one  years ;  7th,  Doha  Felipa  Dominguez,  wife 
of  Don  Bernardo  Yorba ;  17th,  Matilda  Lanfranco,  at  fourteen ; 
and  21st,  at  eighty-eight,  Doha  Ysabel  Guirado.  October  5th, 
D.  W.  Alexander  started  for  Europe.  November  1st,  Nicolas 
Blair,  a  Hungarian,  married  Miss  Maria  Jesus  Bouchet.  No- 
vember 8th  was  the  first  meeting  of  the  Free  and  Accepted 
Masons  at  the  Botica.  The  same  day  was  published  the  mar- 
riage of  William  J.  Graves  to  Miss  Soledad  Pico  at  San  Luis 
Obispo,  on  October  20th.  November  20th,  at  the  Puente,  aged 
forty  years,  died  Doha  Incarnacion  Martinez,  wife  of  John 
Roland.  Of  her  it  is  said  truly :  ' '  Many  will  remember  with 
what  zeal  she  ministered  to  the  weary  traveler,  with  what  care 
and  anxiety  she  watched  the  sickbed — feeding  the  hungry  and 
befriending  the  friendless.  Her  whole  life  was  an  exemplifi- 
cation of  that  enthusiasm  in  doing  good  which  so  particularly 
characterizes  the  christian  woman."  December  14th  were  mar- 
ried Don  Ignacio  del  Valle  and  Miss  Ysabel  Barrela.  Decem- 
ber 22d,  "Forefathers'  Day,"  rejoiced  thirty  gentlemen  by 
the  presence  of  ladies  and  a  supper  at  Monrow's  with  toasts, 
songs  and  speeches.  December  27,.  1851,  Antonio  Garra  was 
executed  at  Chino  by  sentence  of  court  martial,  for  insurrec- 


74  LOS  ANGELES 

tion  November  23d  at  Warner's  rancho,  for  the  murder  of 
American  invalids  Ridgley,  Manning,  Slack  and  Fiddler. 

Some  of  the  property  holders  of  1851  were  as  follows,  with 
the  assessed  value  of  property:  Eulogio  de  Celis,  100,000 
acres,  $13,000;  Jose  Sepulveda",  102,000  acres,  $83,000;  John 
Temple,  20,000  acres,  $79,000 ;  Bernardo  Yorba,  37,000  acres, 
$37,000;  Antonio  Maria  Lugo,  29,000  acres,  $72,000;  John 
Foster,  61,000  acres,  $13,000;  Abel  Stearns,  14,000  acres, 
$70,000;  Pio  Pico,  22,000  acres,  $31,000;  John  Roland,  20,000 
acres,  $70,000;  Wm.  Wolf  skill,  1,100  acres,  $10,000;  Antonio 
Ignacio  Abila,  19,000  acres,  $14,000;  Isaac  Williams,  $35,000; 
Ricardo  Vejar,  $34,000. 

Surely  it  is  interesting  to  look  back  into  the  mists  of  these 
old  times. 

We  are  loathe  to  drop  the  subject,  and  so  we  are  going  to 
give  some  more  reminiscences.  Let  us  hear  from  Prof.  H.  D. 
Barrows,  long  a  prominent  and  highly  respected  citizen  of 
our  city,  an  American,  who  told,  once  upon  a  time,  what  Los 
Angeles  looked  like  to  him  when  he  came  to  it  eighty  years 
ago,  and  the  changes  that  took  place  in  it  for  some  years 
after. 

Professor  Barrows  said : 

The  first  .time  that  I  ever  heard  that  there  was  such  a 
place  as  Los  Angeles  was  in  the  summer  of  1854,  at  Benicia, 
where,  in  buying  some  fruit,  which  at  that  time  was  both  of 
indifferent  quality  and  scarce  as  well  as  dear,  a  friend  told  me 
that  Los  Angeles  grapes  would,  later,  be  in  the  market,  and 
that  they  would  be  far  superior  to  any  other  kind  of  fruit  then 
to  be  had. 

I  arrived  in  Los  Angeles  December  12,  1854,  and  it  has 
been  my  home  ever  since.  I  came  from  San  Francisco  on  the 
steamer  Goliath,  in  the  company  with  the  late  William  Wolf- 
skill,  the  pioneer,  and  his  nephew,  John  Wolfskill,  the  latter 
still  a  resident  of  this  county.  The  fare  on  the  steamer  at  that 
time  was  $40.  Arriving  at  the  port  of  San  Pedro,  we  came 
ashore  on  a  lighter,  and  from  thence  by  stage  to  Los  Angeles, 
where  we  arrived  about  noon. 

The  City  of  Los  Angeles,  when  I  first  saw  it,  half  a  century 
ago,  was  a  one-story,  adobe  town,  of  less  than  5,000  inhab- 


.FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  75 

itants,  a  large  portion  of  whom  were  of  Spanish  descent,  and 
among  whom,  of  course,  Spanish  customs  and  the  use  of  the 
Spanish  language  prevailed.  There  were,  I  think,  not  to  ex- 
ceed three  or  four  two-story  buildings  in  the  town. 

Behold,  what  a  magical  change  half  a  century  has  wrought. 
The  population  of  the  former  Spanish  pueblo  or  ciudad  of 
5,000  or  less  has  risen  to  nearly  200,000  souls.  The  quaint, 
flat-roofed  whitewashed  houses,  clustering  around  or  near  the 
Plaza,  have  given  way  to  splendid  fireproof,  brick  and  steel 
blocks  of  two,  three,  five  and  ten  stories;  and  to  picturesque, 
luxurious  homes  extending  throughout  and  beyond  the  four 
square  leagues  of  territory  granted  to  the  ancient  pueblo  by 
the  king  of  Spain,  under  whose  authority  its  foundations  were 
laid  by  that  wise  Spanish  governor,  Don  Felipe  de  Neve, 
nearly  a  century  and  a  quarter  ago. 

When  I  first  came  here  Los  Angeles  had  but  one  Roman 
Catholic  Church  edifice,  that  fronting  the  Plaza ;  and  not  one 
Protestant  or  other  church  building.  How  many  places  of 
worship  there  are  now,  of  the  numerous  religious  sects  of  the 
city  and  county,  I  do  not  know. 

There  were  then  but  two  public  schoolhouses  in  the  city; 
one,  on  the  site  of  the  present  Bryson  Block,  on  Spring  Street ; 
the  other  was  located  on  the  east  side  of  Bath  Street,  north 
of  the  Plaza.  Today  there  are  I  know  not  how  many  large, 
commodious  school  buildings  scattered  throughout  the  widely 
extended  sections  of  the  municipality,  and  the  new  ones  are 
constantly  being  built  to  meet  the  pressing  necessities  of  our 
rapidly  increasing  population.  The  number  of  pupils  attend- 
ing the  two  schools  in  '54  probably  did  not  exceed  200.  The 
number  of  children  between  the  ages  of  five  and  seventeen 
years  who  attended  the  public  schools  during  the  school  year 
1903-1904,  as  reported  by  Superintendent  Foshay,  was  29,072 ; 
and  of  those  who  attended  private  schools  2,322 — making  the 
total  number  of  both  public  and  private  school  pupils,  31,394. 

By  the  census  of  April,  1904,  there  were  35,411  children 
between  the  ages  of  five  and  fifteen,  and  9,812  under  five  years ; 
or,  altogether,  45,223  children  of  seventeen  years  and  under 
in  Los  Angeles  one  year  ago.  I  think  it  a  fair  statement  to 
say  that  at  the  present  time  there  must  be  at  least  50,000  chil- 


Modern  Schools  op  Southern  California  :    Pasadena 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  77 

dren,  and  that  the  total  population  of  the  city  must  be  not  far 
from  200,000  (1900). 

We  had  no  high,  polytechnic  or  normal  schools  in  those 
early  years.  Los  Angeles  was  so  isolated  from  all  the  rest 
of  the  vrorld,  and  so  difficult  of  access,  that  first-class  teachers 
were  not  easily  obtained;  and  when  one  was  secured  he  or  she 
was  retained  if  possible  by  any  reasonable  increase  of  salary. 

In  the  early  '50s  I  think  we  had  but  one  District  (Superior) 
Court,  presided  over  by  Judge  Benjamin  Hayes,  and  later  by 
Judge  Publo  de  la  Guerra  of  Santa  Barbara,  who  in  turn  was 
succeeded  by  Judge  Ygnacio  Sepulveda,  who  later  became 
connected  with  the  United  States  Embassy  at  the  City  of 
Mexico.  The  former  jurisdiction  of  this  district  included  be- 
sides Los  Angeles,  the  counties  of  San  Diego  and  Santa  Bar- 
bara. We  had  also  a  County  Court,  and  Court  of  Sessions 
which  was  also  a  Probate  Court,  over  which  Judge  W.  G. 
Dryden  presided  for  many  years. 

We  had  besides  a  U.  S.  District  Court  in  the  '50s,  of  which 
I.  S.  K.  Ogier  was  the  presiding  judge.  This  southern  dis- 
trict included  all  the  southern  part  of  the  state  extending  to  a 
line  just  north  of  the  City  of  Santa  Cruz.  Sessions  of  this 
court  were  held  alternately  at  Monterey  and  Los  Angeles. 
In  those  early  days  of  the  '50s  we  had  no  horse  or  steam 
railroads  or  telegraphs.  Electric  roads,  telephones,  bicycles, 
automobiles  and  the  like,  so  necessary  to  our  recent  modern 
life,  were  totally  unknown. 

We  had  no  paved  streets  or  sidewalks.  We  had  no  ele- 
vators, because,  first,  we  had  no  use  for  them,  as  our  houses 
were  of  but  one  story;  and,  second,  because  elevators  were 
unknown.  Typewriting  machines  and  linotype  printing  ma- 
chines and  operators  of  the  same  were  unknown  and  un- 
thought  of.  We  had  no  gas,  and  electric  lighting  had  not  been 
invented.  We  had,  I  think,  but  one  book  store,  and,  although 
modest  attempt  to  establish  a  public  library  was  made,  it  soon 
petered  out.  I  know  I  contributed  a  few  books  to  it,  but  I 
remember  that,  having  made  a  trip  to  the  Atlantic  states  in 
'57,  when  I  came  back  I  learned  that  the  library  had  been 
abolished  and  that  the  books,  including  those  I  had  donated, 
had  been  sold. 


78  LOS  ANGELES 

We  had  neither  mercantile  nor  savings  banks  during  the 
entire  decade  of  the  '50s,  and  but  few  money  safes.  All  mer- 
chandise not  produced  here  was  brought  from  San  Francisco 
by  steamers  of  sail  vessels,  lightered  at  San  Pedro,  and 
brought  up  to  town  by  big  mule  trains  of  "prairie  schooners." 

Until  vineyards  and  orchards  were  planted  and  came  to 
bearing  in  the  upper  country,  after  change  of  government, 
the  people  of  that  part  of  the  state,  including  the  population 
of  the  mining  regions,  depended  on  the  vineyards  of  Los  An- 
geles for  their  fruit.  I  know  that  for  several  years  large 
shipments  of  mission  grapes,  the  only  kind  grown  here  then, 
were  made  by  each  steamer  during  the  grape  season.  The 
"vignerones"  here  realized  all  the  way  from  one  to  two  bits 
(reales)  a  pound  for  their  grapes.  Other  fruits  besides  the 
"mission  grape"  were  scarce  here  also,  as  well  as  in  the  north, 
and  generally  of  inferior  quality,  until  improved  varieties 
were  introduced  from  the  eastern  states.  Among  the  enter- 
prising pioneers  who  first  brought  the  best  standard  fruits 
and  vegetables  to  Los  Angeles  were  Dr.  W.  B.  Osborne,  Los 
Angeles'  first  postmaster,  H.  C.  Cardwell,  0.  W.  Childs  and 
others. 

The  Hollisters  of  Santa  Barbara  brought  a  flock  of  Amer- 
ican improved  sheep  all  the  way  from  Ohio  to  Los  Angeles, 
arriving  here  in  the  early  part  of  1854.  Los  Angeles  was  long 
known  as  one  of  the  "Cow  counties,"  as  stock  raising  was 
extensively  carried  on  throughout  Southern  California  for 
some  years  under  American  rule,  as  it  had  been  in  mission 
times;  and  it  was  very  profitable  even  in  spite  of  occasional 
severe  drouths,  as  these  countries  were  natural  grass  coun- 
tries, burr-clover,  alfileria  and  wild  oats  being  especially  val- 
uable indigenous  grasses.  Cattle  did  not  need  to  be  fed  and 
housed  in  winter  in  our  mild  climate,  as  they  are  required  to 
be  fed  in  colder  countries.  Besides,  the  best  known  breeds 
of  horse,  sheep  and  neat  cattle  stock  were  gradually  intro- 
duced. But  eventually,  as  the  admirable  adaptation  of  South- 
ern California  for  the  perfection  in  growth  of  citrus  fruits 
was  demonstrated,  and  the  splendid  seedless  navel  orange  was 
discovered,  the  immense  cattle  ranges  were  gradually  con- 
verted into  orange  and  lemon  orchards.  The  English  walnut 
crop  has  been  found  to  be  profitable  here  also,  and  thus,  as  we 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA       79 

now  see,  our  orchards  have  taken  the  place  of  what  were 
formerly  extensive  cattle  ranges. 

In  '55  the  Star,  established  in  '51  by  McElroy  and  Lewis, 
and  the  Southern  California,  published  by  Wheeler  and  Butts, 
both  weekly,  were  the  only  local  newspapers  Los  Angeles 
could  boast  of.  We  heard  from  the  outside  world  by  steamer 
from  San  Francisco,  twice  a  month. 

When  "Johnny"  Temple  built  a  theater  in  '58,  on  the  site 
of  the  present  Bullard  Block,  our  list  of  entertainments  was 
somewhat  enlarged.  Instead  of  high-toned  "Horse  Shows" 
like  that  just  held  in  Pasadena,  we  sometimes  had  bear  and 
bull  fights,  cock  fights  and  frequent  horse,  mule  and  donkey 
races,  and  occasionally  a  Spanish  circus,  or  "maroma,"  and 
at  Christmas  times  we  were  regaled  with  the  quaint,  beauti- 
ful characteristically  Spanish  "Pastorela,"  which  was  very 
effectively  and  charmingly  presented  by  a  thoroughly  trained 
company  under  the  direction  of  Don  Antonio  Coronel. 

Of  the  adult  people  of  Los  Angeles  who  were  living  here 
when  I  came  here,  and  with  whom  I  gradually  became  more  or 
less  acquainted,  very,  very  few  are  now  alive,  although  many 
of  their  children  have  grown  up,  and  have  become  heads  of 
families. 

I  cannot  suppress  a  feeling  of  sadness  as  I  recall  the  past 
and  review  the  changes  that  have  occurred,  in  persons  and 
scenes  that  now,  as  I  look  back,  seem  but  dreams,  but  which 
then  were  indeed  so  real.  And  the  thought  arises,  if  such 
great  changes  have  occurred  during  the  past  fifty  years,  who 
can  tell  or  even  imagine  what  Los  Angeles  will  be  fifty  years 
hence,  or  what  is  in  store  for  our  children  and  grandchildren? 
Of  the  present  citizens  of  Los  Angeles  except  the  younger  por- 
tion, very  few  indeed  will  then  be  alive.  And  although  we  may 
strain  our  eyes  to  peer  into  the  future, 

"And  strive  to  see  what  things  shall  be;" — 

"Events  and  deeds  for  us  exist, 
As  figures  moving  in  a  mist; 
And  what  approaches — bliss  or  woe — 
We  cannot  tell,  we  may  not  know — 
Not  yet,  not  yet!" — 


80  LOS  ANGELES 

Our  friend,  Mr.  Jackson  A.  Graves,  did  not  arrive  in  Los 
Angeles  at  anywhere  the  early  date  that  signalled  the  arrival 
of  Professor  Barrows.  But  Mr.  Graves  saw  the  old  town 
change  considerably,  and  from  out  the  wonderful  storehouse 
of  his  remarkable  memory  he  gives  us  the  following  recollec- 
tions : 

It  is  impossible  for  one  who  has  come  to  Los  Angeles  in 
recent  years  to  imagine  its  appearance  or  condition  in  June. 
1875.  I  do  not  know  what  its  population  was  then.  The  total 
registration  of  voters  that  year  when  Orange  County  was 
still  a  part  of  Los  Angeles  County  was  but  2,900. 

At  this  date  things  were  decidedly  primitive  in  Los  An- 
geles. The  railroad  was  in  operation  from  the  city  to  Wil- 
mington. All  vessels  were  anchored  outside  of  the  present 
inland  harbor  at  San  Pedro,  at  a  point  beyond  Dead  Man's 
Island.  The  road  to  Santa  Monica  was  being  graded.  It  was 
started  by  Senator  John  P.  Jones,  who  intended  to  run  it  to 
Independence,  Inyo  County.  The  financial  crash  of  1875  put 
an  end  to  this  enterprise.  He  sold  his  rights  of  way  and  road, 
as  far  as  graded,  to  the  Southern  Pacific,  which  shortly  after- 
wards completed  the  road  to  Santa  Monica. 

From  San  Francisco  the  road  was  completed  into  Caliente. 
From  Los  Angeles  north  it  was  built  to  the  south  portal  of  the 
San  Fernando  tunnel.  This  tunnel  and  the  intervening  road 
to  Caliente  over  the  Tehachapi  was  being  constructed.  Pas- 
sengers from  San  Francisco  had  to  stage  it  from  Caliente  to 
San  Fernando.  The  road,  afterwards  completed  by  the  South- 
ern Pacific  to  New  Orleans,  was  only  built  as  far  east  as 
Spadra,  some  miles  this  side  of  Pomona. 

All  the  business  of  the  city  was  transacted  within  a  short 
distance  of  Temple  Block.  That  building  and  the  Pico  House 
were  the  only  three-story  buildings  of  any  note  in  the  city,  if 
I  remember  rightly.    There  was  not  an  elevator  in  the  town. 

The  Farmers  and  Merchants  Bank  was  then  in  its  own 
building  on  North  Main  Street,  just  south  of  the  present  Cos- 
mopolitan Hotel.  The  Los  Angeles  County  Bank,  founded  by 
the  late  J.  S.  Slauson,  was  nearly  opposite  the  Farmers  and 
Merchants  Bank,  being  located  in  a  two-story  brick  building 
still  standing,  just  north  of  the  St.  Charles  Hotel.    The  only 


82  LOS  ANGELES 

other  bank  in  the  city,  that  of  Temple  and  Workman,  was 
in  the  Temple  Block  at  the  corner  of  Spring  and  Temple 
streets.  The  Main  Street  corner  of  the  building  was  occu- 
pied by  A.  Portugal,  as  a  clothing  store.  Next  to  him,  on 
Main  Street,  Joe  Williams,  still  alive,  conducted  a  saloou, 
"The  Beeeption." 

Sam  Hellman,  father  of  Maurice  S.  Hellman,  had  a  book 
and  stationery  store  adjoining  this  saloon.  South  of  him  on 
Main  Street  Geo.  Pridham  conducted  a  cigar  stand.  At  the 
corner  of  Main  and  Market,  in  the  Temple  Block,  was  the 
office  of  Wells,  Fargo  and  Company  Express.  Adjoining  it  on 
the  west  Jake  Phillipi,  ponderous,  jovial  and  Dutch,  kept  a 
large  and  very  popular  beer  hall. 

The  Pico  House,  opposite  the  Plaza  on  the  east  side  of 
Main  Street,  was  the  leading  hotel.  Honors  were  shared  with 
it  by  the  "Bella  Union,"  afterwards  called  the  St.  Charles.  It 
was  also  on  the  east  side  of  Main  Street,  a  few  doors  south 
of  the  present  Baker  Block. 

V.  Dol  conducted  the  Commercial  Restaurant  in  the 
Downey  Block.  It  was  a  well  patronized  and  popular  dining 
place.  South  of  the  Farmers  and  Merchants  Bank  Building 
the  "City  of  Paris,"  the  leading  dry  goods  store  of  the  city, 
was  located.  South  of  it  was  Billy  Buffum's  drinking  saloon. 
Adjoining  it  just  north  of  the  Downey  Block,  Dr.  T.  Woll- 
webber,  a  large,  portly  German,  had  his  drug  store.  The 
doctor  was  a  fine  old  gentleman,  possessed,  however,  of  an 
uncontrollable  temper.  He  afterwards  kept  a  drug  store  on 
the  corner  of  Third  and  Broadway,  where  the  Bradbury  Build- 
ing stands.  When  telephones  came  into  use  he  would  get  so 
mad  at  his  that  in  his  attempts  to  kick  it  off  the  wall  he 
kicked  down  patches  of  plaster.  (What  would  he  have  done 
with  two  telephone  systems  to  contend  with  ? ) 

South  of  Wollwebber  was  the  wholesale  liquor  store  of 
Levy  &  Coblentz,  afterwards  kept  by  M.  Levy  and  Company. 
Next  to  it  Upham  &  Bea  had  a  bookstore,  which,  for  many 
years  afterwards,  was  kept  by  Phil  Hirschfeld.  Charlie  Bush 
had  a  jewelry  store  in  the  same  block. 

Dillon  &  Keneally,  dry  goods  merchants,  were  located  on 
the  east  side  of  Main  Street  opposite  the  Temple  Block.    Next 


PROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA       83 

to  them  were  Dotter  &  Bradley,  furniture  dealers.  They 
afterward  founded  the  Los  Angeles  Furniture  Company.  It 
moved  to  a  three-story  brick  building  built  for  it  by  0.  W. 
Childs  and  I.  W.  Hellman,  on  the  east  side  of  North  Main 
Street  opposite  the  Baker  Block.  From  there  the  company 
moved  to  Judge  BieknelPs  building  on  Broadway  below  Sec- 
ond Street,  later  a  part  of  B.  F.  Coulter's  store. 

Sam  Prager  conducted  a  clothing  store  in  the  corner  of  the 
Ducommin  Block  at  Main  and  Commercial.  His  brother 
Charles  was  also  in  business  on  Commercial  Street  near  Sam 
Meyer.  Polaski  &  Goodwin,  dealers  in  dry  goods,  were  at  the 
southeast  corner  of  Main  and  Commercial,  where  the  United 
States  National  Bank  now  is.  The  United  States  Hotel, 
smaller  in  size  than  it  is  now,  was  then,  as  now,  on  the  south- 
east corner  of  Main  and  Bequena  streets.  South  of  it,  in 
the  premises  occupied  by  Harper,  Reynolds  and  Company, 
Riviera  and  Sanguinetta  had  a  large  retail  grocery  store. 
South  of  them  on  the  same  side  of  Main  Street,  Eugene  Ger- 
main and  Geo.  Matfield  also  had  a  retail  grocery  store,  under 
the  name  of  Germain  and  Matfield.  In  various  portions  of 
the  business  center  the  Nortons,  Laventhal,  and  E.  Greenbaum 
were  engaged  in  the  retail  clothing  business. 

On  the  east  side  of  Main  Street  nearly  opposite  Temple 
Street,  where  the  Lanfranco  Block  now  stands,  was  a  two- 
story  adobe  building  of  the  same  name.  Its  upstairs  was 
occupied  by  the  family  of  that  name.  On  the  ground  floor 
A.  C.  Chauvin  had  a  grocery  store  and  south  of  him  Doctor 
Heinzeman  a  drug  store.  Below  him  Workman  Brothers  had 
a  saddle  and  harness  shop.  One  of  the  partners  was  the  late 
William  H.  Workman.  He  had  been  mayor  of  the  city,  and 
its  treasurer  for  several  terms.  Where  the  Baker  Block  now 
stands  was  a  one-story  adobe,  the  former  home  of  Don  Abel 
Stearns  and  then  occupied  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  R.  S.  Baker, 
Mrs.  Baker  having  been  the  widow  of  Don  Abel. 

The  erection  of  the  Baker  Block  was  commenced  in  1875 
and  for  years  it  was  the  finest  building  in  Los  Angeles. 

The  wholesale  business  was  all  done  on  Los  Angeles  Street, 
and  was  largely  confined  to  Hellman,  Haas  &  Company,  who 
were  on  the  northeast  corner  of  Los  Angeles  and  Commercial 


84 


LOS  ANGELES 


streets,  and  the  Newmarks,  who  were  on  the  west  side  of  Los 
Angeles  Street,  a  block  to  the  south. 

Over  Hellman,  Haas  &  Company's  store  were  a  number  of 
rooms  occupied  by  young  unmarried  business  men.  Among 
them  was  Mendel  Meyer,  a  brother  of  Sam  Meyer.     Mendel 


Old  Court  House 
Between  Main  and  Spring,  Court  and  Market 


was  an  enthusiastic  violinist.  Coming  in  one  night  after  12 
o'clock,  he  began  to  play  his  violin.  Doors  flew  open  and 
shoes,  boot-jacks  and  bric-a-brac  were  hurled  at  Mendel's 
door.  He  opened  it,  stuck  his  head  into  the  hall  and  greeted 
his  companions  with :  ' '  Hey,  what  is  the  matter  with  you 
fellows?  Can't  a  man  make  music  in  his  own  castle?"  (A 
6x8  room.)     At  the  corner  of  Los  Angeles  and  Aliso  streets, 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  85 

where  Haas,  Baruch  &  Co.  now  do  business,  Kalisher  &  War- 
tenberg,  dealers  in  hides,  and  old  timers  of  long  standing,  were 
located. 

On  Alameda  Street  north  of  Aliso  was  Don  Mateo  Keller's 
residence  and  wine  cellars.  Juan  Bernardy  had  similar  cel- 
lars on  Alameda  Street,  but  farther  south. 

The  old  courthouse  stood  where  the  Bullard  Block  is  sit- 
uated. It  housed  all  of  the  county  officials  on  the  ground  floor. 
On  the  second  floor  were  the  courtrooms  and  judges'  cham- 
bers. Hon.  Ygnacio  Sepulveda  was  district  judge,  and 
Hon.  H.  K.  S.  O'Melveny  was  county  judge.  Opposite  the 
courthouse,  on  Market  Street,  was  a  large  wooden  pavilion 
which  was  used  as  a  place  of  amusement,  and  for  dancing 
parties,  church  fairs,  etc. 

Where  the  Nadeau  Hotel  stands  there  was  a  one-story 
adobe  building  on  the  street  line.  The  rest  of  the  lot  was  used 
as  a  stable  and  stock-yard  by  a  stage  company. 

Louis  Roeder's  wagon  shop  was  on  Spring  Street  south 
of  the  stage  station.  The  old  jail  stood  where  the  Phillips 
Block  now  is.  On  Spring  Street,  opposite  Temple  Block,  Ben 
Truman  conducted  the  Daily  Star,  in  a  one-story  adobe.  Yar- 
nell  and  Castyle  had  a  job  printing  office  in  the  Downey 
Block  on  Temple  Street,  where  they  also  got  out  the  Mirror, 
a  weekly  temperance  publication.  Out  of  this  paper  evolved 
the  Los  Angeles  Times.  Billings  &  Smith  had  a  livery  stable 
where  the  county  jail  and  the  adjoining  building  east  of  it  are 
now  located.  Opposite  this  stable  in  the  corner  of  the  present 
county  courthouse  lot,  was  a  small  brick  Episcopal  Church. 
The  high  school  was  on  top  of  the  hill  where  the  courthouse 
now  stands. 

Ferguson  &  Rose  (L.  J.)  ran  a  large  and  fashionable  livery 
stable  on  the  west  side  of  Main  Street  opposite  Arcadia  Street. 
Louis  Lichtenberger  had  a  wagon-making  shop  on  Main  Street 
north  of  First  Street,  where  a  building  owned  by  his  heirs 
and  bearing  his  name  still  stands.  He  afterwards  ran  the 
Philadelphia  Brewery  on  Aliso  Street,  which  later  became  the 
Maier  Brewing  Company. 

Judge  E.  M.  Ross  lived  in  a  brick  house  on  the  east  side 
of  Main  Street  opposite  Third  Street  (Third  Street  did  not 


86  LOS  ANGELES 

then  extend  east  of  Main  Street).  Capt.  C.  E.  Thorn  lived  in 
the  large  dwelling  house  still  standing  in  the  rear  of  the  Thorn 
Block  at  the  corner  of  Third  and  Main  streets.  Mr.  Andrew 
Glassell  lived  about  where  the  Hoegee  Company's  store  is 
situated. 

Governor  John  G.  Downey  lived  in  a  brick  building  on  the 
west  side  of  Main  Street  just  north  of  the  Van  Nuys  Hotel. 
The  hotel  site  was  occupied  by  the  family  residence  of  James 
G.  Howard.  Mr.  I.  W.  Hellman  was  building  his  residence, 
one  of  the  best  in  the  city,  at  Fourth  and  Main,  where  the 
building  of  tbe  Farmers  and  Merchants  National  Bank 
stands. 

Judge  0  'Melveny  had  a  very  attractive  home  at  "Second 
and  Broadway,  west  side.  South  of  his  place  was  the  resi- 
dence of  John  M.  Griffith.  Next  to  him  that  of  Eugene  Meyer 
and  south  of  him  that  of  Harris  Newmark.  The  block  on 
Broadway,  between  First  and  Second  streets,  was  filled  with 
the  residences  of  pioneer  citizens.  The  bill  section  of  the 
town  was  hardly  occupied  at  all. 

Between  San  Pedro  Street  and  portions  of  Main  Street 
and  the  river  were  vineyards  and  orchards.  Orange  groves 
were  on  Main  and  Spring  and  Broadway  as  far  north  as  Sec- 
ond Street.  The  three  principal  orange  groves  of  the  city 
were  the  Wolfskill,  the  first  one  set  out  here,  located  in  the 
neighborhood  of  the  Arcade  Depot,  and  the  Breswalter  and 
Childs  groves,  which  were  east  of  Main  Street,  at  Ninth  and 
Tenth  streets. 

All  of  the  lawyers  and  doctors  and  surveyors  were  housed 
principally  in  the  Temple  and  Downey  blocks. 

Judson  and  Gillette  and  W.  H.  J.  Brooks  were  the  only 
searchers  of  records.  John  Carlin,  W.  J.  Brodrick  and  Fred 
Drakenfelt  shared  the  insurance  business  of  the  community. 
Butchers  and  bakers  were  scattered  here  and  there  as  they 
are  in  all  towns.  Fred  Morsch,  a  good-natured  German  who 
loved  a  glass  of  beer,  was  the  sign  painter  of  the  town.  The 
lumber  yards  were  all  located  on  Alameda  or  San  Pedro 
streets. 

The  Cathedral,  on  Main  Street  south  of  First  Street,  was 
in  course  of  erection.    The  old  Plaza  Church  was  just  as  it  is 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  87 

now.  John  Jones  and  family  occupied  an  adobe  residence 
opposite  the  Plaza  and  nearly  opposite  the  Plaza  Church. 

Below  Fourth  Street  there  was  only  an  occasional  house 
on  any  of  the  streets  between  Main  and  Figueroa.  Agricul- 
tural Park  was  in  existence.  Fairs  and  races  were  held  there. 
J.  S.  Slauson  was  one  of  the  pioneers  in  the  Figueroa  Street 
district.  So  was  Judge  Brunson,  the  Longstreets,  Col.  J.  F. 
Godfrey  and  a  few  others. 

None  of  the  streets  of  the  city  had  been  paved.  A  little 
gravel  from  the  hills  was  put  onto  some  of  them.  In  winter 
the  streets  were  a  sea  of  mud.  In  summer  the  dust  was  to 
some  extent  allayed  by  spasmodic  sprinkling. 

In  1875  certainly  one-half  of  the  community  was  Spanish. 

Everybody  knew  everybody  else,  and  the  people  seemed  to 
be  one  great  happy  family.  I  think  I  can  safely  say  that  I 
knew  every  man,  woman  and  child  in  Los  Angeles  within 
ninety  days  after  I  got  here. 

Driving  was  one  of  the  great  daily  amusements.  The 
well-to-do  families  all  had  their  own  carriages.  Those  who 
were  not  so  fortunate  patronized  the  livery  stables. 

After  one  got  beyond  the  immediate  city  limits  one  found 
natural  roads,  good  except  at  times  of  heavy  rains.  There 
was  not  enough  travel  on  them  to  make  them  rough  or  dusty. 
The  Arroyo  Seco  Drive  was  a  favorite  one,  also  a  road  up 
the  river.  On  Sundays  and  holidays  in  the  summer  time,  a 
drive  to  Santa  Monica  was  the  thing.  The  drive  there  in  the 
early  morning,  a  dip  in  the  ocean,  a  dinner  at  Eugene's  and 
the  drive  home  in  the  cool  of  the  afternoon,  afforded  one  a 
full  day's  amusement. 

If  the  city  was  small  and  thinly  populated,  what  of  the 
county? 

East  Los  Angeles  was  almost  unborn  as  yet.  All  that 
portion  of  the  city  and  much  more  was  owned  by  Dr.  J.  S. 
Griffin  and  his  nephew,  Hancock  Johnson. 

Beyond  East  Los  Angeles,  in  the  Arroyo  Seco,  and  to 
the  east  and  west  of  it,  there  were  no  dwellings  or  improve- 
ments except  the  dancing  pavilion  at  the  Sycamore  Grove  and 
John  Benner's  slaughter  house,  where  Garvanza  is  located. 


liPf 

<jISk1I 

fcij^-v  dh-  *  tffj  dm 

WBJP^g^SBBj 

Building  Now  Covering  Old  Pasadena 

City  Hall,  Library  and  Play  Grounds — Scenes  on  Colorado  Street  and 

Raymond  Avenue 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  89 

Lincoln  Park  was  utterly  vacant.  The  settlement  of  Pasadena 
had  just  commenced. 

Going  out  of  East  Los  Angeles,  by  what  is  known  as  the 
Adobe  Eoad,  the  country  was  all  open.  The  present  sites 
of  South  Pasadena,  Alhambra  and  Dolgeville  were  sheep 
pastures. 

Oneonta  Park  was  included  in  1,200  acres  of  land  known  as 
the  "Bacon  Tract,"  owned  by  H.  D.  Bacon.  It  embraced 
the  Raymond  Hotel  grounds  and  extended  to  Alhambra  Road 
on  the  south,  just  beyond  Sierra  Vista  on  the  west  and  to  the 
center  of  South  Pasadena  on  that  side,  and,  on  its  eastern 
side,  the  arroyo  running  south  on  the  east  side  of  the  Ray- 
mond Hotel. 

East  of  the  Bacon  tract  was  Gen.  G.  Stoneman's  place  of 
several  hundred  acres,  mostly  in  vines,  formerly  the  Myles 
place,  and  now  subdivided.  Next  came  the  Solomon  Rich- 
ardson place.  Then  the  home  place  of  Col.  E.  J.  C.  Kewen. 
East  of  Kewen  was  the  home  of  B.  D.  Wilson,  now  owned  by 
his  daughters,  Mrs.  G.  S.  Patton  and  Miss  Annie  Wilson. 
Then  the  Shorb  ranch  and  the  Winston  home,  both  the  prop- 
erty of  Mr.  H.  E.  Huntington,  except  a  portion  of  the  Winston 
place,  which  he  sold  to  W.  G.  Kerckhoff,  who  still  possesses  it. 
Adjoining  Winston  on  the  east  was  the  James  Foord  prop- 
erty, now  owned  by  the  I.  N.  Van  Nuys  estate.  Then  came  the 
Titus  ranch,  with  its  sign  on  the  gate,  "Dew  Drop,"  now 
owned  by  Judge  Bicknell  and  the  Bradbury  estate.  Titus  was 
an  orange  grower,  a  rival  of  L.  J.  Rose  as  a  breeder  of  trot- 
ting stock,  and  a  man  of  sterling  worth. 

Next  on  the  east  were  the  princely  possessions  of  L.  J. 
Rose,  known  as  "Sunny  Slope."  Here  he  made  a  reputation 
as  a  winemaker  and  as  a  breeder  of  trotting  stock,  winning  for 
himself  fame  throughout  the  world.  East  of  him  was  A.  B. 
Chapman,  and  then  came  Santa  Anita,  the  first  property  in 
the  county  owned  by  E.  J.  Baldwin.  From  there  on  to  Azusa 
there  was  not  a  house  in  sight. 

At  San  Gabriel  there  was  a  small  settlement  and  another 
at  El  Monte  and  at  Puente.  Leaving  Los  Angeles  and  going 
southeast  there  were  no  habitations  until  you  got  to  Downey 
and  Rivera. 


90  LOS  ANGELES 

The  Cienega  ranch  was  mostly  a  swamp  and  the  best  duck 
and  snipe  grounds  in  California.  From  Los  Angeles  to  Santa 
Monica  was  almost  all  open  country.  From  Santa  Monica  to 
Wilmington  and  from  Agricultural  Park  to  the  ocean,  in  the 
winter  months,  untold  numbers  of  wild  geese  "honked"  and 
fed.  The  San  Rafael  Rancho,  where  Glendale  is  located,  was 
but  sparsely  settled. 

The  Providencia  Rancho,  where  Burbank  now  is,  was 
owned  by  Doctor  Burbank,  who  grazed  it  to  sheep.  Later  be 
sold  it  for  subdivision,  and  built  the  theater  of  his  name  on 
Main  Street  in  Los  Angeles. 

The  only  street  car  line  in  Los  Angeles  was  one  that  had 
been  built  the  year  before  by  Judge  R.  M.  Widney  and  his 
associates,  from  the  Plaza  on  Main  Street,  down  Main  Street 
to  Spring  Street,  then  out  Spring  Street  to  Sixth  Street  and 
on  Sixth  Street  to  Figueroa  Street.  Shortly  afterward  the 
Main  and  Agricultural  Park  line  was  put  into  operation  and 
another  line  built  to  East  Los  Angeles. 

Oil  had  been  discovered  in  the  Newhall  district,  and  the 
Pacific  Coast  Oil  Company  was  doing  considerable  develop- 
ment work  there. 

I  have  written  this  article  entirely  from  memory,  without 
consulting  an  authority,  newspaper  file  or  public  record. 

Such  was  the  foundation  for  the  wonderful  development 
which  has  taken  place  in  this  community  in  thirty-five  years. 
Surely  the  population  of  this  city  in  1875  did  not  exceed  7,000 
people,  one-half  of  whom  were  native  Californians.  In  1900 
its  population  had  increased  from  13,000  in  1880  to  101,000. 
The  census  just  taken,  I  am  positive,  will  show  its  population 
in  the  neighborhood  of  320,000. 

Predicting  for  the  future  from  the  past,  can  any  human 
being  paint  the  picture  as  it  will  be  thirty-five  years  hence? 
To  my  mind  we  are  yet  in  our  infancy  and  our  growth  and 
development  will  be  more  rapid  in  the  future  than  it  has  ever 
been  up  to  the  present  time. 

Passing  reluctantly  from  the  reminiscences  of  Mr.  Graves, 
it  is  recalled  that  the  one  great  sensation  of  the  old  times— 
that  is  to  say,  the  times  of  forty  years  ago — was  the  cele- 
brated failure  of  the  Temple  and  Workman  Bank.    You  can- 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  91 

not  talk  very  long  to  any  man  or  woman  living  now  who  have 
been  residents  of  Los  Angeles  for  the  past  fifty  years  without 
having  them  surely  tell  you  about  the  time  "when  the  Temple 
and  Workman  Bank  failed." 

More  recent  comers  to  the  city  might  be  curious  to  know 
what  were  the  facts  in  this  celebrated  case,  and  in  order  to 
satisfy  legitimate  curiosity  of  this  nature,  we  give  those  facts 
briefly  as  fellows: 

In  September,  1875,  the  Bank  of  California  in  San  Fran- 
cisco, supposed  then  to  be  the  strongest  institution  on  the 
Pacific  Coast,  got  into  difficulty  and  temporarily  closed  its 
doors.  Its  president,  W.  C.  Ralston,  either  committed  suicide 
or  was  accidentally  drowned  at  North  Beach. 

The  failure  of  the  Bank  of  California  was  felt  all  over  the 
state.  In  Los  Angeles,  the  Temple  and  Workman  Bank,  a 
partnership  composed  of  T.  P.  F.  Temple  and  his  father-in- 
law,  Mr.  Workman,  a  very  wealthy  landholder  living  at 
Puente,  closed  its  doors. 

The  event  created  a  most  profound  sensation  and  threw 
the  community  into  a  high  state  of  excitement. 

In  the  desperate  effort  to  restore  solvency  to  the  bank, 
quite  a  sum  of  money  was  borrowed  from  Newmark  and  Com- 
pany, and  more  from  E.  J.  (Lucky)  Baldwin  on  Spring  Street 
property,  a  half  interest  in  Cienega  Rancho  and  thousands  of 
acres  of  the  land  of  the  Rancho  de  la  Merced  at  Puente. 

After  a  lapse  of  some  days  the  bank  reopened  its  doors, 
but  confidence  in  it  had  been  destroyed  and  its  depositors  with- 
drew their  money  from  it.  It  was  again  forced  to  close  and 
make  an  assignment  to  Daniel  Freeman  and  E.  F.  Spence. 
Freeman  was  the  largest  landholder  at  Inglewood,  and  Spence 
was  at  that  time  cashier  of  the  Commercial  Bank,  afterward 
the  First  National  Bank  of  Los  Angeles. 

Money,  however,  became  tighter  here  and  throughout  the 
country  at  large.  The  assets  of  the  Temple  and  Workman 
Bank  shrunk  incredibly,  and  collections  were  very  difficult 
to  make.  In  time  the  mortgages  on  the  property  of  Temple 
and  Workman  were  foreclosed.  There  was  no  way  of  raising 
money  to  redeem  these  properties,  and  all  of  them  passed  to 
the  assignees.     Creditors  became  dissatisfied  with  the  man- 


92  LOS  ANGELES 

agement  of  Freeman  and  Spence,  and  at  last  a  petition  in 
bankruptcy  was  filed  in  the  United  States  District  Court  in 
San  Francisco. 

Only  a  small  dividend  was  ever  made  to  the  creditors.  It 
was  the  most  disastrous  financial  failure  that  had  ever  oc- 
curred here,  and  the  only  Los  Angeles  bank  failure  of  record. 
The  same  thing  occurred  in  innumerable  places  throughout 
the  United  States  at  the  same  time  and  during  years  imme- 
diately succeeding. 


CHAPTER  VII 

KALEIDOSCOPE  OF  THE  YEARS 

Looking  backward  and  across  the  years  at  the  growth  of 
Los  Angeles  from  the  time  it  was  a  sleepy  pueblo,  until  now 
when  it  stands  as  a  world  metropolis,  beginning  with  the  first 
real  awakening  in  1849,  and  coining  down  to  the  present  day, 
it  is  as  though  one  looked  through  a  magical  kaleidoscope. 

The  mere  bare  chronicle  of  the  events  of  the  past  sixty- 
five  years  is  in  itself  sufficiently  thrilling  without  any  attempt 
whatever  at  embellishment. 

We  have  been  at  pains  to  make  a  running  record  of  those 
events,  not  only  for  the  information  and  satisfaction  of  the 
readers  of  this  book,  but  also  in  order  that  the  chronicle  may 
be  set  forth  and  preserved  for  this  and  future  generations. 

And  the  chronicle  runneth  thus  : 

In  1849  the  first  steamer  touched  at  San  Pedro,  the  Gold 
Hunter,  from  San  Francisco  to  Mazatlan.  And  in  the  same 
year  Temple  and  Alexander  put  on  the  first  four-wheeled 
vehicle  transporting  passengers  between  the  harbor  and  Los 
Angeles. 

Captain  Banning  arrived  in  Los  Angeles  in  1851.  He 
established  a  rival  landing  at  San  Pedro,  resulting  in  lively 
competition  between  the  stages.  Xo  time  was  lost  transfer- 
ring passengers,  or  on  the  road.  In  fact  the  trips  were  verita- 
ble races,  resulting  in  lively  betting  and  much  advertising  for 
the  winners.  The  trip  was  made  in  21-.  hours,  four  to  six 
bronchos,  harness  primitive,  fifteen  passengers,  driver  of  team 
half  seas  over,  fare  $5.    Teams  changed  at  half-way  house. 

At  this  time  native  Mexicans  and  Indians  were  referred 
to  as  "Californians." 

The  only  real  hotel  in  Los  Angeles  in  1853  was  the  Bella 
Union,  a  one-story  building  of  adobe.  In  1858  it  was  en- 
93 


94  LOS  ANGELES 

larged  to  two  stories,  on  Main  Street  above  Commercial, 
where  all  the  stages  stopped  and  all  city  functions  took  place. 
In  1850  ordinances  licensed  gambling  places,  but  forbade 
card  playing  on  the  street — no  limit  to  saloons  and  gam- 
bling places,  no  regulations  for  their  management.  The  most 
notorious  resort  was  Nigg?r  Alley  (Calle  de  los  Negros),  a 
thoroughfare  not  over  forty  feet  wide  from  Aliso  Street  to 
the  Plaza — one  solid  block  of  saloons  and  gambling  houses. 
Men  and  women  both  dealing  and  playing,  human  life  was 
cheap  and  killings  frequent,  time  lost  from  games  resented; 


'Real"  Hotel  of  Today  on  Long  Beach 


dispatches  were  quick  and  soon  forgotten;  few  disputes  left 
to  court  arbitration.  Twenty  or  thirty  murders  a  month. 
Sonoratown,  across  the  Plaza,  was  given  over  to  dancing 
and  carousing. 

Main  Street  was  then  the  principal  street. 

The  aristocratic  gambling  house  of  the  time  was  the 
Montgomery,'  conducted  by  W.  C.  or  "Billy"  Getman,  some- 
time sheriff  of  Los  Angeles  County,  drinks  25  cents,  games 
for  all  classes,  and  a  billiard  hall  where  moneyed  matches 
occurred.  Tables  and  games  also  to  accommodate  small 
bettors. 

In  1852-54,  for  the  purpose  of  raising  funds,  the  city-owned 
lands  at  reasonable  distances  were  offered  at  $1  per  acre. 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA       95 

John  G.  Nichols  (ex-mayor)  was  said  to  be  the  father  of 
the  first  white  child  born  in  Los  Angeles  of  strictly  American 
parents — John  Gregg  Nichols,  born  April  24,  1851.  Nichols 
was  again  mayor  in  1856-57-58. 

About  this  time  "Hancock's  Survey"  of  the  city  was  made. 

In  1854  Common  Council  permitted  owners  with  abodes 
stranded  to  claim  right  of  way  to  the  nearest  existing  thor- 
oughfare. 

There  were  no  graded  streets  or  sidewalks.  Discarded 
articles  were  simply  thrown  in  the  streets.  Dead  horses  on 
the  streets  were  not  uncommon.  There  were  no  street  lights, 
except  from  lights  in  front  of  individual  stores  and  saloons. 
Night  walkers  used  candles  and  lanterns. 

The  city  and  county  both  had  official  headquarters  in  a 
one-story  adobe  building  on  the  northwest  corner  of  Franklin 
Alley  and  Spring  Street. 

In  1853  Mayor  Antonio  Franco  Coronel  lived  at  Alameda 
and  Seventh  streets.  Maj.  Henry  Hancock,  lawyer  and  sur- 
veyor, came  from  New  Hampshire  to  Los  Angeles  in  1852,  and 
by  1853  had  made  the  second  survey  of  the  city,  defining  the 
boundaries  of  the  thirty-five-acre  city  lots.  He  was  himself 
always  land  poor,  but  retained  the  La  Brea  Rancho,  which  he 
always  thought  would  produce  oil  and  is  now  owned  by  bis 
son,  Allan  Hancock. 

In  1853  George  Hansen  arrived.  He  was  a  surveyor  and 
worked  with  Hancock.  He  was  also  a  fine  student  and  lin- 
guist, and  the  ownership  of  Elysian  Park  is  due  to  his  fore- 
sight. 

In  1883  the  Farmers  and  Merchants  Bank  moved  to  the 
southeast  corner  of  Commercial  and  Main,  ground  formerly 
owned  by  Jose  Mascarel,  and  bought  from  him  by  I.  W.  Hell- 
man  in  the  70s. 

Newman  says:  "In  a  store  near  the  corner  of  Commer- 
cial and  Main  street,  A.  F.  Hinchman,  as  administrator  of 
the  Temple  Estate,  sold  18  lots,  each  120  by  330  feet,  on  Fort 
Street  (Broadway),  on  the  East  and  West  sides,  some  running 
through  the  Spring,  some  to  Hill,  for  $1,050,  12  lots  for  $50 
each  and  6  corners  for  $75  each." 

The  hunting  grounds  for  doves  and  quail  in  those  days 


96  LOS  ANGELES 

was  Main  to  Olive  and  Sixth  to  Pico.  The  community  was 
so  village  like  that  the  location  of  stores  was  not  known  by 
street  numbers  but  by  saying  "opposite  Bella  Union,"  "near 
Mr.  Temple's,"  "next  express  office,"  etc. 

Stores  frequently  closed  for  few  hours  at  midday  while 
people  took  siestas  or  played  billiards. 

Carriages  were  scarce — travel  was  chiefly  by  saddle 
horse,  or  by  native  carretas  (platform  5  by  8  feet  or  there- 
abouts), mounted  on  two  wheels,  wheels  solid  and  sawed  out 
of  logs,  much  jolting,  squeaking  and  general  discomfort,  used 
for  general  freight  carrying  also,  and  generally  pulled  by 
oxen. 

San  Bernardino  County,  which  had  been  in  1853  cut  off 
from  Los  Angeles  County  and  colonized  by  Mormons  from 
Salt  Lake  City,  was  at  this  time  one  of  the  chief  sources  of 
supply  for  poultry,  dairy  supplies,  etc.  Transportation  to 
Los  Angeles  across  the  desert  took  three  days.  In  summer 
this  was  disastrous  to  supplies,  but  prices  were  more  than  rea- 
sonable— eggs  15  cents  a  dozen,  50  cents  a  pair  for  chickens. 
San  Bernardino  was  also  the  source  of  the  lumber  supply. 

In  1851  the  first  newspaper  was  established  in  Los  An- 
geles. It  was  a  weekly,  La  Estrella  de  Los  Angeles — The 
Los  Angeles  Star,  printed  half  in  Spanish  and  half  in  English. 
It  had  no  telegraphic  news,  of  course,  containing  only  local 
items  and  occasional  news  from  outside  brought  by  mail.  The 
uncertainty  of  the  latter  resulted  in  letters  from  San  Fran- 
cisco sometimes  taking  as  long  as  six  weeks  to  reach  Los 
Angeles. 

Gold  was  mined  in  the  vicinity  of  Los  Angeles  this  year, 
but  not  important  in  amount,  the  chief  sources  of  the  supply 
coming  from  the  San  Gabriel  and  San  Francisquito  canyons. 

Protestants  first  established  a  chapel  in  Los  Angeles  in 
1852.  There  were  two  cemeteries,  one  on  Fort  Hill  and  an- 
other on  Buena  Vista  Street. 

In  1853  there  was  a  movement  to  provide  public  schools, 
though  some  sort  of  semi-private  schooling  had  previously 
been  provided,  partly  subsidized  by  city  moneys.  In  1854  the 
city  still  owned  no  school  building  of  its  own.  Stephen  C. 
Foster,  then  mayor  of  the  city,  was  appointed  also  school 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA 


97 


superintendent,  and  the  first  actual  city  school,  a  two-story 
brick  building-  and  known  as  School  No.  1,  was  built  on  the 
northwest  corner  of  Spring  and  Second  streets,  location  later 
used  for  a  city  hall.  It  was  where  the  Bryson  Block  now 
stands.  This  building  cost  $6,000  and  was  opened  on  March 
19,  1855.  There  were  two  teachers,  one  for  boys  and  one  for 
girls. 

Wells,  Fargo  &  Company  seem  to  have  established  them- 
selves here  in  the  early  '50s. 


n 


Los  Angei.ks  in  18-14  Looking  Eastward 


In  1854  the  city  depended  almost  entirely  on  "Zanjas" — 
x»pen  ditches — for  its  water  supply,  both  irrigating  and  do- 
mestic. Some  seven  or  eight  main  laterals  connected  to 
"Zanja  Madre"  or  mother  ditch,  which  in  turn  was  fed  from 
the  river  above  the  city  for  irrigating  purposes.  The  "Zan- 
jero" — water  superintendent — issued  permits,  and  the  user 
paid  a  fee  based  on  the  time  used  without  regard  to  quantity. 
For  domestic  purposes  those  who  were  near  ditches  helped 
themselves,  others  were  supplied  by  a  carrier  at  the  rate  of 
50  cents  a  week  for  one  bucket  a  day,  more  in  proportion. 
This  peddled  water  was  mainly  drawn  from  the  river  which 
was  freely  used  by  cattle,  pigs,  sheep,  etc.,  and  also  as  a  bath- 


98  LOS  ANGELES 

ing  place  for  both  adults  and  children.  It  was  also  used  by 
passengers  and  vebicles  fording  the  river  in  the  absence  of 
bridges.  There  was  supposed  to  be  an  ordinance  against 
washing  clothes  in  the  river,  but  it  was  generally  ignored  by 
the  native  women. 

In  1853  it  was  proposed  that  a  pipe  distributing  system 
be  installed,  but  it  was  not  favorably  considered. 

In  1854  the  first  Masonic  lodge  received  its  charter.  At 
this  time  smallpox  was  very  prevalent,  with  epidemics  about 
every  two  years. 

When  fires  occurred  a  bucket  brigade  from  the  nearest 
zanja  to  the  conflagration  was  the  general  method  of  pro- 
cedure. Alarm  consisted  of  a  fusillade  of  pistol  shots.  On 
account  of  primitive  methods,  fire  insurance  was  almost  unob- 
tainable. The  first  fire  insurance  known  to  have  been  written 
in  Los  Angeles  was  about  the  year  1858,  at  a  rate  of  about 
4  per  cent  for  premium. 

Metal  money  was  in  poor  supply  and  much  mixed.  Much 
foreign  coinage  was  used  and  freely  exchanged  irrespective 
of  real  relation  of  value.  Mexican  and  United  States  dollars 
and  French  or  Italian  5  franc  pieces,  and  pieces  of  like  size, 
were  readily  accepted  everywhere  as  the  equivalent  of  a  dol- 
lar. The  output  of  the  gold  placer  mines  was  minted  into 
slugs  of  various  sizes  and  shapes  by  private  circulation  as 
coins  for  all  purposes. 

Money  lending  was  immensely  profitable.  Rates  were  ex- 
orbitant, 10  per  cent  a  week  or  more  being  not  uncommon. 
We  find  in  Newmark's  "Sixty  Years  in  Southern  California" 
the  following:  "I  recollect,  for  example,  that  the  owner  of 
several  thousand  acres  of  land  borrowed  $200  at  an  interest 
charge  of  12%  per  cent  for  each  week,  from  a  resident  of  Los 
Angeles  whose  family  is  still  prominent  in  California,  and 
that  when  principal  and  interest  amounted  to  $22,000,  the 
lender  foreclosed  and  thus  ingloriously  came  into  possession 
of  a  magnificent  property." 

From  this  it  may  be  inferred  that  the  sky  was  the  limit  as 
far  as  interest  rates  were  concerned. 

The  great  social  functions  were  "Fandangos,"  many  of 
which  were  attended  by  the  inhabitants  of  the  ranches  round 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  99 

the  city  for  long  distances,  the  "carretas"  bringing  the  guests 
who  were  often  on  the  road  all  day  to  enable  their  occupants 
to  indulge  in  the  pleasure  of  the  dance  the  same  night.  So 
popular  did  the  "Fandango"  become  that  the  city  fathers  saw 
an  opportunity  to  make  money  for  the  city  out  of  it,  and  in 
1861  passed  an  ordinance  levying  a  tax  of  $10  for  a  one-night 
license  to  hold  a  public  dance  in  the  city  limits. 

In  the  early  '50s  Los  Angeles  was  the  scene  of  the  meeting 
of  a  very  important  body,  the  Board  of  Land  Commissioners, 
appointed  from  Washington  to  settle  land  claims  and  prepare 
for  the  granting  of  patents  to  the  various  ranches  and  hold- 
ings heretofore  held  under  varied  titles.  Often  titles  to  the 
same  land  were  vested  in  different  people  by  the  Mexican  au- 
thorities.   The  Land  Commission  completed  its  work  in  1855. 

Another  gold  excitement  in  1855  caused  by  discoveries  in 
Kern  County  brought  crowds  of  gold-seekers  through  Los 
Angeles  who  came  from  San  Francisco  and  the  north  by  way 
of  San  Pedro  on  their  way  to  Kern  County.  Extravagant  re- 
ports, for  which  there  was  no  real  basis,  kept  the  stream  of 
adventurers  flowing  through  Los  Angeles  for  a  couple  of 
years,  but  no  rich  finds  were  ever  developed. 

Besides  regular  travel  by  boat  in  the  '50s,  a  regular  stage 
line  was  established  along  the  coast  from  San  Francisco  to 
San  Diego,  by  way  of  San  Jose,  San  Luis  Obispo,  Santa  Bar- 
bara and  Los  Angeles. 

In  1854  an  appropriation  was  made  by  Congress  for  sur- 
veying and  locating  a  public  road  between  Los  Angeles  and 
Salt  Lake  City,  through  San  Bernardino,  which  led  to  the 
establishment  in  1855  of  a  pony  express  and  then  a  stage  line 
known  as  the  "Great  Salt  Lake  Express"  from  Los  Angeles 
to  Salt  Lake. 

Among  favorite  sports  at  this  time  was  horse  racing,  fab- 
ulous stakes  often  being  wagered  in  lands,  cattle,  sheep,  etc., 
as  well  as  in  money ;  there  were  also  bull  and  bear  fights  and 
cock  fighting. 

Earthquakes  seem  to  have  been  of  fairly  common  occur- 
rence about  this  time,  but  on  account  of  the  large  proportion 
of  adobe  houses — the  most  easilv  damaged — these  disturbances 


100 


LOS  ANGELES 


were  probably  more  generally  noticed  and  commented  on  than 
'quakes  of  the  same  intensity  would  be  now. 

Wine  making  was  one  of  the  important  industries.  Prim- 
itive methods  were  used,  the  universal  method  of  crushing 
grapes  being  foot  power  of  Indians  stripped  to  the  skin  with 
the  exception  of  loin  cloths. 

Cattle  raising  was  precarious  because  of  the  absence  of 
irrigation  methods  and  facilities ;  a  hot  spell  with  sandstorms 
often  left  thousands  of  dead  cattle  and  sheep  as  a  result. 

In  1857  Los  Angeles  was  made  the  point  of  departure  for  a 


r<* 


f  m^mim^ 


Los  Angeles  About  1857 


filibustering  expedition  captained  by  Henry  A.  Crabb,  a  Stock- 
ton lawyer,  the  object  being  the  invasion  and  conquest  of  the 
northern  part  of  Sonora.  The  adventurers  were  led  on  by 
tales  of  fabulous  riches.  The  expedition  failed,  and  Crabb 
and  party  were  captured  and  executed. 

The  following  year  banditry  was  common,  carried  on  by 
Mexican  outlaws.  The  formation  of  a  vigilance  committee 
and  a  committee  of  safety  resulted  in  protecting  the  city  and 
following  the  bandits  to  their  strongholds.  Many  bandits 
were  caught,  given  summary  trial  before  assembled  citizens, 
condemned,  and  hanged  on  a  gallows  on  Fort  Hill. 

In  1857  the  Sisters  of  Charity  founded  the  first  regular 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  101 

hospital,  the  "Los  Angeles  Infirmary,"  at  Bath  and  Alameda 
streets. 

In  this  year  also  the  first  effort  to  make  Los  Angeles  a 
citrus  fruit  center  was  made.  Earlier  attempts  in  a  small 
way  resulted  in  about  100  bearing  orange  trees  in  Los  Angeles 
at  that  time.  That  year  Will  Wolf  skill  planted  several  thou- 
sand citrus  trees  inside  what  is  now  the  City  of  Los  Angeles. 
They  thrived  and  yielded  large  crops,  and  others  followed 
suit. 

In  1858  excitement  was  caused  in  Los  Angeles  by  the  ap- 
pearance through  the  streets  of  a  herd  of  camels  to  be  used 
for  freighting  between  Los  Angeles  and  Fort  Tejon,  part  of 
a  herd  purchased  for  such  uses  in  the  desert  stretches  of  the 
West.  Even  native  camel  drivers  were  imported  from  Egypt 
and  Arabia  to  handle  the  beasts. 

In  1858  business  became  brisker.  Don  Abel  Stearns  built 
the  Arcadia  Block,  then  one  of  the  commercial  marvels  of  the 
Southwest.  It  was  elevated  above  the  then  grade  of  the  street 
very  considerably  to  avoid  the  overflow  of  the  Los  Angeles 
River. 

About  this  time  O.  W.  Childs  entered  into  contract  with 
the  city  to  dig  a  zanja,  not  probably  over  one-third  of  a  mile 
long,  and  to  take  his  payment  in  land.  The  land  in  question 
took  in  most  of  the  territory  from  Sixth  to  Twelfth  streets,  and 
Main  to  Figueroa.  As  it  afterwards  developed,  Childs  se- 
cured a  principality  in  payment  for  a  small  ditch.  But  at  the 
same  time  he  considered  this  acreage  of  small  value,  and  he 
distributed  parts  of  it  freely  to  relatives  and  charities.  One 
block  lying  approximately  on  Sixth  to  Seventh  and  Broadway 
and  Hill,  he  gave  to  the  Roman  Catholic  Church,  and  later  this 
was  the  site  of  Saint  Vincent's  College. 

In  1857  a  large  tract  acquired  by  Phineas  Banning  from 
Dominguez  Brothers,  north  of  San  Pedro,  started  what  was 
then  known  as  "New  San  Pedro,"  and  now  Wilmington,  and 
which  took  from  the  old  San  Pedro  most  of  its  shipping  busi- 
ness. The  new  port  was  inaugurated  on  October  1,  1858. 
Banning  also  put  into  cultivation  large  acreage  in  that  vicin- 
ity, putting  down  a  large  well  with  a  steam  pump  for  irri- 
gating. 


102  LOS  ANGELES 

In  1859  the  first  effort  seems  to  have  been  made  to  start 
a  public  library.  A  regular  Library  Association  was  organ- 
ized and  opened  headquarters  and  reading  rooms  in  the  Ar- 
cadia Block.  It  acquired  book  collections,  accepted  contribu- 
tions in  books,  periodicals,  money,  etc.,  but  the  library  was 
not  strictly  public,  the  members  being  initiated  on  payment 
of  a  $5  fee.    It  eventually  failed  for  lack  of  patronage. 

The  year  1859  was  exceptionally  dry,  with  heat  waves  as 
late  as  October,  followed  in  winter  by  excessive  rains.  On 
December  4th  the  worst  rain  ever  known  in  Southern  Califor- 
nia occurred.  Twelve  inches  were  precipitated  in  one  twenty- 
four  hour  period. 

The  year  1860  was  notable  for  the  institution  of  regular 
connections  with  the  outside  world  by  pony  express,  and  some 
remarkable  speed  records  for  those  days  were  made  in  deliv- 
ering news.  For  example,  in  March,  1861,  President  Lincoln's 
inaugural  address  was  delivered  in  Los  Angeles  in  less  than 
eight  days  from  Washington.  The  report  of  the  firing  on 
Fort  Sumter,  some  months  later,  took  twelve  days  to  reach 
Los  Angeles. 

In  1860  the  first  effort  to  establish  gas  works  and  lay  pipes 
for  street  and  domestic  lighting  took  place  and  the  City  Coun- 
cil entered  into  a  contract  for  this  purpose,  but  the  effort 
fell  through. 

January  9,  1860,  John  G.  Downey,  the  first  governor  of  the 
state  from  Los  Angeles,  was  inaugurated. 

In  1860  Phineas  Banning  showed  wonderful  enterprise  by 
purchasing  in  Leeds,  England,  and  having  shipped  to  San 
Francisco  and  then  to  San  Pedro,  a  steam  wagon  said  to  have 
a  capacity  to  pull  a  load  of  thirty  or  more  tons  over  roads  at 
five  miles  per  hour.  This  was  the  big  talk  of  the  town  at  that 
time,  and  great  hopes  of  better  freight  transportation  were 
built  up.  The  great  wagon  made  some  successful  trips  around 
San  Francisco  before  being  shipped  down,  but  it  was  never 
able  to  negotiate  the  roads  between  San  Pedro  and  Wilming- 
ton and  Los  Angeles,  and  the  enterprise  failed  utterly. 

In  June,  1860,  the  Pacific  and  Atlantic  Telegraph  Com- 
pany first  approached  citizens  of  Los  Angeles  with  an  offer  to 
connect  the  city  by  telegraph  with  San  Francisco.    The  stock 


104  LOS  ANGELES 

was  readily  subscribed  and  work  was  commenced  to  make 
connection  and  extend  a  line  east  to  Fort  Yuma,  but  connec- 
tion with  San  Francisco  was  not  made  until  late  in  1860,  wben 
the  first  messages  were  exchanged  between  Los  Angeles  and 
San  Francisco. 

As  late  as  1860  prisoners,  especially  Indians,  were  freely 
used  on  public  works,  waterworks,  streets,  etc.,  the  public 
officials  being  authorized  to  use  prisoners  as  needed. 

In  1861  the  city  was  much  affected  by  the  shadows  cast  by 
the  secession  of  the  southern  states.  The  Los  Angeles 
Mounted  Rifles,  part  of  a  state  force  of  some  5,000  men,  was 
organized  in  March.  When  news  of  the  firing  on  Sumter 
reached  the  city  many  southerners  at  once  joined  the  Confed- 
eracy, amongst  them  being  the  famous  Albert  Sydney  John- 
ston, then  a  citizen  of  Los  Angeles,  and  at  that  time  in  com- 
mand of  the  Department  of  the  Pacific.  He  was  succeeded 
by  Gen.  Edwin  V.  Sumner,  and  left  for  the  South  with  about 
100  men,  via  Yuma.    He  was  later  killed  in  the  battle  of  Shiloh. 

In  February,  1861,  the  building  of  a  railroad  was  first 
voted  here,  and  a  franchise  was  actually  granted  by  state  leg- 
islation May  17th,  that  year.  Eastern  capitalists  asked  $100,- 
000  subscription  from  Los  Angeles  County — $50,000  from  the 
city — but  owing  to  conditions  brought  on  by  the  Civil  war, 
nothing  further  was  done  at  that  time. 

August,  1861,  Capt.  Winfield  Scott  Hancock,  who  had  much 
to  do  with  keeping  order  in  this  part  of  California  and  who 
was  one  of  the  best  known  and  most  highly  respected  men  in 
Southern  California  and  a  born  fighter,  left  for  the  Union 
front  accompanied  by  his  wife,  a  southerner  and  natural  sym- 
pathizer with  the  Confederacy.    They  sailed  from  San  Pedro. 

In  1861  the  Government  established  barracks  and  a  camp 
at  Wilmington,  called  Drum  Camp.  Over  $1,000,000  was 
spent  on  the  establishment,  and  it  was  a  great  help  to  the 
community  in  the  way  of  supplies  extensively  drawn  from  Los 
Angeles  and  distributed  to  military  posts  all  along  the  coast 
and  in  Arizona  and  New  Mexico. 

In  1861  the  "Zanjero"  was  an  exalted  post,  the  salary 
paid  being  $100  a  month,  while  the  mayor  and  city  treasurer 
received  only  $75  and  $50  respectively. 


106  LOS  ANGELES 

About  this  time  San  Pedro  and  "Wilmington  were  used 
quite  extensively  as  fitting  out  posts  for  whalers.  In  1862  and 
1863  the  effect  of  the  war  on  currency  was  sharply  felt  in  Los 
Angeles.  Greenbacks  depreciated  sharply  in  value,  fluctuat- 
ing as  good  and  bad  news  from  the  Union  side  percolated 
through,  and  at  times  falling  as  low  as  35  cents  value  for  the 
$1  greenback  in  gold. 

In  April,  1863,  one  of  the  worst  disasters  ever  affecting 
Los  Angeles  occurred.  A  small  steamer,  the  Ada  Hancock, 
belonging  to  Phineas  Banning,  while  transporting  passengers 
between  Wilmington  and  the  steamer  Senator  lying  in  the 
harbor  preparatory  to  leaving  for  San  Francisco,  with  its 
owner  and  fifty  other  passengers  on  board,  blew  up  and  was 
totally  demolished.  More  than  half  the  passengers  perished, 
but  the  owner  and  the  rest  miraculously  escaped.  The  catas- 
trophe cast  a  pall  over  the  city  for  many  a  day.  Many  of  the 
dead  were  well-known  citizens. 

In  1863  there  was  a  serious  smallpox  epidemic,  especially 
fatal  amongst  Mexicans  and  Indians,  from  ten  to  a  score  of 
victims  a  day  being  not  unusual.  Panic  conditions  practically 
prevailed  for  a  time. 

In  November,  1863,  all  citizens  were  formally  registered 
with  a  view  to  picking  out  those  who  were  able  bodied  and 
capable  of  military  service. 

The  year  1864  was  a  hard  one  in  Los  Angeles.  Uncertainty 
as  to  the  outcome  of  the  currency  situation,  and  two  dry  win- 
ters immediately  preceding,  sent  the  price  of  provisions  and 
supplies  soaring.  Fifteen  dollars  a  barrel  was  paid  for  a  poor 
grade  of  flour ;  12  cents  for  red  beans.  These  were  enormous 
prices  in  those  days. 

News  of  the  assassination  of  President  Lincoln  reached 
Los  Angeles  in  1865.  It  was  received  at  first  with  considera- 
bly mixed  feelings,  Los  Angeles  having  had  all  through  the 
war  a  very  strong  element  of  southern  sympathizers.  But  on 
April  17th  the  Common  Council  of  the  city  passed  a  resolution 
of  regret,  and  on  the  19th,  the  day  of  the  funeral,  all  business 
was  suspended  and  appropriate  ceremonies  were  held  in  front 
of  the  Arcadia  Block.  Shortly  afterward  Federal  authorities, 
under  orders  from  Washington,  made  several  arrests  of  peo- 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  107 

pie  accused  of  rejoicing  over  or  upholding  the  deed  of  as- 
sassination. 

In  the  spring  of  1865,  Rt.  Rev.  Wm.  Ingraham  Kip,  ap- 
pointed some  seven  years  previously  bishop  of  California  for 
the  Episcopal  Church,  made  his  first  visit  to  Los  Angeles  in 
that  capacity,  where  there  already  was  established  the  nu- 
cleus of  that  church  here. 

About  May,  1865,  one  of  the  noted  visitors  to  Los  Angeles 
was  Maj.-Gen.  Irwin  McDowell,  formerly  commander  of  the 
Army  of  the  Potomac,  but  latterly  in  charge  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  the  Pacific. 

In  1865  the  city  inaugurated  a  policy  of  selling  much  of 
its  public  land  in  lots  of  about  thirty-five  acres  at  auction. 
Much  land  was  sold  at  $5  to  $10  an  acre,  and  at  that  time  an 
effort  was  made  to  sell  the  low  lying  area  now  known  as 
Westlake  Park.  No  bids  were  obtained,  even  at  25  cents  an 
acre.  This  area  lay  unoccupied  until  when,  in  the  late  '80s,  a 
number  of  landholders  in  the  vicinity  suggested  making  a  lake 
and  turning  the  area  into  a  public  recreation  ground.  This 
suggestion  was  adopted  as  the  city  policy  during  the  regime 
of  Mayor  Workman. 

In  1865  took  place  the  beginning  of  a  pipe  distributing 
water  system  when  the  existing  waterworks,  zanjas,  etc.,  were 
leased  to  private  parties  for  operation,  and  they  undertook  to 
lay  the  first  distributing  pipes  through  the  business  section, 
pipes  being  pine  logs  bored  and  set  end  to  end.  These  pipes 
were  continually  bursting,  proving  very  unsatisfactory. 

In  1865-66  the  trade  of  Los  Angeles  began  to  expand  con- 
siderably. Besides,  there  was  opened  a  trade  with  Salt  Lake 
and  intervening  points,  extending  as  far  as  points  in  Idaho  and 
Montana,  some  1,400  miles,  by  teams. 

1866.  Those  who  had  fought  on  both  sides  of  the  war 
began  to  return — former  residents — also  many  making  the 
trails  to  the  West  to  begin  life  anew. 

1866.  Still  opposition  to  railroads  and  especially  to  the 
much  mooted  proposition  of  the  Los  Angeles  and  San  Pedro 
line,  many  of  the  rich  and  influential  residents,  especially  of 
the  ranchos,  arguing  that  the  railroads  would  do  away  with 
the  horses  and  the  market  for  barley,  oats  and  feed. 


108  LOS  ANGELES 

The  Government  abandoned  Drum  Barracks.  This  was  a 
real  loss  to  the  community,  as  it  had  done  a  very  large  busi- 
ness as  a  supply  depot  for  Government  troops  and  posts  cov- 
ering a  large  territory. 

In  1867-68  began  an  important  industry,  namely,  the  har- 
vesting of  castor  beans  planted  and  growing  wild  along  zanjas. 
For  a  long  time  the  beans  were  shipped  to  San  Francisco 
for  extraction  of  oil.  In  1867  a  small  mill  was  started  in  Los 
Angeles. 

First  laying  of  iron  pipe  for  distribution  of  water,  council 
contracting  for  some  5,000  feet  of  two-inch  pipe,  laying  of 
which  was  completed  in  1868. 

In  1868  the  city  voted  to  lease  the  city  waterworks  for  a 
term  of  thirty  years  for  $1,500  a  year  and  the  performance 
of  certain  stipulated  terms.  The  original  franchise  holders 
then  transferred  their  rights  and  privileges  to  a  corporation 
known  as  the  Los  Angeles  City  Water  Company,  and  al- 
though the  franchise  was  vigorously  fought  by  a  section  of 
the  citizens,  the  water  company  won  its  fight  to  continue  the 
franchise. 

Ice,  which  had  previously  come  from  the  San  Bernardino 
Mountains,  and  was  generally  famous  for  lack  of  supply  when 
most  needed  in  the  summer  months,  now  began  to  arrive  in 
regular  shipments  by  boat  from  the  Truckee  River,  and  was 
distributed  regularly  by  wagon  from  a  central  ice  house  on 
Main  Street. 

In  1868  J.  A.  Hayward  of  San  Francisco  and  John  G. 
Downey,  with  a  capital  of  $100,000,  opened  the  first  regular 
bank  in  the  old  Downey  Block  under  the  firm  name  of  Hay- 
ward  and  Company,  but  the  bank  failed  for  lack  of  patronage. 
In  July  of  the  same  year  Hellman,  Temple  and  Company,  with 
a  capital  of  $125,000,  opened  a  bank  which  was  the  real  pioneer 
of  the  banking  institutions  of  the  city. 

In  1868,  on  March  24th,  the  citizens  voted  on  the  long  time 
fought  over  question  of  bonding  city  and  county  to  help  in  the 
construction  of  the  Los  Angeles  and  San  Pedro  Railroad.  The 
vote  carried  by  a  small  majority,  and  on  September  19th,  the 
same  year,  first  ground  was  broken  for  the  railroad,  work 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  109 

starting  from  the  Wilmington  end,  where  about  a  mile  of 
rails  was  laid  by  November. 

In  1868  West  Sixth  Street  was  the  most  traveled  highway 
connecting  the  outside  country.  It  was  used  by  overland 
stages,  the  Owens  Elver  Valley  trade,  etc. 

It  was  in  1869  that  Isaac  Lankershim  bought  for  $115,000 
the  San  Fernando  Rancho,  and  with  other  San  Francisco 
capitalists  formed  the  San  Fernando  Farm  Association,  which 
Lankershim,  afterwards  associated  with  I.  N.  Van  Nuys, 
farmed  in  a  large  way,  some  years  later  planting  as  much  as 
60,000  acres  in  wheat,  much  of  which,  on  harvesting,  was  con- 
signed to  Liverpool.  In  1881  the  ship  Parisian,  from  Wil- 
mington to  Liverpool,  loaded  with  wheat  and  flour  from  this 
ranch,  foundered  at  sea  and  was  lost.  Most  of  this  large  ranch 
is  now  incorporated  as  part  of  the  City  of  Los  Angeles. 

One  of  the  notable  mining  enterprises,  with  large  bearing 
on  the  prosperity  of  Los  Angeles,  was  the  opening  of  the 
large  Cerro  Gordo  lead  and  silver  mines  at  Cerro  Gordo,  near 
Owens  Lake,  in  the  Owens  Valley.  Renee  Nadeau  undertook 
the  difficult  contract  of  transporting  ore  by  large  wagons  and 
teams  across  the  desert  and  San  Fernando  Mountains  from 
"the  mines  to  Wilmington,  where  it  was  taken  by  boats  to  San 
Francisco  and  some  to  Swansea  in  Wales  for  treatment  and 
smelting.  These  ore  shipments  became  so  large  that  the 
teaming-  of  them  became  a  wonderfully  organized  business; 
with  headquarters  in  Los  Angeles  and  stations  built  at  in- 
tervals along  the  route  to  Owens  Lake,  the  sites  of  many  of 
the  stations  existing  as  posts  along  the  way  today,  and  the 
remains  of  others  being  still  traceable  though  out  of  use  for 
many  a  long  year.  These  Cerro  Gordo  mines  were  by  far 
the  largest  producers  of  silver  and  lead  ores  in  California  at 
that  time. 

In  1869,  under  Mayor  Joel  Turner,  the  Los  Angeles  Board 
of  Education  was  organized,  the  forerunner  of  our  modern 
school  system. 

May  10,  1869,  was  hailed  as  a  red  letter  day  in  Los  An- 
geles because  of  the  completion  of  the  Central  Pacific  Railroad 
by  the  driving  of  the  historic  gold  spike  at  Promontory  Point 
in  LTtah.    Although  it  gave  Los  Angeles  no  direct  rail  connec- 


110  LOS  ANGELES 

tion,  it  helped  the  connection  between  East  and  West  and  held 
ont  hope  of  direct  railway  connection  in  the  near  future. 

In  1869  telegraph  rates  from  Los  Angeles  to  San  Francisco 
were  $1.50  for  ten  words,  and  50  cents  for  additional  five 
words. 

Los  Angeles  in  this  year  registered  something  over  2,400 
voters. 

On  October  26,  1869,  the  Los  Angeles  and  San  Pedro  Rail- 
road officially  opened  for  use  of  the  public.  Everyone  was  in- 
vited on  the  first  day  to  a  free  ride  to  the  harbor,  with  dedi- 
catory ball  held  in  the  depot  the  same  night.  The  depot  was 
then  on  Alameda  Street,  corner  of  what  was  afterwards  Com- 
mercial Street. 

In  1870  all  business  activity  of  Los  Angeles  was  centered 
on  Los  Angeles  Street,  north  of  First  Street,  and  most  of  it 
on  Main  and  Los  Angeles  streets.  Spring  Street  was  just 
beginning  to  show  life,  and  an  agitation  that  year  was  started 
on  the  question  of  "another  street  lamp  for  Spring  Street," 
there  being  just  one  city  light  maintained  on  that  street. 

In  1870  the  houses  and  stores  of  the  city  were  numbered 
preparatory  to  compiling  the  first  city  directory,  which  made 
its  appearance  in  1871 ;  1870  also  saw  the  construction  of  the 
first  substantial  bridge  across  the  Los  Angeles  River,  located 
where  the  Macy  Street  bridge  now  stands.  Previous  flimsy 
foot  bridges  had  been  carried  away  by  winter  floods  many 
times,  and  this  more  pretentious  bridge,  built  at  an  expense  of 
about  $25,000,  was  itself  broken  up  by  floods  some  years  later. 

In  1870  also  the  first  street  sprinklers  were  operated  on 
the  city  streets,  the  council  allowing  the  operator  to  collect 
contributions  from  residents  and  stores  along  routes. 

Late  in  the  year  1870  a  Frenchman,  Lachenais,  who  had 
killed  a  neighbor  named  Bell  in  a  quarrel  over  water,  for  a 
time  escaped  penalty,  but  by  dropping  an  indiscreet  remark 
the  crime  was  traced  to  him  and  the  Vigilance  Committee 
hanged  him.  Some  months  afterwards  the  presiding  judge 
charged  the  grand  jury  to  indict  leaders  of  a  lynching  mob, 
but  the  grand  jury  replied  that  if  the  law  had  previously  been 
faithfully  executed  such  incidents  would  be  unnecessary,  and 
refused  to  take  any  steps  to  bring  the  lynchers  to  the  bar. 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  111 

In  1871  the  two  original  banking  institutions  in  which  Hell- 
man  and  Downey  dominated,  were  consolidated,  under  the 
name  of  the  Farmers  and  Merchants  Bank,  with  a  capital  of 
half  a  million  dollars,  25  per  cent  of  which  was  called  in  at 
the  start. 

This  year  also  witnessed  the  first  attempt  to  form  a  Los 
Angeles  Board  of  Trade,  the  forerunner  of  the  present  Cham- 
ber of  Commerce,  and  although  organization  was  effected, 
internal  quarrels  killed  the  institution  and  it  soon  died. 

In  1871  the  first  steps  were  taken  by  the  U.  S.  Government 
to  improve  the  harbor  at  Wilmington  and  San  Pedro.     A 


Corner  of  Palisade  Park,  Santa  Monica 

breakwater  was  built  between  Dead  Man's  Island  and  Rattle- 
snake Island. 

In  the  same  year  the  Southern  District  Agricultural  So- 
ciety was  organized,  L.  J.  Rose,  J.  Gr.  Downey  and  others 
being  prominent  figures  in  its  inception.  This  society  did 
much  all  through  the  city's  history  to  promote  agriculture  and 
stock  raising,  and  held  annual  exhibitions  and  trotting  and 
running  races. 

In  1871  Santa  Monica  first  began  to  attract  attention  as  a 
seaside  resort  for  the  tired  city  man,  the  part  of  the  beach 
then  most  favored  being  at  the  mouth  of  Santa  Monica  Can- 
yon, on  the  banks  of  which  were  the  few  residences  and  tents 
then  housing  the  inhabitants. 

Also  in  this  year,  summer  excursions  to  Santa  Catalina 


112  LOS  ANGELES 

by  way  of  Los  Angeles  and  San  Pedro  Railroad  to  Wilming- 
ton and  boat  to  the  island  became  first  popular  with  a  limited 
number  of  people  in  Los  Angeles.  Occasional  specially  ad- 
vertised excursions  were  run  over,  and  even  a  carrier  pigeon 
service  to  Catalina  was  inaugurated  in  this  year,  the  birds 
taking  about  an  hour  to  cross  to  or  from  the  mainland.  Racing 
of  these  pigeons  by  rival  owners  was  a  popular  sport,  and  one 
bird  in  that  year  is  recorded  as  making  the  trip  in  fifty 
minutes. 

In  October,  1871,  occurred  the  first  recorded  Chinese  riot 
in  the  city.  It  started  by  fighting  between  rival  Chinese  fac- 
tions during  which  a  police  officer  was  wounded  and  a  citizen 
killed.  Citizens  roused  and  attacked  Chinese  indiscriminately, 
resulting  in  the  death  by  hanging  and  shooting  of  some  nine- 
teen Chinamen,  and  an  attempt  was  made  to  burn  the  whole 
Chinese  quarter.  Little  punishment  ever  was  meted  out  to 
the  rioters,  but  the  Chinese  government  protested  to  the 
United  States  Government  and  finally  obtained  a  considerable 
indemnity. 

In  1871-2  an  immense  wool  boom  struck  the  country.  Wool 
which  had  previously  brought  10  cents  a  pound  was  bid  up 
in  Los  Angeles  to  45  cents  and  even  50  cents  per  pound  for 
dirty  wool  in  the  grease,  just  as  it  came  from  the  clip,  and 
many  large  crops  were  bought  at  these  figures  after  the  first 
offerings  had  been  successfully  disposed  of  in  the  East  at  a 
profit,  but  on  the  later  large  shipments  sales  failed  to  ma- 
terialize and  large  consignments  were  stored  in  Boston,  much 
of  it  being  sold  there  in  1872  at  15  and  16  cents  a  pound,  and 
many  large  consignments  were  lost  in  the  great  Boston  fire 
of  that  year.  This  wool  craze  meant  very  severe  losses  for 
many  of  the  large  Los  Angeles  merchants.  It  materially  crip- 
pled many  of  them. 

In  1872  the  first  steps  were  taken  to  insure  the  extension  of 
the  Southern  Pacific  Railroad,  then  building  down  the  San 
Joaquin  Valley,  through  the  Tehachapi  Mountains  and  to  Los 
Angeles.  Much  of  the  old  opposition  to  railroads  in  general 
still  existed  in  the  community,  and  it  took  a  hard  fight  to 
carry  the  proposition,  which  contemplated  county  financial 
help,  in  an  election  by  the  voters.    But  the  question  eventually 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  113 

carried  by  a  good  majority  in  November  of  that  year,  and  the 
authorities  were  then  in  a  position  to  negotiate  the  terms  of 
a  concession  with  Leland,  Stanford,  Collis  P.  Huntington  and 
others  in  control  of  that  railroad. 

Fire  protection  had  been  agitated  for  many  years,  but 
without  definite  results,  and  only  in  1873  was  the  first  real 
Volunteer  Fire  Company  organized  by  thirty-eight  progres- 
sive citizens,  who  called  their  organization  "the  38 's,"  as- 
sessing themselves  $1  a  month  in  membership  fees  for  the 
privilege  of  dragging  the  one  solitary  hose  cart  owned  by  the 
organization  through  the  dusty,  uneven  thoroughfares  to  the 
scene  of  all  reported  conflagrations. 

In  1873  was  organized  the  Board  of  Trade,  of  which  the 
present  Chamber  of  Commerce  is  a  direct  descendant.  Incor- 
porated in  August  of  that  year  with  an  initial  membership  of 
about  100  merchants,  bankers,  etc.,  eleven  directors,  admis- 
sion fee  of  $5,  and  they  seem  to  have  tackled  the  job  of  boost- 
ing the  city  and  its  surrounding  areas  right  from  the  jump 
with  something  of  the  vim  and  energy  which  have  character- 
ized the  organization  ever  since.  One  of  its  first  notable 
achievements  seems  to  have  been  the  securing  from  Congress 
of  an  appropriation  for  surveying  and  improving  the  harbor 
at  San  Pedro  and  Wilmington.  Some  few  years  later  there 
was  a  pause  in  its  activities  due  to  discouragement  caused  by 
drouths,  bank  failures,  etc.,  but  it  revived,  and  its  work  has 
been  practically  continuous  since. 

In  1873  operations  were  started  in  the  first  woolen  mill  by 
Barnard  Brothers.  Heretofore  all  wool  raised  in  the  country 
had  been  shipped  out  and  woolen  goods  imported. 

In  December,  1873,  came  a  package  through  Los  Angeles 
from  Washington,  D.  C,  addressed  to  L.  C.  Tibbetts  of  River- 
side containing  two  small  orange  trees  originally  received  in 
Washington  from  Bahia,  Brazil,  to  be  grown  and  tested  by 
Tibbetts  for  the  information  of  the  U.  S.  Agricultural  De- 
partment. These  turned  out  to  be  the  two  original  orange 
trees  from  which  has  sprung  the  whole  navel  orange  industry 
which  has  meant  so  much  to  Los  Angeles  and  to  all  Southern 
California  and,  indeed,  to  all  California. 

In  1874  a  bandit,  Tiburcio  Vasquez,  who  had  already  had 


114  LOS  ANGELES 

a  spectacular  career  in  the  northern  end  of  the  state,  invaded 
the  vicinity  of  Los  Angeles  with  a  few  followers.  Some  dar- 
ing holdups  with  enforced  contributions,  etc.,  resulted.  The 
bandits  kept  the  whole  city  and  countryside  stirred  up,  and 
posses  sent  out  were  outwitted  time  after  time,  but  Vasquez 
was  eventually  corraled  and  captured  with  some  of  his  fol- 
lowers, others  escaping  to  the  hills.  He  was  turned  over  to 
the  authorities  of  San  Jose,  where  he  was  tried  for  murder, 
convicted  and  hanged  early  in  1875.  The  doings  and  capture 
of  Vasquez  were  among  the  striking  events  of  this  period. 

In  1874  the  first  street  railroad  was  opened  and  operated 
in  the  city.  It  was  built  under  a  fifty-year  franchise  secured 
in  1869.  It  ran  from  the  Plaza  to  Pearl  (Figueroa)  and  Sixth 
streets,  going  by  way  of  Main,  Spring,  First,  Fort,  Fourth, 
Hill,  Fifth,  Olive  and  Sixth.  Rolling  stock  consisted  of  two 
one-horse  cars,  small  platform,  each  end  of  single  track  with 
turn-out  at  the  midway  point.  Often  in  winter,  when  mud  was 
deep,  the  trip  from  one  end  of  the  line  to  the  other  consumed 
an  hour.  Waiting  for  a  car  was  no  joke,  and  one  car  was 
often  forced  to  wait  at  the  passing  point  many  long  weary 
minutes  for  the  belated  twin  car  from  the  other  end.  The 
driver  was  also  conductor,  and  stops  for  passengers  were  by 
no  means  confined  to  street  corners.  Pick  'em  up  where  you 
meet  'em — single  fares  10  cents,  4  for  25  cents,  20  for  $1. 
Tickets  supposed  to  be  bought  at  one  of  two  designated  stores 
in  town  instead  of  paying  fares  on  cars.  Soon  afterwards  the 
Main  Street  line  started  from  Temple  Block  to  Washington 
Gardens,  and  this  was  extended  shortly  after  to  Jefferson  and 
out  Jefferson  to  Wesley  (University)  Avenue  and  Agricul- 
tural Park  to  accommodate  the  patrons  of  the  race  course. 
This  was  quite  a  pretentious  bit  of  street  railroad,  but  the 
equipment  and  mode  of  travel  were  much  the  same  as  on 
the  earlier  line.  Not  until  1887  were  there  any '"early  bird" 
cars  running  before  6  A.  M.,  or  "owl"  cars  operating  after 
10  P.  M. 

July,  1874,  the  Los  Angeles  County  Bank  was  started  with 
a  capital  of  $300,000.  In  1878  the  bank  moved  into  the  bank- 
ing room  vacated  by  the  Temple  and  Workman  bank  after  its 
failure. 


116  LOS  ANGELES 

About  this  time  Stephen  M.  White  came  to  Los  Angeles. 
He  was  elected  district  attorney  in  1882,  state  senator  in  1886, 
and  became  president  of  the  Senate  and  then  acting  lieutenant 
governor.  He  was  later  elected  U.  S.  Senator.  As  senator 
in  Congress  he  took  a  decisive  stand  against  C.  P.  Huntington 
in  the  matter  of  the  selection  of  a  site  for  the  harbor  for  Los 
Angeles.  The  fight  then  made  had  a  decisive  influence  when 
the  final  effort  was  made  to  locate  the  harbor  at  San  Pedro. 
Senator  White  died  on  February  21,  1901.  A  statue  to  his 
memory,  unveiled  on  December  11,  1908,  stands  today  on  the 
Broadway  side  of  the  county  courthouse. 

In  January,  1875,  the  Commercial  Bank  was  organized 
(five  years  later  changed  to  the  First  National  Bank).  Most 
of  the  organizers  of  this  bank  were  San  Diego  men,  though 
L.  J.  Rose  and  two  or  three  others  were  from  Los  Angeles. 
E.  F.  Spence  was  first  cashier.  J.  M.  Elliott,  cashier  in  1885, 
afterwards  for  so  many  years  president. 

In  April,  1875,  E.  J.  (Lucky)  Baldwin  bought  the  Santa 
Anita  Rancho,  having  just  sold  his  large  interest  in  the  Ophir 
mines  of  the  Comstock  for  a  sum  reputed  to  be  over  $5,000,000. 
The  price  then  paid  by  him  for  the  ranch  was  $200,000. 

In  June,  1875,  J.  A.  Graves,  a  young  attorney,  came  to  Los 
Angeles  and  practiced  law  by  himself  and  in  partnership  with 
other  well-known  attorneys  for  many  years.  He  operated  the 
first  typewriter  used  in  this  city.  In  1903  he  became  vice 
president  of  the  Farmers  and  Merchants  National  Bank,  and 
is  now  its  president. 

California  enjoyed  wonderful  prosperity  in  1875.  The 
influence  of  the  riches  of  the  Comstock  mines,  though  mainly 
affecting  San  Francisco,  extended  also  to  Los  Angeles.  The 
natural  resources  of  Southern  California  were  gradually  be- 
ing uncovered  and  developed,  and  much  subdivision  of  large 
tracts  in  the  vicinity  of  the  city  was  being  undertaken  and 
many  little  outlying  towns  and  settlements  were  now  getting 
their  start. 

The  wonderful  prosperity  of  San  Francisco  at  this  time 
was  primarily  due  to  the  immense  riches  being  shipped  there 
from  the  Comstock  mines.  All  San  Francisco  was  living  in 
a  financial  elysium.    Speculation  was  rife  and  everybody  took 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  117 

a  hand.  One  of  the  chief  factors  in  keeping  up  this  state  of 
things  in  the  northern  city  was  W.  C.  Ralston,  then  president 
of  the  Bank  of  California,  who  was  freely  lending  the  vast 
resources  of  that  institution  for  speculative  purposes,  entirely 
regardless  of  recognized  hanking  principles.  His  example 
was  an  incitement  to  others  until  all  San  Francisco  was  in  a 
mad  financial  whirl.  Naturally,  this  state  of  affairs  could  not 
continue,  and  the  inevitable  happened.  In  October,  1875,  the 
Bank  of  California  closed  its  doors,  and  a  few  days  later 
Ralston  was  drowned  at  North  Beach,  whether  by  accident  or 
suicide  has  never  been  definitely  determined.  As  a  direct 
result  of  this,  the  Temple  and  Workman  Bank  of  Los  Angeles 
suspended.  The  greatest  depression  overtook  business,  and 
the  bottom  seemed  to  drop  out  of  everything.  The  bank  had 
ample  resources,  but  its  assets  could  not  be  quickly  realized  on 
under  the  panic  conditions  which  existed.  Under  the  circum- 
stances E.  J.  Baldwin,  recognized  at  the  time  as  the  big  in- 
dividual ready  money  source  of  Southern  California,  was 
applied  to  as  most  likely  to  be  able  to  tide  over  the  bank.  He 
proved  willing  to  advance  $210,000  in  consideration  of  a  blan- 
ket mortgage  on  the  real  estate  holdings  of  Temple  and  Work- 
man, to  which  was  to  be  added  a  mortgage  on  some  2,200  acres 
of  land  owned  by  one  Mattias  Sanchez,  an  intimate  friend  of 
Temple  and  Workman.  This  was  finally  agreed  to,  but  proved 
only  a  temporary  expedient,  the  mortgages  eventually  being 
foreclosed  in  Baldwin's  favor.  Temple  died  practically  pen- 
niless, Workman  soon  passed  away,  and  Sanchez  died  prac- 
tically ruined. 

Regarding  the  domestic  gas  supply.  In  the  early  days 
of  the  supply  the  rate  was  $10  per  1,000  cubic  feet.  There  was 
great  rejoicing  among  householders  when  this  was  twice  de- 
creased to  $7.50  and  then  to  $6.75.  But  in  1876  citizens  grew 
restive  under  these  charges  and  a  threatened  boycott  was 
resorted  to  unless  charges  were  again  reduced,  which  they 
were,  as  a  result,  to  $6  a  thousand. 

On  Sunday,  April  9,  1876,  the  Cathedral  of  Santa  Vibiana, 
commenced  in  1871,  was  first  opened  for  public  services. 

In  September,  1876,  was  completed  a  piece  of  engineering 
work  which  has  meant  much  to  the  City  of  Los  Angeles, 


118  LOS  ANGELES 

namely,  the  long  tunnel  of  the  Southern  Pacific  Railroad  Com- 
pany through  the  San  Fernando  Mountains,  length  6,940  feet. 
The  need  of  this  tunnel  had  been  the  main  obstacle  in  the  way 
of  making  the  Southern  Pacific  Railroad  connection  from  San 
Francisco  and  Sacramento  to  Los  Angeles.  Great  was  the  re- 
joicing over  the  completion  of  this  tunnel  and  the  later  exten- 
sion through  it  and  to  Los  Angeles  of  the  railroad.  It  was 
not  long  before  much  dissatisfaction  was  voiced  regarding  the 
arbitrary  methods  used  by  the  railroad  in  handling  the  busi- 
ness to  and  from  the  city,  there  being  no  railroad  commission 
existing  in  those  days,  the  governing  rule  of  the  freight  and 
passenger  departments  seemed  to  be  "all  that  traffic  would 
bear. ' ' 

An  unprecedented  dry  season  in  1876-77  almost  totally  de- 
stroyed the  then  existing  large  sheep  industry  of  Southern 
California. 

The  years  1877-80  were  hard  and  a  dull  business  period 
prevailed.  It  gradually  gave  place  to  more  substantial  con- 
ditions. It  was  in  1877  that  William  Mulholland,  since  famous 
as  builder  of  the  aqueduct,  became  first  connected  with  the  Los 
Angeles  Water  Company. 

In  1879  I.  N.  Van  Nuys  acquired  the  site  of  the  present 
Van  Nuys  Building  at  Seventh  and  Spring  streets  for  approx- 
imately $7,000,  there  being  on  the  lots  at  the  time  a  house 
said  to  have  been  alone  worth  the  amount. 

In  1879  some  400  acres  of  land  were  donated  by  several 
public  spirited  citizens  for  the  purpose  of  starting  a  Methodist 
college,  and  in  1880  the  first  building  of  the  college  was  com- 
pleted on  Wesley  Avenue.  This  institution  has  since  devel- 
oped into  the  University  of  Southern  California. 

Business,  which  until  this  time  had  clung  close  to  the 
vicinity  of  the  Plaza,  began  in  the  early  '80s  to  definitely 
creep  southward,  having  at  this  time  reached  almost  to  Sec- 
ond Street.  The  Baker  Block  at  North  Main  and  Arcadia  was 
still  the  central  building  and  business  pivot  of  the  town.  The 
first  cement  pavement  was  laid  at  this  time  on  North  Main 
Street  and  round  the  Temple  Block. 

In  1880  came  Albert  Kinney. 

In  1881  a  definite  effort  was  made  to  bring  about  the  par- 


Relics  op  the  Olden  Days 
Upper:  The  Plaza  Mission.     Lower:  Workman's  Ranches 


120  LOS  ANGELES 

tition  of  California  into  two  distinct  states,  Northern  and 
Southern  California,  and  a  convention  was  formally  called 
which  met  on  September  8,  1881.  Although  the  prevailing 
opinion  was  that  state  division  was  inevitable,  the  convention 
finally  came  to  the  conclusion  that  the  time  to  bring  it  about 
was  not  propitious. 

In  1881  Los  Angeles  celebrated  her  centenary.  Popula- 
tion, 12,000.  The  well-known  business  of  Hamburger's  was 
established  here  in  1881  under  the  name  of  A.  Hamburger  and 
Sons,  for  a  time  located  on  Main  Street  near  Requena,  after- 
wards occupying  the  Phillips  Block  at  Spring  and  Franklin 
streets  specially  built  for  them,  finally  moving  in  1908  to  their 
present  quarters  on  Broadway  and  Eighth  Street. 

On  December  4,  1881,  the  Daily  Time.s  was  first  issued,  six 
days  a  week. 

In  the  winter  of  1881  Helen  Hunt  Jackson  came  to  Los 
Angeles  as  an  incident  in  her  exploration  of  the  Southwest 
in  search  of  facts  pertaining  to  the  Indians,  and  on  leaving 
Southern  California  she  did  much  to  bring  about  a  realiza- 
tion of  its  charm  and  beauty  through  articles  published  in  the 
Century  Magazine. 

In  1882  the  first  telephones  in  Los  Angeles. 

In  the  same  year  Col.  Harrison  Gray  Otis  joined  forces 
with  the  then  publishers  and  became  manager  of  the  Daily 
Times  and  the  Weekly  Mirror. 

Eeni  Nadeau,  after  purchasing  the  southeast  corner  of 
First  and  Spring  streets,  erected  on  the  site  the  Hotel  Nadeau, 
notable  as  the  first  four-story  structure  in  the  city  and  a  thor- 
oughly up-to-date  hostelry,  for  many  years  after  the  social 
and  business  center  of  Los  Angeles. 

In  Newmark's  History  is  found  the  following:  "In  1882, 
F.  H.  Howland,  representing  the  Brush  Electric  Lighting 
Company,  made  an  energetic  canvass  in  Los  Angeles  for  the 
introduction  of  the  electric  light ;  and  by  the  end  of  the  third 
week  in  August  forty  or  more  arc  lamps  had  been  ordered  by 
business  houses  and  private  individuals.  He  soon  proposed 
to  light  the  city  by  seven  towers  or  spliced  masts — each  about 
150  feet  high — to  be  erected  within  an  area  bounded  by  the 
Plaza,  Seventh,  Charity  and  Main  streets.     The  seven  masts 


Los  Angeles  in  the  '£ 
Upper  View  Centers  in  Old  Court  House 


122  LOS  ANGELES 

were  to  cast  $7,000  a  year,  or  somewhat  more  than  was  then 
being  paid  for  gas.  This  proposition  was  accepted  by  the 
council,  popular  opinion  being  that  it  was  'the  best  advertise- 
ment that  Los  Angeles  could  have';  and  when  Howland,  a 
week  later,  offered  to  add  three  or  four  masts,  there  was 
considerable  satisfaction  that  Los  Angeles  was  to  be  brought 
into  the  line  of  progress.  On  the  evening  of  December  31, 
the  city  was  first  lighted  by  electricity,  when  Mayor  Tober- 
man  touched  the  button  that  turned  on  the  mysterious  cur- 
rent. Howland  was  opposed  by  the  gas  company  and  by  many 
who  advanced  the  most  ridiculous  objections.  Electric  light, 
it  was  claimed,  attracted  bugs,  contributed  to  blindness  and 
had  a  bad  effect  on  ladies'  complexions!" 

In  May,  1883,  the  Los  Angeles  Board  of  Education  sold 
the  northwest  corner  of  Spring  and  Second  streets,  120  by 
125,  to  the  city  for  $31,000,  the  city  using  the  inside  60  feet 
on  which  to  erect  a  municipal  building,  and  during  the  big 
boom  in  1887  sold  a  corner  60  feet  to  John  Bryson,  senior, 
for  $120,000.  The  Board  of  Education,  in  turn,  out  of  the 
money  received  from  the  sale  to  the  city,  bought  a  strip  of 
land  between  Fifth  and  Sixth  streets  running  through  Broad- 
way to  Spring,  with  a  frontage  of  120  feet  on  each  street, 
paying  for  the  strip  $12,500.  This  strip  is  now  known  as  Mer- 
cantile Place  and  is  at  the  present  writing  being  sold  by  the 
Board  of  Education  at  the  reported  price  of  about  $1,000,000. 
It  can  be  seen  that  these  two  separate  agencies  of  the  city 
have  taken  full  advantage  of  the  respective  good  times  to 
feather  their  nests  for  the  advantage  of  the  city. 

August  22,  1883,  ordinance  passed  creating  Elysian  Park. 

The  citrus  industry,  which  meant  and  still  means  so  much 
to  Southern  California  and  Los  Angeles,  developed  steadily 
up  to  the  middle  '80s,  when  scale  troubles  developed  to  such 
an  alarming  extent  that  the  whole  industry  took  a  slump. 
Science  had  failed  to  find  a  remedy  for  the  devastating  scale, 
and  hope  of  the  survival  of  the  industry  was  almost  given  up 
until  the  importation  in  1889  of  the  insect  commonly  known 
as  the  "lady-bug."  This  effective  little  enemy  of  the  scale 
was  brought  from  Australia  under  the  auspices  of  the  United 
States  Department  of  Agriculture,  and  after  being  cultivated 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  123 

in  the  laboratories  and  distributed  to  the  ranches,  so  quickly 
and  efficiently  performed  its  duty  on  the  scale  that  hope  among 
the  citrus  growers  quickly  revived,  and  this  little  insect  has 
proved  to  be  worth  millions  of  dollars  to  Southern  California, 
and  is  today  one  of  the  best  friends  of  the  Southwest. 

One  of  the  institutions  at  this  time  having  its  effect  on  the 
physical  and  social  life  of  the  city  was  the  Los  Angeles  Ath- 
letic Club,  first  organized  in  1879,  and  now  a  fast  growing  in- 
stitution. 

In  1884  Los  Angeles  installed  its  first  street  car  line  un- 
der the  cable  system,  and  in  1885  showed  further  progress 
by  initiating  the  first  electric  street  car  line.  About  the 
same  time  the  first  ostrich  farm  was  opened  in  the  neighbor- 
hood or  what  is  now  Tropico.  But  the  birds  were  kept  more 
as  a  show  and  amusement  feature  than  for  the  raising  of 
feathers.  However,  in  1887,  Edwin  Cawston  started  a  really 
commercial  venture  in  the  growing  of  ostrich  plumes,  import- 
ing his  birds  from  South  Africa.  And  though  many  of  the 
birds  were  lost  by  death  on  the  long  journey,  he  contrived  to 
land  some  forty  in  Los  Angeles  which  formed  the  nucleus  of 
the  well-known  Cawston  Ostrich  Farm,  which  was  located  at 
various  places  in  the  city  from  time  to  time  and  finally  set- 
tled permanently  at  a  site  between  Los  Angeles  and  Pasadena. 

On  November  25,  1885,  the  Santa  Fe  Railroad  ran  its  first 
train  into  the  City  of  Los  Angeles.  Its  own  line  was  not  then 
completed,  but  it  made  temporary  arrangements  to  use  the 
tracks  of  the  Southern  Pacific  Railroad  from  San  Bernardino. 
This  gave  Los  Angeles  two  direct  railroad  connections  with 
the  East,  and  competition  becoming  keen,  a  rate  war  devel- 
oped as  a  natural  consequence.  This  rate  war  was  far  reach- 
ing in  its  consequence.  In  the  struggle  for  passenger  busi- 
ness in  1886-87  the  competing  roads  bid  against  one  another 
so  keenly  for  passenger  business  that  round  trip  tickets  from 
Chicago  and  Missouri  River  points  to  Los  Angeles  could  be 
bought  for  as  low  as  $15,  and  many  tales  by  residents  of  the 
city  of  that  date  lead  to  the  belief  that  still  deeper  cuts  were 
made,  and  it  has  even  been  reported  that  at  the  high  tide  of 
the  war  passengers  were  persuaded  to  make  the  journey  on 
one  or  the  other  of  the  roads  without  paying  anything  at  all 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  125 

for  the  privilege.  Some  reports  went  so  far  as  to  say  that 
the  railroads  in  a  few  instances  paid  a  slight  bonus  to  obtain 
such  passengers. 

The  result  of  all  this  competition  for  business  was  that 
large  numbers  of  eastern  people  took  advantage  of  the 
low  rates  to  visit  this  district  and  were  impressed  with  the 
country,  its  climate  and  possibilities,  and  looked  round  for  an 
opportunity  to  make  a  temporary  investment  of  a  large  or 
small  amount. 

This  started  what  is  generally  known  as  the  "Big  Boom" 
of  Southern  California,  which  developed  into  a  veritable  craze 
— a  mania  of  speculation.  It  made  of  staid  business  men  spec- 
tacular promoters,  created  millionaires  by  the  dozen,  and  gen- 
erally created  fictitious  values  which,  after  the  bursting  of  the 
bubble,  left  a  train  of  disastrous  conditions  which  it  took 
many  a  long  year  to  correct.  It  was  not  only  Los  Angeles,  but 
all  of  Southern  California,  that  was  affected  by  this  real 
estate  boom.  Acreage  was  bought  by  the  promoter,  subdi- 
vided and  laid  out  over  night  in  lots  irrespective  of  any 
natural  demand  for  a  town  or  community  at  that  particular 
place,  and  when  the  lots  were  placed  on  the  market  they  were 
eagerly  snapped  up  by  the  so-called  investor  and  by  the  man 
who  depended  on  the  boom  conditions  to  give  him  a  large 
profit  by  a  re-sale  of  his  lot  within  a  short  time. 

Relics  of  these  old  boom  subdivisions  are  to  be  met  with 
all  over  Southern  California.  Some  of  the  communities  were 
entirely  abandoned  and  have  gone  back  into  wheat  and  barley 
fields,  some  still  existing  as  little  villages  for  whose  existence 
there  is  no  particular  necessity,  and  where  lots  can  be  bought 
today  for  less  than  the  price  at  which  they  changed  hands  in 
the  boom  days  of  1887. 

As  an  example  of  the  rapid  advance  in  rents  caused  by 
the  demand  for  real  estate  offices  during  the  boom,  this  ex- 
tract taken  from  Guinn's  "History  of  California"  will  serve 
as  an  illustration : 

"An  old  one  story  wooden  building  on  Spring  street,  south 
of  First,  that  before  the  boom  might  have  brought  its  owner 
a  rental  of  $50  per  month,  was  subdivided  into  stalls  after 
the  usual  method  and  rented  at  from  $75  to  $150  per  month 


Main  Street  in  the  '80s  Looking  North  and  Northeast 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  127 

for  each  stall,  prices  varying  as  you  receded  from  the  front 
entrance.  The  rental  of  the  building  paid  the  landlord  an 
income  of  about  $1,000  a  month.  The  building  was  so  out  of 
repair  that  the  enterprising  boomers  who  occupied  it  during 
a  rain  storm  were  compelled  to  hold  umbrellas  over  them- 
selves and  their  customers  while  negotiating  a  deal  in  climate 
and  corner  lots." 

Such  a  boom  had  to  run  its.  course  and  quickly  attain  its 
inevitable  end,  and  by  1888  the  real  estate  speculator  for  the 
buying  end  of  a  deal  was  a  raris  avis.  Many  were  the  pre- 
dictions of  dire  disaster  as  to  the  future  of  the  city  from 
the  pessimistically  inclined.  However,  more  than  the  burst- 
ing of  the  boom  was  necessary  to  kill  a  city  of  destiny,  and 
although  the  city  and  the  whole  surrounding  country  suffered 
for  many  a  long  year  from  the  results  of  ill-advised  specula- 
tion, the  injury  was  in  no  way  permanent.  In  fact,  one  good 
resulted.  In  1888-9  building  materials  being  cheap,  the  own- 
ers of  real  estate  in  the  city  who  had  bought  during  the  boom 
at  high  prices,  conceived  it  to  be  their  best  business  policy 
to  build  on  their  investments  in  order  to  create  an  income, 
and  this  resulted  in  a  building  boom,  in  those  years,  of  con- 
siderable magnitude. 

During  the  railroad  rate  war,  freight  rates  tumbled  as  well- 
as  passenger  rates  and  there  are  authentic  instances  of  ship- 
ments from  Chicago  of  coal  at  $1  per  ton.  A  carload  of 
willow  ware  from  New  York  with  a  freight  bill  for  the  car  of 
$8.35.  Of  a  train  of  Liverpool  salt  shipped  from  New  York 
at  60  cents  a  ton. 

Prof.  T.  S.  C.  Lowe,  later  a  well-known  figure  in  Los  An- 
geles and  formerly  with  the  balloon  section  of  the  Union  Army 
during  the  Civil  war,  startled  the  city  in  the  late  '80s  by 
making  the  claim  that  he  could  manufacture  gas  from  water 
at  a  cost  said  to  be  about  10  cents  per  1,000  cubic  feet,  and 
distribute  the  same  at  a  cost  to  the  merchants  and  house- 
holders of  a  dollar  per  thousand  or  less.  Although  the  exist- 
ing gas  company  had  by  that  time  reduced  its  price  to  $1.50 
per  thousand  feet,  the  prospective  price  of  $1  and  the  profits 
to  be  made  at  that  figure  was  a  temptation  not  to  be  resisted, 
and  a  franchise  was  obtained,  pipes  laid,  and  a  manufacturing 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  129 

plant  established  and  gas  produced.  But  the  cost  of  produc- 
tion turned  out  to  be  more  than  a  dollar  per  thousand,  the 
advertised  selling'  price.  This  company  and  its  business  were 
eventually  absorbed  by  the  Los  Angeles  Gas  Company. 

Also  in  the  late  '80s  Senator  Stanford  and  the  Southern 
Pacific  officials  completed  with  the  city  the  long-discussed 
details  of  the  promised  Central  Southern  Pacific  Station,  and 
built  what  was  then  and  afterwards  known  as  the  Arcade  Sta- 
tion, on  a  part  of  the  Wolfskill  tract  facing  on  Alameda,  be- 
tween Fourth  and  Fifth  streets,  on  practically  the  site  now 
occupied  by  that  company's  main  station. 

In  1887  the  original  Occidental  College  was  established  by 
a  group  of  Presbyterian  clergymen  on  donated  land ;  the  main 
college  building  being  completed  in  the  following  year  and 
destroyed  by  fire  in  1896.  At  this  period  of  the  city's  history 
there  seemed  to  have  been  great  liberality  on  the  part  of 
citizens  in  the  matter  of  donating  lands  for  any  worthy  object. 
In  the  same  year  Santa  Catalina  Island  was  sold  to  an 
English  syndicate  to  be  developed  for  its  minerals,  but  min- 
eral values  failing  to  develop,  as  anticipated,  the  English 
syndicate  refused  to  complete  the  deal,  and  in  1892  finally 
dropped  any  claim  to  the  island. 

Further  contributing  factors  to  the  1887  "Boom,"  now 
famous  in  history,  was  the  wide  advertising  of  Southern  Cali- 
fornia, its  climate  and  products  at  the  Centennial  Exposition 
held  in  Philadelphia,  and  the  continued  advertising  efforts  of 
the  Board  of  Trade  and  the  Chamber  of  Commerce. 

Office  hours  of  the  boom  real  estate  agents  were  by  no 
means  confined  to  daylight,  but  offices  were  open  and  busy 
far  into  the  night.  Properties  frequently  changed  hands  at 
advanced  prices  several  times  in  twenty-four  hours. 

It  is  not  to  be  supposed  that  all  the  mushroom  towns  laid 
out  by  the  promoters  in  this  period  were  failures,  as  many 
of  the  now  prosperous  smaller  towns  in  Southern  California 
are  the  result  of  locations  planted  in  that  year.  But  many 
of  the  centers  that  were  started  utterly  collapsed  and  the 
companies  operating  them  failed  miserably.  "Where  such 
companies  had  issued  clear  titles  to  lots  bought  for  cash  and 
the  large  acreage  eventuallv  reverted  to  its  original  owners 


130  LOS  ANGELES 

because  of  failure  of  the  company,  these  small  deeded  lots 
scattered  through  the  acreage  remained  for  many  years  a 
matter  hard  to  clear  up.  In  many  instances  a  cement  con- 
tractor had  got  in  touch  with  a  lot  owner  and  persuaded  him 
to  have  a  cement  sidewalk  laid  in  front  of  his  lot  as  an  added 
feature  to  his  holdings.  When  the  acreage  reverted  to  farm 
land  again  a  25  or  50  foot  section  of  cement  sidewalk  was  not 
an  uncommon  sight  in  the  middle  of  a  wheatfield. 

On  the  day  when  a  new  subdivision  was  to  be  put  on  the 
market  the  promoters  would  organize  processions  headed  by 
bands  of  doubtful  quality,  and  would  arrange  an  immense 
barbecue  on  the  lands  to  which  all  were  invited,  and  every 
method  of  advertising,  honest  and  dishonest,  were  employed, 
to  make  a  quick  clean-up  sale  of  the  subdivision.  When  the 
opening  sale  of  what  was  considered  a  particularly  desirable 
subdivision  was  announced,  lines  would  frequently  be  formed 
in  front  of  the  office  two  or  three  days  in  advance  of  the 
opening  day,  so  eager  was  the  rush  to  obtain  choice  locations 
and  desirable  corners.  The  men  paid  to  hold  the  places  in 
these  lines  often  received  large  fees  for  their  services,  it 
being  cited  that  $100  as  a  fee  for  such  service  was  not  un- 
common. 

So  greedy  for  large  profits  were  many  of  the  operating 
syndicates  that  frequently  chances  for  large  fortunes  were 
turned  down  in  the  expectation  of  larger  offers. 

.  The  schemes  evolved  to  boost  the  selling  of  the  various 
tracts  were  so  numerous  and  so  shady  that  there  is  hardly 
any  scheme  that  the  mind  of  man  can  conceive  that  was  not 
broached  and  put  into  operation  at  that  time.  As  an  instance 
of  what  the  boom  was  doing  on  three  separate  days  near  its 
crest  the  real  estate  transfers  were  valued  at  $660,000,  $730,- 
000  and  $930,000. 

Mental  poise  was  conspicuous  by  its  absence;  capitalists 
on  paper  were  as  thick  as  bees;  millionaires  of  a  day  were 
mixing  with  the  crowds  in  ever-increasing  numbers.  Boom 
values  do  not  seem  to  have  increased  in  anything  like  the 
same  proportions  in  the  business  and  near-in  sections  of  town 
as  they  did  in  the  outlying  districts,  and  many  investments 


Los  Angeles  Views  in  the  Early  '80s 

Upper :  South  on  Olive.    Lower :  First  and  Spring  Streets,  Looking 

Toward  Temple  Street 


132  LOS  ANGELES 

made  at  that  time  on  inside  property  have  since  proved  highly 
profitable  to  investors. 

The  Southern  Pacific  Railroad  had  formally  inaugurated 
its  through  service  on  August  20,  1887,  the  first  through 
trains  in  both  directions  meeting  at  Santa  Barbara,  where  a 
fete  was  held. 

In  this  year  the  first  regular  street  was  paved  on  Main 
Street.  Prior  to  that  time  streets  had  been  natural  dirt 
tracks. 

In  November  of  this  year  public-spirited  citizens  donated 
to  the  United  States  Government  some  600  acres  between  the 
city  and  the  seat  which  was  accepted  by  the  Government  as  a 
site  for  a  National  Home  for  disabled  volunteer  soldiers. 
The  grounds  were  at  once  laid  out,  and  the  first  unit  directed 
of  what  is  not  the  Old  Soldiers  Home  at  Sawtelle.  In  May 
of  1888,  a  commission  was  chosen  to  draw  up  a  new  charter 
for  the  City  of  Los  Angeles,  and  the  result  was  finally  con- 
firmed by  the  Legislature  of  the  state  early  in  1889. 

Although  the  boom  had  been  disastrous  to  the  city  in  many 
ways,  one  cannot  escape  the  conviction  that  it  was  the  turning 
point  between  the  existence  of  a  village  gone  to  sleep  again 
and  the  beginning  of  a  progressive,  bustling  city. 

From  1888-90  building  was  active,  paving  of  streets  pro- 
gressing, sewer  systems  extended  all  over  the  business 
district  and  out  to  Tenth  Street,  and  then  through  large  bond 
issues,  was  projected  to  cover  the  whole  residence  sections  of 
the  city.  The  new  City  Hall  on  South  Broadway  and  the 
County  Courthouse  on  the  hill  on  North  Broadway  were  both 
started  at  this  time.  The  street  car  railways  were  con- 
solidated and  a  cable  system  covering  a  large  area  of  the  city 
inaugurated.  In  1890  an  electric  street  car  system  was  built 
which  was  eventually  to  gobble  up  the  cable  system  and  give 
the  city  an  entirely  electric  service.  However,  the  last  horse 
car  did  not  disappear  from  the  city  until  1897. 

In  1888  people  were  buoyed  up  by  the  prospect  of  a  new 
transcontinental  railroad  fi'om  Salt  Lake  City,  supposed  to 
be  in  connection  with  the  Union  Pacific.  A  franchise  was 
secured  and  the  railroad  was  built  south  from  Salt  Lake 
City  through  Utah,  but  connection  was  never  completed.    The 


Los  Angeles  Thirty  Years  Ago  and  Today 

Upper  View:  West  on  Sixth  Street  from  Main,  in  the  late 
Lower:  Same  View  in  1920 


134  LOS  ANGELES 

unused  franchise  along  the  east  bank  of  the  Los  Angeles 
River  was  taken  up  by  other  parties  and  a  system  completed 
in  1891  between  Pasadena  and  San  Pedro  through  Los  An- 
geles, the  system  being  called  the  Terminal.  This  system  was 
bought  in  1900  by  Senator  W.  A.  Clark,  who  used  it  as  the 
nucleus  for  the  now  existing  "Salt  Lake  Railroad." 

In  1889-90  the  moral  aspects  of  the  city  seem  to  have  been 
more  carefully  considered — gambling  houses  were  closed, 
saloons  compelled  by  ordinance  to  close  on  Sunday,  and  it 


The  A.  W.  Francisco  Place  at  Ninth  and  Figtjeeoa  Street 

generally  came  to  be  recognized  that  the  future  prosperity  of 
the  city  and  decent  moral  standards  must  run  hand  in  hand. 

In  1888  the  subject  of  state  division  was  again  raised,  but 
enthusiasm  seemed  to  have  died  down  and  it  received  little 
support  in  the  southern  end  of  the  state.  It  was  in  1888  that 
the  widening  of  Fort  Street  from  Second  to  Ninth  streets 
was  inaugurated,  causing  the  change  of  name  of  that  street 
to  Broadway.  Much  opposition  was  shown  at  the  time  to 
widening  the  street  because  of  the  lack  of  vision  of  the  re- 
quirements of  the  future  city. 

The  Santa  Fe  Railroad  branch  connecting  Los  Angeles 
with  San  Diego  was  completed  and  opened  in  1891. 


PROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  135 

On  January  1,  1889,  the  first  annual  Pasadena  Rose  Tour- 
nament was  held. 

In  1889  the  southern  half  of  Los  Angeles  County  was 
authorized  to  split  from  the  mother  country  and  Orange 
County  founded.  This  split  had  been  advocated  for  many 
years  chiefly  on  the  ground  that  Los  Angeles,  the  county  seat, 
was  too  far  away  from  many  of  the  outlying  sections  of  the 
county. 

As  a  result  of  the  visit  to  Los  Angeles  and  Southern  Cali- 
fornia in  1890  of  Charles  Dudley  Warner,  then  editor  of 
Harpers'  Magazine,  the  Harpers  later  published  his  book, 
"Our  Italy" — an  appreciation  of  Southern  California,  its  cli- 
mate, resources,  etc.,  and  a  well  drawn  comparison  between 
the  Southern  California  country  and  countries  with  similar 
climatic  conditions  in  Southern  Europe.  The  book  caused 
much  comment,  especially  in  the  East,  and  turned  many  eyes 
in  the  direction  of  Southern  California. 

In  1890-91  Hollenbeck  Park  was  donated  to  the  city  by 
William  H.  Workman  and  Mrs.  J.  E.  Hollenbeck  in  the  pro- 
portion respectively  of  two-thirds  and  one-third.  It  was  first 
suggested  that  the  park  be  named  the  Workman-Hollenbeck 
Park,  but  the  modesty  of  Mr.  Workman  insisted  on  the  elimi- 
nation of  his  name.  About  the  same  time  Mrs.  Hollenbeck 
donated  ground  and  created  a  liberal  endowment  for  the  Hol- 
lenbeck Home  for  Aged  People,  almost  adjoining  the  park  on 
the  west. 

The  Friday  Morning  Club,  a  women's  organization  and 
since  a  social  force  in  the  city,  was  organized  in  1891,  building 
its  present  club  house  in  1899. 

In  1892  E.  L.  Doheny  and  others,  prospecting  for  oil  in 
the  western  residence  section  of  the  city  at  a  depth  of  some  150 
feet,  struck  the  black  fluid  and  started  an  oil  excitement  in 
the  city  which  attained  considerable  proportions.  Between 
then  and  the  year  1900  some  1,300  oil  wells  were  drilled 
within  the  city  limits,  and  though  none  of  them  were  large 
yielders  individually,  the  aggregate  oil  output  was  very  con- 
siderable. Development  elsewhere  in  the  state  produced  an 
overproduction  which,  together  with  other  causes,  started  a 
rapid  decline  in  the  price  of  oil.    In  1900  oil  was  $1  a  barrel, 


■  ■  £ 

{if  "  ■ . 

'& 

■  1  ^V'**r    , 

& 

wi'--:. 

i 

-'■  V 

"'■'M 

j 

~'.'i 

•  i    i '  i"  '-** '" 

'  .JsslKaB 

#ft^JPfSS 

^S^8§  rN  i 

: 

«  •  •  '      s  >  '■  \r , '  \V"'.. 

'      ■                       ""    '    »           -                 -v:    > 

FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  137 

and  in  1904  it  dropped  to  15  cents  a  barrel.  As  is  the  case 
wherever  oil  excitement  obtains,  Los  Angeles  was  afflicted 
with  an  overabundance  of  incorporated  oil  companies.  Much 
irresponsible  and  fraudulent  oil  stock  was  sold.  Much  money 
was  made  and  much  was  lost,  and  the  losses  largely  fell  on 
those  least  able  to  support  it. 

Showing  that  the  general  prosperity  of  the  city  was  not 
overly  affected  by  the  hard  times  referred  to,  the  following- 
table  of  bank  clearings  for  the  years  indicated  are  instructive : 
1892,  $39,000,000  (year  before  the  panic) ;  1893,  $45,000,000 ; 
1894,  $44,000,000;  1895,  $57,000,000;  1896,  $61,000,000. 

In  1894  the  Chamber  of  Commerce  moved  its  headquarters 
and  permanent  exhibit  to  Fourth  and  Broadway,  from  which 
a  most  active  campaign  for  the  building  up  of  Los  Angeles 
and  Southern  California  in  general  was  conducted.  Later  the 
Chamber  of  Commerce  moved  to  its  present  location  on 
Broadway  between  First  and  Second  streets  in  a  building 
specially  erected  for  its  use.  In  1892-93  the  Los  Angeles 
Chamber  of  Commerce  was  the  leading  factor  in  exploiting 
Southern  California  at  the  great  Columbian  Exposition  in 
Chicago. 

1892-96  witnessed  a  brisk  fight  for  appropriation  from 
Congress  to  locate  and  start  the  harbor. 

The  Belgian  hare  craze  struck  Los  Angeles  in  the  late  '90s. 
An  impression  got  abroad  that  Belgian  hare  meat  was 
superior  to  anything  else  and  that  it  could  be  turned  out  at 
a  small  proportion  of  the  cost  of  other  meats.  As  the  im- 
pression grew,  everyone  started  the  industry  in  his  back  yard. 
From  the  growing  of  hares  for  meat  to  the  raising  of  fancy 
stock  for  breeding  purposes  was  the  next  step,  and  fancy 
rabbits  quoted  at  $100  to  $1,000  each  were  thick  all  over  town, 
and  a  common  topic  of  conversation. 

The  impression  prevailed  that  it  was  impossible  for  the 
supply  to  outrun  the  demand,  as  there  was  supposed  to  be  a 
world  market  for  all  that  could  be  pi'odueed,  but  it  was  only 
a  comparatively  short  time  until  the  supply  was  super- 
abundant and  the  demand  practically  nil.  Thus  the  craze 
dropped  from  sight  and  into  history. 

In  1892  Prof.  T.  S.  C.  Lowe,  previously  referred  to  in 


138  LOS  ANGELES 

connection  with  gas  enterprises,  began  the  building  of  a  rail- 
road up  a  mountain  back  of  Pasadena,  afterwards  and  since 
known  as  Mount  Lowe.  The  road  was  formally  opened  to  the 
public  in  1893,  and  in  1894  the  Mount  Lowe  Astronomical 
Observatory  was  built. 

In  1894  Los  Angeles  was  suffering  from  depression  caused 
by  the  panic  depressions  of  the  previous  year,  and  was 
casting  round  for  a  method  of  overcoming  general  apathy, 


The  Astronomical  Observatory 

and  hit  upon  the  plan  of  holding  an  annual  event  in  the  spring 
to  be  known  as  "La  Fiesta  de  Los  Angeles."  The  Fiesta 
was  in  the  nature  of  a  general  carnival,  with  processions, 
decorations  and  the  general  carnival  spirit  in  evidence.  And, 
as  an  annual  event,  it  did  much  to  center  attention  on  the 
city  from  the  outside  and  to  keep  the  spirit  of  co-operation 
alive  within  the  city  itself. 

In  1894  the  Ebell  Club  was  organized. 

In  1896  Gen.  M.  H.  Sherman  and  E.  P.  Clark,  brothers-in- 
law,  laid  the  foundation  of  the  present  unequaled  electric 
interurban  car  system  enjoyed  by  Los  Angeles.  In  that  year 
the  whole  steam  railroad  was  electricized  between  Los  An- 
geles and  Santa  Monica  and  building  was  started  on  an  elec- 
tric road  to  Pasadena.     The  system  of  electric  interurban 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  139 

transportation  then  started  by  these  men  lias  been  increased 
until  it  covers  points  in  Southern  California  as  much  as 
eighty  miles  out  from  the  city. 

In  this  same  year  Arthur  Letts,  with  only  a  few  hundred 
dollars,  bought  a  small  bankrupt  stock  of  goods,  located  his 
store  at  the  corner  of  Fourth  and  Broadway  and  so  started 
the  career  which  has  meant  so  much  in  the  upbuilding  of  the 
modern  Los  Angeles. 

In  1896  Griffith  Park  was  presented  to  the  city  by  Col. 


Main  Street  Looking  North  in  1898 

Griffith  J.  Griffith,  an  expanse  of  over  3,000  acres,  one  of  the 
most  magnificent  gifts  ever  presented  to  a  city  by  an  indi- 
vidual. 

In  1898-99  came  the  Spanish-American  war,  in  which  citi- 
zens of  Los  Angeles  bore  their  full  share.  Col.  Harrison 
Gray  Otis  of  the  Los  Angeles  Times  was  appointed  brigadier 
general  of  the  United  States  Volunteers  by  President  Mc- 
Kinley  and  was  given  an  important  command  in  the  Philip- 
pines. 

In  1899,  after  a  year  or  more  of  negotiation,  the  city  en- 
tered into  an  arrangement  to  buy  the  plant  of  the  City  Water 


140  LOS  ANGELES 

Company,  and,  in  August  of  that  year,  the  question  of  issuing 
$2,000,000  worth  of  bonds  for  the  purchase  and  extension  of 
the  system,  when  submitted  to  the  vote  of  the  people,  was 
carried  overwhelmingly.  The  water  works  were  taken  over 
by  the  municipality  under  a  commission  of  five  appointed  for 
its  management. 

For  several  years  prior  to  1908  various  mercantile  bodies 
of  the  city  had  been  in  constant  dispute  with  the  railroads, 
chiefly  the  Southern  Pacific,  on  the  matter  of  equalizing  and 
adjusting  rates  to  and  from  the  San  Joaquin  Valley  and  con- 
tiguous territory,  so  that  Los  Angeles  would  have  a  fair 
chance  of  competing  in  mutual  territory  with  San  Francisco 
as  a  point  of  supply.  Through  the  Railroad  Commission  very 
considerable  concessions  were  secured,  followed  by  still  fur- 
ther reductions  in  1910  and  1912. 

In  the  first  years  of  the  century  Henry  E.  Huntington 
gradually  began  transferring  his  large  interests  from  San 
Francisco  to  Los  Angeles,  and  commenced  the  development  of 
interurban  electric  systems.  In  1902  he  completed  the  road 
to  Long  Beach,  and  in  1903  to  Monrovia  and  Whittier.  In 
latter  years  he  erected  the  building  at  Sixth  and  Main  streets, 
known  as  the  Huntington  or  Pacific  Electric  Building,  the 
ground  floor  of  which  was  designed  as  a  Union  Terminal  for 
the  various  electric  lines  under  his  management. 

In  1901,  due  to  the  growth  of  the  western  residence  dis- 
tricts of  the  city,  and  to  the  obstacle  presented  by  Bunker  Hill, 
it  became  necessary  to  make  a  connection,  and  the  first  of  the 
tunnels  was  constructed  through  that  hill  on  Third  Street. 

In  1902  the  first  commercial  wireless  system  out  of  Los 
Angeles  was  established  between  the  city  and  Santa  Catalina 
Island. 

In  1903  a  Southwest  Society  was  founded  as  a  branch  of 
the  Archaeological  Institute  of  America,  whose  headquarters 
were  in  Boston,  but  rapidly  outgrowing  the  parent  organiza- 
tion in  membership,  it  withdrew  its  affiliation  in  1913  and 
devoted  its  entire  energy  and  funds  to  the  furtherance  of  the 
Southwest  Museum  which  the  society  had  founded  in  1907. 

In  1905  public  spirited  citizens,  ashamed  of  the  mean 
quarters  occupied  by  the  postoffice  and  Federal  Building,  sub- 


142  LOS  ANGELES 

scribed  funds  necessary  to  the  purchase  of  the  site  now 
occupied  by  the  Federal  Building  on  Temple,  Main  and  New 
High  streets,  and  presented  the  same  to  the  United  States 
Government.  An  appropriation  of  $800,000  by  Congress  was 
inadequate  for  the  building  designed,  and  it  was  not  until 
1907  that  the  difficulty  was  overcome  by  the  sale  of  the  old 
site  at  Main  and  Winston  streets. 

In  1905  the  Los  Angeles,  San  Pedro  and  Salt  Lake  Rail- 
road was  completed. 

On  October  1,  1910,  the  Times  Building  on  First  and 
Broadway  was  blown  up  by  dynamite  with  criminal  intent  as 
the  result  of  a  conspiracy  fomented  by  radical  elements. 
Twenty-one  lives  were  lost  in  the  explosion,  and  the  building 
and  plant  totally  destroyed. 

The  foul  deed  created  great  excitement  and  the  sensation 
which  was  country  wide.  The  perpetrators  of  the  crime  were 
eventually  run  down  and  the  two  main  perpetrators  and  some 
of  their  dupes  convicted  and  sentenced. 

In  1907  a  comprehensive  plan  for  civic  betterment  for  the 
development  of  a  civic  center,  widening  of  streets,  and  the 
foundation  for  a  general  city  plan  were  drawn  up  by  archi- 
tect Charles  Mulford  Robinson,  under  appropriation  author- 
ized by  the  city  for  the  purpose.  So  far  this  plan  has  not 
been  carried  out  but  is  being  considered  in  conjunction  with 
other  plans  submitted  by  architects  and  city  planning  bodies, 
and  no  doubt  a  comprehensive  system  will  be  evolved  on 
Avhich  the  future  growth  of  the  city  will  be  built. 

In  1909  the  "Shoestring  Strip"  connecting  Los  Angeles 
with  San  Pedro  and  Wilmington  was  annexed  to  the  city,  com- 
pleting the  consolidation  of  the  city  and  its  harbor. 

The  actual  consolidation  under  one  municipality  of  Los 
Angeles,  San  Pedro  and  Wilmington  came  up  in  1909,  a 
matter  that  called  for  a  great  deal  of  preliminary  negotia- 
tion, during  which  Los  Angeles  pledged  herself  to  obtain  for 
the  harbor  districts  equal  freight  advantages  with  the  larger 
city,  to  spend  specified  amounts  on  harbor  improvements,  etc. 
The  results  of  the  actual  elections  for  the  annexation  of  Wil- 
mington and  San  Pedro  held  on  August  5  and  12,  respectively, 
of  that  year,  were  large  majorities  in  favor  of  consolidation. 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA 


143 


Consolidation  was  joyfully  hailed  throughout  all  the  districts 
of  the  enlarged  city  as  a  foretaste  of  the  great  development 
to  be  expected.  The  port  became  officially  known  as  Los 
Angeles  Harbor  on  February  13,  1910. 

In  1909  litigation  finally  established  title  to  the  tract  in  the 
Southwestern  part  of  the  city  known  as  Exposition  Park  as 
belonging  to  the  State  of  California  which,  in  that  year,  en- 
tered into  a  lease  of  the  same  to  the  city  and  county  of  Los 
Angeles  for  fifty  years,  and  its  development  with  a  museum 


Broadway  Looking  South  from  Sixth  Street  in  1920 


building,  fine  arts  building  and  state  armory  was  immediately 
planned  and  commenced. 

In  1909  the  city  council  created  the  first  harbor  board,  and 
this  action  was  confirmed  at  a  popular  election  in  1911,  when 
the  board  was  definitely  accepted  as  a  regular  part  of  the 
city  organization  under  its  charter.  Members  appointed  for 
the  first  board  were :  Stoddard  Jess,  Thomas  E.  Gibbon  and 
M.  H.  Newmark. 

In  1911  wireless  telegraph  communication  was  established 
between  Los  Angeles  and  San  Francisco  and  other  points 
along  the  coast;  and  in  1912  with  Honolulu.  At  first  there 
was  considerable  difficulty  in  establishing  regular  communi- 
cation with  the  latter,  and  it  was  necessary  to  send  all  mes- 


Entrance  to  Museum  op  History,  Science  and  Art 


PROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  145 

sages  to  that  point  during  the  night  hours,  because  of  peculiar 
atmospheric  conditions. 

In  November,  1913,  the  Museum  of  History,  Science  and 
Art  was  located  in  the  new  Exposition  Park  and  formally 
dedicated. 

Much  has  transpired  since  this  last  mentioned  date,  and 
the  kaleidoscope  of  the  years  is  still  magical  with  the  whirling 
colors  of  events  that  the  future  historian  will  set  down  for 
those  who  will  then,  as  now,  look  backward  with  eyes  of 
wonder  upon  the  Wonder  City  of  the  West. 


CHAPTER  VIII 
FROM  THE  SPANIARD  TO  THE  AMERICAN 

The  events  of  the  first  seventy  years  of  the  existence  of 
Los  Angeles  as  a  human  habitation — that  is  to  say,  from  the 
founding  of  the  pueblo  down  to  the  time  it  really  became  an 
American  city — cannot  fail  to  be  of  interest,  and  certainly 
the  events  of  the  time  that  transpired  between  those  two 
epochs  is  of  vital  historical  importance.  This  book,  or  any 
other  book  with  a  similar  purpose,  failing  to  record  these 
events,  would  fail  of  its  object. 

We  shall  proceed  now  to  pass  these  events  in  review. 

In  1781  a  royal  regulation  or  order  authorizing  the  found- 
ing of  the  Pueblo  of  Los  Angeles  was  formulated.  The  set- 
tlers and  families  were  to  be  healthy,  strong  and  of  good 
character  and  to  include  a  mason,  blacksmith  and  carpenter 
obligated  to  remain  for  a  term  of  ten  years.  Each  settler 
was  to  get  an  allowance  of  $116.50  a  year  for  the  first  two 
years  and  $60  for  each  of  the  next  three  years,  sums  to  be 
paid  in  clothing  and  necessaries  at  cost ;  also  two  horses,  two 
mares,  two  cows  and  a  calf,  two  sheep,  two  goats,  one  yoke  of 
oxen,  a  plow  point,  spade,  hoe,  axe,  sickle,  musket  and  leath- 
ern shield.  Breeding  animals  to  be  supplied  as  community 
property,  likewise  forge,  anvil,  crowbars,  spades,  carpenters' 
tools,  etc.  Cost  of  articles  to  be  charged  against  recipients 
and  to  be  paid  for  at  the  end  of  five  years  in  stock  and  sup- 
plies taken  at  market  price  for  army  consumption. 

Within  three  years  each  settler  was  to  have  a  good  adobe 
house  constructed  and  land  cleared,  and  within  five  years  to 
have  a  fair  crop  of  wheat  and  corn  growing,  good  farm  equip- 
ment, chickens,  etc.  After  five  years  the  title  to  property 
to  be  more  or  less  vested  in  occupant  but  without  right  to  sell 
or  mortgage. 

No  colonist  was  permitted  to  own  over  fifty  head  of  cattle 
146 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  147 

in  order  to  prevent  monopoly.     But  this  regulation  was  dis- 
tinguished in  the  breach  rather  than  in  the  observance. 

The  regulations  in  regard  to  real  estate  holding  were  mod- 
ified somewhat,  and  in  1786  Jose  Arguello,  appointed  by  Gov- 
ernor Fages,  authorized  and  did  issue  deeds  for  the  house 
lots  and  to  the  farm  lots  to  nine  families,  the  net  result  of 
the  original  colonization  after  expulsions  and  additions. 

The  original  pueblo  contained  four  square  leagues,  or  thir- 
ty-six square  miles — laid  out  six  miles  square.  Near  the  cen- 
ter was  the  Plaza,  275  by  180  feet,  the  surrounding  lots  55  by 
111  feet.  Outside  one-half  mile  from  the  Plaza  farming  lands 
each  about  seven  acres  were  laid  out  and  each  settler  was 
entitled  to  two  of  these  with  community  right  in  the  general 
area  inside  and  out  of  the  pueblo  for  pasturage. 

The  original  Plaza  lay  approximately  as  follows :  Begin- 
ning at  what  is  now  the  southeastern  corner  of  San  Fernando 
an  Upper  Main,  near  the  present  site  of  the  "Church  of  Our 
Lady  of  the  Angels,"  along  the  eastern  line  of  Upper  Main 
Street  nearly  to  Bellevue,  thence  across  to  the  east  line  of 
New  High  Street,  thence  to  the  northern  line  of  San  Fernando, 
and  thence  to  the  place  of  beginning. 

The  first  mayor  (alcalde)  was  Jose  Vanegas,  1788.  Re- 
elected in  1796. 

No  known  descendants  of  the  first  settlers  are  now  in  Los 
Angeles. 

It  was  intended  by  Governor  de  Neve  that  settlers  choose 
their  own  council  and  mayor,  but  for  the  first  seven  years  no 
election  was  held  and  the  pueblo  was  under  a  minor  military 
official  known  as  "Comisionado."  The  regulations  required 
that  within  five  years  each  settler  have  a  substantial  residence 
of  adobe.  The  river  was  dammed  at  about  Buena  Vista 
Street  Bridge  to  supply  the  "Zanja  Madre,"  or  main  irriga- 
tion ditch,  laid  out  to  supply  the  fields  with  water. 

In  1784  a  chapel  was  constructed  near  the  corner  of  Buena 
Vista  and  Bellevue  Avenue.  The  first  public  structures  were 
the  town  house,  guard  house  and  granary. 

In  the  first  six  months  Lara,  a  Spaniard,  and  Mesa  and 
Quintary,  negroes,  were  expelled  with  their  families — sixteen 


148  LOS  ANGELES 

persons  in  all.  Some  years  later  Navarro,  the  tailor,  was  also 
expelled  from  the  pueblo. 

In  1785  Jose  Francisco  Sirova,  a  Californian,  applied  for 
admission,  and  was  given  original  terms.  Juan  Jose  Domin- 
guez,  Spaniard,  also  joined  the  colony,  having  been  given 
a  special  land  grant  by  Governor  Fages.  The  grant  was  the 
San  Pedro  and  Dominguez  ranches. 

By  1790  households  had  increased  from  9  to  28,  the  popula- 
tion to  139.  Up  to  1788  there  was  much  complaint  against 
Corp.  Vicente  Felix,  acting  comisionado  of  the  colony  and 
arbiter  of  all  disputes,  resulting  in  the  selection  of  an  alcalde 
in  that  year — Jose  Vangas,  who  had  eight  successors  up  to 
the  year  1800,  but  during  all  of  which  time  Felix  remained  the 
direct  representative  of  the  governor. 

It  appears  that  colonists  managed  only  to  grow  supplies 
for  their  own  use  up  to  1800,  when  we  have  first  record  of  an 
"exportable  surplus,"  the  community  in  that  year  offering  to 
outside  buyers  some  3,400  bushels  of  wheat  at  $1.66  a  bushel. 
The  official  price  list  issued  by  Governor  Fages  was  as  fol- 
lows: Ox  or  cow,  $5;  sheep,  $1  to  $2;  chickens,  25  cents; 
mules,  $14  to  $20 ;  well  broken  horses,  $9.  The  governor  also 
attempted  to  arbitrarily  fix  the  price  of  wheat  at  $1. 

In  1800  the  population  was  315,  consisting  of  70  families, 
and  we  already  have  records  of  the  pueblo  being  recognized 
as  a  health  resort,  the  custom  being  to  send  invalided  soldiers 
from  the  various  presidios  to  Los  Angeles.  In  the  census 
of  1790,  out  of  eighty  adults,  nine  were  listed  as  over  ninety 
years  old. 

We  are  to  remember  that  this  was  120  years  ago,  and  that 
Los  Angeles  then  had  no  school,  with  mail  from  Mexico  only 
once  a  month,  that  foreign  sea  commerce  was  not  allowed  on 
the  coast,  that  there  were  no  sanitary  provisions  in  the  pueblo, 
no  glass  in  the  windows,  and  that  each  house  lot  contained  its 
own  slaughter  house. 

One  of  the  great  difficulties  of  successful  colonization  was 
a  lack  of  a  good  class  of  women. 

In  1784  there  was  a  grant  of  the  San  Rafael  Ranch  to  Jose 
Maria  Verdugo.  It  was  four  leagues  from  Los  Angeles.  In 
the  same  vear  Juan  Jose  Dominguez  was  granted  a  tract 


FKOM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  140 

along  the  ocean  at  San  Pedro  and  up  an  estuary  one-naif  way 
to  Los  Angeles.  In  the  same  year  also  the  Encina  Ranch  was 
granted  to  Francisco  Reyes,  rescinded  in  1797,  and  then  given 
to  the  Mission  San  Fernando. 

The  years  1800-1810  were  peaceful  and  uneventful  in  Los 
Angeles.  In  the  latter  year  the  rebellion  of  Mexico  against 
Spain  was  under  way.  By  1820  all  America,  except  Cuba  and 
some  other  islands,  was  lost  to  Spain. 

During  the  decade  from  1800  to  1810  the  population  of 
Los  Angeles  increased  from  315  to  365,  with  no  improvement 
in  crops,  and  an  actual  decrease  in  cattle  and  sheep. 

In  1805  the  first  known  American  ship  arrived  at  San  Pe- 
dro— the  Lelia  Byrd,  engaged  in  contraband  trade. 

In  1806  a  new  agricultural  impetus  took  place  by  growing 
hemp,  which  continued  until  1810,  when  the  market  demand 
ceased  and  nearly  brought  disaster  to  growers. 

During  this  decade  disputes  arose  between  the  pueblo  and 
San  Fernando  Mission  authorities  over  the  use  of  the  water 
of  the  Los  Angeles  River.  It  was  held  by  the  governor  that 
all  the  water  of  the  river  belonged  to  the  colonists  of  the 
pueblo,  and  that  if  the  dam  constructed  by  the  padres  at  Ca- 
huenga  interfered  with  the  pueblo  supply  the  dam  must  be 
removed. 

In  the  Mexican  rebellion,  California  sided  with  Spain 
against  the  rebels.  The  change  came  without  bloodshed  and 
was  of  seemingly  little  interest  to  the  inhabitants  of  Los 
Angeles. 

There  were  hard  times  between  1810  and  1820,  caused 
chiefly  by  a  suspension  of  payments  from  Spain  for  army 
and  civil  life  in  California.  Spanish  trading  ships  feared  to 
visit  the  coast  because  of  Mexican  and  South  American  priva- 
teers. 

From  1810  to  1820  the  population  of  Los  Angeles  doubled. 

Holders  of  land  grants  in  the  vicinity  of  the  pueblo  were 
included  in  the  population  and  were  under  its  jurisdiction  in 
local  matters.  There  was  a  large  birth  rate  due  to  easy  living 
conditions  on  the  ranches.  The  immigration  from  Mexico  was 
of  a  poor  stamp.  The  Mexican  Republic  introduced  "trans- 
portation to  the  Calif ornias"  as  a  form  of  punishment  for 


150  LOS  ANGELES 

heinous  offenses.  The  people  protested,  and  consequently 
the  practice  was  never  exercised  on  a  large  scale. 

Land  for  cultivation  was  to  be  had  at  almost  for  the  asking 
in  Los  Angeles,  yet  in  1816  nearly  50  per  cent  of  the  popula- 
tion was  listed  as  landless.  They  were  probably  too  listless 
to  attempt  cultivation. 

The  year  1815  was  characterized  by  an  excessive  rainfall. 
The  river  left  its  bed  and  ran  along  San  Fernando  Street  to 
Alameda,  forming  a  new  channel.  In  1825  there  was  a  still 
greater  flood  and  the  river  returned  to  its  original  and  pres- 
ent channel. 

The  year  1812  records  the  first  work  done  on  a  permanent 
church;  the  cornerstone  being  laid  in  1814.  Its  location  was 
changed  after  the  flood  in  1815  to  the  present  Plaza  church. 
Actual  building  of  the  church  commenced  in  1818  upon  a  sub- 
scription of  500  cattle  at  $5  a  head  to  defray  cost. 

The  governor  took  over  the  cattle  to  be  used  as  army  sup- 
plies, and  agreed  to  include  the  construction  of  the  church  in 
his  next  year's  expense  budget,  but  owing  to  virtual  bank- 
ruptcy of  the  territory,  the  governor's  promise  was  not  car- 
ried out.  Later  the  padres  subscribed  seven  barrels  of  brandy 
worth  $575.  The  church  was  still  uncompleted  in  1821,  and 
again  an  appeal  to  the  padres  was  made  and  more  brandy 
subscribed,  augmented  by  cash  subscriptions  by  colonists  all 
over  the  province.  The  church  was  dedicated  December  8, 
1822. 

About  this  time,  under  the  new  regime  in  Mexico,  Califor- 
nia was  entitled  to  a  representative  in  the  Mexican  National 
Assembly,  to  be  elected  by  a  California  legislative  body.  In 
this  first  Legislature  of  California,  Los  Angeles  was  repre- 
sented by  Jose  Palomares,  and  in  the  following  session  by 
Jose  Antonio  Cabrillo  also. 

About  the  same  time  the  local  administration  of  Los  An- 
geles also  underwent  some  changes.  It  included  the  addition 
of  a  syndico,  combination  of  treasurer  and  legal  adviser,  and 
a  secretary,  added  to  the  already  existing  offices  of  alcalde  and 
two  regidors,  making  a  body  of  five.  This  civil  body  then  in- 
timated to  the  governor  that  the  authority  of  the  comisionado 
might  well  be  dispensed  with,  but  the  governor  demurred. 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  151 

The  trouble  was  finally  adjusted  by  the  existing  comisionado, 
one  Guillermo  Costa,  being  elected  alcalde.  Thus  the  two 
authorities  amalgamated  and  the  old  order  of  things  was  never 
again  used. 

Troubles  over  municipal  elections  seemed  prevalent  about 
this  time.  In  1826  the  election  was  ruled  to  have  been  illegal 
and  was  ordered  held  again. 

During  the  period  1822  to  1847  California  was  a  Mexican 
territory  in  which  regular  and  several  irregular  governors  of 
California  reigned  from  period  of  from  six  months  to  six 
years.  The  whole  territory  was  much  disturbed  by  petty 
squabbles  and  local  rebellions,  the  Pueblo  of  Los  Angeles 
being  a  particular  political  storm-center,  the  birthplace  of 
plots  for  the  overthrow  of  governors,  etc.,  due  largely  to  the 
insistence  of  this  pueblo  that,  as  the  largest  in  the  territory, 
it  was  entitled  to  be  made  the  capital  in  place  of  Monterey. 
In  1835  came  an  order  from  Mexico  that  the  capital  be  moved 
from  Monterey  to  Los  Angeles,  but  the  decree  was  not  carried 
out  until  1845. 

Tn  1831  Governor  Manuel  Victoria,  arrogant,  cruel  and 
hated,  expelled  two  respected  citizens  of  Los  Angeles — Jose 
Antonio  Cabrillo  and  Don  Abel  Stearns.  This  action  caused 
a  manifesto  fathered  by  Pio  Pico,  Juan  Bandidi  and  Jose 
Antonio  Cabrillo  of  Los  Angeles  in  which  it  was  demanded 
that  the  people  depose  the  governor.  Revolutionary  forces 
met  and  defeated  Victoria  and  his  following,  and  he  was  de- 
ported. Pio  Pico  was  elected  by  the  Legislature  to  serve  as 
temporary  governor. 

In  1831  the  population,  according  to  Forbes,  was  about 
1,400,  and  in  the  present  area  of  Los  Angeles  County  about 
4,600. 

Governor  Jose  Figueroa,  best  of  all  governors,  was  sent 
to  California  from  Mexico,  1832-5. 

In  1835  Governor  Mariano  Chico,  perhaps  the  worst  gov- 
ernor California  ever  had,  was  in  power.  During  his  term 
occurred  the  first  record  of  a  lynching  of  a  white  settler,  the 
victim  being  a  man  who  had  eloped  with  the  wife  of  a  citizen 
named  Felix,  and  who,  on  being  followed,  had  turned  on  and 
killed  Felix.    Governor  Chico  was  deposed  by  revolution. 


152  LOS  ANGELES 

In  1836-37  Juan  Bautista  Alvarado  became  governor  by 
revolution  and  popular  following,  but  was  not  recognized  by 
Mexico,  whereupon  he  announced  himself  to  l">e  governor  of 
the  "Free  and  Sovereign  State  of  California."  He  was  not 
backed  by  the  citizens  and,  on  the  initiative  of  the  ayunta- 
iniento  of  Los  Angeles,  he  was  accepted  only  as  governor  un- 
til Mexico  could  appoint.  Alvarado  demurred,  but  finally  ac- 
cepted the  Los  Angeles  demands. 

In  1837  Carlos  Antonio  Cabrillo  was  appointed  governor 
by  Mexico,  but  Alvarado  would  not  acknowledge  him,  and  Car- 
rillo,  backed  by  a  following  raised  in  Los  Angeles,  was  de- 
feated by  forces  under  Alvarado  and  abandoned  his  claim. 
Then  Mexico  recognized  Alvarado. 

In  1842-45  Governor  Emmanuel  Micheltorena  ruled  by  the 
brute  force  of  his  following  of  dissipated  and  cut-throat  sol- 
diers. A  revolution  against  him  under  Alvarado  resulted  in 
a  battle  near  Cahuenga,  won  by  the  revolutionary  troops 
chiefly  from  Los  Angeles,  and  Micheltorena  was  eliminated 
and  deported.  Pio  Pico  was  one  of  the  leaders  of  the  revolu- 
tion, under  whom  were  many  of  the  foreign  residents  of  Los 
Angeles. 

In  1845-47  Don  Pio  Pico  went  into  history  as  the  last  gov- 
ernor under  Mexico. 

The  first  American  to  settle  in  the  vicinity  of  Los  Angeles 
was  Joseph  Chapman.  He  was  first  treated  as  a  prisoner  of 
war,  but  owing  to  his  resourcefulness  and  ingenuity  he  was 
accepted  as  a  citizen.  He  built  the  first  successful  water 
power  grist  mill  for  Padre  Zalvidea  of  San  Gabriel,  and  was 
also  instrumental  in  framing  the  timbers  for  the  Plaza  Church. 
He  constructed  a  schooner  for  the  padres  of  San  Gabriel 
Mission,  to  be  used  for  otter  hunting.  It  was  constructed  in 
sections,  carried  to  San  Pedro,  assembled  there  and  launched. 
Chapman  died  in  1849. 

In  1829  came  George  Rice  and  John  Temple,  who  opened  a 
general  merchandise  store  on  the  present  site  of  the  Federal 
Building,  which  was  then  the  southern  limit  of  the  city.  This 
partnership  ceased  in  1831,  and  Temple  carried  on  the  busi- 
ness alone  until  1845. 

In  1828  came  Abel  Stearns,  known  as  "Don  Merchault." 


154  LOS  ANGELES 

He  erected,  on  the  site  of  the  Baker  Block,  a  sumptuous  home 
known  as  the  "Palace  of  Don  Abel  Stearns."  At  his  death 
he  was  the  largest  owner  of  property  of  value  in  the  southern 
half  of  the  state.  His  widow,  formerly  Arcadia  Bandini,  later 
married  Col.  R.  S.  Baker. 

In  1831-35  considerable  trade  was  established  between  Cal- 
ifornia and  New  Mexico,  of  which  trade  Los  Angeles  was  the 
center.    Caravans  arrived  and  departed  from  Los  Angeles. 

In  1830  we  find  no  record  of  medical  men  or  regular  doc- 
tors, but  medicines  of  various  kinds  were  used  and  in  more 
than  alopathic  doses.  The  priests  were  looked  to  for  medical 
care  by  the  inhabitants. 

In  1841  came  the  first  notable  organized  immigration  party 
to  Los  Angeles.  It  consisted  of  forty  members  from  Pennsyl- 
vania, many  whose  members  afterwards  became  prominent 
here,  among  them  being  William  Workman,  B.  D.  Wilson  and 
D.  W.  Alexander. 

After  the  independence  of  Mexico  a  more  liberal  course 
was  adopted  towards  foreigners.  They  were  not  encouraged, 
but  tolerated.  In  consequence  there  commenced  a  larger  in- 
filtration of  foreign  blood  and  a  greater  use  of  imported  mer- 
chandise. 

In  1842  Commodore  Catesby  Jones,  commander  of  Pacific 
squadron  of  the  United  States  Navy,  believing  in  a  rumor  of 
war  between  the  United  States  and  Mexico,  took  possession 
of  Monterey  on  October  19,  1842.  He  hoisted  the  United 
States  flag  and  declared  all  California  a  part  of  the  United 
States,  but  learning  of  his  mistake  one  day  later,  he  hauled 
down  the  flag  and  retired.  Governor  Micheltorena,  then  on 
way  north  to  Monterey,  heard  of  the  action  of  Commander 
Jones  and  retreated  to  Los  Angeles  and  commenced  to  estab- 
lish a  defensive  position  on  Fort  Hill.  News  came  of  Jones' 
action  at  Monterey,  and  Micheltorena  abandoned  his  warlike 
preparations  and  prepared  to  receive  the  American  officer  and 
accept  the  official  apology  which  he  was  to  tender. 

In  March,  1846,  Capt.  John  C.  Fremont  came  to  California 
with  a  surveying  party  of  sixty-two  men  and  received  permis- 
sion of  General  Castro,  commander-in-chief  of  the  California 
military  forces  under  Governor  Pio  Pico,  to  encamp  in  the 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  155 

San  Joaquin  Valley,  but  this  permission  was  almost  immedi- 
ately revoked  by  Castro,  and  Fremont  was  ordered  to  leave 
the  country.  Fremont  refused  and  entrenched  on  "Hawk's 
Peak,"  thirty  miles  from  Monterey.  After  a  few  days  he 
broke  camp  and  proceeded  north  towards  Oregon. 

In  June,  1846,  Captains  Merritt  and  Ide,  probably  under 
orders  from  Fremont,  seized  the  military  post  of  Sonoma  and 
there  hoisted  the  "Bear  Flag" — described  as  a  sheet  of  cot- 
ton cloth,  having  a  crude  figure  of  a  grizzly  bear  smeared 
thereon,  the  pigment  used  being  berry  juice — and  proclaimed 
California  an  independent  territory,  freed  from  Mexico.  Sub- 
sequent action  of  the  American  residents  confirmed  these  acts. 
It  was  at  this  time  also  that  Commodore  Sloat  seized  Mon- 
terey, and  that  Commodore  Stockton  prepared  to  reduce  the 
City  of  Los  Angeles. 

Meantime  the  American  Congress — unknown  to  Fremont 
and  his  aides — had  declared  war  against  Mexico,  and  an  ex- 
pedition of  upwards  of  1,600  men  under  Gen.  Stephen  W. 
Kearney  was  already  marching  across  the  country  in  the 
direction  of  the  Pacific. 

With  the  object  of  seizing  Los  Angeles,  Commodore  Stock- 
ton organized  a  mounted  corps  with  Fremont  in  command  and 
Gillespie  second,  which  force  embarked  on  the  sloop  Cyane 
and  left  for  San  Diego  with  orders  to  co-operate  with  the 
commodore  in  his  proposed  plan  for  the  seizure  of  Los  An- 
geles. On  August  1st  Stockton  sailed  in  the  Congress  and 
arrived  off  San  Pedro  on  August  6th,  after  a  short  stop  to 
take  possession  of  Santa  Barbara  on  his  way  down  the  coast. 
He  arrived  at  San  Pedro  and  learned  that,  under  Generals 
Castro  and  Andres  Pico,  there  was  a  hostile  force  near  Los 
Angeles.  He  learned  also  that  Fremont  landed  at  San  Diego 
but  was  unable  to  obtain  horses  and  so  was  unable  to  join 
forces.  However,  Stockton,  impressed  by  the  necessity  of 
quick  action,  landed  about  400  sailors  and  marines  and  some 
six  small  guns  from  the  ship  and  prepared  for  an  advance  by 
land.  A  few  days  after  landing  he  was  approached  by  a  flag 
of  truce  from  Castro.  Stockton  impressed  the  messenger  with 
an  exaggerated  idea  of  his  strength  and  sent  them  back  in 
panic  and  a  refusal  of  the  terms.    Two  days  later  Castro  sent 


156  LOS  ANGELES 

other  messengers  defying  Stockton  and  the  United  States. 
They  were  again  sent  back  by  Stockton  and  the  terms  disre- 
garded. On  August  11th,  after  having  previously  dispatched 
messengers  to  Fremont  at  San  Diego  to  join  him,  Stockton 
commenced  his  march  on  Los  Angeles. 

Approaching  Los  Angeles,  couriers  from  Castro  warned 
Stockton  of  his  peril  to  approach  nearer.  Stockton  replied : 
"Tell  the  General  to  have  the  bells  ready  at  8  o'clock,  as  I 
shall  be  there  by  that  time ;"  and  he  was.  Castro,  though  ad- 
vantageously posted,  with  some  1,000  men  and  artillery,  never 
fired  a  shot,  disbanded  forces  and  fled.  The  abandonment  of 
the  city  by  Governor  Pico  followed.  Stockton  tried  to  capture 
Pico,  but  without  success.    Castro  fled  to  Sonora. 

Fremont  arrived  August  15,  1846,  when  many  prominent 
Californians  surrendered.  Don  Jose  Maria  Flores  and  Don 
Andres  Pico  were  paroled — not  to  bear  arms  against  United 
States.  Stockton  issued  a  proclamation  declaring  California 
a  territory  of  the  United  States,  and  organized  a  civil  and 
military  administration,  himself  as  governor  and  commander- 
in-chief.  He  invited  all  citizens  to  meet  September  15th  and 
elect  officers. 

About  this  time,  Stockton  for  the  first  time  learned  that 
war  had  been  declared  between  the  United  States  and  Mexico, 
and  he  proceeded  north  to  look  after  affairs  there,  leaving 
Lieutenant  Gillespie  with  fifty  men  to  form  the  Los  Angeles 
garrison. 

In  those  troubled  times  there  was,  of  course,  a  great  deal 
of  bitterness  and  a  great  deal  of  angry  talk.  Both  the  Amer- 
ican invaders  and  the  Californians  who  were  up  in  arms  in 
the  defense  of  their  country  issued  frequent  proclamations 
giving  their  sides  of  the  case.  It  is  not  necessary  to  state  the 
American  side  of  the  case.  But,  since  the  standpoint  of  the 
native  people  is  not  so  well  understood,  we  feel  that  it  is  no 
more  than  scant  justice  to  them  to  set  down  here  an  expression 
of  their  thoughts.  And  we  think  we  can  do  this  in  no  better 
way  than  by  reproducing  the  famous  pronouncamiento  of  the 
renowned  Gen.  Jose  Maria  Flores,  issued  from  his  armed 
camp  in  the  City  of  Los  Angeles,  September  24,  1846 : 

Fellow-Citizens : — It  is  a  month  and  half  that,  by  lamenta- 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  157 

ble  fatality,  fruit  of  the  cowardice  and  inability  of  the  first 
authorities  of  the  department,  we  behold  ourselves  subjected 
and  oppressed  by  an  insignificant  force  of  adventurers  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  placing  us  in  a  worse  condition 
than  that  of  slaves. 

They  are  dictating  to  us  despotic  and  arbitrary  laws,  and 
loading  us  with  contributions  and  onerous  burdens  which 
have  for  an  object  the  ruin  of  our  industry  and  agriculture, 
and  to  force  us  to  abandon  our  property  to  be  possessed  and 
divided  among  themselves. 

And  shall  we  be  capable  to  allow  ourselves  to  be  subju- 
gated, and  to  accept,  by  our  silence,  the  weighty  chains  of 
slavery?  Shall  we  permit  to  be  lost  the  soil  inherited  from 
our  fathers,  which  cost  them  so  much  blood  and  so  many 
sacrifices?  Shall  we  make  our  families  victims  of  the  most 
barbarous  slavery?  Shall  we  wait  to  see  our  wives  violated— 
our  innocent  children  punished  by  the  American  whips — our 
property  sacked — our  temples  profaned — and  lastly,  to  drag 
through  an  existence  full  of  insult  and  shame?  No!  a  thou- 
sand times  no !    Countrymen,  first  death ! 

Who  of  you  does  not  feel  his  heart  beat  with  violence; 
who  does  not  feel  his  blood  boil,  to  contemplate  our  situation ; 
who  will  be  the  Mexican  who  will  not  feel  indignant ;  and  who 
will  not  take  up  arms  to  destroy  our  oppressors?  "We  be- 
lieve there  is  not  one  so  vile  and  cowardly.  With  such  a 
motive  the  majority  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  district,  justly 
indignant  against  our  tyrants,  raise  the  cry  of  war,  with  arms 
in  their  hands,  and  of  one  accord  swear  to  sustain  the  follow- 
ing articles: 

1.  We,  the  inhabitants  of  the  department  of  California, 
as  members  of  the  great  Mexican  nation,  declare  that  it  is,  and 
has  been,  our  wish  to  belong  to  her  alone,  free  and  inde- 
pendent. 

2.  Consequently  the  authorities  intended  and  named  by 
the  invading  forces  of  the  United  States  are  held  null  and  void. 

3.  All  the  North  Americans  being  enemies  of  Mexico,  we 
swear  not  to  lay  down  our  arms  till  they  are  expelled  from 
Mexican  territory. 

4.  All  Mexican  citizens,  from  the  age  of  fifteen  to  sixty, 


158  LOS  ANGELES 

who  do  not  take  up  arms  to  forward  the  present  plan,  are 
declared  traitors  and  under  pain  of  death. 

5.  Every  Mexican  or  foreigner  who  may  directly  or  in- 
directly aid  the  enemies  of  Mexico  will  be  punished  in  the  same 
manner. 

6.  The  property  of  the  North  Americans  in  the  depart- 
ment, who  may  directly  or  indirectly  have  taken  part  with, 
or  aided  the  enemies,  shall  be  confiscated  and  used  for  the 
expenses  of  the  war;  and  their  persons  shall  be  taken  to  the 
interior  of  the  Republic. 

7.  All  those  who  may  oppose  the  present  plan  will  be 
punished  with  arms. 

8.  All  the  inhabitants  of  Santa  Barbara  and  the  district 
of  the  north  will  be  invited  immediately  to  adhere  to  the  pres- 
ent plan. 

[Signed]     Jose  Ma.  Floees. 
Camp  Angeles,  September  24,  1846. 
This  proclamation  was  signed  by  more  than  300  persons. 


CHAPTER  IX 
WHEN  UNCLE  SAM  STEPPED  IN 

All  the  books  that  have  been  written  about  California  con- 
tain, of  course,  more  or  less  elaborate  and  vivid  accounts  of 
the  military  operations  which  resulted  in  the  occupation  and 
possession  of  the  Province  by  the  American  forces,  as  a  result 
of  which  California  became  a  state  of  the  Union. 

Concerning  these  operations  as  they  relate  particularly 
to  Los  Angeles,  we  are  fortunate  to  have  discovered  an 
account  of  those  matters  by  no  less  a  person  than  the  re- 
nowned Don  Augustin  Olvera  who,  as  far  back  as  the  year 
1841,  was  justice  of  the  peace  of  the  territory  lying  between 
Santa  Ana  and  Las  Flores.  Don  Augustin  was  admitted  as 
an  attorney  to  practice  before  the  United  States  District  Court 
in  1855,  and  in  the  year  following  acted  as  receiver  of  the 
United  States  Land  Office  in  Los  Angeles.  In  every  way 
he  is  a  most  illustrious  and  reliable  witness  of  the  events  of 
his  time.  He  was  long  a  resident  of  this  city  where  he  died 
in  the  fullness  of  his  years,  respected  and  beloved.  Having 
been  active  in  the  administration  of  the  law  under  both  Mexi- 
can and  American  rule  in  Los  Angeles,  and  a  man  of  great 
mental  ability,  he  was  ideally  equipped  as  an  historian. 

Let  us  go  back  to  December,  1846,  when  Commodore  Stock- 
ton and  General  Kearney  with  600  men,  camped  at  the  gates 
of  the  pueblo  of  Los  Angeles,  then  a  community  of  a  popula- 
tion of  about  1,000  souls,  and,  as  it  were,  standing  behind 
American  guns,  let  us  see  what  happened  as  Don  Augustin 
Olvera  saw  it. 

Don  Augustin  relates  that  on  the  9th  of  January,  1846,  the 
army  passed  from  the  river  into  Main  Street  near  the  old 
' '  Celis  house, ' '  thence  up  Main  Street  to  the  Plaza.  Two  guns, 
with  a  couple  of  hundred  men,  were  stationed  on  the  hill  over- 
looking Main  Street;  the  rest  quartered  as  comfortably  as 
159 


160  LOS  ANGELES 

possible.  On  the  14th,  Col.  J.  C.  Fremont  marched  in  from 
Cahuenga,  his  battalion  "a  body  of  fine  looking  men  in  gen- 
eral on  good  horses  and  armed  with  rifles." 

Eleven  hundred  of  United  States  troops  were  now  in  the 
city.  Upon  the  hill  at  once  was  commenced  a  Fort,  on  which 
the  patriotic  sailors  worked  cheerily,  although  they  had  begun 
to  talk  of  their  ships,  and  the  term  of  service  of  many  of  them 
had  expired.  It  was  finished  by  the  Mormons.  It  has  been 
said  that  a  small  entrenchment  at  this  spot  existed,  made  in 
the  time  of  Governor  Micheltorena.  This  is  a  mistake.  Before 
1846  it  had  been  the  playground  of  the  children,  a  favorite 
resort  of  lovers,  the  place  for  picnics  or  recreation  on  days 
of  festival.  In  1859  and  several  years  thereafter,  hundreds 
of  persons  every  fine  Sunday  afternoon  of  early  spring  might 
be  seen  there,  culling  the  wild  flowers  or  gazing  over  the  beau- 
tiful panorama  of  mountain  and  plain  and  sea.  A  very  long 
time  passed  before  it  began  to  have  charming  residences. 
January  18th,  General  Kearny,  with  his  dragoons  afoot 
and  almost  shoeless,  and  after  the  casualties  of  their  hard 
campaigns,  scarcely  more  than  fifty  in  number,  marched  for 
San  Diego.  Captains  Emory  and  Turner,  Lieutenants  Da- 
vidson and  Warner,  and  Doctor  Griffin,  returned  with  him. 
Commodore  Stockton  followed  the  next  day. 

The  battle-ground  of  January  8th  is  at  present  "Pico 
Crossing";  by  the  Calif ornians  always  named  Curunga. 
Gen.  Jose  Maria  Flores  commanded  the  Californians.  He 
had  ordered  the  charge  to  be  made  by  a  squadron.  The  com- 
pany advanced  under  Capt.  Juan  Bautista  Moreno.  Don 
Francisco  Cota,  bearing  the  Mexican  standard,  placed  him- 
self at  its  head,  and  the  column  dashed  down  the  precipitous 
hill,  about  seventy  in  number,  upon  the  close  ranks  of  Stock- 
ton. The  sailors  received  them  with  a  terrible  fire.  The  other 
company  reached  the  brow  of  the  hill  to  follow  their  com- 
rades, when  Don  Diego  Sepulveda,  acting  upon  his  own  judg- 
ment, ordered  a  halt,  advanced  alone,  and  commanded  a  re- 
treat. He  was  aid  of  Flores.  This  feat  was  accomplished  by 
Captain  Moreno  under  heavy  fire,  but  without  further  loss 
than  a  severe  wound  which  he  received.  Two  had  been  mor- 
tally wounded  by  the  first  fire  of  the  sailors,  namely,  Ygnacio 


162  LOS  ANGELES 

Sepulveda  (El  Cuacho),  brother  of  Don  Diego,  and  Francisco 
Eubiou  (Bacbico).    They  died  of  their  wounds,  at  San  Gabriel. 

Californians  still  speak  of  their  strange  emotions,  retired 
only  about  1,000  yards,  at  the  music  of  Stockton's  band,  when 
the  heights  were  taken  and  their  late  camp  occupied  by  him. 

In  the  artillery  duel  of  the  Mesa,  Alferez  Jose  Maria 
Ramirez  was  slightly  wounded,  and  a  youth  named  Ignacio 
"El  Guaimeno"  killed.    Their  entire  force  did  not  exceed  400. 

At  the  distance,  it  was  easy  for  the  American  army  to  be 
misled  as  to  the  effect  of  its  shots,  owing  to  the  habit  of  Cal- 
ifornians, so  agile  on  horseback,  to  hang  themselves  on  their 
saddles,  on  either  side  from  the  danger.  "El  Guaimeno," 
that  is  to  say,  "of  Guaimas,"  was  a  Yaqui  Indian,  born  on  the 
river  of  that  name.  In  a  battle  against  the  Yaquis  a  soldier 
had  captured  him,  then  a  child,  and  was  about  to  kill  him. 
Don  Santiago  Johnson  interposed,  bought  him  of  the  soldier 
for  $12,  and  finally  brought  him  in  his  family  to  California. 

It  seems  to  have  been  thought  that  the  personal  eclat  of 
some  of  the  higher  functionaries  would  inspire  the  rank  and 
file  with  greater  enthusiasm.  Certainly  common  sense  will 
not  undertake  to  judge  them  as  regular  soldiers.  Magnificent 
horsemen  they  were,  and  by  a  simple  and  active  life  made 
hardy  for  campaigns,  but  never  had  rigid  military  training. 
Most  of  them  were  very  young. 

This  revolution  owed  much  to  the  patriotic  zeal  of  the 
women  of  the  country,  .by  fervent  appeal  and  indignant  up- 
braiding impelling  father,  brother,  husband,  lover,  to  resist- 
ance. Happily  they  were  the  first  in  January  to  bow  grace- 
fully to  destiny — a  gentle  influence  so  new-born,  like  the 
rainbow,  at  the  close  of  the  storm. 

Many  of  the  graver  inhabitants  felt  that  they  were  not 
able  to  cope  with  the  United  States ;  their  men  undisciplined, 
and  without  any  resources  to  wage  war.  So  thought  General 
Flores,  we  may  well  believe,  with  his  reputation  for  experi- 
ence and  skill;  and  the  like  conviction  has  often  been  attrib- 
uted to  Gen.  Andres  Pico.  But  the  untamed  spirit  of  the 
majority  at  first  did  not  stop  to  reason  upon  the  consequences. 
Honor  and  love  of  country  threw  away  cold  calculation  and 
militarv  caution. 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  163 

Gen.  Jose  Maria  Flores  was  born  at  the  Hacienda  de  los 
Ornos,  in  the  Department  of  Coahuila.  He  had  been  aid  to 
Governor  Micheltorena.  He  died  at  Mazatlan  in  April  or 
May,  1866.  His  wife  was  a  native  of  California — Dona  Do- 
lores Zamorano,  daughter  of  Don  Augustin  Zamorano,  who 
had  been  secretary  of  Governor  Jose  Maria  Echeandia  from 
1825,  and  afterward,  in  1833,  of  Governor  Jose  Figueroa ;  he 
was  born  in  Florida.  Her  grandfather  was  Don  Santiago 
Arguello,  formerly  military  commander  of  San  Diego,  and 
from  1840  until  1843  prefect  at  Los  Angeles,  whose  eldest 
son,  Don  Santiago,  was  captain  of  the  native  Californian 
company,  on  the  American  side,  at  the  battle  of  Curunga. 
General  Flores  was  thirty  years  of  age  at  the  date  of  these 
events. 

Lieut.  Col.  Philip  St.  George  Cooke  and  the  Mormon  bat- 
talion reached  the  Mission  of  San  Diego,  January  29th;  Ste- 
phen C.  Foster  was  his  interpreter.  March  17th,  with  Com- 
pany C,  First  Dragoons,  and  four  companies  of  his  battalion, 
Colonel  Cooke  took  post  at  this  city.  The  officers  of  Company 
C  then  were :  Capt.  A.  J.  Smith,  First  Lieut.  J.  B.  Davidson, 
Second  Lieut.  George  H.  Stoneman,  the  last  mentioned  officer 
a  graduate  of  the  previous  year  at  West  Point. 

Col.  Jonathan  D.  Stevenson  arrived  in  the  latter  part  of 
April  with  Company  G,  Capt.  Matthew  R.  Stevenson,  and 
Company  E,  Capt.  Nelson  Taylor,  of  the  New  York  Regiment. 
(Captain  Stevenson  is  dead.  Captain  Taylor  was  a  brigadier 
general  in  the  Civil  war,  and  member  of  Congress  from  New 
York.) 

May  16th,  by  order  of  Colonel  Cooke,  Doctor  Griffin  was 
appointed  as  surgeon  at  this  city.  Doctor  Sanderson,  surgeon 
of  the  Mormon  battalion,  was  discharged,  their  term  of  service 
being  out;  one  company  of  which  re-enlisted  for  the  war 
under  Capt.  J.  D.  Hunter,  who  had  commanded  Company  B 
of  that  battalion;  Captain  Hunter  was  a  native  of  Kentucky. 
In  August  he  was  appointed  agent  for  the  Indians,  who,  espe- 
cially in  San  Diego  County,  had  done  much  damage  upon  the 
ranchos. 

A  pleasant  reminiscence  there  is  of  Don  Juan  Abila.  Doc- 
tor Griffin  made  his  ride  within  two  days  and  a  half  from  San 


164  LOS  ANGELES 

Diego,  in  consequence  of  Colonel  Cook's  order.  At  the  Alisos 
rancho  his  horse  was  too  jaded  to  proceed.  Don  Juan  imme- 
diately gave  him — not  a  bronco,  but  one  of  his  best  saddle 
horses — with  characteristic  Californian  hospitality.  Thus 
early  had  confidence  and  cordial  feelings  sprung  up  among 
this  open-hearted  race.  It  is  proper  to  observe  that  before 
the  army  had  felt  the  amenities  of  resident  foreigners  identi- 
fied by  marriage  with  the  natives,  among  them  Don  Edward 
Stokes  of  Santa  Ysabel  and  Don  Juan  Forster,  both  these 
gentlemen  of  English  birth. 

July  4,  1847,  the  fort  on  the  hill  was  finished.  The  staff 
was  raised  and  the  flag  thrown  to  the  breeze  amid  salutes 
of  cannon,  and  the  place  christened  Fort  Moore.  A  grand  ball 
at  night,  given  by  the  American  officers,  ended  the  national 
anniversary.  The  fort  was  named  in  honor  of  Capt.  Ben 
Moore,  who  had  fallen  at  San  Pascual,  December  6,  1846. 
One,  on  the  then  western  frontier  well-remembered,  so  kind 
and  genial  ever;  stern,  prompt,  faithful  when  duty  called. 
On  that  dark  day  near-by  fell  Lieut.  T.  H.  Hammond.  Com- 
panions they  in  arms,  married  to  sisters,  devoted  friends,  their 
life-blood  mingled  for  their  country's  sake.  They  are  buried 
together  at  the  Old  Town,  San  Diego. 

July  9th,  Lieut.  Col.  H.  S.  Burton  having  obtained  neces- 
sary stores  and  two  six-pounders  at  Los  Angeles,  left  San 
Pedro  with  his  command  of  110  men  on  the  U.  S.  store  ship 
Lexington  to  occupy  the  Port  of  La  Paz,  Lower  California. 
He  had  of  the  First  N.  Y.  Regiment  Company  A,  Capt.  S.  Gr. 
Steele,  and  Company  B,  Capt.  H.  C.  Matsell.  After  several 
conflicts  the  occupation  was  firmly  established  and  main- 
tained, until  the  troops  were  withdrawn  and  that  country 
delivered  over  to  Mexico  under  the  terms  of  the  treaty.  An 
episode  of  war,  that  has  a  glow  of  romance  in  more  than  one 
of  its  pleasing  traditions.  Lieutenant  Colonel  Burton  after- 
ward served  on  the  Pacific  Coast  several  years  and  in  the 
Civil  war.  He  died  with  the  rank  of  major  general.  His 
widow,  Doiia  Ampara  de  Burton,  and  son  Harry  and  daugh- 
ter Nellie  resided  in  San  Diego  County.  Captain  Steele  went 
to  live  in  Scott's  Valley,  California.  Captain  Matsell  after- 
ward was  a  merchant  at  the  City  of  San  Diego,  afterward 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  165 

residing  in  New  York.  Of  the  privates  in  this  daring  service 
four  came  to  Los  Angeles :  Messrs.  Peter  Thompson,  James 
0  'Sullivan,  August  Ehlers  and  Moses  W.  Perry. 

Of  the  native  Californians  some  probably  dreamed  of  help 
to  come  from  Mexico  through  their  beloved  governor,  Don 
Pio  Pico.  In  August,  1846,  he  had  set  out  for  the  capital 
leaving  them  his  assurance  of  reinforcements.  But  by  this 
time  the  better  portion  of  the  people  had  become  convinced 
that  further  opposition  must  be  unavailing.  Their  cherished 
institution — the  ayuntamiento  (town  council),  which  had 
closed  its  sessions  July  4,  1846,  at  the  first  sound  of  war— was 
restored  in  every  detail  according  to  their  old  laws.  The 
familiar  words  "Dios  y  Libertad"  (God  and  Liberty)  au- 
thenticated their  official  communication  among  themselves  as 
if  the  Mexican  banner  were  flying.  The  election  took  place 
in  1847,  the  first  meeting  February  20th  of  that  year.  Its 
members  were :  First  alcalde  and  president,  Don  Jose  Sala- 
zar;  second  alcalde,  Don  Enrique  Abila;  regidores  (council- 
men),  Don  Miguel  N.  Pryor,  Don  Rafael  Gallardo,  Don  Julian 
Chavez,  Don  Jose  Antonio  Yorba;  sindico  (treasurer),  Don 
Jose  Vincente  Guerrero;  secretary,  Don  Ygnacio  Coronel. 

Its  record  is  creditable  to  their  probity,  intelligence,  econ- 
omy and  zeal  for  the  public  good.  Owing  to  misunderstand- 
ings between  this  body  and  the  military  commandant,  Colonel 
Stevenson,  at  the  end  of  December  it  was  dissolved  by  Gov.  R. 
B.  Mason,  and  January  1,  1848,  S.  C.  Foster,  alcalde  by  mil- 
itary appointment,  took  the  place  of  the  ayuntameinto,  with 
like  jurisdiction  over  a  wide  stretch  of  country  beyond  the 
limits  of  the  city.  This  office  he  held  until  May  21st  of  the 
ensuing  year,  displaying  superior  skill  in  its  various  and  often 
difficult  business. 

The  irrigation  system  every  season  had  been  a  source  of 
perplexity  to  the  officers,  and  inconvenience  and  losses  to  the 
people,  who  never  could  find  more  than  some  temporary  ex- 
pedient to  keep  up  the  toma  (dam)  so  necessary  for  the  culti- 
vation of  the  103  vineyards  and  gardens  then  existing.  In 
February,  after  his  appointment,  by  a  measure  firmly  executed 
at  insignificant  cost  to  each  proprietor,  Foster  put  it  in  a 


166  LOS  ANGELES 

condition  that  was  not  disturbed  until  the  great  freshet  of 
1861-62. 

A  thousand  things  combined  to  smooth  the  asperities  of 
war.  Fremont  had  been  courteous  and  gay;  Mason  was  just 
and  firm.  The  natural  good  temper  of  the  population  favored 
a  speedy  and  perfect  conciliation.  The  American  officers  at 
once  found  themselves  happy  in  every  circle.  In  suppers, 
balls,  visiting  in  town  and  country,  the  hours  glided  away  with 
pleasant  reflections.  For  hospitality  the  families  were  un- 
rivaled through  the  world;  and  really  were  glad  that  it  had 
not  been  worse  at  San  Gabriel.  "Men  capable  of  such  actions 
ought  not  to  have  been  shot,"  they  said  in  softest  Castilian 
— admiring  the  American  dash  and  daring  displayed  on  that 
occasion. 

Gen.  Andres  Pico  and  his  compadre,  Lieutenant  Stoneman, 
had  a  horse  race  against  Sutler  Sam  Haight  and  a  native 
turfman — when  Old  "Oso"  of  the  Picos  and  Workman, 
staked  by  the  general  and  lieutenant — beat  Dr.  Nicholas  Den's 
"Champion  of  Santa  Barbara,"  name  forgotten,  1,000  yards. 
On  the  other  side  a  fascination  seized  them  for  the  City  of 
the  Queen  of  the  Angels.  Army  officers  are  believed  to  be  no 
indifferent  judges  of  wine.  Doctor  Griffin  says  of  Los  An- 
geles wine  the  day  after  their  entry:  "It  is  of  excellent  flavor; 
as  good  as  I  ever  tasted.  The  white  wine  is  particularly  fine. 
I  ate  of  the  fine  oranges.  Taking  everything  into  considera- 
tion, this  is  decidedly  one  of  the  most  desirable  places  I  have 
ever  been  at."  Camped  on  the  sandy  Santa  Ana  January 
19th,  on  the  return  march  to  San  Diego,  thought  turned  back 
to  this  "very  pleasant  place — we  found  it  so — we  lived  well 
and  had  the  best  of  wine. ' ' 

At  San  Diego  in  December  before,  their  reception  had 
been,  if  possible,  warmer  from  that  ever  enthusiastic  and 
generous  people.  Don  Juan  Bandini  and  wife,  Dona  Refugio, 
had  thrown  open  their  mansion  to  Commodore  Stockton.  All 
San  Diego  vied  one  with  another  to  pay  him  honor  and  gild 
the  flying  moments  with  joy.  Don  Miguel  Redrorena  and  his 
relative,  Don  Santiago  E.  Arguello,  took  up  arms  for  the 
United  States;  both  went  with  Commodore  Stockton  to  Los 
Angeles.     The  inhabitants  saw  the  army  depart  on  the  29th 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  167 

in  mingled  sympathy  and  fear  for  the  result.  They  welcomed 
all  that  returned  to  the  wonted  round  of  festivities.  The 
navy  reciprocated  the  courtesy  of  the  people.  "On  the  22d, 
Washington's  Birthday,"  says  Doctor  Griffin,  "the  commo- 
dore gave  an  elegant  blowout  on  board  of  the  Congress.  The 
decorations  were  the  flags  of  all  nations ;  the  ship 's  deck  de- 
cidedly the  gayest  ballroom  I  ever  saw.  We  had  all  the 
ladies  from  San  Diego.  Everything  went  off  in  the  happiest 
manner. ' ' 

The  treaty  of  Guadalupe  Hidalgo  was  ratified  May  30, 
1848.  The  news  did  not  reach  Los  Angeles  until  August  15th. 
In  the  same  month  were  celebrated  the  nuptials  of  Stephen 
C.  Foster  and  Doha  Merced  Lugo,  daughter  of  Don  Antonio 
Maria  Lugo.  Don  Antonio  Maria  died  in  1860.  He  was  born 
in  1775,  at  the  Mission  of  San  Antonio  de  Padua.  He  was  a 
link  between  two  centuries — his  name  a  household  word 
throughout  California. 

In  the  same  month,  or  July,  ex-Governor  Pio  Pico  returned 
to  Los  Angeles  from  Guaimas,  having  effected  nothing  dur- 
ing his  absence  of  two  years.  The  Mexican  government  neg- 
lected all  his  representations,  and  finally  refused  to  permit 
him  or  his  secretary,  Don  Jose  Matias  Moreno,  to  visit  the 
capital.  It  was  a  patriotic  dream  which  he  had  indulged  for 
his  native  land.  The  cold  policy  of  Mexico  seems  to  have 
parted  with  this  remote  region  without  a  single  regret.  Don 
Pio  has  lived  to  a  green  old  age,  none  the  less  honored  for 
having  been  the  last  Mexiccvn  governor  of  California. 

In  September  Colonel  Stevenson  left  for  San  Francisco. 
In  January,  1849,  a  squadron  of  Second  Dragoons,  Major 
Montgomery  Pike  Graham  commanding,  fresh  from  Mexico, 
was  posted  at  this  city.  His  officers  were:  Captain  Kane, 
quartermaster;  Capt.  D.  H.  Rucker;  Lieutenants  Cave  J. 
Couts,  Givens,  Sturgiss,  Campbell,  Evans  and  Wilson. 
Capt.  Rufus  Ingalls  was  here  in  this  year  as  quartermaster. 
The  arrival  of  Major  Graham  relieved  Company  C,  First 
Dragoons,  which  then  marched  for  Sonoma,  under  its  officers 
as  before  mentioned,  and  the  surgeon,  Doctor  Griffin. 

Commodore  Robert  Field  Stockton  was  born  at  Princeton, 
New  Jersey,  in  1796 ;  was  distinguished  by  his  naval  services 


168  LOS  ANGELES 

in  the  Mediterranean  and  other  seas.  California  owes  to  him 
its  first  press  and  first  public  schoolhouse  under  American 
rule.  In  1851  he  represented  his  native  state  in  the  U.  S. 
Senate,  and  succeeded  in  having  the  passage  of  a  law  abolish- 
ing flogging  in  the  navy.    He  died  October  7,  1866. 

Gen.  Stephen  "Watts  Kearny  was  born  at  Newark,  New 
Jersey,  August  30,  1791.  In  June,  1816,  he  was  made  briga- 
dier general  in  command  of  "the  Army  of  the  West,"  and 
took  possession  of  New  Mexico,  established  a  provisional 
government,  and  marched  for  California.  He  died  at  St. 
Louis,  Missouri,  October  31,  1818. 

There  is  a  deep  fascination  in  those  colorful  events  which 
witnessed  the  passing  of  the  City  of  Los  Angeles  from  Mex- 
ican control  in  the  hands  of  American  men  and  the  American 
Government,  and,  in  addition  to  the  reminiscences  of  Don 
Augustin,  we  are  glad  to  have  an  intimate  account  of  those 
events  from  the  diary  of  Capt.  W.  H.  Emory,  who  was  with 
Stockton  and  Kearney  in  the  engineering  corps  of  that  famous 
"Army  of  the  West." 

Captain  Emory's  diary  for  the  year  1846  contains  the 
following  exceedingly  interesting  entries : 

January  6. — Today  we  made  a  long  march  (from  San 
Diego)  of  19  miles  to  the  upper  Santa  Anna,  a  town  situated 
on  the  river  of  the  same  name.  We  were  now  near  the  enemy, 
and  the  town  gave  evidence  of  it.  Not  a  soul  was  to  be  seen ; 
the  few  persons  remaining  in  it  were  old  women,  who.  on  our 
approach,  had  bolted  their  doors.  The  leaders  of  the  Califor- 
nians,  as  a  means  of  inciting  their  people  to  arms,  made  them 
believe  we  would  plunder  their  houses  and  violate  their 
women. 

Taking  advantage  of  a  deep  ditch  for  one  face  of  the  camp, 
it  was  laid  off  in  a  very  defensible  position  between  the  town 
and  the  river,  expecting  the  men  would  have  an  undisturbed 
night's  rest,  to  be  in  the  morning  ready  for  the  fight,  which 
might  now  be  expected  daily.  In  this  hope  we  were  mistaken. 
The  wind  blew  a  hurricane  (something  unusual  in  this  part 
of  California),  and  the  atmosphere  was  filled  with  particles 
of  fine  dust,  so  that  one  could  not  see  and  but  with  difficulty 
breathe. 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  169 

January  7.— The  wind  continued  to  blow  violently,  which 
the  enemy  should  have  taken  advantage  to  attack  us.  Our 
weapons  were  chiefly  fire-arms;  his,  the  lance;  and  I  was  quite 
certain  that  in  such  a  gale  of  wind  as  then  blew,  the  difficulty 
of  loading  our  arms  would  have  proved  a  serious  matter. 

The  Santa  Anna  is  a  fine,  dashing  stream,  knee-deep,  and 
about  100  yards  wide,  flowing  over  a  sandy  bed.  In  its  valley 
are  many  valuable  vineyards  and  corn  fields.  It  is  capable 
of  affording  water  to  a  great  many  more.  On  its  banks  are 
considerable  tracts  of  uncultivated  land  within  the  level  of 
irrigation.  We  now  began  to  think  there  would  be  more  for- 
midable and  united  resistance  by  the  enemy,  and  such  was 
the  unanimity  of  the  men,  women  and  children,  in  support 
of  the  war,  that  not  a  particle  of  information  could  be  ob- 
tained in  reference  to  his  force  or  position.  After  traveling 
ten  miles  we  came  to  the  Coyotes,  a  rancheria  owned  by  a 
rich  widow,  who  had  just  married  a  handsome  young  fellow, 
who  might  well  pass  for  her  son.  These  people  we  found  at 
home,  and  we  learned  from  them  that  the  enemy  intended 
to  give  us  battle  the  next  day.  Indeed,  as  we  approached  the 
rancheria,  several  horsemen  drew  off,  reconnoitering  us  so 
closely  as  to  make  it  doubtful  if  they  were  not  some  of  our 
own  vaqueros. 

January  8. — We  passed  over  a  country  destitute  of  wood 
and  water,  undulating  and  gently  dipping  toward  the  ocean, 
which  was  in  view.  About  two  o'clock  we  came  in  sight  of 
the  San  Gabriel  River.  Small  squads  of  horsemen  began  to 
show  themselves  on  either  flank,  and  it  became  quite  apparent 
the  enemy  intended  to  dispute  the  passage  of  the  river. 

Our  progress  was  necessarily  very  slow,  our  oxen  being 
poor,  and  our  wagons  (the  ox-carts  of  the  country)  with  wheels 
only  about  two  feet  in  diameter. 

The  enemy  did  not  yet  discover  his  order  of  battle,  and  we 
moved  to  the  river  in  our  habitual  order  of  march,  when  near 
the  enemy,  viz :  the  2d.  division  in  front,  and  the  1st.  and  3d. 
on  the  right  and  left  flanks  respectively;  the  guard  and  a 
company  of  volunteer  carbiniers  in  the  rear;  our  cattle  and 
the  wagon  train  in  the  centre,  maknig  for  them,  what  the 


170  LOS  ANGELES 

sailors  wittily  termed  a  Yankee  "corral."  The  artillery  were 
distributed  on  the  four  angles  of  the  rectangle. 

This  order  of  march  was  adopted  from  the  character  of 
the  enemy's  force,  all  of  which  was  mounted;  and  in  a  meas- 
ure from  our  own  being  men  unaccustomed  to  field  evolutions, 
it  was  necessary  to  keep  them  habitually  in  the  order  to  resist 
cavalry  attacks  when  in  view  of  the  enemy.  We  had  no  cav- 
alry, and  the  object  of  the  enemy  was  to  deprive  us  of  our 
cattle  by  sudden  charge. 

The  river  was  about  100  yards  wide,  knee-deep,  and  flow- 
ing over  quicksand.  Either  side  was  fringed  with  a  thick 
undergrowth.  The  approach  on  our  side  was  level;  that  on 
the  enemy's  was  favorable  to  him.  A  bank  fifty  feet  high 
ranged  parallel  with  the  river,  at  point  blank  cannon  distance, 
upon  which  he  posted  his  artillery. 

As  we  neared  the  thicket,  we  received  the  scattering  fire 
of  the  enemy's  sharp-shooters.  At  the  same  moment,  we  saw 
him  place  four  pieces  of  artillery  on  the  hill,  so  as  to  command 
the  passage.  A  squadron  of  250  cavalry  just  showed  their 
heads  above  the  hill,  to  the  right  of  the  battery,  and  the  same 
number  were  seen  to  occupy  a  position  on  the  left. 

The  2d.  battalion  was  ordered  to  deploy  as  skirmishers, 
and  cross  the  river.  As  the  line  was  about  the  middle  of  the 
river,  the  enemy  opened  his  battery,  and  made  the  water  fly 
with  grape  and  round  shot.  Our  artillery  was  now  ordered  to 
cross — it  was  unlimbered,  pulled  over  by  the  men,  and  placed 
in  counter  battery  on  the  enemy's  side  of  the  river.  Our 
people,  very  brisk  in  firing,  made  the  fire  of  the  enemy  wild 
and  uncertain.  Under  this  cover,  the  wagons  and  cattle  were 
forced  with  great  labor  across  the  river,  the  bottom  of  which 
was  quicksand. 

Whilst  this  was  going  on,  our  rear  was  attacked  by  a 
very  bold  charge,  and  repulsed. 

On  the  right  bank  of  the  river  there  was  a  natural  ban- 
quette, breast  high.  Under  this  the  line  was  deployed.  To 
this  accident  of  the  ground  is  to  be  attributed  the  little  loss 
we  sustained  from  the  enemy's  artillery,  which  showered 
grape  and  round  shot  over  our  heads.    In  an  hour  and  twenty 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  171 

minutes  our  baggage  train  had  all  crossed,  the  artillery  of 
the  enemy  was  silenced,  and  a  charge  made  on  the  hill. 

Half-way  between  the  hill  and  river,  the  enemy  made  a 
furious  charge  on  our  left  flank.  At  the  same  moment,  our 
right  was  threatened.  The  1st.  and  2d.  battalions  were  thrown 
into  squares,  and  after  firing  one  or  two  rounds,  drove  off 
the  enemy.  The  right  wing  was  ordered  to  form  a  square,  but 
seeing  the  enemy  hesitate,  the  order  was  countermanded ;  the 
1st.  battalion,  which  formed  the  right,  was  directed  to  rush 
for  the  hill,  supposing  that  would  be  the  contested  point,  but 
great  was  our  surprise  to  find  it  abandoned. 

The  enemy  pitched  his  camp  in  the  hills  in  view,  but  when 
morning  came,  he  was  gone.  We  had  no  means  of  pursuit, 
and  scarcely  the  power  of  locomotion,  such  was  the  wretched 
conditions  of  our  wagon  train.  The  latter  it  was  still  deemed 
necessary  to  drag  along  for  the  purpose  of  feeding  the  garri- 
son, intended  to  be  left  in  the  Ciudad  de  los  Angeles,  the 
report  being  that  the  enemy  intended,  if  we  reached  that  town, 
to  burn  and  destroy  every  article  of  food.    Distance  9.3  miles. 

January  9. — The  grass  was  very  short  and  young,  and  our 
cattle  were  not  much  recruited  by  the  night's  rest;  we  com- 
menced our  march  leisurely,  at  9  o'clock,  over  the  "Mesa,"  a 
wide  plain  between  the  Eio  San  Gabriel  and  the  Rio  San 
Fernando. 

Scattering  horsemen,  and  small  reconnoitering  parties, 
hung  on  our  flanks.  After  marching  five  or  six  miles,  we  saw 
the  enemy's  line  on  our  right,  above  the  crest  made  by  a  deep 
indentation  in  the  plain. 

Here  Flores  addressed  his  men,  and  called  on  them  to 
make  one  more  charge;  expressed  his  confidence  in  their 
ability  to  break  our  line;  said  that  "yesterday  he  had  been 
deceived  in  supposing  that  he  was  fighting  soldiers." 

We  inclined  a  little  to  the  left  to  avoid  giving  Flores  the 
advantage  of  the  ground  to  post  his  artillery;  in  other  re- 
spects we  continued  our  march  on  the  Pueblo  as  if  he  were 
not  in  view. 

When  we  were  abreast  of  him,  he  opened  his  artillery 
at  a  long  distance,  and  we  continued  our  march  without  halt- 
ing, except  for  a  moment,  to  put  a  wounded  man  in  the  cart, 


Sunny,  Beautiful  Pasadena  of  Today 
Upper  View :  Orange  Grove  Avenue.    Lower :  Typical  Pasadena  Street 


PROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  173 

and  once  to  exchange  a  wounded  mule,  hitched  to  one  of  the 
guns. 

As  we  advanced,  Flores  deployed  his  force,  making  a  horse 
shoe  in  our  front,  and  opened  his  nine-pounders  on  our  right 
flank,  and  two  smaller  pieces  on  our  front.  The  shot  from  the 
nine-pounders  on  our  flank  was  so  annoying  that  we  halted 
to  silence  them.  In  about  fifteen  minutes  this  was  done,  and 
the  order  "forward"  again  given,  when  the  enemy  came  down 
on  our  left  flank  in  a  scattering  sort  of  charge ;  and  notwith- 
standing the  efforts  of  our  officers  to  make  their  men  hold 
their  fire,  they,  as  is  usually  the  case  under  similar  circum- 
stances, delivered  it  whilst  the  Calif ornians  were  yet  about  a 
hundred  yards  distant.  The  fire  knocked  many  out  of  their 
saddles  and  checked  them.  A  round  of  grape  was  then  fired 
upon  them  and  they  scattered.  A  charge  was  made  simulta- 
neously with  this  as  the  beginning  of  the  fight,  but  it  was  the 
end  of  it.  The  Californians,  the  most  expert  horsemen  in  the 
world,  stripped  the  dead  horses  on  the  field,  without  dismount- 
ing, and  carried  off  most  of  their  saddles,  bridles,  and  all  their 
dead  and  wounded  on  horseback  to  the  hills  to  the  right. 

It  was  now  about  three  o'clock,  and  the  town,  known  to 
contain  great  quantities  of  wine  and  aguardiente,  was  four 
miles  distant.  From  previous  experience  of  the  difficulty  of 
controlling  men  when  entering  towns,  it  was  determined  to 
cross  the  river  San  Fernando,  halt  there  for  the  night,  and 
enter  the  town  in  the  morning  with  the  whole  day  before  us. 
The  distance  today  is  6.2  miles. 

After  we  had  pitched  our  camp,  the  enemy  came  down 
from  the  hills  and  400  horsemen,  with  the  four  pieces  of 
artillery,  drew  off  towards  the  town,  in  order  and  regularity, 
whilst  about  sixty  made  a  movement  down  the  river,  on  our 
rear  and  left  flank.  This  led  us  to  suppose  they  were  not  yet 
whipped,  as  we  thought,  and  that  we  should  have  a  night 
attack. 

January  10. — Just  as  we  had  raised  our  camp,  a  flag  of 
truce,  borne  by  Mr.  Celis,  a  Castilian,  Mr.  Workman,  an  Eng- 
lishman, and  Alvarado,  the  owner  of  the  rancheria  at  the 
Alisos,  was  brought  into  camp.  They  proposed,  on  behalf  of 
the  Californians,  to  surrender  their  dear  City  of  the  Angels, 


174  LOS  ANGELES 

provided  we  would  respect  property  and  persons.  This  was 
agreed  to ;  but  not  altogether  trusting  to  the  honesty  of  Gen- 
eral Flores,  who  had  once  broken  his  parole,  we  moved  into 
the  town  in  the  same  order  we  should  have  done  if  expecting 
an  attack. 

It  was  a  wise  precaution,  for  the  streets  were  full  of  des- 
perate and  drunken  fellows  who  brandished  their  arms  and 
saluted  us  with  every  term  of  reproach.  The  crest,  overlook- 
ing the  town,  in  rifle  range  was  covered  with  horsemen  en- 
gaged in  the  same  hospitable  manner.  One  of  them  had  on  a 
dragoon's  coat,  stolen  from  the  dead  body  of  one  of  our 
soldiers  after  we  had  buried  him  at  San  Pasqual. 

Our  men  marched  steadily  on  until  crossing  the  ravine 
leading  into  the  public  square,  when  a  fight  took  place  amongst 
the  Calif ornians  on  the  hill;  one  became  disarmed,  and  to 
avoid  death  rolled  down  the  hill  towards  us,  his  adversary 
pursuing  and  lancing  him  in  the  most  cold-blooded  manner. 
The  man  tumbling  down  the  hill  was  supposed  to  be  one  of  our 
vaqueros,  and  the  cry  of  "rescue  him"  was  raised.  The  crew 
of  the  Cyane,  nearest  the  scene,  at  once  and  without  any  or- 
ders, halted  and  gave  the  man  that  was  lancing  him  a  volley ; 
strange  to  say,  he  did  not  fall.  Almost  at  the  same  instant, 
but  a  little  before  it,  the  Californians  from  the  hill  did  fire 
on  the  vaqueros.  The  rifles  were  then  ordered  to  clear  the 
hill,  which  a  single  fire  effected,  killing  two  of  the  enemy. 

We  were  now  in  possession  of  the  town ;  great  silence  and 
mystery  was  observed'  by  the  Calif orians  in  regard  to  Flores ; 
but  were  given  to  understand  that  he  had  gone  to  fight  the 
force  from  the  north,  drive  them  back,  and  then  starve  us  out 
of  the  town. 

Towards  the  close  of  the  day  we  learned  very  certainly 
that  Flores,  with  150  men,  chiefly  Sonorians  and  desperadoes 
of  the  country,  had  fled  to  Sonora,  taking  with  him  four  or 
five  hundred  of  the  best  horses  and  mules  in  the  country,  the 
property  of  his  own  friends.  The  silence  of  the  Californians 
was  now  changed  into  deep  and  bitter  curses  upon  Flores. 

Some  slight  disorder  took  place  among  our  men  at  night, 
from  the  facility  of  getting  wine,  but  the  vigilance  of  the  offi- 
cers soon  suppressed  it. 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  175 

January  11. — It  rained  torrents  all  day.  I  was  ordered  to 
select  a  site,  and  place  a  fort,  capable  of  containing  a  hundred 
men;  with  this  in  view,  a  rapid  reconnaissance  of  the  town 
was  made,  and  the  plan  of  a  fort  sketched,  so  placed  as  to 
enable  a  small  garrison  to  command  the  town  and  the  prin- 
cipal avenues  to  it.  The  plan  was  approved.  Many  men  came 
in  during  the  day  and  surrendered  themselves. 

January  12. — I  laid  off  the  work,  and,  before  night,  broke 
the  first  ground.  The  population  of  the  town,  and  its  de- 
pendencies, is  about  3,000;  that  of  the  town  itself,  about  1,500. 
It  is  the  center  of  wealth  and  population  of  the  Mexico-Cali- 
fornian  people,  and  has  heretofore  been  the  seat  of  govern- 
ment. Close  under  the  base  of  the  mountains,  commanding  the 
passes  to  Sonora,  cut  off  from  the  north  by  the  pass  at  Santa 
Barbara,  it  is  the  center  of  the  military  power  of  the  Califor- 
nians.  Here  all  the  revolutions  have  had  their  origin,  and  it 
is  the  point  upon  which  any  Mexican  force  from  Sonora  would 
be  directed.  It  was  therefore  desirable  to  establish  a  fort, 
which,  in  case  of  trouble,  should  enable  a  small  garrison  to  hold 
out  till  aid  might  come  from  San  Diego,  San  Francisco,  or 
Monterey,  places  which  are  destined  to  become  centers  of 
American  settlements. 

January  13. — It  rained  steadily  all  day,  and  nothing  was 
done  on  the  work;  at  night  I  worked  on  the  details  of  the 
fort. 

Thursday  14. — We  drank  today  the  wine  of  the  country, 
manufactured  by  Don  Luis  Vigne,  a  Frenchman.  It  was  truly 
delicious,  resembling  more  the  best  description  of  Hock  than 
any  other  wine. 

Many  bottles  were  drunk  leaving  no  headache  or  acidity 
on  the  stomach.  We  obtained  from  the  same  gentleman  a 
profusion  of  grapes  and  luscious  pears,  the  latter  resembling 
in  color  and  taste  the  Bergamot  pears,  but  different  in  shape, 
being  longer  and  larger. 

January  15. — The  details  to  work  on  the  fort  were  by 
companies.  I  sent  to  Captain  Tilghman  who  commanded  on 
the  hill,  to  detach  one  of  the  companies  under  his  command 
to  commence  the  work.  He  furnished,  on  the  16th,  a  com- 
pany of  artillery  (seamen  from  the  Congress)  for  the  day's 


176  LOS  ANGELES 

work,  which  they  performed  bravely,  and  gave  me  great  hopes 
of  success. 

January  18,  19  and  20. — I  received  special  orders  which 
separated  me  from  the  command,  and  the  party  of  topo- 
graphical engineers  that  had  been  so  long  under  my  orders. 
The  battles  of  the  6th,  December,  and  the  8th  and  9th, 
January,  had  forever  broken  the  Mexican  authority  in  Cali- 
fornia, and  they  were  daily  coming  in,  in  large  parties,  to 
sue  for  peace,  and  every  move  indicated  a  sincere  desire  on 
the  part  of  the  more  respectable  portion  of  the  Californians 
to  yield  without  further  struggle  to  the  United  States 
authorities;  yet  small  parties  of  the  more  desperate  and 
revengeful  hung  about  the  mountains  and  roads;  refusing 
or  hesitating  to  yield  obedience  to  their  leaders,  who  now, 
with  great  unanimity,  determined  to  lay  down  their  arms. 
General  Flores,  with  a  small  force,  was  known  to  have  taken 
the  road  to  Sonora,  and  it  was  believed  he  was  on  his  way 
to  that  province,  never  to  return  to  California. 

So  much  for  Captain  Emory's  diary.  I  have  gone  over 
these  old  matters  in  years  past  and  have  set  forth  in  my  book 
"California"  the  aftermath  of  that  unrestful  and  somewhat 
distressful  time.  And  perhaps  I  can  do  no  better  here  than 
to  repeat  what  I  said  in  my  former  work.  This  is  the  way 
the  situation  appeared  to  me  as  the  incidents  of  it  came  to 
a  close : 

With  Stockton  and  Kearney  in  full  possession  of  Los 
Angeles,  and  Fremont  encamped  in  the  old  Mission  San  Fer- 
nando, a  few  miles  away,  the  Californians  gave  up  all  hope 
and  tried  to  make  the  best  terms  they  could  with  the  con- 
querors. They  seemed  to  think  they  would  fare  better  with 
Fremont  and,  accordingly,  they  sent  a  delegation  to  him  from 
their  hiding  places  in  the  hills.  Fremont  received  the  mes- 
sengers courteously  and  gave  them  to  understand  that  he 
would  accept  their  surrender.  He  moved  his  forces  south- 
ward through  the  Cahuenga  Pass  to  a  point  which  was  prob- 
ably the  outskirts  of  Hollywood,  and  there  on  January  13, 
1847,  the  famous  treaty  of  capitulation  was  signed,  bearing 
the  signatures  of  Col.  John  C.  Fremont  as  Commander  of 
the  American  forces  on  the  ground,  and  of  Andres  Pico,  Com- 


PROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  177 

mandante  of  the  Calif omian  forces.  Flores,  the  Calif ornian 
Commander-in-Chief,  was  not  present,  he  having  turned  over 
the  command  to  Andres  Pico  just  before  this  meeting  and, 
taking  to  his  heels,  had  fled  to  the  far-away  haven  of  Sonora. 

The  treaty  was  drawn  up  in  both  Spanish  and  English 
and  stipulated  that  the  Californians  should  deliver  up  their 
artillery  and  public  arms,  return  peaceably  to  their  homes, 
conform  to  the  laws  and  regulations  of  the  United  States  and 
aid  and  assist  in  placing  the  country  in  a  state  of  peace  and 
tranquillity.  Colonel  Fremont  on  his  part  guaranteed  the 
Californians  protection  of  life  and  property  whether  on  pa- 
role or  otherwise. 

Colonel  Fremont  sent  the  document  to  General  Kearney 
at  Los  Angeles  and  the  next  day  proceeded  with  his  forces 
to  that  city.    The  war  was  at  an  end. 

Many  bitter  controversies  and  wretched  quarrels  grew 
out  of  the  conflicting  claims  of  the  various  military  and  naval 
officers  who  participated  in  the  conquest  of  California,  and 
out  of  the  maze  of  testimony,  pro  and  con,  it  is  difficult  to 
determine  who  was  right  and  who  was  wrong.  Indeed,  in 
the  light  of  the  evidence  furnished  from  many  sources,  it 
appears  that  there  was  a  measure  of  justice  in  the  claims  of 
both  the  military  and  naval  authorities  in  California.  Kear- 
ney and  Stockton,  Fremont  and  Mason,  Avere  all  men  of  ac- 
tion and  ambition.  California  was  a  long  way  from  the  seat 
of  government.  Instructions  had  been  issued  from  both  the 
War  and  Navy  Departments  at  Washington  to  respective 
officers.  Had  there  been  greater  unity  of  action  at  Washing- 
ton, and  clearer  expression  of  the  President's  wishes  with 
respect  to  the  occupation  of  California,  it  is  probable  that 
much  of  the  friction  which  sprung  up  on  the  Pacific  Coast 
might  have  been  avoided. 

It  appears  clear  that  Kearney,  whose  instructions  have 
been  heretofore  quoted,  made  known  to  Stockton  at  San 
Diego  that  he  felt  himself  authorized  to  assume  supreme 
authority  in  California.  Stockton  later  testified  that  he 
offered  to  relinquish  authority  at  San  Diego  and  that  Kear- 
ney declined  or  neglected  to  assume  it.  Kearney  was  then 
suffering  from  wounds  inflicted  at  San  Pasqual,  and  he  had 


178  LOS  ANGELES 

lost  several  of  his  officers  and  men  who  had  marched  across 
the  plains  with  him,  and  to  whom  he  must  have  been  deeply 
attached.  Doubtless  the  physical  and  mental  conditions  pro- 
duced by  these  experiences,  and  his  realization  that  Stockton 
had  a  large  naval  force  and  had  really  made  considerable 
headway  in  the  occupation  of  California,  led  Kearney  to 
defer  the  assumption  of  the  authority  with  which  his  instruc- 
tions vested  him.  In  any  event,  Stockton  assumed  full  com- 
mand of  the  forces  in  the  march  to  Los  Angeles  and  con- 
tinued the  extension  of  his  claims  as  governor.  Kearney,  on 
reaching  Los  Angeles,  began  to  resent  Stockton's  assump- 
tion of  authority,  and  with  this  attitude  on  his  part  came  a 
more  determined  position  on  the  part  of  Stockton. 

Fremont,  who  was  approaching  Los  Angeles,  reported  to 
Kearney  on  learning  that  Kearney  was  at  Los  Angeles,  but 
upon  the  signing  of  the  treaty  at  Cahuenga  (Hollywood), 
perhaps,  suspicioning  that  there  might  be  a  clash  of  author- 
ity, he  sent  an  officer  to  Los  Angeles  with  the  treaty,  instead 
of  immediately  going  himself.  Kearney  at  last  formally 
requested  Stockton  to  exhibit  his  authority  for  the  proposed 
organization  of  a  civil  government,  stating  that  if  he  was 
without  such  authority  he  must  demand  that  Stockton  cease 
his  activities  in  that  line.  Stockton  replied  that  a  civil  gov- 
ernment had  been  established  before  the  arrival  of  Kearney, 
and  that  he  would  not  yield  to  Kearney's  request.  He  at  once 
suspended,  or  attempted  to  suspend  Kearney  from  command 
of  the  forces  at  Los  Angeles. 

So  far  as  the  order  related  to  sailors  and  marines  Stock- 
ton probably  was  within  his  powers.  Kearney  then  exhibited 
his  authority  from  the  War  Department  to  Fremont  and 
issued  certain  instructions  regarding  the  management  of 
troops  under  Fremont's  command.  Fremont  refused  to  obey 
on  the  grounds  that  he  had  accepted  his  instructions  from 
Stockton,  had  been  appointed  Governor  of  California  by 
Stockton,  and  that  he  recognized  Stockton  as  having  superior 
authority.  Finding  himself  without  power  to  enforce  his  in- 
structions and  commands,  Kearney  at  once  marched  with  his 
dragoons  back  to  San  Diego,  four  days  after  the  signing  of 
the  treaty  at  Cahuenga. 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  179 

A  battalion  of  Mormon  volunteers,  300  strong,  bad  now 
arrived  at  San  Diego,  and  tbese  troops  were  left  at  San  Luis 
Rey  wbile  Kearney  sailed  for  Monterey.  At  Monterey  Kear- 
ney found  Commodore  W.  Branford  Sbubrick,  wbo  bad  ar- 
rived on  January  22,  to  succeed  Stockton.  Commodore  Sbub- 
rick had  already  addressed  a  communication  to  Fremont,  not 
knowing  of  General  Kearney's  presence  in  California.  Stock- 
ton, on  January  19,  left  Fremont  in  charge  at  Los  Angeles, 
having  commissioned  him  Governor,  and  sailed  north.  Stock- 
ton bad  also  appointed  a  Legislative  Council  on  the  sixteenth, 
but  no  session  of  that  body  was  ever  held,  due  principally  to 
the  unwillingness  of  those  selected  to  serve.  For  a  period  of 
about  fifty  days  Fremont  was  recognized  by  a  portion  of  the 
population  of  California,  at  least,  as  Governor. 

On  February  12,  Col.  Richard  B.  Mason  arrived  in  San 
Francisco  with  instructions  from  Washington  which  clearly 
indicated  that  the  senior  officer  of  the  land  forces  was  to  be 
Civil  Governor.  Mason  was  sent  to  succeed  Kearney,  as  soon 
as  Kearney  could  shape  matters  to  leave.  Commodore 
Sbubrick,  wbo  had  succeeded  Stockton  and  who  had  already 
recognized  Kearney's  authority,  now  joined  Mason  in  a  pub- 
lic statement  wherein  Mason  was  declared  to  be  governor, 
and  Monterey  the  capital.  On  March  2d,  Commodore  Biddle 
arrived  to  succeed  Shubrick.  All  officers,  naval  and  military, 
with  the  exception  of  Stockton  and  Fremont,  were  acting  in 
harmony.  About  this  time  there  arrived  in  San  Francisco 
the  first  detachment  of  a  regiment  sent  out  under  Colonel 
Stevenson  from  New  York. 

General  Kearney,  now  having  adequate  moral  and  mili- 
tary support,  sent  instructions  to  Fremont  and  other  officers 
in  command  in  the  south.  Among  other  things,  Fremont  was 
directed  to  report  at  Monterey. 

After  instructing  Captain  Owens,  in  command  of  the  bat- 
talion at  San  Gabriel,  to  refuse  to  obey  any  instructions  that 
might  reach  him  from  any  source  save  himself,  Fremont  left 
for  Monterey,  arriving  there  on  March  25th.  On  the  same 
evening  in  the  company  of  Tbos.  0.  Larkin  be  paid  a  formal 
call  on  Kearney.  The  next  day  an  interview  was  arranged 
between  Kearney  and  Fremont.     Fremont   objected  to  the 


180  LOS  ANGELES 

presence  of  Colonel  Mason.  At  this  point  Kearney  demanded 
that  Fremont  state  whether  he  intended  to  obey  his  orders 
or  not.  Fremont  left  Kearney's  presence  without  commit- 
ting himself,  but  later  in  the  day  expressed  a  willingness  to 
obey  instructions,  having  first  tendered  his  resignation  from 
the  army,  which  was  refused. 

Fremont  then  returned  to  Los  Angeles.  Mason  followed 
early  in  April  and  called  on  Fremont  for  a  list  of  appoint- 
ments made  by  him  and  for  all  records,  civil  and  military, 
in  his  possession.  Before  leaving  Los  Angeles,  Colonel  Mason 
became  involved  in  a  quarrel  with  Fremont  which  led  to  a 
challenge  for  a  duel  which  was  never  fought,  though  both 
parties  doubtless  had  the  spirit  and  courage  to  end  their  dif- 
ficulties in  that  manner. 

After  much  friction  between  Fremont  and  the  officers  in 
the  north,  General  Kearney,  on  May  31st,  with  an  escort,  left 
Monterey  for  Washington  by  a  northern  route.  Under  or- 
ders of  Kearney,  Fremont  was  required  to  accompany  him. 
Fort  Leavenworth  was  reached  on  August  22,  and  here  Fre- 
mont was  placed  under  arrest  and  ordered  to  report  to  the 
Adjutant  General  at  Washington. 

With  the  end  of  all  these  troubles  Los  Angeles  settled 
down  to  its  fate  and  its  undreamed-of  destiny  as  an  Ameri- 
can city.  The  Act  of  Incorporation  as  passed  by  the  State 
Legislature  was  approved  by  California's  first  American 
Governor,  Honorable  Peter  H.  Burnett,  April  4,  1850,  and 
was  as  follows: 

An  Act  to  incorporate  the  City  of  Los  Angeles. 

The  people  of  the  State  of  California  represented  in  Sen- 
ate and  Assembly,  do  enact  as  follows : 

Section  1.  All  that  tract  of  land  included  within  the  limits 
of  the  Pueblo  de  Los  Angeles,  as  heretofore  known  and 
acknowledged,  shall  henceforth  be  known  as  the  City  of  Los 
Angeles;  and  the  said  City  is  hereby  declared  to  be  incor- 
porated according  to  the  provisions  of  the  act,  entitled  "An 
act  to  provide  for  the  incorporation  of  cities,"  approved 
March  18,  1850 : 

Provided,  however,  that  if  such  limits  include  more  than 
four   square  miles,   the  Council   shall  within  three  months 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  181 

after  they  are  elected  and  qualified,  fix  by  ordinance  the 
limits  of  the  city,  not  to  include  more  than  said  quantity  of 
land,  and  the  boundaries  so  determined  shall  henceforth  be 
the  boundaries  of  the  city. 

Sec.  2.  The  number  of  Councilmen  shall  be  seven.  The 
first  election  of  city  officers  shall  be  on  the  second  Monday  of 
May  next. 

Sec.  3.  The  corporation  created  by  this  act,  shall  suc- 
ceed to  all  the  rights,  claims  and  powers  of  the  Pueblo  de  Los 
Angeles  in  regard  to  property,  and  shall  be  subject  to  all  the 
liabilities  incurred  and  obligations  created  by  the  Ayunta- 
miento  of  said  Pueblo. 

John  Bigler, 

Speaker  of  House  of  Assembly. 
E.  Kieby  Chamberlain, 

President  pro  tern  of  the  Senate. 

A  map  of  the  city  on  which  boundary  lines  were  estab- 
lished as  a  basis  for  the  above-mentioned  Act  of  Incorporation 
had  been  made  the  year  before,  namely,  in  1849,  by  Lieutenant 
Ord.  The  incident  is  famous  in  history  as  "Ord's  Survey," 
and  the  circumstances  which  brought  the  survey  about  are 
both  quaint  and  interesting.  Fortunately,  we  have  an 
authentic  record  of  the  same  taken  from  the  minutes  of  the 
Town  Council  of  Los  Angeles  for  June  9,  1849.  This  is  the 
record  of  the  minutes: 

"In  view  of  a  note  received  from  the  superior  territorial 
Government,  ordering  the  making  of  a  city  map  to  serve  as 
a  basis  for  granting  vacant  city  lots  out  of  the  unappropriated 
lands  belonging  to  the  municipality,  Council  resolved : 

"1st.  That  the  said  Superior  Government  be  assured  of 
the  committee 's  desire  to  give  prompt  and  due  compliance  to 
its  order,  and  to  inform  the  same  that  there  is  no  city  map 
in  existence  whereby  concessions  of  land  may  be  made,  and, 
furthermore  that  there  is  no  surveyor  in  this  town  who  could 
get  up  such  a  map. 

"2nd.  That  this  Honorable  body  desiring  to  have  this 
done,  requests  the  territorial  government  to  send  down  a  sur- 
veyor to  do  this  work,  for  which  he  will  receive  pay  out  of 
the  municipal  funds,  and  should  they  not  suffice,  by  reason  of 


182  LOS  ANGELES 

other  demands  having  to  be  met,  then  he  can  be  paid  with 
unappropriated  lands  should  the  government  give  its  consent. 

"Your  committee  charged  by  your  Honorable  body  with 
the  duty  of  conferring  with  Lieutenant  Ord,  the  surveyor  who 
is  to  get  out  a  map  of  this  city,  has  had  a  conference  with  that 
gentleman  and  he  offers  to  make  a  map  of  the  city,  demarking 
thereon  in  a  clear  and  exact  manner,  the  boundary  lines  and 
points  of  the  municipal  lands,  for  which  work  he  demands  a 
compensation  of  fifteen  hundred  dollars  in  coin,  ten  lots  se- 
lected from  among  those  demarked  on  the  map  and  vacant 
lands  to  the  extent  of  one  thousand  varas,  in  sections  of  200 
varas  each,  and  wheresoever  he  may  choose  to  select  the  same, 
or  in  case  this  proposition  is  refused,  then  he  wants  to  be  paid 
the  sum  of  three  thousand  dollars  in  cash.  Your  committee 
finds  the  first  proposition  very  disadvantageous  to  the  city, 
because  conceding  to  the  surveyor  the  right  to  select  not  only 
the  said  ten  lots,  but  also  the  thousand  varas  of  vacant  land, 
the  city  would  deprive  itself  of  the  most  desirable  lands  and 
lots  which  some  future  day  may  bring  more  than  three  thou- 
sand dollars. 

"The  City  funds  cannot  now  defray  this  expense,  but 
should  your  Honorable  body  deem  it  indispensable  a  loan  of 
that  amount  may  be  negotiated,  pledging  the  credit  of  the  City 
Council  and  paying  an  interest  of  one  per  cent  a  month ;  this 
loan  could  be  repaid  with  the  proceeds  of  the  sale  of  the  first 
lots  disposed  of." 

"The  same  day  the  president  was  authorized  to  negotiate 
a  loan  of  three  thousand  dollars  and  provision  was  made  for 
the  sale  of  lots  from  the  proceeds  of  which  the  loan  was  to  be 
paid. 

"On  the  19th  day  of  September  the  syndic,  Juan  Temple, 
submitted  to  the  Council  the  'Finished  city  map,  as  well  as 
a  receipt  showing  that  he  had  paid  the  surveyor  the  sum  of 
three  thousand  dollars,  this  amount  being  a  loan  made  by 
him  to  the  city,  to  enable  it  to  pay  for  the  map." 

The  following  December,  41  lots  in  the  survey  were  sold 
out  of  a  total  of  60  offered,  from  which  the  Council  realized 
$2,490,  which  was  paid  to  Juan  Temple  on  account,  leaving 
a  balance  of  $510  in  his  favor,  which  the  Council  pledged  itself 
to  pay  out  of  the  proceeds  of  the  first  lots  sold  in  the  future. 


CHAPTER  X 
PIONEERS  OP  TRADE  AND  COMMERCE 

We  are  indebted  to  our  old  friends  of  blessed  memory  who 
formed  the  "Literary  Committee  of  Los  Angeles,"  in  1876, 
and  who  are  held  in  the  esteem  of  recollection  by  their  Amer- 
ican countrymen  of  today,  for  a  relation  of  facts  concerning 
the  pioneer  business  men  of  Los  Angeles  and  their  activities 
in  the  days  when  the  city  was  in  the  making. 

According  to  the  Literary  Committee  San  Pedro  was  often 
lively  in  1840 — and  had  been  so  in  mission  times — by  the  trad- 
ing vessels  engaged,  with  active  competition,  in  the  purchase 
of  hides  and  tallow.  Francis  Melius  gives  a  list  of  those  on 
this  coast,  August  22d  of  that  year,  thirteen  in  number,  as 
follows:  "Ships— California  (Capt.  Arthur),  Alciope 
(Clapp),  Monsoon  (Vincent),  Alert  (Phelps);  Barques— In- 
dex (Scott),  Clara  (Walters);  Brigs— Juan  Jose  (Dunkin), 
Bolivar  (Nye)  ;  Schooners— Fly  (Wilson),  California  (Coo- 
per), Nymph,  formerly  Norse  (Fitch),  and  two  more  ex- 
pected. ' ' 

From  1844  to  1849  the  merchants  at  Los  Angeles  City  were 
John  Temple,  Abel  Stearns,  Charles  W.  Flugge — found  dead 
September  1,  1852,  on  the  plains  below  this  city — B.  D.  Wilson, 
Albert  Packard  and  Alexander  Bell.  To  these  add,  in  1849, 
Antonio  Cota,  Jose  Antonio  Menondez,  from  Spain;  Juan 
Domingo,  Netherlands ;  Jose  Mascarel  of  Marseilles,  and  John 
Behn  of  the  Grand  Duchy  of  Baden.  The  last  named  came  in 
1848.  He  quit  business  in  the  fall  of  1853  and  died  in  Decem- 
ber, 1868. 

Madame  Salandie  is  to  be  added  to  those  of  '49.    She  came 
on  the  same  ship  with  Lorenzo  Lecke  from  Pennsylvania  in 
that  year,  started  at  once  a  little  store,  butcher  shop,  loaning 
money  and  general  speculation. 
183 


184  LOS  ANGELES 

Juan  Domingo  came  to  California  in  1829,  married  here, 
was  quite  noted,  and  died  December  20,  1858. 

The  first  steamer  that  ever  visited  San  Pedro  Avas  the  Gold- 
hunter,  in  1849 — a  side  wheeler,  which  made  the  voyage  from 
San  Francisco  to  Mazatlan,  touching  at  way  ports.  The  next 
was  the  old  Ohio.  At  San  Pedro,  from  1844  to  1849,  Temple 
and  Alexander  had  the  only  general  store,  and  they  carried  on 
all  the  forwarding  business.  They  had  the  first  four  wheel 
vehicle  in  this  county,  except  an  old  fashioned  Spanish  car- 
riage which  this  firm  bought  of  Captain  Kanem,  Major  Gra- 
ham's quartermaster,  in  January,  1849,  paying  him  $1,000  for 
the  carriage  and  two  American  horses.  It  created  a  sensation 
like  that  of  the  first  Wilmington  railway  car  on  the  26th  day 
of  October,  1868. 

Goods  were  forwarded  to  Los  Angeles,  twenty-four  miles, 
in  carts,  each  with  two  yoke  of  oxen,  yoked  by  the  horns. 
The  regular  train  was  of  ten  carts,  like  the  California  car- 
retas.  The  body  was  the  same,  but  they  had  spoked  wheels 
tired,  which  were  imported  from  Boston.  Freight  was  $1  per 
hundred  weight.  This  style  of  importation  continued  until 
after  1850. 

The  first  stage  line  was  started  by  Alexander  and  Ban- 
ning in  1852;  the  next  by  that  man  of  iron,  J.  J.  Tomlinson, 
whose  death  was  early  for  the  public  good,  June  7,  1867.  In 
1851,  D.  W.  Alexander  purchased  at  Sacramento  ten  heavy 
freight  wagons  that  had  been  sent  in  from  Salt  Lake  by  Ben 
Holliday,  and  in  1853  a  whole  train,  14  wagons  and  168  mules, 
that  had  come  through  from  Chihuahua,  paying  therefor 
$23,000.    So  ox-carts  were  supplanted. 

Alexander  and  Melius  became  a  new  firm,  at  Los  Angeles 
City,  in  1850,  continuing  until  1856.  Wilson  and  Packard  dis- 
solved partnership  December,  1851.  Other  merchants  were: 
Jacob  Elias,  Charles  Ducommon,  Samuel  Arbuckle,  Walde- 
mar,  O.  W.  Childs  and  J.  D.  Hicks— Childs  and  Hicks ;  Charles 
Burroughs,  M.  Michaels,  H.  Jacoby,  of  violin  celebrity,  and 
who  went  rich  to  Europe,  Jordan,  Jose  Vicente  Guerrero, 
Jose  Maria  Fuentes,  Jose  Baltazar  of  Prussia,  Eimpau, 
Fritze  and  Company,  with  Morris  L.  Goodwin  as  clerk,  John 
Behn  and  Frank  Laumeistre,  a  German;  afterward,  in  the 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  185 

same  year,  Behn  &  Laumeistre,  and  Mattias  Savichi.  The 
latter  named  estimable  gentleman  was  of  Dalmatia.  He  died 
in  1852,  leaving  two  young  sons.  George  Walters  also  had 
commenced  business  in  this  year.  He  was  born  at  New  Or- 
leans, April  22,  1809. 

Mr.  B.  D.  Wilson  was  Indian  agent  for  Southern  California 
in  1853,  and  in  the  same  year  sold  his  place  on  Alameda  Street 
to  the  Sisters  of  Charity  for  their  institute;  and  in  1854  be- 
gan to  put  into  effect  his  plans  for  Lake  Vineyard.  He  re- 
moved there  in  1856.  Mr.  Packard  went  to  Santa  Barbara, 
entered  into  the  practice  of  law.  Wheeler  &  Morgan  began 
in  1849  with  trading  establishments  at  Rincon,  San  Luis  Bey, 
Pala,  Agua  Caliente.  They,  in  fact,  succeeded  Wilson  &  Pack- 
ard, in  their  store,  in  August,  1850.  Mr.  Wheeler  was  clerk 
of  the  U.  S.  District  Court  of  the  southern  district  of  Califor- 
nia from  1861  until  its  discontinuance  in  1866;  then  deputy 
clerk  of  the  circuit  and  later  deputy  collector  of  U.  S.  internal 
revenue  of  second  division,  first  district,  comprising  Los  An- 
geles, San  Bernardino  and  San  Diego  counties,  which  office 
he  resigned  January  1, 1876. 

In  1851-52-53  appear  Lazard,  Arbuckle  &  Bauman,  Lazard 
&  Bauman,  S.  Lazard  &  Company,  Lazard  &  Kremer,  Doug- 
lass &  Sanford,  1852,  Childs,  Hicks  &  Wadhams,  Thomas 
Brown  and  Prudent  Beaudry,  Myles  &  Hereford,  Bauman  & 
Katz,  Hoffman  &  Laubheim,  Thomas  S.  Hereford,  J.  S. 
Mallard. 

In  January,  1853,  there  were  three  large  dry  goods  stores 
and  ten  or  more  smaller  houses  that  also  kept  a  general  as- 
sortment. Half  a  dozen  other  sold  groceries  and  provisions 
exclusively.    The  liquor  shop — its  name  was  "legion." 

In  1853  John  Schumacher  introduced  lager  beer,  from  San 
Francisco.  It  was  not  manufactured  at  Los  Angeles  until 
Christopher  Kuhn  of  Wirtemberg  established  a  brewery  in 
the  latter  part  of  1854. 

John  Kays  was  a  good  baker,  1847.  Confectionery  was 
made  in  1850,  by  Papier;  Joseph  Lelong  followed  with  the 
Jenny  Lind  Bakery  in  1851.  French  bread  was  used  alto- 
gether until  August  Ulyard  commenced  his  bakery  in  1853. 

The  merchants  of  1853  besides  those  already  mentioned 


186  LOS  ANGELES 

were  Joseph  Newmark,  Jacob  Rich,  J.  P.  Newmark,  John 
Jones,  who  was  the  first  wholesale  liquor  dealer,  at  the  corner 
of  Main  and  Commercial  streets.  Others  were  Felix  Bach- 
man,  Phillip  Sichel  and  Samuel  Laubheim,  Harris  Newmark 
and  E.  Loewenthal,  H.  K.  S.  Labatt,  Samuel  Meyer  and  Loe- 
wenstein,  M.  Norton  and  E.  Greenbaum,  H.  Goldberg,  I.  Co- 
hen, Charles  E.  Johnson  and  Horace  S.  Allanson,  Heiman 
Tischler,  Barruch,  Marks  and  Loeb  Schlessinger,  Matthew 
Lanfranco,  Louis  Phillips,  H.  Hellman,  Casper  Behrend. 

In  1854  were  Adolph  Portugal,  O.  W.  Childs,  Samuel  Pra- 
ger,  Jacob  Letter,  M.  Pollock  and  L.  C.  Goodwin.  In  1855, 
Wolf  Kalisher,  Charles  Prager,  Potter  &  Company,  William 
Corbett,  G.  F.  Lamson,  P.  C.  Williams,  J.  C.  Nichols,  Dean  & 
Carson,  I.  M.  Hellman,  B.  Cohen,  Morritz  Schlessinger,  L. 
Glaser  &  Company,  Louis  Cohen.  In  1856,  Calisher  &  Cohen, 
Henry  Wartenberg — W.  Calisher  &  Company.  In  1857,  Men- 
del Meyer,  H.  G.  Yarrow.  In  1857,  Samuel  Hellman.  1859,  I. 
W.  Hellman,  eminent  afterward  as  banker,  L.  Leon,  Corbett 
&  Barker,  Wm.  Nordholt,  David  Solomon,  H.  Fleishman  and 
Julius  Sichel — Fleishman  &  Sichel. 

In  1860,  Edward  Newman  and  Isaac  Schlessinger,  Jean  B. 
Trudell — in  company  with  Lazards — Domingo  Rivera.  In 
1861,  M.  W.  Childs. 

The  mercantile  link  continued  as  follows:  J.  H.  Still  & 
Company,  booksellers  and  stationery,  1863 ;  H.  D.  Barrows 
and  J.  D.  Hicks — J.  D.  Hicks  &  Co.,  1864.  Eugene  Meyer  and 
Constant  Meyer — Eugene  Meyer  &  Co. — Polaski  &  Goodwin, 
1865 ;  Thomas  Leahy,  S.  B.  Caswell  and  John  F.  Ellis— Cas- 
well &  Ellis— 1866.  Potter  &  Co.  consisted  of  Nehemiah  A 
Potter  and  Louis  Jazinsky.  The  latter  gentleman  soon  after- 
ward went  into  business  at  San  Francisco.  George  Alexander, 
in  1872,  removed  to  Columbia,  California. 

Francis  Melius  was  born  at  Salem,  Massachusetts,  in  1824 
and  died  at  Los  Angeles  City,  September  14,  1864.  He  mar- 
ried Miss  Adelaida  Johnson,  who  survived  him  with  seven 
children.  Mrs.  Melius  was  a  daughter  of  Don  Santiago  John- 
son, an  Englishman,  who  had  lived  at  Sonora,  and  came  to 
this  coast  in  the  year  1833.  He  married  Doha  Maria  del  Car- 
men Giurado,  sister  of  the  wives  of  Don  Manuel  Requena  and 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  187 

Alexander  Bell.  Brought  early  in  contact  with  men  like  A.  B. 
Thompson  of  Santa  Barbara,  David  Spence  of  Monterey,  Abel 
Stearns,  Alfred  Robinson,  W.  D.  M.  Howard,  and  himself 
having  received  the  ordinary  Boston  high  school  education  of 
that  day — which  must  have  been  good,  for  at  fifteen  years 
he  understood  French  and  navigation,  and  was  a  neat  drafts- 
man— Mr.  Melius  soon  amassed  the  maximum  of  experience 
which  fitted  him  to  succeed  in  the  California  trade.  His  spirit 
and  independence  are  worthy  to  be  made  a  model  by  youth 
just  entering  among  the  currents  and  shoals  of  commercial 
life.  "March  4,  1839, — The  Bolivar  arrived  from  the  islands," 
we  quote  from  his  diary:  "March  9. — I  went  aboard  as  clerk 
for  Mr.  Thompson,  at  $300  for  the  first  year  and  $500  for  the 
next,  which  I  think  is  a  most  excellent  salary  for  me.  I  hope 
from  this  time  forward  to  be  a  burden  to  nobody,  but  to  be 
able  to  look  out  for  myself. ' ' 

Bachman  &  Co.  invested  deeply  in  the  Salt  Lake  trade. 
Merchants  were  the  soul  of  every  enterprise  formed  to  de- 
velop the  resources  and  expand  the  commerce  of  this  country. 
Fortunes  were  rapidly  accumulated.  Some  sped  away  to 
fatherland  to  spend  the  rest  of  their  days.  Soloman  Lazard 
having  once  more  beheld  "la  belle  France,"  returned  March, 
1861,  to  our  sunshine  and  flowers.  Mendel  Meyer  studied  the 
Vienna  Exposition  and  wandered  the  world  over  in  gratifica- 
tion of  a  rare  musical  taste,  "but  to  feel  better  at  home,"  as  he 
often  says. 

John  Temple  made  the  European  tour  in  1858.  He  was 
born  at  Reading,  Massachusetts,  in  1796;  came  to  California 
in  1828,  and  died  at  San  Francisco  May  30,  1866.  Juan  T. 
Lanfranco  of  Italy  died  May  20,  1875.  Prudent  Beaudry  ar- 
rived at  San  Francisco  April  26,  1850,  and  settled  finally  at 
Los  Angeles,  April  26,  1852.  Beaudry 's  Block,  on  Aliso 
Street,  finished  in  1857,  was  at  the  time  a  surprise.  What  may 
we  have  said  to  "Beaudry  Terrace"  and  its  oranges  and  other 
magical  fruits  of  his  energy?  Edward  Neuman,  another  mer- 
chant, in  the  bloom  of  youth  was  murdered  in  1863,  on  the 
Cucamonga  plain. 

From  1850  to  1860  and  thereabouts,  the  cattle  trade  and 
shipment  of  grapes  were  the  main  reliance  for  money.     The 


Looking  West  on  Temple  Street  op  Today 
Looking  North-west  From  Third  Street  and  Grand  Avenue 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  189 

cattle  sold  to  go  out  of  the  county,  in  the  former  year,  were 
estimated  at  15,000  head,  at  $15  per  head.  Subsequent  years, 
until  1856,  show  a  constant  demand  for  stock,  if  not  so  great ; 
in  this  year,  it  was  considered  that  $500,000  had  been  invested 
in  cattle,  three-fifths  of  which  belonged  to  native  Californians, 
and,  in  part,  distributed  as  follows : 

Abel  Stearns,  12,000;  Juan  Abila,  7,200;  John  Roland, 
5,000 ;  William  Workman,  5,000 ;  John  Temple,  4,000 ;  Ricardo 
Vejar,  3,500 ;  Bernardo  Yorba,  3,500 ;  Ignacio  del  Valle,  3,500 ; 
Teodosio  Yorba,  3,500;  Leonardo  Cota,  2,500;  Vicente  Lugo, 
2,500;  Pio  and  Andres  Pico,  2,000;  Augustin  Machado,  2,000; 
Nasario  Dominguez  's  estate,  2,000 ;  Felipe  Lugo,  1,000 ;  Valdez 
family,  1,000;  Enrique  Abila,  1,000;  Fernando  Sepulveda, 
1,000.  Making  just  allowance  for  defective  assessments,  the 
amount  was  probably  considerably — one-third — beyond  this 
estimate. 

The  drought  of  the  years  1863  and  1864  was  more  or  less 
destructive  throughout  California.  In  Los  Angeles  County 
1865  began  with  90,450  head  of  cattle,  15,529  horses,  282,000 
sheep.  In  earlier  times  sheep  made  little  figure  in  the  annual 
calculation  of  gain.  In  1875  the  total  of  flocks  was  counted 
at  508,757.  From  1860  onward  wool  became  a  staple,  added 
to  wine  and  brandy,  orange  and  other  fruits,  wheat  and  corn. 
According  to  the  report  of  the  county  surveyor,  January  15, 
1876,  the  product  of  the  wool  was  2,034,828  pounds.  Horned 
cattle  were  reduced  to  13,000 ;  horses,  10,000. 

All  the  oranges  in  1850  were  from  the  Mission  orchard  of 
San  Gabriel,  and  the  gardens  of  Louis  Vignes  and  William 
Wolfskill.  June  7,  1851,  Mr.  Vignes  offered  for  sale  his  "de- 
sirable property,  El  Alizo" — so  called  from  the  superb  syca- 
more tree,  many  centuries  old,  that  shaded  his  cellars.  He 
says:  "There  are  two  orange  gardens  that  yield  from  five  to 
six  thousand  oranges  in  the  season."  It  is  credibly  stated 
that  he  was  the  first  to  plant  the  orange  in  this  city,  bringing 
young  trees  from  San  Gabriel  in  the  year  1834.  He  had  400 
peach  trees,  together  with  apricots,  pear,  apple,  fig,  grapes 
and  walnut,  and  adds:  "The  vineyard,  with  40,000  vinos. 
32,000  now  bearing  grapes,  and  will  yield  1,000  barrels  of 
wine  per  annum,  the  quality  of  which  is  well  known  to  be  su- 


190  LOS  ANGELES 

perior. ' '  Don  Louis  came  to  Los  Angeles  in  1831.  He  was  a 
native  of  France. 

The  shipment  of  oranges  rapidly  grew  into  a  regular  busi- 
ness. In  1851  there  were  104  vineyards,  exclusive  of  that  of 
San  Gabriel — all  but  twenty  within  the  limits  of  the  city.  The 
San  Gabriel  Vineyard,  neglected  since  1834,  was  now  in  de- 
cay. In  Spanish  and  Mexican  times  it  had  been  called  the 
"mother  vineyard,"  from  the  fact  that  it  supplied  all  the 
original  cuttings;  it  is  said  to  have  once  had  50,000  vines.  In 
1875  the  grape  vines  of  this  county  numbered  4,500,000. 

In  1851  grapes  brought  20  cents  per  pound  at  San  Fran- 
cisco, 80  cents  at  Stockton.  Through  1852  the  price  was  the 
same.  Very  little  wine  was  then  shipped ;  in  1851  not  over 
1,000  gallons.  Gradually  the  manufacture  of  wine  was  estab- 
lished. Wolfskill  indeed  had,  at  an  early  date,  shipped  a  little 
wine,  but  his  aim  was  to  turn  his  grapes  into  brandy.  Louis 
Wilhart,  in  1849  and  1850,  made  white  wine  which  was  consid- 
ered in  flavor  and  quality  next  to  that  of  Vignes,  who  could 
produce  from  his  cellars  a  brand  perhaps  unexcelled  through 
the  world.  Among  the  first  manufacturers  for  the  general 
market  was  Vincent  Hoover,  with  his  father,  Dr.  Juan  Leonce 
Hoover,  first  at  the  "Clayton  Vineyard,"  which,  owing  to  its 
situation  on  the  bench,  produced  a  superior  grape ;  then  from 
the  vineyard  known  as  that  of  Don  Jose  Serrano. 

The  cultivation  of  the  gi*ape  about  this  time  took  a  new 
impulse.  At  San  Gabriel,  Wm.  M.  Stockton,  in  1855,  had  an 
extensive  nursery  of  grape  vines  and  choice  fruit  trees.  Jo- 
seph Huber,  senior,  came  to  Los  Angeles  for  health  from 
Kentucky.  In  the  year  1855  he  entered  successfully  into  wine- 
making  at  the  Foster  Vineyard.  He  died,  aged  fifty-four 
years,  July,  1866,  leaving  a  widow  and  six  children.  April  14, 
1855,  Jean  Louis  Sansevaine  purchased  the  vineyard  prop- 
erty, cellars,  etc.,  of  his  uncle,  Louis  Vignes,  for  $42,000  (the 
first  large  sale  within  the  city).  In  1855  he  shipped  his  first 
wine  to  San  Francisco.  In  1856  he  made  the  first  shipment 
from  this  county  to  New  York,  thereby  becoming  the  pioneer 
of  this  business. 

Matthew  Keller  said:  "According  to  the  books  of  the 
great  forwarding  house  of  P.  Banning  at  San  Pedro,  there 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  191 

was  shipped  to  San  Francisco  in  1857,  21,000  boxes  of  grapes 
and  250,000  gallons  of  wine."  In  1856  Los  Angeles  yielded 
only  7,200  cases  of  wine;  in  1860  it  had  increased  to  66,000 
cases.  In  1861  shipments  of  wine  were  made  to  New  York 
and  Boston  by  B.  D.  Wilson  and  J.  L.  Sansevaine ;  they  were 
the  real  fathers  of  the  wine  interest  here. 

Sunny  Slope,  unexcelled  for  its  vintage,  and  the  orange, 
almond  and  walnut,  was  commenced  by  L.  J.  Rose  in  January, 
1861.  December,  1859,  the  wine  producers  were:  Matthew 
Keller,  Sansevaine  Bros.,  Frohling  &  Co.,  B.  D.  Wilson,  Ste- 
vens &  Bell,  Doctor  Parrott,  Dr.  T.  J.  White,  Henry  Dalton, 
P.  Series,  Joseph  Huber,  Sr.,  Ricardo  Vejar,  Barrows,  Bal- 
lerino,  Doctor  Hoover,  Louis  Wilhart,  Trabuc,  Clement  and 
Jose  Serrano.  The  total  manufacture  of  wine  was  about 
250,000  gallons;  in  1875,  1,328,900  gallons,  according  to  the 
official  report  of  the  county  assessor,  January  1, 1876. 

Mechanical  industry  exhibits  a  progress  slow  and  difficult 
for  the  first  few  years.  In  1851  carpenters  had  gone  to  San 
Francisco,  where  they  could  get  higher  wages.  In  1850  Alex- 
ander Bell  commenced  Bell's  Row,  which  was  a  number  of 
well-known  little  stores  on  Los  Angeles  Street,  and  an  im- 
provement which  at  the  time  made  a  sensation.  This  work 
was  done  by  J.  R.  Barton  and  William  Nordholdt  through 
that  and  the  succeeding  year. 

In  1853  Anderson  &  Matthews  advertised  as  carriage  mak- 
ers, carpenters  and  joiners.  September  6,  1861,  Perry  & 
Woodworth,  Main  Street,  had  matured  their  pioneer  saw  and 
planing  mills,  with  the  manufacture  of  beehives,  upholstery, 
etc.,  and  were  prepared  for  contracting.  In  1863  Stephen  H. 
Mott  entered  this  firm. 

Eli  Tayor,  later  of  Los  Nietos,  was  a  carpenter  in  1854. 
Others  were  as  follows  prior  to  1859:  George  Stone,  R.  E. 
Jackson,  George  Leonard,  Matthew  Teed,  Thomas  Grey,  C.  P. 
Switzer,  Peter  Hendell,  William  Coburn,  P.  C.  Williams,  Har- 
ris Niles,  John  McLimond,  Willis  Stanton,  W.  Weeks,  William 
Cover,  Herman  Muller,  Herman  Koop,  Charles  Plaissant. 

House  and  sign  painters,  prior  to  1859  were  Wm.  Shanning, 
Moses  Searles,  Charles  Winston,  Tom  Riley,  Forbes,  Spilling, 
Viereck,  Turnboldt;  plasterers  prior  to  1857,  Joseph  Nobbs, 


192  LOS  ANGELES 

T.  Stonehouse,  Wm.  McKinney;  Newton  Foote  came  in  that 
year.  Andrew  Lehman  set  up  a  shoemaking  business  in 
November,  1852;  it  was  three  years  before  he  began  to  "make 
a  living. ' '  Afterward,  prior  to  1858  came  Morris  and  Weber. 
There  was  little  to  do  for  shoemakers  until  1860.  B.  J.  Virgin 
was  an  architect  in  1855.  Viereck,  painter  of  political  trans- 
parencies in  1852,  left  next  year  for  want  of  employment.  But 
it  must  have  been  for  some  other  reason,  for  he  turned  come- 
dian at  San  Francisco.  In  1857  C.  M.  Kechnie  was  a  portrait 
painter.    Henri  Penelon  afterward  was  a  distinguished  artist. 

John  Goller,  a  blacksmith  and  pioneer  wagon-maker,  was 
one  of  the  emigrants  by  the  Salt  Lake  Route.  Louis  Wilhart 
outfitted  him  with  tools  and  helped  him  to  customers.  The 
charge  for  shoeing  a  horse  was  $16.  Few  carriages  were 
made  during  the  first  six  or  eight  years.  E.  L.  Scott  &  Co. 
were  carriage  makers  and  blacksmiths  in  1855.  Louis  Boeder 
came  to  Los  Angeles  in  1856,  worked  nine  years  for  Goller, 
then  bought  out  J.  H.  Burke,  later  a  wealthy  citizen  of  Los 
Nietos,  and  in  1863,  with  Wm.  Schwartz,  blacksmith,  as  part- 
ner, set  up  for  himself  on  Main  Street. 

Ben  McLaughlin  also  was  a  wheelwright.  Among  the  early 
blacksmiths  were  Hiram  McLaughlin,  C.  F.  Daley,  Van  Dusen, 
George  Boorham,  Henry  King.  John  Wilson  came  August  20, 
1858,  and  set  up  for  himself  in  1868.  James  Baldwin,  some- 
time after  1858.  Of  gunsmiths,  August  Stoermer  came  in 
that  year.  He  was  preceded  in  1855  by  H.  C.  G.  Schaeffer. 
In  the  memory  of  old  citizens,  from  his  former  little  adobe 
shop,  it  is  a  step  into  a  garden  where  bloomed  the  choicest 
flowers  of  the  world.  He  was  still  devoted,  at  sixty-five  to 
floriculture. 

S.  C.  Foy,  in  1854,  started  his  saddlery — the  first  to  make 
any  kind  of  harness.  John  Foy  joined  his  brother  in  the  fol- 
lowing summer.  These  spirited  pioneers  led  the  way  soon 
to  flourishing  firms  in  the  same  line — the  brothers  Workman, 
Bell  &  Green,  Heinche,  D.  Garcia. 

The  first  bricks  were  made  by  Capt.  Jesse  D.  Hunter  in 
1852.  From  the  first  kiln  was  built  the  house  at  the  corner 
of  Third  and  Main  streets  in  1853;  from  the  second,  in  the 
same  year,  the  new  brick  jail.    In  1854  was  built  the  Guadalupe 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  193 

Ross  bouse.  In  1855  the  dwelling  and  store  of  J.  G.  Nichols 
on  Main  Street,  near  the  courthouse.  Joseph  Mullaly  and 
Samuel  Ayers,  coming  here  in  1854,  embarked  in  brick  making 
the  nest  month.  In  August  of  the  same  year,  David  Porter 
arrived.  The  firm  was  then  Mullaly,  Porter  &  Ayers.  Their 
"great  year"  was  1858,  when  they  sold  2,000,000  of  brick  for 
the  proposed  improvements  of  1859. 

From  1855  to  1859  there  is  a  hiatus  which  cannot  be  better 
filled  than  with  the  "Garden  of  Paradise,"  at  the  Round 
House,  begun  in  1856  by  George  Lehman,  and  which  was  a 
wonder  to  all  by  its  mystic  Adam  and  Eve,  with  the  profusion 
of  flowers  and  ingenious  disposition  of  parterre  and  tree.  In 
1859  John  Temple  built  and  delivered  to  the  city  the  market 
house,  with  its  town  clock  and  bell  so  "fine  toned  and  sonor- 
ous," at  a  cost  of  $40,000.  He  also  constructed  the  south 
end  of  Temple  Block.  October  22d  Don  Abel  Stearns  rejoiced 
in  the  finishing  touch  to  his  prided  undertaking,  the  Arcadia 
Block,  bearing  the  the  name  of  his  wife,  Dona  Arcadia  Ban- 
dini — like  the  good  ship,  Arcadia,  of  Mr.  Stearns  and  Alfred 
Robinson,  that  brought  the  second  invoice  of  goods  directly 
from  Boston  to  San  Pedro.  In  the  same  month  Corbett  and 
Baker  removed  into  the  northeast  corner  of  the  block,  and  it 
was  soon  filled.  Then,  too,  the  dining  hall,  just  finished,  of 
the  Bella  Union,  was  reported  "one  of  the  finest  in  Califor- 
nia." The  prevailing  spirit  awhile  embraced  the  Plaza  within 
its  range.  It  proved  to  advantage  to  all  who  heeded  it, 
although  good  William  Wolfskill  had  forebodings,  in  Decem- 
ber, 1860,  on  his  return  from  the  burial  of  Henry  Melius. 

"What  a  pity!"  he  said;  "if  Temple  had  not  built  so  much 
he  might  now  be  a  rich  man!"  And,  at  last,  Mr.  Wolf  skill 
himself  ran  with  the  tide  and  spent  $20,000  to  build  the  Lazard 
Store,  Main  Street,  in  1866.  It  was  completed  by  his  exec- 
utors. 

A  once  well-known  lady  of  Los  Angeles  who  used  to  do 
her  "shopping"  here  seventy  years  ago,  has  written  a  vivid 
pen  picture  of  the  stories  of  Los  Angeles  as  they  were  in  the 
year  1850.    Her  recollections  are  as  follows : 

If  a  person  walking  down  Broadway  or  Spring  Street,  at 
the  present  day,  could  turn  "Time  backward  in  his  flight" 


View  on  the  Present  Main  Street 
The  Los  Angeles  Reservoir 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  195 

seventy  years,  how  strange  the  contrast  would  seem.  Where 
now  stand  blocks  of  stately  buildings,  whose  windows  are 
aglow  with  all  the  beauties  of  modern  art,  instead  there  would 
be  two  or  three  streets  whose  business  centered  in  a  few 
"tiendas,"  or  stores,  decorated  with  strings  of  "chilis"  or 
jerked  beef.  The  one  window  of  each  tienda  was  barred  with 
iron,  the  "tiendero"  sitting  in  the  doorway  to  protect  his 
wares,  or  to  watch  for  customers.  Where  red  and  yellow 
brick  buildings  hold  their  heads  proudly  to  the  heavens  now, 
seventy  years  ago  the  soft  hills  slid  down  to  the  back  doors  of 
the  adobe  dwelling  and  offered  their  wealth  of  flowers  and 
wild  herbs  to  the  botanist.  Sidewalks  were  unknown,  pedes- 
trians marched  single  file  in  the  middle  of  the  street,  in  winter 
to  enjoy  the  sunshine,  in  summer  to  escape  the  trickling  tears 
of  "brea"  which,  dropping  from  the  roofs,  branded  their  linen 
or  clogged  their  footsteps.  Now  where  the  policeman  "wends 
his  weary  way,"  the  vaquero  with  his  lively  "cuidado"  (look- 
out) lassoed  his  wild  steer,  and  dragging  him  to  the  "man- 
tanza"  at  the  rear  of  his  dwelling,  offered  him  on  the  altar 
of  hospitality. 

Among  the  most  prominent  stores  in  the  '50s  were  those 
of  Labat  Bros.,  Foster  &  McDougal,  afterward  Foster  & 
Wadhams,  of  B.  D.  Wilson,  Abel  Stearns,  S.  Lazard's  City 
of  Paris,  0.  W.  Childs,  Chas.  Ducommon,  J.  G.  Downey,  Schu- 
macher, Goller,  Lew  Bow  &  Jayzinsky.  With  the  exception 
of  0.  W.  Childs,  Chas.  Ducommon,  J.  G.  DoAyney,  John  Goller 
and  Jayzinsky,  all  carried  general  merchandise,  which  meant 
anything  from  a  plow  to  a  box  of  sardines,  or  from  a  needle 
to  an  anchor.  Some  merchants  sold  sugar  and  silks,  others 
brogans  and  barrels  of  flour.  Goller 's  was  a  wagon  and  car- 
riage shop.  0.  W.  Childs'  first  sign  read  "tins  to  mend." 
Jayzinsky 's  stock  consisted  principally  of  clocks,  but  as  the 
people  of  California  cared  little  for  time,  and  only  recorded 
it  like  Indians,  by  the  sun,  he  soon  failed.  Afterwards  he 
engaged  in  the  hardware  business  with  N.  A.  Potter. 

Jokes  were  often  played  upon  the  storekeepers  to  while 
away  the  time.  Thus,  one  Christmas  night,  when  the  spirit 
of  fun  ran  high  and  no  policeman  was  on  the  scene,  some 
voung  men  who  felt  themselves  "sold"  along  with  the  articles 


196  LOS  ANGELES 

purchased,  effaced  the  first  syllable  of  Wadhams'  name  and 
substituted  "old"  in  its  place,  making  it  Oldhams,  and  thus 
avenging  themselves. 

It  was  almost  impossible  to  procure  anything  eatable  from 
abroad  that  was  not  strong  and  lively  enough  to  remove  itself 
from  one 's  presence  before  cooking.  It  was  not  the  fault  of  the 
vender,  but  of  the  distance  and  difficulty  in  transportation. 

Mr.  Ducommon  and  Mr.  Downey  arrived  in  Los  Angeles 
together.  Mr.  Ducommon  was  a  watchmaker,  and  Mr.  Downey 
a  druggist.  Each  had  a  small  stock  in  trade,  which  they 
packed  in  a  "carreta"  for  transportation  from  San  Pedro  to 
Los  Angeles.  On  the  journey  the  cart  broke  down,  and  pack- 
ing the  most  valuable  of  their  possessions  into  carpet  sacks, 
they  walked  the  remaining  distance.  Mr.  Ducommon  soon 
branched  out  in  business,  and  his  store  became  known  as  the 
most  reliable  one  in  his  line,  keeping  the  best  goods,  although 
at  enormous  prices.  Neither  Mr.  Downey  nor  any  other 
druggist  could  have  failed  to  make  money  in  the  early  '50s, 
when  common  Epsom  salts  retailed  at  the  rate  of  $5  per 
pound,  and  everything  else  was  in  proportion.  One  deliber- 
ated long  before  sending  for  a  doctor  in  those  days.  Fortu- 
nately the  climate  was  such  that  his  services  were  not  often 
needed. 

Perhaps  the  most  interesting  window  display  in  the  city 
in  the  early  '50s  was  that  of  Don  Abel  Stearns,  wherein 
common  candy  jars  filled  with  gold,  from  the  finest  dust  to 
"chispas,"  or  nuggets,  could  be  seen  from  the  street  adorning 
the  shelves.  As  gold  and  silver  coin  were  scarce,  the  natives 
working  the  placer  mines  in  the  adjoining  mountains  made 
their  purchases  with  gold  dust.  Tied  in  a  red  silk  handker- 
chief, tucked  into  the  waistband  of  their  trousers,  would  be 
their  week's  earnings;  this,  poured  carelessly  into  the  scales 
and  as  carelessly  weighed,  soon  filled  the  jars.  What  dust 
remained  was  shaken  out  of  its  folds,  and  the  handkerchief 
returned  to  its  place.  No  wonder  that  the  native  became  the 
victim  of  sharpers  and  money  lenders ;  taking  no  thought  of 
the  morrow,  he  lived  on,  letting  his  inheritance  slip  from  his 
grasp. 

The  pioneer  second  hand  store  of  Los  Angeles  was  kept 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  197 

by  a  man  named  Yarrow,  or  old  "Cuarto  Ojos"  (four  eyes), 
as  the  natives  called  him,  because  of  the  large  spectacles  he 
wore,  and  the  habit  he  had  of  looking  over  them,  giving  him 
the  appearance  of  having  four  eyes.  Probably,  however,  this 
sobriquet  attached  to  him  because  his  glasses  had  four  lenses, 
two  in  front  and  one  on  each  side.  His  store  was  on  the 
corner  of  Eequena  and  Los  Angeles  streets,  in  the  rear  of 
where  the  United  States  Hotel  still  stands.  The  store  room 
was  a  long,  low  adobe  building  with  the  usual  store  front  of 
that  day — a  door  and  a  narrow  window.  This  left  the  back 
part  of  the  long  store  almost  in  utter  darkness,  which  prob- 
ably gave  rise  to  the  uncanny  tradition  that  certain  persons, 
of  reputed  wealth,  but  strangers  to  the  town,  had  been  enticed 
into  his  dark  interior  to  their  undoing,  and  that,  like  the  fly 
in  the  spider's  den,  they  "ne'er  came  out  again."  This  idle 
tale  was  all  owing  to  Yarrow's  spectacles — for  in  those  days 
all  men  who  wore  glasses  were  under  suspicion,  the  feeling 
being  that  they  were  to  conceal  their  general  motives  and 
designs,  which  were  hidden  by  the  masque  of  spectacles,  and 
were  suspected  to  be  murderers. 

In  the  "tienda"  of  "Cuarto  Ojos"  were  heaped  together 
all  sorts  and  conditions  of  things,  very  much  as  they  are  now 
in  second  hand  stores,  but  the  articles  differed  widely  in  kind 
and  quality  from  those  found  in  such  stores  today.  Old 
"Cuarto  Ojos"  combined  pawn  broking  and  money  lending 
with  his  other  business.  In  close  contact  with  the  highly 
colored  shawls,  rebosos,  gold  necklaces,  silver  mounted  frenos 
and  heavily  embroidered  muchillas,  hung  treacherous  looking 
machetes,  silver  mounted  revolvers  and  all  the  trappings  and 
paraphernalia  of  the  robber  and  the  gambler  out  of  luck,  and 
forced  there  to  stand  and  deliver  as  collateral  for  loans  from 
old  "Cuarto  Ojos." 

Coming  up  Eequena  Street  and  crossing  Main  to  the 
southwest  corner  of  Main  and  Court  streets  one  arrived  at 
the  pioneer  auction  house  of  1850.  Here  George  F.  Lamson 
persuaded  the  visitors  to  his  store  into  buying  wares  that  at 
the  present  day  would  find  their  way  to  the  rubbish  heaps  of 
the  city.  This  story  is  told  of  his  sale,  of  a  decrepit  bureau : 
"Ladies  and  gentlemen — ladies  minus  and  gentlemen  scarce," 


198 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA 


said  the  genial  auctioneer,  "here  is  the  finest  piece  of  ma- 
hogany ever  brought  across  the  plains  or  around  the  Horn — 
four  deep  drawers  and  keys  to  all  of  them;  don't  lose  this 
bargain,  it  is  one  in  a  thousand ! "  It  was  knocked  down  to 
a  personal  friend  of  the  auctioneer  for  the  modest  sum  of  $24. 
After  the  sale  the  purchaser  ventured  to  ask  for  the  keys. 


An  Old-time  Locality 
The  Plaza,  Pico  House  and  Old  Gas  "Works 


"Why,"  said  Lanison,  "when  I  put  up  that  article  I  never 
expected  you  would  be  fool  enough  to  buy  it.  There  are  no 
keys,  and  more  than  that,  there  is  no  need  of  keys,  for  there 
are  no  locks  to  it." 

On  Los  Angeles  Street  in  the  same  location  where  it  stands 
today  was  kept  by  Sam  C.  Foy,  stood  and  still  stands  the 
pioneer  saddlery  of  Los  Angeles. 

Of  the  pioneer  merchants  of  those  days,  Mr.  Harris  New- 
mark  was  the  founder  of  a  house  still  in  existence.    If  any 


FROil  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  199 

youth  of  Los  Angeles  would  see  for  himself  how  honesty  and 
strict  attention  to  business  commands  success,  let  him  visit 
the  establishment  of  Mr.  Newmark  and  his  successors. 

In  the  early  '50s  some  merchants  were  accused  of  getting 
their  hands  into  their  neighbors '  pockets,  or  rather  of  charg- 
ing exorbitant  prices  to  the  depletion  of  the  contents  of  their 
neighbors'  purses.  These  same  merchants  never  refused  to 
go  down  into  their  own  pockets  for  sweet  charity's  sake.  If  a 
collection  was  to  be  taken  up  for  some  charitable  object,  all 
that  was  necessary  was  to  make  the  round  of  the  stores,  and 
money  was  poured  into  tbe  hat  without  a  question  of  what 
was  to  be  done  with  it.  Now  we  have  the  Associated  Charities 
and  all  sorts  of  charitable  institutions,  but  for  liberal  and  un- 
questioning giving,  we  take  off  our  hats  to  the  "stores  of 
1850." 

Prof.  J.  M.  Guinn,  about  twenty  years  ago,  related  to  the 
members  of  the  Southern  California  Historical  Society  the 
result  of  his  researches  concerning  the  advertising  methods 
of  pioneer  Los  Angeles  merchants.  Professor  Guinn  looked 
up  the  old  files  of  the  Los  Angeles  Star,  which  was  the  great 
newspaper  of  the  town  in  the  early  days.  Professor  Guinn 
said: 

Recently,  in  looking  over,  some  copies  of  the  Los  Angeles 
Star  of  fifty  years  ago,  I  was  amused  and  interested  by  the 
quaint  ways  the  advertisers  of  that  day  advertised  their  wares 
and  other  things.  Department  stores  are  great  advertisers, 
and  the  pioneer  department  store  of  Los  Angeles  was  no  ex- 
ception. Its  ad  actually  filled  a  half  column  of  the  old  Star, 
which  was  an  astonishing  display  in  type  for  those  days.  It 
was  not  called  a  department  store  then,  but  I  doubt  whether 
any  of  the  great  stores  of  Chicago  or  New  York  carry  on  so 
many  lines  of  business  as  did  that  general  merchandise  store 
that  was  kept  in  the  adobe  house  on  the  corner  of  Arcadia 
and  North  Main  streets  fifty  years  ago.  The  proprietors  of 
that  store  were  our  old  pioneer  friends,  Wheeler  &  Johnson. 
The  announcement  of  what  they  had  to  sell  was  prefaced  by 
the  following  philosophical  deductions,  which  are  as  true  and 
as  applicable  to  terrestrial  affairs  today  as  they  were  half  a 
century  ago: 


200  LOS  ANGELES 

"Old  things  are  passing  away,"  says  the  ad;  "behold  all 
things  have  become  new.  Passing  events  impress  us  with 
the  mutability  of  human  affairs.  The  earth  and  its  appurte- 
nances are  constantly  passing  from  one  phase  to  another. 
Change  and  consequent  progress  is  the  manifest  law  of  des- 
tiny. The  forms  and  customs  of  the  past  are  become  obsolete 
and  new  and  enlarged  ideas  are  silently  but  swiftly  moulding 
terrestrial  matters  on  a  scale  of  enhanced  magnificence  and 
utility. 

"Perhaps  no  greater  proof  of  these  propositions  can  be 
adduced  than  the  evident  fact  that  the  old  mercantile  system 
heretofore  pursued  in  this  community  with  its  7x9  stores,  its 
exorbitant  prices,  its  immense  profits,  its  miserable  assort- 
ments of  shop-rotten  goods  that  have  descended  from  one  de- 
funct establishment  to  another  through  a  series  of  years, 
greeting  the  beholder  at  his  every  turn  as  if  craving  his  pity 
by  a  display  of  their  forlorn,  mouldy  and  dusty  appearance. 
These  rendered  venerable  by  age  are  now  considered  relics 
and  types  of  the  past. 

"The  ever-expanding  mind  of  the  public  demands  a  new 
state  of  things.  It  demands  new  goods,  lower  prices,  better 
assortments,  and  more  accommodations.  The  people  ask  for 
a  suitable  consideration  for  their  money  and  they  shall  have 
the  same  at  the  new  and  magnificent  establishment  of 

"WHEELER  &  JOHNSON, 

"in  the  House  of  Don  Abel  Stearns,  on  Main  Street,  where 
they  have  just  received  $50,000  worth  of  the  best  and  most 
desirable  merchandise  ever  brought  to  the  country." 

When  the  customer  had  been  sufficiently  impressed  by  the 
foregoing  propositions  and  deductions  they  proceed  to 
enumerate,  and  here  are  a  few  of  the  articles : 

"Groceries,  soap,  oil,  candles,  tobacco,  cigars,  salt,  pipes, 
powder,  shot,  lead.  Provisions,  flour,  bread,  port,  hams, 
bacon,  sugar,  coffee.  Dry  Goods,  broadcloths,  cassimeres, 
blankets,  alpacas,  cambrics,  lawns,  ginghams,  twist,  silks, 
satins,  colored  velvet,  nets,  crepe,  scarlet  bandas,  bonnets, 
lace,  collars,  needles,  pins. 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  201 

"Boots,  shoes,  hats,  coats,  pants,  vests,  suits,  cravats, 
gloves,  hosiery. 

"Furniture,  crockery,  glassware,  mirrors,  lamps,  chande- 
liers, agricultural  implements,  hardware,  tools,  cutlery,  house 
furnishing  goods,  liquors,  wines,  cigars,  wood  and  willow 
ware,  brushes,  trunks,  paints,  oils,  tinware  and  cooking  stoves. 

"Our  object  is  to  break  down  monopoly." 

Evidently  their  method  of  breaking  down  monopoly  was 
to  monopolize  the  whole  business  of  the  town. 

When  we  recall  the  fact  that  all  of  this  vast  assortment 
was  stored  in  one  room  and  sold  over  the  same  counter  we 
must  admire  the  dexterity  of  the  salesman  who  could  keep 
bacon  and  lard  from  mixing  with  the  silks  and  satins,  or  the 
paints  and  oils  from  leaving  their  impress  on  the  broadcloths 
and  velvets. 

Ladies '  bonnets  were  kept  in  stock.  The  saleslady  had  not 
yet  made  her  appearance  in  Los  Angeles,  so  it  was  the  sales 
gentleman  that  sold  bonnets.  Imagine  him  fresh  from  sup- 
plying a  purchaser  with  a  side  of  bacon,  and  then  fitting  a 
bonnet  on  the  head  of  a  lady  customer,  giving  it  the  proper 
tilt  and  sticking  the  hat  pin  into  the  coil  of  her  hair  and  not 
into  her  cranium.  Fortunately  for  the  salesman,  the  bonnets 
of  that  day  were  capacious  affairs,  modeled  after  the  prairie 
schooner,  and  did  not  need  hat  pins  to  hold  them  on. 

The  old  time  department  store  sales  gentleman  was  a 
genius  in  the  mercantile  line;  he  could  dispose  of  anything 
from  a  lady's  lace  collar  to  a  caballada  of  broncos. 

Here  is  the  quaint  advertisement  of  our  pioneer  barber. 
The  pioneer  barber  of  Los  Angeles  was  Peter  Biggs — a  gen- 
tleman of  color  who  came  to  the  state  as  a  slave  with  his 
master,  but  attained  his  freedom  shortly  after  his  arrival. 
He  set  up  a  hair  cutting  and  shaving  saloon.  The  price  for 
hair  cutting  was  a  dollar — shaving  50  cents.  In  the  Star  of 
1853  he  advertises  a  reduction  of  50  per  cent.  Hair  cutting 
50  cents,  shampooing  50  cents,  shaving  25  cents.  In  addition 
to  his  tonsorial  services  he  advertises  that  he  blacks  boots, 
wait  on  and  tends  parties,  runs  errands,  takes  in  clothes  to 
wash,  iron  and  mend;  cuts,  splits  and  carries  in  wood;  and  in 
short  performs  any  work,  honest  and  respectable,  to  earn  a 


202  LOS  ANGELES 

genteel  living  and  accommodate  his  fellow  creatures.  For 
character  he  refers  to  all  the  gentlemen  in  Los  Angeles.  Think 
of  what  a  character  he  must  have  had. 

There  is  often  both  tragedy  and  comedy,  as  well  as  busi- 
ness, mixed  up  in  advertisements.  In  the  Star  of  forty-eight 
years  ago  appears  the  ad  of  a  great  prize  lottery  or  gift  enter- 
prise. It  was  called  the  "Great  Southern  Distribution  of  Real 
Estate  and  Personal  Property,"  by  Henry  Dalton.  The  first 
prize  was  an  elegant  modern  built  dwelling  house  on  the 
Plaza  valued  at  $11,000.  There  were  84,000  shares  in  the  lot- 
tery, valued  at  $1  each,  and  432  first  class  prizes  to  be  drawn. 
Among  the  prizes  were  240  elegant  lots  in  the  Town  of  Benton. 
Who  among  you  pioneers  can  locate  that  lost  and  long  since 
forgotten  metropolis  of  the  Azusa— the  City  of  Benton? 

For  some  cause  unknown  to  me  the  drawing  never  came 
off.  A  distinguished  pioneer  sued  Dalton  for  the  value  of  one 
share  that  he  held.  The  case  was  carried  from  one  court  to 
another  and  fought  out  before  one  legal  tribunal  after  another 
with  a  vigor  and  viciousness  unwarranted  by  the  trivial 
amount  involved.  How  it  ended  I  cannot  say.  I  never  traced 
it  through  the  records  to  a  finish. 

Old  ads  are  like  tombstones.  They  recall  to  us  the  memory 
of  the  "has  beens;"  they  recall  to  our  minds  actors  who  have 
acted  their  little  part  in  the  comedy  or  tragedy  of  life  and 
passed  behind  the  scenes,  never  again  to  tread  the  boards. 

And  now,  in  the  Wonder  City  of  the  West,  it  is  like  hearing 
the  tenuous  voices  of  a  dream  to  read  these  old  advertisements 
and  to  pass  in  memory's  review  the  long  departed  merchants 
of  the  Los  Angeles  that  used  to  be. 


CHAPTER  XI 
THE  PORT  0'  SHIPS 

California  has  a  coast  line  approximately  1,000  miles  in 
length,  with  only  two  natural  harbors.  It  has  bights  innumer- 
able and  many  coast  indentations  that  are  no  more  than  road- 
steads in  which  ships  of  small  burden  might  anchor  safely 
from  a  storm  if  the  storm  were  not  over  violent.  But  it  has 
only  two  natural  harbors— San  Francisco  and  San  Diego. 

Sometime  in  some  far-away  and  forgotten  age  of  the  earth 
a  seismic  disturbance  doubtless  caused  a  mile  or  so  of  the 
coast  line  opposite  the  rocky  farallones  to  sink  into  the  sea, 
the  waters  of  which  immediately  poured  into  a  vast  area  of 
low  valley  lands  and  thus  was  formed  the  magnificent  and 
peerless  harbor  of  San  Francisco.  It  was  so  named  by  Fray 
Junipero  Serra  in  honor  of  the  patron  saint  and  founder  of 
his  order,  San  Francis  of  Assisi. 

And  the  mile  or  so  of  land  that  an  earthquake  sank  into 
the  sea,  thus  forming  an  entrance  to  the  harbor  of  Saint 
Francis  was  fitly  and  beautifully  named  the  "Golden  Gate" 
by  Capt.  John  C.  Fremont,  the  immortal  "pathfinder,"  in  one 
of  his  official  reports  to  the  Government  at  Washington. 

Just  how  the  harbor  of  San  Diego  was  formed  by  Nature, 
we  are  not  aware,  having  seen  no  account  of  it,  but  this  would 
be  beside  the  board,  anyway.  It  is  enough  to  know  that  it  is 
there — the  Bay  of  San  Diego  shining  blue  against  the  sea — 
beautiful  and  lovely,  a  haven  not  alone  for  ships,  but  a  great 
port  in  which  the  armadas  of  the  world  could  assemble  with 
ease. 

We  are  not  to  be  misled  by  the  maps  that  were  made  and 
sent  to  Spain  by  the  ancient  mariners  who  first  sailed  the 
coast  of  California.  If  they  were  to  be  believed,  California 
fairly  bristled  with  harbors.  They  even  mapped  California 
out  as  a  great  island. 

203 


204  LOS  ANGELES 

The  fact  is  that  almost  any  hole  in  the  coast  would  do  for 
a  harbor  for  the  little  tubs  of  ships  in  which  Juan  Rodriguez 
Cabrillo,  the  discoverer,  and  Sebastian  Viscano  and  Sir  Fran- 
cis Drake  sailed  in  the  old  times  of  the  sea.  The  wonder 'is 
that  they  sailed  so  far,  and  made  conquest  of  the  whole  earth, 
indeed,  in  these  little  ships,  aboard  of  which  the  man  of  the 
present  day  would  not  care  to  venture  across  the  quiet  and 
placid  waters  of  the  channel  between  San  Pedro  and  the  Island 
of  Santa  Catalina. 

Wherefore,  we  are  to  observe  that  what  might  be  con- 
sidered a  port  a  hundred  years  ago,  or  even  fifty  years  ago, 
would  by  no  means  constitute  a  port  for  the  great  ocean 
burden-bearers  of  today. 

Now,  as  all  the  world  knows,  the  port  of  the  City  of  Los 
Angeles  is  the  Bay  of  San  Pedro.  And  it  will  doubtless  prove 
interesting  to  know  with  what  favor  or  disfavor  that  indenta- 
tion of  the  coast  was  regarded  by  the  old-timers. 

In  his  log  book,  referred  to  at  more  length  in  an  early 
chapter  of  this  book,  we  find  that  one  Rodriguez  Cabrillo,  the 
discoverer  of  California  and  the  first  white  man  ever  to  lay 
eyes  on  San  Pedro  as  far  as  we  know,  refers  to  the  harbor 
as  being  "a  Port  enclosed  and  very  good."  But,  as  we  have 
previously  remarked,  while  the  Bay  of  San  Pedro  in  the  year 
1542  might  have  been  "a  Port  enclosed  and  very  good"  for 
the  little  galleons  of  Cabrillo,  we  may  as  well  be  frank  to 
admit  that  it  wouldn't  be  anything  like  that  at  all  for  the 
present  day  liners  and  freighters  that  now  find  anchorage 
there  in  ever  increasing  numbers.  However,  Los  Angeles 
cannot  be  so  poor  in  gratitude  as  to  fail  to  remember  always 
that  so  great  a  sailorman  as  Juan  Rodriguez  Cabrillo,  who 
was  also  the  first  sailorman  to  put  into  our  harbor,  was  very 
complimentary  to  it. 

Still,  it  was  always  regarded  as  a  harbor,  more  or  less, 
and  when  a  ship  was  built  at  the  Mission  of  San  Gabriel  a 
century  ago,  it  was  launched  at  San  Pedro  as  being  the  natural 
and  best  adapted  place  from  which  to  launch  a  ship. 

It  seems  that  Sebastian  Viscano  in  the  year  1602  also  re- 
garded San  Pedro  (the  original  name  of  which,  by  the  way, 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  205 

was  San  Miguel)  with  much  favor.  He  also  said  it  was  a  good 
port. 

All  these  ancient  reports  of  San  Pedro,  however,  became 
little  or  not  at  all  known  to  the  commercial  world,  being  buried 
in  the  archives  of  Spain  throughout  the  long  years  of  nearly 
two  centuries  when  California  was  as  much  forgotten  as 
though  the  good  Lord  had  never  created  it. 

But  in  the  year  1835  a  Yankee  sailor  came  to  California 
who  made  San  Pedro  and  all  the  other  harbors  and  ports  of 
California  familiar  to  commerce.  And  the  way  he  did  it  was 
by  writing  about  them  in  a  book  which  was  widely  read  and 
which  had  created,  indeed,  a  profound  sensation.  This  hook 
was  called  "Two  Years  Before  the  Mast,"  and  was  written 
by  Richard  Henry  Dana,  a  Harvard  undergraduate,  who,  on 
account  of  an  affliction  of  his  eyes  which  jeopardized  his  sight, 
put  out  to  sea  from  New  England  on  a  long  voyage  around 
the  Horn. 

Dana  said  that  San  Pedro  when  he  saw  it  first,  eighty-five 
years  ago,  was  not  a  land-locked  bay,  but  rather  one  with 
little  more  than  a  crescent-shaped  shore,  really  an  open  road- 
stead protected  mainly  by  the  outfitting  Palos  Verdes  Hills 
and  the  Island  of  Santa  Catalina  lying  lengthwise  with  the 
coast  and  less  than  eighteen  miles  away.  On  the  bluff  at  the 
foot  of  the  hills,  and  facing  the  sea,  a  wooden  shed  was  the 
only  building  Dana  could  see  from  the  deck  of  his  little  vessel. 
He  wrote  in  his  story  of  this  voyage: 

"I  learned  to  my  surprise  that  this  desolate-looking  place 
furnished  more  hides  than  any  port  on  the  coast.  It  was  the 
only  port  for  a  distance  of  eighty  miles,  and  about  thirty  miles 
in  the  interior  was  a  fine  plain  country  filled  with  herds  of 
cattle,  in  the  center  of  which  was  the  Pueblo  of  Los  Angeles 
— the  largest  town  in  California — and  several  of  the  largest 
Missions,  to  all  of  which  Los  Angeles  was  the  seaport." 

Cargo  from  vessels  was  at  this  time  taken  to  the  land  in 
small  boats,  while  the  merchandise— mostly  hides — taken  in 
exchange  was  rolled  down  the  bluff  and  taken  from  the  shore 
to  the  vessel  in  the  same  boats. 

Twenty-four  years  later  Dana  again  called  at  the  port, 


206  LOS  ANGELES 

and  in  the  following  words  describes  the  changes  that  had 
already  taken  place  in  it: 

"I  could  scarce  recognize  the  hill  up  which  we  rolled  and 
dragged  and  pushed  our  heavy  loads.  It  was  no  longer  the 
landing  place.  One  had  been  made  at  the  head  of  the  creek, 
and  boats  discharged  and  took  off  cargoes  from  a  mole  or 
wharf  in  a  quiet  place  safe  from  Southeasters.  A  tug  ran 
to  take  off  passengers  from  the  steamer  to  the  wharf — for 
the  trade  of  Los  Angeles  is  sufficient  to  support  such  a  vessel. 

' '  I  walked  along  the  shore  to  the  new  landing  place  where 
there  were  two  or  three  storehouses  and  other  buildings  front- 
ing a  small  depot ;  and  a  stage  coach,  I  found,  went  daily  be- 
tween this  place  and  the  pueblo." 

This  stage  line  was  for  nearly  forty  years  the  common 
carrier  between  the  pueblo  and  the  harbor. 

During  this  period  many  Americans  settled  in  Los  Angeles 
and  it  rapidly  became  the  trading  place  of  prime  importance 
to  the  entire  Southwest,  and  the  harbor  section  grew  to  have 
a  population  of  about  3,000  persons. 

The  time  came  at  last  when  all  these  comparatively  small 
traffickings  became  things  of  the  past  and  Los  Angeles  had 
grown  to  be  a  real  city  with  an  ever-expanding  fertile  agri- 
cultural country  back  of  it,  with  a  transcontinental  railroad 
running  into  it,  and  its  affairs  constantly  assuming  huger 
proportions. 

Then  the  open  roadstead  at  San  Pedro  and  the  one  wooden 
wharf  that  ran  out  from  it  wouldn't  do  at  all,  and  Los  Angeles 
was  stared  in  the  face  by  the  solemn  fact  that  it  had  to  have 
a  real  harbor  and  not  one  that  was  merely  a  make-believe. 

And  so,  as  it  had  always  done  when  it  needed  anything, 
it  went  out  and  got  it.  If  Nature  had  not  made  an  honest-to- 
goodness  harbor  at  San  Pedro,  then  Los  Angeles  itself  would 
make  one  there. 

Thinking  upon  things  like  this,  there  are  three  outstand- 
ing facts  of  Los  Angeles  concerning  which  Nature  did  not 
provide  for  it  and  which  it  provided  for  itself.  The  first  of 
these  things  is  the  railroad — a  transcontinental  railroad 
which  was  surveyed  and  was  being  constructed  many  miles 
away  across  the  desert,  leaving  Los  Angeles  stranded  and  not 


208  LOS  ANGELES 

even  within  hailing-  distance  of  it.  But  Los  Angeles  went  out 
to  the  desert  and  said  to  the  railroad:  "Hey,  Railroad,  you 
are  overlooking  a  big  bet;  you  just  turn  yourself  around  a 
little  and  run  over  here  to  Los  Angeles."  And  the  railroad 
did  it.  In  later  times  it  had  no  river  to  supply  it  with  water. 
So  it  trekked  250  miles  over  hills  and  valleys  and  across 
deserts,  found  a  river  flowing  from  the  eternal  snows  of  the 
Sierras,  bought  it  and  paid  for  it  and  turned  it  into  big  pipes 
with  the  result  that  the  city  will  have  water  and  plenty  of  it 
as  long  as  it  lives.  In  the  same  way  it  had  no  harbor  that 
could  be  called  a  harbor.  So  it  just  naturally  went  to  work 
and  dug  out  one. 

When  it  came  to  the  point  that  Los  Angeles  had  to  have  a 
real  harbor,  there  was  a  big  fight  over  it — a  long  and  a  bitter 
fight.    Men  still  not  very  old  can  remember  it. 

The  fight  was  between  the  Southern  Pacific  Railroad  and 
the  people.  The  Southern  Pacific  Railroad  wanted  the  harbor 
located  at  Santa  Monica,  which  would  not  only  be  to  the  rail- 
road's advantage,  but  would  give  that  once  aggressive  and 
pugnacious  institution  control  over  the  commercial  destinies 
of  Los  Angeles  for  all  time  to  come.  The  people  wanted  the 
harbor  at  San  Pedro,  where  it  would  be  owned  and  controlled 
by  the  people.  And,  after  years  of  acrimonious  struggle  and 
bickerings,  the  people  won  their  point. 

The  story  of  the  building  of  the  Port  of  San  Pedro,  now 
known  officially  as  the  Harbor  of  Los  Angeles,  is  of  intense 
interest,  and  we  are  indebted  to  Mr.  Christopher  Gordon  of 
the  harbor  commission  for  a  relation  of  the  following  im- 
portant facts : 

About  1870  the  Los  Angeles  and  San  Pedro  Railroad  was 
built  to  connect  Los  Angeles  with  Wilmington.  This  road 
was  later  transferred  to  the  Southern  Pacific  Company  as  an 
inducement  for  it  to  build  from  San  Francisco  through  Los 
Angeles  and  on  into  Texas. 

This  railroad  construction  naturally  gave  a  great  impetus 
to  the  business  of  the  port,  and  about  this  time  the  United 
States  Government  began  to  take  a  hand  in  improving  it  in 
the  interest  of  navigation  and  commerce. 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  209 

At  this  time  less  than  two  feet  of  water  covered  the  en- 
trance to  the  inner  harbor  at  low  tide. 

In  1871  the  Federal  Government  commenced  jetty  con- 
struction at  Dead  Man's  Island,  with  a  view  to  having  the 
tides  scour  out  a  deeper  channel  to  Wilmington.  This  plan 
was  successful,  and  with  a  little  dredging  and  the  expendi- 
ture of  about  $400,000  such  improvement  in  port  conditions 
was  effected  that  about  1885  a  new  realization  of  the  port's 
significance  was  had  and  a  movement  was  started  to  have  the 
Government  build  a  breakwater  to  protect  the  outer  harbor. 

The  Southern  Pacific  about  this  time  extended  its  Wil- 
mington branch  on  into  San  Pedro,  and  in  1891  the  Los 
Angeles  Terminal  Railway  built  a  railroad  on  Rattlesnake 
Island,  thus  opening  up  the  east  side  of  the  harbor  by  rail 
communication. 

The  Government  then  undertook  to  build  the  breakwater, 
and  this  was  completed  about  1910  at  a  cost  of  $3,100,000  and 
with  a  length  of  11,050  feet. 

Later,  at  its  outermost  end,  a  splendid  lighthouse  was  built, 

During  these  years  much  dredging  was  done  by  the  Gov- 
ernment, not  only  in  the  main  channel  and  turning  basin,  but 
also  in  the  east  and  west  basins,  and  later  a  considerable 
amount  of  dredging  was  done  by  the  city  in  the  east  basin  and 
in  the  Wilmington  and  the  Mormon  Island  channels. 

The  harbor  lines  as  fixed  about  this  time  have  a  length  of 
about  twenty  miles — a  pier  line  frontage  that  can  be  increased 
very  considerably  by  the  dredging  of  slips. 

About  this  time  the  State  of  California  transferred  to  the 
City  of  Los  Angeles  all  its  tide  land  holdings  in  and  about 
the  harbor,  and  these,  after  much  litigation,  became  finally — 
to  the  extent  of  nearly  2,000  acres — the  holdings  of  the  city. 
Of  these  about  400  acres  are  in  the  outer  harbor. 

In  1906  Los  Angeles  extended  its  boundaries  to  the  harbor 
district  towns. 

In  1907  the  first  Board  of  Harbor  Commissioners  of  the 
City  of  Los  Angeles  was  created  by  city  ordinance.  This 
Board  proceeded  energetically  with  the  steps  necessary  to 
bring  the  harbor  district  within  the  corporate  limits  of  the 


210  LOS  ANGELES 

city,  to  the  end  that  the  financial  strength  of  the  big  and 
growing  city  might  be  employed  in  developing  its  harbor. 

Early  in  1909,  by  act  of  the  State  Legislature,  the  con- 
solidation of  the  harbor  municipalities  with  the  city  became 
possible.  As  an  inducement  to  consolidation  the  city  agreed 
to  spend  $10,000,000  in  harbor  development,  and  in  August 
of  that  year  the  entire  harbor  district  became  a  part  of  the 
city. 

In  1910  the  city  voted  $3,000,000  in  harbor  bonds  to  start 
the  work,  and  in  1912,  after  litigation  by  opposing  interests, 
this  money  became  available. 

In  1913  the  city  voted  a  bond  issue  of  $2,500,000.  These 
issues  with  $4,500,000,  voted  in  1919,  making  up  the  $10,000,- 
000  agreed  upon. 

The  events  of  these  few  years  really  constituted  the  birth 
of  a  great  seaport,  and  in  1912  a  newly  organized  board  pro- 
ceeded at  once  to  prepare  for  the  shipping  that  was  expected 
to  come  with  the  opening  of  the  Panama  Canal. 

A  reinforced  concrete  wharf  2,520  feet  long  was  built  on 
the  west  side  of  Pier  1  and  another  400  feet  long  at  the  head 
of  the  west  channel — both  in  the  outer  harbor.  On  the  2,520- 
foot  wharf  was  built  a  steel  and  concrete  transit  shed  1,800 
feet  long  by  100  feet  wide,  with  clear  span,  with  concrete 
fire  walls  600  feet  apart,  steel  smoke  aprons  and  automatic 
sprinkling  system — one  of  the  finest  buildings  of  its  kind  in 
the  country. 

Five  railroad  tracks  and  a  50-foot  concrete  roadway  were 
installed  on  the  pier,  and  a  magnificent  reinforced  concrete 
warehouse,  152x480  feet  in  area  and  having  six  stories  and  a 
basement,  equipped  with  automatic  sprinkler  system,  whip 
hoists,  elevators,  outside  stairways,  cargo  chutes,  two  rail- 
road tracks  inside  the  building  and,  in  fact,  all  that  goes  to 
make  it  the  peer  of  its  kind  in  the  United  States. 

On  Pier  "A"  about  3,000  feet  of  creosoted  pile  wharf 
was  constructed,  and  on  it  four  steel  on  wood  frame  transit 
sheds  all  100  feet  in  width,  single  span,  with  automatic  sprin- 
klers, and  of  lengths  varying  from  500  to  1,000  feet  each," 
with  four  railroad  tracks  serving  them  and  a  50-foot  concrete 
roadway. 


212  LOS  ANGELES 

At  this  enormous  pier  docked  the  American-Hawaiian 
Steamship  Company  and  the  Independent  Steamship  Com- 
pany, and  later  the  Pacific  Steamship  Company,  the  Los  An- 
geles-Pacific Navigation  Company,  the  Williams-Dimond  Line 
and  the  California  Pacific  Steamship  Company. 

At  the  head  of  Slip  5  was  constructed  a  wharf  670  feet 
long,  and  on  it  a  transit  shed  100x530  feet  with  railroad  and 
highway  service,  as  on  the  other  piers. 

Ferry  terminals  were  installed  at  various  places  in  the 
harbor.  A  vast  amount  of  dredging  was  done  in  order  to  fur- 
nish adequate  depth  for  the  ships  that  were  expected. 

A  fish  harbor  was  created  on  Terminal  Island,  on  which 
the  fishing  fleet  could  tie  up  to  a  1,600-foot  wharf  that  was 
constructed  in  front  of  the  area  set  aside  for  fish  canneries. 

A  wholesale  fish  market  was  constructed  on  the  west  side 
of  the  main  channel,  in  which  all  of  the  wholesale  dealers  in 
fresh  fish  could  be  accommodated  on  equal  terms  and  in  a 
perfectly  modern  and  sanitary  building. 

At  First  Street  a  wharf  330  feet  long  was  constructed  and 
on  it  an  umbrella  shed  and  a  two-story  building  to  house  the 
pilots,  the  port  warden,  the  wharfinger  and  offices  for  the 
steamship  company  using  the  wharf. 

On  the  main  turning  basin  was  built,  for  the  Standard 
Oil  Company,  a  wharf  800  feet  long,  and  across  the  way  a 
wharf  for  the  Union  Oil  Company,  while  on  the  breakwater 
a  loading  station  site  was  provided  for  the  General  Petroleum 
Company. 

A  municipal  belt  railway  was  decided  upon,  and  to  date 
some  fourteen  miles  of  this  railway  have  been  built. 

In  addition  to  creating  paved  roadways  serving  all 
wharves,  additional  approaches  to  the  harbor  were  created. 

In  the  midst  of  this  construction  activity  the  great  war 
was  started,  and  as  this  took  nearly  all  ships  from  the  Pacific, 
the  benefits  expected  from  the  Panama  Canal  could  not  ma- 
terialize. As  the  funds  for  harbor  development  were  ex- 
hausted about  the  same  time,  the  work  of  harbor  building, 
in  large  part,  ceased  for  about  four  years  and  until  a  new 
bond  issue  by  the  City  of  Los  Angeles  of  $4,500,000  was  voted 
and  harbor  work  resumed. 


214  LOS  ANGELES 

The  Harbor  Department  operates  on  Santa  Catalina 
Island  its  own  quarry,  from  which  the  rock  needed  for  bulk- 
heads, roads,  etc.,  is  taken. 

It  is  now  installing  the  latest  mechanical  appliances  for 
handling  cargo  with  speed  and  cheapness. 

It  has  plans  of  further  harbor  development  pressingly 
needed  that  will  require,  in  addition  to  the  present  bond  fund 
of  $4,500,000,  another  $10,000,000  at  least  to  complete. 

The  war,  which  took  away  the  shipping,  created  in  the 
harbor  a  large  shipbuilding  industry  consisting  of  two  ship- 
yards with  three  ways  each  for  wooden  ships,  and  two  ship- 
yards with  six  ways  each  for  steel  ships.  It  was  at  least  partly 
the  means  of  locating  the  largest  United  States  submarine 
base  on  the  Pacific  Coast  in  the  harbor.  It  greatly  increased 
the  fish  canning  industry,  an  industry  which  in  and  about  the 
port  engages  seven  or  eight  hundred  fishing  boats. 

The  war  helped  to  increase  the  fuel  oil,  gasoline  and  kero- 
sene business  in  the  port. 

The  war  increased  the  demand  for  raw  cotton,  so  that 
California  and  Arizona  went  into  cotton-growing  with  great 
and  surprising  success,  and  Los  Angeles  Harbor  became  an 
important  cotton  port,  and  port  officials  installed  a  high 
density  cotton  compress. 

A  large  refrigeration  and  ice-making  plant  is  about  to  be 
installed  to  meet  the  growing  demands  of  the  fishing  industry. 

A  vegetable  oil  trading  and  refining  plant  is  being  installed 
to  take  care  of  the  vegetable  oil  business  coming  from  the 
Orient  and  the  South  Seas. 

A  stockyard  is  being  created  to  take  care  of  importation 
of  stock. 

A  supply  of  steam  coal  has  been  provided  in  the  port  for 
bunkering  coal-burning  ships.  The  bunkering  of  ships  with 
crude  oil  is  taken  care  of  by  three  of  the  largest  companies 
in  the  country,  one  of  which  has  an  enormous  oil  refinery  a 
few  miles  from  the  port,  and  another  is  completing  an  enor- 
mous oil  refinery  within  the  harbor  district. 

A  10,000-ton  floating  dry  dock  is  nearing  completion. 

A  new  and  very  fine  fire  boat  has  lately  been  built  and 
brought  into  the  service  of  the  port. 


216  LOS  ANGELES 

The  United  States  Navy  on  the  Pacific  uses  the  port  ex- 
tensively, and  the  flagship  of  the  admiral  has  Los  Angeles 
as  its  home  port. 

The  Globe  Milling  Company  maintains  and  operates  a 
grain  elevator  on  the  main  channel. 

Five  of  the  largest  lumber  companies  have  extensive  yards 
and  mills  on  the  waterfront. 

A  10,000-ton  marine  railway  for  ship  repairs,  etc.,  is 
about  to  be  installed  on  the  west  basin. 

A  channel  to  the  Long  Beach  Harbor  has  been  dredged, 
making  it  possible  to  create  thirty  miles  of  still  water  dockage 
in  the  inner  harbor  alone. 

In  1920  the  following  steamship  lines  operated  to  and  from 
the  port: 

Pacific  Motorship  Company  (Los  Angeles  Pacific  Naviga- 
tion Company,  agents) — Paita,  Eten,  Callao,  Mollendo,  Arica, 
Iquique  and  Valparaiso. 

Los  Angeles  Pacific  Navigation  Company.  Direct  sail- 
ings— Honolulu,  Yokohama,  Kobe,  Shanghai,  Hongkong, 
Manila,  Singapore,  and  return. 

California  &  Mexico  Steamship  Company — Lower  Cali- 
fornia and  Mexican  ports. 

Pacific  Mail  Steamship  Company  (M.  F.  McLaurin,  Inc.) — 
Balboa  and  way  ports.  All  important  Mexican  and  Central 
American  ports.  Also  sailings  for  Havana,  Cuba,  and  Balti- 
more, Maryland. 

Gulf  Mail  Steamship  Company  (Los  Angeles  Pacific  Navi- 
gation Company)- — Guaymas,  Topolobampo,  La  Paz,  Mazat- 
lan,  San  Bias,  Manzanillo,  Acapulco,  Salina  Cruz,  Cham- 
perico,  San  Jose  de  Guatemala,  Acajutla,  La  Libertad,  La 
Union,  Amapala,  Corinto,  San  Juan,  Puntarenas,  South 
American  ports. 

Rolph  Mail  Steamship  Company  (Rolph  Mills  &  Co.) — 
Mexican,  Central  American  and  South  American  ports  as  far 
south  as  Valparaiso. 

South  American  Pacific  Line  (Rolph  Mills  &  Co.) — Mazat- 
lan,  Manzanillo,  Acapulco,  Salina  Cruz,  Champerico,  San  Jose 
de  Guatemala,  Acajutla,  La  Libertad,  La  Union,  Amapala. 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  217 

Corinto,  Puntarenas,  Buenaventura,  Manta  Guayaquil,  Callao, 
Mollendo,  Arica,  Antofagasta,  Valparaiso. 

Toyo  Kisen  Kaislia — Salina  Cruz,  Balboa,  Callao,  Arica, 
Iquique,  Valparaiso. 

Harrison  Direct  Line  of  Steamers  (Balfour,  Guthrie  & 
Co.) — English  ports. 

Norway  Pacific  Line — Scandinavian  ports. 

Johnson  Line  (M.  F.  McLaurin,  Inc.) — Scandinavian 
ports.     (Sailings  contingent  upon  cargo  offerings.) 

Williams,  Dimond  &  Co. — New  York,  European  and  Eng- 
lish ports.     (Sailings  contingent  upon  cargo  offerings.) 

Pacific  Steamship  Company  (Admiral  Line) — San  Diego, 
San  Francisco,  Seattle,  Tacoma,  Victoria,  B.  C. ;  Vancouver, 
B.  C. ;  Everett,  Puget  Sound  ports,  Mexican  and  Central 
American  ports. 

McCormick  Steamship  Company — San  Diego,  Redondo, 
San  Francisco,  Eureka,  Portland,  Gray's  Harbor,  Puget 
Sound  ports. 

Luckenbach  Steamship  Company — New  York  sailings. 

North  Atlantic  and  Western  Steamship  Company — Phila- 
delphia and  Boston  sailings. 

General  Steamship  Corporation — South  American  and 
Australian  ports. 

Swayne  &  Hoyt,  Inc. — West  Coast  and  East  Coast  South 
American  ports. 

Los  Angeles  is  now  known  as  the  great  seaport  of  the 
Southwest.  An  enormous  commerce  on  the  seas  is  assured 
it.  The  fledgling  has  become  a  young  eagle  with  an  eye  on 
half  the  world.  It  shares  with  San  Francisco  and  Seattle  the 
trade  of  the  Pacific — still  in  its  infancy — but  destined  to  grow 
with  marvelous  rapidity. 

It  is  a  municipally-controlled  and  regulated  port,  and  this 
largely  by  reason  of  the  fact  that  it  is  in  large  part  a  munici- 
pally-owned and  operated  port. 

The  rail  haul  to  it  is  shorter  and  is  made  under  better 
operating  conditions  from  most  parts  of  the  United  States 
than  to  other  Pacific  ports. 

Its  water  highway  to  the  Orient,  Australia,  New  Zealand, 


218 


LOS  ANGELES 


the  Philippines  and  Hawaiian  Islands  is  in  the  favorite  Sun- 
shine Belt. 

It  may  be  a  source  of  surprise  to  know  that  the  building  of 
this  haven  has  not  required  an  extraordinary  expenditure  of 
money.  Nature  has  already  done  so  much  to  assist  man  in 
his  labor  that  the  trouble  of  construction  was  rendered  easy. 
The  breakwater  cost  $2,900,000,  and  the  dredging  of  the  inner 
harbor  up  to  the  year  1910,  $1,638,000.    And  think  what  has 


\              X 

1    m  v 

B^LiiJH 

i-pPS?? 

'  •     ,*- 

Steamship  Unloading  Wheat  from  Australia 


been  done  with  that  comparatively  small  amount  of  money. 
It  has  required  five  and  ten  times  as  much  to  accomplish  the 
same  result  in  other  harbors. 

There  will  be  comparatively  small  expense  for  yearly 
dredging  to  keep  the  harbor  deep  enough,  as  is  the  case  with 
most  large  harbors  of  the  world.  This  fact  alone  will  mean 
a  large  saving.  A  great  deal  of  the  money  allowed  by  the 
Government  will  be  used  in  building  proper  fortifications. 

The  necessity  and  importance  of  fortification  construction 
cannot  be  exaggerated.  If  one  but  stops  to  think  how  unpro- 
tected we  are  in  this  section  of  the  country,  one  will  see  the 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  219 

necessity  of  something  being  done  to  strengthen  our  position. 
The  Government  has  spent  millions  of  dollars  fortifying  the 
Atlantic  coast,  but  on  the  Pacific  coast  only  a  very  few  of  the 
most  important  seaports  are  made  safe  from  danger  in  case 
of  war.  There  is  no  reason  why  the  most  thriving  part  of 
the  Pacific  coast  should  be  so  situated  that  an  enemy  can  walk 
right  in  its  door  without  knocking.  A  few  years  from  now 
there  will  be  greater  necessity  for  this  protection,  because  the 
surrounding  territory  is  being  populated  at  such  a  surprising 
rate.  The  safety  of  millions  of  people  will  be  brought  into 
question,  not  to  speak  of  the  danger  to  shipping  as  well  as 
to  the  harbor  itself. 

And  now  to  begin  with  the  advantages  accruing  to  the 
Southwest  through  the  harbor. 

There  has  been  a  steady  growth  from  year  to  year  in  the 
shipping  business  of  Southern  California.  Some  years  have 
seen  a  remarkable  increase,  but  it  has  to  a  great  extent  been 
dependent  on  the  facilities  for  commerce  which  were  devel- 
oped. Most  of  the  products  have  been  exported  by  rail,  but 
large  quantities  have  also  gone  by  water.  Nevertheless,  in 
the  past  we  have  not  had  a  deep  enough  harbor  to  furnish  the 
best  accommodations  for  ships,  and  therefore  could  not  re- 
ceive goods  from  the  largest  ones.  This,  of  course,  hampered 
our  foreign  trade.  Some  of  the  large  harbors  of  the  world 
have  appropriated  large  sums  of  money  to  deepen  their  gate- 
ways. As  for  the  gateway  to  Los  Angeles  harbor  it  will  be 
wide  enough  and  deep  enough  for  many  years  to  come. 

The  trade  of  Los  Angeles  Harbor  is  nothing  to  be  ashamed 
of.  Even  without  the  great  possibilities  which  the  Panama 
Canal  will  open  up  to  us,  we  would  unquestionably  have  a 
great  trade  anyway.  But  when  the  salient  feature  of  the 
great  circle  route  between  the  Panama  Canal  and  the  Orient, 
being  only  seventy  miles  from  the  entrance  of  the  inner 
harbor,  is  taken  into  consideration,  no  one  can  imagine  how 
much  the  harbor  will  mean. 

In  1910  the  crop  of  oranges  and  lemons  amounted  to  almost 
41,000  carloads.  The  tremendous  quantity  of  citrus  fruit  that 
is  shipped  has  to  be  forwarded  by  rail  and  at  a  very  high 
freight  rate.    By  water  this  crop  should  reach  New  York  in 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  221 

from  thirteen  to  twenty  days,  depending  entirely  on  the  speed 
of  the  vessels  plying'  on  the  route.  At  present  it  takes  twelve 
days  by  rail,  but  what  will  the  few  days'  difference  amount 
to  when  the  difference  in  rates  is  taken  into  consideration? 

It  is  expected  that  oranges  and  lemons  will  be  shipped 
to  New  York  by  water  at  the  cost  of  one-third  the  rail 
rate.  The  icing  of  a  car  of  oranges  or  lemons  from  Los  An- 
geles to  New  York  costs  about  $75.  On  shipboard  the  temper- 
ature is  always  very  even,  much  more  so  than  on  land,  and  if 
there  is  any  necessity  for  refrigeration  it  can  easily  be  done  by 
the  circulation  of  a  refrigeration  fluid  by  the  engines.  This 
can  be  accomplished  by  the  use  of  a  very  little  power,  and 
consequently  at  a  very  low  cost. 

AVe  should  also  ship  to  Europe  at  a  considerably  lower 
cost  by  the  all  water  route.  It  is  expected  that  freight  will 
be  sent  to  Liverpool  and  London  by  water  at  the  cost  of  from 
$7  to  $9  a  ton.  The  rail  rate  for  citrus  fruits  is  far  in  excess 
of  that. 

As  far  as  time  is  concerned,  it  takes  three  weeks  for  the 
citrus  products  to  reach  Europe  now,  while  by  the  Panama 
Canal  it  should  not  take  more  than  three  or  four  weeks. 

Thus  it  can  be  seen  that  the  principal  advantage  of  the 
Panama  Canal  is  the  furnishing  of  a  new  and  cheaper  manner 
of  transportation  to  the  eastern  part  of  the  United  States. 
The  railroads  will  have  to  lower  their  freight  rates  to  the 
East,  and  therefore,  traffic  will  be  benefited  in  every  direction. 

Not  only  will  we  have  a  tremendous  trade  with  the  Atlantic 
coast  and  Europe  by  water,  but  there  are  many  things  raised 
in  the  Southwest  which  should  build  up  a  large  commerce 
with  the  Far  East.  Lemons  have  been  sent  to  Japan  by  way 
of  San  Francisco.  Besides  there  should  be  a  considerable  de- 
mand for  dried  as  well  as  deciduous  fruits  in  the  Orient.  But 
one  of  the  principal  exports  to  the  regions  across  the  Pacific 
is  cotton.  In  Imperial  Valley  cotton  is  being  raised  very 
successfully  and  it  is  said  to  be  the  finest  in  the  world.  The 
producers  have  already  had  orders  from  Japanese  spinning 
mills  and  a  number  of  experts  from  Japan  have  visited  the 
field  and  were  well  impressed.  Besides  this,  we  are  in  direct 
communication    with    Texas,    whose    annual    production    of 


222  LOS  ANGELES 

cotton  amounts  to  some  3,000,000  bales.  There  will  certainly 
be  a  sufficient  amount  to  supply  the  needs  of  the  Orient. 

Besides  cotton,  Japan  imports  principally  iron  manufac- 
tures, sugar  and  wool.  All  of  these  are  produced  in  this  part 
of  the  country.  The  imports  of  all  the  countries  in  the  Far 
East  very  much  resemble  these.  They  export  some  very 
valuable  products,  some  of  which  will  be  used  in  the  South- 
west. From  China  we  will  be  able  to  procure  pig  iron  at  low 
figures.  From  Japan  some  very  fine  hardwood  has  been 
shipped,  and  the  oak  which  has  been  received  competes  with 
eastern  oak.  Other  exports  are  silk,  coal,  tea,  matting,  ore, 
bullion  and  camphor. 

The  commerce  with  Mexico  has  gone  to  San  Francisco,  but 
in  the  future  there  will  be  no  reason  on  earth  for  sending  the 
freight  from  Mexican  points  an  extra  358  miles  up  the  coast 
to  San  Francisco,  when  the  same  can  be  landed  at  San  Pedro. 
In  the  new  regions  of  the  west  coast  of  Mexico  the  people 
require  a  large  amount  of  machinery  and  tools  to  develop 
their  land,  all  of  which  Los  Angeles  can  manufacture  and  send 
down  to  them.  Once  we  have  put  in  our  claim  to  this  trade, 
we  will  find  that  a  large  amount  of  produce,  especially  trop- 
ical fruits,  can  be  brought  to  this  place  at  a  much  less  cost 
than  at  present.  For  all  these  tropical  products  we  have  had 
to  pay  a  very  high  land  freight  rate,  because  most  of  them 
came  through  New  Orleans  to  the  coast. 

From  the  west  coast  of  Mexico  we  are  able  to  secure  these 
goods  at  a  much  lower  price  because  we  have  vessels  plying 
regularly  between  our  harbor  and  their  shipping  places.  There 
are  excellent  pineapples,  bananas,  and  beds  of  oysters  five 
feet  thick  to  be  found  there.  These  oysters  are  as  good  as 
any  found  on  this  coast,  and  better  than  some  which  come 
from  the  Atlantic  coast.  In  this  region,  which  is  situated  in 
about  the  central  part  of  Mexico,  there  is  a  great  demand  for 
dried  fruits,  and  all  kinds  of  groceries,  principally  condensed 
milk  and  butter.  Most  of  the  condensed  milk  is  brought  from 
Seattle,  which,  of  course,  means  an  extra  trip  of  over  1,000 
miles. 

In  this  way  Los  Angeles  has  for  years  been  losing  trade 
which  now  logically  falls  to  its  lot.    There  have  been  plenty 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  223 

of  supplies,  but  we  were  hampered  in  our  shipping  facilities. 
The  day  is  soon  coming  when  Ave  will  be  able  to  put  in  our 
claim  for  our  own  trade. 

There  are  great  riches  stored  in  all  parts  of  Mexico,  and 
it  will  only  require  time  and  money  to  develop  them.  With 
the  proper  facilities  for  transportation  and  the  consequent 
opportunity  for  bringing  to  light  the  wealth  still  concealed 
from  the  eyes  of  man,  the  possibilities  for  a  great  trade  be- 
tween those  regions  and  the  United  States  are  enormous. 
Los  Angeles  Harbor  will,  on  account  of  its  proximity  and  the 
excellent  railroad  transportation  to  the  interior  which  it  offers, 
claim  a  great  part  in  this  commerce. 

If  such  a  wonderful  commerce  was  given  to  Seattle  by  the 
discovery  of  gold  in  Alaska,  what  will  Mexico  mean  to  Los 
Angeles  with  its  rich  mineral  deposits  and  also  its  agricul- 
tural products?  In  Alaska  severe  winters  have  to  be  faced 
by  people  unaccustomed  to  them,  but  in  Mexico  one  will  be 
secure  from  cold  weather  and  plenty  of  assistance  can  be  had 
at  a  very  low  rate  from  thoroughly  acclimated  natives. 

The  same  may  be  said  of  South  America,  for  in  many  re- 
spects the  products  are  similar.  There  are  rich  mineral  de- 
posits still  undeveloped. 

In  this  direction  lies  one  of  the  great  openings  of  Southern 
California.  From  the  wonderful  lands  south  of  us  wealth  is 
staring  us  in  the  face.  A  chance  like  this  has  seldom  been 
given  to  any  land. 

Of  course,  Los  Angeles  will  be  the  great  center  of  attrac- 
tion for  tourists.  The  people  who  pass  through  on  their  way 
to  the  Orient  will  stop  for  a  few  days  in  the  magic  wonderland 
and  visit  the  various  attractive  resorts  and  see  the  rich  coun- 
try surrounding  Los  Angeles.  These  tourists  always  bring 
a  large  amount  of  money  into  the  city  and  the  railroads 
derive  a  thriving  business  from  this  vast  increase  of  sight- 
seers. 

Many  people  are  making  the  trip  to  the  Orient  and  around 
the  world  at  the  present  day.  Very  often  they  come  to  the 
western  coast  of  America  and  leave  from  there  for  the  Far 
East.    Most  of  them  make  Los  Angeles  their  final  stopover, 


224  LOS  ANGELES 

because  they  visit  Puget  Sound  and  then  come  down  the  coast 
to  Los  Angeles  by  rail,  through  Portland,  or  they  come  via 
San  Francisco.  They  were  once  forced  to  retrace  their  steps 
to  take  the  steamship  at  San  Francisco,  but  Los  Angeles  can 
accommodate  the  trans-Pacific  liners  now,  and  so  these  people 
take  the  vessels  here. 

In  connection  with  this  another  fact  bearing  on  the  de- 
velopment of  the  Southwest  should  be  mentioned.  It  has 
oftentimes  been  found  difficult  to  secure  labor,  especially  for 
fruitpieking,  and  sometimes  the  labor  secured  has  not  always 
been  the  most  satisfactory.  In  the  future  good  laboring  men 
will  be  able  to  come  via  Panama  at  a  rate  much  cheaper  than 
the  present  one  by  water  and  rail.  This,  of  course,  will  go 
far  toward  increasing  and  unearthing  the  hidden  resources  of 
the  Southwest. 

Manufacturing  in  Los  Angeles  lias  been  increasing  steadily 
every  year,  and  is  taking  great  leaps  now  that  this  is  the 
maritime  city  of  the  Southwest.  Think  of  the  ease  with  which 
we  can  procure  fuel.  Here  we  can  obtain  millions  of  barrels 
of  oil,  on  which  great  sums  are  saved  for  every  barrel  burned. 

Most  of  the  manufactories  and  warehouses  of  the  future 
will  be  located  in  the  vicinity  of  the  harbor.  There  are  ex- 
cellent sites  for  these  near  San  Pedro.  Also  back  of  Wil- 
mington there  is  admirable  flat  land,  on  which  vast  numbers 
of  them  can  be  erected.  A  special  advantage  in  regard  to 
manufacturing  will  be  the  ideal  climate,  which  will  render 
all  labor  easy.  The  men  will  not  have  to  struggle  through 
heavy  snowdrifts  to  reach  their  occupations,  nor  will  they 
swelter  under  a  burning  sun  which  strikes  to  death  with  the 
force  of  its  terrible  rays. 

Until  we  are  finally  prepared  for  receiving  the  vessels,  we 
will  not  be  able  to  half  appreciate  the  great  advantages  which 
we  will  have.  It  will  be  a  glorious  awakening  to  behold  the 
rays  of  the  rising  sun  calling  the  laborers  to  another  day  of 
life-bringing  toil.  And  as  the  great  orb  of  day  rises  higher 
in  the  sky,  at  each  stage,  he  will  turn  the  emerald  seas  to 
sparkling  crystal  as  the  prows  of  a  continuous  stream  of  pass- 
ing vessels  wake  to  life  the  sleeping  waters  of  the  Bay  of 
San  Pedro.     All  day  long  there  will  be  a  bustle  about  the 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA 


225 


wharves  and  docks,  the  loading-  and  unloading  of  vessels,  the 
departure  and  arrival  of  the  great  argosies. 

When  the  evening  sun  sinks  to  rest  behind  the  grim  out- 
lines of  Point  Firmin,  the  giant  guarding  the  harbor,  he  will 
light  the  whole  expanse  with  the  golden  rays  of  his  setting. 
And  perhaps  some  ship  with  sails  spread,  waiting  for  the 
first  touch  of  the  soft  night  breeze,  will  be  kindled  by  the 


Sliding  Out  op  Los  Angeles  Harbor 


glorious  golden  light  shot  through  the   sky  by  the  king  of 
day,  until  those  very  decks  and  sails  seem  aflame. 

Gradually  the  light  dies  down  and  the  ship  becomes  a 
gray  specter  on  the  grayer  sea.  But  the  Southwest,  having 
beheld  that  sight,  will  know  that  another  day  has  passed, 
another  day  that  has  been  a  day  of  labor,  but  labor  fully  re- 
warded, a  day  bringing  in  great  wonders,  and  a  day  carrying 
away  greater  wonders.  Above  all,  and  through  all,  with  the 
throb  of  the  great  liners'  engines,  will  be  heard  the  voice  of  the 
Southwest  singing,  always  singing  of  the  golden  wonder- 
land ;  of  the  land  of  Cathay ;  of  the  land  of  health,  happiness 
and  prosperity. 


CHAPTER  XII 
THE  AQUEDUCT 

In  my  book  "California,"  published  by  the  Grafton  Pub- 
lishing Corporation,  I  made  the  following  statement : 

"The  story  of  the  Owens  River  Aqueduct  is  the  story  of 
a  great  city  builded  on  a  desert  that  one  day  awoke  to  the 
very  serious  fact  that  it  must  stop  growing  or  find  more  water 
for  its  uses.  The  city  did  not  desire  to  stop  growing,  but 
there  was  no  more  water  anywhere  within  sight  that  it  could 
obtain.  It  had  utilized  to  the  utmost  limit  every  drop  of 
water  in  every  stream  to  which  it  had  a  right.  The  city  that 
faced  this  grave  problem  was  the  City  of  Los  Angeles." 

And  also,  here  again,  in  order  to  discuss  the  present  and 
to  forecast  the  future,  we  find  ourselves  compelled  to  revert 
to  the  past — that  beautiful  and  mighty  past  when  were  laid 
the  cornerstones  of  the  commonwealth,  and  when  California 's 
career  among  civilized  communities  was  begun.  Wherefore, 
I  ask  the  indulgence  of  my  readers  to  quote  again  from  my 
book  ' '  California ' ' : 

"In  considering  the  present  and  future  greatness  of  Cal- 
ifornia, the  imagination  constantly  reverts  to  the  first  at- 
tempts that  were  made  at  civilization  and  commercial  prog- 
ress. One  who  knows  and  loves  the  story  of  California  can 
never  behold  the  great  irrigation  ditches  which  wake  to  liv- 
ing bloom  the  vast  stretches  of  opulent  plain  and  valley  with- 
out seeing,  as  in  a  dream,  the  first  uncertain  waterway  which 
Junipero  Serra  projected  in  the  Mission  Valley  of  San  Diego. 
As  one  speeds  now  upon  the  shining  highways  that  link  towns 
and  cities  together  from  end  to  end  of  the  Golden  State, 
memory  stirs  in  the  loving  heart,  the  dream  of  days  when 
the  Mission  hospices,  with  their  flocks  and  herds  on  the  hill- 
sides, and  the  Indian  neophytes  chanting  in  the  harvest  fields, 
awaited  the  welcome  traveller  on  the  King's  Highway.  And 
226 


Headwaters  op  Owens  River,  Source  op  Los  Angeles  Water  Supply 


228  LOS  ANGELES 

thus  Junipero  Serra  stands  forth  the  first  and  greatest  char- 
acter of  which  California  yet  can  boast — her  first  missionary, 
her  first  merchant,  the  first  of  her  empire  builders. ' ' 

It  is  difficult  to  believe  that  Southern  California,  before 
the  coming  of  white  men,  was  really  a  desert.  But  that  is 
what  it  was.  It  is  now  a  great  garden  and  lush  with  bloom, 
its  agricultural  and  horticultural  products  running  into  many 
millions  of  dollars  in  a  commercial  way  annually.  But  when 
the  mission  of  San  Gabriel  was  founded  in  1771,  and  the  pueblo 
of  Los  Angeles  founded  ten  years  later,  water  was  the  least 
plentiful  thing  to  be  found  between  the  Tehachapi  and  San 
Diego.  The  rivers  and  streams  of  the  country  were  then,  as 
now,  dry  streaks  of  sand  throughout  the  long  hot  summers. 

When  Los  Angeles  was  founded  in  1781  there  was  in  sight 
a  quantity  of  water  available  for  domestic  and  farming  pur- 
poses sufficient  only  to  meet  the  needs  of  a  small  community. 
And  everything  was  all  right  in  this  respect  for  many  and 
many  a  year  while  Los  Angeles  remained  a  mere  village, 
sleepy  and  contented. 

It  was  only  when  the  "gringo"  came  and  insisted  on  mak- 
ing a  city  where  it  seemed  that  neither  God  nor  man  ever 
intended  a  city  should  be.  that  the  problem  of  water  became 
momentous. 

It  is  true,  however,  that  by  one  means  and  another,  the 
ingenuity  of  the  engineers  was  able  to  cope  with  the  situa- 
tion. But  the  engineers  were  always  at  their  wits'  ends. 
Every  year  more  and  more  people  came  to  make  Los  Angeles 
a  bigger  town,  but  Nature  did  nothing  to  bring  more  water 
to  it. 

We  can  realize  what  the  situation  came  to  be  if  we  will  go 
back  to  the  year  1905  when  the  population  of  Los  Angeles  was 
in  the  neighborhood  of  200,000  souls. 

In  the  month  of  July  of  that  year  the  city  found  itself 
using  every  day  4,000,000  gallons  of  water  more  than  was 
flowing  into  its  reservoirs.  The  water  commission  found 
itself  figuratively  tossing  on  its  bed  and  spending  sleepless 
nights.  It  sent  out  its  engineers  on  a  quest  for  more  water, 
as  though  by  some  magic  or  miracle  the  rocks  might  be 
smitten  and  heretofore  unknown  springs  might  be  discovered. 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  229 

And  the  engineers  came  back  only  to  say  that  no  possible 
source  of  water  supply  that  could  by  any  stretch  of  the  imag- 
ination be  considered  adequate  existed  anywhere  south  of  the 
Tehachapi  or  west  of  the  range  of  mountains  whose  backbone 
lies  back  of  San  Bernardino. 

It  was  of  the  future  that  these  worried  water  commission- 
ers and  the  engineers  had  to  think.  Los  Angeles  absolutely 
declined  to  cease  growing.  The  experts  estimated  that  by 
1925  Los  Angeles  would  have  reached  a  population  of  400,000 
people.  And  it  would  be  a  city  then  tragically  short  of  water. 
We  can  see  now  that  as  a  matter  of  fact  the  estimate  of  the 
experts  was  entirely  too  conservative.  For,  as  we  are  writ- 
ing this  book  in  the  year  of  our  Lord  1920,  the  population  of 
Los  Angeles  is  quite  600,000,  and  that  in  all  likelihood  it  will 
reach  750,000  in  1925,  the  time  fixed  by  the  experts  for  it  to 
reach  400,000. 

It  was  in  this  critical  year  of  1905  that  there  came  down 
from  the  snows  of  the  high  Sierras  in  the  character  of  a 
Moses,  an  old-time  lover  and  long-time  resident  of  Los  An- 
geles who  had  abandoned  his  old  home  town  to  devote  his 
life  to  ranching  far  away  to  the  north  among  tbe  great  moun- 
tain peaks  of  Inyo  County. 

This  man  was  Fred  Eaton,  sometime  city  engineer  and 
sometime  mayor  of  Los  Angeles. 

The  day  that  Fred  Eaton  came  down  from  the  mountains 
of  Inyo  to  lay  before  the  officials  of  Los  Angeles  his  plan  for 
a  water  supply  is  a  day  that  should  be  set  down  in  history. 
And  Fred  Eaton  himself  must  be  set  down  in  history.  His 
idea  was  to  secure  possession  of  the  Owens  River  with  its 
inexhaustible  supply  of  snow  waters  from  the  high  Sierras 
and  divert  its  course  through  conduits  over  mountain  and 
desert,  a  distance  of  250  miles,  for  the  relief  of  the  city  that 
was  well  beloved  by  him  and  that  had  heaped  upon  him  its 
favors  and  its  highest  honors. 

"With  the  eye  of  the  engineer,  Fred  Eaton  saw  that  in  for- 
mer ages  the  Owens  River  had  probably  flowed  along  the 
eastern  base  of  the  Sierra  Nevada  and  had  emptied  itself  into 
the  Mojave  Sink.  A  rock  uplift,  maybe  a  million  years  ago, 
had  interrupted  this  flow  and  confined  it  to  the  unfathomed 


230  LOS  ANGELES 

basin  of  Owens  Lake,  from  which  today  there  is  no  known 
outlet. 

In  these  statements  concerning  the  Owens  River  Aqueduct, 
I  wish  to  say  that  I  am  quoting  freely,  and  frequently  ver- 
batim, from  authoritative  published  documents. 

Fred  Eaton  was  convinced  from  long  and  careful  study 
of  the  Owens  River  waters  and  the  geological  formations 
hedging  it  in,  that  the  obstacles  standing  in  the  way  of  mak- 
ing the  old  river  available  as  far  south  as  the  San  Fernando 
Range,  near  Los  Angeles,  could  be  easily  overcome  by  means 
of  tunnels  and  siphons,  and  thus  be  delivered  to  the  City  of 
Los  Angeles.  He  was  also  convinced  that  the  project,  if 
carried  to  a  conclusion,  would  develop  electrical  power  of 
immense  capacity. 

Permeated  to  the  very  soul  with  this  great  dream,  Fred 
Eaton  came  on  a  fateful  day  to  Los  Angeles,  and  unfolded 
his  vision  to  the  devoted  officials  in  whose  hands  the  destinies 
of  the  city  were  then  entrusted. 

Eaton  submitted  his  idea  in  the  greatest  secrecy.  His  con- 
suming fear  was  that  his  great  dream  might  become  pub- 
licly known  with  the  result  that  private  commercial  interests 
would  seize  upon  it,  and  that  the  city — which  meant  all  its 
people — would  lose  forever  the  one  supreme  opportunity 
which  was  its  salvation. 

Wherefore,  with  the  utmost  stealth,  and  as  men  going  forth 
on  a  profound  secret  mission,  the  discovery  of  which  would 
spell  disaster,  the  city  sent  its  engineers  to  examine  into  the 
whole  project.  And  when  the  engineers  had  reported  the 
project  to  be  entirely  feasible,  the  Board  of  Water  Commis- 
sioners secretly  acquired  all  the  necessary  options  on  land 
and  water  rights  to  safeguard  the  project  from  every  con- 
ceivable angle. 

The  engineers  estimated  that  to  build  the  aqueduct  an  ex- 
penditure of  $23,000,000  would  be  necessary.  The  tremendous 
cost,  almost  unparalleled  in  the  history  of  American  munici- 
palities, and  the  boldness  of  the  project — bolder  than  British 
dreams  of  Egypt — did  not  for  a  moment  dismay  the  Los 
Angeles  city  officials.  The  officials  knew  their  people — a  peo- 
ple brave  to  do,  and  long  used  to  big  achievement.    And  they 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  231 

laid  the  propect  before  the  people  with  the  utmost  confidence 
as  to  what  the  answer  of  the  people  would  be. 

I  well  remember  that  great  morning  in  the  month  of  July 
when  this  thrilling  dream  of  the  Owens  River  for  Los  An- 
geles was  first  made  public  in  the  columns  of  The  Times, 
where  it  was  published  exclusively.  The  announcement  sent 
a  wild  thrill  through  the  whole  population.  And  no  wonder. 
Here  was  deliverance  and  salvation.  It  was  like  that  time 
in  Canaan  when  Joseph's  brethren  came  back  from  Egypt 
laden  with  corn  to  succor  their  famine-stricken  homes. 

I  think  it  is  safe  to  say  that  upon  the  first  announcement 
of  this  great  news  there  were  no  discordant  voices  in  the 
acclamations  of  joy  with  which  it  was  received.  It  is  true 
that  later  on  the  project  was  bitterly  assailed  from  various 
sources  and  by  various  selfish  interests.  Even  to  this  day, 
indeed,  there  are  to  be  found  those  who  will  say  that  the 
Owens  River  Aqueduct  constituted  an  extravagant  and  useless 
expenditure  of  the  people's  money.  There  are  those  who  say 
that  a  sufficient  water  supply  could  have  been  secured  nearer 
at  hand  and  at  one-tenth  of  the  expense  of  the  aqueduct.  But 
these  carping  criticisms  are  so  childishly  founded  and  are 
voiced  by  those  who  are  so  comparatively  outnumbered  that 
they  may  be  dismissed  with  scant  notice.  The  proof  of  these 
statements  lies  in  the  fact  that  when  the  bond  issue  was  sub- 
mitted to  the  people  for  their  approval  on  September  7, 1905, 
it  was  carried  by  a  vote  of  approximately  15  to  1. 

The  engineers  who  surveyed  and  designed  the  aqueduct 
and  later  built  and  carried  it  to  completion  were  William  Mul- 
holland,  J.  B.  Lippincott  and  0.  K.  Parker.  In  the  actual  con- 
struction Mulholland  and  Lippincott  were  the  active  spirits, 
with  Mulholland  as  the  real  head. 

In -passing,  it  would  seem  that  more  than  this  mere  men- 
tion of  William  Mulholland  should  be  made  in  these  pages. 
In  future  generations  it  will  be  his  name  that  will  be  most 
remembered  when  the  people  of  the  future  recount  with  well- 
founded  pride  the  achievements  of  the  men  who  went  before 
them  in  the  building  of  their  great  city.  In  those  times,  if 
not  now,  some  kind  of  lasting  memorial  in  connection  with 
the  Owens  River  Aqueduct  will  be  erected  in  honor  of  Fred 


232  LOS  ANGELES 

Eaton  and  William  Mulholland — the  dreamer  and  the  doer, 
the  man  who  brought  from  the  snows  of  the  high  Sierras  the 
great  dream,  and  the  other  man  who  caused  the  dream  to 
come  true. 

It  seems  only  natural  that  a  city  like  Los  Angeles  should 
produce  such  men  as  William  Mulholland.  The  city,  besides 
being  a  most  stupendous  practical  achievement,  is  also  a  ro- 
mantic dream.  And  out  of  tbe  romance  of  the  town  comes 
the  romance  of  this  man  Mulholland,  who  rose  from  his 
humble  station  as  the  tender  of  its  water  ditches  when  it  was 
a  sleepy  pueblo  to  become  its  chief  engineer  and  to  stand  in 
the  front  rank  of  the  world's  greatest  engineers  when  the  city 
had  come  to  take  its  place  among  the  great  cities  of  the 
world. 

I  have  been  told  that  when  William  Mulholland  was  a  boy 
in  Ireland,  where  he  was  born,  he  had  a  longing  for  the  sea. 
And  that  he  ran  away  from  home,  and  that  he  was  taken  away 
on  a  ship,  and  that  he  held  to  the  sea  till  he  served  at  last 
before  the  mast  and  became  a  real  sailorman;  that  then  he 
abandoned  his  sea-faring  life  and  came  ashore  in  America 
and  drifted  westward  with  the  restless  tides  that  have  ever 
drifted  westward  in  human  history  and  that  are  westward 
drifting  still.  Until  one  time,  on  a  sunny  morning  when  he 
was  still  young,  he  found  himself  in  the  pueblo  of  Our  Lady 
the  Queen  of  the  Angels,  where,  happily,  he  decided  to  locate. 

Mulholland  secured  a  job  as  "zanjero,"  which  was  the  old 
Spanish  title  given  to  the  man  who  attends  to  water  ditches. 
He  lived  by  himself  in  a  cabin  beside  one  of  the  ditches  which 
were  under  his  care.  He  followed  around  about  the  pueblo  on 
the  trail  of  surveyors  and  the  occasional  engineers  that  the 
community  from  time  to  time  employed.  At  night,  in  his  cabin, 
he  studied  books — books  on  mathematics,  surveyor's  manuals 
and  works  on  engineering.  His  brain  was  alert  and  his  desire 
for  knowledge  of  this  special  nature  was  insatiable.  He 
plodded  patiently  and  with  undaunted  courage.  And,  step 
by  step,  he  rose  in  knowledge  and  ability  and  in  the  confi- 
dence of  the  people.  He  became  superintendent  of  the  city's 
water  system.     He  became  known  far  afield,  and  was  fre- 


PROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  233 

quently  called  into  consultation  to  help  other  engineers  solve 
big  problems. 

And  the  time  came  at  length  when  his  own  city  stood  face 
to  face  with  as  big  a  problem  as  any  city  had  ever  faced  in 
history — a  problem  requiring  the  expenditure  of  $23,000,000 
of  the  people's  money.  And  without  the  least  hesitation,  with- 
out discussion  whatever,  the  whole  project  was  placed  in 
William  Mulholland's  hands  and  he  was  told  to  go  ahead. 

Of  course  Mr.  Mulholland  was  supported  by  the  best  ad- 
vice available.  Three  of  the  most  prominent  engineers  in 
the  United  States  were  at  the  beginning  employed  as  a  con- 
sulting board  to  thoroughly  canvass  the  project.  They  en- 
dorsed Mr.  Mulholland's  report  and  pronounced  his  plans  as 
being  thoroughly  feasible.  It  was  then  proposed  that  a  bond 
issue  of  $23,000,000  be  submitted  to  the  voters,  this  amount 
to  cover  construction.  The  people,  at  an  election  held  June 
12,  1907,  gave  their  approval  to  this  proposal  by  a  vote  of 
10  to  1. 

The  Board  of  Public  Works  then  took  charge  of  work  and, 
in  combination  with  the  Water  Board,  worked  out  a  plan  and 
the  details  of  the  great  enterprise.  The  plan  in  brief  was : 
To  take  the  water  from  the  Owens  River,  35  miles  north  of 
Owens  Lake,  carry  it  through  an  open  canal  for  60  miles  to 
a  large  reservoir,  the  Haiwee,  with  a  capacity  of  20,000,000,000 
gallons,  then  to  carry  it  another  128  miles  through  combina- 
tion of  conduits,  tunnels  and  siphons  to  a  reservoir  at  Fair- 
mont on  the  northern  side  of  proposed  tunnel  through  the 
San  Fernando  Mountains,  the  tunnel  to  be  26,870  feet  in 
length  and  to  be  a  pressure  tunnel  regulated  by  the  reservoir 
at  Fairmont.  From  the  southern  portal  of  the  tunnel  the 
water  would  drop  from  the  rapidly  descending  San  Fran- 
cisquito  Canyon,  where  big  possibilities  for  power  develop- 
ment existed,  and  by  natural  channels,  tunnels,  siphons  and 
conduits,  a  distance  of  fifteen  miles  to  the  San  Fernando  res- 
ervoir and  the  upper  end  of  the  San  Fernando  Valley,  a  total 
distance  of  about  225  miles  from  the  intake  to  the  San  Fer- 
nando reservoir. 

It  was  realized  that  the  long  tunnel  under  the  San  Fer- 
nando Mountains  would  be  the  largest  piece  of  work  in  con- 


234  LOS  ANGELES 

neetion  with  the  enterprise,  and  this  work  was  at  once  started, 
working  from  both  ends. 

The  general  water  plan  of  the  city  is  now  laid  down  roughly 
as  follows:  The  water  now  developed  and  carried  through 
the  aqueduct  is  sufficient  to  accommodate  a  population  of 
some  3,000,000  people.  The  city  has  laid  down  the  policy 
that  no  territory  shall  be  given  the  use  of  its  present  surplus 
supply  which  is  not  prepared  to  amalgamate  with  and  be- 
come a  part  of  the  city.  Large  areas  now  inside  the  incor- 
porated limits  of  the  city  are  still  farming  lands,  and  sur- 
plus water  is  used  on  these  for  irrigation  purposes  at  rates 
which  they  can  afford  to  pay.  Eights  have  been  obtained  for 
additional  sources  of  supply,  and  plans  are  made  for  their 
development  for  future  use.  Preliminary  steps  are  even 
now  being  taken  to  reservoir  the  Long  Valley,  an  immense 
area  and  catchment  basin  many  miles  north  of  the  present  in- 
take of  the  aqueduct. 

The  whole  enterprise  constitutes  a  comprehensive  plan 
fully  capable,  when  finally  worked  out,  of  taking  care  of 
water  needs  of  the  city  of  any  possible  size  in  this  locality. 
During  its  development  there  has,  of  course,  been  much  oppo- 
sition, and  many  legal  difficulties  thrown  in  its  way,  but  these 
have  been  mostly  overcome  and  it  does  not  now  seem  possible 
that  anything  can  mar  the  full  realization  of  the  plan. 

So  much  preliminary  work  had  to  be  done  that  little  other 
permanent  construction  was  under  way  before  the  end  of 
1908.  The  preliminary  work  referred  to  was  gigantic  in  its 
scope.  A  branch  line  from  the  Southern  Pacific  Bailroad  had 
to  be  built  from  Mojave  up  to  the  proposed  line  of  the  aque- 
duct to  connect  with  the  Owens  Eiver  Valley.  Hundreds  of 
miles  of  road,  pipe  line,  power  transmission  line  and  tele- 
graph and  telephone  lines  had  to  be  built.  Fifty-seven  camps 
had  to  be  established  along  the  line,  and  all  their  facilities 
and  equipment  provided  and  installed.  Provision  had  to  be 
made  for  the  vast  quantities  of  cement  needed  for  lining 
conduits  and  tunnels,  and  for  this  purpose  the  city  bought 
thousands  of  acres  of  land  in  the  Tehachapi  Mountains  cover- 
ing the  necessary  deposits  of  limestone,  clay,  etc.,  and  built  a 
cement  mill  with  a  capacity  of  1,000  barrels  a  day.  Large 
areas  of  land  had  to  be  negotiated  for  and  bought  for  the  pro- 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  235 

tection  of  water  rights  and  reservoir  sites,  and  the  land  so 
bought  aggregated  some  135,000  acres. 

After  general  construction  started  in  October,  1908,  it  was 
found  that  in  nearly  all  features  of  the  work  the  rate  of  prog- 
ress was  greater  and  the  cost  less  than  the  engineers'  esti- 
mates. Naturally,  there  were  setbacks  and  delays  such  as  are 
inevitable  in  all  large  works,  but  notwithstanding  these,  water 
was  turned  through  the  full  length  of  the  aqueduct  and  de- 
livered at  San  Fernando  on  November  5,  1913,  where  its  ad- 
vent was  hailed  by  a  great  outpouring  of  some  30,000  citizens 
who  congregated  to  welcome  the  flood  which  insured  the  life 
of  Los  Angeles  as  a  great  city  of  the  future.  As  it  gushed 
from  the  mouth  of  the  outlet,  the  chief  engineer,  William  Mul- 
holland,  was  called  upon  for  an  appropriate  address  to  the 
assembled  citizens.  The  address  consisted  of  the  remark, 
"There  it  is,  take  it." 

A  fitting  finish  to  a  work  well  conceived  and  successfully 
accomplished. 

"When  we  speak  of  the  aqueduct  being  completed  and  ac- 
cepted by  the  city  when  its  flow  was  delivered  to  a  point  at 
the  head  of  the  San  Fernando  Valley,  it  must  be  explained 
that  this  was  considered  a  finishing  of  the  aqueduct  proper 
and  the  further  connection  to  the  existing  city  distributing 
system  was  apart  from  the  building  of  the  aqueduct,  itself. 

As  a  consequence  of  the  bringing  of  water  to  the  city  from 
Owens  Eiver  Valley,  and  of  hardly  less  importance  than  the 
water  itself  are  the  opportunities  made  available  for  elec- 
trical power  development.  In  the  fall  of  the  aqueduct  at 
various  points  on  its  southward  course  there  is  available  for 
such  power  a  total  gross  fall  of  over  2,000  feet.  The  general 
plans  for  the  development  of  this  power  were  recognized 
throughout  the  construction  of  the  aqueduct  and  provision 
made  to  avoid  duplication  of  work,  and  in  September,  1909, 
the  Bureau  of  Aqueduct  Power  was  created  as  a  part  of  the 
organization  of  the  Department  of  Public  Works.  A  con- 
sulting board  of  three  eminent  engineers  was  appointed  to 
pass  on  the  plans,  to  investigate  all  the  power  possibilities, 
and  to  advise  as  to  the  best  methods  of  maximum  develop- 
ment. 

As  a  start  for  carrying  out  the  power  plans,  a  $3,500,000 


Illustrating  Los  Angeles  as  a  Western  Metropolis 

Miniature  of  a  Giant  Photograph  Showing  the  Arrival  of  the  Pacific 

Fleet  in  Its  Harbor 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  237 

issue  of  power  bonds  was  authorized  at  election  in  April, 
1910.  But  this  bond  issue  was  not  available  until  two  years 
later  because  of  court  proceeding's  brought  to  test  their 
validity.  Meantime  it  was  realized  that  this  first  bond  issue 
would  serve  only  to  build  the  initial  plant  for  the  develop- 
ment of  a  small  proportion  of  the  possible  power,  and  if  the 
greatest  benefit  was  to  be  obtained  power  developed  by  the 
city  must  be  distributed  by  the  city.  Consequently,  in  May, 
1914,  an  additional  power  bond  issue  of  $6,500,000  was  voted 
for  the  purpose  of  extending  the  development  work  and  also 
for  building  or  procuring  by  negotiation  a  distributing  sys- 
tem in  the  city  itself. 

Los  Angeles  is  already  finding  that  her  municipally  owned, 
almost  inexhaustible  and  cheap  water  supply,  together  with 
unlimited  and  cheap  electric  power,  is  to  be  the  deciding  fac- 
tor in  making  of  Los  Angeles  one  of  the  large  manufacturing 
cities  of  the  United  States.  Other  contributing  factors,  of 
course,  being  the  climate,  which  makes  almost  continuous 
work  possible,  and  the  harbor,  which  provides  shipping  facil- 
ities to  and  from  all  parts  of  the  world. 

In  the  old  days,  Los  Angeles,  tied  down  by  coal  at  $9  to 
$11  a  ton,  could  not  compete  as  a  manufacturing  city  with 
districts  having  cheap  fuel  available.  Then  came  the  year 
of  California  oil  development  which  reduced  the  price  of 
fuel  more  than  half,  and  manufacturing  began  to  show  its 
head  as  a  possibility.  Now  the  city  is  entering  on  its  third 
year  from  the  basis  of  manufactures,  and  power  development 
and  distribution  now  make  possible  successful  competition  in 
manufacturing  with  any  city  in  the  United  States. 

This,  therefore,  is  practically  the  story  of  the  Owens  River 
Aqueduct.  But  the  mere  relation  of  the  facts  leaves  out  much 
that  the  imagination  must  supply.  It  was  a  bold  stroke. 
Courage  of  the  very  highest  order  was  necessary  even  to 
merely  consider  so  gigantic  an  undertaking.  It  is  not  every 
city  of  the  size  of  Los  Angeles  in  1905  that  would  have  had 
the  vision  to  go  250  miles  afield  over  strange  deserts  and 
under  mountain  peaks  to  corrall  a  river  and  lead  it  captive 
to  its  gates. 

But  it  is  achievements  of  this  nature  that  have  made  Los 
Angeles  what  it  is  today  and  what  it  is  to  be  tomorrow. 


CHAPTER  XIII 

THE  GLORY  OF  THE  SCHOOLS 

We  are  indebted  to  Laura  Grover  Smith  for  the  following- 
very  illuminating  and  inspiring  chronicle  of  the  birth  and 
growth  of  public  education  in  the  City  of  Los  Angeles : 

The  school  in  the  early  pueblo  of  Los  Angeles  was  not  re- 
garded as  an  indispensable  thing  in  a  new  community,  as  it 
was  in  New  England  settlements.  Outside  of  the  missions, 
learning  was  only  fitfully  pursued  for  many  years.  Now  and 
then  an  early  Spanish  or  Mexican  governor  deplored  the  fact 
that  there  were  children  of  school  age  and  that  no  teachers 
could  be  found,  but  the  matter  appears  to  have  gone  no  farther 
than  that  for  a  long  time. 

The  brief  records  of  those  early  times,  as  far  as  "school- 
ing" was  concerned,  are  picturesque  reminders  of  the  easy- 
going days  on  the  great  ranchos  with  more  or  less  indolent 
splendor,  and  later  of  the  outer  circle  of  the  adventurers  of 
'49  who  came  this  way.  It  was  not  until  the  tide  of  immigra- 
tion brought  eastern  men  and  women  from  communities  where 
schools  had  been  established,  that  education  by  way  of  schools 
became  important  in  the  little  pueblo  of  Our  Lady  of  the 
Angels. 

Thirty-seven  years  from  the  time  of  the  founding  of  the 
pueblo,  under  a  Spanish  governor,  Maxima  Pina  taught  the 
first  school.  It  lasted  a  short  two  years  and  he  received  $140 
a  year. 

There  was  a  long  vacation  of  several  years,  and  the  next 
record  found  in  the  early  archives  of  the  city  is  an  item  al- 
luding to  the  fact  that  the  ayuntamiento  had  allowed  the  pur- 
chase of  a  bench  and  table  for  the  use  of  a  school  in  the  pueblo. 
It  does  not  elaborate  the  fact,  but  doubtless  the  bench  and 
table  were  for  the  school  kept  by  Lucian  Valdez  from  1827-32. 
238 


240  LOS  ANGELES 

This  was  the  longest  school  period  under  Mexican  rule,  and 
was  followed  hy  the  inevitable  long  vacation. 

The  school  affairs  of  the  pueblo  were  entirely  under  the 
ayuntamiento,  which  was  all  powerful,  and  its  authority  ex- 
tended indefinitely  from  a  geographical  standpoint.  To  be- 
long to  this  body  was  an  unpaid  honor.  The  only  paid  offi- 
cials in  the  pueblo  were  the  secretary  of  the  ayuntamiento,  the 
sindic  or  tax  collector,  and  the  schoolmaster,  when  there  was 
one.  The  schoolmaster's  salary  was  not  to  exceed  $15  a 
month,  and  the  chief  qualification  and  requirement  was  that 
he  should  not  expect,  and  certainly  must  not  ask  for  an  in- 
crease of  salary.  In  the  latter  event  he  was  to  be  dismissed 
as  unfit  for  the  office. 

In  addition  to  the  long  vacations,  there  were  frequent  short 
ones  when  the  teacher  would  be  called  before  the  ayunta- 
miento to  explain.  It  was  apparently  quite  a  satisfactory 
excuse  to  say  that  the  scholars  had  run  away!  Saints'  days 
were  holidays,  and  each  child's  name  saint's  day  was  invaria- 
bly celebrated,  so  schools,  to  say  the  least,  were  intermittently 
conducted. 

In  1844  Governor  Micheltorena  took  the  matter  of  educa- 
tion in  his  own  hands  and  secured  from  the  state  funds  a 
grant  of  $500  for  any  school  to  be  established  in  the  pueblo  of 
Los  Angeles.  Doubtless  he  was  regarded  as  very  radical,  for 
he  went  so  far  as  to  advocate  education  for  girls.  Up  to  this 
time  girls  were  not  regarded  as  a  part  of  any  scheme  of  edu- 
cation. What  they  learned  at  home  in  the  way  of  embroidery 
and  sewing  were  considered  quite  enough  education  for 
women. 

A  boys'  school  was  soon  under  way  with  Ensign  Don 
Guadalupe  Medina  as  teacher.  He  had  already  been  detached 
by  leave  of  absence  from  his  military  duties.  The  school  was 
conducted  on  what  was  considered  at  the  time  most  modern 
methods.  And  certainly  he  had  an  ingenious  plan  in  teach- 
ing. By  cleverly  developing  a  class  of  older  children  under  his 
immediate  supervision,  these  same  children  were  able  to  teach 
the  younger  ones  and,  in  this  way,  all  of  his  hundred  or  more 
pupils  had  some  benefit  of  direction. 

Among  the  many  good  things  told  about  this  enthusiastic 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  241 

young  man,  is  the  fact  that  he  copied  all  the  reports  of  the 
first  census  ever  taken  in  Los  Angeles.  This  was  in  the  year 
1836. 

Don  Guadalupe  Medina,  to  the  regret  of  the  community, 
was  recalled  to  military  duty  in  1844.  His  inventory  signed 
February  2,  1844,  reads: 

"Thirty  spelling  books,  eleven  second  readers,  fourteen 
catechisms  by  Father  Repaldi,  one  table  without  cover,  writ- 
ing desk,  six  benches  and  one  blackboard. ' ' 

A  side  light  on  the  recall  of  Medina  to  military  duty,  and 
the  consequent  closing  of  the  school,  is  the  fact  that  the  school- 
house  was  needed  by  Pico  and  Castro  for  the  soldiers,  and 
the  bigger  boys  were  expected  to  change  their  pens  for 
swords. 

A  five  years'  vacation  followed. 

Standing  out  in  the  intermittent  teaching  of  these  early 
days  is  the  school  which  was  presided  over  by  Don  Ignacio 
Coronel  and  his  daughter,  Soledad,  in  1838-44.  The  children 
met  in  his  own  house,  which  was  in  the  neighborhood  of  the 
Plaza.  Don  Ignacio  was  a  man  of  ability,  and  the  daughter 
far  in  advance  of  her  day.  She  introduced  in  a  simple  way 
something  of  dramatic  teaching  and  dancing  in  addition  to 
the  usual  accomplishments.  This  was  surely  a  "neighbor- 
hood school"  and  is  a  charming  memory  of  the  early  days. 

In  the  year  1847  there  was  no  school  whatever  in  the  town. 
The  gold  excitement  two  years  later  brought  eastern  young 
men,  who  left  in  passing  through,  at  least  a  sentiment  about 
schools.  But  the  lure  of  the  gold  fields  was  strong  and  the 
population  constantly  dwindled  in  numbers. 

However,  the  feeling  grew  that  schools  were  necessary,  and 
when  in  1850  the  ayuntamiento  was  merged  into  the  city  coun- 
cil, sentiment  in  favor  of  education  crystallized  into  action, 
and  under  American  rule  on  July  4,  1851,  the  first  school 
ordinance  was  signed. 

The  first  teacher's  contract  under  American  rule  was 
signed  by  Abel  Stearns,  president  of  the  City  Council.  It  was 
with  Francisco  Bustamente,  who  naively  agreed:  "to  teach 
the  scholars  to  read  and  count,  and  in  so  far  as  he  was  capa- 
ble,  to   teach   them   orthography  and   good  morals."     The 


242  LOS  ANGELES 

school  year  was  to  last  four  months  and  his  salary  was  $60 
a  month. 

Another  teacher  of  the  early  American  days  was  Hugo 
Overns,  who  condescendingly  agreed  to  teach  a  school  aided 
by  city  funds,  but  the  city  should  only  send  six  boys ! 

The  Rev.  Henry  Weeks  and  his  wife  conducted  one  of  these 
combination  schools,  city  and  private,  for  which  they  received 
$150  a  month. 

During  the  early  '50s  the  school  authorities  and  schools 
were  much  at  sea.  Such  teachers  as  could  be  found  taught 
as  they  saw  fit,  for  there  was  no  uniform  course  of  study. 
They  began  the  day  when  they  were  ready,  and  the  school 
year  lasted  as  long  as  the  funds,  which  was  usually  about 
three  months. 

The  schools,  until  1852,  when  a  tax  of  10  cents  per  $100 
valuation  was  made,  were  either  private  or  partly  supported 
by  the  city.    The  subsidies  were  withdrawn  about  this  time. 

With  the  increasing  immigration  of  eastern  people  over 
the  mountains  and  across  the  plains,  and  the  occasional  ar- 
rival of  a  well-trained  teacher,  the  demand  grew  for  an  organ- 
ized system,  similar  to  that  in  existence  in  eastern  communi- 
ties, and  in  1853,  John  T.  Jones  submitted  an  ordinance  "for 
tbe  establishment  and  government  of  city  schools."  A  com- 
mittee was  appointed  consisting  of  J.  Lancaster  Brent,  Louis 
Granger  and  Stephen  C.  Foster,  with  Mr.  Brent,  ex  officio 
school  superintendent. 

To  Stephen  C.  Foster,  elected  mayor  of  Los  Angeles  in 
1854,  is  due  the  final  and  definite  move  to  establish  free  edu- 
cation in  this  city.  He  himself  was  a  man  of  education,  was 
graduated  from  Yale  College.  In  his  appeal  to  the  public  at 
that  time  he  says  that  "there  is  a  school  fund  of  $3,000  on 
hand ;  there  are  500  children  of  school  age,  and  there  is  no 
school  house  for  them." 

Three  school  trustees  were  immediately  appointed :  Man- 
uel Requena,  Francis  Melius  and  W.  T.  B.  Sanford.  The 
mayor  himself,  Stephen  C.  Foster,  was  wisely  chosen  for  the 
newly  created  office  of  superintendent  of  schools. 

The  year  1855  marked  further  progress  in  the  erection  of 
the  first  public  school  building  in  the  City  of  Los  Angeles, 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  243 

which  stood  at  the  corner  of  Second  and  Spring  streets.  It 
cost  $6,000. 

From  this  time  on  the  school  records  become  more  and 
more  interesting,  for,  connected  with  the  development  of  the 
schools  in  administration  and  teaching  are  many  names  which 
are  as  honored  now  as  they  were  then.  The  builders  of  our 
school  system  builded  well,  and  their  children  and  grand- 
children are  reaping  the  benefits  today. 

Mr.  Newmark,  in  his  interesting  history  of  Los  Angeles, 
tells  of  the  faculty  of  that  little  school  on  Spring  Street.  In 
charge  of  the  boys '  department  was  William  A.  Wallace,  who 
had  come  out  to  study  the  flora  of  this  coast.  Miss  Louisa 
Hayes,  who  was  the  first  woman  teacher  here,  directed  the 
girls'  department.  Among  the  pupils,  Mr.  Newmark  adds, 
"were  Sarah  Newmark,  her  sister  Mary  Wheeler  who  married 
William  Pridham,  and  Lucinda  Macy,  afterwards  Mrs.  Foy, 
who  recalls  participating  in  the  first  school  examination. ' ' 

The  population  during  the  period  of  the  Civil  war  num- 
bered many  southern  sympathizers,  and  sectional  feeling  was 
bitter  at  times.  This  affected  the  schools  in  many  ways.  The 
oath  of  allegiance  was  required  at  that  time  from  the  teach- 
ers of  the  state,  and  has  been  since  then  obligatory,  before 
the  issue  of  certificates.  Many  were  called  to  the  colors  at 
the  time,  and  the  school  attendance  for  that  reason,  and  for 
economic  reasons  as  well,  dwindled  to  350. 

At  the  close  of  the  war  prosperity  began,  and  Los  An- 
geles grew  rapidly,  and  the  schools  multiplied. 

In  1868  the  cause  of  education  was  quickened  by  the  arrival 
of  experienced  instructors,  several  of  whom  became  influen- 
tial in  laying  the  foundation  of  our  present  school  system. 
Among  them  were  T.  H.  Rose,  Wm.  M.  McFadden,  Anna  Mc- 
Arthur,  J.  M.  Guinn,  Prof.  Wm.  Lawlor  and  P.  C.  Tonner. 

The  first  teachers '  institute  ever  held  in  the  County  of  Los 
Angeles  was  called  in  the  year  1870.  The  school  building  on 
Bath  Street  was  chosen  for  the  meetings,  as  it  was  more 
central  than  the  one  on  Second  and  Spring  streets.  William 
McFadden,  who  was  at  that  time  the  first  county  superin- 
tendent of  schools,  was  the  president  of  the  first  institute. 
J.  M.  Guinn  and  W.  H.  Rose  were  vice  presidents,  and  P.  C. 


244 


LOS  ANGELES 


Tonne r  was  the  secretary.     There  were  thirty-five  teachers 
present,  eight  of  whom  taught  in  Los  Angeles. 

It  was  an  interesting  and  enthusiastic  meeting.  It  is  pleas- 
ant to  think  of  the  members  of  this  earnest  little  group  hope- 
fully looking  to  the  future.  They  doubtless  knew  that  their 
world  was  changing  and  the  foundations  they  placed  were 
for  others  who  would  come  over  the  plains  in  the  tide  of 
immigration  to  build  on  the  foundations  thus  reared.  Their 
dreams,  however,  could  not  have  pictured  all  that  has  come 


Old  High  School  Site  op  the  Present  Court  House 


to  pass.  Many  of  the  little  group  lived  to  know  that  their 
achievement,  in  the  day  of  small  things,  formed  the  corner 
stone  of  our  present  fine  educational  system. 

In  1872,  where  now  stands  the  courthouse,  a  school  build- 
ing was  erected  which  for  some  years  was  used  by  the  first 
high  school.  This  was  built  under  the  benefit  of  the  first 
school  bond  issue,  which  was  for  $20,000.  This  building  was 
afterwards  moved  and  is  now  the  California  Street  School. 

In  1873,  for  the  first  time  in  the  history  of  the  city  schools, 
a  professional  teacher  was  appointed  to  the  office  of  super- 
intendent of  schools,  Dr.  W.  T.  Lucky,  ex-president  of  the 
State  Normal  School.  It  was  a  most  fortunate  choice,  and 
under  his   supervision  the  school  system  expanded  rapidly 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  245 

into  a  fine  and  orderly  arrangement  of  graded  school  follow- 
ing- established  systems  in  existence  in  other  cities. 

In  the  previous  twenty  years  of  the  school  system,  super- 
intendents were  never  by  chance  teachers.  Among  them  were 
men  distinguished  in  other  walks  of  life,  lawyers,  doctors, 
clergymen  and  merchants. 

In  1875  the  first  graduating  class  from  a  high  school  in  the 
city  made  its  bow  to  the  world  in  the  old  "Los  Angeles  High." 
The  following  named  composed  the  graduating  class :  Henry 
O  'Melveny,  Henry  Leek,  Yda  Addis,  Addie  Gates,  Jessie  Piel 
and  Lillian  Millikeu. 

From  1853  to  1866  the  common  council  appointed  the  mem- 
bers of  the  board  of  education  and  the  superintendent  of 
schools.  From  1866  to  1870  both  the  board  and  superintendent 
were  elected  by  popular  vote.  In  1870  it  was  discovered  that 
there  was  no  provision  under  the  existing  law  for  electing  a 
superintendent,  so  the  office  was  abolished  for  a  period  of 
two  years.  Then,  in  1872,  by  a  special  act  of  the  Legislature, 
it  was  made  legal  to  elect  a  board  of  education  consisting  of 
five  members  with  power  to  appoint  a  superintendent. 

It  was  the  custom  from  that  time  until  1881  to  elect  the 
principal  of  the  high  school  to  the  office  of  superintendent  of 
schools. 

In  1903  the  city  charter  was  changed  to  provide  for  a 
non-partisan  board  of  education  consisting  of  seven  mem- 
bers to  be  elected  at  large  from  the  city.  The  first  board 
members  to  be  elected  were  John  D.  Bicknell,  Joseph  Scott, 
S.  M.  Guinn,  Jonathan  S.  Slauson,  Charles  C.  Davis,  Emmett 
H.  Wilson  and  W.  J.  Washburn. 

The  first  annual  school  report  was  published  in  1881,  under 
the  superintendency  of  J.  M.  Guinn.  Each  year  since  then  the 
record  has  been  an  eventful  one.  Every  superintendent  has 
matched  with  the  progress  of  the  schools  in  other  states,  and 
each  one  has  left  to  the  school  system  a  wealth  of  organized 
ideas  and  fine  ideals  which  have  been  followed.  They  have 
kept  constantly  in  line  with  every  advancement  in  ethics  and 
science. 

In  1884  the  course  of  study  in  the  high  school,  the  only  one 
at  that  time,  was  so  graded  that  a  graduate  from  the  school 


246  LOS  ANGELES 

could  enter  with  full  credits  any  department  of  the  state 
university. 

Until  1895  the  only  special  branch  taught  was  drawing. 
Many  things  are  taught  now  from  the  kindergartens  to  the 
high  schools,  of  which  the  philosophers  of  that  day  did,  not 
dream.  Step  by  step  they  have  been  added  as  the  progress 
of  the  world  has  made  its  demands. 

The  kindergarten  was  regularly  established  as  part  of  the 
school  system  in  1889.  Madame  Severance,  whose  memory 
is  still  so  highly  venerated  in  the  community,  was  instru- 
mental in  bringing  the  first  kindergartener  to  the  city  in  1871, 
a  Miss  Marwedel.  She  came  at  the  request  of  Madame  Sev- 
erance, and  in  her  practice  school  was  assisted  by  Miss  Kate 
Smith,  who  afterwards  became  Mrs.  Kate  Douglas  Wiggin, 
since  a  popular  American  author  whose  books  are  now  on  the 
shelves  of  all  the  school  libraries. 

Music  was  added  to  the  list  of  recognized  school  assets  in 
1885.  Today  in  every  school  of  the  city  it  has  become  an 
important  branch  of  education.  One  has  but  to  hear  the  or- 
chestras, the  glee  clubs  and  the  chorus  of  any  school  to  know 
the  value  of  the  department. 

In  many  cases,  probably  in  most  cases,  this  musical  train- 
ing is  all  that  the  children  of  many  families  are  ever  able  to 
afford.  This  study  is  of  economic  value  in  affording  joy  in 
school  work,  recreation  at  all  times,  and  often  employment  as 
the  children  grow  older.  The  ever  willing  orchestra  is  pres- 
ent at  every  school  function  and  aids  much  in  the  good  fellow- 
ship. The  study  includes  collaterally  a  knowledge  of  music, 
a  familiarity  with  the  great  composers  and  much  else  of  cul- 
tural value. 

Night  schools  were  established  in  1887.  The  first  idea 
in  their  establishment  was,  to  some  extent,  philanthropic. 
It  has  expanded  far  beyond  this,  and  today  the  plan  as  car- 
ried out  has  become  a  civic  necessity. 

From  a  philanthropic  standpoint,  the  plan  was  to  afford 
a  chance  of  continuing  school  to  those  who  had  been  obliged 
to  interrupt  their  education  or  had  neglected  earlier  oppor- 
tunities. It  was  soon  found  there  were  also  many  in  the  com- 
munity who  wished  to  add  to  their  working  efficiency  a  knowl- 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  247 

edge  which  was  along  more  scientific  lines.  Many  who  are 
at  work  at  various  trades  have  availed  themselves  of  the 
privileges  and  opportunities  of  the  night  schools,  and  have 
appreciated  the  chance  as  perhaps  only  those  can  who  realize 
what  it  means. 

Among  the  many  schools  of  this  kind  now  in  Los  Angeles 
is  one  of  special  interest.  It  is  called  the  Maple  Avenue  Eve- 
ning High  School  and  is  conducted  in  the  Labor  Temple.  The 
course  of  study  is  a  typical  one  and  embraces  art,  American- 
ization, music,  electricity,  mechanical  drawing,  plumbing, 
sheet  metal  work,  power  machine  operation,  Spanish,  vulcan- 
izing and  welding.  Those  who  avail  themselves  of  this  school 
are  for  the  most  part  adults  and  fully  alive  to  the  democracy 
of  the  school  and  very  much  in  earnest  in  the  pursuit  of  their 
studies. 

All  the  evening  high  schools  are  largely  vocational 
schools,  although  not  receiving  state  aid,  as  the  day  schools 
under  the  Smith-Hughes  Act.  Los  Angeles  in  the  field  of  these 
schools  is  unique  in  the  localizing  of  vocational  education. 
For  example,  the  practical  study  of  the  oil  industry  as  a  vo- 
cational possibility,  and  the  study  of  sugar  chemistry,  the 
production,  and  economic  side  of  the  raising  of  sugar  beets 
and  the  commercial  possibilities  of  the  same. 

The  night  school  at  Polytechnic  High  School  is  a  beehive 
of  varied  industries.  An  infinite  variety  of  subjects  is  taught 
to  the  classes,  the  members  of  which  are  either  acquiring  a 
vocation  technically  and  academically  or  availing  themselves 
of  the  opportunity  to  strengthen  the  weak  places  in  their 
trades  and  vocations. 

This  is  true,  similarly,  in  the  other  evening  schools  which 
are  adapting  the  course  of  study  to  the  needs  of  the  com- 
munity. 

The  elementary  evening  schools  are  also  most  interesting. 
These  schools  are  really  community  centers  where  a  chance  is 
given  to  adults  to  acquire  an  elementary  education.  The 
course  of  study  in  these  schools  is  necessarily  simple  and 
elastic,  adapted  to  the  foreigner  who  does  not  speak  English 
nor  understand  the  laws  of  his  adopted  country.    The  teach- 


248  LOS  ANGELES 

ing  is  a  friendly  step-by-step  teaching  of  simple  things  and  is, 
of  course,  the  beginning  of  Americanization. 

In  addition  to  the  classes  held  in  the  schools,  many  of 
them  are  in  labor  camps,  laundries,  factories  and  in  large 
boarding  houses  of  men. 

Another  feature  of  the  Los  Angeles  schools  is  the  welP 
developed  and  scientific  treatment  of  the  various  types  of  the 
backward  child.  Each  child  under  this  system  who  fails  to 
fit  in  with  the  school's  scheme  of  work  is  taken  out  of  the 
regular  grade  and  put  in  a  special  grade  in  a  room  some- 
times called  an  "opportunity"  room,  for  here  the  backward 
child,  the  timid  child  or  the  child  who  is  developed  along  one 
line  and  not  another,  may  be  brought  into  normality.  These 
children  vary  in  degree  from  a  slight  subnormality  to  the  so- 
called  "defective."  Each  one  has  a  chance,  and  by  careful 
study  and  treatment  the  children  frequently  advance  to  their 
grades  in  the  schools  and  become  useful,  normal  members  of 
the  human  family. 

The  first  class  in  this  department  was  started  in  Septem- 
ber, 1900,  and  was  called  an  "ungraded"  class.  There  are 
now  about  150  of  these  ungraded  classes.  There  are  also 
about  ten  classes  of  what  come  under  the  head  of  "defective" 
children.  These  are  taught  according  to  individual  capacity 
and  developed  as  far  as  possible.  In  this  line  of  the  care  of 
children  modern  scientific  tests  are  applied  and  the  exact 
grade  of  mentality  is  ascertained.  The  teaching  follows  the 
grading  of  normality  and  subnormality  in  the  most  careful 
and  considerate  manner. 

There  is  also  the  truant  child,  who  is  often  a  lover  of  ad- 
venture and  a  rebel  against  conventions.  The  restraint  of 
schools,  with  the  necessaiy  rules,  irritates  him  into  a  state  of 
absolute  resistance  to  all  law.  If  this  quality  can  be  cor- 
rected before  it  becomes  chronic  and  develops  into  lawless- 
ness, a  fine  member  of  human  society  may  be  saved. 

There  are  others  who  need  special  moral  teaching  and  for 
whom  particular  classes  are  arranged.  These  children  are 
by  no  means  bad  children,  but  they  go  through  a  time  when  the 
slant  is  not  quite  right,  and  when  proper  advice  and  sympa- 
thetic treatment  and  new  outlook  are  necessary.    Over  90  per 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  249 

cent  of  these  children  make  good  and  are  able  to  go  on  with 
school  work,  associating  with  other  children  and  obeying  the 
law  which  they  have  learned  to  respect. 

In  1905  a  class  was  started  for  deaf  children.  There  are 
about  seventy  children  in  the  city  at  this  date  needing  this 
special  education.  There  are  a  number  of  classes  for  them, 
where  they  are  taught  the  oral  system  along  the  most  up-to- 
date  lines.  It  is  gratifying  to  know  that  these  children  keep 
up  with  their  grades  and  often  reach  the  high  schools,  pur- 
suing the  course  of  study  as  effectively  as  the  normal  child. 

There  are  also  classes  for  the  blind  where  the  children  are 
taught  by  the  latest  methods  and  develop  as  rapidly  as  their 
handicap  permits.  All  the  teachers  of  these  handicapped 
classes  must,  and  do  supplement  their  ability  as  teachers  with 
rare  sympathy  and  understanding. 

In  September,  1899,  what  is  called  "domestic  science," 
which  includes  cooking  and  sewing,  was  inti'oduced  into  the 
schools.  This  has  grown  into  one  of  the  important  branches 
of  modern  educational  work  in  all  the  schools  of  the  country. 
The  plan  is  carried  out  from  the  lower  schools  to  the  higher, 
where  in  its  scientific  development  it  emerges  into  commer- 
cial application  when  desired,  and  at  all  times  into  the  sci- 
entific management  of  the  home.  Every  department  of  house- 
keeping is  scientifically  taught.  The  larger  housekeeping,  the 
economic  questions  in  buying  for  the  home,  and  outdoor  work 
connected  with  the  household,  come  under  this  study.  Beau- 
tifying the  home  and  interior  decoration  also  belong  in  this 
department.  The  study  of  textiles,  the  prices  and  the  prin- 
ciples underlying  the  clothing  of  the  family,  is  incorporated 
also. 

In  1907  the  health  and  development  department  of  the 
public  schools  was  fully  organized.  As  the  name  suggests, 
this  department  is  concerned  in  the  physical  welfare  of  the 
children.  A  competent  staff  of  physicians  and  nurses  is 
maintained,  whose  duty  it  is  to  observe  and  care  for  defects 
of  eyesight,  hearing,  breathing,  posture  and  anything  else 
that  may  not  be  normal. 

Formerly  a  near-sighted  child  would  fall  behind  for  many 
school  terms,  because  he  had  never  been  able  to  see  properly. 


250  LOS  ANGELES 

Adenoids  and  faulty  posture  prevented  right  breathing  and 
there  was  a  consequent  loss  of  force.  This  department  is  one 
largely  of  reclamation.  There  are  many  children  whose  de- 
fects might  never  be  discovered  but  for  the  watchfulness  on 
the  part  of  the  doctors  and  nurses  of  this  department,  and  the 
majority  of  cases  are  easily  remedied.  The  children  are  thus 
given  an  opportunity  to  be  normal  and  to  pursue  their  studies 
under  average  conditions  instead  of  below  average. 

Morally  this  medical  and  nursing  staff  is  of  great  aid  to 
the  schools,  for  it  is  a  vital  necessity  at  times  to  interpret 
problems  along  scientific,  pathological  and  medical  lines. 

During  the  influenza  epidemics  of  the  years  1918-19,  the 
medical  department  of  the  public  schools  rendered  great  as- 
sistance to  the  city  health  officers. 

Possibly  growing  out  of  this  department,  and  certainly 
working  with  it,  is  the  physical  training  department  of  the 
public  schools,  which  was  established  in  1909.  This  extends 
from  the  grades  to  the  high  schools  in  an  ascending  scale  of 
application  from  simple  gymnastics  to  the  more  elaborate 
work  of  the  upper  schools.  Physical  training  directors  with 
the  older  boys  and  girls  are  able  to  do  much  in  the  way  of 
forming  healthy  minds  as  well  as  healthy  bodies.  Their  work 
has  decided  ethical  value  in  the  making  of  a  healthy  citizen- 
ship. 

In  1910  the  manual  training  which  had  been  introduced 
in  the  schools  in  1896  was  extended  to  include  elementary 
schools.  It  now  embraces  all  the  grades  from  the  very  young 
children  to  those  in  the  high  school.  An  infinite  variety  of 
hand  work  is  taught  from  very  simple  things  to  articles  which 
might  have  a  trade  value.  The  wide  range  from  cooking  to 
carpentry  includes  all  ages,  and  both  boys  and  girls. 

Manual  training  has  definitely  proven  that  a  human  being 
is  never  fully  rounded  out  until  he  can  co-ordinate  both  the 
brain  and  hands.  To  do  hand  work  or  brain  work  only  is  to 
do  neither  completely.  There  is  a  definite  relation  between 
hand  and  head  which  modern  systems  of  education  recognize. 

The  several  neighborhood  schools  in  our  city  are  exactly 
what  their  name  implies.  Each  school  is  a  social  center,  a 
community  house,  and  a  place  from  which  the  American  idea 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  251 

must  radiate.  The  activities  of  each  center  might  be  called  a 
"continuous  performance" — all  day  and  every  day  and  dur- 
ing the  vacations  with  the  work  of  the  supervised  playgrounds. 

These  schools  belong  to  all  the  people,  including  the  fam- 
ily from  the  baby  to  the  father  and  mother.  Fathers  come  in 
the  evening  to  learn  the  elements  of  reading,  writing  and 
arithmetic,  mothers  come  in  the  daytime  with  their  babies,  if 
they  wish,  and  learn  to  speak  English,  as  well  as  how  to  take 
care  of  the  baby,  and  how  to  make  American  clothes  for  the 
children  and  take  care  of  the  little  homes. 

Day  nurseries  are  maintained  where  the  mothers  may 
leave  the  children,  and  where  the  "little  mother" — the  little 
girl  who  has  to  take  care  of  brother  or  sister — may  be  relieved 
of  care  while  she  is  at  school.  The  studies  are  adapted  to 
community  needs,  and  the  school  becomes  a  kindly  socializ- 
ing agent. 

In  each  school  is  a  chart  showing  the  housing  conditions 
of  the  neighborhood,  in  all  the  details.  These  are  guides  in 
many  ways  and  explain  the  conditions  under  which  the  school 
may  often  solve  its  problems.  Cafeterias  in  these  schools,  in 
addition  to  the  scientific  feeding  of  the  children,  provide  food 
at  under  minimum  cost.  There  are  open  air  rooms  for  the 
benefit  of  tubercular  and  other  delicate  children,  where  they 
are  fed  three  or  four  times  each  day.  A  careful  record  of 
the  weight  of  a  child  is  kept,  and  often  by  the  feeding  and 
care,  it  is  restored  to  strength.  There  are,  too,  the  ungraded 
rooms  in  which  the  individual  development  of  the  child  is  care- 
fully considered. 

These  schools  afford  much  in  the  way  of  community  recrea- 
tion in  the  parties,  festivals,  their  own  "movies"  and  the 
playgrounds. 

Home  teaching  comes  under  the  head  of  these  neighbor- 
hood schools.  The  teacher  is  really  a  sympathetic  visitor  who 
goes  to  the  home,  enters  into  the  problems  of  the  father, 
mother  and  children,  assisting  them  often  in  the  complexities 
of  life  in  a  new  and  strange  city.  To  bring  all  the  family  to 
the  school  is  her  main  object.  It  is  so  often  the  case  that  a 
bright  child  who  easily  acquires  a  language  and  a  knowledge  of 
the  country  before  the  parents  (especially  the  hard-working 


252  LOS  ANGELES 

mother),  lias  a  sophisticated  contempt  for  them.  One  of  the 
great  pleasures  of  the  work  is  to  realize  the  joy  it  gives  a 
mother  to  stand  well  in  the  sight  of  her  quickwitted  children. 

These  schools  are  cosmopolitan  to  the  last  degree,  and  are 
the  great  ''melting  pots"  of  our  Los  Angeles. 

In  speaking  of  these  special  departments  one  does  not  for- 
get that  they  are  the  modern  improvements  on  the  old  aca- 
demic system.  The  academic  side  of  the  schools  has  been 
correspondingly  developed  and  always  emphasized.  Founda- 
tion principles  are  the  things  that  come  first,  and  education 
and  training  of  the  mind  is  always  the  first  consideration,  aa 
the  courses  of  study  so  carefully  arranged  for  each  school 
amply  testify.    All  other  things  follow. 

To  the  elementary  schools  have  come  many  improvements 
working  out  the  theory  of  modern  education.  There  is  a 
growing  conviction  that  the  time  to  begin  the  work  of  making 
a  good  citizen  is  the  first  day  the  child  goes  to  school.  This 
day  is  a  prophecy  and  promise  of  an  all-around  education 
which  our  democracy  offers.  The  elementary  teacher,  there- 
fore, and  the  elementary  school  are  becoming  more  important 
each  year. 

Los  Angeles  is  one  of  the  first  cities  to  have  intermediate 
schools.  To  these  schools,  children  of  the  seventh,  eighth  and 
ninth  grades  go.  The  plan  was  an  educational  experiment 
which  has  worked  successfully.  The  concensus  of  opinion 
among  educators  is  that  it  has  broadened  the  school  and 
increased  the  activity.  Fewer  children,  as  a  result,  have 
dropped  out  of  school  at  the  end  of  the  eighth  grade.  It  is 
obviously  much  better  that  a  child  at  the  age  which  is  average 
in  the  eighth  grade  should  remain  for  another  year  with 
younger  children.  This  bridges  over  the  wide  disparity  be- 
tween the  grade  child  and  the  high  school  student. 

Children  of  the  usual  ninth  grade  age  require  careful  con- 
sideration which  is  somewhat  easier  when  they  are  with 
younger  children  rather  than  older.  From  the  standpoint  of 
the  adolescent  child  the  school  as  adopted  in  Los  Angeles 
embracing  the  three  grades  has  been  a  marked  success. 

There  is  no  city  in  the  United  States  where  so  large  a  per- 
centage of  young  people  go  to  the  high  schools  and  finish  the 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  253 

course  as  in  Los  Angeles.  This  has  always  been  true  here, 
but  since  the  war  there  has  been  a  marked  increase  in  enroll- 
ment, due  not  only  to  the  revelation  of  tbe  draft  showing  the 
illiteracy  prevailing  in  the  country,  but  to  the  conviction  now 
universally  recognized,  tbat  the  man  or  woman  with  an  edu- 
cation is  much  more  efficient. 

Los  Angeles  may  well  be  proud  of  the  beautiful  high  school 
buildings  and  the  work  accomplished  in  the  wide  range  of 
subjects  in  the  various  courses  of  study.  The  courses  vary 
in  the  different  schools,  owing  somewhat  to  their  localities. 
For  instance,  the  course  in  shipbuilding  is  included  in  the 
San  Pedro  High  School,  at  Gardena  agriculture  is  specialized 
in,  at  the  Polytechnic  there  is  a  wide  range  of  technical  sub- 
jects, while  Los  Angeles  High  and  Hollywood  pay  special  at- 
tention to  academic  work. 

Even  before  the  development  of  the  vocational  work  which 
now  exists  in  our  public  schools  under  the  Smith-Hughes  Act, 
the  courses  of  study  in  the  high  schools  had  been  worked  out, 
which  in  a  measure  tended  to  lead  up  to  the  business  of  life 
both  technically  and  academically. 

Over  the  gateway  of  Lincoln  High  School  is  the  most  sig- 
nificant word  in  education,  ' '  Opportunity ! "  It  is  a  word  to 
thrill  us  who  live  in  the  United  States  where  so  much  is  offered 
free  and  where  the  most  democratic  thing  that  exists  is  the 
public  school. 

Citizenship  is  the  all-embracing  subject  from  the  kinder- 
garten to  the  highest  grade.  It  is  taught  to  the  little  ones, 
beginning  with  the  story  of  the  flag  and  the  oath  of  allegiance 
and  follows  through  all  the  grades.  Civics  and  statesmanship 
are  studied  in  the  upper  grades,  holding  the  ideal  always  of 
the  duties  and  privileges  of  the  American  citizen.  This  study 
is  the  open  door  through  which  a  foreigner  must  enter,  and 
our  schools  are  carrying  the  burden  of  Americanization  of 
the  country. 

Los  Angeles  was  the  first  city  where  the  school  training 
given  along  the  line  of  Americanization  was  recognized  by  the 
Federal  Government,  and  a  certificate  testifying  to  a  certain 
course  given  in  the  schools  entitles  the  foreigner  receiving  it 
to  naturalization  papers. 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  255 

It  is  ancient  history  to  speak  of  the  mothers '  clubs,  which 
were  first  organized  in  1898-9.  From  this  beginning  has  come 
the  Parent-Teachers  organization,  which  has  become  a  part 
of  the  school  system.  In  recognizing  this  organization  as  a 
definite  part  of  school  work,  Los  Angeles  is  unlike  most  cities. 

This  association  in  every  way  stands  back  of  school  work. 
The  members  take  care  of  the  poorer  children  in  the  way  of 
clothing,  and  the  clinics  maintained  by  them  have  been  of 
great  value.  They  are  generous  in  their  gifts  whenever 
needed,  and  have  carried  on  many  helpful  things,  especially 
in  the  neighborhood  schools.  The  work  they  do  is  of  great 
understanding,  for  only  mothers  can  know  the  problems  of 
other  mothers.  The  various  schools  needing  assistance  on 
what  might  be  called  "motherly"  lines,  have  only  to  appeal 
to  the  Parent-Teachers. 

"What  the  Los  Angeles  schools  accomplished  during  the1 
"World  war  is  a  matter  of  school  history  and  should  be  a 
matter  of  pride  to  the  citizens.  It  demonstrated  effectively 
the  immense  power  of  organization  and  system.  The  quick- 
ness with  which  it  could  be  mobilized  and  the  records  of  the 
war  years  show  the  enormous  part  the  schools  played  in  win- 
ning the  war,  both  by  way  of  the  application  of  subjects  taught 
to  the  needs  of  the  hour  and  the  larger  opportunity  the  schools 
afforded  for  reaching  the  homes  in  lessons  of  patriotism, 
thrift  and  conservation. 

It  was  a  gratifying  revelation  to  know  what  the  schools 
are  accomplishing  all  the  time  and  an  inspiration  to  observe 
how  quickly  the  scliool  power  could  be  utilized  and  diverted 
in  practical  answer  to  the  country's  call. 

In  1917,  as  soon  as  this  country  entered  the  war  which  was 
devastating  the  world,  Dr.  Albert  Shiels,  then  superintendent 
of  schools,  appointed  a  general  committee  under  which  all 
other  committees  worked  for  the  period  of  the  war.  He  asked 
at  once  that  the  course  of  study,  so  far  as  possible,  be  diverted 
to  patriotic  lines.  English  classes  were  to  develop  the  work 
along  patriotic  lines  in  the  oral  and  written  work.  The 
manual  training  departments  were  charted,  revealing  young 
men  and  women  who  were  fitted  to  assist  in  actual  work.  All 
the  schools  became  100  per  cent  workers  and  members  of  the 


256  LOS  ANGELES 

Red  Cross  organization.  The  library  became  a  center  of 
education.  Books  on  the  various  countries  at  war  were  dis- 
played, bulletins  issued  by  the  various  departments  were  kept 
on  file.  All  patriotic  literature  in  the  way  of  various  pam- 
phlets on  thrift  and  conservation  were  carefully  collected  and 
arranged. 

A  survey  was  made  of  the  high  schools  at  the  end  of  June, 
1917,  and  it  was  found  that  in  the  shops  there  were  many 
hundred  boys  who  had  been  trained  for  forge,  foundry  and 
pattern  making.  There  were  boys  who  were  skilled  in  wood- 
work and  boys  who  could  be  used  in  field  work  and  surveying. 
There  were  many  who  were  skilled  in  printing  and  who  could 
prepare  mechanical  drawing  for  army  equipment  and  appa- 
ratus. There  were  hundreds  of  girls  and  boys  who  were  ready 
as  competent  stenographers,  typists,  telephone  operators, 
stock  and  routing  clerks. 

In  the  sciences  several  hundred  were  ready  for  wireless 
telegraph  operators,  others  trained  along  electrical  lines,  in- 
stallation of  ground  telephones,  and  still  others  who  would  be 
useful  in  higher  chemistry  departments.  This  survey  was  of 
use  to  the  Government,  outlining  the  possibilities  of  the  young 
men  and  women  of  the  nation,  and  on  whom  it  might  rely 
for  technical  work. 

Agricultural  departments  in  the  schools  immediately  be- 
came of  the  most  vital  importance,  not  only  teaching  conserva- 
tion and  thrift  but  promising  actual  supplies.  Thousands  of 
pupils  in  all  the  schools  were  engaged  in  school  gardening.  In 
the  rural  districts  great  things  were  accomplished.  The  boys 
in  one  school,  for  example,  began  their  school  at  seven  in  the 
morning  in  order  that  they  might  be  ready  to  go  to  the  ranches 
at  11  o'clock,  where  their  labor  was  needed.  Everywhere  boys 
and  girls  worked  for  their  country  in  the  schools  and  after 
the  school  hours,  according  to  the  school  plan. 

The  domestic  science  departments  immediately  turned 
their  work  into  war  work.  All  cooking  was  thrift  cooking 
following  the  national  plan.  Sewing  likewise  followed  the 
war  outline.  In  the  latter  department  the  girls  contributed 
their  work  in  sewing  to  the  making  of  children's  dresses  and 
other  things  needed  at  the  Red  Cross  shop. 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  257 

Lessons  in  first  aid  nursing  were  given  to  the  older  girls, 
and  all  the  girls  sewed  on  the  usual  Red  Cross  necessities  and 
knitted  the  much-needed  woolen  articles. 

In  connection  with  the  Red  Cross  shop,  a  notable  achieve- 
ment was  the  work  by  the  boys  in  the  manual  training  depart- 
ment in  the  making  of  toys  for  the  Christmas  trade  and  to 
be  kept  in  stock. 

Lessons  as  taught  in  the  schools  on  thrift  and  conservation 
along  intelligent  and  specialized  lines,  went  directly  to  the 
homes,  and  the  mothers  were  as  earnest  as  the  children  in 
applying  the  principles  learned  to  the  daily  life. 

Salvage  work  in  the  schools  earned  much  money.  In  this 
department  as  well  as  all  other  departments,  the  art  teachers 
and  pupils  assisted  with  war  posters.  In  the  Liberty  Loan 
drives  and  conservation  the  posters  were  most  effectively 
used. 

Each  issue  of  the  Liberty  Loans  and  Thrift  Stamps  were 
sold  in  enormous  numbers  through  the  schools.  The  grand 
total  of  the  second  Liberty  Loan  bought  by  the  teachers,  the 
children  and  their  friends,  amounted  to  $1,178,150. 

At  the  time  of  the  war  the  military  department  of  the 
public  schools  became  more  prominent.  It  has  always  been 
known  that  this  department  did  much  for  the  physical  devel- 
opment of  the  boys,  increased  a  certain  manly  outlook  on  life, 
made  the  boys  more  amenable  to  school  law,  giving  them  a 
rigid  sense  of  obedience  to  a  higher  authority.  Personal  loy- 
alty to  the  school  was  increased  in  the  fine  esprit  du  corps. 

Since  the  war,  military  training  has  been  put  on  a  different 
basis  with  definite  Federal  encouragement  and  aid.  The 
United  States  Government  has  taken  over  this  department 
as  far  as  furnishing  instructors,  equipment  in  the  way  of 
guns,  uniform  and  all  other  expenses.  The  departments  are 
still  under  school  supervision. 

There  are  about  3,000  boys  enrolled  in  the  Junior  "R.  O. 
T.  C."  in  the  Los  Angeles  public  schools. 

The  military  training  is  in  charge  of  seven  United  States 
officers  under  the  command  of  Col.  M.  M.  Falls,  who  is  the 
head  of  the  Western  Division  of  the  Reserve  Officers'  Train- 
ing Corps,  which  includes  high  schools  and  colleges.    A  sum- 


258  LOS  ANGELES 

mer  camp  is  held  each  year.    This  year,  1920, 150  Los  Angeles 
boys  are  in  military  camps. 

This  aggregation  of  trained  boys  in  the  country  is  con- 
sidered of  great  importance  by  the  Government,  revealing  a 
potential  and  trained  strength  in  case  of  need,  and  which  is 
not  an  "unknown  quantity"  but  a  classified  asset  in  the  citi- 
zenship of  tomorrow. 

This  organization  knows  no  national  or  racial  discrimina- 
tion, and  the  boys  who  salute  our  flag  and  accept  our  com- 
mands are  from  the  peoples  of  every  nation  within  our  hos- 
pitable boundaries. 

One  of  the  developments  of  the  modem  well  equipped 
school  is  a  library.  Los  Angeles  is  among  the  few  cities  which 
are  in  advance  in  this  particular.  The  librarians  who  are 
trained  especially  for  the  work  must  have  a  college  degree,  in 
addition  to  library  training  in  an  accredited  school. 

Each  high  and  intermediate  school  in  the  city  has  a  library 
with  a  librarian  in  charge.  The  room  is  usually  the  most 
beautiful  room  in  the  school,  well  lighted  and  furnished  as 
all  modern  libraries  are.  The  school  work  naturally  centers 
here,  for  all  departments  use  it  constantly  in  their  reference 
work.  Modern  education  no  longer  consists  of  isolated  facts ; 
each  fact  has  some  relation  to  another.  Each  age  has  had  a 
past  and  will  have  a  future,  therefore  all  history  is  a  series 
of  facts  which  have  some  bearing  on  each  other.  Therefore, 
there  is  constant  need  of  collateral  reading  which  the  library 
supplies  and  which  the  librarian  is  able  to  arrange  in  a  way 
so  that  it  may  be  intelligently  and  quickly  used. 

As  the  library  is  primarily  a  place  for  immediate  refer- 
ence, there  are  many  standard  books  of  reference  on  the 
shelves.  Each  department  is  represented  by  special  books. 
English  departments,  for  example,  require  biographies  of 
authors,  collections  of  essays,  poetry  and  many  other  books. 
History  shelves  are  rich  in  biography,  modern  geography  of 
this  swiftly  changing  world  and  the  comparative  history  of 
other  nations  in  all  ages,  and  of  American  history  in  every 
phase,  with  the  last  word  in  books  concerning  science,  dis- 
covery and  invention  in  modern  study.    Sociology,  citizenship 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  259 

and  Americanization  all  require  books  to  enlarge  and  enrich 
text  books. 

In  addition  to  the  libraries  of  the  high  and  intermediate 
schools,  a  city  school  library  is  maintained.  It  is  a  central 
library  of  many  thousand  volumes  which  are  used  by  the 
teachers  and  the  children  of  the  elementary  schools.  The 
librarians  are  in  constant  touch  with  the  teachers,  and  work 
with  them  in  their  book  lists,  following  and  amplifying  the 
course  of  study  with  collateral  material.  In  addition  also  to 
the  books  which  are  analyzed  carefully  according  to  the  needs, 
collections  of  pictures  are  made  and  arranged  in  subjects  as 
are  the  maps,  records  for  phonographs  and  other  educational 
aids.  Everything  is  carefully  classified,  and  when  the  schools 
are  studying  any  particular  country  in  their  geography 
classes,  they  may  have  the  benefit  of  a  wealth  of  material  to 
illustrate  the  teaching. 

In  1853  Congress  granted  to  the  State  of  California  the 
sixteenth  and  thirty-sixth  sections  of  public  lands  for  school 
purposes.  This  included  over  1,000,000  acres,  46,000  of  which 
were  reserved  for  a  state  university  and  6,400  acres  for  public 
buildings. 

Besides  the  alarming  number  of  illiterates  revealed  in  the 
draft,  it  was  found  that  the  youth  of  our  country  was  not  so 
efficient  as  in  other  countries.  This  inefficiency  became  a 
Federal  problem  and  the  Smith-Hughes  Act  was  passed, 
whereby  Federal  aid  was  given  each  state,  to  be  matched 
dollar  for  dollar  with  state  funds  to  carry  out  applied  voca- 
tional training  in  our  public  schools.  Investigation  proved 
that  the  people  who  were  working  at  trade  occupations  were 
frequently  technically  trained  but  could  never  reach  a  high 
efficiency  so  long  as  the  limitation  of  limited  education  exists. 

There  was  the  group  also  of  young  people  academically 
trained  in  high  schools  and  colleges  without  a  trade  or  profes- 
sion in  sight,  who  were  obliged  to  add  other  years  of  educa- 
tion in  order  to  enter  the  work  of  life.  It  therefore  became 
evident  that  education  should  be  somewhat  in  duplicate  and 
should  be  planned  with  the  objective  of  the  life  work. 

It  was  decided  also  from  the  testimony  of  the  workmen 
and  the  employer  that  a  skilled  worker  in  any  trade  must  sup- 


260  LOS  ANGELES 

plement  the  training  with  a  knowledge  of  the  larger  things 
that  concern  his  work  in  an  understanding  of  business  and 
commercial  conditions. 

Generally  speaking  there  are  three  classes  of  students  who 
come  under  this  vocational  department:  (a)  Undergraduates 
who  give  their  entire  time  to  instruction;  (b)  those  giving 
part  of  their  time  to  instruction  and  part  to  earning  in  mer- 
cantile establishments  or  in  factories,  and  (c)  wage  earners 
who  through  the  instrumentality  of  the  schools  will  receive 
supplementary  education  as  a  means  of  further  training  and 
advancement. 

There  are  many  in  the  first  group  who  are  more  or  less 
employed  in  wage  earning  occupations  after  school  hours. 
Those  who  are  in  the  second  group  are  not  thinking  so  much 
of  the  money  earned  as  to  the  practical  training  which  they 
are  acquiring.  In  the  last  group  are  those  who,  perhaps,  ap- 
preciate, most  the  privileges  of  an  added  education,  for  their 
life  work  is  already  a  matter  of  decision,  and  they  have  been 
in  it  long  enough  to  know  their  limitations.  These  workers 
are  less  in  need  of  technical  and  shop  training,  but  do  want 
and  need  a  theoretical  training.  It  may  be  seen  how  valuable 
to  certain  trades  instruction  in  English,  shop,  mathematics, 
mechanical  drawing  and  blue  print  reading  might  be. 

In  fact,  when  a  boy  or  girl  leaves  high  school,  he  or  she 
will  at  least  have  something  in  the  way  of  a  foundation  to 
build  his  "house." 

In  writing  somewhat  fully  of  this  trade  vocational  work, 
it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  high  schools  have  their 
courses  of  study  so  arranged  that  students  may  also  prepare, 
for  the  professions,  entering  the  colleges  and  universities 
with  much  of  the  preliminary  work  already  accomplished, 
thereby  better  equipped  to  begin  their  chosen  work  and  short- 
ening the  college  and  special  training  necessary. 

To  understand  the  principles  of  great  economic  problems, 
investigation  has  shown  that  education  must  begin  with  the 
child. 

In  agriculture  study,  whatever  the  children  do  in  the  way 
of  farming,  raising  vegetables  or  raising  animals,  the  cost  and 
the  profit  are  considered  and  careful  accounts  are  kept.    These 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  261 

exhibits  which  the  schools  have  from  time  to  time  are  im- 
portant revelations  of  what  the  science  of  farming  may  be- 
come. A  farmer  or  rancher  who  has  toiled  for  many  years 
might  well  attend  them  to  learn  something  of  the  application 
of  soil  culture  along  scientific  lines,  of  improved  methods  in 
raising  live  stock  and  the  infinite  economies  of  modern  detail. 

The  latest  development  in  the  work  of  education  in  Los 
Angeles  is  the  application  of  the  law  which  requires  part  time 
school  attendance  of  all  children  between  the  ages  of  sixteen 
and  eighteen  years  of  age  who  are  already  employed  in  wage 
earning  occupations.  This  law  was  passed  in  this  state  in 
May,  1919,  and  requires  that  all  children  between  those  ages 
must  be  given  four  hours  each  week  from  their  employer's 
time  in  which  to  attend  school. 

In  addition  the  law  requires  that  foreigners  between  the 
ages  of  eighteen  and  twenty-one,  who  do  not  know  how  to 
spell,  read  and  write,  or  have  no  knowledge  of  arithmetic 
beyond  the  ability  of  a  sixth  grade  child,  must  attend  these 
schools  out  of  employer's  time. 

This  bringing  together  of  workers  and  employers,  school 
and  teachers,  the  parents  and  the  home,  is  an  evolution  of  fine 
democracy  and  in  states  where  it  has  been  tried  seems,  in  a 
measure  to  be  answering  the  call  of  the  world.  In  the  last 
year  and  a  half,  1920,  nineteen  states  have  passed  this  part- 
time  law.  Under  this  law  compulsory  attendance  is  increased 
in  a  way  which  does  not  interfere  with  the  earning  capacity 
of  the  child. 

Thirty  years  have  now  elapsed  since  the  time  of  the  first 
Teachers'  Institute  in  Los  Angeles,  and  at  the  time  of  which 
the  teaching  force  had  only  increased  to  the  number  of  five  in 
the  previous  fifteen  years.  In  the  succeeding  twenty  years 
the  school  enrollment  had  increased  to  over  16,000  children 
with  379  teachers.  The  present  enrollment  is  141,744  children, 
for  whom  3,537  teachers  are  required. 

In  addition  to  the  15  high  schools,  8  intermediate,  and  164 
elementary  schools,  there  are  under  the  system,  6  development 
schools,  13  parental  schools,  21  elementary  evening  schools 
and  6  evening  high  schools. 

Los  Angeles  has  also,  probably  more  than  most  cities  of 


262  LOS  ANGELES 

the  country,  the  problem  of  a  floating  school  population. 
Tourists  each  year  bring  their  children  to  the  city  to  be  placed 
for  a  few  months  in  our  schools,  and  for  them  the  schools  and 
equipment  must  be  furnished  in  the  same  way  that  we  care  for 
our  own  children. 

The  crowded  condition  of  our  schools  has  called  for  another 
bond  issue  this  year  and  which  has  been  met  by  a  large  vote. 
With  the  $9,500,000  under  this  issue,  it  is  expected  that  within 
the  next  five  years  other  school  buildings  will  be  erected  in 
the  various  parts  of  the  growing  city. 

Looking  back  on  the  past  with  its  record  of  achievement, 
the  future  measured  with  the  same  scale  is  full  of  possibilities. 
In  this  swiftly  changing  world,  with  its  many  avenues  of 
progress,  the  schools  will  ever  keep  pace. 

To  those  who  are  familiar  with  the  more  conservative  parts 
of  our  country,  these  opportunities  may  honestly  be  called 
glorious.  Los  Angeles  has  a  glowing  faith  in  its  own  possi- 
bilities and  in  school  things  tbere  is  a  certain  fearless  ap- 
proach to  the  new  ideas  of  education.  It  is  a  notable  fact  that 
some  of  the  best  things  of  modern  educational  work  have  been 
tried  out  and  proven  successes  in  the  schools  of  Los  Angeles. 

The  first  normal  school  of  the  state  was  in  San  Francisco, 
and  somewhat  later  moved  to  San  Jose. 

By  act  of  Legislature,  in  1881,  a  branch  of  the  school  at 
San  Jose  was  moved  to  Los  Angeles*.  An  appropriation  of 
$50,000  was  made  for  a  building,  and  a  tract  of  5%  acres  was 
bought  on  what  was  known  as  the  Bellevue  Terrace  Orange 
Grove  on  Fifth  and  Charity  streets  (Grand  Avenue).  To 
buy  this  tract  the  citizens  of  Los  Angeles  raised  the  sum  of 
$8,000  by  popular  subscription. 

One  year  later,  August,  1882,  the  school  was  opened  with 
an  attendance  of  sixty-one  pupils  and  three  teachers.  Charles 
H.  Allen,  the  principal  of  the  San  Jose  Normal  School,  was 
also  principal  of  the  branch  school  here. 

Another  year  later  the  Legislature  added  $10,000  to  the 
appropriation  for  the  finishing  and  furnishing  of  the  school. 
In  the  same  year  Ira  Moore,  who  had  been  the  principal  of 
the  State  Normal  School  at  St.  Cloud,  Minnesota,  was  elected 
principal  of  the  normal  school  here. 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  263 

The  first  class  was  graduated  in  1884. 

In  1887  the  school  here  became  independent  of  the  San 
Jose  school,  and  as  the  Los  Angeles  State  Normal  School  was 
under  the  management  of  its  own  board  of  trustees. 

It  grew  rapidly  into  an  important  institution,  with  so 
large  an  attendance  that  it  became  necessary  to  enlarge  the 
school,  and,  looking  to  the  future,  a  larger  site  was  selected. 

In  1907  the  State  Legislature  authorized  the  sale  of  "Nor- 
mal Hill,"  with  the  school  buildings,  and  in  1911  granted  an 
appropriation  for  a  new  location.  A  year  later,  twenty  acres 
on  North  Vermont  Avenue  were  purchased  and  subsequently 
another  five  acres. 

On  November  18,  1913,  the  cornerstone  of  Millspaugh  Hall 
was  laid,  and  in  September,  1914,  the  school  began  its  sessions 
in  the  new  buildings. 

Other  buildings  have  been  added  and  the  plan  has  assumed 
noble  and  beautiful  proportions.  It  is  now  a  most  harmonious 
and  dignified  group  of  buildings. 

During  the  administration  of  Mr.  Ernest  Carroll  Moore 
as  president  of  the  Los  Angeles  State  Normal  School,  a  change 
was  made  and  by  act  of  Legislature,  the  school  became  what 
is  now  known  as  the  Southern  Branch  of  the  State  University, 
under  the  control  of  the  board  of  regents. 

The  active  management  of  the  University  is  under  the 
president  and  an  Academic  Senate  consisting  of  the  faculties 
and  instructors  of  the  university,  of  which  Doctor  Moore  is 
one  at  this  writing,  and  on  whom  the  burden  of  the  manage- 
ment of  the  southern  branch  falls. 

As  Miss  Smith  thus  concludes  her  eloquent  narrative  of 
the  schools  of  Los  Angeles,  her  reference  to  the  normal  school 
reminds  us  that  a  century  ago  there  was  at  San  Gabriel,  the 
mother  of  Los  Angeles,  a  normal  school  conducted  by  the 
Franciscan  missionary  fathers  and  in  which  young  men  were 
trained  and  equipped  to  teach  in  the  various  mission  estab- 
lishments of  the  Province  of  California. 

Also  in  this  general  resume  of  the  schools,  it  will  be  ob- 
served that  mention  is  made  of  public  schools  only,  while  the 
fact  is  that  Los  Angeles  contains  numerous  parochial  and 
private  schools  of  the  highest  degree  of  culture  and  efficiency. 


264  LOS  ANGELES 

So  many  and  so  excellent  are  these  schools,  indeed,  that  it  is 
a  matter  of  regret  to  us  not  to  be  able  to  write  of  them  more 
fully  because  of  the  public  character  of  this  book.  These  non- 
public schools  have  a  glory  all  their  own  which  doubtless  will 
be  amply  recorded  by  their  own  special  historians. 

But  in  conclusion,  as  far  as  the  public  schools  of  Los  An- 
geles are  concerned,  it  is  almost  needless  to  say  that  their 
splendor  is  a  thing  that  has  challenged  the  admiration  of  the 
whole  world.  The  stranger  within  our  gates  is  profoundly 
impressed  at  the  very  start  with  the  greatness  of  our  schools. 
Everywhere  he  turns  he  sees  magnificent  structures  over- 
shadowing the  architecture  of  Rome  itself — structures  reared 
by  a  progressive  and  forward-going  citizenship,  regardless  of 
the  weight  of  the  burden  of  taxation  which  their  system  of 
education  put  upon  their  shoulders  and  which  they  have  borne 
and  continue  to  bear  willingly. 


CHAPTER  XIV 
THE  MEDICINE  MEN 

It  seems  that  the  practice  of  medicine  is  as  old  as  civiliza- 
tion itself.  We  hear  of  doctors  and  medicine  men  with  the 
first  things  known  about  the  human  race.  Even  savage  peo- 
ples had  their  medicine  men.  Consequently,  the  history  of 
medicine  in  Los  Angeles  can  be  traced  back,  in  a  way,  imme- 
morially.  When  Los  Angeles  was  the  Indian  village  of 
"Yang-na"  and  its  inhabitants  went  to  worship  there  in  a 
sacred  spot  known  as  "Vanquech,"  it  was  the  medicine  men 
of  the  Indian  tribes  who  held  the  chief  places  in  the  commu- 
nity. And  this  was  long  ago — long,  long  ago — hundreds  and 
thousands  of  years  before  a  white  man  even  knew  that  Amer- 
ica existed  and  when  the  sabre-toothed  tiger  and  other  prehis- 
toric beasts  chased  the  natives  up  trees  and  into  caves  all  the 
way  from  Santa  Monica  to  the  top  of  Mount  Wilson,  and 
maybe  farther. 

Doubtless,  also,  there  was  a  physician  with  the  expedition 
of  Juan  Rodriguez  Cabrillo  when  California  was  discovered 
in  the  year  1542;  and  with  Sebastian  Viscano's  ships  in  1602; 
and  before  that  with  Sir  Francis  Drake  in  1579  when  Cali- 
fornia was  new  to  civilization,  and  the  world  was  still  young- 
after  its  200,000,000  years  of  revolution  around  the  sun. 

But  the  first  physician  that  came  to  California  of  whom 
we  have  any  record  in  the  chronicles  of  white  men  was  Dr. 
Pedro  Prat,  who  came  with  Don  Gaspar  de  Portola  and  Fray 
Junipero  Serra  in  the  expedition  of  1769  which  resulted  in  the 
founding  of  the  mission  and  the  permanent  attachment  of 
California  to  the  world  and  civilization. 

This  is  what  we  read  in  the  old  chronicles : 

"After  many  months  of  great  exertion,  the  expedition 
which  had  for  its  object  the  permanent  colonization  of  Cali- 
fornia was  ready  to  start.  Three  ships  were  in  condition  to 
265 


266  LOS  ANGELES 

make  the  voyage — two  of  them  to  be  sent  out  together,  and 
the  third  to  be  sent  later  as  a  relief  ship. 

"The  two  ships  that  were  to  sail  upon  the  appointed  day 
carried  a  portion  of  the  troops,  the  camping  outfit,  the  orna- 
ments for  the  new  churches  that  were  to  be  builded,  a  goodly 
supply  of  provisions  and  cargoes  of  agricultural  implements 
with  which  the  Indians  in  the  new  country  were  to  be  taught 
to  till  the  soil. 

"The  first  ship  to  sail  was  the  San  Carlos,  a  barque  of 
some  200  tons  burden,  under  the  command  of  Vicente  Villa. 
On  this  ship  were  also  the  surgeon,  Pedro  Prat ;  Father  Fer- 
nando Paron,  one  of  the  Franciscan  missionaries;  twenty 
Catalonian  soldiers  under  command  of  Lieutenant  Pedro 
Fajes;  and  many  other  important  personages,  and  also  a 
blacksmith,  a  baker  and  a  cook. ' ' 

"On  the  ship  was  the  surgeon  Pedro  Prat."  Here,  then, 
we  have  the  name  of  California's  first  doctor.  And  it  turns 
out  that  he  was  a  great  physician,  an  honor  to  his  profession, 
and  that  he  had  his  hands  full  with  the  sick  men  who  were 
around  him,  and  that  he  worked  hard  and  broke  down  under 
the  strain  that  was  upon  him  and  gave  up  his  own  life,  at 
last,  in  his  efforts  to  save  the  lives  of  others. 

In  the  Good  Book  it  says  that  "Greater  love  hath  no  man 
than  this  that  he  lay  down  his  life  for  his  friend."  This  is 
what  Dr.  Pedro  Prat  did,  and  I  think  it  a  kind  of  shame  that 
the  members  of  the  medical  profession  in  Los  Angeles  and 
throughout  all  California  have  never  yet  raised  a  monument 
or  a  tablet  or  even  a  simple  stone  to  commemorate  the  great 
love  and  service  and  the  fine  abilities  of  Dr.  Pedro  Prat. 

We  find  in  the  old  records  that  the  people  who  came  with 
this  expedition  of  1769  became  sorely  afflicted  with  many 
maladies,  chief  among  which  was  the  terrible  scourge  of 
scurvy.  Their  lives  were  hard  and  their  constant  diet  of  salt 
meats  made  scurvy  inevitable.  And,  night  and  day,  through 
all  those  desperate  months  while  they  wrought  to  plant  Chris- 
tianity and  civilization  on  the  soil  of  the  strange  new  land  to 
which  they  had  come,  it  was  Dr.  Pedro  Prat  who  had  upon  his 
devoted  shoulders  the  heaviest  burden  to  bear. 

His  scant  supply  of  medicines  that  he  had  brought  up  with 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  267 

him  in  the  ship  from  the  peninsula  soon  ran  out.  But  even  this 
did  not  daunt  him.  He  made  a  scientific  study  of  the  curative 
plants  and  herbs  in  the  valleys  and  hills  round  ahout  San 
Diego,  and  these  he  utilized,  often  with  striking  results,  in  the 
cure  of  the  sick. 

Like  all  great  physicians,  like  all  true  doctors,  Pedro  Prat 
never  gave  a  thought  to  himself  while  the  cry  of  the  sick  was 
in  his  ears. 

We  read  also  in  later  of  the  old  chronicles  of  other  white 
physicians  who  came  to  California  and  made  their  headquar- 
ters in  the  various  missions. 

One  hundred  and  twenty-five  years  ago  there  was  in  Cali- 
fornia a  doctor  whose  name  was  Pablo  Soler.  There  is  ample 
testimony  that  he  was  a  learned  man  and  a  great  physician 
and  surgeon.  His  name  and  fame  still  linger  like  a  halo  in 
the  memory  of  the  old  times.  He  was  renowned  from  one  end 
of  California  to  the  other,  and  was  a  frequent  visitor  at  the 
Mission  of  San  Gabriel.  He  covered  many  miles  of  territory 
in  his  ministrations  throughout  all  the  places  which  now  com- 
pose the  great  City  of  Los  Angeles.  It  is  said  of  him  that  he 
was  constantly  traveling  up  and  down  the  King's  Highway 
like  a  great  white  angel  of  mercy  healing  the  sick.  Nor  were 
his  services  given  wholly  to  those  in  high  estate,  the  rich  and 
the  great.  The  poor  Indians  everywhere  were  also  the  bene- 
ficiaries of  his  skill  and  knowledge.  Wherever  Pablo  Soler 
heard  the  cry  of  suffering,  he  went  to  that  place,  no  matter 
how  lowly  the  sufferer  might  be  nor  how  great  the  hardship 
that  he  himself  was  forced  to  endure. 

It  is  a  fascinating  subject  indeed,  this  story  of  the  pioneer 
doctors  of  California. 

No  doubt  the  early  physicians  found  the  mild,  gentle  cli- 
mate of  California  a  great  aid  to  them  in  the  successful  prac- 
tice of  their  profession.  The  vital  and  virulent  diseases  as- 
sumed milder  forms  in  this  climate,  and,  of  course,  it  is  not 
to  be  wondered  at  that  in  comparatively  modern  times — say, 
fifty  years  ago — by  way  of  boosting  Los  Angeles,  no  doubt,  we 
find  a  committee  of  the  Los  Angeles  County  Medical  Asso- 
ciation furnishing  the  local  Board  of  Trade  with  a  very  elab- 
orate disquisition  on  the  benefits  to  be  derived  from  the  Los 


268  LOS  ANGELES 

Angeles  climate.  This  report  was  drafted  and  signed  by 
Drs.  J.  P.  Widney,  H.  S.  Orme  and  George  W.  Lasher,  and  it 
is  such  a  masterpiece  that  I  feel  it  my  duty  to  reproduce 
it  in  these  pages,  if  for  no  other  reason  that  our  present 
denizens  of  this  fortunate  place  may  have  the  backing  of  sci- 
entific authority  in  whatever  claims  they  may  make  concern- 
ing our  climatic  good  fortune. 

The  report  of  the  learned  doctors  bearing  date  of  Novem- 
ber 7,  1874,  reads  as  follows: 

"The  interest  felt  in  the  climatic  features  of  this  portion 
of  California  by  people  abroad  and  the  heads  of  families  es- 
pecially, is  perhaps  paramount  to  all  others.  By  those  who, 
from  their  extended  knowledge  acquired  both  by  study  and 
practical  experience  in  travel,  are  best  qualified  to  judge,  the 
climate  of  Southern  California  is  pronounced  the  best  in  the 
world  and  alike  beneficial  to  those  in  health,  the  invalid  and 
those  liable  to  become  victims  of  hereditary  diseases. 

"While  the  climate  of  the  whole  State  has  many  features 
in  common,  as  the  wet  and  dry  seasons,  instead  of  the  eastern 
winter  and  summer,  and  the  prevalence  during  the  summer 
or  dry  months,  of  the  great  northwest  trade  winds,  sweeping 
steadily  from  the  sea  over  the  land,  yet  there  are  many  points 
of  divergence  in  different  localities.  This  difference  in  cli- 
mate is  especially  marked  between  Northern  and  Southern 
California.  The  mountain  ranges  and  the  valleys  of  all  the 
northern  portion  of  the  State  have  a  generally  northwesterly 
trend,  leaving  the  country  open  to  the  harsh  sweep  of  the 
north  winds.  In  Southern  California,  however,  the  trend  of 
both  mountains  and  valleys  is  from  east  to  west,  and  the  high 
Sierra,  like  a  wall,  shelters  the  land  from  these  cold  northerly 
currents.  The  result  is  a  climate  much  milder  and  more  equa- 
ble than  in  the  upper  portion  of  the  State.  It  might  be  sup- 
posed that  the  country  lying  in  the  same  latitude  as  the  Caro- 
linas  would  have  some  oppressive  and  debilitating  summer 
heat.  From  this  it  is  saved,  however,  by  the  tempered  westerly 
trade  wind,  which  daily  blows  inward  to  the  land,  bringing  with 
it  the  coolness  of  the  sea.  There  is  a  peculiar  stimulus  in  this 
air  coming  in  from  the  thousands  of  miles  of  salt  water.  One 
has  to  live  by  the  sea  to  understand  it.     The  key  of  the  cli- 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  269 

mate  lies  in  this,  that  it  has  a  warm  sun  and  cool  air;  hence 
the  cool  nights.  One  picks  ripening  figs  and  bananas  grown 
in. his  own  dooryard,  and  then  goes  to  sleep  under  a  blanket. 
The  warm,  yet  not  debilitating  day  furnishes  one  of  the  requi- 
sites in  a  climate  for  invalids.  The  cool,  restful  night,  with  its 
possibility  of  refreshing  sleep,  furnishes  the  other.  The 
question  is  asked  daily. in  letters  from  the  East  what  disease 
and  what  class  of  invalids  may  hope  for  benefit  in  coming  to 
Southern  California.    In  reply  it  might  be  stated : 

"1st.  Persons  of  delicate  constitution,  either  inherited  or 
acquired,  and  who  resist  poorly  the  extremes  either  of  heat  or 
cold — persons  who  need  a  warm,  equable,  yet  rather  bracing 
climate. 

"2nd.  Persons  inheriting  consumption,  but  in  whom  the 
disease  has  not  yet  developed,  or  only  to  a  slight  degree. 
Many  such  persons  seem  to  throw  off  the  tendency  and  remain 
strong  and  well.  Even  if  parents,  coming  with  the  disease, 
do  not  in  the  end  recover,  their  children,  growing  up  in  this 
climate,  have  a  strong  chance  in  their  favor  of  eliminating  the 
inherited  tendency  entirely  from  their  blood  and  casting  off 
the  family  taint. 

"3rd.  Persons  well  advanced  in  consumption  are  often 
temporarily  benefited.  Such  persons  should  think  well,  how- 
ever, before  leaving  the  comforts  of  their  own  home  and  un- 
dertaking the  fatigue  of  even  a  week  of  travel  by  railroad. 
It  should  not  be  done  unless  under  the  advice  of  the  family 
physician,  and  if  they  do  come  they  should  be  accompanied  by 
friends.  The  despondency  of  loneliness  and  homesickness 
diminishes  greatly  the  chance  of  benefit. 

"4th.  Persons  suffering  with  bronchial  troubles  are  often 
much  benefited.  Such  cases,  however,  and  indeed  many  others, 
too  often  make  the  mistake  of  remaining  for  weeks  or  months 
without  seeking  the  advice  of  a  physician  as  to  the  particular 
locality  suited  to  their  complaint.  The  varieties  of  climate  in 
Southern  California  are  many.  Some  portions  of  the  county 
have  nightly  a  heavy  fog;  other  portions  only  a  few  miles 
away  have  no  fog.  Some  sections  are  exposed  to  strong 
winds ;  others  are  sheltered.  Some  are  low  and  damp ;  others 
high,  warm  and  dry.     Often  persons  go  away  disappointed, 


270  LOS  ANGELES 

possibly  worse,  who,  had  they  sought  proper  advice  as  to  the 
especial  locality  suited  to  their  complaint,  might  have  received 
much  benefit  from  their  sojourn  in  the  country.  There  are 
certain  precautions,  also  rendered  necessary  for  invalids  by 
the  coming  on  of  the  cool  night  air  after  the  warm  day,  and 
by  the  cool  breeze  from  the  sea,  which  can  only  be  learned 
by  experience,  which  to  an  invalid  is  a  costly  teacher,  or  from 
the  advice  of  a  physician  familiar  with  the  climate  and  the 
peculiarities  of  the  different  localities. 

"5th.  Those  coming  from  malarious  sections  of  the  coun- 
try, with  systems  depressed  by  the  dregs  of  fever,  are  espe- 
cially benefited.  It  is  a  common  custom  with  the  people  here 
to  go  down  to  various  pleasant  points  upon  the  sea  coast  and 
camp  out  for  weeks  upon  the  beach,  enjoying  the  surf  bathing. 
There  are  also  well  furnished  and  well  kept  hotels  at  different 
localities  by  the  sea.  This  seaside  life  is  especially  beneficial 
to  persons  suffering  from  the  various  forms  of  malarial  poi- 
soning. 

"6th.  The  open-air  life  which  is  here  possible,  and  the 
great  variety  of  fresh  vegetable  foods  to  be  had  at  all  seasons, 
help  to  break  up  the  dyspeptic  troubles  which  make  life  a  bur- 
den to  so  many  overworked  men. 

"7th.  Many  persons  suffering  from  asthma  have  derived 
much  benefit  from  the  climate.  The  capricious  character  of 
the  malady — no  two  persons  suited  to  the  same  surroundings 
— make  it  difficult  to  give  advice  in  most  countries  to  the  suf- 
ferer, because  of  the  limited  range  of  elevation  and  climatic 
differences  from  which  to  choose.  Here,  however,  within  a 
circle  of  a  hundred  and  fifty  miles  one  may  find  spots  below 
the  sea  level,  at  the  sea  level,  or  with  an  elevation  of  10,000 
feet  above  it;  spots  with  nightly  a  heavy  fog,  and  spots  that 
never  know  the  presence  of  a  fog ;  places  swept  by  an  almost 
constant  breeze  and  others  sheltered  from  all  wind ;  the  odors 
and  gases  of  asphaltum  and  petroleum  springs,  or  the  air  of 
the  mountain  pineries;  the  scent  of  the  orange  blossom,  or 
the  balsamic  odor  of  the  plants  of  the  desert.  Differences  of 
elevation,  which  elsewhere  one  travels  a  thousand  miles  to 
find,  here  he  finds  within  a  radius  of  fifty  miles. 

' '  8th.     Some  cases  of  chronic  rheumatism  are  benefited  by 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  271 

the  climate.  Certain  hot  mineral  springs  and  iron  sulphur 
springs  have  gained  quite  a  reputation  in  such  affections.  The 
climate  of  the  coast  line,  however,  has  rather  too  much  fog. 
Such  cases  do  better  in  the  portion  of  the  country  back  from 
the  sea  and  among  the  mountains.  There  are  points  along 
the  line  of  the  Southern  Pacific  Railroad,  as  it  crosses  the 
Colorado  Desert,  where  the  hot,  dry  air,  both  night  and  day, 
and  the  warm  springs  for  bathing,  offer  the  very  best  climatic 
requisite  for  the  relief  of  such  affections. 

"9th.  Chronic  kidney  and  bladder  troubles  find  in  the 
mild  climate,  with  its  possibility  of  constant  outdoor  life  and 
the  equable  winter  and  summer  temperature,  the  surroundings 
best  suited  to  at  least  stay  the  course  of  the  disease. 

"10th.  Cases  of  nervous  prostration,  and  all  the  innu- 
merable train  of  tormenting  ills  that  come  to  an  overtaxed  or 
deranged  nervous  system,  may  hope  for  relief  by  a  residence 
in  some  one  of  the  many  pleasant  spots  that  dot  the  land. 
The  warm,  clear  day  tempts  to  the  outdoor  life,  and  the  cool 
night  gives  the  refreshing  sleep  so  needed  in  this  class  of 
maladies.  Strangers  speak  almost  invariably  of  the  restful 
slumber  of  the  night. 

"In  conclusion,  there  are  a  number  of  facts  which  have  an 
important  bearing  upon  the  subject  of  Southern  California  as 
a  health  resort,  and  yet  are  not  in  themselves  directly  ques- 
tions of  disease.  Among  these  may  be  mentioned  exemption 
from  the  epidemics  of  yellow  fever,  which  visit  the  Gulf 
States ;  ease  of  access,  the  country  being  tapped  in  all  direc- 
tions by  branches  of  the  Southern  Pacific  Railroad.  It  is  an 
agricultural  and  business  center,  with  business  openings  for  a 
largely  increased  population.  It  is  the  educational  center  of 
a  large  scope  of  territory,  with  its  institutions  of  learning 
solidly  established.  It  is  well  supplied  with  churches,  and 
offers  all  the  advantages  of  the  best  society.  Food  is  abun- 
dant, varied  and  cheap,  so  that  the  expense  of  living  is  not 
great.  And  finally,  it  is  not  across  the  ocean  or  upon  some 
foreign  shore,  where  the  invalid  is  an  alien  or  a  stranger,  but 
within  our  own  land,  under  our  own  flag,  and  among  our  own 
people." 

We  feel  that  great  credit  should  be  given  these  physicians 


272  LOS  ANGELES 

who  framed  this  very  able,  scientific  document.  And  we  are 
reproducing  it  fully  in  this  book  for  the  reason  that  it  is  im- 
portant, and  that  it  is  just  as  true  now  as  it  was  the  day  it 
was  written.  After  all,  sunshine  is  a  great  doctor  and  climate 
is  great  medicine  if  it  be  kindly  climate.  Certainly  these 
devoted  physicians  who  set  forth  with  such  patience  and  dis- 
cernment the  climate  of  Los  Angeles  rendered  the  whole  world 
a  valuable  service. 

It  may  be  that  in  these  times  the  climate  of  Los  Angeles  is 
more  celebrated.  Surely  it  is  far  better  known  than  it  was 
a  half  century  ago.  We  all  know,  at  any  rate,  that  wise  phy- 
sicians in  the  East  and  in  the  northern  latitudes  of  our  country 
habitually  send  their  patients  to  Southern  California. 

Los  Angeles  lies  between  God's  two  great  sanitariums,  the 
desert  and  the  sea.  Countless  thousands  who  have  come  here 
sick  both  in  body  and  in  mind  have  found  health  and  hap- 
piness. 

Wherefore,  the  medicine  men  being  now  as  always  really 
the  chief  men  of  any  community,  it  will  be  interesting  to  see 
what  there  is  to  know  about  them  as  far  as  Los  Angeles  is 
concerned. 

Mr.  H.  D.  Barrows  of  Los  Angeles,  whose  contributions 
to  the  Southern  California  Historical  Society  have  been  so 
valuable,  gives  the  following  interesting  account  of  some  old 
papers,  particularly  a  fee  table  of  the  year  1850,  with  remarks 
on  some  of  the  Los  Angeles  physicians  of  the  period,  whom  he 
personally  knew : 

"In  turning  over  to  the  Historical  Society  the  accompany- 
ing brief  historical  document,  (which  I  lately  received  from 
Ex-Sheriff  Wm.  R.  Rowland,)  containing  the  signatures  of 
four  early  physicians  of  Los  Angeles,  I  have  thought  that 
some  account  of  two  of  the  signers  whom  I  knew  quite  well, 
would  be  of  interest  to  the  members  of  our  society. 

"The  document  referred  to,  which  Ex-Sheriff  Rowland 
found  among  old  papers  of  the  Sheriff's  office,  was  a  public 
notice  or  'Aviso'  of  the  scale  of  charges  (in  Spanish)  by  the 
doctors  of  that  period,  (January,  1850)  for  their  professional 
services,  as  follows: 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  273 

Aviso.  (Translation) 

"  A  la  junta  de  la  Faeultad  Notice 

de  Medicos  de  Los  Angeles,  At  a  meeting-  of  the  Medical 

Enero  14th,  1850,  la  seguienta  Faculty  of  Los  Angeles,  Jan- 

lista  de  precios  era  adoptado :  nary  1-4,  1850,  the  following 

Art.   1.     Por  una  pre-  list  of  prices  was  adopted : 

scripcion    en    la    of-  Art.    1.     For   an   office 

ficina  $  5.00  prescription  $  5.00 

Art.  2.     Por  una  visita  Art.  2.    For  a  day  visit 

en  la  ciudad  de  dia . . .     5.00  within  the  city 5.00 

Art.  3.     Por  una  visita  Art.  3.  For  a  night  visit 

en  la  ciudad  de  noche  10.00  within  the  city 10.00 

Art,  4.     Por  una  visita  Art.  4.     For  a  visit  in 

en  el  campo  par  cada  the  country,  for  each 

legua  5.00  league  5.00 

Art.  5.     Por  una  San-  Art.  5.    For  bleeding. .     5.00 

gria   5.00  Art.  6.    For  cupping. . .   10.00 

Art.  6.     Por  cada  apli-  We  subscribe  our  names  to 

eacion  de  Ventoses. .  .   10.00  the  foregoing : 

Firmamos    nuestros    nom-  (Signers) 

bres  al  antecedente :  Chas.  E,  Culled. 

(Firnados.)  A.  I.  Blackburn. 

Chas.  R.  Cullen.  J.  W.  Dodge. 

A.  I.  Blackburn.  ¥m.  B.  Osbourn. 
J.  W.  Dodge. 

GUILLERMO  B.    OSBOURN. 


''Dr.  Guillermo  B.  Osbourn,  one  of  the  signers,  who  was 
a  native  of  New  York,  came  to  California  in  1847  in  Col.  Ste- 
venson 's  regiment.  He  established  the  first  drug  store  in  Los 
Angeles  in  1850,  which  was  succeeded  in  '51  by  that  of  Me- 
Farland  and  Downey.  Daguerreotypes  were  first  taken  in 
Los  Angeles  by  Dr.  Osbourn  and  Moses  Searles,  on  Aug.  9, 
1851.  In  fact  Dr.  Osbourn 's  versatility  was  something  re- 
markable. It  is  not  easy  to  recount  all  the  official  positions 
he  filled,  or  the  numerous  important  public  functions  he  per- 
formed. In  those  early  days  immediately  after  the  change 
of  government,  by  means  of  his  rare  intellectual  ability,  to- 

Vol.  1—18 


274  LOS  ANGELES 

getlier  with  his  knowledge  of  the  Spanish  language,  he  made 
himself  a  very  useful  citizen  in  various  capacities. 

"When,  as  often  happened  in  that  period,  an  acquaintance 
with  Spanish  was  a  necessity,  he  often  acted  as  Deputy  Sheriff. 
In  1853  he  was  appointed  Postmaster  of  this  city  by  President 
Buchanan.  In  1855  he  projected  the  first  artesian  well  in 
Southern  California,  at  the  foot  of  the  hills  not  very  far  from 
the  present  junction  of  First  Street  and  Broadway.  It  reached 
a  depth  of  about  800  feet  in  June,  1856,  being  still  in  blue 
clay,  when  it  was  abandoned  for  want  of  funds. 

"In  1852  fruit  grafts  of  improved  varieties  had  been  in- 
troduced by  Mayor  J.  G.  Nichols.  In  1855  Dr.  Osbourn  im- 
ported from  Bochester  a  grand  collection  of  roses  and  other 
choice  shrubbery  as  well  as  many  varieties  of  the  best  Ameri- 
can fruit  trees,  which  up  to  that  time  were  almost  unknown 
here.  He  was  the  first,  too,  in  October,  1854,  to  ship  East, 
fresh  Los  Angeles  grapes,  which  were  exhibited  and  com- 
manded admiration  at  a  meeting  of  the  business  committee  of 
the  New  York  Agricultural  Society  at  Albany.  And  it  is 
worthy  of  mention  in  this  connection,  that  as  late  as  Novem- 
ber, 1856,  when  Matthew  Keller  sent  a  like  specimen,  it  was 
almost  doubted  at  the  U.  S.  Patent  Office  'if  such  products 
were  common  in  California.' 

"Henry  Osbourn,  a  son  of  the  doctor  by  his  first  wife,  was 
for  years  and  until  recently,  an  interpreter  in  our  local  courts. 
He  lost  his  life  through  an  accident  not  very  long  ago. 

"Dr.  Osbourn 's  second  wife,  who  was  a  native  Calif ornian, 
is,  I  believe,  still  living  in  this  city. 

"Dr.  Osbourn  with  all  his  versatility,  was  not  always  over- 
scrupulous as  to  the  means  he  sometimes  employed  in  carrying 
out  his  schemes.  He  once  recounted  to  me,  without  even  a 
semblance  of  self  reproach,  how  he  took  an  active  part  on 
a  certain  occasion  in  a  political  contest.  Sometime  in  the  early 
'50s,  when  an  election  was  on  for  a  State  Senator,  and  San 
Bernardino  was  a  part  of  Los  Angeles  County,  he  was  exceed- 
ingly anxious  to  carry  the  precinct  of  Agua  Mansa,  which  was 
mostly  settled  by  Mexicans,  who  knew  very  little  or  no  Eng- 
lish. So  he  went  to  the  Padre  who  had  more  influence  in  his 
parish  than  any  other  person,  and  used  his  most  suave  meth- 


FKOM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  275 

ods  of  electioneering  with  the  Padre  in  behalf  of  his  candi- 
date; and  then  to  clinch  the  matter,  he  asked  the  Padre  to 
pray  for  the  repose  of  the  soul  of  his  mother — who  was  then 
alive  and  well  in  New  York  State.  And  on  the  next  feast 
day  the  wily  doctor  was  on  hand  at  the  church  and  on  his 
knees,  joining  the  Padre  and  his  flock,  in  praying  for  the  re- 
pose of  his  mother's  soul.  He  added  with  just  a  shade  of  ex- 
ultation, that  his  candidate  was  elected. 

"Drs.  Blackburn  and  Dodge,  two  other  signers  of  the  ac- 
companying document,  I  was  not  acquainted  with. 

"Dr.  Chas.  R.  Cullen  I  knew  intimately,  as  he  was  my 
room  mate  for  a  considerable  portion  of  the  time,  from  my 
arrival  in  Los  Angeles  in  1854,  till  he  left  for  his  home  in 
Virginia  in  the  latter  part  of  '56. 

"Dr.  Cullen  was  a  native  of  Virginia  and  a  graduate  of 
Brown  University.  He  and  his  brother  John  came  to  Cali- 
fornia soon  after  the  discovery  of  the  mines.  The  doctor  was 
a  cultivated  and  genial  gentleman  whom  all  who  made  his  ac- 
quaintance could  not  help  liking.  The  Spanish  speaking  por- 
tion of  our  community  were  especially  attached  to  him,  both 
as  a  sympathetic  friend  and  as  a  physician;  and  for  years 
after  he  went  away  I  remember  that  if  his  name  was  men- 
tioned in  the  presence  of  those  native  Californians  who  had 
made  his  acquaintance,  they  would  invariably  manifest  pleas- 
ure at  the  recall  of  his  memory  and  would  exclaim:  'Ay  Don 
Carlos!  donde  esta  el?'  or,  'Que  buen  b ombre  era!'  or  similar 
expressions  of  kindly  feelings  towards  him. 

"When  the  San  Francisco  Bulletin  was  established,  Mr.  C. 
O.  Gerberding  (father  of  several  persons  of  that  name  in  Cal- 
ifornia, and  also,  I  believe,  of  Mrs.  Senator  Bard),  was  the 
business  manager,  and  James  King  of  William  was  the  brave 
and  accomplished  editor.  Mr.  Gerberding  and  Dr.  Cullen  had 
been  old  friends  in  Richmond  before  they  came  to  California ; 
and  as  the  management  of  the  paper  desired  to  have  a  perma- 
nent resident  correspondent  at  Los  Angeles  they  entered 
into  an  engagement  with  Dr.  Cullen  to  fill  that  position,  pay- 
ing him  at  the  rate  of  ten  dollars  a  column.  Late  in  Novem- 
ber, '56,  Dr.  Cullen  concluded  to  return  East,  and  stopping 
on  his  way  at  San  Francisco,  it  appears  he  recommended  me, 


276  LOS  ANGELES 

without  my  knowledge,  as  his  successor  as  correspondent  of 
the  Bulletin;  and  accordingly  he  wrote  me  at  their  request, 
asking  me  to  keep  up  the  correspondence,  on  the  same  terms, 
etc.,  which  I  did  for  several  years  thereafter,  writing  gen- 
erally by  each  semimonthly  steamer,  giving  a  general  resume 
of  current  events  in  Southern  California. 

"Before  I  had  any  connection  with  the  paper  the  as- 
sassination of  James  King  of  William  had  given  the  paper 
much  prominence,  and  it  had  already  become  the  leading  jour- 
nal of  the  Pacific  Coast.  It  was  very  ably  edited,  ostensibly 
by  a  brother  of  James  King  of  William,  but  in  reality  by 
Mr.  James  Nisbet,  a  Scotchman,  one  of  the  most  industrious 
and  the  finest,  literary  journalists  whom  I  ever  had  any  ac- 
quaintance with. 

"In  1857  I  made  a  trip  East,  and  I  went  to  Richmond  to 
visit  Dr.  Cullen.  Dr.  Charley  Cullen  was  then  located  and 
practicing  his  profession  near  Hanover  Court  House,  a  very 
few  years  afterwards  the  localitv  of  terrific  fighting  in  the 
Civil  War. 

' '  In  after  years  I  kept  up  a  more  or  less  intermittent  cor- 
respondence with  the  doctor,  till  his  death  several  years  ago. 

"Dr.  Cullen  was  a  thoroughly  conscientious  man  and  a 
religious  man — in  which  he  differed  widely  from  Dr.  Os- 
bourn,  whose  only  church  affiliation,  so  far  as  I  knew,  was 
that  serio-comic  episode  at  'Agua  Mansa.' 

"When  the  late  Dr.  J.  C.  Fletcher  came  to  Los  Angeles, 
Dr.  Cullen  wrote  me  asking  me  to  hunt  him  up,  which  I  did, 
and  found  him  to  be  a  very  cultivated  and  widely-traveled 
gentleman. 

"Dr.  Cullen  and  Dr.  Fletcher  were  classmates  and  grad- 
uates of  Brown  University." 

And  in  an  interesting  account  of  pioneer  physicians  of 
Los  Angeles  by  the  same  writer,  most  interesting  sketches  of 
Drs.  John  Marsh,  Richard  S.  Den  and  John  S.  Griffin  are 
given,  as  follows: 

The  first  three  educated  physicians  who  practiced  their 
profession  in  Los  Angeles  for  longer  or  shorter  periods,  of 
whom  we  have  anv  record,  were: 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  277 

Dr.  John  Marsh,  who  came  here  in  January,  1836 ; 

Dr.  Richard  S.  Den,  who  arrived  in  California  in  1843; 

Dr.  John  S.  Griffin,  assistant  surgeon,  U.  S.  A.,  who  ar- 
rived in  1846. 

A  brief  account  of  each  of  these  trained  physicians  and 
surgeons  ought  to  be  of  interest  to  the  present  generation. 

Doctor  Marsh  was  a  native  of  Massachusetts,  and  a  grad- 
uate of  Harvard  College  and  also  of  its  medical  school.  He 
came  to  Los  Angeles  by  way  of  Santa  Fe.  In  the  archives  of 
this  city,  Translations,  Vol.  2,  p.  113  (session  of  the  Ayunta- 
miento  or  Town  Council,  of  18th  February,  1836),  the  follow- 
ing record  is  found : 

*  A  petition  from  a  foreigner,  Don  Juan  Marchet 
(John  Marsh;  the  sound  of  sh  at  the  ending  of  a  word  is  un- 
known in  the  Spanish  tongue),  a  native  of  the  United  States 
of  the  North,  was  read.  He  asks  that  this  illustrious  Ayun- 
tamiento  consider  him  as  having  appeared,  he  declaring  his 
intention  of  locating  in  this  city,  and  also  that  he  is  a  phy- 
sician and  surgeon.  The  111.  Ayuntamiento  decided,  in  con- 
formity with  the  law  of  April  14,  1828,  as  follows:  Record 
and  forward  the  certified  copy,  reminding  said  Marchet 
(Marsh)  that  he  cannot  practice  surgery  until  he  has  ob- 
tained permission  from  the  Ayuntamiento. "  *  *  *  (Min- 
utes of  this  meeting  were  signed :)  "Manuel  Requena,  Pres. ; 
Tiburcio  Tapia,  Rafael  Guirado,  Basilio  Valdez,  Jose  Ma. 
Herrera,  Abel  Stearns,  Narcisco  Botello." 

At  page  117  of  archives  (session  of  25th  February,  1836) 
this  minute  occurs :  "  *  *  *  A  petition  from  Mr.  Juan 
Marchet  (Marsh)  asking  to  be  permitted  to  practice  his  pro- 
fession, was  read.  The  111.  Body  decided  to  give  him  per- 
misison  to  practice  his  profession,  as  he  has  submitted  for 
inspection  his  diploma,  which  was  found  to  be  correct,  and 
also  for  the  reason  that  he  would  be  very  useful  to  the  com- 
munity." 

His  diploma  being  in  Latin,  it  is  said  that,  as  no  one  could 
be  found  in  Los  Angeles  who  understood  that  language,  the 
document  had  to  be  sent  to  San  Gabriel  for  the  mission  priest 
to  translate,  and  which,  as  noted,  was  found  correct. 

He  entered  upon  the  practice  of  his  profession,  but  as 


278  LOS  ANGELES 

money  was  an  almost  unknown  quantity  in  the  old  pueblo,  he 
had  to  take  his  fees  in  horses,  cattle  and  hides,  a  currency 
exceedingly  inconvenient  to  carry  around.  So,  early  in  1837, 
he  abandoned  the  practice  of  medicine,  quitted  Los  Angeles, 
and  went  north  to  find  a  cattle  range.  Yerba  Buena,  now  San 
Francisco,  at  the  time  the  letter  was  written,  contained  two 
houses.  He  located  on  the  Rancho  Los  Medanos,  near  Monte 
Diablo,  where  he  lived  until  he  was  murdered  by  a  Mexican  in 
1856.  A  letter  written  by  him  descriptive  of  California,  and 
published  in  a  Missouri  paper  in  1840,  was  instrumental  in 
causing  the  organization  in  the  spring  of  1841  of  the  first 
immigrant  train  that  crossed  the  plains  to  California. 
This  is  the  letter : 

"Yerba  Buena,  March  27,  1837. 
"J.  M.  Guinn: 

"Dear  Sir:— I  have  been  wandering  about  the  country  for 
several  weeks  and  gradually  becoming  acquainted  both  with  it 
and  its  inhabitants.  This  is  the  best  part  of  the  country,  and 
in  fact  the  only  part  that  is  at  all  adapted  to  agriculturists 
from  our  country.  Nothing  more  is  wanted  but  just  and  equal 
laws  and  a  government — yes,  any  government  that  can  be 
permanent  and  combine  the  confidence  and  good  will  of  those 
who  think.  I  have  good  hope,  but  not  unmixed  with  doubt 
and  apprehension.  News  has  just  arrived  that  an  army  from 
Sonora  is  on  its  march  for  the  conquest  and  plunder  of  Cali- 
fornia. Its  force  is  variously  stated  from  two  to  six  hundred 
men.    This,  of  course,  keeps  everything  in  a  foment. 

"I  have  had  a  choice  of  two  districts  of  land  offered  to 
me,  and  in  a  few  days  I  shall  take  one  or  the  other.  A  brig 
of  the  H.  B.  Co.  (Hudson  Bay  Co.)  is  here  from  the  Columbia 
with  Capt.  Young  (who  has  come  to  buy  cattle)  and  other 
gentlemen  of  the  company.  I  have  been  at  the  headwaters 
of  the  Sacramento  and  met  with  near  a  hundred  people  from 
the  Columbia;  in  fact,  they  and  the  people  here  regard  each 
other  as  neighbors.  Indeed,  a  kinder  spirit  exists  here  and 
less  of  prejudice  and  distrust  to  foreigners  than  in  the  pur- 
lieus of  the  City  of  the  Angels. 

"It  is  my  intention  to  undergo  the  ceremony  of  baptism  in 
a  few  days,  and  shall  shortly  need  the  certificate  of  my  appli- 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  279 

cation  for  letters  of  naturalization.  My  application  was  made 
to  the  Most  Illustrious  Council  of  the  City  of  the  Angels,  in 
the  month  of  January,  last  year  (1836).  I  wish  you  would 
do  me  the  favor  to  obtain  a  certificate  in  the  requisite  form 
and  direct  it  to  me  at  Monterey  to  the  care  of  Mr.  Spence. 
Mr.  Spear  is  about  to  remove  to  this  place.  Capt.  Steele's  ship 
has  been  damaged  and  is  undergoing  repairs,  which  will  soon 
be  completed.  I  expect  to  be  in  the  Angelic  City  some  time 
in  May. 

"Please  give  my  respects  to  Messrs.  Warner  and  W.  M. 
Prior  and  all '  enquiring  friends. ' 

"Very  respectfully, 

"Your  ob't.  servant, 

"John  Maesh." 

Dr.  R.  S.  Den  was  born  in  Ireland  in  1821.  After  receiv- 
ing a  thorough  education  as  a  physician,  surgeon  and  ob- 
stetrician, he  was  appointed  surgeon  of  a  passenger  ship 
bound  for  Australia  in  1842.  Prom  thence  he  came  via  Val- 
paraiso to  Mazatlan,  where  he  received  with  delight  news 
from  his  brother  Nicolas,  from  whom  he  had  not  heard  for 
some  years,  and  who  was  then  living  at  Santa  Barbara.  Re- 
signing his  position  as  surgeon,  he  came  to  California,  arriv- 
ing at  San  Pedro  August  21,  and  at  Santa  Barbara  September 
1,  1843,  at  the  age  of  twenty-two  years. 

In  the  winter  of  1843-44  Doctor  Den  was  called  to  Los  An- 
geles to  perform  some  difficult  surgical  operations,  when  he 
received  a  petition,  signed  by  leading  citizens,  both  native 
and  foreign,  asking  him  to  remain  and  practice  his  profession. 
And  so,  in  July,  1844,  he  returned  to  Los  Angeles.  From  that 
time  on,  until  his  death  in  1895,  he  made  his  home  here,  with 
the  exception  of  a  brief  period  in  the  mines,  and  about  twelve 
years,  from  1854  to  1866,  in  which  he  had  to  look  after  inter- 
ests of  his  stock  rancho  of  San  Marcos,  in  Santa  Barbara 
County. 

A  much  fuller  account  of  Doctor  Den  and  his  long  and 
honorable  career  in  Southern  California  during  the  pioneer 
times,  may  be  found  in  the  "Illustrated  History  of  Los  An- 


280  LOS  ANGELES 

geles  County, ' '  published  in  1889,  pp.  197-200,  which  also  con- 
tains a  steel  engraving  and  good  likeness  of  Doctor  Den. 

In  the  Medical  Directory  of  1878  the  following  paragraph 
appears.  "  It  is  of  record  that  Dr.  R.  S.  Den,  in  obedience  to 
the  laws  of  Mexico  relating  to  foreigners,  did  present  his 
diplomas  as  physician  and  surgeon  to  the  government  of  the 
country,  March  14,  1844,  and  that  he  received  special  license 
to  practice  from  said  government." 

The  document  here  referred  to,  Doctor  Den,  in  the  latter 
years  of  his  life,  showed  to  me.  It  was  signed  by  Governor 
Micheltorena ;  and,  as  it  was  an  interesting  historical  docu- 
ment, I  asked  that  he  present  it  to  the  Historical  Society, 
which  he  promised  to  do.  At  his  death  I  took  considerable 
pains  to  have  the  paper  hunted  up,  but  without  success.  His 
heirs  (the  children  of  his  brother  Nicolas)  apparently  had  but 
little  idea  of  the  historical  value  of  such  a  document  and  there- 
fore it  probably  has  been  lost. 

Dr.  John  S.  Griffin,  who  for  nearly  half  a  century  was  an 
eminent  citizen  and  an  eminent  physician  and  surgeon  of  Los 
Angeles,  was  a  native  of  Virginia,  born  in  1816,  and  a  grad- 
uate of  the  medical  department  of  the  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania. After  practicing  his  profession  some  three  years  in 
Louisville  he  entered  the  U.  S.  army  as  assistant  surgeon, 
serving  under  General  Worth  in  Florida  and  on  the  south- 
west frontier.  As  I  presented  the  Historical  Society  a  con- 
densed sketch  of  Doctor  Griffin's  life  on  the  occasion  of  his 
death,  three  years  ago  (published  in  the  society's  Annual  of 
1898,  pp.  183-5),  I  would  here  refer  members  to  that  sketch; 
and  for  further  details,  to  the  account  that  I  wrote,  taken 
down  mainly  from  his  own  lips,  for  the  Illustrated  History  of 
this  county  of  1889,  pp.  206-7,  which  latter  is  accompanied 
by  an  excellent  stipple  steel  portrait  of  Doctor  Griffin.  There 
are  many  citizens  of  Los  Angeles  and  in  fact,  of  California, 
still  living  who  knew  Doctor  Griffin  well  and  esteemed  him 
highly.    His  death  occurred  in  this  city  August  23,  1898. 

Of  other  physicians  and  surgeons  who  practiced  their  pro- 
fession in  Los  Angeles  in  early  times,  there  were  Drs.  A.  P. 
Hodges,  the  first  mayor  of  the  city,  and  A.  W.  Hope,  who  was 
the  first  state  senator  from  the  first  senatorial  district;  and 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  281 

Doctors  MeFarlane,  Downey  (afterwards  governor  of  the 
state),  Thos.  Foster,  T.  J.  White,  E.  T.  Hayes,  Winston, 
Cullen,  and  others ;  and  during  the  '50s  and  '60s  and  later, 
many  others  too  numerous  to  mention. 

Mr.  Barrow's  friend,  Mr.  Moulton,  who  came  to  Los  An- 
geles in  1845,  informed  him  that  he  knew  two  other  doctors 
who  practiced  here  for  a  short  time  between  '45  and  '49 ;  one 
of  them  a  Frenchman,  who  went  to  San  Diego  with  Doctor 
Griffin  to  assist  him  in  treating  the  wounded  soldiers,  and  who, 
Doctor  Griffin  said,  was  a  first-class  surgeon ;  and  an  American 
named  Keefe.    The  Frenchman's  name  has  been  forgotten. 

From  "California  Pamphlets,"  on  page  42  of  the  Centen- 
nial History,  we  excerpt  the  following  item,  which  is  of  inter- 
est in  connection  with  the  above : 

For  physician  in  1850  has  W.  B.  Osborne,  A.  P.  Hodges, 
W.  W.  Jones,  A.  W.  Hope  and  Overstreet;  in  1851  John 
Brinckerhoff,  Thomas  Foster  and  J.  P.  McFarland;  in  1852, 
James  B.  Winston  and  others.  Dr.  J.  S.  Griffin  returned  to 
reside  here  in  August,  1854.  Dr.  Richard  S.  Den  was  a  phy- 
sician esteemed  highly,  prior  to  1843.  Doctor  Osborne  was  a 
native  of  New  York,  came  to  California  in  1847,  in  Colonel 
Stevenson's  regiment.  He  put  up  the  first  drug  store  in  1850, 
which  was  followed  by  that  of  McFarland  and  Downey  in  1851. 
Our  first  daguerreotypes  were  taken  by  him  and  Moses 
Searles,  August  9,  1851.  He  often  acted  as  deputy  sheriff — 
impossible  to  recount  his  various  functions ;  a  most  useful 
man  anywhere — friendly  among  his  neighbors,  of  intelligence 
and  public  spirit.  He  was  the  projector  of  the  famed  artesian 
well  near  the  hill  on  the  west  side  of  the  city.  It  reached  the 
depth  of  780  feet,  but  was  abandoned  by  the  company  for 
want  of  funds.  The  third  drug  store  was  that  of  A.  W.  Hope, 
September,  1854;  the  fourth  of  Dr.  Henry  R.  Myles,  in  1860; 
then  Winston  &  Welch— Dr.  J.  C.  Welch ;  then  Dr.  Theodore 
Wollweber,  1863.  The  first  dentist  was  J.  W.  Gaylord.  Dr.  J. 
C.  Welch  died  August  1,  1869 ;  he  was  a  native  of  South  Caro- 
lina. Doctor  Hope  was  born  in  Virginia;  died  in  the  year 
1855. 

On  page  273  of  the  publications  of  the  Historical  Society 
of  California  is  an  account  of  some  eccentric  characters  of 


282  LOS  ANGELES 

early  Los  Angeles,  one  of  whom,  named  William  Money, 
among  numerous  other  accomplishments,  was  also  a  "doctor" 
and  an  author  of  a  medical  work  as  well.  Particular  attention 
is  called  to  his  statement  published  in  a  newspaper  of  Los 
Angeles  in  1855  that  his  book,  "The  California  Family  Med- 
ical Instructor,"  contained  a  list  of  5,000  patients  who  had 
been  under  his  care,  of  whom  only  four  to  his  knowledge  died 
while  under  his  treatment — a  statement  sufficiently  suspicious 
to  make  one  think  him  related  to  some  of  the  originators  of 
modern-day  "isms." 

The  sketch  to  which  we  refer  gives  the  following  account 
of  his  interesting  career : 

The  early  years  in  the  history  of  the  new  towns  of  the 
West  were  productive  of  eccentric  characters — men  who 
drifted  in  from  older  civilizations  and  made  a  name  for  them- 
selves or  rather,  as  it  frequently  happened,  had  a  name  made 
for  them  by  their  fellow  men. 

These  local  celebrities  gained  notoriety  in  their  new  homes 
by  their  oddities,  by  their  fads,  their  crankiness,  or  some  other 
characteristic  that  made  them  the  subject  of  remark.  With 
some  the  eccentricity  was  natural;  with  others  it  was  culti- 
vated, and  yet  again  with  others  force  of  circumstances  or 
some  event  not  of  their  own  choosing  made  them  cranks  or 
oddities,  and  gave  them  nicknames  that  stuck  to  them  closer 
than  a  brother. 

No  country  in  the  world  was  more  productive  of  quaint 
characters  and  odd  geniuses  than  the  mining  camps  of  early 
California.  A  man's  history  began  with  his  advent  in  the 
camp.  His  past  was  wiped  out — was  ancient  history,  not 
worth  making  a  note  of.  What  is  he  now  ?  What  is  he  good 
for?  were  the  vital  questions..  Even  his  name  was  sometimes 
wiped  out,  and  he  was  rechristened — given  some  cognomen 
entirely  foreign  to  his  well  known  characteristics.  It  was 
the  irony  of  fate  that  stood  sponsor  at  his  baptism.  "Pious 
Pete"  was  the  most  profane  man  in  the  camp,  and  Pete  was 
not  his  front  name.  His  profanity  was  so  profuse,  so  impres- 
sive, that  it  seemed  an  invocation,  almost  a  prayer. 

There  was  another  class  of  eccentricities  in  the  cities  and 
towns  of  California  where  life  was  less  strenuous  than  in  the 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  283 

mining  camps.  These  were  men  with  whims  or  fads  some- 
times sensible,  sometimes  half  insane,  to  which  they  devoted 
themselves  until  they  became  noted  as  notorious  cranks. 

San  Francisco  had  its  Philosopher  Pickett,  its  Emperor 
Norton  and  a  host  of  others  of  like  ilk.  Los  Angeles  had  rep- 
resentatives of  this  class  in  its  early  days,  but  unfortunately 
the  memory  of  but  few  of  them  has  been  salted  down  in  the 
brine  of  history. 

In  delving  recently  among  the  rubbish  of  the  past  for 
scraps  of  history,  I  came  across  a  review  of  the  first  book 
printed  in  Los  Angeles — the  name  of  the  book,  its  author  and 
its  publisher.  But  for  that  review,  these  would  have  been  lost 
to  fame. 

It  is  not  probable  that  a  copy  of  the  book  exists,  and  possi- 
bly no  reader  of  that  book  is  alive  today — not  that  the  book 
was  fatal  to  its  readers;  it  had  very  few — but  the  readers 
were  fatal  to  the  book;  they  did  not  preserve  it.  That  book 
was  the  product  of  an  eccentric  character.  Some  of  you  knew 
him.  His  name  was  William  Money,  but  he  preferred  to  have 
the  accent  placed  on  the  last  syllable,  and  was  known  as 
"Money."  Bancroft  says  of  him:  "Scotchman,  the  date  and 
manner  of  whose  coming  are  not  known,  was  at  Los  Angeles 
in  1843."  I  find  from  the  old  archives  he  was  here  as  early  as 
1841.  In  the  winter  of  1841-42  he  made  repairs  on  the  Plaza 
Church  to  the  amount  of  $126.  Bancroft  in  his  Pioneer  Reg- 
ister states:  "He  is  said  to  have  come  as  the  servant  of  a 
scientific  man,  whose  methods  and  ideas  he  adopted.  His  wife 
was  a  handsome  Sonorena.  In  '46  the  couple  started  for 
Sonora  with  Coronel,  and  were  captured  by  Kearny's  force. 
They  returned  from  the  Colorado  with  the  Mormon  battalion. 
Money  became  an  eccentric  doctor,  artist  and  philosopher  at 
San  Gabriel,  where  his  house,  in  1880,  was  filled  with  pon- 
derous tomes  of  his  writings,  and  on  the  simple  condition  of 
buying  $1,000  worth  of  these  I  was  offered  his  pioneer  rem- 
iniscences. He  died  a  few  years  later.  His  wife,  long  divorced 
from  him,  married  a  Frenchman.  She  was  also  living  at  Los 
Angeles  in  '80.  It  was  her  daughter  who  killed  Chico  For- 
ster." 

Bancroft  fails  to  enumerate  all  of  Money's  titles.    He  was 


284  LOS  ANGELES 

variously  called  Professor  Money,  Doctor  Money  and  Bishop 
Money.  He  was  a  self -constituted  doctor  and  a  self -anointed 
bishop.  He  aspired  to  found  a  great  religious  sect.  He  made 
his  own  creed  and  ordained  himself  "Bishop,  Deacon  and 
Defender  of  the  Re-Formed  New  Testament  Church  of  the 
Faith  of  Jesus  Christ. ' ' 

Doctor  Money  had  the  inherent  love  of  a  Scotchman  for 
theological  discussion.  He  was  always  ready  to  attack  a 
religious  dogma  or  assail  a  creed.  When  not  discussing  the- 
ological questions  or  practicing  medicines,  he  dabbled  in  sci- 
ence and  made  discoveries. 

In  Book  II  of  Miscel.  Records  of  L.  A.  County,  recorded 
September  18,  1872,  is  a  map  or  picture  of  a  globe  labeled 
"Wm.  Money's  Discovery  of  the  Ocean."  Around  the  north 
pole  are  a  number  of  convolving  lines  which  purport  to  rep- 
resent a  "whirling  ocean."  Passing  down  from  the  north  pole 
to  the  south,  like  the  vertebrae  of  a  great  fish,  is  a  subterra- 
nean ocean.  Beyond  this  on  each  side  are  the  exhaustless  fiery 
regions,  and  outside,  a  rocky  mountain  chain  that  evidently 
keeps  the  earth  from  bursting.  At  the  south  pole  gush  out 
two  currents  a  mile  wide  marked  the  Kuro  Siwo.  There  is 
no  explanation  of  the  discovery  and  no  statement  of  which 
ocean,  the  whirling  or  the  subterranean,  that  Doctor  Money 
claimed  to  have  discovered.  Evidently  a  hole  at  the  north 
pole  sucks  in  the  waters  of  the  whirling  ocean,  which  pass 
down  through  the  subterranean  ocean  and  are  heated  by  the 
exhaustless  fiery  regions  which  border  that  ocean;  then  these 
heated  waters  are  spurted  out  into  space  at  the  south  pole. 
What  becomes  of  them  afterwards  the  records  do  not  show. 

From  some  cause  Doctor  Money  disliked  the  people  of  San 
Francisco.  In  his  scientific  researches  he  made  the  discovery 
that  that  part  of  the  earth's  crust  on  which  that  city  stands 
was  almost  burnt  through,  and  he  prophesied  that  the  crust 
would  soon  break  and  the  City  of  the  Bay  would  drop  down 
into  the  exhaustless  fiery  regions  and  be  wiped  out  like  Sodom 
and  Gomorrah  of  old ! 

The  review  of  Doctor  Money's  book,  which  I  have  men- 
tioned, was  written  by  the  genial  Col.  J.  0.  Wheeler,  then 
editor  of  the  Southern  Californian,  a  paper  that  died  and  was 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  285 

buried  in  the  journalistic  graveyard  of  unfelt  wants  forty- 
eight  years  ago.  Colonel  Wheeler  was  a  walking  library  of 
local  history.  He  could  tell  a  story  well  and  had  a  fund  of 
humorous  ones,  but  I  could  never  persuade  him  to  write  out 
his  reminiscences  for  publication.  He  died,  and  his  stories 
of  the  olden  times  died  with  him,  just  as  so  many  of  the  old 
pioneers  will  do,  die  and  leave  no  record  behind  them. 

Doctor  Money's  book  was  written  and  published  in  1854. 
Colonel  Wheeler's  review  is  quite  lengthy,  filling  nearly  two 
columns  of  the  Californian.  I  omit  a  considerable  portion  of 
it.  The  review  says :  "We  are  in  luck  this  week,  having  been 
the  recipients  of  a  very  interesting  literary  production  en- 
titled 'Reform  of  the  New  Testament  Church,'  by  Win. 
Money,  Bishop,  Deacon  and  Defender  of  the  Faith  of  Jesus 
Christ. 

"The  volume  by  Professor  Money  comes  to  us  bound  in 
the  beautiful  coloring  so  much  admired,  and  is  finely  gotten 
up  and  executed  at  the  Star  office  in  this  city.  Its  title  de- 
notes the  general  objects  of  the  work  which  have  been  fol- 
lowed out  in  the  peculiar  style  of  the  well-known  author,  and 
in  the  emphatic  language  of  the  Council  General,  Upper  Cali- 
fornia, City  of  Los  Angeles,  we  pronounce  it  a  work  worthy 
of  all  dignified  admiration,  a  reform  which  ecclesiastics  and 
civil  authorities  have  not  been  able  to  comply  with  yet. 

"The  work  opens  with  an  original  letter  from  the  afore- 
said Council  General,  which  met  August  the  7th,  1854,  near 
the  main  zanja  in  this  city;  said  letter  was  indited,  signed, 
sealed  'by  supplication  of  the  small  flock  of  Jesus  Christ' 
represented  by  Ramon  Tirado,  president,  and  Francis  Contre- 
ras,  secretary,  and  directed  with  many  tears  to  the  great  de- 
fender of  the  new  faith,  who,  amid  the  quiet  retreats  with 
which  the  rural  districts  abound,  had  pensively  dwelt  on  the 
noble  objects  of  his  mission,  and,  in  fastings  and  prayer,  con- 
cocted this  great  work  of  his  life. 

' '  The  venerable  prelate,  in  an  elaborate  prefix  to  his  work, 
informs  the  public  that  he  was  born,  to  the  best  of  his  recollec- 
tion, about  the  year  1807,  from  which  time  up  to  the  anniver- 
sary of  his  seventh  year,  his  mother  brought  him  up  by  hand. 
He  says,  by  a  singular  circumstance  (the  particular  circum- 


286  LOS  ANGELES 

stance  is  not  mentioned),  I  was  born  with  four  teeth,  and  with 
the  likeness  of  a  rainbow  in  my  right  eye. 

It  would  seem  that  his  early  youth  was  marked  by  more 
than  ordinary  capacity,  as  we  find  him  at  seven  entering  upon 
the  study  of  natural  history;  how  far  he  proceeded,  or  if  he 
proceeded  at  all,  is  left  for  his  readers  to  determine.  At  the 
age  of  twelve,  poverty  compelled  him  to  "bind  himself  to  a 
paper  factory. ' '  Next  year,  being  then  thirteen  years  of  age, 
having  made  a  raise,  he  commenced  the  studies  of  philosophy, 
civil  law,  medicine,  philosophy  of  sound  in  a  conch  shell,  pe- 
culiar habits  of  the  muskrat,  and  the  component  parts  of 
Swain's  vermifuge.  Thirsting  for  still  further  knowledge, 
four  years  afterwards  we  find  him  entering  upon  the  study 
of  theology;  and  he  says:  "In  this  year  (1829)  I  commenced 
my  travels  in  foreign  countries,"  and  the  succeeding  year 
found  him  upon  the  shores  of  the  United  States,  indefatigable 
in  body  and  mind ;  the  closing  of  the  same  year  found  him  in 
Mexico,  still  following  the  sciences  above  mentioned,  but  the- 
ology in  particular. 

About  this  time  he  commenced  those  powerful  discussions 
with  the  Eoman  clergy  in  which  our  author  launched  forth 
against  the  old  church  those  terrible  denunciations  as  effective 
as  they  were  unanswerable,  and  which  for  thirty  years  he  has 
been  hurling  against  her. 

Perhaps  the  most  memorable  of  all  his  efforts  was  the 
occasion  of  the  last  arguments  had  Math  the  Eoman  clergy 
concerning  abuses  which  came  off  in  the  Council  of  Pitaquitos, 
a  small  town  in  Sonora,  commencing  on  the  20th  of  October, 
1835,  which  continued  to  May  1,  1840,  a  period  of  five  years. 
This  convocation  had  consumed  much  time  in  its  preparation, 
and  the  clergy,  aware  of  the  powerful  foe  with  whom  they 
had  to  deal,  and  probable  great  length  of  time  which  would 
elapse,  selected  their  most  mighty  champions;  men  who  in 
addition  to  a  glib  tongue  and  subtle  imagination,  were  cele- 
brated for  their  wonderful  powers  of  endurance.  There  were 
seven  skilled  disputants  arrayed  against  Money,  but  he  van- 
quished them  single-handed. 

The  discussion  opened  on  the  following  propositions :  The 
Bishop  of  Culiacan  and  he  of  Durango  disputed  that  Wm. 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  287 

Money  believed  that  the  Virgin  Mary  was  the  mother  of  Jesus, 
but  not  the  mother  of  Christ.  William  Money  makes  his 
application  to  God,  but  not  to  the  Virgin  Mary. 

These  and  other  learned  propositions  were  discussed  and 
rediscussed  constantly  for  five  years,  during  which  writing 
paper  arose  to  such  an  enormous  price  that  special  enact- 
ments were  made,  withdrawing  the  duties  thereon.  Time 
would  not  admit  of  detailing  the  shadow  of  what  transpired 
during  the  session. 

Suffice  it  to  say  that  through  the  indomitable  faith  and 
energy  of  Mr.  Money,  his  seven  opponents  were  entirely 
overcome;  one  sickened  early  in  the  second  year  and  was  con- 
strained to  take  a  voyage  by  sea;  two  others  died  of  hemor- 
rhage of  the  lungs ;  one  went  crazy ;  two  became  converted  and 
left  the  council  in  the  year  1838  and  were  found  by  Mr.  Money 
on  the  breaking  up  of  the  council  to  have  entered  into 
connubial  bonds,  and  were  in  the  enjoyment  of  perfect  hap 
piness.  The  other  two  strenuously  held  out  to  the  year  1840; 
when,  exhausted,  sick  and  dismayed,  the  council,  in  the  Ian 
guage  of  the  author,  was  broken  up  by  offering  Money  to  give 
up  his  sword,  the  "Word  of  God,  but  he  protested,  saying 
"God  keep  me  from  such  treacherous  men,  and  from  becoming 
a  traitor  to  my  God. ' ' 

Thus  ended  this  famous  disputation  of  which  history  fur- 
nishes no  parallel.  From  the  foregoing  our  readers  can  form 
an  idea  of  this  great  work.  It  forms  a  volume  of  twenty-two 
pages,  printed  in  English  and  Spanish,  with  notes. 

Doctor  Money  seems  to  have  considered  his  call  to  preach 
paramount  to  his  call  to  practice.  In  a  card  to  the  public, 
published  in  the  Star  of  November  3,  1855,  he  says:  "I  am 
sorry  to  inform  the  public  that  since  the  Reformed  New 
Testament  Church  has  unanimously  conferred  on  me  the 
office  of  Bishop,  Deacon,  and  Defender  of  the  Faith  of  said 
apostolic  church,  it  is  at  present  inconvenient  for  me  any 
longer  to  practice  my  physical  system.  My  California  Family 
Medical  Instructor  is  now  ready  for  the  press,  containing  my 
three  physical  systems,  in  about  200  pages  and  50  plates  of 
the  human  body.  It  will  likewise  contain  a  list  of  about  five 
thousand  patients  that  I  have  had  under  my  physical  treat- 


288  LOS  ANGELES 

ment  in  the  course  of  fifteen  years'  practice,  from  the  port 
of  San  Diego  to  that  of  San  Francisco.  Out  of  this  large 
number  only  four,  to  my  knowledge,  have  died  while  under 
my  treatment.  I  do  not  publish  this  for  the  purpose  of  get- 
ting into  practice,  but  only  to  get  out  of  it." 

His  Family  Medical  Instructor  was  probably  the  second 
book  written  in  Los  Angeles,  but  whether  it  was  ever  pub- 
lished is  not  known.  Some  twenty-five  years  ago,  when  the 
public  library  was  in  the  old  Downey  Block,  he  had  on  file  in 
it  a  set  of  plates  of  the  human  body.  He  removed  to  San 
Gabriel,  where  he  lived  in  a  curiously  constructed  adobe  house. 
He  died  in  1890,  at  San  Gabriel.  His  books  and  papers  were 
lost. 

It  is  of  the  greatest  interest  to  go  back  over  the  records 
and  find  what  folks  were  doing  concerning  sanitation  and  the 
effort  to  preserve  the  public  health  in  the  old  times  of  Los 
Angeles  before  the  men  and  women  who  inhabit  it  now  were 
born. 

For  instance,  we  find  that  in  the  year  1847  one  Julian 
Chavez  sent  the  following  communication  to  the  honorable 
Town  Council  of  Los  Angeles: 

"It  being  one  of  the  principal  duties  of  any  municipal 
body  when  "it  sees  that  an  epidemic  begins  to  attack  the  com- 
munity, to  enforce  cleanliness,  fumigation  and  similar 
measures,  I  respectfully  suggest  that  you  instruct  the  Syndic 
to  spend  three  or  four  dollars  in  causing  all  the  heads  and 
remains  of  cattle  as  well  as  dead  animals  that  can  be  found, 
to  be  gathered  into  a  heap  in  the  borders  of  the  town  and  set 
on  fire  at  the  hour  of  six  in  the  evening  to  be  thoroughly 
consumed  and  the  air  purified.  Also  that  you  admonish  the 
people  to  keep  their  premises  clean  and  sweep  in  front  of 
their  houses  and  on  no  condition  to  throw  any  garbage,  filth 
or  offal  of  the  cattle  they  slaughter  in  the  streets.  Also  that 
the  work  on  the  zanja  be  pushed  to  an  early  completion  be- 
cause our  citizens  who  live  further  below  are  suffering  greatly 
for  lack  of  water,  which  is  also  one  of  the  causes  why  the 
epidemic  lasts  so  long.  In  making  these  recommendations,  I 
beg  of  you  to  give  them  your  immediate  consideration." 

From  one  of  the  annual  reports  of  Dr.  L.  M.  Powers,  for 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  289 

many  years  the  efficient  and  well-beloved  health  officer,  we 
gather  some  intensely  interesting  facts.  For  instance,  it  is 
learned  that  in  the  year  1850  police  regulations  were  promul- 
gated which  declared  it  "the  duty  of  the  police  to  attend  to 
everything  touching  the  comfort,  health  and  adornment  of 
the  city."    And  the  following  two  important  articles: 

"Article  6.  On  Saturdays  every  householder  shall  clean 
the  front  of  his  premises  up  to  the  middle  of  the  street,  or  for 
the  space  of  at  least  eight  varas. 

"Article  7.  No  filth  shall  be  thrown  into  zanjas,  carrying 
water  for  common  use,  nor  into  the  streets  of  the  City." 

From  the  same  report  we  find  the  medicine  men  doing 
their  best  to  help  the  city  to  keep  clean  and  healthy  as  it 
gradually  assumed  the  dignity  of  a  city  through  the  slow 
and  happy  growth  of  the  years. 

In  1853,  the  City  Council  passed  an  ordinance  concerning 
the  making  of  bread,  requiring  the  use  of  good  and  wholesome 
flour,  and  uniform  size  of  loaves. 

In  1855  the  Common  Council  passed  an  ordinance  regu- 
lating the  conduction  of  a  city  slaughter  house  or  corral  and 
requiring  a  monthly  fee  or  rental  for  the  use  of  the  same  and 
the  disposal  of  the  offal  in  such  a  manner  as  not  to  be 
offensive.  Also  created  the  office  of  stock  and  meat  inspector, 
who  was  to  give  bond  of  $500  and  to  receive  fees  for  inspect- 
ing stock  as  follows.  For  meat  cattle,  50  cents  per  head,  and 
for  sheep,  goats  and  hogs,  each  75  cents. 

In  1868,  when  the  County  Hospital  was  only  in  name  and 
the  Sisters  of  Charity  were  paid  per  capita  for  the  care  of 
the  indigent  sick,  and  the  police  force  consisted  of  the  town 
marshal  and  one  policeman,  and  the  board  of  health,  the 
mayor  and  two  councilmen,  appointed  by  the  president  of 
the  Council,  an  epidemic  of  smallpox  occurred  and  Dr.  H.  S. 
Orme  was  appointed  health  officer  at  a  salary  of  $10  per  day 
to  care  for  smallpox  patients  and  look  after  the  sanitary  con- 
ditions of  the  city. 

In  July,  1868,  the  main  building  now  existing  in  Chavez 
Ravine  and  known  as  the  pest  house  was  built  jointly  by  the 
city  and  county,  for  a  smallpox  hospital.  Smallpox  was  quite 
prevalent ;  many  cases  occurred  among  the  Indians  who  were 


290  •  LOS  ANGELES 

employed  to  pick  grapes  in  the  city  and  vicinity.  These  In- 
dians when  first  attacked  with  the  fever  would  often  plunge 
into  the  zanja  or  river,  and  then  lie  around  the  banks  until 
they  were  picked  up  in  a  critical  condition  or  perhaps  dead. 
The  mortality  during  the  epidemic  was  great.  The  Sisters 
of  Charity,  with  self-sacrifice  and  regardless  of  their  health, 
rendered  most  faithful  and  efficient  service  during  this  epi- 
demic. Vaccination  was  enforced  as  thoroughly  as  possible 
and  the  disease  was  ere  long  eradicated. 

It  seems  from  1869  that  Drs.  Pigne,  Dupuytren,  T.  C.  Gale, 
and  J.  H.  McKee  served  as  health  officers  at  different  times. 
Dr.  J.  H.  McKee  was  elected  health  officer  on  June  25,  Octo- 
ber 15,  and  again  December  31,  1874. 

In  April,  1873,  the  City  Council  passed  an  ordinance  creat- 
ing the  board  of  health,  to  consist  of  the  mayor,  president  of 
the  Council  and  two  members  of  the  Council  to  be  appointed 
by  the  president  of  the  Council.  The  salary  of  the  health 
officer  was  $50  per  month,  and  he  was  to  be  appointed  by  the 
board  of  health,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  City  Council. 

In  1874  the  City  Council  passed  an  extensive  sanitary  ordi- 
nance providing  for  free  vaccination,  reports  of  births,  deaths 
and  contagious  diseases,  etc.,  and  another  resolution  regu- 
lating the  prevention  of  nuisances  and  providing  for  the  public 
health,  etc.,  including  a  section  prohibiting  the  sale  of  adul- 
terated milk. 

In  1876  the  Council  passed  a  resolution  fixing  the  health 
officer's  salary  at  $75  per  month.  In  1877  the  Council  passed 
an  ordinance  repealing  ordinances  of  July,  1873  and  August, 
1874,  pertaining  to  the  creation  of  the  board  of  health  and 
prescribing  the  duties  of  the  health  officer,  etc. 

In  1877  a  report  was  made  to  the  Council  that  one  Mrs. 
Dominguez  had  broken  quarantine  because  of  the  want  of 
food.  The  Council  authorized  the  health  officer  to  supply  food 
to  families  in  quarantine  for  smallpox. 

Again,  in  1878,  the  Common  Council  passed  a  resolution 
relating  to  the  health  of  the  City  of  Los  Angeles,  to  prevent 
the  spread  of  contagious  diseases  by  providing  quarantine 
regTilations  for  the  incoming  trains,  etc. 

On  January  2,  1879,  Dr.  Walter  Lindley  was  elected  health 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  291 

officer;  at  that  time  there  was  no  board  of  health  and  the  City 
Council  elected  the  health  officer.  Dr.  Lindley  inaugurated 
the  system  of  free  vaccination  of  children  attending  the 
public  schools  and  succeeded  in  securing  the  passage  of  an 
ordinance  prohibiting  the  handling  of  swill  and  garbage 
through  the  streets  between  the  hours  of  9  A.  M.  and  5  P.  M. 
He  established  the  system  of  registering  births  and  deaths, 
and  secured  a  sewer  system  for  the  main  streets;  he  also 
made  an  annual  report  of  the  transactions  of  the  office. 
Doctor  Lindley 's  report  made  November  13,  1879,  for  the  ten 
months  previous  to  November  1,  1879,  shows  estimated  popu- 
lation to  be  16,000,  number  of  births  223,  and  number  of 
deaths  175,  including  still  births. 

As  late  as  the  year  1897  we  still  find  some  situations  that 
were  no  doubt  serious  enough  at  the  time,  but  which  appear 
laughable  now.     Here  is  one  of  them : 

It  was  decided  to  have  the  meat  and  milk  of  the  city  sys- 
tematically inspected.  During  the  first  eight  months,  after 
the  decision  was  put  into  force,  much  of  the  time  was  con- 
sumed in  settling  the  question  as  to  who  had  the  right  to  the 
appointment  of  the  sanitary  inspectors,  the  Board  of  Health 
or  the  City  Council.  For  three  months,  pending  the  decision 
of  the  court,  we  had  two  sets  of  inspectors  calling  at  the  office 
every  morning,  and  there  was  also  much  trouble  in  securing 
the  proper  control  of  the  street  sweeping.  During  the  fall  a 
new  inspector  was  appointed  for  street  sweeping.  The  meat 
and  milk  inspector  and  a  practical  butcher  was  appointed 
meat  inspector,  thereby  creating  two  offices. 

It  is  a  well-agreed-to  fact  that  history  is  a  thing  that  can 
be  written  only  in  restrospect.  Men  and  events  of  our  own 
time  are  too  near  to  us  to  be  judged.  And  this  is  one  reason 
why,  in  this  book,  no  attempt  at  detail  is  made  concerning  the 
status  of  medicine  in  Los  Angeles  at  the  present  day. 

It  is  enough  to  say  that  in  no  city  of  the  world  can  the 
profession  of  medicine  be  found  standing  on  a  higher  plane 
than  it  stands  in  Los  Angeles.  Nowhere  in  the  world  can 
physicians  and  surgeons  be  found  more  devoted  to  their  pro- 
fession, more  skilled  in  its  science  or  more  faithful  to  the 
trust  reposed  in  them.     Not  only  have  we,  in  the  product  of 


292  LOS  ANGELES 

our  own  schools  at  home,  medical  men  of  the  highest  class, 
but  we  have  also  the  products  of  the  best  schools  in  other 
parts  of  the  world  who  honor  and  benefit  Los  Angeles  by  their 
presence  among  us. 

Los  Angeles  has  hospitals  as  splendidly  equipped  for 
service  as  any  other  city  has,  and  its  institutions  of  this  nature 
keep  pace  with  the  best  and  latest  thought  of  the  scientific 
world. 

And  it  is  well  that  all  this  is  so,  for  while  it  is  true  that 
owing  to  favored  climatic  conditions,  there  would  not  ordi- 
narily be  here  the  same  great  need  of  the  physician  and  the 
surgeon  that  exists  in  less  kindly  climes,  we  are  to  remember 
that  all  the  roads  of  the  earth  and  the  pathways  of  the  seas 
bear  to  our  doors  the  sick,  whose  hope  of  recovery  lies  in 
California. 

And  even  with  all  this,  the  death  rate  here  is  less  perhaps 
than  it  is  in  any  other  city  of  equal  size.  For  this  happy  con- 
dition we  have  to  thank  both  the  doctors  and  the  climate. 


CHAPTER  XV 
RELIGION  AND  THE  CHURCHES 

We  have  seen  heretofore  in  this  book  that  as  a  community 
requiring  a  civic  and  political  government,  Los  Angeles  was 
created  under  extraordinary  circumstances,  namely,  "by 
order  of  the  king."  That  is  to  say,  Los  Angeles  was  polit- 
ically foreordained,  because  of  the  fact  that  it  was  founded 
and  established  by  the  royal  edict  of  the  King  of  Spain. 

We  are  now  to  see  that  spiritually  and  in  regard  to  the 
care  of  the  souls  of  the  people  who  came  to  inhabit  the  new 
city  and  to  have  their  being  there,  Los  Angeles  became — 
though  it  may  be  indirectly — the  subject  again  of  what  might 
be  called  Royal  authority,  for  in  those  times  the  Pope  of 
Rome  ranked  with  other  kings  and  potentates. 

Now,  as  we  have  related,  Los  Angeles  at  the  beginning  of 
its  career  was  looked  after  spiritually  by  the  padres  of  San 
Gabriel  and  other  nearby  missions  in  such  measure  as  the 
time  and  abilities  of  these  padres  permitted.  We  learn  that 
in  the  year  1784,  three  years  after  the  Pueblo  of  Los  Angeles 
was  founded,  and  continuing  until  the  year  1812,  there  was 
a  chapel  on  Buena  Vista  Street  where  a  Franciscan  friar 
from  San  Gabriel  held  religious  services,  saying  mass  every 
Sunday  and  on  Holy  days  for  the  accommodation  of  the 
settlers  and  their  families.  Then,  between  the  years  1812 
and  1815,  the  present  old  church  still  standing  on  the  Plaza 
was  built  and  placed  under  the  pastorage  of  Father  Bias  Raho. 
But  during  all  this  time  Los  Angeles  and  all  California  were 
merely  a  part  of  the  spiritual  territory  of  Mexico,  and  spe- 
cifically a  part  of  the  diocese  of  Sonora. 

But  as  California  continued  to  grow  in  population,  the 

Mexican  Congress  petitioned  Rome  to  separate  Lower  and 

Upper  California  into  a  separate  diocese.     In  those  days  in 

Catholic  countries,  and  in  other  countries  as  well,  church  and 

293 


PROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  295 

state  went  hand  in  hand.  Mexico  acknowledged  itself  to  be 
a  Catholic  country,  subject  in  all  spiritual  matters  to  the  Pope. 
In  response  to  the  petition  of  the  Mexican  Congress, 
Gregory  XVI,  then  Pope  of  Rome,  issued  the  famous  bull 
creating  the  Diocese  of  California,  of  which  Los  Angeles  was 
a  part.  The  document  is  important  and  of  great  historical 
value,  and  since  it  gives  us  the  real  beginning  of  church  gov- 
ernment here,  we  feel  it  our  duty  to  set  it  forth  in  full.  It 
is  as  follows: 

"Gregory,  Bishop,  Servant  of  the  Servants  of  God, 
For  a  Perpetual  Memorial. 

"1.  The  Apostolic  solicitude  which  We  feel  for  all  the 
Churches  should,  as  is  evident,  not  only  never  be  weakened 
or  diminished  by  distances  or  the  remoteness  of  the  faithful, 
but  should  for  that  very  reason  rather  be  augmented  and 
inflamed.  Since,  therefore,  access  to  this  Center  of  Catholic 
unity  is  rendered  too  difficult  for  the  most  remote  of  Our 
flock  and  We  are  not  able,  on  account  of  the  distance  and  the 
natural  condition  of  the  territory,  to  refresh  them  with  fre- 
quent admonitions,  counsels,  exhortations,  and,  in  fine,  by 
spiritual  aids  of  whatever  kind,  or  to  heal  their  wounds 
promptly,  We  do  as  does  an  affectionate  mother  far  distant 
from  her  children:  she  assuredly  loves  them  with  the  more 
ardor  the  more  she  sees  herself  unable  to  lavish  upon  her 
absent  ones  all  the  services  of  a  special  love. 

"Hence,  not  only  do  We  daily  pray  for  the  most  bountiful 
of  celestial  blessings  to  fall  upon  this  part  of  the  flock  which 
We  ever  have  in  mind,  but  We  also  leave  nothing  undone 
which  may  in  any  way  contribute  to  the  spiritual  welfare  of 
the  same.  While  We  were  assiduously  revolving  these  mat- 
ters in  Our  mind,  those  composing  the  Government  of  Mexico 
in  North  America  humbly  supplicated  that  We  by  Apostolic 
Authority  separate  California  from  the  Diocese  of  Sonora 
within  the  same  Mexican  boundaries,  erect  there  an  episcopal 
see  to  be  called  the  See  of  California,  and  give  it  a  Bishop 
of  its  own. 

"Although  the  beginning  of  the  Diocese  of  Sonora  is  not 
to  be  sought  previous  to  the  year  1779,  and  itself  was  formed 


296  LOS  ANGELES 

of  parts  from  the  Dioceses  of  Guadalajara  and  Durango, 
nevertheless  that  territory  was  soon  extended  so  widely  that 
it  not  only  embraces  the  vast  provinces  of  Sonora,  Ostimuri 
and  Sinaloa,  but  the  whole  immense  California  besides.  The 
last  named,  however,  which  is  said  to  exceed  seven  hundred 
leagues,  is  divided  into  Old  and  New  California.  The  former 
includes  the  Peninsula  of  California  which  the  ancient  writers 
on  natural  affairs  believed  to  be  an  island.  The  latter,  how- 
ever, is  joined  to  Old  California  by  a  wild  tract  of  land. 
Both,  at  present,  constitute  one  of  the  Mexican  provinces. 
If  the  mind  considers  the  great  roughness  of  the  roads,  the 
rapid  currents  of  the  rivers,  which,  at  times,  it  is  impossible 
to  cross,  and  moreover  the  immense  mountain  chains,  which 
are  inhabited  by  barbarians,  it  will  be  apparent  that  the 
Bishop  of  Sonora  is  by  these  causes  hindered  from  governing 
and  moderating  with  necessary  effectiveness  the  flock  en- 
trusted to  his  care,  from  visiting  his  whole  diocese,  and  from 
devoting  himself  entirely  to  the  conversion  of  those  whom, 
for  lacking  the  light  of  the  Gospel,  We  bitterly  mourn  as 
wrapped  in  the  densest  darkness  of  error.  This  worst  of  all 
evils  both  Old  and  New  California  is  suffering  in  a  peculiar 
degree ;  for  although  missionaries  of  the  Orders  of  St.  Dom- 
inic and  St.  Francis  have  spiritual  charge  of  these  provinces, 
yet  each  is  situated  in  the  farthest  part  of  the  Diocese  of 
Sonora,  and  therefore  not  assisted  by  the  presence  of  a  Pastor, 
who,  powerful  in  word  and  deed,  might  edify  the  people  by 
his  speech  and  example,  correct  what  is  depraved,  consolidate 
what  is  disrupted,  strengthen  those  weak  in  Faith,  and  en- 
lighten the  ignorant. 

"2.  These  and  other  good  reasons  adduced  by  the  Gov- 
ernment of  Mexico  through  its  embassador  to  the  Apostolic 
See  have  been  presented  to  Us  with  such  force  that,  after 
having  considered  every  thing  with  mature  deliberation,  and 
having  observed  the  great  advantage  of  it,  We  most  willingly 
accede  to  the  petitions  offered.  Therefore,  with  certain 
knowledge  of  the  matter,  in  the  plenitude  of  Apostolic  Power, 
and  also  from  Our  own  initiative,  supplying  the  consent  of 
Our  Venerable  Brother  Lazaro  de  Garza,  now  Bishop  of 
Sonora,  and  of  others  who  may  be  concerned,  We  forever  take 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  297 

away,  detach,  sever  and  separate  whole  California,  namely 
the  Old  as  well  as  the  New  California,  together  with  all  and 
every  one  of  the  parishes,  churches,  convents  and  monas- 
teries, and  all  secular  and  regular  benefices  of  whatever  kind 
existing  there,  likewise  all  persons  of  both  sexes,  dwellers  and 
inhabitants,  the  laity  as  well  as  clergy,  priests,  beneficiaries 
and  the  religious  of  whatever  grade,  status,  order  or  condition 
staying  there,  from  the  Diocese  of  Sonora  to  which  they  be- 
longed. Moreover,  the  City  of  San  Diego  in  new  California, 
situated  in  the  center  of  California  and  regarded  as  more 
suitable  than  other  places,  We  establish  and  institute  as 
episcopal  city  with  its  court  and  ecclesiastical  chancery  and 
all  and  each  of  the  honors,  rights,  privileges  and  prerogatives 
used  and  enjoyed  by  the  cities  and  citizens  honored  by  an 
episcopal  see  in  the  Mexican  dominion. 

"3.  We  command  that  the  principal  church  in  the  said 
territory  of  San  Diego  be  raised  and  elevated  to  the  honor 
and  dignity  of  a  cathedral  church,  and  therein  likewise  We 
command  to  have  erected  and  established  in  perpetuity  the 
see  and  episcopal  seat  of  the  one  henceforth  to  be  called  the 
Bishop  of  California,  who  is  to  preside  over  the  same  church, 
city  and  diocese  to  be  designated  presently,  and  over  its 
clergy,  to  convoke  the  synod,  to  have  and  exercise  all  and 
every  episcopal  right,  office  and  duty,  and  to  have  his  chapter, 
seal,  archives,  and  the  income  to  be  presently  laid  down,  and 
all  other  episcopal  insignia,  rights,  honors,  precedence,  graces, 
favors,  indults,  jurisdiction  and  prerogatives  which  the  other 
cathedrals  in  the  Mexican  dominion  and  their  Bishops  enjoy, 
provided  that  they  are  not  granted  them  by  special  indult  or 
privilege. 

"4.  To  the  California  cathedral  church,  thus  erected  and 
to  its  Bishop,  We  adjudge  and  assign  as  its  own  diocese 
hereafter  the  entire  Old  and  New  California,  as  above  cut 
off  and  separated  from  the  Diocese  of  Sonora,  to  be  the  dio- 
cese of  the  New  California  bishopric,  and  this  California, 
thus  allotted  and  assigned,  and  in  it  the  existing  parishes, 
churches,  convents,  monasteries,  and  all  other  secular  and 
regular  benefices  of  whatever  Order,  the  persons  of  either 
sex,  the  inhabitants,  clergy  as  well  as  laity,  but  not  those 


298  LOS  ANGELES 

exempt,  of  whatever  class.  We  likewise  subject  in  perpetuity 
to  the  jurisdiction,  rule,  power,  and  authority  of  the  new 
Bishop  of  the  California  Diocese,  and  to  him  We  assign  and 
allot  them  as  his  city,  territory,  diocese,  clergy  and  people, 
likewise  in  perpetuity. 

"5.  In  order,  however,  that  the  future  Bishop  of  Cali- 
fornia during  his  lifetime  may  live  in  a  manner  becoming  his 
dignity,  and  may  properly  provide  for  the  vicat-general  and 
episcopal  court,  We  ascribe  and  assign  as  episcopal  income 
the  Fund  of  the  real  estate  which  the  Mexican  Government  in 
accordance  with  its  promise  will  set  apart. 

"6.  With  regard  to  the  property  of  the  new  California 
cathedral  church,  We  likewise  ascribe  and  adjudge  as  an  in- 
come for  its  maintenance  in  perpetuity  the  Fund  which  the 
same  Government  promised  to  surrender.  We  ordain  that  as 
soon  as  possible  there  be  assigned  and  given  suitable  buildings 
for  the  habitation  of  the  future  Bishop  and  the  dwelling  of 
his  episcopal  court  as  near  to  the  cathedral  as  possible;  if 
they  are  wanting  and  must  be  rented,  We  decree  that  arrange- 
ments be  made  for  defraying  such  expenses. 

"7.  As  to  the  forming  of  a  chapter  at  the  cathedral 
church,  and  its  endowment  with  similar  means  from  the 
Fund,  as  also  the  construction  and  endowment  of  a  seminary 
for  ecclesiastical  students,  the  aforesaid  Government,  as  soon 
as  the  circumstances  of  time  and  places  permit,  will  supply 
what  is  usually  furnished  to  other  cathedral  chapters  and 
ecclesiastical  seminaries  in  the  Mexican  dominion. 

"8.  We  command  that  the  said  California  Church  thus 
constituted  shall  be  of  right  subject  to  the  Metropolitan 
Archbishop  of  Mexico,  and  We  direct  that  it  shall  enjoy  all 
the  faculties,  exemptions  and  rights  which  belong  to  other 
suffragans  of  the  Metropolitan  Mexican  Church. 

"9.  We  order  that  the  revenue  of  the  same  new  Diocese 
of  California  shall  be  taxed  as  customary  for  thirty-three 
and  one-third  florins,  and  that  this  tax  shall  be  noted  in  the 
books  of  the  Apostolic  Treasury  and  Sacred  College. 

' '  10.  In  order  that  everything  above  arranged  by  Us  take 
effect,  We  bestow  upon  Our  Venerable  brother  Emanuel 
Posada  y  Carduno,  Archbishop  of  the  Metropolitan  Mexican 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  299 

Church,  whom  We  choose  and  depute  as  the  executor  of  these 
Our  Letters,  all  the  necessary  and  expedient  faculties  for 
self,  or  by  means  of  another  person  clothed  with  ecclesiastical 
dignity  to  be  subdelegated  by  him,  may  ordain  and  decree, 
and  also  with  the  faculty  of  the  same  executor  or  his  delegate, 
definitely,  freely  and  lawfully  pronounce  upon  any  obstacle 
whatever  which  might  perhaps  arise  in  the  act  of  execution. 
He  shall  also  have  the  duty  of  carefully  describing  in  the 
executive  decree  the  boundaries,  especially  of  New  California, 
and  of  transmitting  to  the  Apostolic  See,  within  six  months 
after  the  carrying  out  of  the  Apostolic  Letters,  a  copy,  drawn 
up  in  authentic  form,  of  all  decrees  he  may  publish  in  the 
execution  of  these  Letters,  in  order  that  it  may  be  preserved 
in  the  records  of  the  Congregation  presiding  over  Consistorial 
Affairs. 

"11.  We  will  and  determine  that  these  Letters,  and  what- 
ever they  contain,  be  at  no  time  whatever  impugned  or  called 
into  question,  or  charged  with  the  defect  of  subreption,  or 
obreption  or  nullity,  or  lack  of  intention  on  Our  part,  or  any 
other  even  substantial  defect,  not  even  for  the  reason  that  any 
persons  concerned  or  claiming  to  be  concerned  have  not  been 
notified  or  given  a  hearing  or  have  not  consented  to  the  fore- 
going; for  from  the  fuiness  of  Apostolic  Power  We  supply, 
as  far  as  necessary,  their  consent,  and  We  will  that  these 
Letters  always  and  ever  exist  and  be  valid  and  in  force,  and 
obtain  and  have  their  full  and  entire  effect,  and  be  inviolably 
observed  by  all  whom  they  concern. 

''12.  We  thus  determine  notwithstanding  the  Regulations 
about  not  taking  away  what  is  of  right  demanded,  about  sup- 
pressions committed  against  parties  concerned,  and  other 
Rules  of  Our  Own  or  of  the  Apostolic  Chancery,  or  Apostolic 
Mandates  issued  in  Synods  or  Councils,  particular  or  general, 
or  whatever  other  Ordinances  of  Our  Predecessors,  the  Ro- 
man Pontiffs,  or  whatever  else  to  the  contrary. 

"13.  We  determine,  moreover,  that  the  copies  of  these 
Letters,  even  the  printed  ones,  signed,  however,  by  a  notary 
public,  and  provided  with  the  seal  of  a  person  clothed  with 
ecclesiastical  dignity,  shall,  on  being  exhibited  or  shown,  re- 
ceive absolutely  the  same  credit. 


300  LOS  ANGELES 

"14.  No  one  whosoever,  therefore,  shall  be  permitted  to 
infringe  these  Our  Letters  of  dismemberment,  segregation, 
separation,  erection,  establishing,  assignment,  allotment,  sub- 
jection, concession,  indult,  decree,  derogation  and  will,  or  dare 
temerariously  to  contradict.  If  any  one,  however,  shall  pre- 
sume to  attempt  this,  let  him  know  that  he  incurs  the  indigna- 
tion of  God  Almighty  and  of  the  Blessed  Apostles  Peter  and 
Paul. 

"Given  in  Eome  at  St.  Peter's  in  the  year  of  the  Incarna- 
tion of  the  Lord  1810,  on  the  27th  day  of  April,  in  the  tenth 
Year  of  Our  Pontificate." 

The  Pope,  under  the  same  date,  issued  another  bull,  which 
was  addressed  to  the  clergy  of  the  new  diocese,  the  text  of 
which  is  as  follows:  "Gregory,  Bishop,  Servant  of  the  Serv- 
ants of  God,  to  the  Beloved  Sons,  the  Clergy  of  the  Territory 
and  Diocese  of  the  Californias,  Health  and  Apostolic  Benedic- 
tion.— As  the  Church  of  the  Californias  today  lacks  the  con- 
solation of  having  a  Pastor,  We  have  provided  one  in  the 
person  of  Our  beloved  son  Francisco  Garcia  Diego,  professed 
member  of  the  Order  of  St.  Francis,  chosen  for  said  Church, 
a  person  who  for  his  merits  is  acceptable  to  Us  and  to  Our 
Venerable  Brothers,  the  Cardinals  of  the  Holy  Roman  Church. 
With  the  advice  therefore,  of  the  same  Cardinals,  Our 
Brothers,  and  in  virtue  of  Our  Apostolic  Authority,  We  name 
him  Bishop  and  Pastor,  and  commit  to  him  the  care,  govern- 
ment, and  administration  of  the  Church  in  the  Californias, 
both  in  spiritual  and  temporal  matters,  as  is  more  fully  con- 
tained in  Our  Letters  erecting  the  Diocese.  We  therefore 
command  by  this  Our  Letter  that  you  cheerfully  accept  the 
said  Francisco  as  Father  and  Pastor  of  your  souls,  show  him 
due  obedience  and  reverence,  receive  with  humility  his  salu- 
tary admonitions  and  commands,  and  endeavor  to  comply 
with  them  sincerely.  Otherwise,  the  sentence  which  the  same 
Francisco  may  pronounce  against  the  rebellious,  we  shall 
regard  as  just,  and  shall  see  that  it  is  observed  inviolably 
until  condign  satisfaction  is  made.  Given  at  St.  Peter,  Rome, 
in  the  year  of  the  Incarnation  of  the  Lord  1840,  on  the  27th 
clay  of  April,  in  the  tenth  year  of  Our  Pontificate." 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  301 

The  new  bishop,  Garcia  Diego,  acting  under  the  authority 
of  the  above  bull  of  Pope  Gregory,  arrived  in  the  harbor  of 
San  Diego  the  night  of  December  10,  1841,  on  the  good  ship 
Rosalind,  Capt.  Henry  John  Crouch,  with  his  entourage, 
promptly  announcing  his  arrival  to  Governor  Alvarado.  Two 
days  afterward,  the  first  Bishop  of  California  addressed  the 
following  note  to  the  Superior  of  the  Franciscan  Friars  at 
Zacatecas : 

"San  Diego,  December  12,  18,41.  My  Son,  Brother,  and 
most  beloved  Father. — Yesterday  I  reached  this  insignificant 
town  in  good  and  sound  health,  thanks  be  to  God!  You 
have  me  here  now  at  your  service. 

"I  brought  with  me  two  priests  of  our  College,  and  think 
that  one  of  them  will,  as  soon  as  possible,  proceed  to  your 
mission  to  take  your  place,  in  order  that  you  may  come  to 
serve  me  as  secretary  and  confessor.  I  have  already  spoken 
to  the  Fr.  Guardian  about  this  and  he  has  consented.  You 
may  notify  the  Fathers  when  you  come  in  order  that  they 
may  address  you  wherever  you  may  be  when  they  have  any 
business  with  you. 

"The  ex-donado,  Gomez,  arrived  with  me  as  sub-deacon. 
There  also  came  along  three  other  students,  of  whom  two  will 
soon  be  ordained.  Two  boys  are  also  in  the  company.  With 
them  I  shall  start  my  seminary.  I  could  not  obtain  more  for 
reasons  which  I  shall  tell  you  when  we  meet.  Do  not  fail  to 
write  to  me  as  often  as  you  can,  etc.  [Signed]  Fr.  Fran- 
cisco, Bishop  of  the  Calif ornias." 

"Insignificant"  though  San  Diego  appears  to  have  been 
at  that  time,  apparently  the  people  that  composed  its  popula- 
tion had  the  desire  to  be  good  Christians.  One  hundred  and 
twenty-five  of  them  presented  themselves  to  the  new  bishop 
for  confirmation  in  the  chapel  of  the  presidio.  According  to 
the  records  of  the  missions  as  set  forth  in  the  monumental 
and  priceless  work  "Missions  and  Missionaries  of  Cali- 
fornia," by  Fray  Zephyrin  Engelhardt,  of  the  Orders  of 
Friars  Minor,  at  Santa  Barbara,  the  sponsors  at  this  historic 
celebration  were  no  less  personages  than  Pio  Pico,  Francisco 
Maria  Alvarado,  Jose  Antonio  Estudillo  and  Manuel  Verdugo. 


302  LOS  ANGELES 

If  you  are  looking  for  a  quartette  of  great  Calif ornian  names, 
there  you  have  it. 

Since  San  Diego  is  now  one  of  the  great  cities  of  the 
world,  its  battles  fought  and  its  victories  won,  it  will  be 
surely  no  harm  to  admit  that  it  really  was  an  "insignificant" 
town  four  score  years  ago.  According  to  Fray  Zephyrin, 
Bishop  Diego  soon  reached  the  conviction  that— and  notwith- 
standing that  the  town  bore  the  bishop's  saint's  name — it 
was  "with  its  fewer  than  150  inhabitants,  its  wretched  habita- 
tions and  its  lack  of  resources,  unfit  to  be  the  center  of  a  vast 
diocese." 

Accordingly,  the  bishop  set  forth  for  Santa  Barbara,  to 
take  up  his  Episcopal  residence  there.  He  sailed  away  from 
the  Harbor  of  the  Sun  in  a  ship  owned  by  Don  Jose  Antonio 
Aguirre,  master  and  owner  of  many  ships,  whose  bride  was 
Rosario,  a  daughter  of  the  Estudillos.  News  had  been  sent 
ahead  to  Santa  Barbara  that  his  lordship  was  on  his  way  to 
that  famous  port.  And  the  news  caused  great  joy  there,  says 
Fray  Zephyrin. 

Robinson,  a  historian  to  whom  we  are  indebted  for  much 
priceless  knowledge  of  early  California,  was  a  witness  of  the 
reception  of  the  bishop  to  Santa  Barbara,  which  he  describes 
as  follows: 

"The  vessel  was  in  sight  on  the  morning  of  the  11th  of 
January,  1842,  but  lay  becalmed  and  rolling  to  the  ocean's 
swell.  A  boat  put  off  from  her  side,  and  approached  the 
landing-place.  One  of  the  attendants  of  his  Excellency  who 
came  in  it,  repaired  to  the  Mission,  to  communicate  with  the 
Father  Presidente.  All  was  bustle ;  men,  women,  and  children 
hastening  to  the  beach,  banners  flying,  drums  beating,  and 
soldiers  marching.  The  whole  population  of  the  place  turned 
out,  to  pay  homage  to  this  first  Bishop  of  California.  At 
eleven  o'clock  the  vessel  anchored.  He  came  on  shore,  and 
was  welcomed  by  the  kneeling  multitude.  All  received  his 
benediction — all  kissed  the  pontifical  ring.  The  troops,  and 
civic  authorities,  then  escorted  him  to  the  house  of  Don  Jose 
Antonio,  where  he  dined.  A  carriage  had  been  prepared  for 
his  Excellency,  which  was  accompanied  by  several  others, 
occupied  by  the  Presidente  and  his  friends.    The  females  had 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  303 

formed,  with  ornamental  canes,  beautiful  arches,  through 
which  the  procession  passed,  and  as  it  marched  along,  the 
heavy  artillery  of  the  presidio  continued  to  thunder  forth  its 
noisy  welcome.  At  the  time  he  left  the  barque  she  was  en- 
veloped in  smoke,  and  the  distant  report  of  her  guns,  was 
heard  echoing  among  the  hills  in  our  rear.  At  four  o'clock, 
the  Bishop  was  escorted  to  the  Mission,  and,  when  a  short 
distance  from  the  town,  the  enthusiastic  inhabitants  took  the 
horses  from  his  carriage  and  dragged  it  themselves.  Halting 
at  the  small  bower,  on  the  road,  he  alighted,  went  into  it,  and 
put  on  his  pontifical  robes ;  then  returning  to  the  carriage,  he 
continued  on,  amidst  the  sound  of  music  and  the  firing  of 
guns,  till  he  arrived  at  the  church,  where  he  addressed  the 
multitude  that  followed  him." 

It  does  not  appear  that  Bishop  Diego  had  either  any  joy 
out  of  Los  Angeles,  or  any  trouble  with  it,  or  that  he  even 
came  near  it.  The  first  bishop  had  a  hard  road  to  travel.  He 
could  not  raise  money  for  the  support  of  his  administration. 
And,  after  all,  Los  Angeles  was  the  great  thorn  in  his  side 
for  the  reason  that  it  was  here  that  Pio  Pico  had  his  head- 
quarters as  governor  and  conspirator  as  well. 

It  was  from  Los  Angeles  that  Pio  Pico  directed  his  cam- 
paign for  the  secularization  of  the  missions,  which  really 
meant  the  destruction  of  the  missions.  And  it  was  from  here 
that  he  sent  his  polite  but  heart-breaking  messages  to  Bishop 
Diego — messages  couched  in  diplomatic  language  but  deadly 
in  their  real  intent,  Under  the  strain  of  his  troubles,  this 
faithful  first  bishop  of  the  Californias  sickened  and  died  and 
went  to  his  reward. 

One  of  the  things  that  troubled  and  distressed  a  great  deal 
the  authorities  of  the  Catholic  Church  at  this  time  was  the 
marriage  of  Protestants  and  Catholics,  which  was  against  the 
laws  of  Mexico  and  the  church.  But  nearly  all  of  the  prom- 
inent citizens  of  Los  Angeles  who  were  of  American  or  Eng- 
lish birth,  and  not  Catholics,  married  the  women  of  the  coun- 
try and  joined  their  creed.  "Americans  and  English  who  in- 
tend to  reside  here  became  Papist, — the  current  phrase  among 
them  being,  'A  man  must  leave  his  conscience  at  Cape  Horn,'  " 
said  Dana  in  his  "Two  Years  Before  the  Mast." 


304  LOS  ANGELES 

But  there  were  still  marriages  taking  place  without  the 
sanction  of  the  church,  and  when  the  padres  complained  about 
it  to  the  American  authorities  in  1847,  just  as  tne  Americans 
had  got  their  hands  on  California,  it  is  interesting  to  note  the 
view  that  the  American  military  authorities  took  of  these 
marriages.  The  following  highly  diplomatic  letter  written  by 
Col.  E.  B.  Mason,  military  governor  of  the  territory  of  Cal- 
ifornia, to  a  justice  of  the  peace  who  had  performed  the  mar- 
riage ceremony  for  a  Protestant  man  and  a  Catholic  woman, 
will  prove  interesting.    The  letter  was  as  follows : 

"Sir:  I  desire  that,  during  the  existing  state  of  affairs 
in  California,  you  will  not  perform  the  marriage  ceremony 
in  any  case  where  either  of  the  parties  are  members  of  the 
Catholic  Church  of  this  country. 

"lam  induced  to  give  these  instructions  from  the  fact  that 
the  United  States  Government  are  exceedingly  desirous,  and 
indeed  make  it  obligatory  upon  their  authorities  here,  to  se- 
cure to  the  Californians  the  full  enjoyment  of  their  religion 
and  security  in  all  their  churches  and  church  privileges. 

"As  their  canonical  laws,  and  I  believe  their  civil  laws 
also,  prohibit  any  but  their  own  priests  from  uniting  members 
of  their  Church  in  marriage,  it  is  not  proper  that  we  should 
break  in  upon  those  laws,  or  customs,  as  the  case  may  be,  and 
particularly  it  is  the  wish  of  the  President  that  when  the  coun- 
try is  subjected  to  our  laws  the  people  may  be  as  favorably 
disposed  toward  our  government  as  possible. 

"It  is  therefore  good  policy  for  us  to  abstain  from  doing 
anything  that  will  have  a  tendency  to  give  them  offense  in 
matters  wherein  it  may  be  thought  their  relations  or  Church 
privileges  are  encroached  upon.  I  am,  respectfully,  your  obe- 
dient servant,  B.  B.  Mason,  Colonel  1st  Dragoons,  Governor  of 
California." 

Colonel  Mason  proved  to  be  the  right  man  in  the  right 
place  during  the  crisis  that  existed  between  the  end  of  Mex- 
ican rule  and  the  beginning  of  American  rule  in  California. 
The  Catholics  were  pleased  with  his  actions,  and  the  few 
Protestants  then  in  the  territory  were  not  offended  by  any- 
thing that  he  did. 

The  next  bishop  of  California  was  Jose  Sadoc  Alemany, 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  305 

a  Dominican.  And  California — our  present,  of  Alta  Califor- 
nia— was  at  the  same  time  erected  into  a  separate  and  distinct 
diocese  and  separated  entirely  from  Lower  California.  Bishop 
Alemany  took  up  his  Episcopal  residence  at  Santa  Barbara. 
Then,  in  1853,  he  was  made  an  archbishop  with  his  Metropol- 
itan see  in  San  Francisco.  Then  a  new  diocese,  including 
Los  Angeles,  and  called  the  Diocese  of  Monterey,  was  erected, 
with  Thaddeus  Amat  of  Barcelona,  a  Vincentian,  as  bishop. 
Bishop  Amat  selected  Monterey  as  his  Episcopal  residence. 
Later  he  removed  to  Santa  Barbara,  and,  according  to  Fray 
Zephyrin,  he  made  the  old  mission  church  there  a  pro-cathe- 
dral. He  finally,  however,  came  to  Los  Angeles,  where  he  laid 
the  cornerstone  of  the  Cathedral  of  St.  Vibiana,  the  present 
cathedral,  on  October  3,  1869. 

Since  then  there  have  been  four  bishops  in  succession, 
namely,  Francisco  Mora,  George  Montgomery,  Thomas  James 
Conaty  and  the  present  bishop,  John  Joseph  Cantwell.  Los 
Angeles  became  the  See  of  the  bishop  with  Mora,  and  still 
remains  so. 

There  are  today  in  the  City  of  Los  Angeles  thirty  or  more 
Catholic  churches  and  numbers  of  parochial  schools  and  con- 
vents, and  a  Jesuit  college,  with  the  number  of  them  all  con- 
stantly increasing.  And  the  old  first  church,  built  on  the 
Plaza,  is  still  standing  and  is  attended  every  Sunday  morning 
by  thousands  of  devout  worshipers. 

We  feel  that  we  would  rob  our  readers  if  we  failed  to  re- 
produce here  from  the  writings  of  the  late  Professor  Guinn 
the  following  colorful  references  to  the  old  Plaza  Church, 
which  Professor  Guinn  wrote  some  years  ago  in  his  book  on 
California,  after  long  residence  here  and  much  patient  and 
painstaking  investigation  into  ancient  and  dusty  records : 

"The  first  church  or  chapel  built  in  Los  Angeles,"  says 
Guinn,  "stood  at  the  foot  of  the  hill,  near  what  is  now  the 
Southeast  corner  of  Buena  Vista  Street  and  Bellevue  Ave- 
nue. It  was  an  adobe  structure  about  18x24  feet  in  size,  and 
was  completed  in  1784.  In  1811  the  citizens  obtained  permis- 
sion to  build  a  new  church — the  primitive  chapel  had  become 
too  small  to  accommodate  the  increasing  population  of  the 
pueblo  and  its  vicinity. 


306  LOS  ANGELES 

"The  corner  stone  of  the  new  church  was  laid  and  blessed 
August  15,  1814,  by  Father  Gil,  of  the  Mission  San  Gabriel. 
Just  where  it  was  placed  is  uncertain.  It  is  probable  that  it 
was  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  old  Plaza.  In  1818  it  was 
moved  to  higher  ground — its  present  site.  The  great  flood  of 
1815,  when  the  waters  of  the  river  came  up  to  the  lower  side 
of  the  old  Plaza,  probably  necessitated  the  change.  When  the 
foundation  was  laid  a  second  time  the  citizens  subscribed  500 
cattle.  In  1819  the  friars  of  the  San  Gabriel  Mission  contrib- 
uted seven  barrels  of  brandy  to  the  building  fund  worth  $575. 
This  donation,  with  the  previous  contribution  of  cattle,  was 
sufficient  to  raise  the  walls  to  the  window  arches  by  1821. 
There  it  came  to  full  stop.  The  Pueblo  colonists  were  poor  in 
purse  and  chaiy  of  exertion.  They  were  more  willing  to  wait 
than  to  labor.  Indeed,  they  seem  to  have  performed  but  little 
of  the  labor.  The  neophytes  of  San  Gabriel  and  San  Luis  Rey 
did  the  most  of  the  work  and  were  paid  a  real  (twelve  and  a 
half  cents)  a  day  each.  Jose  Antonio  Ramerez  was  the  archi- 
tect. When  the  colonists'  means  were  exhausted  the  Missions 
were  appealed  to  for  aid.    They  responded  to  the  appeal. 

"The  contributions  to  the  building  fund  were  various  in 
kind  and  somewhat  incongruous  in  character.  The  Mission 
San  Miguel  contributed  500  cattle,  San  Luis  Obispo  200,  Santa 
Barbara  one  barrel  of  brandy,  San  Diego  two  barrels  of 
white  wine,  Purisima  six  mules  and  200  cattle,  San  Gabriel 
two  barrels  of  brandy  and  San  Fernando  one.  Work  was  be- 
gun again  on  the  church  and  pushed  to  completion.  A  house 
for  the  curate  was  also  built.  It  was  an  adobe  structure  and 
stood  near  the  northwest  corner  of  the  church.  The  church 
was  completed  and  formally  dedicated  December  8,  1822 — ■ 
eight  years  after  the  laying  of  the  first  corner  stone. 

"Captain  de  La  Guerra  was  chosen  by  the  ayuntamiento 
padrino  or  godfather.  San  Gabriel  Mission  loaned  a  bell  for 
the  occasion.  The  fiesta  of  Our  Lady  of  the  Angels  had  been 
postponed  so  that  the  dedication  and  the  celebration  could  be 
held  at  the  same  time.  Cannon  boomed  on  the  Plaza  and 
salvos  of  musketry  intoned  the  services. 

"The  present  building  and  its  surroundings  bear  but  lit- 
tle resemblance  to  the  'Nueva  Iglesia'   (new  church)   that 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  307 

Padre  Payeras  labored  so  earnestly  to  complete  eighty-five 
years  ago.  It  then  had  no  floor  but  the  beaten  earth,  and  no 
seats.  The  worshipers  sat  or  knelt  on  the  bare  ground  or  on 
cushions  they  brought  with  them.  There  was  no  distinction 
between  the  poor  and  the  rich  at  first,  but  as  time  passed  and 
the  Indians  degenerated,  or  the  citizens  became  more  aristo- 
cratic, a  petition  was  presented  to  the  ayuntamiento  to  pro- 
vide a  separate  place  of  worship  for  the  Indians. 

"At  the  session  of  the  ayuntamiento,  June  19,  1839,  the 
president  stated  'that  he  had  been  informed  by  Jose  M.  Na- 
varro, who  serves  as  sexton,  that  the  baptistry  of  the  church  is 
almost  in  ruins  on  account  of  a  leaking  roof. '  It  was  ordered 
that  'Sunday  next  the  alcaldes  of  the  Indians  shall  meet  and 
bring  together  the  Indians  without  a  boss,  so  that  no  one  will 
be  inconvenienced  by  the  loss  of  labor  of  his  Indians,  and  place 
them  to  work  thereon,  using  some  posts  and  brea  now  at  the 
guardhouse,  the  regidor  on  weekly  duty  to  have  charge  of  the 
work.'  " 

In  the  sindico's  account  book  is  this  entry:  "Guillermo 
Money  owes  the  city  funds  out  of  the  labor  of  the  prisoners, 
loaned  him  for  the  church,  $126."  As  the  prisoners'  labor 
was  valued  at  a  real  (twelve  and  a  half  cents)  a  day  it  must 
have  required  considerable  repairing  to  amount  to  $126. 

In  1861  the  church  building  was  remodeled,  the  faithful 
of  the  parish  bearing  the  expense.  The  front  wall,  which  had 
been  damaged  by  the  rains,  was  taken  down  and  rebuilt  of 
brick  instead  of  adobe.  The  flat  roof  was  changed  to  a  shin- 
gled one,  and  the  tower  altered.  The  grounds  were  inclosed 
and  planted  with  trees  and  flowers.  The  old  adobe  parish 
house  built  in  1822,  with  the  additions  made  to  it,  later  was 
torn  down  and  the  present  brick,  structure  erected. 

The  church  has  a  seating  capacity  of  500.  It  is  the  oldest 
parish  church  on  the  Pacific  coast  of  the  United  States  and  is 
the  only  building  now  in  use  that  was  built  in  the  Spanish  era 
of  our  city's  history. 

For  a  period  of  seventy  years  after  the  founding  of  the 
pueblo  of  Los  Angeles,  the  voice  of  no  Christian  preacher  save 
that  of  a  Roman  Catholic  priest  was  ever  heard  within  its 
confines.    It  was  in  June,  1850,  that  Rev.  J.  W.  Brier,  a  Meth- 


308  LOS  ANGELES 

odist  minister,  conducted  the  first  Protestant  service  known  to 
have  been  held  in  Los  Angeles. 

And,  off  and  on  for  several  years  afterwards,  it  seems 
that  spasmodic  but  futile  efforts  were  made  here  by  various 
Protestant  denominations  to  obtain  footings.  We  find  a 
Protestant  minister,  Rev.  T.  M.  Davis,  quitting  the  Los  An- 
geles field  in  disgust  in  1856,  and  returning  to  his  home  in 
tbe  East.  Anent  this  occasion  we  find  the  editor  of  the  Los 
Angeles  "Star"  giving  vent  to  the  following  utterance  in  the 
columns  of  his  paper : 

"The  Protestant  portion  of  the  American  population  are 
now  without  the  privilege  of  assembling  together  to  worship 
God  under  direction  of  one  of  his  ministers.  The  state  of 
society  here  is  truly  deplorable.  To  preach  week  after  week 
to  empty  benches  is  certainly  not  encouraging,  but  if  in  addi- 
tion to  that,  a  minister  has  to  contend  against  a  torrent  of 
vice  and  immorality  which  obliterates  all  traces  of  the  Chris- 
tian Sabbath — to  be  compelled  to  endure  blasphemous  denun- 
ciations of  his  Divine  Master ;  to  live  where  society  is  disor- 
ganized, religion  scoffed  at,  where  violence  runs  riot,  and  even 
life  itself  is  unsafe — such  a  condition  of  affairs  may  suit  some 
men,  but  it  is  not  calculated  for  the  peaceful  labors  of  one  who 
follows  unobtrusively  the  footsteps  of  the  meek  and  lowly 
Savior. ' ' 

There  is  every  evidence,  however,  that  tbe  Protestants  of 
Los  Angeles  in  that  far-off  day  did  not  lose  spirit  or  courage, 
and  that  in  a  couple  of  years  after  the  departure  of  Mr.  Davis 
they  determined  to  arrange  matters  so  that  they  might  wor- 
ship God  according  to  their  own  consciences  and  in  accordance 
also  with  their  traditions  and  early  teachings. 

So  it  is  that  in  the  year  1859  we  find  members  of  various 
Protestant  denominations  meeting  on  common  ground  and 
perfecting  an  organization.  In  May  of  that  year  an  organiza- 
tion was  formed.    Its  title  was  the 

First  Protestant  Society  of  the  City  of  Los  Angeles, 
California 
At  the  first  meeting  the  following  preamble  and  constitu- 
tion were  promulgated  and  agreed  upon: 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  309 

Constitution 

Article  1.  Our  style  and  title  shall  be  ' '  the  First  Protest- 
ant Society  of  the  City  of  Los  Angeles." 

2nd.  Our  officers  shall  be  a  Board  of  Trustees,  five  in  num- 
ber, three  of  whom  shall  constitute  a  quorum,  to  be  elected 
annually,  and  report  at  the  end  of  each  year.  One  of  their 
own  number  shall  be  selected  by  themselves  to  be  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Society,  and  another  as  Secretary  and  Treasurer. 

3rd.  An  annual  meeting  duly  called  and  publicly  notified  by 
the  Board,  shall  be  held  on  the  first  Wednesday  of  May  in  each 
yea<-,  or  if  that  day  shall  be  allowed  to  pass  without  a  meet- 
ing, rhen,  as  soon  after  as  notice  can  be  duly  given,  for  the 
purpose  of  hearing  the  annual  report  of  the  Board  and  hold- 
ing the  annual  election.  Any  vacancy  occurring  in  the  Board 
during  the  year  may  be  filled  ad  interim  by  the  selection  of 
some  one  by  the  Board  itself. 

4th.  Money  may  be  collected  for  the  society  by  such  per- 
sons only  as  the  Board  shall  appoint.  And  the  Treasurer  may 
pay  out  money  for  the  Society  only  upon  the  written  order  of 
the  Board,  signed  by  the  President. 

5th.  The  condition  of  membership  in  the  society  is  sim- 
ply the  signing  of  this  constitution.  And  the  duty  of  each 
member  shall  be  to  aid  in  all  suitable  ways  in  securing  the 
present  maintenance  and  permanent  establishment  and  suc- 
cessful progress  of  Protestant  worship  in  this  city. 

Adopted  this  fourth  day  of  May,  A.  D.  1859. 

Isaac  S.  K.  Ogier, 
Wm.  McKee, 
A.  J.  King, 

C.  Sims, 

Charles  S.  Adams, 
Wm.  S.  Morrow, 

D.  McLaren, 
Thos.  Foster, 
Wm.  H.  Shore, 

'   N.  A.  Potter, 
J.  E.  Gitchell. 


310  LOS  ANGELES 

The  constitution  having  been  signed  by  those  present,  the 
Society  proceeded  to  nominate  and  elect  its  officers  for  the 
ensuing  year,  whereupon  the  Hon.  I.  S.  K.  Ogier,  Hon.  B.  D. 
Wilson,  J.  R.  Gitchell,  N.  A.  Potter  and  Wm.  McKee  were 
unanimously  chosen  trustees.    On  motion  it  was 

Resolved,  That  the  proceedings  of  this  meeting  be  pub- 
lished in  the  newspapers  of  this  city. 
On  motion,  the  Society  adjourned. 

W.  E.  Boardmax,  Chairman. 

Wm.  H.  Shore,  Secretary. 

Concerning  the  early  struggles  and  progress  of  the  Protest- 
ant denominations  in  Los  Angeles  Professor  Guinn  has  made 
the  following  record: 

Presbyterian  Churches. — As  pioneers  in  the  missionary 
field  of  Los  Angeles,  the  Methodists  came  first  and  the  Presby- 
terians second.  The  Rev.  James  Woods  held  the  first  Pres- 
byterian service  in  November,  1854,  in  a  little  carpenter  shop 
that  stood  on  part  of  the  site  now  occupied  by  the  Pico  house. 
The  first  organization  of  a  Presbyterian  church  was  effected 
March,  1855,  with  twelve  members.  The  Reverend  Woods 
held  regular  Sunday  services  in  the  old  court  house,  north- 
west corner  of  North  Spring  and  Franklin  streets,  during  the 
fall  of  1854  and  part  of  the  year  1855.  He  organized  a  church 
and  also  a  Sunday  school.  He  was  succeeded  by  the  Rev.  T.  N. 
Davis,  who  continued  regular  services  until  August,  1856, 
when  he  abandoned  the  field  in  disgust  and  returned  to  his 
home  in  the  East. 

The  next  Presbyterian  minister  to  locate  in  Los  Angeles 
was  the  Rev.  W-  C.  Harding,  who  came  in  1869.  He  abandoned 
the  field  in  1871.  The  Rev.  F.  A.  White,  LL.  D.,  came  in  1875. 
He  was  succeeded  by  the  Rev.  F.  M.  Cunningham,  and  he  by 
the  Rev.  J.  W.  Ellis.  Under  the  ministry  of  Mr.  Ellis  in 
1882-83  a  church  was  erected  on  the  southeast  corner  of  Broad- 
way and  Second  Street.  The  building  and  lot  cost  about 
$20,000.  Services  were  held  in  it  until  March,  1895,  when  it 
was  sold  for  $55,000.  The  congregation  divided  into  two  or- 
ganizations, the  First  Presbyterian  and  the  Central  Presby- 
terian.    The  First  Presbyterian  built  a  church  on  Figueroa 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  311 

and  Twentieth  streets.  The  Central  Presbyterian  secured  a 
site  on  the  east  side  of  Hill  Street,  between  Second  and  Third 
streets,  with  a  dwelling  house  upon  it  which  tbey  enlarged  and 
remodeled  and  used  for  a  church. 

Protestant  Episcopal,  Churches. — The  first  Protestant 
Episcopal  Church  service  held  in  Los  Angeles  was  conducted 
by  Dr.  Mathew  Carter.  An  item  in  the  Weekly  Star  of  May 
9,  1857,  states  that  "Dr.  Carter  announces  that  he  has  been 
licensed  and  authorized  by  the  Right  Rev.  W.  Ingraham  Kip, 
Bishop  of  California,  to  act  as  lay  reader  for  the  Southern 
District."  He  held  regular  services  for  a  time  in  Mechanics' 
Institute  Hall,  which  was  in  a  sheet  iron  building  near  the 
corner  of  Court  and  North  Spring  streets.  In  October,  1857, 
St.  Luke's  Parish  was  organized,  and  the  following  named 
gentlemen  elected  a  board  of  trustees :  Dr.  T.  J.  White,  Dr. 
Mathew  Carter  and  William  Shore.  A  building  was  rented 
on  Main  Street,  near  Second,  where  services  were  held  every 
Sunday,  Doctor  Carter  officiating.  Services  seem  to  have  been 
discontinued  about  the  close  of  the  year  1857,  and  the  church 
was  dissolved.  On  January  1,  1865,  the  Rev.  Elias  Birdsall, 
a  missionary  of  the  Protestant  Episcopal  Church,  preached 
his  first  sermon  in  Odd  Fellows'  Hall,  Downey  Block.  The 
Protestant  Society,  which  had  begun  the  erection  of  a  church 
building  in  1859  under  the  ministration  of  Rev.  William  E. 
Boardman,  a  Presbyterian  minister,  as  has  been  previously 
stated,  offered  the  unfinished  building  to  the  Reverend  Bird- 
sall for  services.  He  assented  to  this  on  condition  that  it  be 
transferred  to  the  Episcopalians.  Those  who  had  contributed 
toward  its  erection  consented,  and  the  transfer  was  made. 
The  edifice  was  completed  and  named  St.  Athanasius  Church, 
and  the  Episcopalians  continued  to  worship  in  this  building 
until  Christmas,  1883 ;  in  the  meantime  the  property  was  sold 
to  the  county  for  a  courthouse  site.  A  site  for  a  new  church 
was  purchased  on  Olive  Street,  between  Fifth  and  Sixth 
streets,  where  a  handsome  building  was  erected.  In  1884  the 
name  of  the  organization  was  changed  to  St.  Paul's  Church, 
the  name  it  still  bears. 

Congregational  Churches. — The  first  Congregational 
minister  to  locate  in  Los  Angeles  was  the  Rev.  Alexander 


312  LOS  ANGELES 

Parker,  a  Scotchman  by  birth  and  a  graduate  of  Oberlin  Col- 
lege and  Theological  Seminary.  He  had  served  in  the  Union 
army  as  a  member  of  the  famous  student  company  of  Oberlin 
College — a  company  whose  membership  was  largely  made  up 
of  theological  students. 

He  preached  his  first  sermon  bere  July  7,  1866,  in  the  court 
house.  A  church  was  organized  July  21,  1867,  with  six  mem- 
bers. A  lot  was  purchased  on  New  High  Street,  north  of 
Temple,  where  the  Beaudry  stone  wall  now  stands,  and  a 
movement  began  to  raise  funds  to  build  a  church.  The  effort 
was  successful.  The  following  extract  from  the  Los  Angeles 
Star  gives  an  account  of  the  dedication  of  the  church : 

' '  On  Sunday  morning  last,  June  28,  1868,  the  new  Congre- 
gational Church  was  opened  for  divine  service  at  11  A.  M. 
The  Eev.  E.  C.  Bissell,  pastor  of  Green  Street  Church,  San 
Francisco,  delivered  the  dedicatory  sermon.  At  the  close  of 
the  sermon  the  Bev.  Alexander  Parker  came  forward  and 
gave  an  account  of  his  stewardship  in  his  exertions  to  raise 
this  house  for  the  worship  of  God.  The  total  cost  was  about 
$3,000,  of  which  $1,000  was  obtained  from  San  Francisco, 
$1,000  partly  as  a  loan  and  partly  as  a  gift  from  churches  in 
the  Atlantic  states,  and  collections  of  small  amounts  at  home, 
leaving  at  present  a  debt  of  about  $400  on  the  building,  which, 
though  complete,  is  not  yet  quite  furnished.  The  house  is 
small,  but  very  neatly  arranged;  the  pews  are  ample  and 
comfortable,  and  the  building  is  lofty  and  well  ventilated. 
Its  dimensions  are  30x50  feet;  it  will  seat  175  to  200  per- 
sons." 

Beverend  Parker  resigned  in  August,  1868.  He  was  suc- 
ceeded by  the  Bev.  Isaac  W.  Atherton,  who  reorganized  the 
church  November  29,  1868.  Services  were  held  in  the  little 
church  on  New  High  Street  until  1883,  when,  on  May  3d  of 
that  year,  the  church  on  the  corner  of  Hill  and  Third  streets 
was  completed  and  dedicated.  The  building,  lot  and  organ 
cost  about  $25,000.  In  May,  1888,  this  building  was  sold  to 
the  Central  Baptist  Church,  and  a  lot  purchased  on  the  south- 
west corner  of  Hill  and  Sixth  streets.  On  this  a  building  was 
erected  in  1889.  The  cost  of  the  lot,  church  building  and 
furnishing  amounted  to  about  $72,000,  to  which  was  added  a 


Young  Men's  Christian  Association  Building 


314  LOS  ANGELES 

fine  organ,  at  a  cost  of  about  $5,000.  This  church  property 
was  sold  in  1902  for  $77,000,  and  a  new  site  purchased  on 
Hope  Street  near  the  corner  of  Ninth,  where  a  beautiful  brick 
and  stone  church  costing  $100,000  was  completed  in  July, 
1903. 

Baptist  Chukches. — The  first  sermon  preached  by  a  Bap- 
tist minister  in  Los  Angeles  was  delivered  by  Reverend  Free- 
man in  1853. 

The  first  regular  church  services  held  in  this  city  by  a 
Baptist  minister  were  conducted  by  the  Reverend  Fryer  in 
schoolhouse  No.  1,  which  stood  on  the  northwest  corner  of 
Spring  and  Second  streets.  The  Reverend  Fryer  held  services 
every  Sunday  during  the  year  1860.  He  seems  to  have  aban- 
doned the  field  in  the  early  part  of  1861.  I  find  no  record  of 
any  services  by  a  minister  of  that  church  between  1861  and 
1874. 

The  First  Baptist  Church  of  Los  Angeles  was  organized 
September  6,  1874,  by  Rev.  William  Hobbs.  There  were  but 
eight  members  in  the  organization.  The  services  were  held 
in  the  old  courthouse.  Doctor  Hobbs  severed  his  connection 
with  the  church  in  June,  1857.  For  fifteen  months  the  church 
was  without  a  pastor.  In  September,  1876,  Rev.  Winfield 
Scott  took  charge  of  it.  He  was  succeeded  in  1878  by  the 
Rev.  I.  N.  Parker,  and  he  by  Rev.  Henry  Angel,  who  died 
in  1879. 

The  church  meetings  were  transferred  from  the  court- 
house to  a  hall  owned  by  Doctor  Zahn,  on  Spring  Street  be- 
tween Fourth  and  Fifth  streets.  From  there  it  moved  to 
Good  Templars'  Hall  on  North  Main  Street.  The  ordinance 
of  baptism  was  administered  either  in  the  river  or  in  the 
baptistery  of  the  Christian  Church  on  Temple  Street. 

For  two  years  after  the  death  of  Doctor  Angel  the  church 
remained  without  a  regular  minister.  In  1881  Rev.  P.  W. 
Dorsey  took  charge  of  it.  A  lot  was  secured  on  the  northeast 
corner  of  Broadway  and  Sixth  Street,  and  in  March,  1884,  a 
church  building  was  completed  and  dedicated.  The  building 
and  lots  cost  about  $25,000.  In  the  summer  of  1897  the  lot 
and  building  were  sold  for  $45,000,  and  with  the  addition  of 
$5,000  raised  by  subscription  a  larger  and  more  commodious 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  315 

building  was  erected  on  Flower  Street,  between  Seventh  and 
Eighth  streets. 

Christian  Churches.— The  first  sermon  preached  by  a 
member  of  the  Christian  denomination  was  delivered  by 
Eev.  G.  W.  Linton  in  August,  1874,  in  the  courtroom  of  the 
old  courthouse.  In  October  and  November  of  that  year  in- 
quiries were  made  in  the  city  for  persons  who  had  been  con- 
nected with  the  church  in  other  places.  Twenty-three  were 
found.  Of  these  fifteen  signified  their  willingness  to  unite  in 
forming  a  church.  On  the  26th  of  February,  1875,  the  first 
church  was  organized.  Rev.  W.  J.  A.  Smith  was  the  first 
preacher.  He  was  succeeded  by  Rev.  John  C.  Hay.  The 
Rev.  B.  F.  Coulter  filled  the  pulpit  from  1881  to  1884.  Dur- 
ing his  ministry,  and  largely  through  his  contributions,  the 
First  Church  was  built  on  Temple  Street  near  Broadway, 
where  the  Aberdeen  lodge  now  stands.  In  1894  it  was  sold 
and  a  church  edifice  erected  on  the  corner  of  Hope  and  Elev- 
enth streets  at  a  cost  of  $25,000,  with  Rev.  A.  C.  Smithers  as 
pastor.  In  1895  the  Rev.  B.  F.  Coulter  erected  the  Broadway 
Church  of  Christ  on  Broadway,  near  Temple,  at  a  cost  of 
about  $20,000. 

Unitarian  Churches. — The  first  religious  services  held 
by  the  Unitarians  were  at  the  residence  of  T.  E.  Severance  in 
March,  1877.  In  May  of  that  year  an  organization  was  per- 
fected and  regular  services  were  conducted  by  the  Rev.  J.  D. 
Wells. 

In  1885  the  Rev.  Eli  Fay  located  in  Los  Angeles  and  con- 
ducted services  for  a  time  in  the  Masonic  Hall,  135  South 
Spring  Street.  The  church  was  reorganized  and  the  services 
were  held  in  Child's  Opera  House  on  Main  Street.  A  lot  was 
secured  on  Seventh  Street  near  Broadway,  and  largely 
through  the  liberality  of  Doctor  Fay,  a  church  building,  45x100 
feet  in  area,  was  erected  at  a  cost  of  $25,000.  The  church  was 
dedicated  June  16,  1889.  It  was  destroyed  by  fire  in  1892. 
The  congregation  then  purchased  from  the  Baptists  the  church 
building  on  the  northeast  corner  of  Hill  and  Third  streets, 
originally  built  by  the  Congregationalists.  This  site  was  sold 
for  business  purposes  in  1899.  The  last  sermon  was  preached 
in  it  by  the  Rev.  C.  K.  Jones  March  18,  1900.    The  congrega- 


316  LOS  ANGELES 

tion  built  a  new  church  on  Flower  Street  between  Ninth  and 
Tenth  streets. 

Synagogues. — Congregation  of  B'nai  B'rith.  The  first 
Jewish  services  in  Los  Angeles  were  held  in  1854.  No  place 
of  worship  was  erected  for  several  years  later.  In  1862  Rabbi 
A.  "W.  Edleman  organized  the  congregation  of  B'nai  B'rith 
and  conducted  the  services  until  1886. 

The  first  synagogue  was  built  in  1873  on  what  is  now  the 
site  of  the  Copp  Building,  just  north  of  the  city  hall  grounds 
on  the  east  side  of  Broadway.  The  lot  and  buildings  were 
sold  in  1894  and  a  new  synagogue  erected  on  the  corner  of 
Ninth  and  Hope  streets. 

Other  Denominations. — The  Reorganized  Church  of  Lat- 
ter Day  Saints  (Mormon)  was  first  organized  in  the  autumn 
of  1882.    Services  are  now  held  at  No.  516  Temple  Street. 

The  New  Church  (Swedenborgian)  was  organized  in  1894, 
and  held  services  for  some  time  in  Temperance  Temple.  It 
has  since  erected  a  church  building  at  515  East  Ninth  Street 
at  a  cost  of  $3,000. 

Seventh  Day  Adventists  organized  in  1880  and  built  a 
church  on  Sixth  Street.  They  have  now  a  church  on  Carr 
Street  which  cost  $6,000. 

Friends  Church  was  organized  in  1897.  The  congregation 
has  erected  a  church  building  on  the  corner  of  Third  and 
Fremont  Avenue  at  a  cost  of  $4,000. 

Twenty  years  ago  Professor  Barrows  related  to  the  local 
Historical  Society  some  interesting  reminiscences  of  the  early 
ministers  and  churches  in  Los  Angeles.  In  his  address  he 
said : 

As  Alta  California  was  settled  by  a  Spanish-speaking  peo- 
ple who  tolerated  no  other  form  of  religion  except  the  Roman 
Catholic,  of  course  there  were  no  churches  except  of  that  faith 
in  Los  Angeles  from  the  time  of  the  settlement  of  the  ancient 
pueblo  until  the  change  of  government  in  1846. 

From  and  after  the  founding  of  the  Mission  of  San  Ga- 
briel, in  1771,  until  and  after  the  completion  of  the  old  Plaza 
Church  in  the  latter  part  of  1882,  that  mission  became  and  rer 
mained  the  center  of  industrial  activity,  as  well  as  the  head- 
quarters of  clerical  authority  for  this  portion  of  the  province. 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  317 

Fathers  Salvadea,  Sanchez,  Boseana  and  Estenega  managed 
with  zeal  and  great  ability  the  extensive  concerns,  both 
spiritual  and  temporal,  of  the  mission,  sending  a  priest  oc- 
casionally to  the  pueblo,  or  coming  themselves,  to  say  mass, 
at  the  capilla  or  chapel  which  had  been  built  north  and  west 
of  the  present  church.  After  the  latter  was  built,  Father  Bos- 
eana became  the  first  regular  rector  or  pastor,  serving  till 
1831.  He  was  succeeded  by  Fathers  Martinas,  Sanchez, 
Bachelot,  Estenega,  Jimenez,  Ordaz,  Rosales  and  others  who 
served  as  local  pastors  for  longer  or  shorter  period  of  the  only 
church  in  town,  from  1831  to  1851. 

The  first  priest  whom  I  knew  of,  but  did  not  know  j>er- 
sonally,  was  Padre  Anacleto  Lestrade,  a  native  of  France, 
who  was  the  incumbent  from  '51  to  '56.  Padre  Bias  Raho, 
who  came  here  in  1856,  I  knew  well,  and  esteemed  highly.  He 
was  broad-minded  and  tolerant.  He  told  me  that  he  had  lived 
sixteen  years  in  the  Mississippi  Valley  before  he  came  to  Los 
Angeles.    He  was  a  native  of  Italy. 

It  was  during  his  pastorate  that  the  old  church  building 
was  greatly  improved.  It  was  frescoed  inside  and  out  by  a 
Frenchman,  H.  Penelon,  the  pioneer  photographer  of  Los 
Angeles.  The  lettering  on  the  front  of  the  building  as  seen 
today  was  done  by  Penelon,  viz.:  "Los  Fieles  de  Esta  Par- 
roquia  A  la  Reina  de  Los  Angeles,  1861;"  and  also  on  the 
marble  tablets: 

Dios  Te  Salve,  Maria  Liena  de  Gbacia 
El  Senoe  Esta  Ex  Su  Santo  Templo  :  Calle  La  Tieeea  ante 

su  acatamiexto 
Santa  Maria  Madee  de  Dios,  Ruega  poe  nosoteos  Pecadobos 

Padre  Raho  was  the  first  vicar  general  of  the  diocese,  un- 
der Bishop  A  mat. 

Later,  Padre  Raho,  who  served  his  parish  faithfully  for  a 
number  of  years,  and  who  was  respected  and  revered  by  his 
parishioners,  fell  sick  and  went  to  the  Sisters  Hospital,  which 
was  located  in  the  large  two-story  brick  building  which  stood 
to  the  east  of  the  upper  depot,  and  between  the  latter  and 
the  river,  which  the  sisters  bought  of  Mr.  H.  C.  Cardwell, 
who  built  it. 


318  LOS  ANGELES 

Fathers  Duran  and  Mora  succeeded  Father  Raho.  There 
were  other  priests  whom  I  did  not  know  so  well,  who  made 
their  home  at  different  times  at  the  parsonage  adjoining  the 
old  church.  But  none  of  these,  so  far  as  my  acquaintance  per- 
mitted me  to  know,  with  the  possible  exception  of  Father 
Mora,  were  as  liberal  as  Father  Raho.  The  bishop  of  these 
times  was  Tadeo  A  mat,  who,  though  his  jurisdiction  extended 
to  Monterey,  made  his  headquarters  first  at  Santa  Barbara, 
and  then  at  this  old  church  of  "Nuestra  Senora,  la  Reyna  de 
Los  Angeles. ' '  Bishop  Amat  was  succeeded  by  Bishop  Mora, 
a  gentle  and  scholarly  prelate.  It  was  during  the  latter 's  ad- 
ministration that  the  Cathedral  was  built,  on  Main  Street. 
Bishop  Mora  was  succeeded  by  Bishop  Montgomery. 

Of  the  early  Protestant  ministers  who  came  to  Los  An- 
geles, I  knew  personally  nearly  all  of  them,  as  they  were 
comparatively  few  in  numbers,  whilst  of  the  many,  many  who 
now  reside  here,  I  hardly  know  one,  intimately. 

One  of  the  first  to  come  here,  I  think,  was  Parson  Adam 
Bland,  who  had  the  reputation  of  being  a  smart  preacher  and 
a  shrewd  horse  trader.  But  I  heard  that  after  laboring  here 
a  year  or  two  in  the  early  '50s,  he  abandoned  the  field  as  hope- 
less, though  in  after  years  he  came  to  the  county  again,  when 
he  found  the  gospel  vineyard  vastly  more  encouraging. 

When  I  came  here  in  '54,  there  was  only  one  church  build- 
ing in  town — that  fronting  the  Plaza — and  no  regular  Protest- 
ant church  edifice  at  all. 

Rev.  James  "Woods,  Presbyterian,  was  holding  Protestant 
services  then  in  the  adobe  that  stood  on  the  present  site  of 
the  "People's  Store;"  and  he  came  to  me  and  asked  me  to 
assist  in  the  music  each  Sunda5r,  which  I  did.  Just  how  long 
he  preached  here,  I  cannot  now  recall.  But  I  remember  that 
when  the  bodies  of  the  four  members  of  Sheriff  Barton's 
party,  who  were  killed  in  1857  by  the  Juan  Flores  bandits, 
were  brought  here  for  burial,  there  was  no  Protestant  min- 
ister here  then  to  conduct  the  services.  But,  as  it  happened, 
two  of  the  murdered  men  were  Masons,  and  that  fraternal, 
semi-religious  order,  in  sheer  pity,  turned  aside,  after  decor- 
ously and  reverently  burying  their  own  two  brethren,  and  read 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  319 

a  portion  of  the  Masonic  burial  service  over  the  bodies  of  the 
other  two  men,  who  were  not  Masons. 

Rev.  W.  E.  Boardman,  a  Presbyterian  clergyman,  came 
here  in  1859.  He  was  an  able  and  eloquent  preacher  and 
writer  and  the  author  of  a  popular  book,  entitled  "The  Higher 
Christian  Life."  The  want  of  a  commodious  place  of  meet- 
ing stimulated  a  movement  to  raise  funds  for  the  erection  of  a 
church,  and,  as  good  B.  D.  Wilson  had  donated  a  lot — a  por- 
tion of  the  hill  on  which  the  County  Courthouse  now  stands — 
to  the  "First  Protestant  Society,"  people  of  various  denom- 
inations who,  without  regard  to  sect,  attended  Mr.  Board- 
man's  ministrations,  formed  an  organization,  under  the  name 
of  "The  First  Protestant  Society  of  Los  Angeles,"  and 
erected  the  walls  and  roof  of  a  church  on  the  lot  donated  by 
Mr.  Wilson,  but  this  work  came  to  a  standstill  after  Mr. 
Boardman  left,  and  not  until  1864,  upon  the  arrival  of  Rev- 
erend Birdsall,  was  any  further  progress  made. 

Rev.  J.  H.  Stump  was  a  Methodist  minister  here  in  the 
'60s.  Rev.  A.  M.  Hough  was  another  early  preacher  of  the 
same  denomination  at  the  same  time.  On  the  establishment 
of  the  "Southern  California  Conference,"  Mr.  Hough  became 
the  presiding  elder.  It  is  said  that  Rev.  J.  W.  Brier  preached 
the  first  Protestant  sermon  ever  preached  in  Los  Angeles,  in 
1850;  but  I  do  not  think  he  stayed  here  long,  as  there  were 
neither  Methodist  worshipers  nor  a  house  of  worship  in  Los 
Angeles  at  that  early  date. 

Rev.  Elias  Birdsall,  who  came  to  Los  Angeles  in  1864,  soon 
after  his  arrival  organized  an  Episcopalian  Church.  I  knew 
Mr.  Birdsall  very  well,  and  respected  him  as  one  of  the  best 
men  whom  I  ever  knew.  He  was  in  all  respects  an  admirable 
citizen.  He  believed — and  most  laymen  will  surely  agree  with 
him — that  every  person  who  is  to  become  a  public  speaker 
should  make  a  special  preparatory  study  of  elocution. 

At  the  funeral  services  of  President  Lincoln  held  in  this 
city,  Mr.  Birdsall  delivered  an  admirable  oration  before  a 
large  concourse  of  our  citizens.  Mr.  Birdsall  died  Novem- 
ber 3,  1890. 

Other  rectors  of  the  original  Saint  Athanasius  Church  of 
Los  Angeles,  afterwards  St.  Pauls,  were  Dr.  J.  J.  Talbot, 


320  LOS  ANGELES 

H.  H.  Messenger,  C.  F.  Loop,  W.  H.  Hill,  J.  B.  Gray,  G.  W. 
Burton  and  Mr.  Birdsall.  Doctor  Talbot  came  here  in  186S 
and  was  a  very  gifted  and  impassioned  orator,  and  had  withal 
a  slight  tinge  of  the  sentimental  or  poetical  in  his  character, 
and  his  sermons  were  much  admired,  especially  by  the  ladies. 
Doctor  Talbot,  sad  to  say,  however,  was  only  another  in- 
stance of  a  man  with  brilliant  talents  who  threw  himself  away 
and  went  to  the  bad.  He  lived,  in  the  main,  an  exemplary  life 
here,  at  least  up  to  within  a  short  time  before  he  left.  To 
those  who  knew  him  intimately  he  used  sometimes  to  speak 
with  tenderest  regard  of  his  dear  children  and  his  wife, 
' ' Betty, ' '  in  their  pleasant  home  near  Louisville.  And  to  them 
his  last  words,  uttered  at  the  very  threshold  of  death,  are  full 
of  startling  pathos  and  inexpressible  sadness ;  indeed,  I  know 
of  no  sadder  passage  in  all  literature : 

"I  bad  children — beautiful,  to  me  at  least,  as  a  dream  of 
morning,  and  they  had  so  entwined  themselves  around  their 
father's  heart  that  no  matter  where  he  might  wander,  ever 
it  came  back  to  them  on  the  wings  of  a  father's  undying 
love.  The  destroyer  took  their  hands  in  his  and  led  them 
away.  I  had  a  wife  whose  charms  of  mind  and  person  were 
such  that  to  '  see  her  was  to  remember,  and  to  know  her,  was 
to  love. '  I  had  a  mother,  and  while  her  boy  raged  in  his  wild 
delirium  two  thousand  miles  away,  the  pitying  angels  pushed 
the  golden  gates  ajar,,  and  the  mother  of  the  drunkard  entered 
into  rest.  And  thus  I  stand  a  clergyman  without  a  church,  a 
barrister  without  a  brief,  a  husband  without  a  wife,  a  son 
without  a  parent,  a  man  with  scarcely  a  friend,  a  soul  without 
hope — all  swallowed  up  in  the  maelstrom  of  drink." 

The  early  ministers  of  the  Congregational  Church  in  Los 
Angeles  were  Bevs.  Alexander  Parker  (1866-67) ;  I.  W.  Ather- 
ton  (1867-71);  J.  T.  Wills  (1871-73);  D.  T.  Packard  (1873- 
79) ;  C.  J.  Hutchins  (1879-82) ;  and  A.  J.  Wells  (1882-87). 

I  should  mention  that  Drs.  J.  W.  Ellis,  A.  F.  White  and 
W.  J.  Chichester  were  comparatively  early  pastors  of  the 
Presbyterian  Church;  and  also  that  Dr.  M.  M.  Bovard  was 
president  of  the  University  of  Southern  California. 

Dr.  Eli  Fay  was  the  first  Unitarian  minister  to  hold  public 
religious  services  here.    Doctor  Fay  was,  intellectually,  a  very 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  321 

able  man,  though  somewhat  aggressive  ami  self-assertive. 
His  sermons,  barring-  a  rather  rasping  flavor  of  egotism,  were 
models  of  powerful  reasoning.  Before  coming  to  Los  An- 
geles, Doctor  Fay  had  been  pastor  of  Unitarian  congregations 
at  Leominster,  Massachusetts,  and  at  Sheffield,  England.  In 
addition  to  his  sacerdotal  qualifications,  Doctor  Fay  was  a 
very  good  judge  of  the  value  of  real  estate.  Soon  after  he 
came  here  he  bought  what  he  called  "choice  pieces  of  prop- 
erty," on  which  it  was  understood  he  afterwards  made  big 
money.  Like  many  other  shrewd  saints  who  came  here  from 
many  countries,  his  faith  in  Los  Angeles  real  estate  seemed 
to  be  second  only  to  his  faith  in  the  realty  of  the  land  of 
Canaan,  or,  in  other  words,  in  "choice  lots"  in  the  "New 
Jerusalem." 

I  might  recount  many  anecdotes  concerning  those  minis- 
ters and  priests  of  Los  Angeles  of  a  former  generation,  of 
whom  I  have  spoken;  for  in  those  olden  times,  in  this  then 
small  town,  everybody  knew  almost  everybody  else.  In  a 
frontier  town — which  this  then  was — there  are  always  pic- 
turesque characters,  among  clericals  as  well  as  among  laymen. 

The  foregoing  reminiscences  of  Professor  Barrows,  to- 
gether with  the  recollections  of  some  other  old  timers,  consti- 
tute about  all  we  have  of  the  history  of  the  churches  from 
the  time  that  the  spiritual  field  came  to  be  shared  with  the 
Catholics  by  Protestants  and  Jews  and  other  sects  and  denom- 
inations of  almost  innumerable  creeds  and  philosophies. 

At  first  glance  it  might  seem  strange  that  the  churches 
have  been  apparently  careless  in  keeping  records,  but  we  are 
to  remember — and,  in  a  way,  to  be  thankful — that  the  churches 
have  lacked  the  cunning  that  characterized  purely  business 
institutions.  One  would  almost  say  that  business  is  one  thing 
and  religion  is  another.  And,  on  this  ground,  we  can  excuse 
the  churches  for  failing  to  do  that  which  in  business  would  be 
regarded  as  reprehensible  carelessness.  Business  thinks  in 
days,  but  religion  thinks  in  centuries. 

To  make  a  record  of  the  standing  and  status  of  the  churches 
in  Los  Angeles  today  would  be,  it  seems  to  us,  an  unnecessary 
task.  Not  only  has  every  Christian  and  other  denomination 
come  into  wonderful  prosperity  and  success  here,  but  it  is  also 


322  LOS  ANGELES 

a  well-known  fact  that  it  would  be  quite  impossible  to  name 
any  religion  or  creed  or  philosophy  or  school  of  thought  un- 
der the  sun  that  is  without  representation  in  Los  Angeles. 
More  than  that,  we  find  ourselves  able  to  say  that  very  many 
religions,  or  schools  of  thought  that  come  under  that  general 
head,  are  found  in  Los  Angeles  and  nowhere  else.  Maybe  it 
is  the  climate,  and  maybe  it  is  something  else,  but  whatever 
it  is,  the  fact  remains  that  Los  Angeles  is  the  most  celebrated 
of  all  incubator  of  new  creeds,  codes  of  ethics,  philosophies 
and  near  philosophies  and  schools  of  thought,  occult,  new  and 
old,  and  no  day  passing  without  the  birth  of  something  of  this 
nature  never  before  heard  of. 

Indeed,  Los  Angeles  has  acquired  a  fame  not  altogether 
enviable,  as  a  breeding  place  and  a  rendezvous  of  freak  re- 
ligions. But  this  is  because  its  winters  are  mild,  thus  luring 
the  pale  people  of  thought  to  its  sunny  gates,  within  which 
man  can  give  himself  over  to  meditation  without  being  com- 
pelled to  interrupt  himself  in  that  interesting  occupation  to 
put  on  his  overcoat  or  keep  the  fire  going. 

With  all  that,  it  must  also  be  said  that  sane  religion  has 
nowhere  in  the  world  a  safer,  more  prosperous  and  welcome 
haven  than  it  has  here.  Among  other  things,  Los  Angeles  is 
most  certainlv  a  citv  of  churches. 


CHAPTER  XVI 
THE  LAW  AND  THE  COURTS 

Los  Angeles  having  been  originally  a  Spanish  pueblo  or 
town,  founded  by  order  of  the  King,  it  was,  of  course,  gov- 
erned in  a  general  way  by  the  laws  of  Spain  in  common  with 
all  Spanish  colonies  in  the  New  World.  It  was  a  simple,  direct 
code  based  on  the  Roman  law  under  which  Spain  had  lived 
for  centuries.  The  compilation  was  called  the  "Laws  of  the 
Kingdoms  of  the  Indias." 

Concerning  this  compilation  we  can  do  no  greater  service 
to  our  readers  than  to  quote  Dr.  Charles  F.  Lummis,  un- 
doubtedly a  high  authority  on  things  Spanish-American.  Doc- 
tor Lummis  says: 

"Probably  the  most  extraordinary  amendment  and  am- 
plification of  a  civil  code  in  history  was  that  by  which  the 
Roman  Law  (under  which  Spain  had  lived  for  centuries)  was 
revised  to  cover  the  new  problems  of  the  New  World.  The 
problems  of  colonial  government  on  a  large  scale  were  for 
the  first  time  brought  up  to  statesmen — for  even  the  colonial 
administration  of  Rome  was  child's  play  compared  to  that 
undertaken  by  Spain  more  suddenly. 

"The  amendments  were  in  the  spirit  of  the  code.  But  that 
code  has  never  had  any  such  extraordinary  revisions. 

"This  revision  began  with  Ferdinand  and  Isabella  imme- 
diately upon  the  return  of  Columbus  from  his  first  voyage,  in 
which  the  New  World  was  discovered.  The  most  active  cen- 
tury of  adaptation  was  that  to  which  we  may  relate  the  real 
geographical  understanding  of  the  three  Americas — namely, 
from  about  1550  to  1650.  But  before  and  after  this  century, 
the  special  legislation,  elastic  to  the  needs  of  new  human  and 
geographical  and  political  conditions,  were  of  a  magnitude  to 
challenge  attention. 

"A  recognized  authority  has  said  that  of  all  the  'Indian 
323 


:!'_>4 


LOS  ANGELES 


Policies '  in  history,  none  compares  for  humanity  with  the 
Spanish-American  policy.  It  may  be  added  that  no  other  ex- 
pansion of  the  Roman  law  along  logical  lines  is  at  all  compara- 
ble with  this.  For  the  first,  if  not  for  the  only  time,  it  was 
recognized  by  statesmen  that  the  first  wealth  of  the  new  wil- 
derness was  not  in  its  lumber,  nor  its  land,  nor  its  mines,  but 
its  men.  After  more  than  three  and  a  half  centuries  of  this 
legislation — this  projection  of  the  Roman  law — the  result  is 


The  Laws'  Dignity  of  Today 
Present  Court  House  and  Hall  of  Records 


that  in  Spanish  America  the  conquered  aborigine  is  as  nu- 
merous as  he  was  in  1492  and  much  better  off.  And  the  mod- 
ern school  of  scientific  American  history  has  proven  this  fact, 
surprising  to  earlier  scholars  and  to  popular  opinion. 

' '  The  Laws  of  the  Indies  are  accessible  in  dignified  volumes 
in  every  important  public  library  in  America.  The  extent  to 
which  the  American  adaptations  of  Roman  law,  through  Span- 
ish statesmanship  come,  are  indicated  by  these  marginal  read- 
ings : 

"  'Indians  shall  not  be  separated  from  their  parents.' 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  325 

"  'Indians  shall  not  be  removed  from  their  native  places 
■ — not  even  to  a  reservation.' 

"  'Indians  shall  be  civilized  without  being  oppressed.' 

"  'Since  they  are  necessitous  people,  care  must  be  taken 
that  the  Indians  should  be  educated  in  the  price  of  foods  and 
other  things.  They  must  be  taxed  with  justice  and  modera- 
tion, and  things  must  be  sold  to  them  much  cheaper  than  to 
other  people.' 

"Under  the  provisions  of  Spanish  law,  it  was  absolutely 
impossible  to  evict  an  Indian  from  the  land  he  was  born  on 
or  lived  on.  It  was  impossible  to  herd  him  on  reservations 
like  a  Cuban  reconcentrado.  It  was  impossible  to  violate  as  to 
the  aborigine  any  of  the  human  rights  which  the  proudest  and 
most  punctilious  Caucasian  would  value  for  himself.  The 
stories  of  oppression  have  no  documentary  foundation  in  the 
records  or  in  the  old  books.  The  only  hardship  imposed  was 
the  same  which  the  laws  of  every  state  in  the  American  Union 
impose  on  our  children — compulsory  education,  non-vaga- 
bondage. ' ' 

In  further  elaboration  of  this  very  remarkable  code  of  laws, 
I  have  the  honor  to  quote  an  eminent  Los  Angeles  legal  au- 
thority, Willoughby  Rodman,  Esquire,  from  a  book  written 
by  him  entitled  "History  of  the  Bench  and  Bar  of  Southern 
California,"  and  published  in  1909  by  the  late  William  J. 
Porter. 

No  code  could  be  more  comprehensive  than  the  Recopila- 
cion,  says  Mr.  Rodman.  Provision  is  made  for  every  depart- 
ment of  government,  down  to  the  smallest  political  subdivi- 
sion. Every  relation  between  state  and  subject  or  among 
subjects,  is  covered  by  the  most  explicit  and  minute  regula- 
tions. The  smallest  details  are  provided  for.  A  most  elab- 
orate system  of  official  inspection  and  accounting  is  estab- 
lished. Responsibility  of  officials  is  not  only  fixed  in  unmis- 
takable terms,  but  is  required  to  be  strictly  enforced. 

The  settlement  of  new  countries  and  the  welfare  of  their 
native  peoples  are  the  principal  objects  of  these  laws.  Col- 
onization is  made  the  subject  of  extensive  and  detailed  pro- 
visions. Settlers  are  to  be  induced  to  come  to  new  colonies 
by  promises  of  liberal  grants  of  public  lands  to  be  made  upon 


326  LOS  ANGELES 

small  payments  and  easy  terms.  Not  only  do  these  laws  seek 
to  obtain  settlers  of  European  birth,  but  provision  is  made 
for  making  settlers  and  citizens  out  of  indigenous  people.  The 
protection,  kind  treatment,  education,  religious  conversion  and 
civilization  of  Indians  are  insisted  upon,  and  rules  for  the 
promotion  of  these  objects  are  to  be  enforced  with  great  strict- 
ness. 

Not  only  is  the  Indian  to  be  protected  from  foreign  inva- 
sion, and  from  oppression  by  his  new  masters,  but  he  is  to  be 
protected  against  himself,  his  civil  and  ecclesiastical  guar- 
dians being  charged  with  the  duty  of  inculcating  principles  of 
industry,  economy  and  sobriety,  and  enforcing  their  observa- 
tion. 

A  few  examples  will  illustrate  the  laws  last  referred  to. 

Governors,  judges  and  alcaldes  were  required  to  see  that 
inns  and  taverns  be  provided  in  Indian  pueblos,  so  that  in- 
specting officials  should  not  be  quartered  upon  Indians  against 
their  will.  It  was  also  made  the  duty  of  such  officials  to  in- 
struct the  Indians  in  the  methods  by  which  they  could  secure 
justice ;  to  respect  the  habits  and  social  systems  of  the  Indians 
so  far  as  these  are  not  contrary  to  (Roman  Catholic)  re- 
ligion. 

They  were  also  charged  to  "see  that  the  Indians  are  not 
idle  nor  vagabond,  but  that  they  work  in  their  fields  or  at  other 
labor  on  work  days ;  that  they  improve  the  land  for  their  own 
benefit,  and  that  they  attend  church ;  that  these  officials  should 
not  take  from  citizens  or  Indians,  nor  any  one  whatever,  per- 
sonal service  without  paying  tbem." 

As  to  governors,  judges,  advocates  and  alcaldes,  the  laws 
provided  that  they  "must  give  bond  before  being  qualified; 
must  hear  all  persons  equally  and  with  benignity  so  that  their 
grievances  may  be  settled  easily  and  without  trouble;  must 
hold  court  in  public  places  and  not  in  the  closets  of  notaries ; 
must  inspect  all  territory  under  their  jurisdiction — but  only 
one  time  (though  frequent  inspections  were  required  to  be 
made  by  other  officials)  ;  shall  not  receive  fees  for  their  in- 
spections; shall  not  quarter  themselves  on  citizens  against 
their  will." 

"They  shall  see  that  the  lands  of  their  jurisdiction  are 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  327 

improved  and  the  public  works  kept  in  good  repair — that 
meats,  fish  and  other  foods  be  sold  at  reasonable  prices.  That 
fences,  walls,  streets,  bridges,  sidewalks,  fountains,  slaughter- 
houses and  all  other  public  works  and  edifices  be  kept  clean 
and  in  repair." 

A  law  of  1583  provided  that  "Governors  who  are  not  col- 
lege graduates  (licentiates)  shall  name  lieutenants  who  are; 
these  must  give  bond  and  must  also  pass  an  examination." 

Governors,  judges,  advocates,  mayors  and  their  lieutenants 
were  included  in  the  prohibition  against  and  penalties  im- 
posed upon  ministers  trading  or  being  in  commerce  in  the 
Indies. 

They  were  also  required  to  present  inventories  of  all  their 
possessions  at  the  time  of  taking  office — presumably  for  the 
purpose  of  enabling  higher  officials  to  determine  whether  or 
not  the  close  of  their  terms  showed  an  undue  increase  of 
worldly  goods. 

A  law  of  1570  required  the  formation  of  a  corps  of  ' '  Med- 
ical directors-general."  This  corps  was  sent  by  the  king  to 
the  colonies  to  study  medicinal  plants,  herbs,  etc.,  and  publish 
directions  concerning  their  use.  It  was  their  duty  to  test 
everything,  to  examine  experts,  whether  Spanish  or  Indian, 
"sending  to  Spain  samples  and  seeds  of  those  plants  found 
beneficial ;  writing  fully  and  clearly  the  natural  history  of  the 
country;  taking  residence  in  one  of  the  cities  in  which  there 
is  a  chancellery,  and  with  a  jurisdiction  for  five  leagues  around 
their  residence ;  they  shall  examine  and  give  license  to  persons 
desiring  to  practice  medicine.  They  shall  proceed  against 
any  person  practicing  medicine  without  proper  license." 

In  1535  it  was  decreed  that  "no  person  shall  practice  med- 
icine or  surgery  without  a  degree  and  a  license ;  nor  make  use 
of  any  title  for  which  they  have  no  diploma  as  Doctor,  Master 
or  Bachelor."  "Medical  directors-general  shall  not  give 
licenses  to  candidates  who  do  not  appear  personally  before 
them  for  examination — to  no  Doctor,  Surgeon,  Apothecary 
or  Barber,  nor  to  any  other  exercising  the  faculties  of  med- 
icine or  surgery  (1579)." 

Another  law  provides  that  "viceroys,  presidents  and  gov- 
ernors shall  have  inspections  made  of  the  drug  stores  of  their 


328  LOS  ANGELES 

districts,  and  if  there  are  corrupt  medicines,  shall  have  them 
spilled  and  thrown  away  so  that  there  can  be  no  other  use  of 
them. ' ' 

Thus  in  1538  we  have  a  law  similar  to  the  "Pure  Food" 
laws  of  today. 

Sheriffs  were  permitted  to  appoint  and  remove  their  lieu- 
tenants and  jailors.  The  law  required  that  "sheriffs  and  their 
lieutenants  must  make  the  rounds  and  inspect  all  public  places 
by  night  under  pain  of  suspension.  They  must  not  wink  at 
forbidden  games  nor  public  sins;  nor  receive  fees  nor  gifts 
from  prisoners,  shall  not  arrest  without  a  writ ;  in  an  Indian 
pueblo  the  sheriff  may  be  an  Indian." 

A  law  of  1535  exempted  from  execution  pearl-fishery  boats, 
machines  used  in  mining;  also  horses  or  weapons,  except  in 
default  of  other  goods. 

This  Recopilacion  or  compilation,  modified  from  time  to 
time  as  to  special  subjects  by  the  various  "  reglamentos "  or 
instructions  above  referred  to,  issued  by  king  or  viceroy,  con- 
stituted the  law  of  California,  of  which  Los  Angeles  was  a 
part,  from  its  settlement  in  1769  until  the  establishment  of  the 
Mexican  Empire.  Under  Mexican  rule  California,  being  a 
territory,  was  governed  directly  by  the  federal  executive  and 
Cortes  of  Mexico.  Territorial  juntas  or  legislative  assemblies 
had  or,  at  least,  exercised,  legislative  functions  in  regard  to 
local  affairs.  The  general  laws  of  Mexico  were  based  upon 
the  civil  law,  and  were  in  their  general  scope  similar  to  the 
laws  of  the  Recopilacion. 

In  the  colonization  law  of  1824  and  the  Regulations  of  1828 
the  decrees  of  Spanish  monarchs  as  set  forth  in  the  Recopila- 
cion are  expressly  recognized.  Recopilacion  and  "Novissima 
Recopilacion"  were  in  force  in  California  in  1840. 

As  the  law  of  Spain,  and  later  as  the  foundation  of  the  law 
of  Mexico,  the  civil  law  obtained  in  California  until  April  13, 
1850.  On  the  last-mentioned  date  the  Legislature  of  Califor- 
nia passed  an  act  providing  "The  Common  Law  of  England, 
so  far  as  it  is  not  repugnant  to  or  inconsistent  with  the  con- 
stitution of  the  United  States,  or  the  constitution  or  laws  of 
the  state  of  California,  shall  be  the  rule  of  decision  in  all  the 
courts  of  this  state." 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  329 

In  the  above  synopsis  we  have  quoted  Mr.  Rodman  ver- 
batim. 

This  first  Legislature  of  California  is  celebrated  in  history 
as  the  "Legislature  of  a  Thousand  Drinks,"  which  would 
seem  to  indicate  on  the  face  of  the  epithet  that  about  all  the 
members  of  the  body  did  was  to  stew  themselves  in  alcoholic 
beverages.  But,  fortunately,  while  it  may  be  true  that  the 
flowing  bowl  was  much  in  evidence,  the  fact  remains  that  it 
was  probably  the  best  Legislature  the  State  of  California  has  • 
ever  had,  down  to  this  day.  It  consisted  of  fifty-two  members 
and  its  session  lasted  129  days.  It  performed  an  enormous 
amount  of  work  and  put  the  new  commonwealth  on  a  firm 
foundation  legally.  Among  other  things  it  created  Los  An- 
geles as  a  bona  fide  American  city  by  Act  of  April  4th. 

But  let  us  go  back  to  the  days  before  the  star  of  California 
was  placed  in  the  azure  field  of  Old  Glory,  in  order  that  we 
may  see  just  how  the  law  of  the  land  was  executed,  especially 
as  Los  Angeles  was  affected  thereby. 

In  the  patient  and  painstaking  way  of  all  student  lawyers, 
Mr.  Rodman  tells  us  that  the  judicial  officers  most  frequently 
mentioned  in  California  history  are  the  alcaldes.  And  he 
goes  on  further  to  say : 

The  office  of  alcalde  is  of  ancient  origin,  having  been  cre- 
ated and  recognized  in  Spain  long  prior  to  the  conquest  of 
Mexico.  The  Reeopilacion  de  las  Indias  provides  for  the  ap- 
pointment of  alcaldes  in  Spanish  colonies,  and  defines  their 
jurisdiction  and  powers.  In  each  city  or  pueblo  there  were 
two  ordinary  alcaldes  chosen  each  year.  Ordinary  alcaldes 
had  jurisdiction  in  the  first  instance  of  all  cases,  civil  or  crim- 
inal. Appeals  from  their  acts  or  sentences  went  to  the  audien- 
cias  or  royal  councils,  to  the  governor,  or  to  the  ayuntamiento, 
the  local  governing  body. 

The  Reeopilacion  provided  that  alcaldes  "must  be  hon- 
orable persons,  able  and  sufficient,  know  how  to  read  and  write, 
and  have  other  qualities  which  are  required  for  such  offices ; 
preference  given  to  descendants  of  pioneers  'if  they  have  the 
necessary  qualifications  for  government  and  the  administra- 
tion of  justice';  must  be  citizens;  cannot  be  re-elected  until 


330  LOS  ANGELES 

after  an  interim  of  two  years  and  passing  an  inspection  of 
their  term." 

The  law  creating  the  office  of  alcalde  seems  to  have  been 
operative  in  California  under  Spanish  rule.  Alcaldes  also 
exercised  certain  administrative  and  legislative  functions, 
acting  as  members  of  ayuntamientos,  and  as  rulers  of  towns 
in  the  event  of  the  death  of  a  governor,  leaving  no  lieuten- 
ant ;  having  general  supervisory  duties,  and  the  power  to  in- 
spect houses  of  the  religious  brotherhoods. 

A  communication  from  Governor  Borica  (1794-1800)  to  a 
newly  elected  alcalde  indicated  the  nature  of  the  duties  apper- 
taining to  the  office.  As  this  communication  might  prove  use- 
ful to  judicial  or  administrative  officers  of  today,  it  is  given : 

"I  approve  of  the  election  of  your  honor  as  alcalde  for  the 
ensuing  year,  and  am  persuaded  that  you  will  exercise  the 
duties  of  your  office  with  the  dignity  of  an  honest  man.  You 
will  consent  to  no  immoral  practices,  to  no  drunkenness,  to  no 
species  of  gaming  that  is  prohibited  by  law.  You  will  en- 
courage and  stimulate  every  poblador  who  does  not  enjoy 
military  exemption  to  work  his  land  and  take  proper  care  of 
his  stock.  You  will  permit  no  idleness.  You  will,  in  fine,  be 
zealous  in  complying  with  all  the  obligations  of  your  employ- 
ment, treat  the  Indians,  both  Christian  and  Gentile,  with  kind- 
ness and  consideration,  and  fulfill  the  orders  of  the  govern- 
ment without  attempting  to  put  strained  constructions  upon 
them. ' ' 

During  the  early  years  of  Spanish  rule,  captains,  military 
chiefs  and  governors  of  California  were  authorized  to  act  as 
ordinary  judges  of  first  instance  in  all  cases,  civil  and  crim- 
inal, arising  in  their  respective  districts.  Criminal  cases  were 
tried  by  military  officers  under  and  according  to  military  law, 
except  capital  cases,  which  were  to  be  tried  by  a  council  of 
war  or  court  martial.  Prior  to  1800  the  viceroy  exercised 
the  powers  of  a  judge  in  criminal  cases.  (1  Bancroft,  p.  638.) 
It  seems  to  have  been  the  custom  in  important  cases  to  trans- 
mit the  papers  for  decision  to  the  commandante-general.  (Hit- 
tell.) 

In  1791,  Don  Felipe  De  Neve,  the  immortal  founder  of  Los 
Angeles,  then  commandante-general,  on  receiving  papers  in  a 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  331 

criminal  prosecution,  advises  with  the  assessor  or  law  adviser 
of  the  commandancia  (or  province)  and  refused  to  entertain 
the  cases,  on  the  ground  that  his  jurisdiction  was  military 
rather  than  judicial,  and  that  the  only  proper  course  of  pro- 
cedure was  for  the  captain  who  had  acted  as  judge  of  first 
instances,  to  decide  every  cause  before  him,  and  from  his  de- 
cision an  appeal  might  be  taken  to  the  royal  audiencia  or  su- 
preme court.  Gradually  the  judicial  powers  of  military  offi- 
cers were  either  taken  away  by  law,  or  suffered  to  lapse  to 
a  great  extent,  for  the  history  of  later  years  of  Spanish  rule 
shows  an  increasing  exercise  of  judicial  functions  by  alcaldes. 
These  officers  acted  as  judges  of  first  instance,  neither  their 
jurisdiction  nor  the  right  of  procedure  upon  appeal  from  their 
judgments  being  clearly  defined.  A  decree  of  the  Spanish 
Cortes,  dated  October  9,  1812,  defining  certain  duties  and 
functions  of  alcaldes,  is  as  follows : 

"CHAPTER  THIRD 
' '  Of  the  Constitutional,  Alcaldes  ix  the  Towxs 

"Art.  1.  Inasmuch  as  the  alcaldes  of  towns  exercise  in 
them  the  office  of  amicable  compounders,  every  person  who 
wishes  to  attack  another  before  the  district  judge,  either  on 
account  of  some  civil  wrong  or  some  tort,  must  present  him- 
self before  the  competent  alcalde,  who,  with  two  good  men 
(hombres  buenos),  appointed  one  by  each  of  the  contending 
parties,  shall  hear  both  parties,  and  take  into  consideration 
the  reasons  they  allege,  and  after  hearing  the  opinion  of  the 
associates  shall  give,  within  eight  days  at  most,  his  concil- 
iating decision,  calculated,  in  his  opinion,  to  terminate  the  lit- 
igation, without  going  any  further.  This  decision  will,  in 
effect,  terminate  the  dispute,  if  the  parties  acquiesce  in  the 
decision,  which  must  be  inscribed  upon  a  book,  which  the 
alcalde  must  keep,  bearing  the  title  of  'Decisions  of  Concilia- 
tion,' signed  by  the  said  alcalde,  the  good  men  and  the  parties, 
if  they  know  how  to  write,  and  certificates  of  the  same  are  to 
be  given  to  such  as  may  desire  the  same. 

"Art.  2.  If  the  parties  do  not  conform  to  this  decree,  it 
must  also  be  inscribed  in  the  same  book,  and  the  alcalde  shall 


332  LOS  ANGELES 

give  a  certificate  to  the  party  desiring  it,  that  he  has  brought 
an  action  of  conciliation,  and  that  the  parties  interested  have 
not  consented  thereto. 

"Art.  3.  When  some  person  residing  in  another  town  is 
cited  before  the  competent  alcalde  of  conciliation,  the  alcalde 
must  cause  him  to  be  cited,  by  means  of  the  judge  of  his  resi- 
dence, that  he  may  appear,  either  in  person  or  by  an  attorney 
of  competent  powers,  within  a  sufficient  period  of  time,  which 
must  be  prescribed;  and  if  he  should  not  appear,  the  plaintiff 
will  be  entitled  to  a  certificate,  specifying  that  he  has  made  a 
demand  in  conciliation,  which  has  failed  because  the  defend- 
ant has  neglected  to  appear. 

"Art.  4.  If  the  demand  in  conciliation  has  reference  to 
the  effects  of  a  debtor  about  to  remove  the  same;  or  to  pre- 
vent the  construction  of  some  new  work,  or  other  things  of 
like  urgency,  and  the  plaintiff  requires  the  alcalde  to  take 
provisional  measures  in  order  to  avoid  the  injury  which  might 
arise  from  delay,  the  alcalde  shall  do  so  immediately,  and 
forthwith  proceed  with  the  conciliation. 

"Art.  5.  The  alcaldes  will,  moreover,  take  cognizance  in 
their  respective  towns  of  all  civil  suits  wherein  the  sums  in 
controversy  do  not  exceed  fifty  reals  vellon  in  the  peninsula, 
and  the  adjacent  lands,  and  one  hundred  silver  dollars  in  the 
ultramarine  provinces;  and  in  criminal  cases  of  slight  faults 
and  injuries  which  only  require  reprimand  or  light  correction, 
the  proceedings  in  both  cases  being  verbal.  For  this  purpose, 
the  alcaldes,  as  well  in  civil  as  in  criminal  matters,  will  asso- 
ciate good  men,  as  above  mentioned,  chosen  by  each  of  the  con- 
tending parties,  and  after  hearing  the  plaintiff  and  defendant 
and  taking  the  opinion  of  the  associates,  shall  give  such  a 
decision  before  the  notary  as  they  may  deem  just,  and  from 
such  an  opinion  the  parties  cannot  appeal,  nor  does  it  require 
any  other  formality  than  to  inscribe  it,  together  with  a  suc- 
cinct exposition  of  the  proceedings,  in  the  book  which  is  re- 
quired to  be  kept  for  verbal  judgments,  and  to  have  it  sub- 
scribed by  the  alcalde,  the  good  men  and  the  notary. 

"Art.  6.  The  alcaldes  of  towns  shall  likewise  take  cog- 
nizance of  all  judicial  proceedings  in  civil  suits  until  litigation 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SKA  333 

arise  among  the  parties  thereto,  in  which  event  they  shall 
transfer  them  to  the  district  judge. 

"Art.  7.  They  may  all  take  cognizance,  at  the  request  of 
the  parties,  of  such  proceedings  as  are  litigated,  when  they 
are  very  urgent,  as  the  preparation  of  an  inventory,  the  quiet- 
ing of  possession,  or  others  of  a  like  nature,  referring  the  mat- 
ter to  the  judge  as  soon  as  the  object  of  their  interference  has 
been  accomplished. 

"Art.  8.  The  alcaldes,  when  a  crime  has  been  committed 
in  their  towns,  or  some  delinquent  has  been  discovered,  ought 
to  proceed  ex-officio,  or  at  the  request  of  a  party,  to  institute 
the  first  proceedings  of  the  inquest  (summaris)  and  cause  the 
criminals  to  be  apprehended,  in  every  cause  where  an  offense 
has  been  committed,  which  according  to  law  deserves  corporal 
punishment,  or  when  the  offender  has  been  found  flagrante 
delicto;  but  in  such  cases  they  shall  immediately  transfer  to 
the  district  judge  the  proceedings  by  them  had,  and  place  the 
criminal  at  his  disposal. 

"Art.  9.  The  alcaldes  of  towns  in  which  the  district  judge 
resides  may,  and  ought  to  make  all  the  preparatory  proceed- 
ings spoken  of  in  the  preceding  article,  and  give  immediate 
notice  of  the  same  to  the  district  judge,  that  he  may  continue 
the  proceedings. 

"Art.  10.  In  all  the  proceedings  which  may  be  required  as 
well  in  civil  as  in  criminal  causes,  the  district  judges  cannot 
employ  other  alcaldes  than  those  of  their  respective  towns. 

"Art.  11.  As  it  respects  the  government,  economy  and  the 
police  of  the  towns,  the  alcaldes  shall  exercise  the  same  juris- 
diction and  powers  which  existing  laws  grant  to  the  ordinary 
alcaldes,  observing  in  every  respect  the  provisions  of  the  con- 
stitution on  this  subject." 

So  far  as  appears  from  history,  the  Mexican  judicial  sys- 
tem was  similar  to  that  of  Spain,  and  during  the  Mexican 
Empire  and  the  early  years  of  the  republic,  laws  were  admin- 
istered by  the  same  courts  as  under  the  Spanish  regime. 

Coming  now  to  the  times  of  the  American  occupation  of 
California,  we  see  that  in  his  proclamation  to  the  people,  call- 
ing a  convention  to  form  a  state  constitution,  Governor  Riley 
stated  that  courts  were  in  existence  in  California  as  follows: 


334  LOS  ANGELES 

1.  A  Superior  Court  (tribunal  superior)  of  the  territory, 
consisting  of  four  judges  and  a  fiscal.  2.  A  judge  of  first 
instance  for  each  district.  This  office  is,  by  a  custom  not  in- 
consistent with  the  laws,  vested  in  the  first  alcalde  of  the 
district.  3.  Alcaldes  who  have  concurrent  jurisdiction  among 
themselves  in  the  same  district,  but  are  subordinate  to  the 
higher  judicial  tribunes.    4.    Local  justices  of  the  peace. 

As  to  the  Superior  Court  referred  to  by  Governor  Riley, 
we  are  not  fully  informed  by  history  concerning  its  jurisdic- 
tion; nor  does  history  show  that  it  was  ever  fully  organized 
or  performed  its  functions. 

Under  the  "Plan  de  Gobierno,"  or  plan  of  government, 
adopted  for  the  Mexican  Republic  of  1824,  judicial  power, 
so  far  as  concerned  people  of  the  pueblos,  was  vested  in  the 
first  instance  in  the  alcaldes,  or  in  justices  of  the  peace;  in 
the  second  instance,  in  commandants  of  presidios,  and  in  the 
third  and  final  instance  in  the  governor. 

As  concerned  people  outside  pueblos,  judicial  power  was 
vested  in  first  instance  in  alcaldes,  in  the  second  and  final 
instance  in  the  governor. 

Alcaldes  continued  to  exercise  the  same  powers  as  they 
had  exercised  prior  to  the  revolution.  Courts  of  First  In- 
stance were  never  organized  in  California.  But  records  of 
Los  Angeles  County  show  that  suits  were  brought  and  deter- 
mined in  a  court  of  that  name,  presided  over  by  an  alcalde. 

Shortly  after  Mexico  achieved  independence,  the  two  Cal- 
ifornias  were  united  into  the  Sixth  Judicial  Circuit  of  the 
Mexican  Republic,  and  Alta  California  was  made  one  of  the 
districts  of  that  circuit.  In  1828  a  court  for  the  circuit  was 
instituted  at  Rosaria,  but  at  that  time  no  district  court  had 
been  organized  in  Alta  California. 

Bancroft  says  that  in  1826  there  were  no  courts  of  law  in 
California  competent  to  try  civil  or  criminal  cases. 

Under  the  Mexican  law  of  1836,  alcaldes  continued  to  ex- 
ercise jurisdiction  over  cases  of  conciliation,  what  was  known 
as  "oral  litigation,"  and  preliminary  proceedings  of  both 
civil  and  criminal  nature. 

They  had  jurisdiction  in  all  municipal  matters,  in  cases 
of  minor  offences,  and  in  actions  to  recover  debts  not  exceed- 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  335 

ing  $100.  Appeals  from  their  decisions  were  taken  to  the 
Court  of  First  Instance. 

The  Mexican  system  provided  that  there  be  in  each  partido 
a  Court  of  First  Instance,  presided  over  provisionally  by  the 
first  alcalde,  in  places  having  an  ayuntamiento ;  in  other  places 
by  the  justice  of  the  peace  of  first  nomination.  From  1824  to 
1840  Courts  of  First  Instance  were  presided  over  by  alcaldes 
or  justices  of  the  peace.  We  find  no  record,  during  this  pe- 
riod, of  the  election  or  appointment  of  any  person  as  judge 
of  first  instance  eo  nomine.  Judge  Nathaniel  Bannett,  one  of 
the  first  three  justices  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  State, 
says :  "It  is  believed  that  judges  of  first  instance  were  never 
appointed  and  never  held  office  in  California  under  the  Mexi- 
can regime,  but  that  alcaldes  possessed  the  powers  and  juris- 
diction of  judges  of  first  instance.  The  alcaldes,  before  the  an- 
nexation of  the  country,  it  is  believed,  certainly  afterwards, 
to  a  great  extent,  both  made  and  enforced  the  law;  or,  at 
least,  they  paid  but  little  regard  either  to  American  or  Mexi- 
can law  further  than  suited  their  own  convenience  and  con- 
duced to  their  own  profit." 

Courts  of  First  Instance  had  appellate  jurisdiction  over 
alcalde's  courts,  and  original  jurisdiction  of  all  cases  involving 
more  than  $100. 

The  Court  of  Second  Instance  provided  for  by  Mexican 
law  was  an  appellate  tribunal  with  jurisdiction  of  appeals 
from  Courts  of  First  Instance. 

Courts  of  Third  Instance  were  courts  of  last  resort,  ex- 
cept the  Supreme  Tribunal  of  Mexico.  This  court  was  com- 
posed of  all  the  judges  of  second  instance.  It  had  cognizance 
of  cases  involving  more  than  $4,000.  Its  power  of  review  was 
not  limited  to  questions  raised  below,  but  it  could  not  review 
questions  upon  which  the  two  inferior  courts  had  concurred. 

It  may  have  been  intended  that  Courts  of  Second  and  Third 
Instance  should  be  established  in  California,  but  we  have  no 
evidence  of  their  establishment.  In  a  decree  of  the  Mexican 
Congress  made  March  2,  1843,  it  is  said  that  no  Courts  of 
Second  and  Third  Instance  had  been  established  in  Cali- 
fornia. 

By  act  of  March  28,  1843,  the  governor  of  the  territory  was 


336  LOS  ANGELES 

instructed  to  see  that  justice  be  administered  in  the  first  in- 
stance "by  judges  of  that  grade,  if  there  be  such,  or  by  al- 
caldes, or  justices  of  the  peace."  Whether  or  not  these  courts 
had  ever  been  established  in  California,  the  first  Legislature, 
of  the  State  considered  it  necessary  to  pass  a  statute  abolish- 
ing them. 

In  1839,  on  recommendation  of  Governor  Alvarado,  the  de- 
partmental junta  established  a  Superior  Court,  and  appointed 
four  judges  and  an  attorney-general,  or  "fiscal."  Several 
judges  and  the  fiscal  declined  to  act,  and  for  some  years  the 
court  transacted  no  business. 

On  account  of  the  commission  of  numerous  crimes,  and 
influenced  by  the  protests  of  foreign  governments  against  the 
prevailing  lawlessness,  an  extra  session  of  the  junta  was 
called  for  the  purpose  of  filling  vacancies  on  the  bench  and 
putting  the  superior  tribunal  into  working  order.  On  May 
31,  1842,  the  junta  elected  a  new  fiscal,  and  designated  persons 
to  act  as  substitute  members  of  court  and  fill  vacancies  that 
had  occurred  or  might  occur.  The  tribunal  organized  and 
transacted  some  business,  but  according  to  Hittell's  history, 
"it  cannot  be  said  to  have  distinguished  itself  either  for  learn- 
ing, diligence,  or  effectiveness."  No  judge  of  this  court  was 
a  lawyer. 

On  June  15,  1845,  the  superior  tribunal  of  justice  was  re- 
organized. It  was  to  consist  of  two  members  and  a  fiscal,  and 
was  divided  into  two  chambers  denominated  "First"  and 
"Second."  Ministers  and  fiscal  were  to  be  appointed  by  the 
governor  upon  nomination  by  the  junta.  Clerks  and  other 
ministerial  officers  were  appointed  by  the  court.  Ministers 
and  fiscal,  whose  first  appointments  were  provisional,  were  to 
receive  $2,000  per  year;  but  when  the  offices  should  be  filled 
by  professional  lawyers,  incumbents  were  to  receive  $3,000 
per  year.  It  was  directed  that  the  government  should,  by 
means  of  notices  published  in  newspapers,  invite  candidates 
for  positions  as  ministers  or  fiscal  to  present  statements  show- 
ing their  qualifications.  The  employment  of  a  similar  system 
at  this  day  would  make  the  governor's  duties  exceedingly 
onerous.  The  same  statute  provided  that  in  each  capital  of 
a  "partido"  a  Court  of  First  Instance  should  be  established. 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  337 

to  be  presided  over  provisionally  by  the  first  alcalde  in  places 
having  ayuntamientos ;  elsewhere  by  the  justice  of  the  peace 
of  first  nomination.  The  first  judicial  district,  which  was  to 
be  known  as  that  of  Los  Angeles,  included  all  territory  from 
the  northern  boundary  of  San  Luis  Obispo  Mission  to  the 
southern  boundary  of  Alta  California. 

The  first  district  was  divided  into  three  partidos — the 
first  that  of  Los  Angeles,  extending  from  the  crest  of  Santa 
Susana  Mountains  to  the  southern  limit  of  the  Mission  of  San 
Juan  Capistrano ;  the  second,  Santa  Barbara,  extending  from 
the  northern  limits  of  the  Mission  of  San  Luis  Obispo  south- 
wardly to  and  including  the  ranchos  of  Simi  and  El  Triunfo ; 
the  third,  San  Diego,  to  comprehend  all  the  Mission  of  San 
Luis  Rey,  thence  southward  to  the  southern  boundary  of  the 
territory.  Very  little  is  known  of  the  nature  or  volume  of 
business  transacted  by  courts  established  or  provided  for  by 
this  system. 

Mr.  Rodman  calls  attention  to  the  fact  that  Bancroft  men- 
tions a  certain  person  as  having  been  appointed  "Superior 
Judge"  in  1849,  but  of  this  judge,  or  of  the  Superior  Court 
referred  to  in  the  governor's  proclamation,  we  have  no  defi- 
nite information. 

Alcaldes  continued  to  transact  the  greater  portion,  if  not 
all,  of  the  judicial  business  of  the  territory.  Their  powers 
were  varied  and  extensive. 

In  1836  one  Maria  del  Pilar  Buelna  complained  to  Michael 
Requena,  alcalde  of  Los  Angeles,  that  her  husband,  Policarpo 
Higuera,  had  beaten  her  so  severely  that  she  had  been  obliged 
to  leave  his  house.  The  husband  justified  himself  on  the 
ground  that  his  wife  had  disobeyed  his  commands  not  to  visit 
her  mother.  Requena  attempted  as  part  of  his  duty  as  judge 
of  a  Court  of  Conciliation,  to  settle  this  dispute  and  reconcile 
the  couple.  But  in  this  he  failed,  and  the  controversy  came 
to  trial.  It  appeared  upon  investigation  that  the  husband 
was  dissatisfied  not  only  because  his  wife  had  visited  her 
mother,  but  because  she  had  gone  with  his  brother,  whom  he 
had  forbidden  his  house.  As  the  husband  did  not  charge  his 
wife  with  the  commission  of  any  crime,  the  court  ordered  that 
the  couple  should  live  together  "as  God  had  commanded," 


338  LOS  ANGELES 

and  also  ordered  that  if  in  the  future  the  husband  should  have 
any  complaint,  he  should  make  it  to  the  court,  and  not  attempt 
to  take  the  punishment  into  his  own  hands,  and  that  if  the 
husband's  brother  should  interfere,  he  should  be  punished 
according  to  his  deserts.  This  judgment  was  not  only  de- 
cidedly in  personam,  but  is  an  example  of  equitable  pater- 
nalism. Husbands  frequently  applied  to  courts  for  orders 
compelling  their  wives  to  live  with  them.  In  1840  one  Ortez 
of  Los  Angeles,  claiming  that  his  wife  had  run  away  to  San 
Gabriel,  an  officer  was  sent  with  instructions  to  bring  her  back 
to  marital  protection. 

And  thus  we  see  how  Los  Angeles  was  governed  from  the 
time  it  was  founded  until  the  Stars  and  Stripes  floated  in 
conquest  over  it  and  it  became  subject  to  American  laws. 
But  whether  or  not  the  new  laws  were  better  than  were  the  old 
ones,  it  were  hard  to  say.  But  certainly  we  can  say  this,  that 
there  are  altogether  too  many  laws  in  these  days  in  cities 
and  out  of  cities,  and  that  this  is  a  charge  that  cannot  be 
made  against  the  older  system. 

When  we  speak  of  law  and  the  courts,  we  naturally  think 
of  litigation.  We  might  have  reason  to  suppose  that  if  all  laws 
were  obeyed,  and  if  there  were  no  argument  as  to  their  mean- 
ing, there  would  be  no  need  of  courts.  But,  unhappily,  it  is 
quite  impossible  now,  as  it  has  always  been,  to  frame  the 
simplest  law  without  subjecting  it  to  a  different  interpretation 
by  almost  everybody  that  reads  it. 

This  same  thing  is  what  causes  so  many  different  religions, 
and  so  many  sects  of  the  same  religion.  One  man  reads  the 
Bible  and  interprets  it  differently  from  another  man  who 
reads  it.  Consequently,  we  have  a  great  many  creeds  and 
sects,  and  the  number  seems  to  be  constantly  increasing. 

It  is  the  same  way  with  laws  enacted  by  human  beings,  and 
the  result  is  an  ever  increasing  multiplicity  of  courts.  The 
more  laws  the  more  litigation. 

Now,  immediately  upon  the  American  occupation  of  Cal- 
ifornia, and  for  many  years  succeeding  it — even  down  to  the 
present  day — the  most  fruitful  source  of  litigation  has  been 
the  title  to  real  property.  And  this  brings  us  to  the  often- 
mentioned    subject    of    land    grants.     "Old    Spanish    Land 


PROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  339 

Grants"  and  "Mexican  Land  Grants"  are  familiar  phrases  in 
California.  The  title  to  all  property  in  the  City  of  Los  An- 
geles, as  well  as  throughout  all  California,  goes  back  to  one 
or  the  other  of  these  "Grants,"  and  depends  upon  them  for 
validity. 

Spain  acquired  title  to  California  by  virtue  of  discovery, 
conquest  and  occupation — a  title  admitted  as  valid  by  the 
custom  of  nations  and  international  law.  Wherefore,  all  real 
property  in  California,  all  title  to  the  land,  was  vested  orig- 
inally in  the  Spanish  crown. 

Then  the  crown  proceeded  to  "grant"  lands  to  individuals, 
and  thus  began  the  business  upon  which  real  estate  operators, 
lawyers,  title  and  abstract  companies  and  the  courts  thrive. 
The  first  conveyance  of  crown  land  to  any  individual  in  Cal- 
ifornia was  made  in  November,  1775,  to  one  Manuel  Butron 
somewhere  in  the  northern  part  of  the  province  which  was 
authorized  by  instructions  given  by  the  Governor  Bucareli  to 
the  Commandante  Rivera  y  Moncada. 

The  first  grants  made  in  the  present  City  of  Los  Angeles 
are  recounted  in  detail  in  the  early  chapters  of  this  book. 

Rodman  says:  "At  first  all  grants  were  executed  by  the 
Government ;  later,  grants  of  pueblo  lands  were  made  by  the 
ayuntamientos  of  the  various  pueblos.  Grants  of  other  lands 
were  always  executed  by  the  Governor.  During  the  early 
years  of  Spanish  rule,  grants  of  absolute  titles  were  not  made, 
citizens  receiving  merely  the  right  to  use  the  land  or  take  its 
produce. ' ' 

In  order  to  fully  understand  the  difference  between  the 
idea  of  the  Spanish  system  of  owning  land  and  our  present 
American  system,  we  can  do  no  better  than  to  quote  the  lan- 
guage of  the  Supreme  Court  of  California  in  a  celebrated  case. 
The  Supreme  Court  said: 

"1.  Our  plan  has  been  to  encourage  settlement  of  the 
country  by  selling  land  in  small  tracts  at  a  minimum  price. 
"When  so  settled,  villages,  cities  and  towns  have  grown  up  as 
required  to  supply  the  wants  of  the  settlers.  They  have  been 
called  into  existence  by  the  settlements ;  but,  in  the  beginning, 
have  not  contributed  much  to  cause  the  country  to  be  settled. 

"The  Spanish  system  was  the  opposite.    They  founded  or 


340  LOS  ANGELES 

encouraged  the  formation  of  villages  which,  hy  affording 
protection  as  well  as  educational  and  religious  privileges, 
would  encourage  settlement  of  the  neighboring  country. 

"2.  These  pueblos  differed  from  our  municipalities  in 
many  respects.  They  had  no  charters,  and  seem  always  to 
have  been  subject  to  the  control  and  supervision  of  superior 
officers,  and  this  control  seems  to  have  been  complete  and 
constant.  They  could  suspend,  restrict  or  enlarge  the  powers 
of  the  officers  of  the  pueblo ;  and  yet  the  pueblos,  to  an  extent 
and  in  a  mode  which  is  strange  to  us,  constituted  convenient 
instrumentalities  for  the  government  of  the  neighboring 
country.  Their  jurisdiction,  subject  always  to  the  supervision 
of  higher  officers,  often  extended  over  large  territories. 

"3.  Perhaps  the  most  important  respect  in  which  the 
pueblos  and  the  habits  of  the  inhabitants  differed  from  our 
municipalities  and  the  habits  of  our  people,  is  found  in  the 
extent  to  which  individual  wants  were  supplied  from  public 
or  common  lands.  In  this  respect  the  difference  is  almost 
startling.  Our  practice  is  to  reduce  everything  to  private 
ownership  from  which  a  profit  can  be  niade;  and,  of  course, 
the  more  essential  it  is  to  the  members  of  the  community,  the 
more  profit  can  be  made  from  it.  The  rule  of  the  pueblo  was 
almost  the  reverse  of  this.  So  far  as  communal  ownership 
would  answer  the  purposes  of  the  community  it  was  preferred. 
As  water  was  one  of  the  things  thus  held,  we  may  understand 
better  the  nature  of  the  right  which  the  pueblos  had  to  it  by 
considering  other  properties  so  held." 

Like  everything  else  that  was  good  or  intended  to  be  good, 
this  power  of  granting  lands  to  individuals  by  governors  and 
ayuntamientos  began  in  time  to  be  abused  during  the  Spanish 
and  Mexican  eras  of  California.  The  governors,  particularly, 
appeared  to  have  been  moved  by  a  spirit  of  splendid  gener- 
osity toward  their  friends  and  favorites.  It  was  nothing  at 
all  for  a  governor  of  California,  under  Spain  and  Mexico,  to 
present  a  friend  with  a  principality  over  a  cup  of  coffee  or 
a  glass  of  good  wine. 

That's  how  we  come  to  hear  of  so  many  of  the  old  Span- 
ish, Mexican  and  California!!  families  in  California  having 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  341 

been  the  owners  of  thousands  upon  thousands  of  acres  of  land 
upon  which  today  are  budded  towns  and  cities. 

It  is  only  fair  to  say,  however,  that  in  many  cases  in  those 
old  times,  the  more  land  a  man  owned  the  poorer  he  was, 
and  when  we  often  wonder  why  these  old  families  did  not  hold 
onto  their  vast  possessions,  the  answer  is  that  in  those  times 
of  sparse  population  and  lack  of  commercial  development,  a 
man  had  to  have  some  other  source  of  income  than  his  land  in 
order  merely  to  pay  the  taxes  upon  it,  and  thus  retain  posses- 
sion of  it. 

It  appears  from  the  records,  not  to  speak  of  the  memory  of 
men  still  living,  that  no  governor  of  California  even  remotely 
approached  in  open-handed  generosity  Don  Pio  Pico,  the  last 
of  the  Mexican  governors. 

But  even  Don  Pio  Pico  is  backed  up  in  his  wonderful  ex- 
travagances by  what  was  from  his  point  of  view,  and  the 
point  of  view  of  his  fellow-Calif ornians,  a  good  reason.  They 
saw  that  California  was  inevitably  to  fall  into  the  hands  of  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  and  to  become  a  part  of  that 
great  nation.  They  saw  that  in  that  event  the  strangers  would 
become  the  new  lords  of  the  manors.  So,  it  is  said,  that  dur- 
ing the  last  days  of  his  reign,  Pio  Pico  worked  ceaselessly  at 
signing  conveyances  of  lands  to  his  friends  and  followers. 

When  California  became  a  state  of  the  American  Union, 
the  United  States  had  no  end  of  trouble  for  many  years  in 
deciding  between  valid  and  fraudulent  titles  to  the  land. 
Speaking  of  cases  of  this  nature,  the  Supreme  Court  of  the 
United  States  itself  says  in  this  somewhat  weary  tone  of 
voice : 

"No  class  of  cases  that  come  before  this  court  are  attended 
with  so  many  and  such  perplexing  difficulties  as  these  are. 
The  number  of  them  which  we  are  called  upon  to  decide  bears 
a  very  heavy  disproportion  to  the  other  business  of  the  court, 
and  this  is  unfortunately  increasing  instead  of  diminishing. 
Some  idea  of  the  difficulties  that  surround  these  cases  may 
be  obtained  by  recurring  to  the  loose  and  indefinite  manner 
in  which  the  Mexican  Government  made  the  grants  which  we 
are  now  required  judicially  to  locate.  That  government  at- 
tached no  value  to  the  land,  and  granted  it  in  what  to  us  ap- 


342  LOS  ANGELES 

pears  magnificent  quantities.  Leagues  instead  of  acres  were 
their  units  of  measurement,  and  when  an  application  was  made 
to  the  government  for  a  grant  which  was  always  a  gratuity, 
the  only  question  was  whether  the  locality  asked  for  was 
vacant  or  public  property.  "When  the  grant  was  made,  no 
surveyor  sighted  a  compass  or  stretched  a  chain.  Indeed, 
these  instruments  were  probably  not  to  be  had  in  that  region. 
A  sketch,  called  a  diseno,  which  was  rather  a  map  than  a  plat 
of  the  land,  was  prepared  by  the  applicant.  It  gave,  in  a  rude 
and  imperfect  manner,  the  shape  and  general  outline  of  the 
land  desired,  with  some  of  the  more  prominent  natural  objects 
noted  on  it,  and  a  reference  to  the  adjoining  tracts  owned  by 
individuals,  if  there  were  any,  or  to  such  other  objects  as  were 
supposed  to  constitute  the  boundaries.  Their  ideas  of  the  re- 
lation of  the  points  of  the  compass  to  the  objects  on  the  map 
were  very  inaccurate;  and  as  these  sketches  were  made  by 
uneducated  herdsmen  of  cattle,  it  is  easy  to  imagine  how  im- 
perfect they  were.  Yet  they  are  now  often  the  most  satisfac- 
tory and  sometimes  the  only  evidence  by  which  to  locate  these 
claims." 

Hundreds  of  these  cases  were  reviewed  by  the  Supreme 
Court  of  the  United  States,  and  were  represented  by  the 
greatest  lawyers  this  country  has  ever  known,  as  only  a  partial 
mention  of  them  will  prove.  Among  the  great  names  we  find 
the  following:  Jeremiah  Sullivan  Black,  the  giant  Pennsyl- 
vanian,  and  one  time  attorney-general  of  the  United  States; 
Caleb  Cushing,  Edwin  M.  Stanton,  Reverdy  Johnson,  William 
M.  Evarts,  John  J.  Crittenden,  Judah  P.  Benjamin,  the  im- 
mortal Charles  0 'Conor,  Titian  J.  Coffey,  and  Hall  Mc- 
Allister. 

In  its  report  upon  these  cases  the  United  States  Land 
Commission,  among  other  things,  said:  "A  greater  variety 
of  subjects,  or  a  wider  field  of  investigation,  was  rarely,  if 
ever,  open  to  any  tribunal,  and  the  faith  of  the  nation  under 
the  treaty  of  Guadaloupe  Hidalgo,  justice  to  a  conquered 
people  and  a  due  regard  to  the  provisions  of  the  Act  of  Con- 
gress organizing  this  Commission,  imposed  the  duty  of  a 
careful  investigation  of  the  many  questions  presented  in  these 
cases." 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  343 

In  the  spring  of  1847,  Col.  J.  D.  Stevenson,  an  officer  of 
the  United  States,  was  placed  in  command  of  the  southern 
military  district  of  California,  and  charged  particularly  with 
the  duty  of  investigating  the  land  grants  which  had  been  made 
by  the  Mexican  authorities  within  the  limits  of  his  command. 
And  Colonel  Stevenson  said  that  soon  after  he  got  his  dis- 
trict in  order  he  began  to  make  inquiries  as  to  who  were  the 
civil  officers  under  Pico,  and  learned  from  Abel  Stearns  and 
others  that  he  (Stearns)  was  either  the  prefect  or  sub-prefect, 
and  an  intimate  and  confidential  friend  of  Pico,  and  from  him 
and  others  he  learned  that  grants  were  made  after  it  was 
known  that  the  Americans  had  taken  possession  of  California, 
which  were  antedated,  and  especially  those  made  in  this  section 
of  the  county  from  San  Jose  this  way,  and  that  a  very  large 
portion  of  them  were  signed  by  Pico  on  the  day  and  night 
preceding  his  start  for  Mexico,  which  was  about  the  8th  or  9th 
of  August,  1846 ;  Stearns  told  him  that  he  was  present  on  the 
day  and  night  referred  to,  especially  the  night  those  grants 
were  executed,  and  that  Pico  left  him  (Stearns)  in  charge  as 
next  officer  in  command.  These  grants  were  frequently  the 
subject  of  conversation ;  and  on  one  occasion  a  party  to  whom 
a  valuable  grant  was  made,  conferred  to  him  that  the  grant 
was  executed  that  night,  and  he  knew  nothing  of  it  until  be 
was  sent  for  to  accept  the  grant.  He  availed  himself  of  every 
opportunity  to  obtain  information  about  these  grants,  both  by 
conversation  and  otherwise. 

And  that  was  the  way  things  went  in  those  days — the  good 
old  days  now  long  since  gone,  when  a  few  thousand  acres  of 
land  between  friends  was  a  small  matter;  and  not  as  it  is 
now,  when  they  measure  it  off  by  the  inch  to  you,  and  every 
foot  of  it  in  Los  Angeles  is  worth  a  king's  ransom. 

The  task  of  straightening  it  all  out  was  a  huge  one,  re- 
quiring great  labor,  great  patience  and  great  ability.  And  it 
was  a  task  well  performed  by  both  courts  and  lawyers. 

Of  the  Los  Angeles  courts  and  the  lawyers  of  the  early 
days  of  California  statehood  there  is  scant  record.  But  of  the 
lawyers  and  courts  of  fifty  years  ago — and  that's  a  long  time 
ago,  too — we  have  been  given  some  vivid  pen  pictures  by 
Jackson  A.  Graves,  Ph.  D.,  who  was  for  many  years  himself 


344  LOS  ANGELES 

a  practicing  attorney-at-law,  but  who  is  better  known  since 
as  the  president  of  the  Farmers  and  Merchants  National 
Bank.  In  his  reminiscences  along  these  lines,  Mr.  Graves 
says : 

I  arrived  in  Los  Angeles  on  the  5th  day  of  June,  1875.  I 
came  from  San  Francisco  to  accept  a  position  as  clerk  with 
the  law  firm  of  Branson  &  Eastman,  and  to  continue  my  law 
studies.  This  meant,  when  reduced  to  more  practical  terms, 
my  working  very  hard  all  day  for  a  small  salary,  and  doing 
my  studying  at  night.  In  the  following  January  I  was  ad- 
mitted to  practice  by  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  state,  and  then 
became  a  member  of  the  firm  of  Branson,  Eastman  and 
Graves. 

That  was  a  long  time  ago,  as  we  measure  human  life,  and 
quite  a  number  of  you  were  at  that  time  yet  unborn.  Los 
Angeles  had  an  able  bar  then,  as  she  has  now.  The  principal 
paying  business  was  done  by  the  firms  of  Glassell,  Chapman  & 
Smiths,  Thorn  &  Boss,  Branson  &  Eastman,  and  Howard  & 
Hazard,  while  all  of  the  others,  including  J.  D.  Bicknell  and 
Stephen  M.  White,  were  dividing  up  among  themselves  the 
business  unappropriated  by  the  firms  mentioned,  and  waiting 
for  the  leading  attorneys  to  die. 

One  of  my  first  acquaintances  in  Los  Angeles  was  Mathew 
Keller,  known  as  "Don  Mateo"  Keller,  a  shrewd  Irishman, 
who  had  been  educated  for  the  priesthood,  and  who  decided  to 
follow  more  worldly  pursuits.  He  was  a  client  of  our  firm 
and  he  and  I  became  quite  chummy.  He  was  a  delightful  con- 
versationalist, a  most  interesting  man,  a  large  property 
holder,  a  prosperous  winemaker,  and  a  man  of  affairs  gen- 
erally. He  was  eager  to  hear  from  me  all  I  knew  about  the 
great  lawyers  of  San  Francisco.  I  imparted  this  information 
to  him,  and  got  from  him,  before  I  got  personally  acquainted 
with  them,  a  pretty  good  understanding  of  the  practice, 
habits  and  standing  of  the  members  of  the  Los  Angeles  Bar, 
of  whom  I  think  there  are  today  not  over  five  in  practice  who 
were  in  practice  when  I  arrived  in  Los  Angeles. 

Don  Mateo  had  names  for  each  of  them.  For  instance,  he 
called  Andrew  Glassell  "Mucho  Frio,"  on  account  of  his 
austere  manner.    Col.  Geo.  H.  Smith  he  called  "Circumlocu- 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  345 

tion,"  and  I  will  leave  it  to  the  Colonel  whether  or  not  Keller 
slandered  him  in  so  naming  him.  A.  B.  Chapman,  in  my 
estimation,  was  then  and  is  now,  a  most  worthy  gentleman. 
Because  his  firm  had  sued  Keller  repeatedly  over  certain  land 
titles,  he  dubbed  him  "Sepelota,"  which,  I  believe,  means 
"scavenger."  G.  S.  Patton,  Mr.  Glassell's' nephew  and  a 
clerk  in  their  office,  he  styled  "Handsome  George."  Captain 
Thorn,  Judge  Ross'  uncle  and  partner,  he  called  "Redun- 
dans,"  and  when  I  asked  him  why,  he  replied:  "Well,  if 
Capt.  Thorn  wanted  to  ask  a  witness  if  that  was  the  same 
horse  Pedro  Lopez  had,  he  would  say,  'Are  you  quite  sure, 
in  your  own  mind,  beyond  the  slightest  hope,  expectation  or 
possibility  of  a  doubt,  that  this  is  the  same,  identical  horse, 
that  this  man  Pedro  Lopez  had"?'  "  Hon.  E.  M.  Ross  he 
called  "Generalissimo,"  on  account  of  his  military  bearing 
and  appearance.  Col.  Jim  Howard  he  called  "Basso  Pro- 
fundo,"  on  account  of  his  deep  bass  voice.  Will  D.  Gould, 
who  was  then  an  ardent  advocate  of  temperance,  he  dubbed 
"Sanctimonius  Sanctimonium."  Frank  Ganahl  was  with  him 
"Punchinello,"  and  W.  H.  Mace  he  termed  "Bulbus."  He 
was  well  named,  for  there  was  something  about  the  man  that 
looked  like  he  was  about  to  sprout.  His  intimate  friend, 
Judge  Brunson,  he  called  "Nervio  Bilio,"  and  General  Volney 
E.  Howard,  "Ponderosity,"  referring  more  to  his  physical 
rather  than  to  his  mental  make-up.  Thomas  H.  Smith,  or 
"Long  Tom"  Smith,  as  we  called  him,  he  called  "El  Culebra." 
Horace  Bell  was  "Blusterissimo,"  and  Judge  Sepulveda, 
"Mueho  Grande."  His  very  intimate  friend,  I.  W.  Hellman, 
not  a  lawyer,  but  a  banker,  he  always  called  "Valiente." 

I  asked  him  what  he  was  going  to  call  me.  I  had  the  first 
Remington  typewriter  in  Los  Angeles  and  ran  it  incessantly. 
If  you  will  examine  the  case  filed  of  the  Superior  Court  of 
this  county,  from  1875  to  1880,  you  will  find  miles  and  miles 
of  the  work  of  that  old  machine  in  these  files.  It  made 
much  more  racket  than  the  present  machines,  and  when 
running  very  fast  its  metallic  click  sounded  like  ' '  diddle  dad- 
die,  diddle  daddle."  When  I  put  that  question  to  him,  he 
answered  promptly  "Diddle  Daddle,"  and  with  him  that  re- 
mained my  name  until  the  day  of  his  death. 


346  LOS  ANGELES 

Judge  Sepulveda  was  district  judge,  and  Judge  H.  K.  S. 
O'Melveny,  father  of  our  Henry,  was  county  judge.  He  was 
a  courtly  gentleman,  a  friend  and  assistant  of  young  and  as- 
piring attorneys,  the  especial  favorite  of  country  jurymen, 
but  I  always  thought  a  little  given  to  bearing  down  on  the  law- 
yers for  the  juror's  benefit.  He  was  expressive  in  his  rulings, 
and  in  all  of  his  proceedings. 

One  of  the  funniest  things  I  ever  saw  occurred  in  Judge 
O'Melveny 's  courtroom.  A  Mexican  had  been  convicted  of 
grand  larceny  in  stealing  horses.  He  couldn't  talk  English, 
and  Judge  O'Melveny  called  on  Captain  Haley  to  interpret 
the  sentence  to  him.  To  appreciate  the  story  you  should  have 
known  Haley.  He  had  been  a  surveyor,  a  sea  captain,  a 
druggist,  a  doctor,  and  now  a  practicing  lawyer,  and  was  him- 
self a  witness  in  nearly  every  case  he  ever  had.  It  was  of  him 
that  Col.  Jim  Howard,  in  an  argument  before  a  jury,  said: 
"But  we  are  told  by  Salisbury  Haley,  Surveyor  Haley,  Cap- 
tain Haley,  Druggist  Haley,  Dr.  Haley,  Lawyer  Haley,  Wit- 
ness Haley,  that  the  whole  story  is  a  fabrication."  He  was 
short  of  stature,  a  rotund,  meek-appearing  man,  and  was  a 
perfect  picture  of  innocence  personified  as  he  advanced  to  the 
prisoner's  dock.  He  stood  up  by  the  side  of  the  Mexican.  To 
look  at  the  men  as  the  judge  addressed  them,  no  one  could 
have  told  which  was  the  culprit.  Judge  O'Melveny  glued  his 
gaze  on  Haley,  pointed  his  finger  at  him,  and  in  his  most 
penetrating  voice  and  most  earnest  manner  addressed  the 
prisoner  through  Haley  as  follows : 

"You  have  been  charged  by  the  Grand  Jury  of  this  county 
with  a  most  heinous  offense — •" 

(Haley  threw  up  his  finger  in  sign  that  he  had  enough,  and 
interpreted  that  to  the  Mexican,  who  replied,  "Si,  si,  Senor.") 
Then  the  judge,  in  the  same  impressive  manner,  still  look- 
ing at  Haley,  and  pointing  his  finger  at  him,  continued:  "You 
have  been  tried  by  an  intelligent  jury  of  your  peers — " 

(Signs  from  Haley,  and  further  interpretation,  the  Mexican 
again  answering,  "Si,  si,  Senor,"  and  mind  you,  the  attention 
of  the  Mexican  was  fixed  on  Haley,  not  on  the  court.) 

"And  after  a  fair  and  impartial  trial,  at  which  you  were 
ably  defended  by  a  loyal  attorney,  this  jury,  after  long  and 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  347 

mature  deliberation,  has  found  you  guilty  of  the  offense 
charged.  Have  you  anything  to  say  why  sentence  should  not 
be  passed  upon  you?" 

(More  interpretation,  and  "Nada,"  with  a  shrug  of  the 
shoulders,  from  the  prisoner.) 

Then  the  judge  continued:  "It  is  a  shame  that  a  fine,  in- 
telligent looking  man  like  yourself  cannot  find  something  bet- 
ter to  do  than  horse  stealing,  and  I  trust  that  the  sentence  I 
am  about  to  impose  upon  you  will  deter  others  from  following 
your  example,  and  that  your  incarceration  will  be  for  your 
moral  welfare — " 

(Sign  from  Haley,  and  long  interpretation.  "Si,  si  Senor, 
esta  bueno,"  from  the  prisoner.) 

"I  will,  however,  temper  mercy  with  justice,  in  dealing 
with  you,  and  it  is  the  sentence  of  this  Court  that  you  be  con- 
fined in  the  state's  prison  at  San  Quentin  for  a  term  of  four 
years. ' ' 

(More  interpretation,  "Si,  si  Senor,  esta  bueno,  muchas 
gracias,"  from  the  prisoner.) 

No  other  human  being  on  earth  could  have  interpreted 
that  sentence  with  the  meekness  and  humility  that  Haley  did, 
and  as  the  judge  never  took  his  eyes  off  him,  "any  looker-on 
in  Venice"  would  have  thought  that  it  was  Haley  who  was 
going  to  the  penitentiary  for  life. 

Colonel  Howard  was  a  man  of  rare  wit,  and  great  general 
information.  He  was  a  clever  magazine  writer,  and  a  shrewd 
criminal  lawyer,  and  worked  hard  upon  his  cases.  He  and 
Col.  E.  J.  C.  Kewen,  an  orator  of  such  rare  qualities  that  he 
deserves  a  place  in  the  niche  of  fame  by  the  side  of  Thomas 
Starr  King  and  E.  D.  Baker,  were  partners  for  years  as 
Kewen  &  Howard.  They  enjoyed  a  lucrative  criminal  prac- 
tice. 

A  vigilance  committee,  led  by  a  French  barber  named 
Signoret,  who  was  huge  in  frame,  and  had  a  hand  like  a  ham, 
and  had  oratorical  ambitions,  and  preferred  revolution  to 
lawful  government,  took  four  men  out  of  the  county  jail  and 
hung  them.  They  thought  that  Kewen  &  Howard  were  too 
successful  in  defending  criminals,  so  they  passed  a  resolution 
that  they  should  hang  Kewen  &  Howard.     The  next  clay 


348  LOS  ANGELES 

Colonel  Howard  met  Signoret  in  front  of  the  Downey  block. 
He  had  a  habit  of  standing  with  his  feet  well  apart,  and  his 
head  and  shoulders  bent  forward,  and  of  twirling  his  eye 
glasses,  which  he  carried  suspended  from  a  long  gold  chain. 
"Signoret,"  he  said,  "I  understand  you  are  going  to  hang 
Kewen  and  Howard?"  Signoret  was  perplexed  and  hedged 
a  little.  "Yes,"  he  answered,  "that  was  our  intention  last 
night."  "Come  now,  Signoret,"  said  Howard,  "we  are  old 
friends;  be  generous,  let's  compromise.  Hang  Kewen,  he's 
the  head  of  the  firm. ' ' 

Some  lawyer,  I  forget  who,  sued  Don  Miguel  Leonis, 
litigious  Basque  sheep  owner,  for  a  $25,000  fee  for  services 
rendered.  He  was  trying  his  own  case  before  a  jury,  and 
faring  badly.  Col.  Jim  Howard,  by  chance,  came  into  the 
courtroom.  The  plaintiff,  in  desperation,  without  consult- 
ing Howard,  put  him  on  the  stand  to  prove  the  value  of  his 
services.  He  stated  what  he  had  clone  for  Leonis,  and  asked 
Howard  if,  in  his  opinion,  $25,000  was  a  fair  compensation 
for  services  rendered.  Howard  replied:  "My  practice  has 
been  of  such  a  vagabond,  beggarly  nature,  that  I  am  hardly 
in  your  class,  but  if  I  should  earn  a  $25,000  fee,  I  would  die 
of  heart  failure ;  but,  knowing  you  and  your  legal  ability,  and 
knowing  the  litigious  character  of  Don  Miguel,  I  cannot  real- 
ize any  services  that  you  could  have  rendered  him  that  would 
be  worth  over  $2.50,  unless  you  had  killed  him,  then,  by  a 
stretch  of  your  conscience,  you  might  have  charged  him  $5.00. ' ' 

Among  the  thoroughly  able  men  at  the  bar  was  Frank 
Ganahl,  "Punchinello,"  as  Keller  called  him.  He  also  was 
quick-witted. 

He  was  arguing  an  appeal  in  the  Superior  Court  for  a  de- 
fendant, convicted  of  that  most  revolting  crime,  rape.  There 
is  usually  some  idiot  of  a  lawyer  sitting  around  the  courtroom, 
whose  sole  ambition  is  to  sneak  up  to  some  lawyer  making  an 
argument,  and  whisper  advice  to  him.  At  this  time  the  in- 
terferer  chanced  to  be  Judge  Delos  Lake  of  San  Francisco. 
He  would  pluck  Ganahl  by  the  coat-tail,  and  in  a  stage  whis- 
per advise  him  of  some  point  to  be  made  in  his  argument. 
This  occurred  six  or  seven  times,  much  to  Ganahl's  interrup- 
tion and  annoyance,  and  he  finally  said:    "Your  Honors,  my 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  349 

friend,  Judge  Lake,  who,  by  the  way,  is  an  eminent  authority 
on  the  science  and  crime  of  rape,  suggests  to  me  this  kind 
of  an  argument."    Lake  made  no  more  suggestions  to  Ganahl. 

Among  the  lawyers  of  that  day  was  W.  H.  Mace,  called 
"Bulbus"  by  our  friend  Keller.  He  brought  an  action  to 
partition  one  of  our  great  Spanish  grants  and  wrote  his  com- 
plaint on  foolscap,  writing  only  on  one  side  of  the  paper,  and 
when  lie  had  finished  a  page  he  would  paste  another  page  on, 
and  roll  up  the  pages.  Glassed,  Chapman  and  Smiths  de- 
murred to  his  complaint  on  the  ground  that  he  did  not  state 
facts  sufficient  to  constitute  a  cause  of  action.  Mr.  Glassed 
presented  his  point  briefly,  and  sat  down.  Mace  took  up  his 
complaint,  which  was  a  roll  about  sixty  feet  long,  stood  up  on 
a  chair,  and  with  a  little  sort  of  a  giggle,  shot  the  thing- 
clear  across  the  courtroom,  and  holding  the  last  page  in  his 
hand,  turning  to  the  court,  said:  "If  that  complaint  does  not 
state  facts  sufficient  to  constitute  a  cause  of  action,  then  I 
am  incapable  of  drawing  one  long  enough  to  do  so." 

The  man  who  could  get  more  pure  fun  out  of  the  practice 
of  law  than  anyone  else  was  Judge  Anson  Brunson.  He  was 
by  far  the  ablest  man  here  when  at  his  best.  He  was  utterly 
reckless  when  trying  his  cases,  and  relied  upon  his  wit  and 
sheer  ability  to  pull  him  through.  He  got  into  more  difficul- 
ties, and  got  more  rulings  from  the  Supreme  Court  on  ques- 
tions of  practice  than  all  the  lawyers  in  California  put  to- 
gether. Mock  heroism,  pathos  and  humor,  all  came  naturally 
to  him,  and  he  could  make  a  little  thing  look  like  a  mountain, 
and  a  big  question  shrink  off  the  map  by  a  look,  a  gesture  or 
impassioned  appeal. 

He  had  demurred  to  a  complaint  upon  one  occasion,  and 
when  the  case  was  called,  he  said  to  the  court  that  he  would 
submit  the  demurrer  without  argument.  Not  so  his  opponent. 
He  must  argue  the  question.  Vital  rights  were  at  stake. 
The  law  must  be  vindicated.  "All  right,"  said  Brunson,  "I 
waive  the  opening. ' '  Then  the  other  fellow  argued  everybody 
out  of  the  courtroom,  and  the  judge  almost  off  the  bench, 
with  dreary  platitudes  and  citation  of  authority  after  author- 
ity that  did  not  apply,  and  when  he  sat  down,  Brunson  arose, 
took  a  drink  of  water,  shifted  his  papers,  and  with  a  merry 


350  LOS  ANGELES 

twinkle  in  his  black  eyes,  said  in  the  most  aggravating  way: 
"Your  Honor,  I  still  submit  the  demurrer  without  argument." 
"Demurrer  sustained,"  said  the  court. 

We  were  trying  a  case  of  the  Union  Anaheim  Water  Com- 
pany against  the  Stearns  Banchos  Company,  a  case  involving 
water  rights  at  Anaheim.  Gen.  Volney  E.  Howard  opposed 
us.  He  called  as  a  witness  George  Hansen,  an  old-time  sur- 
veyor who  had  laid  out  the  town  of  Anaheim.  As  the  witness 
advanced  to  the  stand,  General  Howard  remarked  of  him, 
"The  father  of  Anaheim."  He  asked  him  the  usual  prelimi- 
nary questions,  and  then  came  this  question:  "Mr.  Hansen, 
when  did  your  intercourse  with  Anaheim  begin!"  Like  a 
shot  out  of  a  cannon,  Brunson  was  on  his  feet,  with  his  hand 
up,  and  in  a  most  impassioned  manner,  full  of  fire  and  as- 
sumed earnestness,  said:  "Your  Honor,  I  object.  Counsel 
cannot  incriminate  his  own  witness.  He  has  introduced  this 
witness  as  'The  father  of  Anaheim,'  and  for  the  father  to 
have  intercourse  with  the  daughter  is  incest."  "Objection 
over-ruled."  "Exception,"  said  Brunson,  and  a  looker-on 
would,  from  his  manner,  have  thought  that  he  meant  every 
word  of  it. 

A  carpenter,  a  worthy  man  and  an  Englishman,  had  an 
Irish  wife,  who  was  literally  a  "she  devil."  Being  unable 
to  stand  her  daily  abuse,  he  sued  her  for  a  divorce,  Judge 
Ross  being  his  attorney.  She  came  to  us  for  defense.  She 
owned  considerable  good  real  estate  in  San  Francisco,  and 
we  took  a  mortgage  on  it  to  secure  our  fees.  There  was 
some  delay  in  going  to  trial.  She  came  to  the  office  daily  and 
heaped  the  whole  outfit  with  the  vilest  abuse.  She  accused 
us  of  selling  her  out  and  taking  her  husband's  money  with 
the  intention  of  letting  her  be  beaten.  We  stood  it  all  with 
good  grace,  and  diligently  prepared  the  case  for  trial.  It 
finally  came  off.  The  supporters  of  the  respective  parties 
were  out  in  full  number  during  the  trial. 

Daniel  Desmond,  a  hatter,  the  father,  by  the  way,  of  Joe 
Desmond  of  aqueduct  fame,  and  C.  C.  Desmond,  one  of  our 
business  men,  was  on  the  stand,  testifying  to  her  general 
"cussedness. "  He  lived  next  door  to  her,  and  was  the  leader 
of  the  village  band.    He  said  that  he  never  got  out  on  his  back 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  351 

stoop  of  a  quiet  summer  night,  when  the  orange  blossoms 
filled  the  air  with  fragrance,  and  the  mocking  birds  were 
singing  their  love  songs  to  their  mates,  to  practice  on  his 
cornet,  but  what  the  defendant  would  line  up  her  children  on 
the  other  side  of  the  fence,  having  each  one  of  them  indus- 
triously beating  a  tin  can. 

Eastman  was  examining  him,  and  with  his  most  affable 
smile,  and  a  wave  of  bis  hand,  said,  "An  opposition  band, 
Mr.  Desmond." 

When  the  trial  was  ended,  the  judge  denied  the  plaintiff 
his  divorce.  There  was  nothing  from  our  client  too  good  for 
us  then.  She  came  to  the  office  and  was  all  humility,  apolo- 
gized for  her  past  conduct,  and  was  most  effusive  in  her 
congratulations  and  praise  of  our  efforts.  She  rushed  up  to 
Judge  Brunson  and  said  to  him:  "Do  you  know  who  you 
put  me  in  mind  of?"  "No,  I  don't,"  he  replied.  Realizing 
that  what  she  was  about  to  say  was  sacrilege,  she  rolled  her 
eyes,  made  the  sign  of  the  cross,  and  said,  "Of  our  good  Lord 
Jesus."    She  left  the  office. 

Within  a  week  after  the  trial  of  this  case,  our  client,  the 
defendant,  dropped  dead.  Charlie  Gould,  court  room  clerk 
of  the  court  in  which  it  was  tried,  met  Judge  Sepulveda, 
before  he  had  heard  of  it,  and  said  to  him:  "Judge,  God 
has  overruled  one  of  your  decisions."  "How!s  that?"  said 
Sepulveda.  "Why,  you  denied  Hargitt  a  divorce,  and  He  has 
granted  him  one.    His  wife  dropped  dead  this  morning." 

Shortly  afterwards  Hargitt  administered  his  wife's  estate, 
and  came  around  to  pay  us  our  mortgage.  He  paid  the  money, 
and  was  given  a  satisfaction  of  mortgage.  Eastman  then 
put  his  arm  around  his  shoulders,  and  walked  up  and  down 
the  room  with  him.  "Old  man,  you  ought  to  double  that  fee, 
and  then  be  under  lasting  obligations  to  us." 

Hargitt  said,  "Why?"  "Well,  don't  you  see,  if  we  had 
not  successfully  defended  your  action  for  divorce  against 
your  wife,  you  never  would  have  had  the  privilege  of  admin- 
istering her  estate,  or  cutting  this  pie." 

Brunson  was  a  great  distinguisher  of  cases.  I  believe  he 
was  better  at  this  than  even  Justice  Lucien  Shaw  when 
writing  an  opinion  involving  a  water  right.     When  you  got 


352  LOS  ANGELES 

him  "nailed  to  the  cross,"  as  you  thought,  with  a  pile  of 
authorities,  all  applicable  to  your  case,  he  would,  in  an  in- 
genious way,  distinguish  them  from  his  case,  and  waive  them 


Like  many  other  men  of  genius,  Brunson  lacked  a  balance 
wheel.  He  destroyed  the  vital  forces  of  his  physical  system, 
deadened  all  the  moral  instinct  of  his  nature  by  indulging  in 
the  worst  sort  of  dissipation.  He  let  power  and  influence  and 
standing  and  character  slip  from  his  grasp,  and  he  died  long 
before  his  time,  as  much  from  the  disappointment,  which  he 
keenly  felt,  as  from  any  physical  ailment. 

In  my  own  opinion  one  of  the  greatest  orators  who  ever 
delivered  an  oration  in  California  and  one  of  the  ablest  of 
her  lawyers,  was  James  G.  Eastman.  He  had  passed  the 
meridian  of  his  career  before  arriving  here.  He  was  a  better 
educated,  better  read  man  than  Brunson.  He  had  more  prac- 
tical, common  horse  sense  and  was  a  better  judge  of  men  and 
of  human  nature  than  Brunson. 

He  had  all  of  Brunson 's  vices,  and  lacked  the  same  virtues 
that  Brunson  lacked.  He  was  not  the  latter 's  equal  as  a  book 
read  lawyer,  but  in  many  other  respects  he  was  his  superior. 
In  the  case  of  the  People  vs.  Waller,  a  murder  case,  he  com- 
mitted the  indiscretion  of  spiriting  away  a  witness,  was 
caught  at  it,  convicted  and  fined  for  it.  This  marked  the 
beginning  of  his  downfall.  His  connection  with  the  Hoyle 
extradition  case  brought  him  still  further  disrepute.  Power- 
ful friends  of  his  more  prosperous  days  gradually  deserted 
him;  health  failed  him;  disease  rendered  him  revolting  to 
look  upon,  and  after  wandering  the  streets  of  this  city  by  day 
and  by  night  for  years,  a  mendicant,  he  died  at  the  County 
Farm,  a  mental,  moral  and  physical  wreck.  Like  many  of 
our  brilliant  men,  he  paid  the  penalty  of  genius. 

Here  let  me  pay  this  tribute  to  each  of  these  men :  I  en- 
tered Eastman's  office  in  1873,  a  young  man  just  from  college, 
a  stranger  to  the  world,  and  with  character  unformed.  I 
came  to  the  office  of  Brunson  and  Eastman  two  years  later. 
Dissipated  as  these  men  were,  their  advice  to  me  was  always 
good.  They  warned  me  against  the  evils  of  drink  and  de- 
bauchery.    They  pointed  out  to  me  the  straight  and  narrow 


PROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  353 

path.  As  far  as  I  am  concerned,  they  were  teachers  of  all 
that  was  good  and  inspiring,  no  matter  how  bad  an  example 
they  set  me,  and  they  were  proud  of  me  as  a  man  of  good 
character  and  habits,  and  as  long  as  either  of  them  lived, 
rejoiced  at  my  success. 

By  one  of  those  peculiar  political  accidents  which  are  con- 
stantly occurring,  Don  Pedro  Carrillo,  a  native  Californian 
of  distinguished  family  and  appearance,  but  without  legal 
knowledge  or  training,  was  elected  justice  of  the  peace  in  this 
city.  In  fact,  his  ignorance  of  the  law  was  so  great,  his 
general  understanding  so  dense,  his  stupidity  so  intense,  that 
had  he  lived  in  this  age  he  certainly  would  have  been  elevated 
to  the  Supreme  Bench,  or  have  been  made  the  head  of  a  law 
school. 

He  had  his  courtrooms  in  the  second  story  of  a  brick 
building  immediately  north  of  the  Cosmopolitan  Hotel.  The 
courtroom  was  reached  by  a  wooden  staircase  outside  of  the 
building.  The  building  was  owned  by  the  vigilante,  Signoret. 
Carrillo  was  not  very  prompt  about  paying  his  rent,  and  when 
ninety  days'  rent  became  due,  Signoret  took  off  the  lower 
step  of  the  staircase;  ninety  days  later  he  took  off  another 
step,  and  again  another,  so  that  at  the  time  I  am  speaking- 
it  was  quite  an  acrobatic  feat  to  gain  access  to  "His  Honor's 
Court."  But  the  judge  was  ingenious.  He  got  several  dry 
goods  boxes  and  improvised  steps  in  lieu  of  those  that  were 
taken  away.  When  he  was  departing  from  his  daily  labor,  he 
passed  the  boxes  up  to  his  constable,  who  stored  them  in  the 
courtroom,  and  the  constable  then  shinned  down  the  old 
staircase  the  best  way  he  could.  The  next  morning,  with  the 
justice's  assistance  the  constable  mounted  the  stairs,  passed 
out  the  boxes,  and  the  judge  then  ascended. 

His  office  was  run  on  the  fee  system,  and  he  was  a  great 
stickler  for  his  fees.  He  would  swear  a  witness,  and  then 
say,  "Hold  on  a  minute;  let  me  charge  up  that  oath."  When 
duly  entered  in  his  register  of  actions  he  would  allow  the 
attorneys  to  proceed.  He  found  out  that  interpreters  were 
entitled  to  pay  for  their  services,  so  he  did  the  interpreting 
himself,  allowing  himself  pay  for  it. 

H.  T.  Hazard  was  a  member  of  the  firm  of  Howard  & 


354  LOS  ANGELES 

Hazard.  He  enjoyed  a  lucrative  practice,  especially  among 
the  native  Califomians.  I  think  the  following  story  concern- 
ing him  is  worth  relating:  An  utterly  disreputable  fellow 
named  William  Cape,  who  ran  a  low  saloon  and  a  lower 
lodging  house,  but  who  was  extremely  useful  at  election  time 
to  certain  of  our  politicians  because  of  his  peculiar  ability  to 
deliver  his  ward  to  his  political  friends  by  a  much  larger  ma- 
jority than  the  ward  contained  residents — Cape  hadn't  any 
property,  ran  his  business  from  hand  to  mouth,  but  nothwith- 
standing  this  fact,  he  qualified  on  a  bond  of  $5,000  in  a 
probate  proceeding.  The  qualification  was  had  before  Judge 
Albert  M.  Stephens,  who  was  county  judge,  with  probate 
jurisdiction.  Knowing  the  utter  financial  worthlessness  of 
the  man,  the  oath  surprised  Stephens,  and  he  looked  the  matter 
up  and  charged  the  man,  before  the  grand  jury,  with  perjury. 
He  was  indicted,  convicted  and  sentenced  to  the  penitentiary. 
Hazard  took  an  appeal  for  him.  He  was  confined  in  the 
county  jail.  By  trade  he  was  a  plasterer.  He  was  allowed 
the  privileges  of  the  place,  and  he  actually  plastered  all  the 
old  jail  building,  inside  and  out,  pending  his  appeal.  He  even 
walked  around  town  occasionally,  but  he  kept  faith  with  his 
political  friends  and  the  jailer,  and  was  always  inside  at  night 
time. 

His  case  was  argued  by  Hazard  before  the  Supreme  Court. 
Hazard  was  making  very  poor  headway  in  getting  away  from 
the  facts.  "But,"  he  exclaimed,  "your  Honors,  don't  you 
understand  this  man  signed  this  bond  for  the  accommodation 
of  his  friend?"  "Mr.  Hazard,"  said  Chief  Justice  Wallace, 
"do  you  claim  that  a  man  may  commit  perjury  for  the  ac- 
commodation of  a  friend?" 

This  was  a  poser  for  Hazard  which  he  could  hardly  get 
around.  The  case  was  submitted,  and  Cape  continued  to  be  ■ 
handy  man  around  the  jail.  When,  however,  an  opinion  of 
the  Supreme  Court  was  filed  in  San  Francisco,  affirming  the 
judgment,  the  news  was  telegraphed  here,  Cape  was  informed 
of  it,  his  cell  was  left  unlocked,  and  a  convenient  ladder  at 
hand.  He  scaled  the  jail  wall,  went  to  San  Pedro,  took  a 
coast  vessel  for  British  Columbia,  and  was  never  heard  of 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  355 

again  in  Los  Angeles,  and  no  effort  was  ever  made  to  retake 
him. 

I  do  not  make  the  charge  that  Mr.  Hazard  had  anything 
to  do  with  Cape's  escape.  Hazard  is  an  honest  man,  and 
would  not  have  done  anything  involving  the  slightest  moral 
turpitude. 

In  these  old  days  there  lived  in  San  Diego  a  lawyer  named 
Wallace  Leach.  He  possessed  as  much  ability  as  all  the  men 
I  have  previously  mentioned  combined.  Dissipated,  but  in- 
dustrious, with  low  instincts,  yet  not  lacking  in  some  admir- 
able traits  of  character,  he  was  a  queer  compound  of  gall  and 
vanity.  He  was  about  four  feet  and  a  half  tall,  gracefully 
built,  of  fair  complexion,  with  light  hair  and  beard  and  blue 
eyes,  neat  in  his  dress,  and  an  extremely  good-looking  and 
intellectual-looking  little  fellow.  I  heard  him  make  an  argu- 
ment in  the  Supreme  Court  at  Los  Angeles  in  a  murder  case 
from  San  Diego,  which  was  a  most  masterly  effort.  He  was 
listened  to  with  rapt  attention  by  both  court  and  lawyers 
present,  and  after  an  impassioned  plea,  in  closing,  he  briefly 
reviewed  the  circumstances  of  the  killing,  the  defense  being 
a  plea  of  self-defense,  and  I  can  yet  hear  as  plainly  as  if  it 
were  yesterday,  his  last  words,  which  were:  "And  now, 
your  Honors,  if  that  be  murder,  make  the  most  of  it." 

The  attorney-general  closed  the  argument,  and  Leach  left 
the  courtroom.  He  was  stopping  at  the  St.  Charles  Hotel. 
He  went  there,  and  in  half  an  hour  was  as  drunk  as  a  lord, 
quarreled  with  the  hotel  clerk,  borrowed  a  wheelbarrow  from 
the  porter,  piled"  his  luggage  and  briefs  into  the  barrow,  and 
started  down  the  street  to  the  United  States  Hotel,  trundling 
the  wheelbarrow  and  leading  a  yellow  dog-  by  a  string. 

The  Supreme  Court  rooms  were  .over  the  old  Farmers 
and  Merchants  Bank  Building,  and  when  he  came  along,  Chief 
Justice  Wallace  and  myself  were  standing  at  the  foot  of  the 
stairs,  talking,  waiting  for  my  carriage,  in  which  we  were 
going  to  take  a  drive.  Leach  wobbled  along,  looked  up  at 
Judge  Wallace,  sat  down  his  wheelbarrow,  and  called  to  him : 
"Hello,  Judge;  get  on  and  ride,"  waving  his  hand  toward 
tbe  wheelbarrow.  The  judge  declined  the  invitation,  told  him 
he  was  so  heavy  he  would  break  down  the  barrow.     Leach 


356  LOS  ANGELES 

took  hold  of  the  handles,  started  off  again,  and  said,  "Oh, 
hell!  you're  not  a  dead  game  sport,"  and  went  his  way. 

With  all  his  faults,  he  was  an  extremely  kind-hearted  man. 
He  and  A.  B.  Hotchkiss  of  San  Diego  had  a  fight  in  the  court 
room  and  were  not  upon  speaking  terms.  Shortly  after  this, 
a  meeting  of  the  Bar  Association  of  San  Diego  was  held.  It 
took  steps  to  disbar  Hotchkiss  for  accepting  a  bribe,  while 
District  Attorney,  from  John  G.  Downey  and  Louis  Phillips, 
in  consideration  of  which  he  dismissed  a  tax  suit  against  them. 
The  Bar  appointed  Judge  Chase,  Judge  Luce,  and  I  think  one 
other  attorney,  to  prosecute  Hotchkiss.  Leach  immediately 
bounced  up,  said  he  believed  in  fair  play,  and  that,  having 
appointed  a  committee  to  prosecute  this  unfortunate  man,  it 
was  the  duty  of  the  bar  association  to  appoint  another  com- 
mittee to  defend  him.  The  lawyers  present  disagreed  with 
him  and  declined  to  appoint  such  a  committee.  "All  right," 
said  Leach,  "then  I  will  defend  him,"  and  he  turned  in  and 
worked  on  that  case  as  he  never  worked  for  any  man  before. 
Judgment  was  rendered  against  Hotchkiss  in  the  court  below, 
and  an  appeal  was  taken  to  the  Supreme  Court.  Judge  J.  S. 
Chapman  assisted  Leach  in  this  appeal,  and  on  a  point  sprung 
by  him — Chapman — namely,  that  the  information  against 
Hotchkiss  had  been  improperly  verified,  the  Supreme  Court 
reversed  the  judgment. 

The  spasm  of  virtue  which  had  seized  the  San  Diego  Bar 
had  by  this  time  oozed  out,  and  no  further  prosecution  of  the 
case  was  ever  had.  Before  this  case  was  tried,  Mr.  W.  J. 
Hunsaker,  then  a  law  student  in  either  Chase's  or  Luce's 
office,  came  to  Los  Angeles  to  take  the  deposition  of  Louis 
Phillips,  who  was  supposed  to  have  paid  Hotchkiss  the  money. 
The  deposition  was  to  have  been  taken  by  Wilse  Potts,  county 
clerk.  Hunsaker  had  subpoenaed  Phillips,  paying  him  his 
per  diem  and  mileage,  and  had  him  in  attendance  before  a 
deputy  clerk  named  Charlie  Judd,  whom  Potts  had  delegated 
to  act  for  him,  he  being  engaged  before  the  Board  of  Super- 
visors. Judd  was  in  a  constant  state  of  inebriety,  and  that 
day  his  breath  smelled  like  a  still  house  with  the  roof  blown 
off.  I  appeared,  at  Leach's  request,  for  Hotchkiss.  Phillips 
was  sworn,  and  the  first  question  Hunsaker  put  to  him  I  ob- 


PROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  357 

jected  to  on  the  ground  that  Hunsaker  was  not  an  attorney 
of  the  Superior  Court  of  the  State  of  California,  of  which 
Potts  was  clerk.  Deputy  Clerk  Judd  at  once  assumed  judicial 
functions,  leered  at  Hunsaker,  and  in  a  thick,  husky,  alcoholic- 
laden  voice  said,  "Mr.  Hunsaker,  have  you  been  admitted  to 
this  bar?"  Hunsaker  said  he  had  not.  "Then  you  cannot 
practice  in  this  court.  Objection  sustained,"  and  the  hearing 
came  to  an  end.  Being  only  too  anxious  to  get  away,  Phillips 
fled,  and  Hunsaker  returned  to  San  Diego,  and  the  deposi- 
tion never  was  taken.  I  never  see  or  think  of  Hunsaker  but 
what  I  mentally  apologize  for  the  outrage  perpetrated  on  him. 

I  was  in  the  District  Courtroom  in  San  Bernadino  County 
one  hot  summer  day.  Some  San  Diego  Jewish  merchants 
whom  Leach  represented  had  attached  some  cattle  in  that 
county.  Certain  parties  replevined  the  cattle,  claiming  to 
own  them.  This  claim  and  delivery  action  was  being  tried 
before  a  jury,  with  the  late  W.,  R.  McNealy  of  San  Diego 
County  sitting  as  judge  in  San  Bernadino  County.  A  local 
attorney  represented  the  plaintiff,  and  Leach  the  defendant. 

All  during  the  trial  this  attorney  tried  to  bulldoze  Leach, 
but,  figuratively  speaking,  Leach  simply  walked  all  over  him. 
In  his  address  to  the  jury,  plaintiff's  attorney  used  up  all 
of  his  time  lambasting  the  Jews — these  Jews  in  particular, 
and  all  Jews  in  general.  Leach  replied  to  him  in  a  close, 
clear,  forcible  argument,  making  every  point  in  the  case  in 
a  most  intelligent  and  winning  manner.  He  then  proceeded 
to  reply  to  counsel's  attack  upon  the  Jewish  race,  and  he  paid 
those  people  the  most  beautiful  tribute  that  it  was  ever  my 
pleasure  to  listen  to.  He  traced  the  history  of  the  Jewish 
race  from  its  earliest  beginning;  showed  how  they  had  been 
persecuted;  how  they  were  denied  the  privilege  of  owning 
real  estate,  and  were  compelled  to  be  merchants,  possessing 
only  property  which  could  be  moved  upon  a  moment 's  notice ; 
dwelt  upon  their  many  admirable  traits  of  character,  and 
the  high  standing  that  they  had  attained  throughout  the 
world.  He  could  not,  however,  resist  the  chance  for  a  joke, 
and  suddenly  descending  from  the  sublime  to  the  ridiculous, 
he  said:  "And  coming  down  to  our  own  times  and  our  own 
people,  what  other  race  of  men  on  the  face  of  God's  green 


358  LOS  ANGELES 

earth,  except  the  Jews,  could  sell  a  forty-dollar  suit  of  clothes 
for  eight  dollars,  and  get  rich  at  it?" 

The  jurymen  were  mostly  farmers  sitting  there  with  their 
coats  off,  and  they  literally  howled  with  delight.  Judge  Mc- 
Nealy  in  vain  pounded  his  desk  and  rapped  for  order,  and 
it  was  some  time  before  Leach  could  proceed.  A  verdict  was 
promptly  rendered,  when  the  case  was  submitted,  in  favor 
of  Leach's  clients. 

Leach,  in  a  state  of  intoxication,  was  thrown  from  a  horse 
which  he  was  attempting  to  ride,  and  after  lingering  for  some 
time,  died  of  his  injuries  so  received. 

I  cannot  leave  this  subject  without  paying  a  slight  tribute 
to  the  memory  of  two  of  my  closest  friends,  each  an  intellec- 
tual giant — John  S.  Chapman  and  Stephen  M.  White,  lately 
of  the  Los  Angeles  Bar.  I  was  thrown  into  intimate  contact 
with  both  of  these  men  for  many  years.  While  in  some 
respects  alike,  in  others  they  were  utterly  dissimilar.  They 
were  alike  in  the  simplicity  of  their  lives  and  characters. 
They  never  realized  their  greatness.  They  were  alike  in  that 
each  of  them  had  completely  mastered  the  great  fundamental 
principles  of  all  law  and  of  all  justice.  They  differed  in  tem- 
perament. White  was  cheerful  in  demeanor,  hopeful,  and 
always  confident;  Chapman,  gloomy,  despondent  and  fearful 
of  results.  Chapman  shrunk  from,  White  sought  the  applause 
of  clamoring  multitudes.  They  differed  in  the  manner  in 
which  they  applied  their  vast  knowledge  of  the  law  to  the 
practical  affairs  of  men.  Chapman  acquired  his  legal  knowl- 
edge by  slow  processes  and  the  hardest  kind  of  work.  White 
acquired  his  intuitively,  but  he  rounded  out  his  knowledge 
of  it  by  close  and  earnest  application.  Chapman  was  the 
profoundest,  White  the  most  versatile  lawyer  I  ever  met. 

They  were  associated  together  in  much  important  litiga- 
tion. Chapman  profited  by  the  spur  of  White's  more  active 
mentality,  White  by  Chapman's  closer  reasoning  powers  and 
more  cautious  mental  analysis  of  legal  conditions  governing 
the  subject  under  investigation. 

Chapman  was  the  clearest  and  deepest  thinker,  White  the 
most  aggressive  advocate.  White  was  the  master  of  invective, 
Chapman  of  persuasion.    To  win  a  jury,  Chapman  would  not 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  359 

stoop  to  any  of  the  tricks  of  the  demagogue.  White  would, 
but  always  moved  by  honest  impulses.  Chapman  enveloped 
a  jury,  just  as  the  rising  tide  on  a  peaceful  summer  sea 
envelops  the  rocks  on  the  shore  line — slowly,  surely,  without 
noise,  without  tumult.  White  carried  all  before  him,  with 
irresistible  assault,  just  as  the  mountain  stream,  swollen  to 
undue  proportions  by  torrential  rains,  sweeps  everything 
before  it  to  destruction.  Chapman  relied  upon  a  calm  and 
dignified  appeal  to  reason;  White  took  a  short  cut  by  an 
appeal  to  passion. 

They  achieved  the  same  results  by  different  processes. 
They  traversed  the  profoundest  depths  of  the  realms  of 
thought  by  routes  unknown  to  other  men.  We  are  all  better 
off  for  having  known  these  men.  They  have  preceded  us  to 
that  mysterious  shore  we  know  naught  of,  Chapman  dying 
from  long  continued  mental  drudgery,  and  the  mental  and 
physical  slavery  he  had  unconsciously  yielded  to  and  could 
not  shake  off.  White  died  a  victim  of  unquenchable  ambition, 
under  the  stimulus  of  which  he  destroyed  his  health  and 
wrecked  his  life.  They  have  left  us  the  living  memory  of  two 
kindly,  gentle  spirits  who  sprung  from  the  people,  raised 
themselves  through  industry  and  ability  to  positions  at  the 
bar  that  any  man,  in  any  land  or  in  any  age,  could  well  have 
envied  them. 

Contemplating  the  achievements  of  these  two  men,  we  must 
conclude  that  the  human  race  is  still  progressing  and  advanc- 
ing in  intellectual  development.  I  rejoice  that  these  men 
were  my  friends,  that  I  had  their  respect  and  confidence,  and 
that  they  loved  and  trusted  me. 

Thus  concludes  Mr.  Graves.  To  begin  where  he  left  off 
would  be  to  write  another  chapter  of  the  Bench  and  Bar  of 
Los  Angeles.  But  since  the  characters  in  such  a  stoiy  would 
be  those  of  men  now  living,  it  is  a  matter  which  can  be  more 
safely  left  to  the  future  historian  when  these  days  in  which 
we  now  live  are  gathered  to  the  dust. 

Before  the  time  of  Mr.  Graves,  however,  there  were  in 
Los  Angeles  interesting  and  distinguished  men  who  were 
important  in  the  service  of  the  law  and  the  courts.  By  ref- 
erence to  an  old  record  we  are  able  to  recall  these  men  to 


360  LOS  ANGELES 

memory,  as  well  as  to  glean  some  side  lights  on  their  char- 
acters. 

The  first  election  held  in  Los  Angeles  after  the  admission 
of  California  into  the  I  nion  was  on  April  1,  1850.  Three 
hundred  and  seventy-seven  votes  were  cast  in  the  county. 
The  officers  chosen  were:  County  judge,  Agustin  Olvera; 
county  clerk,  Benj.  Davis  "Wilson;  county  attorney,  Benj. 
Hayes;  county  surveyor,  J.  B.  Conway;  county  treasurer, 
Manuel  Garfias;  county  assessor,  Antonio  F.  Coronel;  county 
recorder,  Ignacio  del  Valle;  county  sheriff,  George  T.  Burrill; 
county  coroner,  Charles  B.  Cullen. 

Don  Agustin  Olvera,  when  elected  county  judge,  was 
"Juez  de  la  Instancia" — judge  of  first  instance — of  the 
Los  Angeles  District,  under  appointment  of  Governor  Biley. 
He  emigrated  to  California  from  the  City  of  Mexico,  and 
arrived  September  16,  183L  There  came  at  the  same  time 
Don  Ignacio  Coronel,  his  wife,  Dona  Francesca  Bomero,  two 
sons,  Don  Antonio  Franco  Coronel  and  Don  Manuel  Coronel, 
and  four  daughters.  They  formed  a  part  of  the  celebrated 
expedition  of  Don  Jose  Maria  Hijar  and  Don  Jose  Maria 
Padres,  which  had  been  organized  with  infinite  care  for  col- 
onization in  California,  especial  view  being  had  to  select  men 
of  character,  intelligence  and  some  useful  occupation. 

The  expedition  consisted  of  lawyers,  physicians,  printers, 
carpenters,  tanners,  saddlers,  shoemakers,  hatters,  tailors, 
laborers,  and  a  confectioner. 

Don  Joaquin  de  los  Bios  y  Bios  was  a  surgeon  of  repute 
in  Los  Angeles  and  San  Diego  for  several  years  after  1840, 
until  his  death.  Don  Francisco  Torres,  another  physician,  re- 
turned to  Mexico.  Don  Ignacio  Coronel  was  a  schoolmaster, 
and  taught  in  Los  Angeles  for  a  long  time,  afterward  con- 
fining himself  to  the  duties  of  secretary  of  the  Ayuntamiento : 
subsequently  he  was  a  justice  of  the  peace. 

Education  was  especially  provided  for  by  the  Mexican 
Government  in  this  colony.  The  missions  had  just  been  secu- 
larized; the  formation  of  pueblos  was  therefore  contemplated. 
Accordingly,  experienced  teachers  were  sent  for  the  public 
schools  to  be  established  at  each  mission;  which  measure  took 
effect  at  the  Missions  of  Santa  Clara,  San  Jose,  San  Gabriel 


FKOM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  361 

and  San  Luis  Rev;  also  at  Monterey,  and  in  the  year  1838  al 
Los  Angeles. 

At  the  organization,  in  the  year  1841,  of  the  Pueblo  of 
San  Juan  de  Arguello — so  named  in  honor  of  Don  Santiago 
Arguello — which  is  generally  called  San  Juan  Capistrano — 
Don  Agustin  Olvera  was  appointed  "Juez  de  Paz"  of  that 
jurisdiction,  from  Santa  Ana  to  Las  Flores.  He  resided  there 
in  1842,  1843,  1844.  It  is  spoken  of  as  a  well  ordered  place, 
with  an  industrious,  contented  population.  Don  Agustin  was 
admitted  as  attorney  in  this,  the  then  First  Judicial  District, 
in  1853,  and  April' 11,  1855,  in  the  United  States  District 
Court.  In  1856  he  was  the  receiver  of  the  Los  Angeles  United 
States  Land  Office.  At  the  taking  of  the  city  by  the  Ameri- 
cans, in  1846,  he  was  a  member  of  the  Departmental  As- 
sembly; and  as  such  member  he  acted  as  one  of  the  commis- 
sioners in  the  Cahuenga  negotiation,  when  the  Californians 
surrendered  to  Fremont.  Don  Jose  Antonio  Carrillo,  the 
other  Mexican  commissioner,  held  the  rank  of  major  general. 
Don  Ignacio  Coronel,  bom  in  the  City  of  Mexico,  died  at  Los 
Angeles  City,  at  an  advanced  age,  December  19,  1862. 

Jonathan  R.  Scott  was  the  first  justice  of  the  peace, 
merely  taking  that  office  in  order  to  give  his  ability  to  the 
county  organization.  He  soon  tired  of  it  and  was  succeeded 
by  J.  S.  Mallard.  Judge  Scott  had  been  a  prominent  lawyer 
in  Missouri  and  was  in  the  front  rank  of  the  bar  at  Los  An- 
geles. He  was  ready  for  any  useful  enterprise.  In  company 
with  Mr.  Abel  Stearns  he  built  the  first  brick  flouring  mill  in 
1855,  and  about  two  years  before  his  death  he  planted  an  ex- 
tensive vineyard.  He  died  September  21,  1864.  His  eldest 
daughter  married  A.  B.  Chapman.  His  only  son  has  recently 
been  admitted  to  the  bar. 

The  early  lawyers  arriving  in  the  order  mentioned  were : 
Don  Manuel  C.  Rojo,  1849;  Russell  Sackett,  1849;  Louis  Gran- 
ger, 1850;  Benj.  Hayes,  1850;  Jonathan  R,  Scott,  1850.  The 
last  four,  as  well  as  Mr.  Hartman,  were  overland  emigrants. 

Law  books  were  scarce.  A  brief  passage  in  "Kent's  Com- 
mentaries" that  was  found  somewhere  in  town,  decided  an  in- 
teresting case  between  a  rich  Peruvian  passenger  and  liberal 
French  sea-captain,  some  time  in  March,  before  First  Alcalde 


362  LOS  ANGELES 

Stearns.  The  captain  lost,  but  comforted  his  attorney,  Scott, 
with  a  thousand-dollar  fee,  as  it  happened,  all  in  five-dollar 
gold  pieces. 

In  1850  also  came  Wm.  G-.  Dryden  and  J.  Lancaster  Brent, 
the  latter  with  a  good  library;  1851,  I.  K.  S.  Ogier;  1852, 
Myron  Norton,  J.  H.  Lander,  Charles  E.  Carr,  Ezra  Drown, 
Columbus  Sims,  Kimball  H.  Dimmick,  Henry  Hancock,  Isaac 
Hartman;  1853,  Samuel  R.  Campbell;  1854,  Cameron  E.  Thorn 
and  James  A.  Watson  (Col.  Jack  Watson) ;  E.  J.  C.  Kewen, 
W.  W.  Hamlin,  1856;  Alfred  B.  Chapman,  1858;  Volney  E. 
Howard,  1861;  Andrew  J.  Glassell  and  Col.  J.  G.  Howard 
arrived  on  the  same  steamer,  November  27,  1865,  from  San 
Francisco.  M.  J.  Newmark  was  admitted  to  the  bar  in  Sep- 
tember, and  A.  J.  King  in  October,  1859 ;  Don  Ignacio  Sepul- 
veda,  September  6,  1862.  Henry  T.  Hazard,  son  of  Ariel  M. 
Hazard,  of  Evanston,  near  Chicago,  since  when  about  eight 
years  of  age,  always  resided  in  this  city. 

Other  attorneys  prior  to  1860  were  Hon.  S.  F.  Reynolds 
(afterward  District  Judge  of  San  Francisco),  J.  R.  Gitchell 
(in  April,  1858,  appointed  district  attorney).  A.  Thomas, 
William  E.  Pickett,  Sasaneuva  &  Jones  advertised  December 
13,  1851.  This  was  Wm.  Claude  Jones,  known  so  well  in 
Missouri.  Scott  &  Hayes  were  partners  from  March,  1850, 
until  April  13,  1852;  afterward  Scott  &  Granger;  then  Scott 
&  Lander. 

Between  1852  and  1860  the  land  questions  before  the  com- 
missioners and  United  States  District  Court  brought  almost 
as  residents  such  distinguished  lawyers  as  H.  W.  Halleck, 
A.  C.  Peachy,  F.  Billings,  C.  B.  Strode,  Wm.  Carey  Joney, 
P.  W.  Tompkins,  Gregory  Yale,  J.  H.  Saunders,  H.  P.  Hep- 
burn and  others. 

J.  L.  Brent  stood  high  as  a  lawyer  and  statesman.  He 
afterwards  returned  to  Louisiana,  near  New  Orleans.  Mr. 
Granger  was  a  fluent  speaker;  in  1852-3  partner  of  Judge 
Scott  and  one  time  a  candidate  for  judge  of  the  First  Judicial 
District.  General  Drown  lost  his  wife  in  the  stranding  of 
tbe  steamer  Independence.  He  died  August  17,  1863,  leaving 
a  son — a  man  much  thought  of,  and  very  successful  in  his 
profession.    Hon.  K.  H.  Dimmick,  a  captain  in  Colonel  Steven- 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  363 

son's  regiment,  had  been  a  member  of  the  Constitutional  Con- 
vention of  1849.  J.  H.  Landers  was  born  in  1829  in  New- 
York  City.  He  was  a  graduate  of  Harvard.  He  was  an  ex- 
cellent office  lawyer.  For  a  long  time  he  was  court  commis- 
sioner, with  especial  approbation  of  the  bar.  In  1852  he 
married  Miss  Margarita  Johnson,  a  daughter  of  Don  Santiago 
Johnson,  so  well  remembered  among  the  early  business  men 
of  this  coast  before  1846.    He  died  June  10,  1873. 

S.  R.  Campbell  was  born  near  Nashville,  Tennessee,  and 
died  in  San  Bernardino  County  early  in  January,  1863,  near 
fifty  years  of  age.  His  memory  was  most  extraordinary.  A 
poem  or  oration  once  read  to  him  he  could  repeat  word  for 
word  years  afterward.  He  was  in  the  habit,  when  familiarly 
illustrating  this  faculty,  to  recite  in  full,  page  after  page  of 
Blackstone's  Commentaries.  His  son,  Thornton  P.  Campbell, 
was  a  merchant  and  member  of  the  City  Council. 

Col.  J.  A.  Watson,  in  1855,  married  Miss  Dolores  Do- 
minguez.  He  died  at  this  city  September  16,  1869,  aged  forty- 
five  years.  The  latter  part  of  his  life  was  devoted  to  his 
vineyard  and  orchard.  He  had  been  a  skillful  politician  and 
was  esteemed  as  a  lawyer. 

Hon.  Myron  Norton  was  born  in  1822,  at  Bennington,  Ver- 
mont. He  studied  law  in  New  York,  was  admitted  to  the  bar  in 
1844,  continued  in  practice  at  Troy  until  1848,  when  he  was  ap- 
pointed first  lieutenant  of  California  volunteers,  and  in  the 
summer  of  that  year  arrived  at  Monterey.  He  was  a  member 
of  the  Constitutional  Convention  from  San  Francisco;  after- 
ward judge  of  the  Superior  Court  of  San  Francisco.  In  1855 
he  was  the  democratic  candidate  for  judge  of  the  Supreme 
Court  of  this  state.  He  dwelled  here  in  the  agreeable-  family 
of  Don  Agustin  Olvera. 

Don  Manuel  Clemente  Rojo,  our  first  abogado  (lawyer), 
was  a  native  of  Peru,  of  finished  education  and  excellent  quali- 
ties of  the  head  and  heart.  He  was  once  sub-political  chief  of 
the  frontier  of  Lower  California,  and  practiced  his  profes- 
sion with  marked  distinction.  An  old  emigrant  named  Wil- 
liams, throwing  out  of  his  wagon  almost  everything  else, 
saved  his  son's  law  library.  They  reached  John  Roland's  in 
December,  1849,  the  ambitious  young  attornev  with  his  eve  to 


364  LOS  ANGELES 

the  polar  star.  'Roland,  in  his  usual  liberal  style,  outfitted, 
complete,  son  and  father. 

Sheriff  Burrill  in  1850  was  punctilious,  perhaps  formal, 
but  affable ;  and  pleasantly  conspicuous  by  the  infantry  dress 
sword  which  he  wore  in  public  through  his  term,  as  he  said, 
according  to  official  custom  of  Mexico,  where  he  had  lived  a 
good  while.  His  brother  was  author  of  a  "Law  Glossary." 
He  was  the  hero  of  a  "scene  in  court"  one  bright  afternoon 
in  the  summer  of  1850.  Judge  Witherby  was  hearing  an  ap- 
plication for  bail,  on  a  charge  of  murder  against  three  native 
Californians.  The  large  room  was  in  the  old  Bella  Union 
Hotel.  Upon  a  side  bench  together  sat  the  prisoners.  The 
judge,  Thomas  W.  Sutherland  (acting  district,  attorney), 
Benj.  Hayes  (county  attorney),  clerk  and  counsel,  J.  Lancaster 
Brent;  present,  none  others — save  twelve,  fierce,  determined 
fellows,  "armed  to  the  teeth,"  huddled  up  in  the  far  corner 
of  the  room.  Preliminaries  disposed  of,  calm  content 
smoothed  the  face  of  the  sheriff,  that  sword  by  his  side,  when 
appeared  eighteen  of  the  First  Dragoons  at  the  critical 
moment.  They  dismounted,  tied  their  horses  to  the  Celis  bal- 
cony and  fell  into  line  in  front  of  the  building.  Bond  ap- 
proved, a  sergeant  led  the  accused  outside,  placed  them  on 
horseback  between  his  files,  and  so  conducted  them  home. 
A  pin  might  have  been  heard  to  drop,  and,  in  the  stillness, 
the  court  adjourned.  Maj.  E.  H.  Fitzgerald  had  encamped 
the  night  before  on  the  edge  of  the  town.  This  was  the  posse 
put  at  the  service  of  the  sheriff,  and  that  left  him  pleased 
infinitely  at  its  effect,  almost  like  a  charm,  on  this  famous 
"Irving  party"  in  the  corner. 

California  was  admitted  into  the  Union  September  9,  1850. 
Some  of  the  principal  offices,  since  1850,  have  been  filled  as 
follows:  District  judge — Oliver  S.  Witherby,  three  years; 
Benjamin  Hayes,  eleven  years;  Pablo  de  la  Guerra,  Murray 
Morrison,  R.  M.  Widney;  Ignacio  Sepulveda.  County  judge 
— H.  K.  Dimmick,  W.  G.  Dryden,  A.  J.  King,  Ignacio  Sepul- 
veda; Agustin  Olvera,  four  years;  Myron  Norton,  H.  K.  S. 
O'Melveny,  1876.  County  clerk— B.  D.  Wilson,  Wilson  W. 
Jones,  C.  R.  Johnson,  John  W.  Shore,  Thomas  D.  Mott, 
Stephen  H.  Mott,  A.  W.  Potts,  1876.    Sheriff— G.  T.  Burrill, 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  365 

David  W.  Alexander,  James  R.  Barton,  W.  C.  Getman,  James 
R.  Barton  (murdered  Friday,  January  23,  1857,  while  in 
discharge  of  official  duty),  Thomas  A.  Sanchez,  James  F. 
Burns,  W.  R.  Roland ;  D.  W.  Alexander,  1876.  Wm.  Getman 
died  January  7,  1858.  County  treasurer —  Manuel  Garfias, 
now  American  consul,  Tepic,  Mexico ;  Timothy  Foster,  Henry 
N.  Alexander,  Morice  Kremer,  T.  E.  Rowan ;  Francis  P.  F. 
Temple,  1876.  District  attorney — William  C.  Ferrel,  now  a 
mountain  farmer  of  Lower  California;  Isaac  S.  K.  Ogier, 
September  29,  1851;  Kimball  H.  Dimmick,  appointed  July 
10th,  elected  November  29,  1852;  Ezra  Drown,  A.  B.  Chap- 
man, Volney  E.  Howard,  A.  B.  Chapman,  C.  E.  Thorn;  Rod- 
ney Hudson,  1876.  County  assessoi* — Antonio  F.  Coronel, 
1867-1868;  1869-1875,  Dionision  Beteller;  Andrew  Ryan,  1876. 
County  recorder— Ignacio  del  Valle,  1850-1851 ;  J.  W.  Gillett, 
March  1,  Monday,  1874;  Charles  E.  Miles,  March  1,  Monday, 
1876.    Court  commissioner  (District) — George  Clinton  Gibbs. 

In  1876  the  county  officers  were :  Under  sheriff — H.  Milner 
Mitchell.  Deputy  sheriffs — Wm.  L.  Banning,  Emil  Harris. 
Deputy  county  clerks — E.  H.  Owen,  D.  W.  Maclellan.  Deputy 
county  treasurer — E.  M.  Spence.  Deputy  recorder — George 
E.  Gard.  Auditor— Andronico  E.  Sepulveda.  Tax  collector 
— Morice  Kremer.  County  surveyor — T.  J.  Ellis.  Deputy 
assessors — M.  Ryan,  W.  H.  A.  Kidd.  Coroner — Dr.  Joseph 
Kurtz.  School  superintendent — Thomas  A.  Saxon.  Super- 
visors— Geo.  Hines,  Gabriel  Allen,  Edward  Evy,  John  D. 
Young,  J.  C.  Hannon.  Justices  of  the  peace  (citv) — John 
Trafford,  Pedro  C.  Carrillo,  William  H.  Gray. 

Don  Ignacio  Sepulveda,  sometime  district  judge,  was  a 
native  of  this  city.  He  was  educated  in  the  East.  Oliver 
Spencer  Witherby  was  born  at  Cincinnati,  Ohio,  February  19, 
1815 ;  Bemj.  Hayes  of  Baltimore,  Maryland,  February  14,  1815 ; 
Robern  M.  Widney,  Miami  County,  Ohio,  December  23,  1838. 

Don  Pablo  de  la  Guerra  was  born  in  the  Presidio  of  Santa 
Barbara,  November  29,  1819.  He  was  State  Senator  four 
terms  from  the  district  of  Santa  Barbara  and  San  Luis 
Obispo,  and  had  been  a  member  of  the  Constitutional  Con- 
vention of  1849.  His  term  of  district  judge  commenced  Jan- 
uary 1,  1864.    He  died  February  5,  1874,  having  a  short  time 


366  LOS  ANGELES 

before  resigned  the  judgeship  of  the  First  District  in  conse- 
quence of  ill  health. 

Hon.  Murray  Morrison  was  horn  at  Kaskaskia,  Illinois, 
in  1820 ;  was  admitted  to  the  bar  in  1842.  In  1862  he  married 
Miss  Jennie  White,  daughter  of  Dr.  Thomas  J.  White.  In 
1868,  on  the  creation  of  the  Seventeenth  Judicial  District,  he 
was  appointed  judge  by  Governor  Haight,  and  elected  in  1869. 
He  died  at  this  city  in  1871.  Within  three  days  a  loving  wife 
followed  him  to  the  tomb. 

Hon.  W.  G.  Dryden,  in  1851,  married  Miss  Dolores  Nieto. 
His  second  wife  was  Miss  Anita  Dominguez;  married  Sep- 
tember 30,  1868.  He  died  at  this  city,  aged  70  years,  Septem- 
ber 10,  1869. 

The  board  to  settle  private  land  claims,  organized  in  this 
city  October,  1852.  The  commissioners  were  Hiland  Hall, 
later  governor  of  Vermont;  Harry  I.  Thornton,  Thompson 
Campbell.  It  expired  in  1855.  Robert  Greenbow  first,  then 
Gen.  V.  E.  Howard,  then  J.  H.  McKune,  have  been  law  agents 
of  the  United  States ;  Cameron  E.  Thorn,  assistant  law  agent 
in  1854.  In  some  of  the  subsequent  land  cases  before  the 
United  States  District  Court,  Isaac  Hartman  was  special  at- 
torney, in  1857,  under.  Attorney-General  Black,  and  in  1861, 
under  Attorney-General  Bates.  The  United  States  District 
Court  for  the  Southern  District  of  California  was  instituted 
in  1855  with  Hon.  John  M.  Jones,  judge ;  Pablo  de  la  Guerra, 
marshal;  Alfred  Wheeler,  district  attorney;  Samuel  Flower, 
clerk.  Judge  Jones  died  November  14th,  of  that  year.  In 
September,  1854,  Edward  Hunter  was  appointed  marshal  in 
place  of  Pablo  de  la  Guerra,  resigned.  Judge  Ogier  succeeded 
Judge  Jones.  Hon.  Fletcher  M.  Haight  succeeded  Wheeler; 
then  Pacificus  Ord ;  then  J.  R.  Gitehell. 

Hon.  Isaac  Stockton  Keith  Ogier,  for  several  years  judge, 
was  born  at  Charleston,  South  Carolina,  May  24,  1817.  He 
came  to  California  in  the  year  1849.  He  died  at  Holcombe 
Valley,  May  21,  1861. 


CHAPTER  XVII 
THE  CITY'S  BREATHING  SPOTS. 

No  city  in  the  world  has  given  or  continues  to  give  more 
earnest  consideration,  backed  up  by  action,  to  the  question 
of  parks  and  playgrounds  and  recreation  places  for  the  peo- 
ple, than  Los  Angeles. 

This  has  been  true  of  Los  Angeles  from  its  very  inception 
as  a  human  habitation.  It  was  a's  we  have  here  related,  a 
Spanish  settlement.  And  the  Spaniard,  wherever  he  built  a 
town,  at  home  or  abroad,  never  failed,  as  almost  his  first  act, 
to  create  a  plaza  or  park  in  that  town  which  was  designed 
to  be  the  common  property  of  the  people  for  their  pleasure 
and  recreation. 

Los  Angeles  was  no  exception.  When  in  the  fateful  year 
of  1781  Don  Felipe  de  Neve,  the  gobernador,  marched  out 
from  the  Mission  of  San  Gabriel  to  found  the  pueblo  of  Our 
Lady  the  Queen  of  the  Angels,  he  had  in  the  pocket  of  his 
military  coat  a  drawn  plan  of  the  new  settlement ;  and  in  that 
plan  provision  was  made,  first  of  all,  for  the  plaza,  a  part 
of  which  remains  to  this  day,  in  Los  Angeles,  as  a  public 
park. 

And  to  this  day  you  will  see  in  the  Plaza  of  Los  Angeles  a 
great  deal  of  what  remains  here  of  the  once  dominant  Span- 
ish race.  And  intermingling  with  those  of  the  blood  of  Spain 
you  will  see  the  swart  faces  of  the  people  of  other  Latin 
lands,  as  well  as  those  who  have  drifted  hither  from  the  Orient 
and  Cathay. 

In  the  old  days,  when  the  Plaza  was  the  only  public  park 
of  which  Los  Angeles  boasted,  it  was  the  scene  of  all  public 
gatherings,  and  especially  was  it  the  scene  of  the  great  re- 
ligious processions  and  celebrations  for  which  the  city  was 
famous.  It  stands  at  the  door  of  the  Church  of  Our  Lady  of 
the  Angels,  where  the  people  went  to  pray  and  to  be  shrived 
367 


368  LOS  ANGELES 

to  hear  the  mass  on  Sundays  and  holy  days.  And  it  was  out 
of  the  door  of  that  old  church  into  the  open  and  common 
ground  of  the  Plaza  that  the  religious  processions  of  the  old 
times  came. 

That  we  may  have  an  idea  of  what  these  great  religious 
celebrations  were  like,  let  us  quote  a  description  of  the  cele- 
bration of  the  feast  of  Corpus  Christi  in  the  year  1858  as 
published  in  the  columns  of  the  famous  old  Los  Angeles  Star : 

"Immediately  after  Pontifical  Vespers,  which  were  held  in 
the  church  at  4  p.  m.,  a  solemn  procession  was  formed  which 
made  the  circuit  of  the  Plaza,  stopping  at  the  various  altars 
which  with  great  cost,  elegance  and  taste  had  been  erected 
in  front  of  the  houses  where  the  sacred  offices  of  the  church 
were  solemnly  performed.  The  order  of  the  procession  was 
as  follows  :  Music,  Young  Ladies  of  the  Sisters'  School  bear- 
ing the  banner  of  the  school,  followed  by  the  children  of  the 
school  to  the  number  of  120  in  two  ranks.  They  were  ele- 
gantly dressed  in  white,  wearing  white  veils  and  carrying 
baskets  filled  with  flowers  which  during  the  procession  were 
scattered  before  the  Bishop  and  the  clergy.  Next  came  the 
boys  of  the  church  choir.  Then  twelve  men  bearing  candles ; 
these  represented  the  twelve  apostles.  Then  came  Father 
Eaho  and  Bishop  Amat,  bearing  the  Blessed  Sacrament,  sup- 
ported on  each  side  by  the  clergy,  marching  under  a  gor- 
geous canopy  carried  by  four  prominent  citizens.  These  were 
followed  by  a  long  procession  of  men,  women  and  children 
marching  two  and  two.  The  procession  was  escorted  by  the 
Calfornia  Lancers,  Captain  Juan  Sepulveda  commanding,  and 
the  Southern  Rifles,  Captain  W.  W.  Twist  in  command. 

"Very  elaborate  and  costly  preparations  had  been  made 
by  the  citizens  resident  on  the  Plaza  for  the  reception  of  the 
Holy  Eucharist ;  among  the  most  prominent  of  which  we  no- 
tice the  residence  of  Don  Jesus  Domingua,  Don  Ignacio  del 
Valle,  Don  Vincente  Lugo  and  Don  Augustin  Olvera.  These 
altars  were  elegantly  designed  and  tastefully  decorated,  being 
ornamented  with  laces,  silks,  satins  and  diamonds.  In  front 
of  each  the  procession  stopped  whilst  sacred  offices  appropri- 
ate to  the  occasion  were  performed. 

"Having  made  the  circuit  of  the  Plaza,  the  procession  re- 


370  LOS  ANGELES 

turned  to  the  church,  where  the  services  were  concluded,  after 
which  the  immense  assemblage  dispersed,  and  the  military 
escorted  the  young  ladies  of  the  Sisters'  School  on  their  re- 
turn home. ' ' 

Those  old  days  are  no  more.  Los  Angeles  is  a  changed 
town  since  those  days.  And  yet,  it  seems  that  something  of 
these  old  traditions  will  always  remain  with  us.  The  parks 
of  Los  Angeles  now  multiplied  many  fold  from  their  old 
mother,  the  Plaza,  are  often  the  scenes  of  civic  celebrations, 
and  it  is  not  a  severe  strain  on  the  imagination  to  picture 
them  as  again  being  the  scenes  of  religious  celebrations. 

At  the  time  that  this  book  is  written,  the  parks  of  Los 
Angeles,  under  charge  and  in  the  care  of  the  City  Park  Com- 
mission, with  our  distinguished  and  highly  useful  fellow  cit- 
izen, Madame  Leafie  Sloan-Orcutt  as  the  commission's  ruling 
spirit,  are  as  follows: 

Elysian  Park. — This  park  is  what  is  commonly  known  as 
a  rural  or  country  park  and  the  greater  portion  of  same  is  a 
part  of  the  original  lands  of  the  Pueblo  of  Los  Angeles.  Sev- 
eral small  parcels  have  been  acquired  from  time  to  time 
through  purchases.  It  was  dedicated  for  park  purposes  in 
March,  1886.  The  total  area  is  748  acres.  '  Location :  North 
Broadway,  Park  Drive,  Valley  View  and  Casanova  streets. 
The  improvements  consist  of  about  7V2  miles  of  scenic  drive, 
5  miles  of  foot  trails,  8  miles  of  water  lines  and  very  ex- 
tensive tree  planting,  consisting  of  the  reforestation  of  about 
being  that  portion  around  tbe  entrance  near  the  North  Broad- 
500  acres.  The  section  of  the  park  known  as  ' '  Fremont  Gate, ' ' 
way  bridge,  is  improved  with  lawn,  flower  beds,  shrubbery, 
trees  and  walks.  The  nursery  and  service  yard  of  the  de- 
partment are  also  located  in  this  park.  A  small  portion  of  the 
park  was  set  aside  and  dedicated  as  a  memorial  grove  for  the 
permanent  planting  of  trees  in  honor  of  persons  who  sac- 
rificed their  lives  in  the  great  World  war.  Small  bronze  tablets 
are  placed  at  the  base  of  each  tree.  These  tablets  show  the 
name  of  the  person  in  whose  honor  the  tree  was  planted,  mil- 
itary record  and  date  of  death.  When  the  trees  attain  a 
sufficient  growth,  these  tablets  will  be  placed  on  the  trunks  as 
permanent  records. 


372  LOS  ANGELES 

Exposition  Park. — This  park  is  one  of  the  largest  of  the 
neighborhood  parks.  It  was  acquired  by  lease  in  1911  for  a 
term  of  fifty  years  from  the  Sixth  District  Agricultural  As- 
sociation and  the  State  of  California,  and  by  purchase  under 
condemnation  proceedings  in  1912.  The  area  is  114  acres. 
It  is  located  on  Exposition  Boulevard,  Figueroa  Street  and 
Menlo  Avenue.  The  southern  boundary  line  extends  142  feet 
north  from  Santa  Barbara  Avenue.  Improvements  consist 
of  two  bowling  greens,  roque  courts,  rose  garden,  sunken  gar- 
den, herbaceous  border,  California  wild  flower  garden,  band 
stand,  picnic  grounds,  ornamental  lighting  system,  toilet 
buildings,  walks,  drives,  trees,  etc.,  eight  tennis  courts,  three 
baseball  diamonds,  football  field  and  two  swimming  pools. 
The  Government  Armory,  State  Exposition  Building  and  Mu- 
seum of  History,  Science  and  Art  are  located  in  this  park. 

Griffith  Park. — This  is  the  second  largest  municipal  park 
in  the  United  States.  Acquired  by  deed  of  gift  from  Griffith 
Jenkins  Griffith,  March  5,  1898.  Area,  3,051.75  acres.  Loca- 
tion between  the  Los  Angeles  Biver  and  a  line  one-half  mile 
north  of  and  parallel  to  Los  Feliz  Avenue.  There  has  been 
added  to  this  park  a  parcel  of  land  twelve  acres  in  extent 
which  was  acquired  by  purchase  through  condemnation  pro- 
ceedings in  1915  for  an  entrance  to  the  park  from  Western 
Avenue.  Also  a  parcel  consisting  of  24.75  acres,  which  was 
donated  by  Colonel  Griffith  in  1918,  making  a  total  area  of 
3,051.75  acres.  The  improvements  consist  of  about  15  miles 
of  scenic  drive,  12  miles  of  water  line,  5  miles  of  bridle  trails, 
a  full  18-hole  golf  course,  with  a  field  house  containing  locker, 
showers,  dining  rooms,  kitchen  and  rest  rooms.  The  Zoo  of 
the  department  is  also  located  in  this  park.  Becently  a  play- 
ground for  small  children  was  installed,  together  with  tennis 
courts  for  adults. 

Hollenbeck  Park. — Acquired  by  donation  from  Mr.  W.  H. 
Workman  and  Mrs.  Elizabeth  Hollenbeck  January  16,  1892. 
Area,  21.74  acres.  Location,  East  Fourth  Street,  St.  Louis 
Street,  Boyle  Avenue  and  Cummings  Street.  Improvements 
consist  of  boathouse,  tennis  courts,  walks,  flowers,  trees  and 
shrubs.  An  ornamental  lighting  system  was  completed  this 
vear. 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  373 

Lafayette  Park. — Acquired  by  donation  from  Mrs.  Clara 
R.  Shatto,  December  4,  1899.  Area,  eleven  acres.  Location, 
Sixth  Street,  Commonwealth  Avenue  and  Benton  Way.  Ten- 
nis court,  walks,  trees,  shrubs,  lily  pool.  This  park  also  con- 
tains playground  apparatus  for  small  children. 

Lincoln  Paek. — Acquired  by  purchase  March  11,  1881, 
from  the  Southern  Pacific  Company.  Purchase  price,  $448.64. 
Dedicated  for  park  purposes  August  18,  1883.  Location,  Mis- 
sion Road  and  Alhambra  Avenue.  Improvements  are  con- 
servatory containing  large  collection  of  rare  plants,  boat- 
house,  double  tennis  courts,  corral,  shrubbery  and  picnic 
grounds.  The  park  also  contains  an  ornamental  lighting  sys- 
tem, bungalow  rest  room  and  an  artistic  lattice  sun  shade  in 
front  of  band  stand. 

Pershing  Square  is  a  part  of  the  original  lands  of  the 
Pueblo  of  Los  Angeles.  Dedicated  for  park  purposes  in  1866. 
Area  is  four  acres.  Location,  Hill,  Sixth,  Olive  and  Fifth 
streets,  in  business  district  of  city.  Extensively  improved 
with  lawn,  trees  and  shrubs.  Seating  capacity  on  walks  for 
several  thousand  people. 

South  Park. — Acquired  by  purchase  January  30,  1899. 
Purchase  price  was  $10,000.  Area,  nineteen  acres.  Location, 
South  Park  Avenue,  Fifty-first  and  San  Pedro  streets.  Con- 
tains tennis  courts,  lawns,  flowers,  trees  and  also  playground 
apparatus  for  children. 

Sycamore  Grove. — Acquired  by  purchase  in  1905  for  $22,- 
500  and  part  by  donation  from  Mr.  E.  R.  Brainerd  in  1907. 
Records  do  not  show  amount  in  acres  acquired  by  purchase 
and  donation.  Total  area  is  15.44  acres.  Location,  Forty- 
eighth  and  Pasadena  Avenue. 

Westlake  Park. — Acquired  by  the  City  of  Los  Angeles 
through  an  exchange  in  1866.  Area,  32.15  acres.  Location, 
Seventh,  Park  View,  Sixth  and  Alvarado  streets.  Contains 
boathouse,  tool  house,  picnic  grounds,  lawn,  trees.  The  orna- 
mental lighting  system  and  the  boathouse  building  constructed 
in  this  park  cost  approximately  $22,000.  Park  contains  also 
playgrounds  for  children. 

Camp  Grounds. — Los  Angeles  provides  a  camping  ground 
for    automobile    tourists.      Accommodations    consist    of   gas 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  375 

stoves  for  cooking,  hot  and  cold  shower  baths,  toilets,  lavato- 
ries and  laundry  trays.  Grounds  are  lighted  by  electricity  and 
individual  stalls  provided  for  each  automobile  and  car. 

Emergency  kits  for  use  in  case  of  accidents  are  provided 
in  all  parks,  and  employes  are  instructed  in  the  proper  use 
of  the  same.  Through  the  efforts  of  Mrs.  Sloan-Orcutt,  play- 
ground apparatus  such  as  swings,  teeters,  sand  boxes,  etc.,  are 
now  provided  in  practically  all  the  parks  for  the  amusement 
and  entertainment  of  children.  Band  concerts  are  held  in 
Lincoln  Park  on  every  Sunday  and  holiday,  and  in  many  of 
the  other  parks  concerts  are  given  on  special  occasions. 


CHAPTER  XVIII 
MUSIC  AND  ART 

There  is  a  lilting  cadence  of  music  in  the  very  sound  of  the 
word  "California."  For  ages  California  has  been  musical — 
since  the  murmuring  waves  of  the  Pacific  first  sang  their  love 
songs  to  its  shining  shores,  or,  in  their  fury,  when  the  great 
sea-breakers  broke  in  mighty  diapason  of  Wagnerian  thunder 
against  the  rocks.  In  succession,  the  love  songs  and  the  war 
chants  of  the  aborigines  echoed  along  the  shore  or  died 
away  in  the  distance  toward  the  mountains,  followed  by  the 
Gregorian  chants  of  the  padres,  the  boisterous  war  songs  of 
the  Spanish  musketeers,  the  seductive  strains  of  the  caballero 
serenading  his  lady  love,  or  the  quickening  music  of  the  fan- 
dango, and  later,  when  the  Gringo  came,  the  roistering  song 
of  the  miner,  the  hymn  and  the  ballad  of  the  home-seeker, 
the  music  of  the  bank,  the  choir,  the  orchestra,  and  even  the 
aria  of  the  grand  opera  found  their  way  into  all  parts  of 
California. 

The  meadow  lark  and  the  mocking  bird  added  their  notes 
to  the  ripples  of  the  stream,  or  were  drowned  in  the  rush  of 
the  torrents.  The  stately  firs  on  the  mountain  side  in  turn 
sang  the  requiem  of  the  Indian,  the  priest,  the  cavalier,  the 
soldier,  the  Spaniard,  the  Mexican,  as  well  as  the  Americano. 
California  has  been  musical  from  its  creation. 

Unlike  architecture,  sculpture  and  painting,  music  is  nec- 
essarily ephemeral  in  its  material  form,  and  we  therefore 
possess  no  specimen  to  acquaint  us  with  its  character  during 
remote  periods,  yet  something  tangible  bears  witness  to  the 
fact  that  it  has  been  cultivated  in  some  form  from  time  im- 
memorial, even  among  the  most  uncivilized  races  of  men. 

We  trace  its  existence  through  the  beautiful  philosophies 
and  mythologies  of  the  Greeks ;  we  have  its  mysterious  powers 
symbolized  in  the  Homeric  legends  of  the  sirens  whose  sweet 
376 


378  LOS  ANGELES 

songs  lured  the  ill-fated  mariners  to  destruction;  we  find  its 
image  engraved  upon  the  ancient  tombs  and  obelisks  of  Egypt, 
everywhere  gilding  the  twilight  of  antiquity  with  its  sug- 
gestive presence. 

Other  nations  knew  the  Ambrosian  songs  under  Constan- 
tine,  and  the  Gregorian  music  of  Gregory  I.  Even  Charle- 
magne conducted  the  choir  at  Aix  in  person.  King  Robert  of 
France  was  a  favored  writer  and  singer  of  sequences.  The 
Crusaders  sang  martial  music,  and  the  folk  songs  and  the 
music  of  the  passion  plays  and  the  mysteries  of  the  churches 
gradually  gave  way  to  the  musical  art  of  the  troubadours  and 
the  minnesingers,  who  in  like  manner  were  succeeded  by  the 
meistersingers,  and  so  music  improved  until  the  rise  of  the 
opera,  the  oratorio,  and  the  symphony  brought  to  the  dawn 
of  the  nineteenth  century  a  perfection  which  gradually  found 
its  way  to  the  Pacific  Coast. 

Charles  F.  Lummis  has  made  a  collection  of  several  hun- 
dred Indian  chants,  war  songs,  religious  songs,  and,  in  a  way, 
folk  songs  of  the  various  tribes  inhabiting  California  in  the 
early  days.  These  songs  have  been  handed  down  from  gen- 
eration to  generation,  and  although  they  may  have  lost  some 
of  their  beauty  and  originality,  they  show  distinctiveness  of 
tribal  ability  and  rhythm.  The  same  thing  can  apply  to  many 
of  the  compositions  found  in  the  libraries  of  the  old  Fran- 
ciscan missions,  and  so  we  trace  the  music  of  California  in 
this  manner  down  to  the  Spanish  occupation,  the  gradual  cor- 
ruption of  their  music  with  the  varied  intonations  of  the 
intermixture  of  the  Indian  with  the  Spanish  race,  which  dis- 
turbed the  beauty  and  the  purity  of  the  Spanish  tongue  and 
music. 

The  first  grand  opera  in  the  State  of  California  was  in 
1847  when  the  Alvarez  Grand  Opera  Company  came  from 
Lima,  Peru,  on  a  lumber  vessel,  lured  to  the  camp  of  San 
Francisco  by  the  munificent  subscription  of  $10,000,  the  first 
guarantee  for  grand  opera  ever  given  in  the  history  of  Cali- 
fornia. Since  that  time  grand  opera  has  played  an  important 
part  in  the  musical  history  of  Los  Angeles  and  Sacramento. 

The  first  piano  recital  of  note  in  San  Francisco  was  by 
Henri  Hertz  in  1850,  and  among  the  early  artists  heard  in 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  379 

the  northern  metropolis,  as  well  as  in  Los  Angeles,  were 
Camilla  Urso,  Carlotta  Patti,  Ole  Bull,  Scalshi,  Trebelli  the 
elder,  Emma  Nevada,  Sarasate,  Giannini,  Wilhelm  Cherubini, 
Marsick,  Ondricek,  Lechaume,  Adelina  Patti,  Vincenzo  Vil- 
lani,  Etelka  Gerster,  Tomagno  and  Amalia  Materno. 

San  Francisco  had  symphony  music  long  before  Los  An- 
geles had  it— as  early  as  1865— and  among  the  well  known 
directors  were  Louis  Schmidt,  Oscar  Weil,  Rudolph  Herold, 
Gustav  Hinrichs  and  Adolph  Mauer;  while  Los  Angeles  had 
among  its  conductors  A.  J.  Stamm,  "Wenzel  Kopta,  Adolph 
Wilhartitz,  Henry  Schoenefeld,  Harley  Hamilton,  and,  among 
the  more  modern  California  conductors,  may  be  found  Dr.  J. 
Fred  Wolle,  Paul  Steindorff,  Fritz  Scheel*  Henry  Holmes, 
Henry  Hadley,  Alfred  Hertz,  Adolph  Tandler  and  Walter 
Henry  Rothwell. 

The  early  history  of  choral  music  in  Los  Angeles  includes 
such  splendid  names  as  Mrs.  Girah  D.  Cole  and  Mrs.  M.  A. 
Larrabee  of  the  Treble  Clef  Club;  Charles  S.  Walton,  con- 
ductor of  the  Ellis  Club ;  Mr.  C.  Modini-Wood,  Mr.  Robert  E. 
Paulsen,  of  the  Apollo  Club,  and  later  J.  B.  Poulin,  Joseph 
Dupuy  and  John  Smallman.  The  history  of  the  Treble  Clef 
Club,  the  Apollo  Club,  Orpheus,  Ellis  and  Lyric  clubs  of 
Los  Angeles,  the  Grove  Play  of  the  Bohemian  Club  of  San 
Francisco,  the  annual  oratorios  given  under  the  direction  of 
Paul  Steindorff  at  the  Greek  Theatre  in  Berkeley,  and  the 
Loring  Club  of  San  Francisco,  includes  the  majority  of  the 
choral  endeavors  of  these  sections. 

The  state  and  cities  of  California  have  probably  witnessed 
more  grand  opera  and  light  opera  than  any  other  states  and 
cities  of  the  Union  excepting  New  York,  Boston,  Chicago,  and 
possibly  New  Orleans. 

In  the  early  days  visits  were  made  here  by  the  Emma 
Abbott  and  the  Emma  Jueh  Grand  Opera  Companies,  the 
Nellie  Melba  and  the  Ellis  Grand  Opera  Companies,  the  Hess 
English  Grand  Opera  Company  and  the  Bostonians. 

Theodore  Thomas  came  to  California  with  the  National 
Opera  Company  in  1887,  presenting  Rubinstein's  "Nero"  in 
his  repertoire.  Later  came  the  Metropolitan  Opera  Company 
with  the  world's  greatest  stars;  the  Del  Conte  Grand  Opera, 


380  LOS  ANGELES 

the  Lombardi  Italian  Opera  Company,  Charles  M.  Pyke's 
English  Opera  Company,  Jules  Grau,  light  opera;  the  W.  T. 
Carlton,  the  Duss  Opera  Company,  the  Sembrich  Grand  Opera 
Company,  the  San  Carlo  Grand  Opera,  the  Chicago  Grand 
Opera  with  its  many  stars,  Mary  Garden  singing  "Natoma" 
for  the  first  time  on  the  Pacific  Coast,  the  words  by  Joseph 
Redding  of  San  Francisco  and  the  scene  laid  in  Santa  Bar- 
bara; the  Boston  Grand  Opera  Company  and  the  La  Scala 
Grand  Opera  Company,  all  vying  with  one  another  to  obtain 
the  golden  coin  of  California  in  exchange  for  the  golden  notes 
of  the  voices  of  many  nations. 

San  Francisco  has  the  unique  distinction  of  twenty  years 
of  continuous  light  and  grand  opera  at  the  most  popular 
theater  of  that  city,  the  Tivoli,  which  dates  back  to  1875  when 
Joe  Kreling  conceived  the  idea  of  opening  a  place  of  cheap 
amusement  for  the  people  where  the  music  presented  should 
be  of  the  best  order,  where  prices  should  be  low,  enabling 
families  to  seek  diversion  at  little  cost.  It  was  there  that 
Gilbert  &  Sullivan's  "Pinafore"  was  first  produced  in  the 
West,  and  where  it  enjoyed  a  run  of  eighty-four  nights. 
"Bohemian  Girl"  had  to  its  credit  157  nights;  "Ship  Ahoy," 
108;  "Olivet,"  133;  "Fra  Diavolo,"  72.  The  Gilbert  &  Sul- 
livan operas,  combined,  ran  691  night,  including  14  operas. 

The  Tivoli  was  the  most  democratic  house  of  amusement 
in  the  world,  and  it  discovered  many  of  the  singers  who  were 
heard  in  the  "West  before  making  names  for  themselves  in 
the  East,  including  the  famous  Luisa  Tetrazzini,  Alice  Niel- 
sen, Sybil  Sanderson,  Agostini,  Galozzi,  Salassi,  Collamarini, 
Sestegui,  Beatrice  Franco,  Maud  Fay  and  others. 

On  October  14,  1897,  operatic  history  was  made  in  the 
Los  Angeles  Theatre  in  Los  Angeles.  Puccini's  celebrated 
"La  Boheme"  was  sung  for  the  first  time  in  America  by  the 
Del  Conte  Grand  Opera  Company  of  Milan,  with  Giuseppe 
Agostini  as  Rudolfo,  Luigi  Francesconi  as  Schaunard,  An- 
tonio Fumagali  as  Benoit,  Cesar  Cioni  as  Marcello  the  painter, 
Victorio  Girardi  as  Colline  the  philosopher,  Linda  Montanari 
as  Mimi,  and  Cleopatra  Vicini  as  Musette.  It  was  afterwards 
repeated  at  the  Saturday  matinee  on  October  16th  and  made 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  381 

such  an  impression  that  it  was  sung  again  by  the  same  com- 
pany on  October  19th. 

In  1901,  at  the  old  Hazzard  Pavilion  in  Los  Angeles,  the 
Metropolitan  Grand  Opera  Company  sang  "La  Boheme"  for 
the  first  time  with  Mine.  Nellie  Melba  as  Mimi  and  Fritzi 
Scheff  as  Musette. 

On  July  1,  2  and  3,  1915,  and  the  following  week,  "Fairy- 
land," the  Horatio  Parker  prize  opera,  was  presented  for  tbe 
first  time  on  any  stage,  under  the  direction  of  the  composer, 
with  Mareella  Craft  as  Rosamond.  Alfred  Hertz  presided  as 
conductor  of  orchestra,  chorus  and  opera. 

Los  Angeles  has  made  great  strides  musically  in  the  last 
quarter  of  a  century.  It  has  enjoyed  the  Los  Angeles  Sym- 
phony for  twenty-three  years,  and  recently  the  Philharmonic 
Orchestra  of  Los  Angeles  has  been  created  through  the  gen- 
erosity of  W.  A.  Clark,  Jr.,  whov  has  not  only  endowed  the 
organization  for  a  number  of  years,  but  bas  builded  it  with 
the  idea  of  its  becoming  the  representative  symphonic  organ- 
ization of  America.  Walter  Henry  Rothwell,  the  eminent  con- 
ductor, was  called  to  the  position  of  conductor,  which  he  is 
filling  with  great  ability  and  success. 

Alfred  Hertz  has  been  the  conductor  for  the  past  five 
years  of  the  San  Francisco  Symphony  organization,  and  has 
brought  that  orchestra  to  a  most  prominent  position  in  the 
musical  world  of  the  West. 

The  Lyric  Club  of  Los  Angeles,  a  woman's  organization, 
and  the  Ellis  Club,  a  men's  organization,  are  two  very  ex- 
ceptional singing  bodies  under  the  conductorship  of  J.  P. 
Poulin.  The  Orpheus  Club,  a  male  organization  of  young 
men,  under  the  direction  of  Joseph  Dupuy,  won  the  $3,000 
prize  at  the  Music  Festival  in  San  Francisco  in  1915. 

No  honest  record  of  musical  Los  Angeles  can  possibly  be 
made  without  taking  into  account  one  great  human  figure  who 
has  been  the  heart  and  soul  of  things  musical  here  for  many 
a  year,  and  whose  genius  at  the  present  day  dominates  the 
whole  field  of  that  art.  This  man  is  L.  E.  Behymer,  through 
whose  courage,  faith  and  persistence  and  long  personal  sacri- 
fice Los  Angeles  has  had  brought  to  its  gates,  and  within  its 
gates,  the  very  best  that  music  has  had  to  give. 


382  LOS  ANGELES 

Whenever  the  word  "music"  is  mentioned  in  Los  Angeles 
one  must  think  of  L.  E.  Behymer.  And,  happily,  the  high 
esteem  in  which  he  is  held  in  his  own  community,  and  the 
deep  love  and  affection  which  that  community  has  for  him, 
is  the  best  reward  of  his  long  and  tireless  efforts  in  behalf 
of  the  art  of  music  which  has  been  throughout  his  whole  life 
as  the  breath  of  his  nostrils.  Los  Angeles  well  knows  what 
Mr.  Behymer  has  done  for  her,  and  it  is  not  an  ungrateful 
city.  Happily,  also,  Mr.  Behymer  is  as  well  a  prophet  outside 
of  his  own  country.  He  is  known  afar,  wherever  the  world  of 
music  and  art  exists.  He  is  the  honorary  president  of  the 
National  Concert  Managers'  Association  of  America;  the 
Government  of  France  has  conferred  upon  him  the  well- 
deserved  decoration  of  The  Palms,  and  has  elected  him  an 
officer  of  the  French  Academy  of  Public  Instruction.  At 
home  he  has  long  been  the  president  of  the  Gamut  Club  and 
the  great  guiding  spirit  of  the  Philharmonic  Orchestra.  If 
you  were  to  make  a  list  of  his  friends  in  his  home  city,  it 
would  include  its  entire  population.  And  if  you  were  to  make 
a  list  of  his  friends  abroad  it  would  include  all  the  great 
names  of  the  musical  world  and  of  many  a  wandering  minstrel 
not  so  well  known  to  fame,  for  even  these  have  found  in  Mr. 
Behymer  a  sympathetic  and  helpful  friend. 

As  the  sister  art  of  music  whose  home  is  also  the  mimic 
stage,  the  drama  in  Los  Angeles  has  fared  to  high  distinction. 
Here  we  have  one  of  the  two  great  plays  that  has  stood  the 
test  of  time  and  has  achieved  a  world-wide  and  lasting  repu- 
tation as  a  permanent  institution — the  Mission  Play.  The 
other  great  play  referred  to  is  the  Passion  Play  of  Ober- 
ammergau.  Indeed,  the  Mission  Play  is  often  spoken  of  as 
the  " Oberamniergau  of  America,"  although  the  Mission  Play 
tells  another  story.  The  only  similarity  between  the  two  pro- 
ductions is  the  high  note  of  religions  faith  common  to  both. 

The  play  was  produced  for  the  first  time  April  29,  1912, 
in  a  specially  constructed  theater  at  the  old  Mission  of  San 
Gabriel  under  the  direction  of  Henry  Kabierske,  originally  of 
Breslau,  Germany,  a  pageant-master  and  artist  of  world-wide 
celebrity.  The  initial  productions  of  the  play  were  held  under 
the  patronage  of  the  Princess  Lazarovich-Hrebrelanovich  of 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  383 

Servia  (Eleanor  Calhoun  of  California),  who  embodied  the 
role  of  "Donna  Josef  a."  The  "King's  Highway"  (El 
Camino  Real)  depicting  in  miniature  the  twenty-one  old  Fran- 
ciscan missions,  is  the  embodiment  of  the  creative  ideas  of 
Ida  L.  McGroarty,  wife  of  the  author  of  the  Mission  Play. 
The  execution  of  these  ideas  was  performed  under  Mr.  Ka- 
bierske's  designs  and  direction. 

The  scenes  of  the  first  act  of  the  Mission  Play  are  laid 
on  the  shores  of  San  Diego  Bay  in  the  year  1769,  "when  Cali- 
fornia began."  The  stage  settings  show  the  lovely  Harbor 
of  the  Sun,  with  Point  Loma  shouldering  out  to  sea.  An  old 
Spanish  galleon  rocks  gently  at  anchor.  The  rude  huts  of  the 
Spaniards  stand  under  Presidio  Hill.  A  guard  of  Cata- 
lonian  soldiers  sits  lazily  about  and  the  dialogue  brings  out 
the  story  of  the  hardships  and  hopelessness  of  the  situation. 
The  return  of  Portola  from  his  fruitless  search  of  Monterey 
has  been  awaited  for  weary  months.  The  settlement  is  pa- 
thetically worn  with  sickness  and  is  on  the  verge  of  utter 
starvation.  Father  Junipero  Serra,  the  immortal  founder  of 
the  Missions,  appears  early  in  this  act  and  at  once  takes  his 
place  as  the  commanding  figure  of  the  play,  as  he  was  the 
commanding  figure  in  history  for  the  first  sixteen  years  of 
the  establishment  of  his  immortal  dream  of  a  Christian  Cali- 
fornia. On  this  day  Portola  returns,  his  expedition  in  a 
pitiful  condition.  As  the  full  knowledge  of  the  awful  situa- 
tion dawns  upon  him,  Portola  gives  orders  for  the  people  to 
board  the  ship  in  the  harbor  and  sail  back  to  Mexico  with 
the  tide  at  night.  California  is  to  be  abandoned.  Father 
Serra  begs  and  pleads  with  Portola  to  retract  his  orders,  but 
the  gubemador  is  obdurate.  Then  Father  Serra  ascends  the 
old  brown  hill  and  prays  for  a  ship  to  come  to  the  relief  of 
starving  San  Diego.  Everybody  regards  him  with  the  most 
profound  pity,  while  the  preparations  for  departure  are  being 
feverishly  prosecuted.  The  day  passes.  But  just  as  the  sun 
is  setting  in  a  flame  of  splendor  across  the  waters,  the  white 
speck  of  a  sail  is  seen  rounding  Point  Loma.  The  sail  grows 
larger  and  larger.  In  the  gathering  darkness  great  shouts 
of  joy  are  heard.    San  Diego  is  saved  as  though  by  a  miracle. 

The  second  act  is  laid  at  Carmel  Mission,  across  the  green. 


384  LOS  ANGELES 

pine-clad  hill  of  Monterey.  The  matchless  old  church,  with 
the  great  patio  that  once  surrounded  it,  stands  forth  in  the 
glory  of  the  break  of  day.  The  act  is  projected  to  typify  a 
day  in  the  life  of  the  missions  at  a  time  when  at  the  zenith  of 
their  success.  A  wonderful  pageant  of  Indians  have  been 
brought  out  of  savagery  into  the  full  stature  of  civilized  men. 
They  work  at  their  trades,  their  arts  and  crafts.  At  noon  a 
holiday  is  declared  and  the  second  part  of  the  act  is  given 
over  to  Indian  dances  and  games  and  to  Spanish  dancing  of  a 
most  fascinating  order.  Spanish  music,  which  is  used 
throughout  the  whole  performance,  is  here  made  doubly  fas- 
cinating. At  the  end  of  the  act  the  same  scene  that  unfolded 
itself  from  the  grey  dawn  slips  away  in  the  gorgeous  sunset ; 
and  the  last  we  see  of  beautiful  Carmelo  is  the  white  loveli- 
ness of  it  all  under  the  witchery  of  the  moonlight. 

The  third  act  is  laid  at  San  Juan  Capistrano,  showing  the 
old  mission  in  ruins  as  it  stands  today.  In  this  act  the  author 
brings  out  the  sad  story  of  spoliation  and  secularization.  The 
padres  are  gone.  The  Indians  are  outcasts  from  the  missions. 
The  appearance  of  Americans  in  the  life  of  California  is  por- 
trayed. The  act  depicts  the  tragedy  of  a  great  drama  which 
has  been  cruelly  broken,  but  the  tragedy  is  softened  and 
sweetened  by  human  faith  and  love  in  God. 

The  leading  role  of  the  Mission  Play,  "Fray  Junipero 
Serra,"  was  essayed  the  first  and  second  seasons  of  the  play 
by  Mr.  Benjamin  Horning;  in  1914-15  by  Mr.  George  Os- 
bourne ;  in  1916  by  Mr.  Wilfred  Roger ;  in  1917  by  Mr.  Tyrone 
Power;  in  1918  by  Mr.  Norval  MacGregor;  and  in  1919-20  by 
Mr.  Frederick  Warde.  In  the  play  are  many  native  Cali- 
fornia Indians,  lineal  descendants  of  the  neophytes  who  were 
civilized  and  Christianized  by  the  pioneer  missionary  fathers 
a  century  and  a  half  ago.  The  Spanish  singers  and  dancers 
of  the  play,  as  well  as  a  full  two-thirds  of  the  whole  great 
cast  of  100  players,  are  natives  and  descendants  of  the  old 
Spanish  families  of  California. 

The  Mission  Play,  at  the  time  this  book  is  written,  has 
been  given  regularly  at  the  old  Mission  of  San  Gabriel  for 
a  season  every  year  during  ten  consecutive  years,  and  was 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA    '  385 

approaching  its   1600th  performance,  perhaps   the  greatest 
record  ever  achieved  in  the  history  of  the  dramatic  art. 

Famous  actors,  and  companies  of  actors,  including  a  well- 
beloved  barnstormer  and  mummer  dear  to  memory,  have  vis- 
ited Los  Angeles  from  time  immemorial,  their  performances 
ranging  from  Punch  and  Judy  shows  to  Shakespeare,  some- 
times with  no  roof  over  their  heads  except  our  faithful  blue 
sky,  or  on  finding  such  shelter  as  a  friendly  barn,  a  dance 
hall  and  even  a  bar  room  might  give  them. 

But  there  came  a  day,  and  it  now  seems  a  long  time  ago, 
too,  when  the  drama  was  given  housing  such  as  it  deserved  in 
Los  Angeles.  The  old  Grand  Opera  House  on  Main  Street 
ranked  in  its  day  with  the  fine  theaters  of  America.  Then 
others  were  builded,  and  now  it  would  seem  that  we  have  more 
theaters  than  any  other  city,  anywhere. 

Moreover,  Los  Angeles  has  come  at  last  to  rank  with  New 
York  as  a  producing  center  of  the  drama.  And  this  is  due 
solely  to  the  very  striking  enterprise,  perseverance,  courage 
and  exceptional  ability  of  one  man.  This  man  is  Oliver 
Morosco. 

At  the  time  this  book  is  written,  Oliver  Morosco  stands  as 
a  dominating  figure  in  the  theatrical  world  of  America.  It  is 
said  that  his  father  was  a  circus  man,  and  from  this  we  can 
see  that  the  "show  business"  came  naturally  to  Mr.  Morosco. 
When  he  was  a  mere  boy  he  managed  his  own  theater  in  Los 
Angeles,  and  for  many  years  he  maintained  the  old  Burbank 
as  a  high-class  theatrical  institution  in  this  city.  It  is  safe  to 
say  that  no  man  in  America,  not  excepting  Augustin  Daly, 
either  of  the  Frohmans  or  the  latter  day  Schuberts,  have  in 
recent  years  produced  anywhere  near  the  number  of  new 
dramas  that  Mr.  Morosco  has  produced.  He  combines  in  him- 
self that  rare  affiliation  of  business  ability  and  fine  artistic 
temperament.  He  is  a  man  whom  failure  could  uot  daunt. 
He  overcame  failure  and  has  fought  his  way  with  a  clogged 
determination,  supported  always  by  a  high  vision,  to  the  very 
topmost  pinnacle  of  success  in  that  artistic  world  to  which 
he  became  heir  in  his  youth. 

Los  Angeles  also  owes  a  great  deal  in  a  dramatic  way  to 

Vol.  1—25 


386  LOS  ANGELES 

the  Wyatts,  both  father  and  son.  The  community  is  indebted 
immeasurably  to  W.  T.  Wyatt,  at  this  writing  still  manager 
of  the  Mason  Opera  House,  for  tangible  realizations  of  the 
best  that  the  art  of  the  drama  has  been  able  to  afford. 

And,  last  but  not  least,  of  things  theatrical,  that  species  of 
it  which  its  votaries  call  the  "Cinema  Art,"  which  commer- 
cially is  catalogued  as  the  "Motion  Picture  Industry,"  and 


Trinity  Auditorium 


which  in  the  vernacular  of  the  day  is  popularly  and  lovingly 
known  as  the  "Movies,"  has  come  to  make  Los  Angeles  its 
world  center. 

The  man  who  sits  in  the  theater  in  Patagonia,  or  in  Tahiti, 
or  Hong  Kong,  or  Oshkosh,  or  anywhere  upon  the  swinging 
earth,  to  view  a  motion  picture,  finds  himself  looking  into 
Southern  California  canyons,  the  shores  of  Santa  Monica  and 
the  suburbs  of  Hollywood. 

Los  Angeles  is  the  home — the  permanent  home — of  the 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  387 

world  celebrities  of  the  movies.  Here  is  the  habitat  of  the 
best  known  man  in  existence,  namely,  Mr.  Charlie  Chaplin. 
Here  also  reside  Mary  Pickford,  Douglas  Fairbanks,  Bill 
Hart,  Norma  Talmadge,  a  thousand  and  one  other  "movie" 
celebrities  of  both  sexes,  and  countless  thousands  of  others 
not  yet  shooting-  through  the  movie  heavens  as  stars,  but 
plodding  along  and  always  hoping  for  the  best. 

Speaking  of  the  "movies"  in  dollars,  we  are  frank  to  say 
that  it  is  a  subject  we  have  not  the  courage  to  approach. 
While  it  is  certain  that  the  industry,  speaking  of  it  as  such, 
involves  annually  the  expenditure  of  many,  many  millions  of 
dollars  in  Los  Angeles,  we  are  still  faced  by  the  claims  of  the 
"movies"  themselves  concerning  their  financial  gyrations, 
and  this  would  total — if  such  claims  be  admitted — more  money 
than  the  world  has  ever  known  and  a  sum  total  greater  than 
the  national  debts  of  all  the  nations  of  the  world  combined. 

Now,  all  these  tilings  having  been  said  concerning  music 
and  art  in  Los  Angeles,  there  remains  for  us  only  to  say  that 
art,  as  applied  to  painters  and  sculptors,  has  but  a  brief  his- 
tory here.  It  is  not  more  than  fifteen  years  ago  that  anything 
approaching  an  organization  of  artists  was  accomplished  here. 
But  we  now  have  many  artists,  several  of  whom  have  acquired 
national  fame  and  many  others  who  give  great  hope  for  the 
future. 

Summing  the  whole  subject  up.,  there  would  seem  to  be 
justification  for  the  prediction  that  Los  Angeles  is  some  day 
destined  to  be  one  of  the  world's  great  centers  of  music 
and  art. 


CHAPTER  XIX 
A  GREAT  ORGANIZATION 

The  making  of  any  city  is  a  tale  that  cannot  fail  to  prove 
to  be  of  the  most  fascinating  interest.  Next  to  the  growing 
of  a  man  the  growing  of  a  city  is  the  great  story. 

We  have  endeavored  to  set  forth  in  these  pages  the  some- 
what pathetic  beginnings  of  the  pueblo  of  Our  Lady  of  the 
Queen  of  the  Angels,  which  is  now  the  wonder  City  of  Los 
Angeles.  We  have  told  with  what  discouragement  the  com- 
munity began  its  uncertain  career  more  than  a  century  ago, 
and  we  have  tried  to  show  that  for  many  and  many  a  year 
Los  Angeles  was  a  community  with  little  pride  of  ancestry 
and  far  less  hope  for  its  posterity. 

But  now  Los  Angeles  stands  among  the  great  cities  of  the 
world,  and  nowhere  is  it  questioned  that  it  is  destined  to  be- 
come the  towering  metropolis  of  Western  America. 

And  how  did  all  this  come  to  be?  By  what  magic  was 
this  wonderful  achievement  wrought  ?  We  have  seen  that  there 
were  no  fortuitous  natural  advantages  to  favor  Los  Angeles 
in  the  splendid  struggle  it  has  made  for  a  place  in  the  sun. 
We  have  seen  that  no  soothsayer  or  seer  ever  predicted  great- 
ness for  it.  It  is  a  city  that  had  to  fight  its  way,  step  by  step 
and  inch  by  inch,  up  the  rough  and  rocky  roads  of  progress. 

There  is  a  saying  that  man  made  the  cities  but  that  God 
made  the  country.  Well,  it  was  men  that  made  Los  Angeles — 
patient  men,  toiling  men,  men  of  dreams  and  men  of  visions. 

More  than  thirty  years  ago  there  was  formed  in  the  city 
of  Los  Angeles  a  brave,  determined  and  broad-visioned  body 
of  men  into  an  organization  known  today  as  the  "Los  Angeles 
Chamber  of  Commerce."  In  the  achievements  of  this  organ- 
ization is  archived  and  recorded  the  making  of  Los  Angeles. 

The  Los  Angeles  Chamber  of  Commerce  is  an  organiza- 
tion that  has  a  distinctiveness  enjoyed  by  few  commercial 


Panorama  of  the  Los  Angeles  op  Today 


Looking  North  on  Broadway  From  Eighth  Street 


390  •    LOS  ANGELES 

bodies,  if  any,  of  the  larger  cities  of  the  world.  While  the 
name  indicates  that  its  activities  might  be  confined  to  purely 
trade  enterprises,  this  is  not  the  case.  Its  variety  of  work 
has  been  extraordinary.  This  may  be  attributed  to  the  wide 
range  of  its  membership  which  includes  retailers,  whole- 
salers, lawyers,  doctors,  engineers,  ministers,  teachers, 
writers,  manufacturers,  horticulturalists,  printers,  railway 
men,  bankers,  public  officials  and  public-spirited  women. 

Practically  all  questions  relating  to  the  general  welfare 
of  Southern  California  and  the  nation  are  brought  to  the 
consideration  of  the  chamber.  Horticulture,  mining,  manu- 
facturing, live  stock,  commerce,  entertainment  and  various 
lines  of  community  endeavor  are  included  in  the  activities  of 
the  organization.  General  business  interests,  legislative  mat- 
ters, publications,  advertising  the-  country,  exhibits  and 
various  entertainments,  manufacturing,  development  of  com- 
merce— both  domestic  and  overseas — supplying  information 
about  the  country,  local  public  improvements,  such  as  good 
roads,  water  works,  etc.,  and  various  other  human  activities 
have  been  functioned  by  the  Los  Angeles  Chamber  of  Com- 
merce. 

To  meet  the  growing  demands  as  the  city  increased  in 
population  and  extent  of  its  enterprises,  the  work  of  the 
chamber  was  segregated  into  departments.  These  now  may 
be  classed  as  executive — over  which  the  president  has  juris- 
diction and  of  which  the  secretary  is  the  administrative 
officer;  the  secretary  also  exercises  supervisory  direction  of 
the  various  departments,  which  include :  Industrial,  Foreign 
Trade,  Agricultural,  Meteorological  and  Aeronautical,  Pub- 
licity, Membership,  Tourist  Housing,  Poultry,  and  Informa- 
tion. The  functions  of  these  departments  are  largely  indi- 
cated by  their  names.    Each  is  in  charge  of  a  manager. 

The  policy  of  the  chamber,  its  action  on  public  questions 
and  its  attitude  in  matters  of  national  importance,  are  de- 
termined by  the  board  of  directors.  Years  ago  it  was  learned 
that  large  bodies  are  unwieldy  in  decisions  upon  questions 
of  public  moment.  Instead  of  opinion  being  crystallized, 
long  debates  were  developed  with  the  result  that  the  members 
decided  to  empower  the  board  of  directors  to   speak  with 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  391 

authority  for  the  entire  organization;  reserving,  however, 
for  the  membership  the  privilege  of  a  referendum  vote  on 
all  decisions  of  the  board  of  directors  that  might  be  protested. 

Probably  the  outstanding  features  of  community  develop- 
ment, the  consummation  of  which  is  generally  credited  to  the 
activity  of  the  chamber,  are  the  Los  Angeles  Aqueduct,  the 
development  of  a  man-made  harbor  at  San  Pedro  and  the 
construction  of  the  finest  system  of  good  roads  in  the  United 
States. 

For  many  years  the  membership  of  the  organization  stood 
first  in  the  country  in  proportion  to  the  population.  The 
chamber  was  credited  with  taking  the  lead  in  constructive 
enterprises  in  more  avenues  of  community  development  than 
any  other  similar  organization  in  the  country.  Its  enterprise 
has  been  an  inspiration  to  similar  organizations  in  other  cities. 
Scores  of  them  have  been  organized  and  are  conducted  along 
the  lines  identical  with  the  Los  Angeles  Chamber. 

Los  Angeles  has  been  called  "The  City  Advertising  Built." 
Mr.  Morris  M.  Rathbun,  writing  in  Collier's  a  few  years  ago, 
used  that  phrase  for  the  heading  and  told  of  a  city  that  was 
built  by  a  chamber  of  commerce — which  chamber  of  com- 
merce revolved  about  a  single  dominating  personality.  This 
personality  is  Frank  Wiggins,  secretary  of  the  organization 
for  the  past  twenty-five  years  and  identified  with  its  activities 
for  thirty  years. 

The  big  work  of  the  early  days  of  the  organization  was 
community  exploitation.  It  was  realized  that  the  climate  was 
here,  the  soil  was  here,  and  other  fundamentals  for  sustaining 
a  prosperous  population,  and  that  the  chief  need  was  home- 
seekers  of  the  right  sort.  The  exploitation  was  directed  to  the 
homeseeker,  farmer,  tourist  and  capitalist. 

Mr.  Wiggins  insisted  in  the  early  clays  on  an  exhibit  of 
Southern  California  products  where  the  casual  visitor  or  in- 
formation seeker  might  have  practical  evidence  of  what  was 
produced  in  the  contiguous  territory.  He,  personally,  in  a 
"one  boss  shay"  of  ancient  vintage,  collected  the  first  speci- 
mens of  soil  products  for  the  exhibit.  These  were  placed  in 
the  windows  of  the  chamber. 

That  permanent  exhibit  was  amplified  until  it  became  the 


392  LOS  ANGELES 

largest  of  its  kind  in  the  country.  It  now  covers  the  second 
floor  of  the  Chamber  of  Commerce  Building  at  128-130  South 
Broadway.  The  offices  of  the  chamber  require  the  entire 
third  floor. 

Mr.  Wiggins,  in  addition  to  being  made  secretary  in  1897, 
continued  to  act  as  superintendent  of  exhibit.  He  has  been 
in  charge  of  a  comprehensive  Southern  California  display  at 
every  World  Exposition  for  the  past  quarter  of  a  century. 
He  was  father  of  the  idea  of  a  traveling  exhibit  and  the 
"California  on  Wheels"  train  that  toured  the  country  was 
the  first  display  of  its  kind  and  the  forerunner  of  many  similar 
ones,  the  government  taking  up  the  idea  later  and  continuing 
it  since. 

In  point  of  term  of  service,  Mr.  Wiggins  outranks  all  com- 
mercial secretaries  in  the  country.  He  is  widely  known 
among  Exposition  men  and  is  recognized  as  an  authority  on 
exhibits.  His  career  is  more  remarkable  from  the  fact  that 
he  was  sent  to  Southern  California  in  the  late  80  's  as  a  last 
resort  by  his  physicians.  He  was  too  weak  to  get  about  alone 
and  his  attending  physician,  after  he  arrived  here,  gave  him 
but  a  few  weeks  to  live.  However,  with  his  faithful  wife  as 
nurse,  he  began  to  recover,  and  with  the  recovery  came  under- 
standing of  the  possibilities  of  the  salubrious  climate  of  this 
section.  There  probably  is  no  more  striking  individual  ex- 
ample of  the  possibilities  of  Southern  California  from  the 
standpoint  of  health  and  human  development  than  Mr.  Wig- 
gins. In  his  seventy-first  year  and  in  the  thirty-first  year 
of  service  with  the  chamber,  he  is  as  active  at  the  time  this 
book  was  written  as  he  was  a  quarter  of  a  century  ago. 

Industries  in  the  early  days  of  chamber  history  were  of 
slow  and  difficult  growth.  Thirty  years  ago  the  chief  products 
of  this  section  were  agricultural  and  horticultural.  What  at 
that  time  was  considered  an  impassable  barrier  to  the  devel- 
opment of  the  city  industrially  was  the  lack  of  fuel.  Coal 
was  the  chief  source  of  heat  and  power,  and  as  this  had  to 
be  brought  from  considerable  distance,  manufacturing  lagged. 

When  the  chamber  was  organized  thirty-two  years  ago, 
a  large  part  of  the  returns  from  agriculture  and  tourists 
went  to  pay  for  manufactured  products  brought  in  from  the 


394  LOS  ANGELES 

East.  It  was  not  for  several  years  that  a  clearly  defined  idea 
of  what  was  needed  in  manufactured  articles  for  home  con- 
sumption and  in  what  quantity,  was  reached.  Business  men 
from  the  beginning  were  actively  advocating  the  manufac- 
ture of  beet  sugar,  the  canning  of  vegetables  and  fruits,  the 
making  of  jellies,  marmalades,  etc.,  for  exportation.  Oil  was 
not  to  be  had  in  commercial  quantities  for  manufacturing,  and 
coal  was  worth  five  times  what  it  cost  in  the  East. 

In  the  ten  years  prior  to  1895,  manufacturing'  enterprises 
were  restless  and  many  plants  changed  their  location.  They 
changed  to  get  nearer  the  center  of  distribution,  to  find 
cheaper  fuel  or  more  advantageous  locations  in  respect  to 
raw  materials.  This  led  to  a  sort  of  contest  between  cities 
wanting  industries,  and  many  municipalities  were  offering 
bonuses  in  the  shape  of  land,  fuel,  subscriptions  to  stock,  and 
in  some  cases,  actual  cash.  This  apparent  necessity  of  assum- 
ing financial  obligations  to  bring  new  enterprises  further 
complicated  the  problem  of  Los  Angeles  in  its  industrial  de- 
velopment plans. 

Los  Angeles  steadfastly  refused  to  encourage  enterprises 
that  had  to  be  brought  here  by  means  of  bonuses.  The  busi- 
ness men  did  not  want  to  bring  enterprises  that  were  liable 
to  fail  in  competition  with  others. 

Although  conditions  were  not  favorable  to  the  establish- 
ment of  new  industries  in  the  early  90  's,  quite  a  number  were 
established  which  since  have  developed  into  the  larger  enter- 
prises of  the  city.  Sugar  factories  were  encouraged  and 
established. 

The  manufacturing  situation  was  radically  changed  by  the 
discovery  of  oil  in  the  '90s.  The  first  considerable  output 
was  about  1894,  but  the  new  discovery  was  like  many  others — 
greeted  with  incredulity  and  with  considerable  active  oppo- 
sition. Wells  were  put  down  in  residence  districts  and  appre- 
hension was  felt  that  the  oil  industry  would  destroy  Los 
Angeles  as  a  residence  city.  Crude  oil  came  into  use  for  fuel 
and  at  a  considerably  cheaper  figure  than  coal. 

The  introduction  of  electric  power  in  1892  gave  further 
stimulus  to  manufacturing.  The  first  system  of  long  distance 
transmission  of  electricity  ever  attempted  was  put  into  opera- 


Launching  op  the  ' '  Angeles  ' ' 
Named  for  Los  Angeles  Upon  Its  Successful  Victory  Loan  Campaign 


396  LOS  ANGELES 

tion  at  Pomona  and  Ontario  by  the  San  Antonio  Light  and 
Power  Company.  The  succeeding  year  the  Redlands  Com- 
pany constructed  its  system  in  the  headwaters  of  the  Santa 
Ana  River.  These  were  followed  by  the  Southern  California 
Power  Company  and  the  Edison  Company,  both  in  Los  An- 
geles County. 

With  the  completion  of  the  aqueduct  power  plant,  the  city 
was  able  to  supply  cheap  water  and  power  to  manufacturing 
concerns.  It  is  conceded  that  the  present  cheap  water  and 
cheap  power  together  with  the  climatic  advantages,  combined 
with  adequate  transportation  facilities  and  desirable  living 
conditions  for  employes,  are  conducive  to  enormous  industrial 
development  in  the  future. 

The  canning  industry  developed,  and  other  smaller  indus- 
tries. But  in  the  government  census  of  1914,  Los  Angeles 
was  shown  as  ranking  twenty-sixth  in  manufactured  products 
while  it  ranked  tenth  in  population. 

Government  preparations  for  war  really  brought  the  first 
crystalization  of  the  manufacturing  situation  in  Southern 
California.  The  Chamber  of  Commerce  had  established  an 
industrial  bureau  some  four  years  before  this  period,  and  sys- 
tematized active  campaigning  was  done  to  bring  in  industries 
and  to  encourage  those  already  here.  When  the  Government 
in  1917  felt  the  stern  pressure  of  war,  it  made  a  survey  of 
every  district,  through  its  Resources  and  Conversion  Branch 
of  the  War  Industries  Board.  Although  the  data  gathered  by 
the  volunteer  workers  for  the  Government  was  confidential, 
the  survey  indicated  clearly  to  the  business  men  Southern 
California 's  possibilities  industrially. 

Concrete  examples  of  industrial  development  of  the  past 
few  years  may  be  had  in  the  establishment  of  the  Los  Angeles 
Shipbuilding  Company's  plant.  It  has  launched  more  than  a 
score  of  steel  ships  for  the  Government.  Three  years  ago  the 
ground  on  which  this  plant  stands  was  under  water.  It  is 
reclaimed  tideland  owned  by  the  City  of  Los  Angeles,  and 
returns  a  revenue  into  the  treasury. 

The  decision  of  the  Goodyear  Tire  Company  to  locate  their 
western  plant  in  Los  Angeles  was  actuated  by  the  cheap,  un- 
limited water  and  power  available.     It  served  to  emphasize 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA 


397 


not  only  that  capital  recognizes  the  advantages  of  Los  Angeles 
as  a  manufacturing  center,  but  appreciates  also  that  it  is 
strategically  located  for  a  world  distributing  point. 

Most  of  the  larger  industries  of  the  city  today  are  of  quite 
recent  development.  Shipbuilding  is  but  a  few  years  old;  the 
manufacture  of  women's  and  men's  garments,  in  which  Los 
Angeles  now  excels,  also  is  a  recent  development;  the  canning 
of  fish,  which  now  is  a  large  industry,  began  on  a  small  scale 
only  a  few  years  ago;  and  the  motion  picture  industry,  which 


has  brought  Los  Angeles  the  sobriquet  the  "motion  picture 
capital  of  the  world,"  has  had  its  greatest  development  within 
the  last  decade. 

The  war  also  brought  out  the  fact  that  contiguous  terri- 
tory was  richer  in  raw  products  than  had  been  realized  and 
that  the  desert  country  yielded  borax,  sand  for  glass,  and 
chemical  ores  in  vast  quantities  which  offer  inducements  to 
manufacturers  in  many  lines.  Within  a  few  years  also  have 
developed  by-products  of  oil,  citrus  fruit  and  vegetables. 
Right  now  is  developing  the  science  of  dehydration.  It  has 
passed  the  experimental  stage  and  is  entering  the  commercial 
stage.     Southern   California   naturally  will   be   headquarters 


398  LOS  ANGELES 

for  this  development,  as  vast  quantities  of  vegetables  and 
fruits  are  available  at  all  times  and  large  losses  will  be  pre- 
vented by  dehydration  plants. 

Abstraction  of  iron  from  ore  without  the  use  of  coal  is 
said  to  be  effected  commercially,  which  means  that  the  great 
iron  deposits  in  Riverside  County  will  be  available  for  indus- 
tries in  Los  Angeles. 

The  genesis  of  the  Chamber  of  Commerce  furnishes  an 
interesting  story. 

It  was  back  in  the  late  summer  of  1888  that  a  few  leading 
business  men  began  to  see  that  the  city  needed  an  organiza- 
tion that  would  represent  every  ambition  of  the  city.  They 
discussed  the  plan  among  themselves,  finally  agreeing  that 
two  things  must  be  avoided — that  the  organization  must  not 
get  into  politics  nor  exploit  individual  enterprises. 

The  first  of  -several  preliminary  meetings  to  organize  was 
held  in  a  building  at  the  corner  of  Broadway  and  First  Street, 
which  since  has  been  removed  to  make  room  for  a  business 
block.  In  the  history  of  the  organization  it  is  specifically 
stated  that  no  one  man  may  take  the  credit  for  consummation 
of  the  plan,  although  Maj.  E.  "W.  Jones,  the  first  president,  is 
named  with  S.  B.  Lewis  and  W.  E.  Hughes.  Incidentally,  the 
first  president  is  still  an  active  member  and  is  among  the 
most  faithful  of  the  old  guard  who  for  nearly  a  generation 
have  "gone  to  the  bat"  for  every  sound  community  proposi- 
tion that  has  developed. 

Some  of  the  suggestions  at  the  first  meetings  may  well 
bring  a  smile  today.  "When  the  lack  of  fuel  for  manufacturing 
was  mentioned,  it  was  suggested  that  oil  might  be  found  in 
Los  Angeles  County,  which  then  took  in  a  large  part  of 
Southern  California.  It  was  also  suggested  that  the  people 
should  be  taught  the  fertility  of  the  soil  in  order  that  vege- 
tables, butter,  cheese  and  eggs  might  be  produced  at  home 
instead  of  being  brought  in  carloads  from  the  East. 

It  was  the  late  Gen.  Harrison  Gray  Otis,  owner  of  the  Los 
Angeles  Times,  who  made  the  motion  that  brought  the  cham- 
ber into  formal  existence  with  an  initial  membership  of 
twenty-five.     He  remained  a  staunch  supporter  throughout 


Main  and  Temple  Streets,  Opposite  Present  Post  Office 


The  Federal  Building 


400  LOS  ANGELES 

his  busy  life,  giving  generous  support  through  the  columns 
of  his  paper.     The  first  officers  elected  were: 

E.  W.  Jones,  president ;  W.  H.  Workman,  first  vice  presi- 
dent ;  John  L.  Redick,  treasurer ;  Thomas  A.  Lewis,  secretary. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  in  the  month  after  formal 
organization  the  chamber  started  the  movement  that  resulted 
in  the  fine  harbor  Los  Angeles  claims  today.  One  of  the  first 
acts  was  to  invite  Senators  Hearst  and  Stanford  of  California 
to  the  city  to  investigate  the  possibilities  of  a  deep  water  port 
for  the  budding  Southern  California  metropolis. 

Although  the  early  days  of  the  chamber  were  not  without 
difficulties  and  discouragements,  after  thirty  years  the  organ- 
ization may  point  proudly  to  its  record  of  achievement.  The 
first  community  advertising  was  started  within  two  months 
after  the  organization  of  the  chamber,  when  10,000  pamphlets 
descriptive  of  this  section  were  printed  for  distribution. 
These  proved  so  popular  that  within  a  few  years  more  than 
a  million  pamphlets  of  various  varieties  were  sent  to  all  in- 
terested in  all  parts  of  the  country.  This  beginning  in  com- 
munity advertising  was  followed  by  more  pretentious  efforts 
including  the  first  exhibition  train  ever  sent  over  the  country, 
exhibits  at  all  world's  fairs  and  other  avenues  of  exploitation, 
all  directly  resulting  in  bringing  the  population  of  50,000 
when  the  chamber  was  organized  to  more  than  600,000  today. 

Incidentally,  the  sort  of  population  brought  are  the  people 
who  pay  more  per  capita  for  education  than  any  city  in  the 
country,  stand  high  in  thrift,  lead  in  percentage  of  home 
owners  and  are  in  the  front  rank  of  constructive  activity  in 
all  lines. 

Practically  every  municipal  institution  that  our  residents 
today  point  to  with  pride  was  initiated,  fostered  and  brought 
to  a  successful  conclusion  by  the  chamber.  This  applies  to 
the  $10,000,000  harbor,  the  $23,000,000  aqueduct,  the  $5,000,- 
000  good  roads  system,  in  addition  to  the  state  work  of  this 
section,  the  stabilization  of  the  citrus  industry,  the  tourist 
business,  the  industrial  development,  the  agricultural  expan- 
sion and  the  march  of  municipal  progress  generally. 

A  city  of  superlatives  has  resulted  from  the  loyal  co- 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  401 

operation  of  its  citizenry,  led  for  thirty  years  by  the  Chamber 
of  Commerce. 

The  chamber  has  had  four  homes  in  its  thirty  years  of 
existence.  It  was  first  established  in  1888  at  the  corner  of 
First  and  Broadway.  Two  years  later  the  second  floor  of  the 
Mott  market  on  Main  Street  between  Third  and  Fourth  was 
occupied  by  the  chamber.  As  the  organization  grew,  better 
quarters  were  secured,  and  in  1895  the  chamber  occupied  the 
second  floor  of  the  Mason  Building  at  Fourth  and  Broadway 
— which  was  then  a  two-story  structure.  In  1903  the  present 
six-story  office  building  at  128-130  South  Broadway  was 
begun.  The  ceremony  of  laying  the  cornerstone  was  one  of 
the  most  elaborate  ever  held.  The  ceremonies  were  under  the 
auspices  of  the  Masons,  and  a  big  parade  was  a  feature  of  the 
exercises.  The  chamber  now  occupies  the  second  and  third 
floors,  the  offices  being  on  the  third  floor  and  the  exhibit  on 
the  second. 

It  would  be  a  joy  to  here  set  down  the  names  of  all  the 
hundreds  of  men  who  gave  of  their  strength  of  brain  and 
body  throughout  the  years  to  the  service  of  their  beloved  city 
and  the  making  of  it.  This  is  impracticable,  however,  and 
perhaps  unnecessary,  for  the  purposes  of  this  book.  Their 
names  are  not  lost,  for  they  are  preserved  in  the  golden  roster 
of  that  wonderful  body  of  civic  fighting  men  who  have  formed 
the  membership  of  the  Chamber  of  Commerce  from  its  begin- 
ning down  to  this  day.  Many  of  them  have  passed  to  the 
great  beyond  and  many  more  are  growing  old;  but  their 
places  are  being  filled,  as  the  breaks  in  the  ranks  of  an  arrny 
are  filled,  by  men  younger  and  more  vigorous  who  are  in- 
spired by  the  high  patriotism  and  honorable  traditions  of 
their  predecessors. 

The  Los  Angeles  Chamber  of  Commerce  is  and  has  been 
more  than  a  mere  organization  of  men  for  commercial  advan- 
tage.   It  is  an  institution  with  a  soul. 


CHAPTER  XX 
MODERN  LOS  ANGELES 

It  is  difficult  to  speak  of  what  the  Los  Angeles  of  today 
is  without  being  accused  of  "boosting."  Indeed,  the  most 
common  accusation  made  against  us  in  the  outlands  and 
throughout  the  world  is  that  we  are  a  people  of  boasters,  here 
in  Los  Angeles.  And  in  order  to  meet  these  accusations  and 
confute  them,  to  prove  that  our  boasts  are  well-founded  and 
that  they  can  be  substantiated,  perhaps  the  best  thing  to  do 
is  to  state  a  few  outstanding  facts. 

To  begin  with,  we  have  but  to  quote  from  the  tables  of  the 
census  of  the  United  States  made  this  year,  to  show  that  Los 
Angeles  is  the  largest  city  on  the  Pacific  Coast  of  America, 
the  tenth  city  in  size  in  the  United  States,  and  the  forty-fourth 
city  of  the  world. 

The  population  of  Los  Angeles  exceeds  that  of  San  Fran- 
cisco, its  nearest  rival  on  the  Pacific  Coast,  by  70,000.  Seattle 
ranks  third  on  the  Coast,  Portland  fourth,  Oakland  fifth,  and 
San  Diego  sixth. 

Since  1910,  the  date  of  the  last  previous  census,  Los  An- 
geles surpassed  all  other  large  cities  of  the  United  States  in 
growth — having  come  from  seventeenth  place  in  1910  to  tenth 
place  in  1920. 

Its  gain  in  population  during  the  last  ten  years  was  nearly 
five  times  the  average  gain  for  the  United  States. 

The  most  prosaic  things  in  the  world,  without  a  doubt,  are 
figures.  And  yet  the  figures  showing  the  growth  of  Los  An- 
geles during  the  nearly  a  century  and  a  half  of  its  existence, 
from  its  founding  by  the  illustrious  Gobernador,  Don  Felipe 
de  Neve,  down  to  the  present  year,  constitute  a  retrospect  so 
fascinating  that  we  are  impelled  to  herewith  set  the  figures 
down  as  they  stand  in  history  and  are  vouched  for  by  the 
records. 

402 


> 

1/ 

•  j5f^59          Sin      \  'jrrj 

j 

ill      IiIMmIh 

Bi       i 

nBwW 

Up-       — 

Spring  Street  Looking  South  from  Second  Street  in  1899 


404  LOS  ANGELES 

Here,  then,  is  the  growth  of  population  of  Los  Angeles 
from  1781  to  the  present  year : 

1781   44 

1790   141 

1800   315 

1810  415 

1820   650 

1830  730 

1840   1,250 

1850  1,610 

1860   4,399 

1870  .  . : 5,614 

1880   11,183 

1890  50,395 

1900   102,479 

1910   319,198 

1920   575,480 

It  is  a  marvelous  story  that  the  simple  exposition  of  these 
figures  tell.  And  the  questions  on  the  lips  of  a  stranger  would 
naturally  be,  how  do  we  account  for  it  ? 

The  commercial  organizations  of  Los  Angeles  put  forth 
as  an  answer  that  the  enormous  development  of  Los  Angeles 
is  the  logical  result  of  favorite  location  and  enterprising  citi- 
zenship, and  that  "Nature  fashioned  the  city  for  a  workshop." 
But  we  do  not  agree  with  all  this. 

We  have  endeavored  to  demonstrate  in  this  book,  and 
trust  that  we  have  successfully  done  so,  that  Los  Angeles  was 
not  really  a  "favored  location"  for  a  city.  It  seems  clear  to 
us  that  the  reason  Los  Angeles  is  where  it  is,  is  due  to  two 
things.  In  the  first  place,  Don  Felipe  de  Neve,  scanning  his 
instructions  from  the  King  of  Spain,  at  the  mission  of  San 
Gabriel  where  he  was  quartered  in  September,  1871,  found 
that  he  was  to  locate  the  new  city  a  distance  of  about  three 
leagues  from  the  Mission,  toward  the  sea.  There  was  noth- 
ing for  him  to  do  but  to  obey  orders.  But,  if  he  had  been  left 
to  himself,  it  is  altogether  likely  that  he  would  have  stopped 
his  march  from  San  Gabriel  where  he  did,  anyhow.    The  day 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  405 

was  hot,  the  trail  dusty,  and  it  was  no  fun  marching  under 
those  conditions. 

So,  when  Don  Felipe  and  his  cavalcade  of  troopers  from 
Monterey,  accompanied  by  the  Indian  neophytes  and  padres 
from  San  Gabriel,  had  marched  ten  miles  westward  from  the 
Mission,  they  were  doubtless  glad  enough  to  stop  and  feel 
that  the  orders  of  the  king  had  been  fulfilled.  The  site  chosen 
was  by  no  means  exceptional. 

We  do,  however,  fully  agree  with  the  statement  of  the  com- 
mercial organization  that  the  marvelous  development  of  Los 
Angeles  is  due  to  an  "enterprising  citizenship."  And  it  is 
also  due  to  an  almost  perfect  climate. 

"While  we  cannot  endorse  the  claim  that  "nature  fashioned 
the  city  for  a  workshop,"  we  certainly  are  strong  for  the  state- 
ment that  nature  fashioned  it  for  a  playground.  It  was,  after 
all,  the  tourist  who  started  Los  Angeles  on  its  onward  and 
upward  way — the  not  quite  wholly  appreciate  tourist,  and  the 
tourist  sometimes  maligned.  It  was  the  stranger  who  came 
and  went  away  boosting  Los  Angeles  in  a  way  a  thousand 
times  more  effective  than  the  home  folks  of  the  town  could 
ever  hope  to  do. 

The  stranger  who  came  and  departed  proclaimed  it  in  the 
outlands  that  Los  Angeles  was  a  lovely  place  in  which  to  live. 
And  there  are  always  many  people  in  the  world  who  are  on 
the  lookout  for  such  a  place  and  who  are  financially  able  to 
live  where  it  pleases  them  best  to  live.  And  they  came  in  ever- 
increasing  numbers, — that  kind  of  people — and  when  their 
numbers  were  thousands  here,  their  own  needs  alone  created 
industry  and  commercial  expansion.  The  newcomers  became 
as  enthusiastic  and  as  earnest  in  their  desire  to  make  Los 
Angeles  a  great  city  as  were  those  who  had  long  resided  here 
had  been  actuated  by  the  same  desire. 

Mr.  Charles  Phelps  Cushing,  a  staff  writer  of  Leslie's, 
recently  put  the  case  very  well  and  very  truthfully  in  a  recent 
issue  of  the  publication  with  which  he  is  connected : 

"The  Middle  West  appears  to  be  the  chief  contributor  to 
the  swift  growth  of  population  in  Los  Angeles.  Mixing  with 
the  people  you  are  amazed  to  find  that,  as  is  the  case  in  New 
York,  the  citizens  of  Los  Angeles  all  appear  to  have  emigrated 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA  407 

there  from  other  cities.  What  Los  Angeles  accomplished  in 
the  way  of  culture  must  necessarily  be,  for  a  considerable 
time,  something  not  distinctively  Californian  but  Middle- 
western,  which  is  just  as  well  worth  while." 

This  being  very  true,  indeed,  there  can  be  no  harm  in 
frankly  admitting  it. 

Laying  all  speculation  aside,  however,  as  to  the  real  rea- 
son for  the  marvelous  growth  of  Los  Angeles,  we  can  return 
to  the  facts  and  be,  perhaps,  the  better  satisfied. 

We  feel  that  we  have  conscientiously  recorded  the  progress 
of  Los  Angeles  in  the  previous  pages  of  this  book  as  far  as 
what  might  be  called  the  "old  times"  are  concerned.  And  as 
for  the  growth  of  later  times,  we  beg  to  be  permitted  to  quote 
a  clear,  vivid  and  brief  statement  from  the  late  Charles  Wil- 
lard  who  was  a  painstaking  historian  in  Los  Angeles  and  an 
ardent  lover  of  the  city  where  he  had  long  resided. 

"Los  Angeles,"  said  Mr.  Willard,  "began  the  twentieth 
century  with  a  population  of  102,479,  and  the  census  of  1910 
gave  a  total  of  319,198.  About  10  per  cent  of  this  gain  had 
come  through  annexation  of  territory,  the  rest  through  direct 
increase.  No  American  city,  not  even  Chicago  in  its  phenom- 
enal development  from  1860  to  1870,  could  show  such  rapid 
growth ;  and  yet  it  did  not  come  with  a  rush  in  a  year  or  two 
as  it  had  in  the  epochs  of  'boom,'  but  was  distributed  evenly 
through  the  whole  period  with  a  steady  growth  of  business 
and  a  logical  advance  of  realty  values.  Except  for  a  few 
months  at  the  end  of  1908  and  the  beginning  of  1909,  the  entire 
period  was  prosperous.  Clearing  house  balances  which  in 
1901  were  less  than  a  half  a  million  a  day,  by  1911  were  nearly 
three  million  a  day.  Bank  deposits  increased  from  $50,000,000 
to  $125,000,000.  Building  permits  which  in  the  year  1901 
totaled  $4,300,000,  in  1910  had  grown  to  $21,000,000.  The  cen- 
sus of  1900  gave  the  total  value  of  the  product  of  Los  Angeles 
factories  as  $21,000,000  and  that  of  1910  increased  this  to 
$85,000,000.  The  city  now  has  85,000  telephones  as  against 
10,000  when  this  book  was  written.  The  business  of  the  post- 
office  which  made  a  total  of  $312,524  in  1901,  was  for  the  year 
1910,  $1,476,941.     In  this  decade  75,000  buildings,  big  and 


Corner  of  Main,  Spring  and  Temple  Streets 


South  Olive  Street,  Looking  North  from  Sixth 


PKOM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA 


409 


little,  were  constructed  at  a  total  cost  of  over  $130,000,000. 
That  would  make  a  good-sized  city  by  itself. ' ' 

It  is  only  ten  years  since  Willard  set  down  those  figures, 
startling  enough  in  themselves,  but  far  more  so  now  when 
brought  up  to  date  and  showing  that  building  permits  in  Los 


Spring  Street  Looking  North  from  Third  Street,  1900 


Angeles  for  the  six  months  of  the  year  1920,  the  year  in  which 
this  book  is  written,  reached  an  aggregate  of  $24,197,639,  and 
that  the  bank  clearings  for  the  same  six  months  were 
$1,909,435,039. 

At  the  time  this  book  is  written,  there  is  reckoned  to  be 


410  LOS  ANGELES 

2,700  industrial  establishments  in  the  City  of  Los  Angeles, 
the  products  of  which  amount  to  $618,000,000  for  the  year. 

Within  a  few  miles  of  the  city  nearly  one-fourth  of  the 
entire  oil  supply  of  the  United  States  is  produced.  Shipment 
of  lubricants  and  by-products  from  this  port  is  greatest  of 
any  in  the  United  States.  In  turn  the  port  receives  more  lum- 
ber for  distribution  through  the  Southwest  than  any  other 
of  the  nation's  waterways. 

From  sea  to  mountains  are  vast  orchards,  grain  fields, 
cattle  ranches,  orange  groves  and  truck  gardens,  furnishing 
material  for  the  greatest  canning  industry  in  the  world. 

Shipbuilding,  meat  packing,  motion  picture  making,  gar- 
ment manufacture,  chemical  production,  tire  manufacturing, 
auto  accessory  making  and  kindred  industries  of  Los  Angeles 
command  the  admiration  of  all  nations. 

These  industries,  fostered  by  genial  climate  and  contented 
population  have  the  further  advantage  of  cheap  and  abundant 
water  supply,  unlimited  electrical  power  at  low  rates,  natural 
gas  and  oil  fuel,  raw  materials  of  many  varieties,  low  cost  of 
factory  construction,  open  shop  conditions  insuring  freedom 
of  labor,  fine  port  facilities,  unexcelled  transportation,  both 
local  and  transcontinental,  and  a  growing  demand  for  all 
Southern  California  products. 

Los  Angeles  is  rapidly  assuming  high  rank  as  a  world 
trade  center.  It  is  strategically  located  for  the  great  mar- 
kets of  the  Orient,  Australasia,  Central  and  South  America. 

Most  of  the  two-thirds  of  the  world's  population  in  the 
lands  bordering  the  Pacific  are  more  easily  reached  through 
Los  Angeles  harbor  than  through  any  other  American  port. 
More  than  two-thirds  of  the  United  States  is  nearer  by  rail 
to  Los  Angeles  than  to  its  nearest  competitor  on  the  Pacific 
Coast.  Direct  steamship  lines  flying  the  Los  Angeles  flag 
are  in  operation  to  the  Orient,  the  Philippines  and  the  Straits 
Settlements. 

From  Los  Angeles  harbor  to  Yokohama  is  4,780  miles ;  to 
the  Philippines,  6,535  miles ;  to  Honolulu,  2,228  miles ;  to  Syd- 
ney, 6,545  miles;  to  the  Panama  Canal,  2,936  miles;  to  Val- 
paraiso, 4,795  miles.  Los  Angeles  is  a  main  station  on  the 
Sunshine  Eoute  around  the  world.     Its  storm-free  harbor 


FROM  THE  MOUNTAINS  TO  THE  SEA 


411 


joins  the  transcontinental  railways  crossing-  North  America 
via  the  southern  route  which  suffers  no  interruption  through 
storms. 

Here,  then,  we  have  a  pen  picture  of  the  modern  Los 
Angeles  from  a  commercial  point  of  view.  But  this  array  of 
figures  and  statistics  would  by  no  means  give  a  stranger  in 
a  distant  place  an  idea  of  what  Los  Angeles  is  like  today. 

And  what  is  it  really  like  ?  Sometimes  we  can  get  a  good 
answer  to  this  question  from  a  visitor.     "Were  you  to  soar 


City  Hall  at  San  Pedro  and  Los  Angeles  Harbor 

above  Los  Angeles  today  in  an  airplane,"  says  Cushing,  the 
staff  writer  of  Leslie's,  "you  would  view  a  city  that  in  area 
is  the  largest  in  the  United  States.  You  would  see  its  out- 
standing features  as,  first  of  all,  a  huge  gridiron  of  wide 
business  and  residence  streets  where  thousands  of  motor 
cars  skim  about  like  great  water  spiders.  Mountains,  some 
of  them  included  within  the  city  limits,  circle  the  northeast- 
ern borders  of  the  town.  Through  the  outskirts  are  scat- 
tered many  residence  suburbs  and  a  score  of  little  motion 
picture  towns,  these  latter  classing  as  'factory  settlements,' 
belying  the  description  in  appearance,  for  they  are  mostly 
sootless  and  white.  The  main  section  of  the  city,  if  viewed 
from  aloft,  would  appear  to  lie  in  a  fairly  level  inland  valley 


412  LOS  ANGELES 

invaded  from  the  east  and  north  with  foothills.  Attached 
to' this  big  gridiron  is  a  long  narrow  handle,  a  dozen  miles  or 
more  in  length,  extending  southward  to  connect  with  the 
Pacific  Coast  and  the  recently  acquired  municipal  harbor. 
Get  down  to  earth  and  you  find  the  downtown  section  of  a 
typical  new  American  city,  with  the  usual  assortment  of  ho- 
tels and  tall  office  buildings  and  a  Great  White  Way  wide 
enough  and  long  enough  to  compare  with  its  New  York  name- 
sake— and  far  better  lighted." 

This  is  fine,  and  said  as  only  a  good  newspaper  man  can 
say  it.  And  yet  there  is  something  else  to  be  said,  although 
it  is  difficult  to  know  just  what  words  to  use  to  the  end  that 
one  who  has  never  seen  Los  Angeles  might  still  be  made  to 
know  what  it  is  like. 

It  is  a  common  saying  that  one  city  is  like  another,  and 
this  is  true  in  a  general  way.  Yet  there  are  many  cities  that 
have  distinct  personalities,  if  we  may  be  permitted  to  use 
that  word,  and  Los  Angeles  is  certainly  one  of  them.  It  has 
a  peculiar  character  all  its  own — something  that  the  sometime 
guest  within  its  gates  never  fails  to  remember  when  he  goes 
away,  though  he  may  be  unable  to  put  his  impressions  into 
speech. 

Like  other  great  cities,  Los  Angeles  has  miles  of  paved 
streets,  block  after  block  of  tall  skyscraping  business  build- 
ings, wonderful  stores,  theaters,  hotels,  and  eating  places — 
things  that  all  great  cities  have.  But  it  has  also  a  peculiar 
friendliness  for  the  stranger,  which  the  stranger  instantly 
and  instinctively  feels  the  moment  he  sets  foot  in  it.  And 
it  is  a  city  well-beloved  by  those  who  are  its  habitants.  It 
is  a  clean  city — a  good  town.  Its  skirts  have  always  been 
kept  clean.  The  grafter  and  the  looter  have  never  been  able 
to  exploit  it.  It  is  industrially  free  and  independent,  without 
prejudice  against  honest  labor  or  whoever  it  is  that  God  gives 
the  privilege  to  of  earning  his  bread  by  the  sweat  of  his  brow. 
It  is  a  city  of  high  ideals,  and  a  God-fearing  place,  as  God- 
fearing goes. 

When  swart  old  Don  Felipe  de  Neve  drove  the  corner 
stakes  of  Los  Angeles  between  the  mountains  and  the  sea,  he 
little  dreamed  that  his  deed  would  become  immortal  and  his 


414  LOS  ANGELES 

name  imperishable.  For,  it  was  upon  that  far  September 
day,  when  this  good  soldier  of  the  king  started  the  new 
pueblo  on  its  way,  that  the  stars  of  destiny  sang  together  in 
the  sunset  skies.